As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 22, 2010.
Registration No.
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
Convio, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware (State or other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization) |
|
7372 (Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number) |
|
74-2935609 (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) |
11501 Domain Drive, Suite 200
Austin, Texas 78758
Telephone: (512) 652-2600
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)
Gene Austin
Chief Executive Officer
11501 Domain Drive, Suite 200
Austin, TX 78758
Telephone: (512) 652-2600
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
Copies to:
John J. Gilluly III, P.C.
Ariane A. Chan, P.C. DLA Piper LLP (US) 401 Congress Avenue, Suite 2500 Austin, Texas 78701 (512) 457-7000 |
Eric C. Jensen, Esq.
John T. McKenna, Esq. Cooley Godward Kronish LLP Five Palo Alto Square 3000 El Camino Real Palo Alto, California 94306 (650) 843-5000 |
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. o
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer o | Accelerated filer o |
Non-accelerated filer
ý
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company) |
Smaller reporting company o |
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
|
||||
Title of each class of securities
to be registered |
Proposed
maximum aggregate offering price(1) |
Amount of
registration fee(2) |
||
---|---|---|---|---|
Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share |
$57,500,000 | $4,099.75 | ||
|
The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION. DATED JANUARY 22, 2010.
IPO PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
Shares
Common Stock
$ per share
Convio, Inc. is selling shares of our common stock and the selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are selling additional shares. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares being sold by the selling stockholders. We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional shares from us, and the selling stockholders have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional shares from the selling stockholders to cover over-allotments, if any.
This is an initial public offering of our common stock. We currently expect the initial public offering price to be between $ and $ per share. We have applied for the listing of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "CNVO."
INVESTING IN OUR COMMON STOCK INVOLVES RISKS. SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 9
|
Per Share
|
Total
|
|||
---|---|---|---|---|---|
Initial public offering price | $ | $ | |||
Underwriting discount | $ | $ | |||
Proceeds, before expenses, to Convio | $ | $ | |||
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders | $ | $ |
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
Joint Book-Running Managers
Thomas Weisel Partners LLC | Piper Jaffray |
William Blair & Company
JMP Securities
Pacific Crest Securities
The date of this prospectus is , 2010.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Neither we nor any of the underwriters or selling stockholders has authorized anyone to provide information different from that contained in this prospectus. When you make a decision about whether to invest in our common stock, you should not rely upon any information other than the information in this prospectus. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor the sale of our common stock means that information contained in this prospectus is correct after the date of this prospectus. This prospectus is not an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy these shares of common stock in any circumstances under which the offer or solicitation is unlawful.
Through and including , 2010 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer's obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.
You should read the following summary together with the more detailed information concerning our company, the common stock being sold in this offering and our financial statements appearing in this prospectus and in the documents incorporated by reference in this prospectus. Because this is only a summary, you should read the rest of this prospectus, including the documents incorporated by reference in this prospectus, before you invest in our common stock. Read this entire prospectus carefully, especially the risks described under "Risk Factors."
Overview
We are a leading provider of on-demand constituent engagement solutions that enable nonprofit organizations, or NPOs, to more effectively raise funds, advocate for change and cultivate relationships with donors, activists, volunteers, alumni and other constituents. We serve approximately 1,300 NPOs of all sizes including 29 of the 50 largest charities as ranked by contributions in the November 2009 Forbes article entitled "The 200 Largest U.S. Charities." During 2009, our clients used our solutions to raise over $920 million and deliver over 3.8 billion emails to accomplish their missions.
Our integrated solutions include our Convio Online Marketing platform, or COM, and Common Ground, our constituent relationship management application. COM enables NPOs to harness the full potential of the Internet and social media as new channels for constituent engagement and fundraising. Common Ground delivers next-generation donor management capabilities, integrates marketing activities across online and offline channels and is designed to increase operational efficiency. Our software is built on an open, configurable and flexible architecture that enables our clients and partners to customize and extend its functionality. Our solutions are enhanced by a portfolio of value-added services tailored to our clients' specific needs.
Our revenue has grown in the last five years to $63.1 million in 2009 from $13.3 million in 2005. Our clients pay us recurring subscription fees with agreement terms that typically range between one and three years. Our subscription fees grow as our clients grow their constituent bases and purchase additional modules of COM and additional seats of Common Ground. We also receive transaction fees that include a percentage of funds raised for special events such as runs, walks and rides. Our clients grew their online fundraising using our solutions by 14% in 2008, despite a decline in total public contributions in the United States of 2% according to Giving USA Foundation in its "Annual Report on Philanthropy for the Year 2008." Total charitable giving in the United States was $307 billion in 2008 according to this report.
Nonprofit Industry Background
Large and Evolving Nonprofit Sector
The nonprofit sector is a large and vital part of the economy. The missions of NPOs span many aspects of our society including animal welfare, arts and culture, disaster relief, education, environment, healthcare, international development, professional and trade associations, public policy, religion and social and youth services. According to the National Center of Charitable Statistics, in 2009 there were over 973,000 public charities in the United States.
We define our target market as public charities that raise more than $50,000 in contributions annually, of which there were over 71,000 in 2009 in the United States according to GuideStar USA, Inc. We categorize our target market into enterprise NPOs that raise more than $10 million annually and mid-market NPOs that raise between $50,000 and $10 million annually. Many enterprise NPOs are comprised of multiple sites or chapters and have more staff resources, greater technical and functional requirements and more complex operating environments. Mid-market NPOs are commonly more
1
resource-constrained, seek more guidance and generally place a greater premium on ease-of-use and price. We estimate that the charities we target spend an estimated $25 billion annually on fundraising, of which we estimate $2.5 billion to be addressable by our solutions.
Challenges Facing Nonprofit Organizations
NPOs face unique challenges that center upon the need to reach new constituents and to engage effectively with a large and diverse number of existing constituents. In particular, NPOs struggle with the following challenges:
NPOs spend large amounts of money on fundraising, advocacy and donor management. Many NPOs have adopted legacy donor databases to support their offline activities but have only recently begun to leverage online marketing as a mission-critical channel to reach and cultivate constituents. The emergence of the online channel has accentuated NPOs' struggles to integrate their online and offline communications and fundraising efforts. We believe the Internet and the increasing adoption of social media and mobile technologies are enabling NPOs to raise funds, advocate for change and cultivate relationships with their constituents in more cost-effective and engaging ways.
Our Solutions
We provide on-demand constituent engagement solutions to NPOs that enable them to more effectively raise funds, advocate for change and cultivate relationships with their constituents. COM enables NPOs to harness the full potential of the Internet and social media as new channels for constituent engagement and fundraising. Common Ground delivers next-generation donor management capabilities, integrates marketing activities across online and offline channels and is designed to increase operational efficiency. Our solutions are enhanced by a portfolio of value-added services tailored to our clients' specific needs.
With our solutions NPOs can:
Business Strengths
We pioneered the delivery of software-as-a-service, or SaaS, online marketing solutions to NPOs, launching the first version of our solution in 2000. We have maintained an exclusive focus on NPOs which
2
has enabled us to develop deep nonprofit industry expertise. We are a leading provider of on-demand constituent engagement solutions to NPOs, and we believe the following business strengths are key to our success:
Our Strategy
Our objective is to be the leading worldwide provider of constituent engagement solutions for NPOs while continuing to lead the market in innovation, best practices and client service. Key elements of our strategy include:
Risks Associated With Our Business
We are subject to a number of risks of which you should be aware before you buy our common stock. These risks are discussed more fully in the section titled "Risk Factors" beginning on page 9. Some of these risks include:
Corporate Information
We were incorporated in Delaware in October 1999 under the original name of "ShowSupport.com, Inc." We acquired GetActive Software, Inc. in February 2007. We have been headquartered in Austin, Texas since inception. Our principal executive offices are located at 11501 Domain Drive, Suite 200, Austin, Texas 78758, and our telephone number is (512) 652-2600. Our corporate website address is www.convio.com . We do not incorporate the information contained on, or
3
accessible through, our website into this prospectus, and you should not consider it part of this prospectus.
For convenience in this prospectus, Convio, we, us, and our refer to Convio, Inc. and its subsidiary, taken as a whole, unless otherwise noted. "GetActive" refers to GetActive Software, Inc., our wholly owned subsidiary, unless otherwise noted. "Convio," "Convio Online Marketing," "Constituent360," "Common Ground," "TeamRaiser," "GetActive" and other trademarks and service marks are the property of Convio. This prospectus contains additional trade names, trademarks and service marks of other companies. We do not intend for our use or display of other companies' trade names, trademarks or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us, by these other companies.
4
Common stock offered by Convio | shares | |
Common stock offered by the selling stockholders |
|
shares |
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering |
|
shares |
Option to purchase additional shares |
|
shares from us and shares from the selling stockholders |
Use of proceeds |
|
We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes and to repay our credit facilities. We may also acquire other businesses, products or technologies. We do not, however, have agreements or commitments for any specific repayments or acquisitions at this time. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders. See the section titled "Use of Proceeds." |
Risk factors |
|
You should read the section titled "Risk Factors" for a discussion of factors that you should consider carefully before deciding whether to purchase shares of our common stock. |
NASDAQ Global Market symbol |
|
CNVO |
The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 35,918,514 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2009. Such number of shares excludes:
Unless otherwise indicated, the information in this prospectus reflects and assumes:
5
SUMMARY HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA
The summary historical consolidated statements of operations and other operating data for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and balance sheet data as of December 31, 2009 are derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read this summary historical financial data in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes and the information under the sections titled "Selected Financial Data" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. See note 2 to our financial statements for a description of the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of results for any future period.
|
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2007 | 2008 | 2009 | ||||||||
|
(in thousands,
except per share amounts) |
||||||||||
Statements of Operations Data: |
|||||||||||
Revenue: |
|||||||||||
Subscription and services |
$ | 38,754 | $ | 50,103 | $ | 54,900 | |||||
Usage |
4,329 | 6,877 | 8,186 | ||||||||
Total revenue |
43,083 | 56,980 | 63,086 | ||||||||
Cost of revenue |
18,716 |
22,911 |
24,779 |
||||||||
Gross profit |
24,367 | 34,069 | 38,307 | ||||||||
Operating expenses: |
|||||||||||
Sales and marketing |
19,428 | 21,432 | 21,556 | ||||||||
Research and development |
7,189 | 8,754 | 10,041 | ||||||||
General and administrative |
4,456 | 5,883 | 6,034 | ||||||||
Amortization of other intangibles |
1,271 | 1,452 | 1,400 | ||||||||
Write off of deferred stock offering costs |
| 1,524 | | ||||||||
Restructuring expenses |
284 | | | ||||||||
Total operating expenses |
32,628 | 39,045 | 39,031 | ||||||||
Loss from operations |
(8,261 |
) |
(4,976 |
) |
(724 |
) |
|||||
Interest income |
279 |
115 |
6 |
||||||||
Interest expense |
(883 | ) | (691 | ) | (355 | ) | |||||
Other income (expense) |
(1,644 | ) | 1,808 | (803 | ) | ||||||
Net loss before income taxes |
(10,509 | ) | (3,744 | ) | (1,876 | ) | |||||
Provision for income taxes |
|
|
219 |
||||||||
Net loss |
$ | (10,509 | ) | $ | (3,744 | ) | $ | (2,095 | ) | ||
Net loss per sharebasic and diluted |
$ | (0.60 | ) | $ | (0.18 | ) | $ | (0.10 | ) | ||
Weighted average number of sharesbasic and diluted |
17,777 | 20,617 | 20,775 | ||||||||
Pro forma net loss per sharebasic and diluted(1)(unaudited) |
$ |
(0.04 |
) |
||||||||
Pro forma weighted average number of sharesbasic and diluted(1)(unaudited) |
35,877 | ||||||||||
Other Operating Data: |
|||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA(2)(unaudited) |
$ | (3,378 | ) | $ | 1,405 | $ | 6,581 | ||||
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities |
(1,225 | ) | 2,862 | 6,791 |
6
The amounts shown in the statements of operations data above include amortization of acquired technology and stock-based compensation expense as follows:
|
Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2007 | 2008 | 2009 | |||||||
|
(in thousands)
|
|||||||||
Amortization of acquired technology: |
||||||||||
Cost of revenue |
$ | 887 | $ | 1,016 | $ | 1,016 | ||||
Stock-based compensation: |
||||||||||
Cost of revenue |
$ | 164 | $ | 383 | $ | 583 | ||||
Sales and marketing |
300 | 585 | 742 | |||||||
Research and development |
85 | 235 | 343 | |||||||
General and administrative |
142 | 353 | 834 |
|
As of December 31, 2009 | |||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Actual |
Pro
Forma(1) |
Pro Forma As
Adjusted(2)(3) |
|||||||
|
(in thousands)
|
|||||||||
Balance Sheet Data: |
||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 16,662 | $ | 16,662 | $ | |||||
Working capital |
2,379 | 3,754 | ||||||||
Total assets |
41,344 | 41,344 | ||||||||
Preferred stock warrant liability |
1,375 | | ||||||||
Long-term obligations, net of current portion |
1,348 | 1,348 | ||||||||
Convertible preferred stock |
33,869 | | ||||||||
Total stockholders' equity (deficit) |
(18,909 | ) | 16,335 |
Adjusted EBITDA
We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) less interest income and gain (loss) on preferred stock warrant revaluation plus interest expense and provision for taxes, depreciation expense, amortization expense and stock-based compensation expense. We include Adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus because (i) we believe Adjusted EBITDA and similar measures are widely used by investors, securities analysts and other interested parties in our industry as a measure of financial performance and (ii) our management uses Adjusted EBITDA to monitor the performance of our business.
We also believe Adjusted EBITDA facilitates operating performance comparisons from period to period by excluding potential differences caused by variations in capital structures affecting interest income (expense), tax positions such as the impact of changes in effective tax rates, and the impact of depreciation and amortization expense.
7
Our use of Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:
Because of these limitations, you should consider Adjusted EBITDA alongside other financial performance measures, including various cash flow metrics, net loss and our other GAAP results. The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most comparable GAAP measure, for each of the periods indicated:
|
Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2007 | 2008 | 2009 | |||||||
|
(in thousands)
|
|||||||||
Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss: |
||||||||||
Net loss |
$ | (10,509 | ) | $ | (3,744 | ) | $ | (2,095 | ) | |
Interest income (expense) |
604 | 576 | 349 | |||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
4,175 | 4,821 | 4,792 | |||||||
Stock-based compensation |
691 | 1,556 | 2,502 | |||||||
Gain (loss) on warrant revaluation |
1,661 | (1,804 | ) | 814 | ||||||
Provision for income taxes |
| | 219 | |||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | (3,378 | ) | $ | 1,405 | $ | 6,581 | |||
8
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Before you decide to purchase shares of our common stock, you should consider carefully the risks described below together with the other information contained in this prospectus. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In such case, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you could lose part or all of your investment. The risks described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks that we currently do not know about or that we currently believe to be immaterial may also impair our business operations.
Risks Related to Our Business
We have a history of losses, and we may not achieve profitability in the future which could limit the growth of our business.
We have had operating losses each year since our inception in October 1999. We expect to incur additional costs and operating expenditures as we further develop and expand our operations. In addition, as a public company, we will incur additional legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. While our revenue has grown in recent periods, this growth may not be sustainable, and we may not achieve sufficient revenues to achieve profitability in the future. Our operating expenses, which include sales and marketing, research and development and general and administrative expenses, are based on our expectations of future revenue and are, to a large extent, fixed in the short term. In addition, we may elect to spend more to grow our business in the future without certainty of near-term returns. Accordingly, we may not achieve profitability, and we may incur losses in the future, which could affect the market price of our common stock or harm our ability to raise additional capital.
Our financial results will fluctuate, and if we fail to meet the expectations of analysts or investors, our stock price and the value of your investment could decline substantially.
Our results of operations are difficult to forecast. We have experienced and expect to continue to experience fluctuations in revenue and operating results from quarter to quarter. In particular, our usage revenue is difficult to predict because it is derived from our clients' usage of our solutions for special events such as runs, walks and rides, and we recognize the associated revenue in the period reported and billed to the client. The growth, if any, and amount of usage revenue vary based on the number of events, the percent of funds raised online for these events, the growth and success of events and our signing of new clients for events. These factors are very difficult to predict, and our usage revenue fluctuates significantly as a result.
Our usage revenue reflects the general seasonality of special events which are held more often in the spring and fall. Therefore, we recognize a majority of our usage revenue in the second and third quarters. We recognized 67% and 63% of our annual usage revenue in the combined second and third quarters of 2008 and 2009, respectively. Usage revenue in the second and third quarters represented between 15% and 16% of total revenue for those periods in 2008 and 2009, respectively; whereas, usage revenue in the first and fourth quarters represented between 8% and 10% of total revenue for those periods in 2008 and 2009, respectively. Furthermore, although we experience seasonally lower usage revenue from special events during the first and fourth fiscal quarters, our operating expenses experience less of a reduction during those periods.
In addition, we experienced seasonality in our sales in the third quarter of 2008 and 2009, and as a result accrued lower commissions during those quarters. Such seasonality causes our quarterly operating results to fluctuate and be difficult to predict.
9
Other reasons for these fluctuations include but are not limited to:
We believe that our results of operations, including the levels of our revenue and operating expenses, will vary in the future and that period-to-period comparisons of our operating results may not be meaningful. If our financial results fall below the expectations of securities analysts or investors, our stock price and the value of your investment could decline substantially. You should not rely on the results of any one quarter as an indication of future performance.
If NPOs do not adopt our solutions, our revenue and operating results will be adversely impacted.
Our ability to generate revenue and achieve profitability depends on the adoption of our solutions by NPOs of all sizes. We cannot be certain that the demand of NPOs for solutions such as ours will continue to develop and grow at its historic rates, if at all. We also do not know to what extent NPOs will be successful utilizing our solutions to engage constituents and generate funds. The less they are able to do so, the less revenue we will generate.
We initially began our business with one solution and now offer multiple products and services. As we grow, we plan on offering new solutions and services in the future. We cannot be certain that NPOs will elect to use our solutions or want or need the functionality of our new solutions and service offerings. As a result, as NPOs become more comfortable and sophisticated in their use of technology for their
10
constituent relationship needs, we may fail to develop and offer solutions and services that meet NPOs' needs in this area, and our revenue may not grow.
Factors that may affect market adoption of our solutions, some of which are beyond our control, include:
While no one client accounted for more than 10% of our revenue in 2009, our enterprise clients can contribute substantially to our revenue from quarter to quarter. If NPOs, especially enterprise NPOs, do not continue to adopt and renew their subscriptions to our solutions, our revenues will experience volatility and our stock price could fall.
Our business depends on our clients' renewing and expanding their subscriptions for our solutions. Any decline in our client renewals and expansions would reduce our revenue.
We sell solutions pursuant to agreements that are generally three years in length for Convio Online Marketing and one year in length for Common Ground. Our clients have no obligation to renew their subscriptions for our solutions after the expiration of their initial subscription period. Our client renewal rates may decline or fluctuate and our client cancellation rates may increase or fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including the following:
If clients do not renew their agreements, our revenue will decline and our operating results will be adversely affected.
11
We seek to grow our business by expanding the products and services our clients buy from us as their needs evolve. However, if our clients fail to buy additional products and services from us, the growth of our business will be harmed. Further, if our clients elect to subscribe to a fewer number of products upon renewal with us, our business will be harmed.
Some of our agreements also provide that our clients may terminate their agreements for convenience after a specified period of time. Some of our agreements allow a client to cancel during the first year of such client's initial subscription for our solutions for performance-related reasons. If our clients terminate their agreements with us, our revenue will grow more slowly than expected or even decline, and we may not be able to achieve profitability. Further, if a client seeks to terminate its agreement with us, we may not be successful in enforcing, or we may not elect to enforce, our agreement with the client.
We serve a broad range of NPOs, the less established of whom may be subject to a higher rate of insolvency or may have limited durations due to the underlying causes that they support, such as political campaigns. We are generally not able to perform financial due diligence on the creditworthiness of our prospective clients, and we may not accurately predict a client's creditworthiness. As a result, if we are unable to collect from our clients, our revenue and cash flows could be less than what we expect.
Many NPOs are price sensitive, and if the prices we charge for our solutions are unacceptable to NPOs, our operating results will be harmed.
Many NPOs are price sensitive. As the market for our solutions matures, or as new competitors introduce new products or services that compete with ours, we may be unable to renew our agreements with existing clients or attract new clients at prices that sustain historical margins.
In addition, poor general economic conditions have led to our offering sales promotions and to our clients' renegotiating their pricing and contract terms as well as requesting other concessions, especially during their contract's renewal period. These promotions and concessions can adversely impact our operating results. These general economic conditions can also lead our competitors to aggressively price their product offerings, further intensifying the pricing pressure on our solutions. Furthermore, demand for our more comprehensive and higher-priced solutions may decline. As a result, our revenue, gross margin and operating results may be adversely affected.
Because we expense commissions associated with sales of our solutions immediately upon execution of a subscription agreement with a client and generally recognize the revenue associated with such sale over the term of the agreement, our operating income in any period may not be indicative of our financial health and future performance.
We expense commissions paid to our sales personnel in the period in which we enter into an agreement for the sale of our solutions. In contrast, we generally recognize the revenue associated with a sale of our solutions ratably over the term of the subscription agreement, which is typically three years for COM and one year for Common Ground. Although we believe increased sales is a positive indicator of the long-term health of our business, increased sales, particularly sales to enterprise clients, would increase our operating expenses and decrease earnings in any particular period. Thus, we may report poor operating results due to higher sales commissions in a period in which we experience strong sales of our solutions. Alternatively, we may report better operating results due to the reduction of sales commissions in a period in which we experience a slowdown in sales. Therefore, you should not rely on our operating income during any one quarter as an indication of our financial health and future performance.
12
Because we generally recognize revenue from sales of our products and services ratably over the term of our agreements, downturns or upturns in sales may not be immediately reflected in our operating results.
We generally recognize revenue on a subscription basis, meaning we recognize the revenue ratably over the terms of our clients' agreements. We typically do not invoice clients the full contract amount at the time of the execution of an agreement. Rather, we invoice our clients periodically based on our arrangement with each client. We record deferred revenue when we invoice a client and only with respect to the invoiced amount for such period, but we only recognize the corresponding revenue ratably over the term of the agreement. As a result, deferred revenue is not an effective determinant of sales or predictor of revenue in any particular period, and much of the revenue we recognize in any quarter may be from deferred revenue from previous quarters. A decline in new or renewed subscriptions in any one quarter may not result in a decrease in revenue in such quarter but will negatively affect our revenue in future quarters. We may be unable to adjust our cost structure to reflect these reduced revenues. Accordingly, downturns in sales or renewals of our products and services will adversely impact revenue and operating results on an on-going basis in future periods.
We anticipate that our new Common Ground application will help us to grow our business, but if NPOs do not adopt Common Ground, the growth in our revenue could be limited and our business harmed.
We introduced our Common Ground application in September 2008. As of December 31, 2009, over 170 NPOs had adopted Common Ground. We expect to increase our spending on research and development and sales and marketing to expand the number of Common Ground clients and the revenue we generate from these clients.
Common Ground is a new product, and if NPOs do not adopt Common Ground, then our business will have difficulty growing and will be harmed. We believe Common Ground's acceptance and adoption by NPOs will be dependent upon, among other things, Common Ground's functional breadth, quality, ease of use, performance, reliability, and cost effectiveness. Even if the advantages of Common Ground over legacy solutions are established, we are unable to predict to what extent Common Ground will be adopted in the marketplace.
We plan on releasing more functionality for our Common Ground application. The introduction of these new features may replace sales of our Convio Online Marketing solution, thereby offsetting the benefit of a successful feature introduction. This could harm our operating results by decreasing sales of our higher priced solution, exposing us to greater risk of decreased revenues. Any or all of the above occurrences could harm our business and results of operations.
We do not have any control over the availability or performance of salesforce.com's Force.com platform, and if we or our clients encounter problems with it, we may be required to replace Force.com with another platform, which would be difficult and costly.
Common Ground runs on salesforce.com's Force.com platform, and we do not have any control over the Force.com platform or the prices salesforce.com charges our NPO clients. salesforce.com may discontinue or modify Force.com. salesforce.com could also increase its fees or modify its pricing incentives for NPOs. If salesforce.com takes any of these actions, we may suffer lower sales, increased operating costs and loss of revenue from Common Ground until equivalent technology is either developed by us, or, if available, is identified, obtained and integrated.
In addition, we do not control the performance of Force.com. If Force.com experiences an outage, Common Ground will not function properly, and our clients may be dissatisfied with our Common Ground application. If salesforce.com has performance or other problems with its Force.com platform,
13
they will reflect poorly on us and the adoption and renewal of our Common Ground application and our business may be harmed.
We encounter long sales cycles, particularly for our largest clients, which could have an adverse effect on the size, timing and predictability of our revenue and cash flows.
Generally, our sales cycles last between three and nine months, but in the case of enterprise NPOs our sales cycle can last longer. Potential clients, particularly our larger clients, generally commit significant resources to an evaluation of available technologies and require us to expend substantial time, effort and money educating them as to the value of our solutions. We may expend significant funds and management resources during a sales cycle and ultimately fail to close the sale. The sales cycle for our solutions is subject to significant risks and delays over which we have little or no control, including:
If we are unsuccessful in closing sales after expending significant funds and management resources or if we experience delays in our sales cycles, the size, timing and predictability of our revenue and cash flows could be harmed.
Interruptions, delays or security breaches at third-party datacenters or by our payment processors could impair the delivery of our solutions and harm our reputation and business.
We host our solutions and serve all of our clients from two third-party datacenters, one located in Austin, Texas and the other in Sacramento, California. Any interruptions or problems at either datacenter would likely result in significant disruptions in our solutions hosted at such site. We do not control the operation of these datacenters, and each is vulnerable to damage or interruption from earthquakes, floods, fires, power loss, telecommunications failures and similar events. Each datacenter is also subject to break-ins, sabotage, intentional acts of vandalism and similar misconduct. Despite precautions at each datacenter, the occurrence of a natural disaster or an act of terrorism, a decision to close a datacenter without adequate notice or other unanticipated problems such as work stoppages at a datacenter could result in interruptions or delays in our solutions and our failure to meet our service level commitments to our clients. Neither datacenter is currently configured to provide failover services to the other datacenter in the event services at a facility are interrupted. Each datacenter has no obligation to renew its agreement with us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. If we are unable to renew our agreement with a datacenter on commercially reasonable terms, we may experience costs or downtime in connection with the transfer to a new third-party datacenter.
In addition, we rely on third-party providers for payment processing of funds contributed to our clients by their constituents. Such third-party providers have experienced significant downtime in the past due to high transaction volumes and may experience similar downtime in the future. Although substantially all of our subscription agreements do not provide service level commitments relating to payment processing services provided by third parties, any interruptions in our solutions may cause harm to our reputation, cause clients to terminate their subscription agreements and harm our renewal rates.
14
We provide service level commitments to our clients, which could cause us to issue credits for future products and services if the stated service levels are not met for a given period and could significantly harm our reputation and operating results.
We provide service level commitments in our subscription agreements. Our transaction volumes are erratic, and our volumes spike significantly during large special events or major occurrences such as natural disasters. High transaction volumes can cause delays in response times. If we are unable to meet stated service level commitments, we may be contractually obligated or choose to provide clients with refunds or credits for future products and services. We may not be able to recover from our third-party datacenters any refunds or credits that we provide to our clients. Our revenue could also be adversely affected if we suffer unscheduled downtime that exceeds the allowed downtimes under our agreements with our clients. Any service outages could harm our reputation, decrease our revenue and increase our operating costs.
If we are not able to develop enhancements to, and new features for, our existing solutions or acceptable new products and services that keep pace with technological developments, we may lose clients or fail to sell our solutions to new clients.
We intend to develop or license enhancements to and new features for our solutions to keep pace with rapid technological developments and to improve our solutions. The success of such enhancements, new features and services depends on several factors, including their timely completion, the license on acceptable terms of software from third parties and the introduction and market acceptance of such enhancements, features or services. Failure in this regard may significantly impair our ability to compete effectively and cause us to lose existing clients or fail to sell our solutions to new clients. In addition, because the software underlying our solutions is designed to operate on a variety of network hardware and software platforms using a standard browser, we will need to continuously modify and enhance our solutions to keep pace with changes in Internet-related hardware, software, communication, browser and database technologies. We may not be successful in either developing these modifications and enhancements or bringing them to market in a timely manner. Furthermore, uncertainties about the timing and nature of new network platforms or technologies, or modifications to existing platforms or technologies could increase our research and development expenses. Any failure of our solutions to operate effectively with future network platforms and technologies could reduce the demand for our solutions.
Our solutions, and in particular our new Common Ground application, may contain errors or defects, negatively affecting their adoption which may cause us to lose clients and reimburse fees.
Our solutions are novel and complex and, accordingly, may contain undetected errors or failures when first introduced or as new enhancements are released. This may result in the loss of, or delay in, market acceptance of our new solutions. We have in the past discovered software errors in our solutions and new solutions after their introduction. We have experienced delays in release, lost revenues and customer frustration during the period required to correct these errors. We may in the future discover errors and scalability limitations in new solutions, such as Common Ground, after they become available or be required to compensate customers for such limitations or errors. In addition, our clients may use our solutions in unanticipated ways that may cause a disruption in our solutions for other clients. Since our clients use our solutions for mission-critical processes, any errors, defects or disruptions in, or other performance problems with, the software underlying our solutions could harm our reputation and may damage our clients' activities. If that occurs, clients could elect not to renew or delay or withhold payment to us, we could lose future sales and clients may make claims against us.
15
If our solutions do not scale to accommodate a high volume of traffic and transactions, we may experience client dissatisfaction and fail to grow our revenue.
We seek to generate a higher volume of website traffic and other electronic transactions for our clients as part of our product and service offerings. Our transaction volumes are erratic, and our volumes spike significantly during large special events and major occurrences such as natural disasters. In addition, high transaction volumes can cause delays in response times. The satisfactory performance, reliability and availability of our solutions, including our network infrastructure, are critical to our reputation and our ability to attract and retain new clients. Any system interruptions that result in the unavailability or under-performance of our solutions would reduce the volume of traffic and transactions processed on our system for our clients and may also diminish the attractiveness of our solutions to our clients. Furthermore, our inability to add software and hardware or to develop and further upgrade our existing technology or network infrastructure to accommodate increased traffic or increased transaction volume may cause unanticipated system disruptions, slower response times, degradation in levels of client service and impaired quality of the users' experience. We expect to continue to upgrade our solutions, but we may be unable to upgrade and expand our solutions effectively or to integrate efficiently any new technologies with our existing solutions. Any inability to do so would harm our reputation, ability to maintain our client relationships and growth of our business.
In addition, most of our subscription agreements provide for higher revenue as the volume of client traffic and transactions increase over the term of the agreement. If we are unable to scale our solutions to effectively accommodate a higher volume of traffic and transactions, we will not be able to realize an increase in our revenue.
The market in which we operate is intensely competitive, and our failure to compete successfully would cause our revenue and market share to decline.
The market in which we operate is fragmented, competitive and rapidly evolving, and there are limited barriers to entry for some aspects of this market. Competitive pressures can adversely impact our business by limiting the prices we can charge our clients and making the adoption and renewal of our solutions more difficult. With Convio Online Marketing, we compete with several online marketing solutions and a variety of point applications targeted at tasks such as email marketing, content management and fundraising event management. With Common Ground, we compete with generic database providers, as well as industry-specific donor management solutions. Some of our competitors are focused exclusively on the nonprofit industry while others sell to NPOs among a broader set of target industries. Our primary competitors are Blackbaud, Inc., The Sage Group plc and SunGard Data Systems, Inc. In addition, we compete with a variety of smaller, private companies, and also with custom web development providers, which provide custom in-house applications. Any of these competitors could take actions that adversely affect our business.
Other larger potential competitors, such as Microsoft Corporation, Oracle Corporation and salesforce.com, Inc., could make acquisitions or develop solutions to establish or expand their presence in the nonprofit market. Smaller competitors, such as those providing open source solutions, web development services and content management, email marketing and other point tools, may strengthen their offerings through internal development or acquisitions and enhance their respective ability to compete. Other competitors have established or strengthened cooperative relationships with strategic partners serving the nonprofit market, thereby limiting our ability to promote our solutions and the number of partners available to help market our products and services. These competitive pressures could cause our revenue and market share to decline.
16
If we are not able to manage our anticipated growth effectively, our operating costs may increase and our operating margins may decrease.
We will need to grow our infrastructure to address potential market opportunities. Our growth has placed, and will continue to place, to the extent that we are able to sustain such growth, a significant strain on our management, administrative, operational and financial infrastructure. We anticipate that further growth will be required to address increases in our client base, as well as our planned expansion into new geographic areas. If we continue to grow our operations, we may not be effective in enlarging our physical facilities and our systems and our procedures or controls may not be adequate to support such expansion or our business generally. If we are unable to manage our growth, our operating costs may increase and our operating margins may decrease.
If we do not migrate GetActive's clients, we may not realize the expected benefits of our acquisition of GetActive, and our business may be harmed.
In February 2007, we acquired GetActive to enhance and broaden our service offerings. Since the closing of the acquisition, we have been migrating former GetActive clients to our COM platform, and we intend to phase-out the GetActive platform by the end of 2010. If our remaining migration activities are unsuccessful, our reputation could be harmed, our revenue could decrease and our operating costs could increase.
We depend on our direct sales force and our partner network for sales and deployments of our solutions and, if we do not attract and retain our sales personnel or maintain our partner relationships, our revenue may not grow and our business could be harmed.
We depend primarily on our direct sales force to obtain new clients and to manage our client base. There is significant competition for direct sales personnel with the advanced sales skills and technical knowledge that sales of our solutions require. Our ability to achieve significant revenue growth in the future will depend, in large part, on our success in recruiting, training and retaining sufficient numbers of direct sales personnel.
We complement our direct sales personnel with a network of over 55 partners serving the nonprofit market, including interactive agencies, direct marketing agencies, public affairs firms and complementary technology companies. Our partner network helps us grow our client base and, we believe, enables us to provide more complete solutions for our clients. If our partners fail to increase awareness of our solutions or to assist us in gaining access to decision-makers at NPOs, then we may need to increase our marketing expenses, change our marketing strategy or enter into marketing relationships with different parties, any of which could impair our ability to generate increased revenue. Our typical partner agreement is not exclusive and our partners may choose not to promote sales of our solutions. If we do not maintain and increase our partner relationships, our revenue may not grow and could decline.
We also rely on third-party implementation providers whom we recommend to our clients to deploy COM and Common Ground. In the case of Common Ground, to date we have relied solely on third-party implementation providers to provide deployment services. Any failure to perform, unprofessional conduct, delays or difficulties with the deployment on the part of such third-party implementation providers may reflect poorly on our reputation and the marketability of our solutions, which could harm our business and results of operations. Our agreements with these third-party implementation providers do not obligate them to continue to deploy our solutions. Generally our clients enter into agreements directly with the third-party implementation providers, so we have limited ability to seek recourse from them if deployment issues arise with clients.
17
We rely on third-party software in our solutions that may be difficult or costly to replace or which could cause errors or failures and harm our reputation.
We rely on software licensed from third parties in order to offer our solutions, including database software from Oracle Corporation. The third-party software may not continue to be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Any loss of the right to use any necessary third-party software could result in delays in the provisioning of our solutions until equivalent technology is either developed by us, or, if available, is identified, obtained and integrated, which could harm our reputation and increase our operating costs. Any errors or defects in third-party software could result in errors or a failure of our solutions which could harm our reputation and be costly to correct. Many of our third-party providers attempt to impose limitations on their liability for errors, defects, or failures in their hardware, software, or services, which we are required to pass through to our clients. Those limitations may or may not be enforceable, and we may have liability to our clients or providers that could harm our reputation and increase our operating costs.
If we fail to retain key personnel or if we fail to attract additional qualified personnel or if newly hired personnel fail to reach productivity as anticipated, we may not be able to achieve our anticipated level of growth, our revenue may decrease and our operating costs may increase.
Our future success depends upon the continued service of our officers and other key finance, sales and marketing, research and development and professional services staff. In addition, our future success will depend in large part on our ability to attract a sufficient number of highly qualified personnel, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to do so. Competition for qualified personnel can be intense, and we might not be successful in attracting and retaining them. The pool of qualified personnel with experience working with or selling to NPOs is limited overall and specifically in Austin, Texas, Washington, D.C., and Berkeley, California, where a significant portion of our operations are located. If we fail to retain key personnel or attract a sufficient number of highly qualified personnel, we may expend more resources in an effort to recruit qualified personnel and our operating costs would increase. In addition, the diversion of management's attention to recruiting efforts may cause our sales and revenue to decrease.
Our ability to maintain and expand our finance, sales and marketing, research and development and professional services teams will depend on our ability to recruit, train and retain top quality people with advanced skills who understand sales to, and the specific needs of, NPOs. For these reasons, we have from time to time in the past experienced, and we expect to continue to experience in the future, difficulty in hiring and retaining highly skilled employees with appropriate qualifications for our business. In addition, it takes time for our new sales and services personnel to become productive, particularly with respect to obtaining and supporting enterprise clients. If we are unable to hire or retain qualified personnel, or if newly hired personnel fail to develop the necessary skills or reach productivity slower than anticipated, it would be more difficult for us to sell our solutions and provide services to our clients, and we could experience a shortfall in revenue and may not achieve our planned growth.
Various private spam blacklists have in the past reduced, and may in the future reduce, the effectiveness of our solutions and our ability to conduct our business, which may cause demand for our solutions to decline.
We depend on email to market to and communicate with our clients, and our clients rely on email to communicate with their constituents. Various private entities attempt to limit the use of email for commercial solicitation. These entities often advocate standards of conduct or practice that exceed current legal requirements in the United States and classify certain email solicitations that comply with current legal requirements as spam. Some of these entities maintain "blacklists" of companies and individuals, and the websites, Internet service providers and Internet protocol addresses associated with those entities or individuals that do not adhere to those standards of conduct or practices for commercial
18
email solicitations that the blacklisting entity believes are appropriate. If a company's Internet protocol addresses are listed by a blacklisting entity, emails sent from those addresses may be blocked by servers that receive or route email and subscribe to the blacklisting entity's service or purchase its blacklist. Any blocking of email communications generated by clients using our solutions will reduce the effectiveness of our solutions and our ability to conduct our business, which may cause demand for our solutions to decline and increase non-renewals.
Government regulation could increase our compliance expenses, subject us to fines or penalties of non-compliance or adversely affect the marketability of our solutions.
We are subject not only to laws and regulations applicable to businesses generally, but also to laws and regulations directly applicable to electronic commerce and fundraising activities. In addition, our clients are subject to United States and foreign laws and regulations governing the collection, use and disclosure of personal information obtained from individuals, which restrict how our clients use our solutions. There are many laws and regulations related to electronic commerce and online fundraising, and state, federal and foreign governments may adopt or enforce additional laws and regulations applicable to our business and to our clients' use of our solutions. If the burdens or costs of our clients' compliance with additional regulations increase, NPOs may decide not to use our solutions. Further, our failure to comply with any such laws or regulations could subject us to fines, penalties or other damages that could harm our reputation and increase our operating costs.
The promulgation, amendment or enforcement of any laws or regulations in the following areas could increase our compliance expenses:
We are also subject to certain state registration and periodic filing requirements related to companies that provide fundraising consulting services. States' regulations vary and the application of these regulations to our business is unclear. Our clients rely in part on our registrations in states that require registration to conduct our clients' national fundraising campaigns. As of December 31, 2009, we were
19
registered in five states and had registrations pending in nine others. If we fail to comply with any of these regulations, our registrations could be revoked or we may be prevented from registering, and our clients could terminate their agreements with us if we do not meet their fundraising needs in those states. In addition, we could incur fines, penalties or other damages that could harm our reputation and increase our operating costs, and we may be obligated to file client agreements that may disclose competitively sensitive information. Furthermore, the states in which we are registered may impose new requirements and additional states may adopt registration requirements that may increase our compliance expenses.
Evolving privacy concerns and laws or other domestic or foreign regulations may reduce the effectiveness of our solutions, which could reduce overall demand for our solutions and increase operating costs.
Our clients can use our solutions to store personal or identifying information regarding their constituents. Federal, state and foreign government bodies and agencies, however, have adopted or are considering adopting laws and regulations regarding the collection, use and disclosure of personal information obtained from consumers and other individuals. For instance, as part of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, Congress passed the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HI-TECH Act. The HI-TECH Act expands the reach of data privacy and security requirements of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, or HIPAA, to service providers. HIPAA and associated United States Department of Health and Human Services regulations permit our clients in the healthcare industry to use certain demographic protected health information (such as name, email or physical address and dates of service) for fundraising purposes and to disclose that subset of protected health information to their service providers for fundraising. We may be included in this service provider group under the revised HIPAA regulations by virtue of our service provider relationship with our clients in the healthcare industry. In general, we are seeking to prohibit contractually our healthcare industry clients from uploading other types of health information of their clients into our systems because HIPAA does not permit this information to be used for fundraising without certain permissions, but we believe that monitoring our healthcare clients' compliance with such prohibitions is not legally required of service providers and would be cost prohibitive. The law and regulations under HI-TECH are new and still subject to change or interpretation by legal authorities who could cause additional compliance burdens.
The costs of compliance with, and other burdens imposed by, HIPAA, the HI-TECH Act and such other laws and regulations that are applicable to the businesses of our clients may limit the use and adoption of our solutions, reduce overall demand for our solutions and increase our operating costs, and we may be unable to pass along those costs to our clients in the form of increased fees.
In addition to government activity, privacy advocacy groups and the technology and other industries are considering various new, additional or different self-regulatory standards that may place additional burdens on us. If regulatory burdens related to collection and use of personal information increase, our solutions would be less effective, which may reduce demand for our solutions and harm our business.
United States federal legislation entitled Controlling the Assault of Non-Solicited Pornography and Marketing Act of 2003 imposes certain obligations on the senders of commercial emails, which could minimize the effectiveness of our email product and establishes financial penalties for non-compliance, which could increase the costs of our business.
In December 2003, Congress enacted Controlling the Assault of Non-Solicited Pornography and Marketing Act of 2003, or the CAN-SPAM Act, which establishes civil penalties for failure to meet certain requirements for commercial email messages (which may include email messages sent by NPOs that advertise a commercial product or service) and specifies criminal and civil penalties for the transmission of commercial email messages that are intended to deceive the recipient as to source, transmission path or content. The CAN-SPAM Act, among other things, obligates the sender of commercial emails to identify
20
their recipients with the ability to opt out of receiving future emails from the sender. In addition, some states have passed laws regulating commercial email practices that are significantly more punitive and difficult to comply with than the CAN-SPAM Act. For example, Utah and Michigan have enacted do-not-email registries listing minors who do not wish to receive unsolicited commercial email that markets certain covered content, such as products that minors are prohibited from purchasing. Some portions of these state laws may not be preempted by the CAN-SPAM Act. The ability of our clients' constituents to opt out of receiving commercial emails may minimize the effectiveness of our email product. Moreover, non-compliance with the CAN-SPAM Act can involve significant financial penalties. In addition, European Union member state laws typically prohibit sending promotional email messages outside of an established business relationship with the recipient unless the recipient has opted into receipt of such messages and require honoring opt-out requests by recipients. Such laws largely prevent the use of email to new prospects in the European Union, and similar laws have been adopted in some countries. Although our agreements prohibit violations of these laws, if we were found to be in violation of the CAN-SPAM Act, applicable state laws not preempted by the CAN-SPAM Act, or European Union or foreign laws regulating the distribution of commercial email, whether as a result of violations by our clients or if we were deemed to be directly subject to and in violation of these requirements by the future interpretation of such laws by a court of law or regulatory agency, we could be required to pay penalties or we may be required to change one or more aspects of the way we operate our business, which could impair our ability to attract and retain clients or increase our operating costs.
We may be subject to legal costs and liabilities for content and activities of our clients and their constituents, which could harm our reputation and increase our operating costs.
We host content provided by our clients and their constituents and provide products and services that enable them to exchange information, conduct business and engage in various online activities. From time to time, we are requested to provide information or otherwise become involved in legal and other matters involving our clients' online activities. While we require our clients to agree to comply with acceptable usage policies and other content restrictions, clients and their constituents may provide content or undertake activities that could require us to conduct investigations or defend claims by private persons and entities or governmental entities that may be with or without merit and may subject us to legal costs and liabilities to our third-party suppliers and others, which could harm our reputation and increase our operating costs.
If existing clients and prospective clients refuse to adopt or renew our solutions, or we choose not to engage a prospective client, because of conflicts over ideological missions, our revenue will not grow at our anticipated rate.
Our clients have a wide range of ideological missions. Many NPOs focus upon and support ideological causes that may conflict with the ideological causes of our other clients. A few prospective clients in the past have hesitated or refused to use our solutions because of our relationship with NPOs with ideologies that directly conflict with the ideologies of such prospective clients. If the number of our clients grow, the potential for such conflict will increase. We have adopted a policy of working with NPOs supporting a wide range of ideological missions other than those that promote violence, hatred, or racial or religious intolerance. We will exercise our judgment in determining whether an organization violates the spirit of these client engagement principles. Based on these principles, we have and may continue in the future to choose not to engage prospective client NPOs. If our prospective clients refuse to adopt our solutions, if we choose not to engage a prospective client, or if our existing clients do not renew or otherwise terminate their use of our solutions due to such conflicts, our revenue may be adversely affected and our reputation may be harmed.
21
Changes in financial accounting standards or practices may cause adverse, unexpected financial reporting fluctuations and harm our operating results.
A change in accounting standards or practices could harm our operating results and may affect our reporting of transactions completed before the change is effective. New accounting pronouncements and varying interpretations of accounting pronouncements have occurred and may occur in the future. Changes to existing rules or the questioning of current practices may harm our operating results or the way we conduct our business.
We may incur significant expenses to defend against or settle claims that we infringe upon third parties' intellectual property rights.
Litigation regarding intellectual property rights is common in the software industry. We expect that our solutions may be increasingly subject to third-party infringement claims as the number of competitors in our industry segment grows and the functionality of products and services in different industry segments overlaps. We have encountered and may encounter in the future disputes over rights and obligations concerning intellectual property. In the past, we have been involved in litigation with Kintera, Inc., which was acquired by Blackbaud, Inc. Third parties may seek to bring claims against us in the future. Such claims may be with or without merit. Any litigation to defend against claims of infringement or invalidity could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources. Furthermore, a party making such a claim could secure a judgment that requires us to pay substantial damages. A judgment could also include an injunction or other court order that could prevent us from selling our solutions. Our operating costs may increase or our revenue may decline if any of these events occurred.
In addition, we generally indemnify our clients against certain claims that our solutions infringe upon the intellectual property rights of others. We could incur substantial costs in defending ourselves and our clients against infringement claims and paying any resulting damage awards or settlements. In the event of a claim of infringement, we and our clients might be required to obtain one or more licenses from third parties. We, or our clients, might be unable to obtain necessary licenses from third parties at a reasonable cost, if at all. We, or our clients, might become subject to an injunction that prevents use of the allegedly infringing technology. Any intellectual property rights claim against us or our clients, with or without merit, could be time-consuming, expensive to litigate or settle and could divert management attention and financial resources. An adverse determination also could prevent us from offering our solutions to our clients and may require that we procure or develop a substitute solution that does not infringe.
For any intellectual property rights claim against us or our clients, we may have to pay damages or stop using technology found to be in violation of a third party's rights. We may have to seek a license for the technology, which may not be available on reasonable terms, if at all, may significantly increase our operating expenses or may require us to restrict our business activities in one or more respects. As a result, we may also be required to develop alternative non-infringing technology, which could require significant effort and expense. Defense of any lawsuit, the cost of any damages or settlements, failure to obtain any such required licenses or issuance of an injunction would increase our operating costs and may reduce our revenue.
If the security of the software or systems underlying our solutions is breached, our reputation could be harmed and our operating costs could increase.
Fundamental to the use of our products and services is the secure collection, storage and transmission of constituent information. Unauthorized third parties have periodically attempted to attack our system, and we have had security breaches in the past. We regularly upgrade our security technologies, policies and programs. However, we expect third parties to continue to attempt to attack our system in the future with increasing sophistication. If a third party breaches our security, that of our clients or that of our
22
third-party datacenters and payment processing partners, our business could be harmed. It could result in misappropriation of proprietary information or interruptions in operations. We might be liable to our clients or their constituents for damages from breaches of security, and clients could seek to terminate their agreements with us. A breach could also harm our reputation and increase our operating costs, particularly any breach resulting in the imposition of liability that is not covered by insurance or is in excess of insurance coverage. We might be required to expend significant capital and other resources to notify and communicate with state and federal regulatory agencies and affected clients and their constituents, provide credit monitoring or other protections, protect further against security breaches or to rectify problems caused by any security breach. Any of these results would be harmful to our business.
We rely upon trademark, copyright and trade secret laws to protect our proprietary rights, which might not provide us with adequate protection, and we may therefore be unable to compete effectively.
Our success and ability to compete depend to a significant degree upon the protection of our software and other proprietary technology rights. We might not be successful in protecting our proprietary technology, and our proprietary rights might not provide us with a meaningful competitive advantage. To protect our proprietary technology, we rely on a combination of trademark, copyright and trade secret laws, as well as nondisclosure agreements, each of which affords only limited protection. We have no patents on our proprietary technology and, accordingly, have no way to exclude others from practicing inventions relating to similar technologies, unless wrongfully misappropriated from us in violation of trade secret law or any non-disclosure agreements. Any inability to protect our intellectual property rights could harm our ability to compete effectively, which would reduce our revenue. Such harm includes but is not limited to the following:
Despite the measures taken by us, it may be possible for a third party to copy or otherwise obtain and use our proprietary technology and information without authorization. Policing unauthorized use of our solutions is difficult, and litigation could become necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights. Any litigation could be time consuming and expensive to prosecute or resolve and could result in substantial diversion of management attention and resources.
We use open source software in the software underlying our solutions that may subject our software to general release or require us to re-engineer such solutions, which could reduce our revenue or increase our operating costs.
We use open source software in the software underlying our solutions and plan to use more open source software in the future. From time to time, there have been claims against companies that distribute or use open source software in their products and services, asserting that open source software infringes the claimants' intellectual property rights. We could be subject to suits by parties claiming infringement of intellectual property rights resulting from our use of open source software in accordance with the terms of the license under which we received such open source software. Use and distribution of open source software can lead to greater risks than use of third-party commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide warranties or other contractual protections regarding
23
infringement claims or the quality of the code. Some open source licenses contain requirements that we make available source code for modifications or derivative works we create based upon the open source software and that we license such modifications or derivative works under the terms of a particular open source license or other license granting third parties certain rights of further use, modification and distribution. If we combine our proprietary software with open source software in a certain manner, we could, under certain of the open source licenses, be required to release the source code of our proprietary software and license such proprietary software under the terms of the open source license for free or for a nominal fee. Open source license terms may be ambiguous and many of the risks associated with usage of open source software cannot be eliminated and could, if not properly addressed, negatively affect our business. If we were found to have inappropriately used open source software or failed to comply with the terms of the open source licenses, in addition to the potential that we license modifications or derivative works we create under open source license terms, we may be subject to suits by licensors claiming infringement of intellectual property rights related to such open source software and required to re-engineer our software underlying our solution, discontinue the sale of our solutions in the event re-engineering cannot be accomplished on a timely basis, take other remedial action that may divert resources away from our development efforts or be subject to an injunction or damage award or settlement, any of which could reduce our revenue or increase our operating costs.
We may enter into acquisitions that may be difficult to integrate, fail to achieve our strategic objectives, disrupt our business, dilute stockholder value or divert management attention.
We currently do not have any agreements with respect to any acquisitions, but in the future we may pursue acquisitions of businesses to complement our existing business. We cannot assure you that any acquisition we make in the future will provide us with the benefits we anticipated in entering into the transaction. Acquisitions are typically accompanied by a number of risks, including:
In addition, acquisitions may result in the incurrence of debt, restructuring charges and write-offs, such as write-offs of acquired in-process research and development. We also may not be able to recognize as revenue the deferred revenue of an acquired company. Acquisitions may result in goodwill and other intangible assets that are subject to impairment tests, which could result in future impairment charges. Furthermore, if we finance future acquisitions by issuing convertible debt or equity securities, our existing stockholders may be diluted and earnings per share may decrease. To the extent we finance future acquisitions with debt, such debt could include financial or operational covenants that restrict our business operations.
We may enter into negotiations for acquisitions that are not ultimately consummated. Those negotiations could result in diversion of management time and significant out-of-pocket costs. If we fail to evaluate and execute acquisitions successfully, we may not be able to realize the benefits of these acquisitions, and our operating results could be harmed.
24
Our ability to raise capital in the future may be limited, and our failure to raise capital when needed could prevent us from executing our growth strategy.
We intend to continue to make investments to support our growth and believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents and our cash flow from future operating activities will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for the next twelve months. We may, however, require additional capital from equity or debt financings in the future to fund our operations or respond to competitive pressures or strategic opportunities. In addition, we may require additional financing to fund the purchase price of future acquisitions. Additional financing may not be available on terms favorable to us, or at all. Any additional capital raised through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities may dilute your percentage ownership of our common stock. Furthermore, any new debt or equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to our common stock. Capital raised through debt financings could require us to make periodic interest payments and could impose potentially restrictive covenants on the conduct of our business. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us, our ability to continue to support our business growth and to respond to business challenges could be significantly limited.
If we expand our operations outside of the United States, our expansion may subject us to risks that may increase our operating costs.
An element of our growth strategy is to expand our international operations and develop a worldwide client base. To date, we have not realized a material portion of our revenue from clients outside the United States. Operating in international markets requires significant resources and management attention and will subject us to regulatory, economic and political risks that are different from those in the United States. Because of our limited experience with international operations, we cannot assure you that our international expansion efforts will be successful. In addition, we will face risks in doing business internationally that could increase our operating costs, including:
If we decide to expand our business globally, our success will depend, in part, on our ability to anticipate and effectively manage these and other risks associated with future international operations. Our failure to manage any of these risks successfully could increase our operating costs.
25
We will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives, which will increase our operating costs.
As a public company, we will incur legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules subsequently implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, and the NASDAQ Listing Rules, impose additional requirements on public companies, including requiring changes in corporate governance practices. For example, the listing requirements of the NASDAQ Global Market require that we satisfy certain corporate governance requirements relating to independent directors, audit committees, distribution of annual and interim reports, stockholder meetings, stockholder approvals, solicitation of proxies, conflicts of interest, stockholder voting rights and codes of conduct. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantial additional costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. These rules and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers.
In addition, United States securities laws require, among other things, that we maintain effective internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. In particular, for the year ending December 31, 2011, we must perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management and our independent registered public accounting firm to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Our testing, or the subsequent testing by our independent registered public accounting firm, may reveal deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses. Our compliance with Section 404 will require that we incur substantial accounting expense and expend significant management time on compliance-related issues. Moreover, if we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, or if we or our independent registered public accounting firm identify deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses, the market price of our stock could decline, and we could be subject to potential delisting by the NASDAQ Global Market and review by the NASDAQ Stock Market, the SEC, or other regulatory authorities which would require additional financial and management resources.
Risks Relating to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock
The trading price of our common stock is likely to be volatile, and you might not be able to sell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.
The trading prices of the securities of technology companies have been highly volatile. Further, our common stock has no prior trading history. Factors affecting the trading price of our common stock will include:
26
In addition, if the market for technology stocks or the stock market in general experiences loss of investor confidence, the trading price of our common stock could decline for reasons unrelated to our business, financial condition or operating results. The trading price of our common stock might also decline in reaction to events that affect other companies in our industry even if these events do not directly affect us. Each of these factors, among others, could harm the value of your investment in our common stock. Some companies that have had volatile market prices for their securities have had securities class action lawsuits filed against them. If a suit were filed against us, regardless of its merits or outcome, it could result in substantial costs and divert management's attention and resources.
Our securities have no prior market, and our stock price may decline after the offering.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. Although we have applied to have our common stock listed on the NASDAQ Global Market, an active public trading market for our common stock may not develop or, if it develops, may not be maintained after this offering. We and the representatives of the underwriters will negotiate to determine the initial public offering price. The initial public offering price may be higher than the trading price of our common stock following this offering. As a result, you could lose all or part of your investment.
Future sales of shares by existing stockholders could cause our stock price to decline.
If our existing stockholders sell, or indicate an intention to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the 180-day contractual lock-up, which period may be extended in certain limited circumstances, and other legal restrictions on resale discussed in this prospectus lapse, the trading price of our common stock could decline below the initial public offering price. Based on shares outstanding as of December 31, 2009, upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option. Of these shares, only the shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable, without restriction, in the public market. Thomas Weisel Partners LLC and Piper Jaffray & Co. may, in their sole discretion, permit our officers, directors, employees and current stockholders who are subject to the contractual lock-up to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements.
After the lock-up agreements pertaining to this offering expire 180 days from the date of this prospectus, which period may be extended in certain limited circumstances, up to an additional shares will be eligible for sale in the public market of which are held by directors, executive officers and other affiliates and will be subject to volume limitations under Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, and various vesting agreements. In addition, as of December 31, 2009, the 717,807 shares subject to outstanding warrants, the 8,888,443 shares that are subject to outstanding options and the 1,648,000 shares reserved for future issuance under our equity plans upon the closing of this offering, will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various vesting agreements, the lock-up agreements and Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act. If these additional shares are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could decline.
Some of our existing stockholders have contractual demand or piggyback rights to require us to register with the SEC up to 32,201,638 shares of our common stock. If we register these shares of
27
common stock, the stockholders would be able to sell those shares freely in the public market. All of these shares are subject to lock-up agreements restricting their sale for 180 days after the date of this prospectus, which period may be extended in certain limited circumstances.
After this offering, we intend to register approximately shares of our common stock that we have issued or may issue under our equity plans. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the lock-up agreements, if applicable, described above.
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish misleading or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If no or few securities or industry analysts commence coverage of us, the trading price for our stock would be negatively impacted. In the event we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage, if one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our stock or publishes misleading or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.
Insiders will continue to have substantial control over us after this offering, which may limit our stockholders' ability to influence corporate matters and delay or prevent a third party from acquiring control over us.
Upon the closing of this offering, our directors and executive officers and their affiliates will beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately % of our outstanding common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option, compared to % represented by the shares sold in this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option. As a result, these stockholders will be able to exercise influence over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or our assets. This concentration of ownership could limit your ability to influence corporate matters and delay or prevent a third party from acquiring control over us. For information regarding the ownership of our outstanding stock by our executive officers and directors and their affiliates, please see the section titled "Principal and Selling Stockholders."
As a new investor, you will experience substantial dilution as a result of this offering and future equity issuances.
The assumed initial public offering price per share is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock outstanding prior to this offering. As a result, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will experience immediate substantial dilution of $ per share. In addition, we have issued options and warrants to acquire common stock at prices below the assumed initial public offering price. To the extent outstanding options and warrants are ultimately exercised, there will be further dilution to investors in this offering. This dilution is due in large part to the fact that our earlier stockholders paid substantially less than the assumed initial public offering price when they acquired their shares of common stock and securities convertible or exercisable for common stock. In addition, if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, or if we issue additional equity securities, you will experience additional dilution.
28
Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company and may affect the trading price of our common stock.
We are a Delaware corporation and the anti-takeover provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which apply to us, may discourage, delay or prevent a change of control by prohibiting us from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years after the person becomes an interested stockholder, even if a change of control would be beneficial to our existing stockholders. For more information, see the section titled "Description of Capital StockAnti-Takeover Effects of Our Charter and Bylaws and Delaware Law." In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage, delay or prevent a change in our management or control over us that stockholders may consider favorable. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will be in effect as of the closing of this offering:
Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the proceeds we receive in this offering and might not apply the proceeds in ways that increase the value of your investment.
Our management will have broad discretion to use the net proceeds from this offering, and you will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of these proceeds. Our management might not apply the net proceeds of this offering in ways that increase the value of your investment. We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering to possibly repay our credit facilities and for general corporate purposes, including working capital and capital expenditures, which may in the future include investments in, or acquisitions of, complementary businesses, services or technologies. We have not allocated these net proceeds for any specific purposes. Our management might not be able to yield a significant return, if any, on any investment of these net proceeds. You will not have the opportunity to influence our decisions on how the net proceeds from this offering are used.
29
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
We have made statements under the captions "Prospectus Summary," "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," "Business," "Management" and "Executive Compensation" and in other sections of this prospectus that are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify these statements by forward-looking words such as "anticipate," "believe," "continue," "could," "estimate," "expect," "intend," "may," "might," "plan," "potential," "predict," "should," "will" or the negative or plural of these words and other comparable terminology. Forward-looking statements made herein include, but are not limited to, statements about:
These forward-looking statements, which are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions about us, are based largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, operating results, business strategy, short-term and long-term business operations and objectives and financial needs. The occurrence of the events described and the achievement of the expected results, depend on many events, some or all of which are not predictable or within our control. Actual results may differ materially from expected results. You should specifically consider the numerous risks outlined under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus for a more complete discussion of these risks, assumptions and uncertainties and for other risks and uncertainties. These risks, assumptions and uncertainties are not necessarily all of the important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in any of our forward-looking statements. Other unknown or unpredictable factors also could harm our results. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events discussed in this prospectus might not occur. We undertake no obligation, and specifically decline any obligation, to update publicly or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.
This prospectus also contains estimates and other information concerning our industry, including market size, which are based on industry publications, surveys and forecasts. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations. Although we believe the information in these industry publications, surveys and forecasts is reliable, we have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of the information.
You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement on Form S-1, of which this prospectus is a part, that we have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance and achievements may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.
30
We estimate that the net proceeds we will receive from this offering will be approximately $ million, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares in this offering is exercised in full we estimate that our net proceeds will be approximately $ million. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $ million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
Our principal purposes for this offering are, in order of priority, to obtain working capital for general corporate purposes, establish a public market for our common stock, repay debt and facilitate our future access to public capital markets. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including the enhancement of our software and service offerings, sales and marketing activities, capital expenditures and the costs of operating as a public company. We do not have agreements or commitments for any specific repayments related to our credit facilities upon completion of this offering, but we intend to use a portion of the net proceeds of this offering to repay our outstanding debt, including the following:
We may also use a portion of the proceeds to expand our current business through acquisitions or investments in other complementary businesses, particularly those with similar clients and adjacent products or technologies. We have no agreements or commitments with respect to any acquisitions at this time.
Pending the use of the net proceeds from this offering described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds in short and intermediate term interest bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the United States government.
The amount and timing of what we actually spend may vary significantly and will depend on a number of factors, including our future revenue and cash generated by operations as well as the other factors described in the section titled "Risk Factors."
31
We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to support the operation of and to finance the growth and development of our business. We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare cash dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to compliance with any covenants under our credit facilities that restrict or limit our ability to pay dividends, and will depend on our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.
32
The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of December 31, 2009, on:
You should read the following table in conjunction with the sections titled "Selected Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our financial statements and related notes.
|
As of December 31, 2009 | |||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Actual | Pro Forma |
Pro Forma
As Adjusted(1) |
|||||||||
|
(in thousands, except share
and per share amounts) (unaudited) |
|||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 16,662 | $ | 16,662 | $ | |||||||
Long-term debt and capital lease obligations, including current portion |
$ | 2,211 | $ | 2,211 | ||||||||
Convertible preferred stock warrant liability |
1,375 | | ||||||||||
Convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 15,455,891 shares authorized and issuable in series, 15,102,493 shares designated, issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, no shares designated, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted |
33,869 | | ||||||||||
Stockholders' equity (deficit): |
||||||||||||
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 2,700,000 shares authorized and issuable in series, no shares designated, issued or outstanding, actual and pro forma; 5,000,000 shares authorized, no shares designated, issued or outstanding, pro forma as adjusted |
| | | |||||||||
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 63,119,142 authorized and issuable in series, 20,816,021 shares designated, issued and outstanding, actual; 63,119,142 shares authorized, 35,918,514 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted |
21 | 36 | ||||||||||
Additional paid-in capital |
37,326 | 72,555 | ||||||||||
Accumulated deficit |
(56,256 | ) | (56,256 | ) | ||||||||
Total stockholders' equity (deficit) |
(18,909 | ) | 16,335 | |||||||||
Total capitalization |
$ | 18,546 | $ | 18,546 | $ | |||||||
33
This table excludes the following shares:
34
Our pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2009 was approximately $(29.4) million, or $(0.82) per share of our common stock. Our pro forma net tangible book value per share represents our total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding on December 31, 2009 after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering.
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value dilution per share represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of common stock in this offering and the net tangible book value per share of common stock immediately after the closing of this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share. Without taking into account any changes in net tangible book value after December 31, 2009, other than to give effect to the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering by us, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2009 would have been approximately $ million, or $ per share of our common stock. This amount represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $ per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $ per share to new investors purchasing shares in this offering. The following table illustrates the dilution in net tangible book value per share to new investors.
Assumed initial public offering price per share |
$ | |||||||
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2009 |
(0.82 | ) | ||||||
Increase in pro forma net tangible book value in per share attributable to new investors |
||||||||
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share |
||||||||
Dilution per share to new investors in this offering |
||||||||
If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock from us in full in this offering, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after the offering would be $ per share, the increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders would be $ per share and the dilution to new investors purchasing shares in this offering would be $ per share.
If all of the outstanding options and warrants were exercised, the net tangible book value as of December 31, 2009 would have been $ million and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after this offering would have been $ per share, causing dilution to new investors of $ per share.
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2009 by approximately $ million, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $ per share and the dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering by $ per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriter discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
The following table summarizes, as of December 31, 2009 on a pro forma as adjusted basis described above, the number of shares of our common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us,
35
and the average price per share paid to us by existing stockholders and to be paid by new investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering.
|
Shares Purchased | Total Consideration |
|
||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Average
Price Per Share |
||||||||||||||||
|
Number | Percent | Amount | Percent | |||||||||||||
Existing stockholders |
35,918,514 | $ | 65,104,795 | $ | 1.81 | ||||||||||||
New investors(1) |
|||||||||||||||||
Total |
100 | % | 100 | % | |||||||||||||
The sale of shares of common stock to be sold by the selling stockholders in this offering will reduce the number of shares held by existing stockholders to shares, or % of the total shares outstanding, and will increase the number of shares held by investors participating in this offering to shares, or % of the total shares outstanding. In addition, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock from the selling stockholders in full, the number of shares held by existing stockholders will be further reduced to shares, or % of the total shares outstanding, and the number of shares held by investors participating in this offering will be further increased to shares, or % of the total shares outstanding. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of our common stock by the selling stockholders if the underwriters exercise their right to purchase additional shares of common stock from the selling stockholders.
As of December 31, 2009, there were options outstanding to purchase a total of 8,888,443 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $1.09 per share. As of December 31, 2009, there were warrants outstanding to purchase 717,807 shares of common stock with a weighted average exercise price of $1.59 per share. The above discussion and table assumes no exercise of stock options or warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2009. If all of these options and warrants were exercised, our existing stockholders, including the holders of these options and warrants, would own % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding upon the closing of this offering and our new investors would own % of the total number of shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering.
36
The following tables set forth selected financial data. We derived the consolidated statements of operations and other operating data for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and balance sheet data as of December 31, 2008 and 2009 from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the consolidated statements of operations and other operating data for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006 and balance sheet data as of December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 from our audited financial statements which have not been included in this prospectus. You should read this selected financial data in conjunction with the financial statements and related notes and the information in the section titled "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." See note 2 to our financial statements for a description of the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share. The historical results set forth below are not necessarily indicative of results of operations to be expected in any future period.
|
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2005 | 2006 | 2007 | 2008 | 2009 | ||||||||||||
|
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
|
||||||||||||||||
Statements of Operations Data: |
|||||||||||||||||
Revenue: |
|||||||||||||||||
Subscription and services |
$ | 11,093 | $ | 18,051 | $ | 38,754 | $ | 50,103 | $ | 54,900 | |||||||
Usage |
2,158 | 3,407 | 4,329 | 6,877 | 8,186 | ||||||||||||
Total revenue |
13,251 | 21,458 | 43,083 | 56,980 | 63,086 | ||||||||||||
Cost of revenue |
5,005 |
7,934 |
18,716 |
22,911 |
24,779 |
||||||||||||
Gross profit |
8,246 | 13,524 | 24,367 | 34,069 | 38,307 | ||||||||||||
Operating expenses: |
|||||||||||||||||
Sales and marketing |
9,596 | 12,171 | 19,428 | 21,432 | 21,556 | ||||||||||||
Research and development |
2,582 | 3,488 | 7,189 | 8,754 | 10,041 | ||||||||||||
General and administrative |
1,936 | 2,351 | 4,456 | 5,883 | 6,034 | ||||||||||||
Amortization of other intangibles |
| | 1,271 | 1,452 | 1,400 | ||||||||||||
Write off of deferred stock offering costs |
| | | 1,524 | | ||||||||||||
Restructuring expenses |
| | 284 | | | ||||||||||||
Total operating expenses |
14,114 | 18,010 | 32,628 | 39,045 | 39,031 | ||||||||||||
Loss from operations |
(5,868 | ) | (4,486 | ) | (8,261 | ) | (4,976 | ) | (724 | ) | |||||||
Interest income |
211 |
138 |
279 |
115 |
6 |
||||||||||||
Interest expense |
(136 | ) | (724 | ) | (883 | ) | (691 | ) | (355 | ) | |||||||
Other income (expense) |
| 93 | (1,644 | ) | 1,808 | (803 | ) | ||||||||||
Loss before income taxes |
(5,793 | ) | (4,979 | ) | (10,509 | ) | (3,744 | ) | (1,876 | ) | |||||||
Provision for income taxes |
|
|
|
|
219 |
||||||||||||
Net loss |
$ | (5,793 | ) | $ | (4,979 | ) | $ | (10,509 | ) | $ | (3,744 | ) | $ | (2,095 | ) | ||
Net loss per sharebasic and diluted |
$ | (6.10 | ) | $ | (2.71 | ) | $ | (0.60 | ) | $ | (0.18 | ) | $ | (0.10 | ) | ||
Weighted average number of sharesbasic and diluted |
949 | 1,840 | 17,777 | 20,617 | 20,775 | ||||||||||||
Pro forma net loss per sharebasic and diluted(1)(unaudited) |
$ | (0.04 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Pro forma weighted average number of sharesbasic and diluted(1)(unaudited) |
35,877 | ||||||||||||||||
Other Operating Data: |
|||||||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA(2)(unaudited) |
$ | (5,103 | ) | $ | (3,450 | ) | $ | (3,378 | ) | $ | 1,405 | $ | 6,581 | ||||
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities |
(3,998 | ) | (1,211 | ) | (1,225 | ) | 2,862 | 6,791 |
37
|
Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2005 | 2006 | 2007 | 2008 | 2009 | |||||||||||||
|
(in thousands)
|
|||||||||||||||||
Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss: |
||||||||||||||||||
Net loss |
$ | (5,793 | ) | $ | (4,979 | ) | $ | (10,509 | ) | $ | (3,744 | ) | $ | (2,095 | ) | |||
Interest (income) expense, net |
(75 | ) | 586 | 604 | 576 | 349 | ||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
691 | 971 | 4,175 | 4,821 | 4,792 | |||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation |
74 | 65 | 691 | 1,556 | 2,502 | |||||||||||||
Gain (loss) on warrant revaluation |
| (93 | ) | 1,661 | (1,804 | ) | 814 | |||||||||||
Provision for income taxes |
| | | | 219 | |||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | (5,103 | ) | $ | (3,450 | ) | $ | (3,378 | ) | $ | 1,405 | $ | 6,581 | |||||
The amounts shown above in the consolidated statements of operations data include amortization of acquired technology and stock-based compensation as follows:
|
Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2005 | 2006 | 2007 | 2008 | 2009 | |||||||||||
|
(in thousands)
|
|||||||||||||||
Amortization of acquired technology: |
||||||||||||||||
Cost of revenue |
$ | | $ | | $ | 887 | $ | 1,016 | $ | 1,016 | ||||||
Stock-based compensation: |
||||||||||||||||
Cost of revenue |
$ | | $ | 13 | $ | 164 | $ | 383 | $ | 583 | ||||||
Sales and marketing |
27 | 25 | 300 | 585 | 742 | |||||||||||
Research and development |
| 4 | 85 | 235 | 343 | |||||||||||
General and administrative |
47 | 23 | 142 | 353 | 834 |
|
As of December 31, | |||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2005 | 2006 | 2007 | 2008 | 2009 | Pro Forma(1) |
Pro Forma
As Adjusted(2)(3) |
|||||||||||||||
|
(in thousands)
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Balance Sheet Data: |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 8,783 | $ | 8,514 | $ | 14,600 | $ | 13,828 | $ | 16,662 | $ | 16,662 | ||||||||||
Working capital |
5,140 | (1,139 | ) | 322 | (1,260 | ) | 2,379 | 3,754 | ||||||||||||||
Total assets |
14,299 | 16,343 | 44,156 | 40,873 | 41,344 | 41,344 | ||||||||||||||||
Preferred stock warranty liability |
691 | 705 | 2,366 | 562 | 1,375 | | ||||||||||||||||
Long-term obligations, net of current portion |
3,959 | 2,998 | 3,384 | 1,205 | 1,348 | 1,348 | ||||||||||||||||
Convertible preferred stock |
37,274 | 37,274 | 33,869 | 33,869 | 33,869 | | ||||||||||||||||
Total stockholders' deficit |
(34,366 | ) | (38,864 | ) | (17,337 | ) | (19,357 | ) | (18,909 | ) | 16,335 |
38
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of our operations should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and related notes and the other financial information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and analysis contains forward looking statements that involve risk, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward looking statements as a result of many factors, including those discussed in "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus.
Overview
We are a leading provider of on-demand constituent engagement solutions that enable nonprofit organizations, or NPOs, to more effectively raise funds, advocate for change and cultivate relationships with donors, activists, volunteers, alumni and other constituents. We serve approximately 1,300 NPOs of all sizes, and during 2009, our clients used our solutions to raise over $920 million and deliver over 3.8 billion emails to accomplish their missions.
We were incorporated in Delaware in October 1999, and we offered our first commercially available online marketing solution in 2000. We acquired GetActive Software, Inc. in February 2007. Our integrated solutions now include our Convio Online Marketing platform, or COM, and Common Ground, our constituent relationship management application. COM enables NPOs to harness the full potential of the Internet and social media as new channels for constituent engagement and fundraising. Common Ground delivers next-generation donor management capabilities, integrates marketing activities across online and offline channels and is designed to increase operational efficiency. Our solutions are enhanced by a portfolio of value-added services tailored to our clients' specific needs.
Our Business Approach
We sell our solutions through a direct sales force complemented by our partner network. Our sales force is increasing its focus on acquiring a higher number of mid-market clients.
Our revenue has increased to $63.1 million in 2009 from $13.3 million in 2005, and our net loss has decreased to $2.1 million in 2009 from $5.8 million in 2005. Our net cash provided by (used in) operations has increased to $6.8 million in 2009 from $(4.0) million in 2005. We recognize subscription and services revenue ratably over the term of our client agreements beginning on the date such products and services become available for use by the client, or the activation date. The terms of our agreements are typically three years for COM and one year for Common Ground.
We currently derive the substantial majority of our revenue from subscriptions to our COM solution. Pricing for our COM solution is based on the number of modules licensed, the email list size and any related services. We also recognize usage revenue from our clients as a percentage of funds raised at special events, such as runs, walks and rides, and based on additional fees for their increased use of our COM solution.
Pricing for Common Ground is based on the number of seats licensed. We typically do not derive revenue from deployment services for Common Ground as deployment activities are generally handled by third-party implementation providers. Common Ground is built on salesforce.com's Force.com platform. Common Ground clients enter into a license agreement with us and separately enter into a license agreement with salesforce.com for use of its solution.
We believe the nonprofit market for on-demand constituent engagement solutions is large and underserved, and we plan to continue to invest in our business to pursue this opportunity. In particular, we expect to incur significant sales and marketing expenses to increase the number of clients on our COM platform and Common Ground application. We also expect to make substantial investments in
39
research and development, primarily on new features, platform extensibility and Common Ground. We anticipate increased operating expenses as a result of becoming a public company and more generally as we seek to grow our business domestically and outside of the United States. We expect the percentage of revenue generated from clients outside the United States to increase.
Opportunities, Trends and Uncertainties
We have noted several opportunities, trends and uncertainties that we believe are significant to an understanding of our financial results:
40
divided by our software monthly recurring revenue at the beginning of the year plus our average usage revenue of the prior year. Despite the economic slowdown in 2009, we had annual churn of less than 10% which was lower than our churn in 2007 and 2008. However, our churn is variable, and we cannot predict our churn rate in future periods. Our use of churn has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation. Other companies in our industry may calculate churn differently, which reduces its usefulness as a comparative measure.
Discussion of Financial Information
The following discussion of our financial information is based upon our results of operations for the periods presented.
Revenue
We derive revenue from sales of our solutions to clients and their usage of these solutions. Our subscription and services revenue is comprised of fees from clients licensing our on-demand software modules and purchasing our consulting and other professional services. Our usage revenue is derived from agreements in which we receive a percentage of funds raised in connection with special events and also from additional fees received for increased use of our COM solution.
No single client accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue in 2007, 2008 or 2009. We derived approximately 18%, 22% and 22% of our total revenue from our top 10 clients in 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively.
Subscription and Services Revenue. We derive a substantial amount of our revenue from multi-year subscription agreements with clients for licenses of our on-demand solutions. Substantially all of our agreements are for a fixed term. The terms of our agreements are typically three years for COM and one year for Common Ground. Generally, our agreements are also noncancellable although some of our agreements provide that our clients may terminate their agreements for convenience after a specified period of time. Some of our agreements also provide for the ability of a client to cancel its initial subscription for our solutions for performance-related reasons.
For COM, we typically agree to fees based on the number of modules licensed, email list size and any related services. For Common Ground, we agree to fees based on the number of seats purchased by the client. Subscription and services revenue is recognized ratably over the contract term beginning on the activation date.
We typically do not invoice clients the full contract amount at the time of signing an agreement. Rather, we invoice our clients periodically based on the terms of our agreements. We recognize deferred revenue at the time of our invoicing a client and only with respect to the invoiced amount for such period.
We also generate revenue from sales of our consulting and other services and recognize this revenue according to the manner of sale of the underlying services. If we sell our services with a subscription of on-demand software, we recognize the revenue derived from such services ratably over the term of the related agreement. When sold separately, we recognize the revenue derived from time-and-material contracts as the services are rendered, and we recognize the revenue derived from fixed price contracts as milestones are achieved and, if applicable, accepted by the client. We expect the revenue derived from
41
our services to continue to increase on an absolute dollar basis as we grow our client base, and continue to develop our professional services.
Usage Revenue. We have agreements in which we charge a percentage of funds raised by clients from their special events such as runs, walks and rides. Usage revenue typically does not include a percentage of funds raised online that are unrelated to these special events. Usage revenue is determined when donations are made online and is recognized when reported and billed to the client, which is normally done on a monthly basis. Due to the seasonality of these special events, we recognize the majority of our usage revenue in the second and third quarters. The growth and amount of usage revenue vary based on the number of events, the percent of funds raised online for these events, the growth in the events and our signing of new clients for events.
In addition to revenue from special events, we also derive usage revenue from increased use of our COM solution by our clients. We typically enter into subscription agreements that require payment of additional fees for usage of our COM solution above the levels included in the subscription fee set forth in the agreement. These fees are recognized when the usage amounts are reported and billed to clients.
Cost of Revenue
Cost of revenue includes costs related to hosting our on-demand solutions and providing our services. These costs consist of the salaries, incentive payments, bonuses and stock-based compensation of our consulting, deployment, client support, client education and information technology personnel and their related travel expenses. These costs also include third-party datacenter hosting fees, outside service provider costs, depreciation expense related to the hosting of our datacenters and allocated overhead.
In connection with our acquisition of GetActive, we recorded $3.0 million in acquired technology and are amortizing this amount as cost of revenue on a straight-line basis over three years ending in February 2010.
Our cost of revenue has generally increased in absolute dollars, and we expect that it will continue to increase as we grow our client base, sell more COM to our clients, manage additional online activity by our clients, use more third-party service providers and grow our services business. We expect that increased sales of Common Ground will not materially increase cost of revenue because Common Ground is hosted on the Force.com platform and deployment services are typically provided by third parties. As our client base grows, we intend to invest additional resources in technology, infrastructure and personnel to deliver our solutions to support our clients. The timing of these additional expenses could affect our cost of revenue, both in terms of absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenue, in any particular quarterly or annual period.
Cost of revenue as a percentage of revenue will fluctuate from period to period based on the seasonality of our usage revenue, but we generally expect cost of revenue to decrease as a percentage of revenue as we grow our client base, as we complete our migration of former GetActive clients to our COM platform, recognize a higher percentage of revenue from renewals and increase sales of Common Ground.
Operating Expenses
Each operating expense category, including cost of revenue, reflects an overhead expense allocation. We allocate overhead such as rent, employee benefits, insurance and information technology costs and depreciation on equipment other than our equipment at our datacenters, to all departments based on relative headcount. We expect our aggregate overhead expense to increase in absolute dollars as we grow our business, increase headcount, occupy additional space and incur higher fees from employee benefit providers. Allocated overhead may also fluctuate in future periods if we are required to make payments under our self-insured benefit plans.
42
Sales and Marketing. Sales and marketing expenses consist of salaries, commissions, incentive payments, bonuses and stock-based compensation of our sales, marketing, account management and business development personnel. These expenses also include travel expenses, marketing programs, client events, corporate communications, partner referral fees and allocated overhead.
We expense commissions in the period of a sale of our solutions. As we generally recognize revenue over the terms of our agreement, we incur commission expenses prior to recognizing the underlying revenue. As a result, our sales and marketing expenses have historically fluctuated as a percentage of revenue, and we expect such fluctuations to occur in the future.
We expect our sales and marketing expenses to increase in absolute dollars as we sell more solutions and incur related commissions, continue to hire additional personnel in these areas and increase the level of marketing activities to grow our business and brand. We believe that sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of revenue will generally decrease as our revenue base grows, sales and marketing personnel become more effective and usage revenue and revenue from renewals and upsells increase.
Research and Development. Research and development expenses consist of salaries, incentive payments, bonuses and stock-based compensation of our software development and quality assurance personnel. We expense all research and development costs as they are incurred. We expect our research and development expenses to increase in absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenue as we continue to invest in new features, platform extensibility and Common Ground.
General and Administrative Expenses. General and administrative expenses consist of salaries, incentive payments, bonuses and stock-based compensation of our executive, finance and accounting, human resources and legal personnel. These expenses also include legal fees, audit and tax fees and other general corporate expenses. We expect general and administrative expenses to increase as we continue to add personnel and incur additional expenses as we grow our business and comply with the requirements of operating as a public company, which we expect to be at least $1.0 million per year.
Amortization of Other Intangibles. Other intangible assets consist of customer relationships, tradenames and agreements not to compete acquired in connection with the GetActive acquisition. We recorded $9.0 million in other identifiable intangible assets in connection with the acquisition, and we amortize these amounts on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives as follows:
|
Allocated
Amount |
Estimated
Useful Life |
|||
---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
(in thousands)
|
||||
Customer relationships |
$ | 7,007 | 9 years | ||
Tradenames |
1,850 | 3 years | |||
Agreements not to compete |
110 | 2 years |
The agreements not to compete were fully amortized in February 2009, and the tradenames will be fully amortized in February 2010.
Critical Accounting Policies
Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. Management could have reasonably used different accounting estimates, and in other instances changes in the accounting estimates are reasonably likely to occur from period to period. Accordingly, actual results could differ significantly from those estimates. To the extent that such
43
differences are material, our future financial statement presentation, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows may be affected.
In many cases, the accounting treatment of a particular transaction is specifically dictated by GAAP and does not require management's judgment in its application, while in other cases, management's judgment is required in selecting among available alternative accounting standards that allow different accounting treatment for similar transactions. We believe that our significant accounting policies, which are described in note 2 to our audited financial statements, and the accounting policies discussed below are critical to understanding our historical and future performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving management's judgments and estimates. Our management has reviewed these critical accounting policies, our use of estimates and the related disclosures with our audit committee.
Revenue Recognition
We derive our revenue from subscriptions, services and usage. We recognize revenue under the applicable accounting guidance, as prescribed in ASC Topic 985, for software revenue recognition. We provide our software as a service, and our subscription agreements do not provide clients the right to take possession of the software at any time. As an on-demand software provider, our arrangements do not contain general rights of return. We recognize revenue when all of the following conditions are met:
Subscription and services revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the agreement beginning on the activation date. Amounts that have been invoiced are recorded in accounts receivable and in deferred revenue or revenue depending on whether the revenue recognition criteria have been met.
Services revenues, when sold with a subscription of our modules, do not qualify for separate accounting as we do not have objective and reliable evidence of fair value of the undelivered subscription service. Therefore, we recognize services revenue ratably over the term of the related subscription agreement.
When we sell services other than with the subscription of our modules, we consider the following factors to determine the proper accounting:
When we sell services other than with the subscription of our modules, we recognize revenue under time-and-material contracts as the services are rendered, and we recognize revenue from fixed price agreements as milestones are achieved and, if applicable, accepted by the client.
44
Certain clients have agreements that provide for a percentage of donations received online through our modules to be paid to us in place of or in conjunction with the standard monthly subscription fee. In addition, certain clients have contracts which require payment of additional fees for usage above the levels included in their agreements. These additional fees are recognized as revenue when the usage amounts are determined and reported and billed to the client.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
Based on a review of the current status of our existing accounts receivable and historical collection experience, we have established an estimate of our allowance for doubtful accounts. We make judgments as to our ability to collect outstanding receivables and provide allowances for the portion of receivables when collection becomes doubtful. Provisions are made based on a consideration of the aging of the accounts receivable balances, historical write-off experience, current economic conditions and client-specific information. For those invoices not specifically reviewed, provisions are provided based on our collection history and current economic trends. As a result, if our actual collections are lower than expected, additional allowances for doubtful accounts may be needed and our future results of operations and cash flows could be negatively affected. Write-offs of accounts receivable and recoveries were insignificant during each of 2007, 2008 and 2009. A one percent change in our allowance for doubtful accounts would not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.
Valuation of Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets
We apply ASC Topic 350 in accounting for the valuation of goodwill and identifiable intangible assets. In accordance with this guidance, we replaced the ratable amortization of goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets with a periodic review and analysis for possible impairment. We assess our goodwill on October 1 of each year or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill might be impaired. The events and circumstances that we consider include deterioration in the performance of the acquired business, adverse market conditions, adverse changes in applicable laws or regulations, including changes that restrict the activities of the acquired business, and a variety of other circumstances. In addition, we periodically review the estimated useful lives of our identifiable intangible assets, taking into consideration any events or circumstances that might result in either a diminished fair value or revised useful life, using a two-step approach. The first step screens for impairment and, if impairment is indicated, we will employ a second step to measure the impairment. If we determine that an impairment has occurred, we will record a write-down of the carrying value and charge the impairment as an operating expense in the period the determination is made. We have not taken a charge for impairment to date.
Preferred Stock Warrants
Freestanding warrants related to shares that are redeemable are accounted for in accordance with the applicable guidance in ASC Topic 480. Under the provisions of this guidance, we classify the freestanding warrants that are related to our convertible preferred stock as a liability on our balance sheet. The warrants are subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date, and we recognize any change in fair value as a component of other income (expense). We will continue to adjust the liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of (1) the exercise or expiration of the warrants or (2) the completion of a liquidation event, including the completion of an initial public offering, at which time all preferred stock warrants will be converted into warrants to purchase common stock and the liability will be reclassified to additional paid-in capital.
Stock-Based Compensation
Prior to January 1, 2006, we accounted for employee stock options using the intrinsic value method in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to
45
Employees", or APB No. 25, and Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Interpretation No. 44, "Accounting for Certain Transactions Involving Stock Compensation, an Interpretation of APB No. 25." The intrinsic value represents the difference between the per share market price of the stock on the date of grant and the per share exercise price of the respective stock option. We generally grant stock options to employees for a fixed number of shares with an exercise price equal to the fair value of the shares on the date of grant. Under APB No. 25, no compensation expense was recorded for employee stock options granted at an exercise price equal to the market price of the underlying stock on the date of grant.
On January 1, 2006, we adopted the provisions of the applicable guidance under ASC Topic 718 for share-based payment transactions. Under the provision of this guidance, stock-based compensation costs for employees is measured on the grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award on that date, and is recognized as expense over the employee's requisite service period, which is generally over the vesting period, on a straight-line basis. We adopted this guidance using the prospective transition method. Under this transition method, non-vested option awards outstanding at January 1, 2006, continue to be accounted for under the minimum value method, and all awards granted, modified or settled after the date of adoption are accounted for using the measurement, recognition and attribution provisions of this guidance.
Under the provisions of this guidance, we make a number of estimates and assumptions. The estimation of stock awards that will ultimately vest requires judgment, and to the extent actual results differ from our estimates, such amounts will be recorded as an adjustment in the period estimates are revised. Actual results may differ substantially from these estimates. In valuing share-based awards under this guidance, significant judgment is required in determining the expected volatility of our common stock and the expected term individuals will hold their share-based awards prior to exercising. Expected volatility of the stock is based on our peer group in the industry in which we do business because we do not have sufficient historical volatility data for our own stock. The expected term of options granted represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding and is calculated based on historical information. In the future, as we gain historical data for volatility in our own stock and more data on the actual term employees hold our options, expected volatility and expected term may change which could substantially change the grant-date fair value of future awards of stock options and ultimately the expense we record.
During 2008 and 2009, we granted options to purchase our common stock as follows:
Grant Date | Shares(1) |
Per Share
Exercise Price |
Black-Scholes
Per Share Fair Value |
Aggregate
Fair Value |
||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|||||||||||||
2008: |
||||||||||||||
First quarter |
209 | $ | 3.24 | $ | 1.555 | $ | 325 | |||||||
Second quarter |
1,227 | 2.75 | 1.370 | 1,681 | ||||||||||
Third quarter |
15 | 2.11 | 1.030 | 15 | ||||||||||
Fourth quarter |
88 | 2.25 | 1.152 | 101 | ||||||||||
2009: |
||||||||||||||
First quarter |
395 | $ | 1.61 | $ | 0.863 | $ | 341 | |||||||
Second quarter |
1,094 | 1.90 | 0.992 | 1,085 | ||||||||||
Third quarter |
40 | 2.01 | 1.050 | 42 | ||||||||||
Fourth quarter |
16 | 2.22 | 1.142 | 19 |
46
The ASC Topic 718 Black-Scholes fair value of each grant was estimated using the following assumptions:
Grant Date |
Estimated
Fair Market Value |
Dividend
Yield |
Volatility |
Expected
Life (Years) |
Forfeitures |
Risk-Free
Interest Rate |
||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
2008: |
||||||||||||||||
First quarter |
$ | 3.24 | | 0.55 - 0.56 | 4.6 | 20 | % | 2.47% - 2.63% | ||||||||
Second quarter |
2.75 | | 0.57 | 4.6 | 20 | 3.06 - 3.68 | ||||||||||
Third quarter |
2.11 | | 0.56 | 4.6 | 20 | 2.87 | ||||||||||
Fourth quarter |
2.25 | | 0.60 | 4.6 | 20 | 2.84 | ||||||||||
2009: |
||||||||||||||||
First quarter |
$ | 1.61 | | 0.65 - 0.66 | 4.5 - 4.6 | 20 | % | 1.89 - 1.92 | ||||||||
Second quarter |
1.90 | | 0.66 | 4.2 - 4.3 | 20 | 2.02 - 2.87 | ||||||||||
Third quarter |
2.01 | | 0.65 | 4.3 | 20 | 2.29 - 2.66 | ||||||||||
Fourth quarter |
2.22 | | 0.64 | 4.3 | 20 | 2.29 |
Based on the foregoing, as of December 31, 2009 we had approximately $3.9 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense that will be expensed over a weighted average period of approximately 2.5 years.
The table below shows the intrinsic value of our outstanding vested and unvested options as of December 31, 2009 based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share.
|
Number of Shares
Underlying Options |
Aggregate
Intrinsic Value |
|||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
(in thousands)
|
||||||
Total vested options outstanding |
5,871 | $ | |||||
Total unvested options outstanding |
3,017 | ||||||
Total options outstanding |
8,888 |
Significant Factors, Assumptions and Methodologies Used in Determining Fair Value.
In valuing our common stock, our board utilizes a probability weighted expected return method to estimate the value of our common stock based upon an analysis of expected future cash flows considering possible future liquidity events, as well as the rights and preferences of each share class. In determining the value of our common stock, our board and management considered three possible scenarios: (i) an acquisition by another company, or an acquisition scenario, (ii) the completion of an initial public offering, or an IPO Scenario, and (iii) remaining private, or a private scenario.
In valuing our common stock in the acquisition scenario, we determine a business enterprise value of our company using an income approach which estimates the present value of future estimated debt-free cash flows, based upon forecasted revenue and costs. Our board adds these discounted cash flows to the present value of our estimated enterprise terminal value, the multiple of which is derived from comparable company market data. Our board discounts these future cash flows to their present values using a rate corresponding to our estimated weighted average cost of capital.
In valuing our common stock in the IPO Scenario, we utilize a market approach which estimates the fair value of a company by applying to that company the market multiples of publicly-traded companies. Based on the range of these observed multiples, we apply judgment in determining an appropriate multiple to apply to our metrics in order to derive an indication of value.
In valuing our common stock in the private scenario, we apply the income approach utilizing a terminal period value calculated using the Gordon growth model and a residual revenue growth rate of 5% in the terminal year based on our expectation of long-term growth.
First Quarter 2008. From February 2008 to March 2008, in our determination of fair value, our board analyzed the factors above, the events since the grant of options in December 2007, the current status
47
and proposed timing of our initial public offering and a contemporaneous valuation report, dated January 31, 2008, to arrive at a fair value of our common stock of $3.24 per share.
In connection with the acquisition scenario, our board determined fair value using an income approach utilizing discounted net cash flows from January 31, 2008 through October 1, 2008, plus an exit value at October 1, 2008 based upon acquisition multiples. In connection with the IPO Scenario, our board determined fair value using discounted net cash flows from January 31, 2008 through October 1, 2008, plus an exit value at October 1, 2008 based upon comparable company 2008 forward revenue multiples. Our board concluded that equity value to revenue would yield the most appropriate indication of value for us because we did not have positive income from operations or net income. To arrive at the fair value of our common stock under the private scenario, we applied the income approach utilizing discounted net cash flows. However, rather than utilizing an eight-month discrete period as in the acquisition scenario, the private scenario utilized a four-year and eleven-month discrete period with a terminal period growth rate of 5.0%.
Using the income approach for the acquisition scenario, our board determined an equity value of $196.1 million. Using the Guideline Public Company Method, our board determined an equity value of $176.6 million. Using the income approach for the private scenario, our board determined an equity value of $54.2 million. Our board then estimated the probability of the future liquidity event being our initial public offering at 70% and each of the other alternatives were estimated to have 15% probabilities. Using the probability weighted expected return method the board arrived at a fair value of our common stock of $3.24.
Second Quarter 2008. From April 2008 through June 2008, U.S. financial and stock markets declined and the economy slowed as evidenced by the deceleration in gross domestic product and the United States housing market decline. During this time, our board determined a fair value of our common stock of $2.75 per share. Our board analyzed the factors above, the events since the grant of options in March 2008, the current status and proposed timing of our initial public offering as well as a contemporaneous valuation report, dated March 31, 2008, to arrive at a fair value of our common stock of $2.75 per share.
In connection with the acquisition scenario, our board determined fair value using an income approach utilizing discounted net cash flows from March 31, 2008 through March 31, 2009, plus an exit value at March 31, 2009 based upon acquisition multiples. In connection with the IPO Scenario, our board determined fair value using discounted net cash flows from March 31, 2008 through October 1, 2008, plus an exit value at October 1, 2008 based upon comparable company 2008 forward revenue multiples. Our board concluded that equity value to revenue would yield the most appropriate indication of value for us because we had not yet experienced positive income from operations or net income. To arrive at the fair value of our common stock under the private scenario, we applied the income approach utilizing discounted net cash flows. However, rather than utilizing an approximately one-year discrete period as in the acquisition scenario, the private scenario utilized a four-year and nine-month discrete period with a terminal period growth rate of 5.0%.
Using the income approach for the acquisition scenario, our board determined an equity value of $142.7 million. Using the Guideline Public Company Method, our board determined an equity value of $150.0 million. Using the income approach for the private scenario, our board determined an equity value of $58.7 million. Our board then estimated the probability of the future liquidity event being our initial public offering at 70% and each of the other alternatives were estimated to have 15% probabilities. Using the probability weighted expected return method the board arrived at a fair value of our common stock of $2.75.
Third Quarter 2008. From June 2008 through September 2008, the United States economy declined further and U.S. financial and stock markets worsened. During this time, our board determined a fair value of common stock of $2.11 per share. On August 5, 2008, we filed a request with the Securities and
48
Exchange Commission to withdraw our Registration Statement on Form S-1. Our board analyzed the factors above, the events since the grant of options in June 2008, the fact that we had filed to withdraw our proposed initial public offering as well as a contemporaneous valuation report, dated June 30, 2008, to arrive at a fair value of our common stock of $2.11 per share.
In connection with the acquisition scenario, our board determined fair value using an income approach utilizing discounted net cash flows from June 30, 2008 through December 31, 2009, plus an exit value at December 31, 2009 based upon acquisition multiples. In connection with the IPO Scenario, our board determined fair value using discounted net cash flows from June 30, 2008 through December 31, 2009, plus an exit value at December 31, 2009 based upon comparable company 2009 forward revenue multiples. Our board concluded that equity value to revenue would yield the most appropriate indication of value for us because we had not yet experienced positive income from operations or net income. To arrive at the fair value of our common stock under the private scenario, we applied the income approach utilizing discounted net cash flows. However, rather than utilizing an approximately one-year and three-month discrete period as in the acquisition scenario, the private scenario utilized a four-year and six-month discrete period with a terminal period growth rate of 5.0%.
Using the income approach for the acquisition scenario, our board determined an equity value of $159.5 million. Using the Guideline Public Company Method, our board determined an equity value of $147.7 million. Using the income approach for the private scenario, our board determined an equity value of $82.9 million. Our board then estimated the probability of each of the alternatives to be 33%. Using the probability weighted expected return method the board arrived at a fair value of our common stock of $2.11.
Fourth Quarter 2008. From September 2008 through October 2008, our board analyzed the factors above, the events since the grant of options in September 2008, the state of the United States capital markets as well as a contemporaneous valuation report, dated September 30, 2008, to arrive at a fair value of our common stock of $2.25 per share.
In connection with the acquisition scenario, our board determined fair value using an income approach utilizing discounted net cash flows from September 30, 2008 through June 30, 2010, plus an exit value at June 30, 2010 based upon acquisition multiples. In connection with the IPO Scenario, our board determined fair value using discounted net cash flows from September 30, 2008 through June 30, 2010, plus an exit value at June 30, 2010 based upon comparable company 2009 forward revenue multiples. Our board concluded that equity value to revenue would yield the most appropriate indication of value for us because we had not yet experienced positive income from operations or net income. To arrive at the fair value of our common stock under the private scenario, we applied the income approach utilizing discounted net cash flows. However, rather than utilizing an approximately one-year and nine-month discrete period as in the acquisition scenario, the private scenario utilized a four-year and three-month discrete period with a terminal period growth rate of 5.0%.
Using the income approach for the acquisition scenario, our board determined an equity value of $173.1 million. Using the Guideline Public Company Method, our board determined an equity value of $156.8 million. Using the income approach for the private scenario, our board determined an equity value of $90.6 million. Our board then estimated the probability of each of the alternatives to be 33%. Using the probability weighted expected return method the board arrived at a fair value of our common stock of $2.25.
First Quarter 2009. From October 2008 through March 2009, United States financial and stock markets fell into crisis and the economic downturn deepened in the U.S and the world. U. S. stock markets declined significantly during the last two months of 2008, and a new administration and government proposals to provide economic stimulus caused high levels of uncertainty. The enterprise value of many of our publicly-traded peers fell sharply during this period and our projected revenue growth decreased significantly in the short term. Our board analyzed the factors above, the events since
49
the grant of options in October 2008, the state of the U.S. capital markets and their impact on comparable publicly-traded peers as well as a contemporaneous valuation report, dated December 31, 2008, to arrive at a fair value of our common stock of $1.61 per share.
In connection with the acquisition scenario, our board determined fair value using an income approach utilizing discounted net cash flows from December 31, 2008 through June 30, 2010, plus an exit value at June 30, 2010 based upon acquisition multiples. In connection with the IPO Scenario, our board determined fair value using discounted net cash flows from December 31, 2008 through June 30, 2010, plus an exit value at June 30, 2010 based upon comparable company 2009 forward revenue multiples. Our board concluded that equity value to revenue would yield the most appropriate indication of value for us because we had not yet experienced positive income from operations or net income. To arrive at the fair value of our common stock under the private scenario, we applied the income approach utilizing discounted net cash flows. However, rather than utilizing an approximately one-year and six-month discrete period as in the acquisition scenario, the private scenario utilized a five-year discrete period with a terminal period growth rate of 5.0%.
Using the income approach for the acquisition scenario, our board determined an equity value of $149.6 million. Using the Guideline Public Company Method, our board determined an equity value of $80.6 million. Using the income approach for the private scenario, our board determined an equity value of $86.6 million. Our board then estimated the probability of each of the alternatives to be 33%. Using the probability weighted expected return method the board arrived at a fair value of our common stock of $1.61.
Second Quarter 2009. From March 2009 through June 2009, the United States economy continued to be weak and access to the capital and debt markets remained challenging, but the United States financial and stock markets began to make a slow recovery after March 2009 and the enterprise value of our publicly-traded peers began to recover during this period. Our board analyzed the factors above, the events since the grant of options in March 2009, the slight recovery of the U.S. capital markets and their impact on comparable publicly-traded peers as well as a contemporaneous valuation report, dated March 31, 2009, to arrive at a fair value of our common stock of $1.90 per share.
In connection with the acquisition scenario, our board determined fair value using an income approach utilizing discounted net cash flows from March 31, 2009 through June 30, 2010, plus an exit value at June 30, 2010 based upon acquisition multiples. In connection with the IPO Scenario, our board determined fair value using discounted net cash flows from March 31, 2009 through June 30, 2010, plus an exit value at June 30, 2010 based upon comparable company 2010 forward revenue multiples. Our board concluded that equity value to revenue would yield the most appropriate indication of value for us because we had not yet experienced positive income from operations or net income. To arrive at the fair value of our common stock under the private scenario, we applied the income approach utilizing discounted net cash flows. However, rather than utilizing an approximately one-year and three-month discrete period as in the acquisition scenario, the private scenario utilized a four-year and nine-month discrete period with a terminal period growth rate of 5.0%.
Using the income approach for the acquisition scenario, our board determined an equity value of $157.8 million. Using the Guideline Public Company Method, our board determined an equity value of $109.5 million. Using the income approach for the private scenario, our board determined an equity value of $103.9 million. Our board then estimated the probability of each of the alternatives to be 33%. Using the probability weighted expected return method the board arrived at a fair value of our common stock of $1.90.
Third Quarter 2009. From June 2009 through September 2009, the United States economy began to stabilize, U.S. stock markets improved and access to capital and debt markets began to improve. Our board analyzed the factors above, the events since the grant of options in June 2009, the continued
50
recovery of the U.S. capital markets and the opening of capital markets as well as a contemporaneous valuation report, dated June 30, 2009, to arrive at a fair value of our common stock of $2.01 per share.
In connection with the acquisition scenario, our board determined fair value using an income approach utilizing discounted net cash flows from June 30, 2009 through June 30, 2010, plus an exit value at June 30, 2010 based upon acquisition multiples. In connection with the IPO Scenario, our board determined fair value using discounted net cash flows from June 30, 2009 through June 30, 2010, plus an exit value at June 30, 2010 based upon comparable company 2010 forward revenue multiples. Our board concluded that equity value to revenue would yield the most appropriate indication of value for us because we had not yet experienced positive income from operations or net income. To arrive at the fair value of our common stock under the private scenario, we applied the income approach utilizing discounted net cash flows. However, rather than utilizing an approximately one-year discrete period as in the acquisition scenario, the private scenario utilized a four-year and six-month discrete period with a terminal period growth rate of 5.0%.
Using the income approach for the acquisition scenario, our board determined an equity value of $147.1 million. Using the Guideline Public Company Method, our board determined an equity value of $155.0 million. Using the income approach for the private scenario, our board determined an equity value of $82.2 million. Our board then estimated the probability of each of the alternatives to be 33%. Using the probability weighted expected return method the board arrived at a fair value of our common stock of $2.01.
Fourth Quarter 2009. From September 2009 through October 2009, our sales performance showed considerable improvement and our outlook under various initial public offering and acquisition scenarios improved as did the enterprise value of comparable publicly-traded peers. Our board analyzed the factors above, the events since the grant of options in September 2009, the continued recovery of the U.S. capital markets and the opening of capital markets as well as a contemporaneous valuation report, dated September 30, 2009, to arrive at a fair value of our common stock of $2.22 per share.
In connection with the acquisition scenario, our board determined fair value using an income approach utilizing discounted net cash flows from September 30, 2009 through June 30, 2010, plus an exit value at June 30, 2010 based upon acquisition multiples. In connection with the IPO Scenario, our board determined fair value using discounted net cash flows from September 30, 2009 through June 30, 2010, plus an exit value at June 30, 2010 based upon comparable company 2010 forward revenue multiples. Our board concluded that equity value to revenue would yield the most appropriate indication of value for us because we had not yet experienced positive income from operations or net income. To arrive at the fair value of our common stock under the private scenario, we applied the income approach utilizing discounted net cash flows. However, rather than utilizing an approximately nine-month discrete period as in the acquisition scenario, the private scenario utilized a four-year and three-month discrete period with a terminal period growth rate of 5.0%.
Using the income approach for the acquisition scenario, our board determined an equity value of $135.5 million. Using the Guideline Public Company Method, our board determined an equity value of $165.9 million. Using the income approach for the private scenario, our board determined an equity value of $111.9 million. Our board then estimated the probability of the future liquidity event being our initial public offering at 40%, the probability of the future liquidity event being an acquisition at 20% and the probability of staying private at 40%. Using the probability weighted expected return method the board arrived at a fair value of our common stock of $2.22.
Stock Option Exchange. In February 2009, our board of directors approved a proposal to offer current employees, consultants or directors the opportunity to exchange outstanding eligible stock options for new options. Other than a reduced exercise price, the exchanged stock options had the same terms and conditions as prior to the repricing. The offer was made to eligible option holders on February 16, 2009 and expired on March 16, 2009. Unexercised options that were granted under our
51
1999 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan on or after May 9, 2007 and which had an exercise price equal to or greater than $1.61 per share were eligible under this program. Pursuant to the exchange, we subsequently canceled options for 3.3 million shares of our common stock and issued an equivalent number of new stock options to eligible holders on March 16, 2009 at an exercise price of $1.61 per share. The incremental $590,000 of compensation due to the exchange was allocated between options vested at the date of issuance and unvested options at the date of issuance. The $435,000 related to vested options was expensed on the date of issuance and the remaining $155,000 related to unvested options will be expensed over the remaining vesting period of the option.
Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures
We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) less interest income and gain (loss) on preferred stock warrant revaluation plus interest expense, provision for taxes, depreciation expense, amortization expense and stock-based compensation expense. We have included Adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus because (i) we believe Adjusted EBITDA and similar measures are widely used by investors, securities analysts and other interested parties in our industry as a measure of financial performance and (ii) our management uses Adjusted EBITDA to monitor the performance of our business.
We also believe Adjusted EBITDA facilitates operating performance comparisons from period to period by excluding potential differences caused by variations in capital structures affecting interest income and expense, tax positions, such as the impact of changes in effective tax rates and the impact of depreciation and amortization expense.
Our use of Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:
52
Because of these limitations, you should consider Adjusted EBITDA alongside other financial performance measures, including various cash flow metrics, net loss and our other GAAP results. The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most comparable GAAP measure, for each of the periods indicated:
|
Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2007 | 2008 | 2009 | |||||||
|
(in thousands)
|
|||||||||
Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss: |
||||||||||
Net loss |
$ | (10,509 | ) | $ | (3,744 | ) | $ | (2,095 | ) | |
Interest (income) expense, net |
604 | 576 | 349 | |||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
4,175 | 4,821 | 4,792 | |||||||
Stock-based compensation |
691 | 1,556 | 2,502 | |||||||
(Gain) loss on warrant revaluation |
1,661 | (1,804 | ) | 814 | ||||||
Provision for income taxes |
| | 219 | |||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | (3,378 | ) | $ | 1,405 | $ | 6,581 | |||
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth our results of operations for the periods indicated:
|
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2007 | 2008 | 2009 | ||||||||
|
(in thousands)
|
||||||||||
Statements of Operations Data: |
|||||||||||
Revenue: |
|||||||||||
Subscription and services |
$ | 38,754 | $ | 50,103 | $ | 54,900 | |||||
Usage |
4,329 | 6,877 | 8,186 | ||||||||
Total revenue |
43,083 | 56,980 | 63,086 | ||||||||
Cost of revenue |
18,716 |
22,911 |
24,779 |
||||||||
Gross profit |
24,367 | 34,069 | 38,307 | ||||||||
Operating expenses: |
|||||||||||
Sales and marketing |
19,428 | 21,432 | 21,556 | ||||||||
Research and development |
7,189 | 8,754 | 10,041 | ||||||||
General and administrative |
4,456 | 5,883 | 6,034 | ||||||||
Amortization of other intangibles |
1,271 | 1,452 | 1,400 | ||||||||
Write-off of deferred stock offering costs |
| 1,524 | | ||||||||
Restructuring expenses |
284 | | | ||||||||
Total operating expenses |
32,628 | 39,045 | 39,031 | ||||||||
Loss from operations |
(8,261 | ) | (4,976 | ) | (724 | ) | |||||
Interest income |
279 |
115 |
6 |
||||||||
Interest expense |
(883 | ) | (691 | ) | (355 | ) | |||||
Other income (expense) |
(1,644 | ) | 1,808 | (803 | ) | ||||||
Loss before income taxes |
(10,509 | ) | (3,744 | ) | (1,876 | ) | |||||
Provision for income taxes |
|
|
219 |
||||||||
Net loss |
$ | (10,509 | ) | $ | (3,744 | ) | $ | (2,095 | ) | ||
Other Operating Data: |
|||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA(1)(unaudited) |
$ | (3,378 | ) | $ | 1,405 | $ | 6,581 |
53
The following table sets forth our results of operations expressed as a percentage of total revenue for each of the periods indicated:
|
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2007 | 2008 | 2009 | ||||||||
Statements of Operations Data: |
|||||||||||
Revenue: |
|||||||||||
Subscription and services |
90 | % | 88 | % | 87 | % | |||||
Usage |
10 | 12 | 13 | ||||||||
Total revenue |
100 | 100 | 100 | ||||||||
Cost of revenue |
43 |
40 |
39 |
||||||||
Gross margin |
57 | 60 | 61 | ||||||||
Operating expenses: |
|||||||||||
Sales and marketing |
45 | 38 | 34 | ||||||||
Research and development |
17 | 15 | 16 | ||||||||
General and administrative |
10 | 10 | 10 | ||||||||
Amortization of other intangibles |
3 | 3 | 2 | ||||||||
Write-off of deferred stock offering costs |
| 3 | | ||||||||
Restructuring expenses |
1 | | | ||||||||
Total operating expenses |
76 | 69 | 62 | ||||||||
Loss from operations |
(19 | ) | (9 | ) | (1 | ) | |||||
Interest income |
1 |
0 |
0 |
||||||||
Interest expense |
(2 | ) | (1 | ) | (1 | ) | |||||
Other income (expense) |
(4 | ) | 3 | (1 | ) | ||||||
Loss before income taxes |
(24 | ) | (7 | ) | (3 | ) | |||||
Provisions for income taxes |
|
|
0 |
||||||||
Net loss |
(24 |
)% |
(7 |
)% |
(3 |
)% |
|||||
Other Operating Data: |
|||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA(1) (unaudited) |
(8 | )% | 2 | % | 10 | % |
Year Ended December 31, 2009 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2008 and Year Ended December 31, 2008 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2007
The following discussion of our results of operations is based upon actual results of operations for each of the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009. Dollar information provided in the tables below is in thousands.
Revenue
|
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2007 | 2008 | 2009 | ||||||||
Subscription and services |
$ | 38,754 | $ | 50,103 | $ | 54,900 | |||||
Percent of total revenue |
90.0 | % | 87.9 | % | 87.0 | % | |||||
Usage |
$ | 4,329 | $ | 6,877 | $ | 8,186 | |||||
Percent of total revenue |
10.0 | % | 12.1 | % | 13.0 | % |
Subscription and Services Revenue
2009 to 2008 Comparison. Subscription and services revenue increased $4.8 million, or 9.6%, in 2009 as compared to 2008. The increase in subscription and services revenue was attributable to revenue recognized from sales of our solutions to new clients and from sales of additional products and services to existing clients. Approximately $1.0 million of the increase was related to a multi-chapter client deployed in 2009.
54
2008 to 2007 Comparison. Subscription and services revenue increased $11.3 million, or 29.3%, in 2008 as compared to 2007. The increase in subscription and services revenue was attributable to an increase in sales of our solutions to new clients and from sales of additional products and services to existing clients. Approximately $2.2 million of the increase was related to a multi-chapter client deployed in 2008.
Usage Revenue
2009 to 2008 Comparison. Usage revenue increased $1.3 million, or 19.0%, in 2009 as compared to 2008. The increase was attributable to a $1.1 million increase in revenue from special events and a $189,000 increase in additional fees for client usage above the levels included in monthly subscription fees.
2008 to 2007 Comparison. Usage revenue increased $2.5 million, or 58.9%, in 2008 as compared to 2007. The growth in usage revenue was attributable to a $2.4 million increase in revenue from special events and an $80,000 increase in additional fees for client usage above the levels included in monthly subscription fees. Approximately $1.7 million of the increase was related to a large new special event.
Cost of Revenue
|
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2007 | 2008 | 2009 | ||||||||
Cost of revenue |
$ | 18,716 | $ | 22,911 | $ | 24,779 | |||||
Gross profit |
$ | 24,367 | $ | 34,069 | $ | 38,307 | |||||
Gross margin |
56.6 | % | 59.8 | % | 60.7 | % |
2009 to 2008 Comparison. Cost of revenue increased $1.9 million, or 8.3%, in 2009 as compared to 2008. The increase was due to an $840,000 increase in personnel costs, a $499,000 increase in allocated overhead, a $482,000 increase in contracting expense and a $168,000 increase in transaction fees. The increase in personnel costs was primarily attributable to a $545,000 increase in cash compensation, a $199,000 increase in stock-based compensation expense and a $165,000 increase in benefits expense as a result of increased services personnel, primarily related to GetActive migrations. The increase in allocated overhead was due to an increase in the relative headcount of our services personnel and a corresponding increase in aggregate overhead as a result of costs associated with our leasing additional office space in Austin, Texas, and Washington, D.C. The increase in contracting expense is primarily due to an increase in subcontracting to third party service partners. The increase in transaction fees was related to the corresponding increase in the volume of online transactions processed by outside service providers.
2008 to 2007 Comparison. Cost of revenue increased $4.2 million, or 22.4%, in 2008 as compared to 2007. The increase was due to a $3.2 million increase in personnel costs, a $580,000 increase in third-party datacenter hosting and service provider costs, a $230,000 increase in depreciation expense and a $129,000 increase in amortization of acquired technology. The increase in personnel costs was attributable to a $2.6 million increase in cash compensation, a $218,000 increase in payroll taxes and a $165,000 increase in benefits expense as a result of our increased services personnel, as well as a $220,000 increase in stock-based compensation. The increase in datacenter and service provider costs was related to the corresponding increase in volumes of online transactions processed by our outside service providers. The increase in amortization was due to a full year of amortization expense in 2008, compared to ten months in 2007, on the acquired technology that we recorded in connection with the GetActive acquisition.
Sales and Marketing
|
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2007 | 2008 | 2009 | ||||||||
Sales and marketing |
$ | 19,428 | $ | 21,432 | $ | 21,556 | |||||
Percent of total revenue |
45.1 | % | 37.6 | % | 34.2 | % |
55
2009 to 2008 Comparison. Sales and marketing expenses increased $124,000, or 0.7%, in 2009 as compared to 2008. The increase was primarily attributable to a $379,000 increase in marketing expense and a $168,000 increase in allocated overhead offset by a $78,000 decrease in personnel costs, a $176,000 decrease in travel and entertainment expense and a $138,000 decrease in recruiting and relocation costs. The increase in marketing expense was related to an increase in market research and marketing programs in 2009 in order to drive new client acquisitions as well as marketing for Common Ground and Convio Go!. The increase in allocated overhead was the result of the increase in our aggregate overhead costs. The decrease in personnel costs was attributable to a $409,000 decrease in cash compensation offset by a $158,000 increase in stock-based compensation expense, a $100,000 increase in benefits as a result of higher fees from employee benefit providers and a $73,000 increase in payroll taxes. The decrease in cash compensation was primarily due to a decrease in commission expense resulting from a change in our commission plan structure in 2009. The decrease in travel and entertainment expense resulted from general cost-saving initiatives implemented during 2009. Recruiting and relocation costs were higher in 2008 as compared to 2009 due to the recruitment and relocation of our chief marketing officer in 2008.
2008 to 2007 Comparison. Sales and marketing expenses increased $2.0 million, or 10.3%, in 2008 as compared to 2007. The increase was attributable to a $1.2 million increase in personnel costs, a $497,000 increase in marketing expenses, a $157,000 increase in contracting expense and a $139,000 increase in recruiting and relocation expenses for our chief marketing officer hired in 2008. The increase in personnel costs was attributable to an $841,000 increase in cash compensation and $285,000 increase in stock-based compensation as a result of increased sales and marketing personnel. The increase in marketing expense was attributable to an increase in marketing programs in 2008 in order to drive new client acquisition as well as to market the launch of Common Ground.
Research and Development
|
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2007 | 2008 | 2009 | ||||||||
Research and development |
$ | 7,189 | $ | 8,754 | $ | 10,041 | |||||
Percent of total revenue |
16.7 | % | 15.4 | % | 15.9 | % |
2009 to 2008 Comparison. Research and development expenses increased $1.3 million, or 14.9%, in 2009 as compared to 2008. The increase was attributable to a $1.3 million increase in personnel costs and a $354,000 increase in allocated overhead offset by a $279,000 decrease in contracting expense. The increase in personnel costs was attributable to an $875,000 increase in cash compensation, a $174,000 increase in benefits, a $118,000 increase in payroll taxes and a $108,000 increase in stock-based compensation, all of which was due to an increase in personnel. The increase in allocated overhead was due to an increase in the relative number of research and development personnel and a corresponding increase in aggregate overhead. The decrease in contractor fees is attributable to the termination of our offshore India-based independent contractors which we replaced with personnel in Austin.
2008 to 2007 Comparison. Research and development expenses increased $1.6 million, or 21.8%, in 2008 as compared to 2007. The increase was attributable to a $1.6 million increase in personnel costs, offset by a $186,000 decrease in contracting expense as we began ramping down our use of India-based independent contractors. The increase in personnel costs was attributable to a $1.4 million increase in cash compensation, a $88,000 increase in benefits and a $151,000 increase in stock-based compensation, all of which was due to an increase in personnel.
General and Administrative
|
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2007 | 2008 | 2009 | ||||||||
General and administrative |
$ | 4,456 | $ | 5,883 | $ | 6,034 | |||||
Percent of total revenue |
10.3 | % | 10.3 | % | 9.6 | % |
56
2009 to 2008 Comparison. General and administrative expenses increased $151,000, or 2.6%, in 2009 as compared to 2008. The increase was due primarily to a $435,000 increase in personnel costs offset by a $235,000 decrease in bad debt expense. The increase in personnel costs was attributable to a $480,000 increase in stock-based compensation and a $52,000 increase in benefits expense offset by an $87,000 decrease in cash compensation as a result of reduced bonuses in 2009. The decrease in bad debt expense is related to normal operations. Bad debt expense as a percentage of revenue decreased by less than 1% to 0.4% of revenue.
2008 to 2007 Comparison. General and administrative expenses increased $1.4 million, or 32.0%, in 2007 as compared to 2008. The increase was due to an $848,000 increase in personnel costs, a $213,000 increase in miscellaneous expenses, a $187,000 increase in bad debt expense and a $117,000 increase in contracting expense. The increase in personnel costs was attributable to a $611,000 increase in cash compensation as a result of an increase in headcount and a $212,000 increase in stock-based compensation. The increase in miscellaneous expense was partially attributable to our implementation of board member compensation. The increase in bad debt expense was related to normal operations. Bad debt expense as a percentage of revenue increased by less than 1% to 0.8% of revenue. The increase in contracting expense was related to an increase in legal fees.
Amortization of Other Intangibles
|
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2007 | 2008 | 2009 | ||||||||
Amortization of other intangibles |
$ | 1,271 | $ | 1,452 | $ | 1,400 | |||||
Percent of total revenue |
3.0 | % | 2.5 | % | 2.2 | % |
These amounts represent the amortization of intangibles recorded in connection with our acquisition of GetActive in February 2007 and are being amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives.
Write-off of Deferred Stock Offering Costs
|
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2007 | 2008 | 2009 | ||||||||
Write-off of deferred stock offering costs |
$ | | $ | 1,524 | $ | | |||||
Percent of total revenue |
| % | 2.7 | % | | % |
In August 2008, we withdrew our Form S-1 Registration Statement on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission due to weak market conditions. As a result, $1.5 million of prepaid stock offering costs were written off in August 2008. These costs consisted primarily of legal and accounting fees incurred in connection with the drafting, review and filing of the Form S-1.
Restructuring Expenses
|
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2007 | 2008 | 2009 | ||||||||
Restructuring expenses |
$ | 284 | $ | | $ | | |||||
Percent of total revenue |
0.7 | % | | % | | % |
In connection with the GetActive acquisition, we implemented a restructuring plan in 2007 to reduce the number of personnel and infrastructure costs and to consolidate our operations with GetActive.
Interest Income (Expense)
|
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2007 | 2008 | 2009 | ||||||||
Interest income |
$ | 279 | $ | 115 | $ | 6 | |||||
Interest expense |
(883 | ) | (691 | ) | (355 | ) | |||||
Total interest income (expense) |
(604 | ) | $ | (576 | ) | (349 | ) | ||||
Percent of total revenue |
(1.4 | )% | (1.0 | )% | (0.6 | )% |
57
2009 to 2008 Comparison. Interest income decreased $109,000, or 94.8%, in 2009 as compared to 2008 due to the decrease in interest rates during 2009. Interest expense decreased $336,000, or 48.6%, in 2009 as compared to 2008. The decrease was due to a decrease in our average outstanding debt.
2008 to 2007 Comparison. Interest income decreased $164,000, or 58.8%, in 2008 as compared to 2007 due to a decrease in the average cash balances in interest bearing accounts of approximately $700,000. Interest expense decreased $192,000, or 21.7%, in 2008 as compared to 2007 due to a decrease in our average outstanding debt.
Other Income (Expense)
|
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2007 | 2008 | 2009 | ||||||||
Other income (expense) |
$ | (1,644 | ) | $ | 1,808 | $ | (803 | ) | |||
Percent of total revenue |
(3.8 | )% | 3.2 | % | (1.3 | )% |
We issued warrants exercisable for our convertible preferred stock in 2005. In 2009, we recorded expense of $814,000 as the liability with respect to the warrants increased, and we recorded the corresponding increase in fair value. In 2008, we recorded income of $1.8 million as the liability with respect to the warrants decreased, and we recorded the corresponding decrease in fair value. In 2007, we recorded expense of $1.6 million as the liability with respect to the warrants increased and we recorded the corresponding increase in fair value.
Provision for Income Taxes
We use the liability method of accounting for income taxes as set forth in the authoritative guidance for income taxes. Under this method, we recognize deferred tax liabilities and assets for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the respective carrying amounts and tax bases of our assets and liabilities.
In July 2006, guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes clarified the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an entity's financial statements and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for financial statement disclosure of tax positions taken or expected to be taken on a tax return. We adopted this guidance on January 1, 2007, and the adoption did not have a material impact on our financial statements.
This guidance requires us to identify, evaluate and measure all uncertain tax positions taken or to be taken on tax returns and to record liabilities for the amount of these positions that may not be sustained, or may only partially be sustained, upon examination by the relevant taxing authorities. Although we believe that our estimates and judgments are reasonable, actual results may differ from these estimates. Some or all of these judgments are subject to review by the taxing authorities.
We establish valuation allowances when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized. We evaluate the need for, and the adequacy of, valuation allowances based on the expected realization of our deferred tax assets. The factors used to assess the likelihood of realization include our latest forecast of future taxable income and available tax planning strategies that could be implemented to realize the net deferred tax assets.
We accrue interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense. As of the adoption date of this guidance, there were no accrued interest or penalties. As of December 31, 2008 and 2009, there were no accrued interest or penalties.
Quarterly Results of Operations
The following tables set forth Convio's unaudited consolidated statements of operations data and other operating data for each of the eight quarters ended December 31, 2009. The data has been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this prospectus. The data includes all necessary adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring
58
adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of this data. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in future periods. You should read this data together with our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
Three Months Ended | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Mar 31,
2008 |
Jun 30,
2008 |
Sep 30,
2008 |
Dec 31,
2008 |
Mar 31,
2009 |
Jun 30,
2009 |
Sep 30,
2009 |
Dec 31,
2009 |
||||||||||||||||||
|
(in thousands)
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Statements of Operations Data: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Revenue: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Subscription and services |
$ | 11,780 | $ | 12,288 | $ | 12,706 | $ | 13,329 | $ | 13,283 | $ | 13,502 | $ | 13,953 | $ | 14,162 | ||||||||||
Usage |
1,171 | 2,422 | 2,156 | 1,128 | 1,377 | 2,906 | 2,281 | 1,622 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total revenue |
12,951 | 14,710 | 14,862 | 14,457 | 14,660 | 16,408 | 16,234 | 15,784 | ||||||||||||||||||
Cost of revenue |
5,551 |
5,706 |
5,817 |
5,837 |
6,196 |
6,156 |
6,191 |
6,236 |
||||||||||||||||||
Gross profit |
7,400 | 9,004 | 9,045 | 8,620 | 8,464 | 10,252 | 10,043 | 9,548 | ||||||||||||||||||
Operating expenses: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Sales and marketing |
5,209 | 5,827 | 5,227 | 5,169 | 5,434 | 5,059 | 5,191 | 5,872 | ||||||||||||||||||
Research and development |
2,191 | 2,119 | 2,272 | 2,172 | 2,495 | 2,473 | 2,512 | 2,561 | ||||||||||||||||||
General and administrative |
1,397 | 1,588 | 1,415 | 1,483 | 1,660 | 1,398 | 1,318 | 1,658 | ||||||||||||||||||
Amortization of other intangibles |
363 | 363 | 363 | 363 | 356 | 348 | 348 | 348 | ||||||||||||||||||
Write-off of deferred stock offering costs |
| | 1,524 | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Restructuring expenses |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Total operating expenses |
9,160 | 9,897 | 10,801 | 9,187 | 9,945 | 9,278 | 9,369 | 10,439 | ||||||||||||||||||
Loss from operations |
(1,760 | ) | (893 | ) | (1,756 | ) | (567 | ) | (1,481 | ) | 974 | 674 | (891 | ) | ||||||||||||
Interest income |
47 |
28 |
25 |
15 |
2 |
2 |
1 |
1 |
||||||||||||||||||
Interest expense |
(195 | ) | (180 | ) | (164 | ) | (152 | ) | (143 | ) | (95 | ) | (50 | ) | (67 | ) | ||||||||||
Other income (expense) |
1,143 | 356 | (47 | ) | 356 | (164 | ) | (53 | ) | (96 | ) | (490 | ) | |||||||||||||
Loss before income taxes |
(765 | ) | (689 | ) | (1,942 | ) | (348 | ) | (1,786 | ) | 828 | 529 | (1,447 | ) | ||||||||||||
Provision for income taxes |
|
|
|
|
25 |
25 |
54 |
115 |
||||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | (765 | ) | $ | (689 | ) | $ | (1,942 | ) | $ | (348 | ) | $ | (1,811 | ) | $ | 803 | $ | 475 | $ | (1,562 | ) | ||||
Other Operating Data: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA(1) |
$ | (179 | ) | $ | 667 | $ | (165 | ) | $ | 1,082 | $ | 551 | $ | 2,724 | $ | 2,388 | $ | 918 | ||||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities |
(727 | ) | 1,270 | 1,095 | 1,224 | (570 | ) | 1,756 | 3,332 | 2,273 |
|
Three Months Ended | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Mar 31,
2008 |
Jun 30,
2008 |
Sep 30,
2008 |
Dec 31,
2008 |
Mar 31,
2009 |
Jun 30,
2009 |
Sep 30,
2009 |
Dec 31,
2009 |
||||||||||||||||||
|
(in thousands)
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net loss |
$ | (765 | ) | $ | (689 | ) | $ | (1,942 | ) | $ | (348 | ) | $ | (1,811 | ) | $ | 803 | $ | 475 | $ | (1,562 | ) | ||||
Interest (income) expense, net |
148 | 152 | 139 | 137 | 141 | 93 | 49 | 66 | ||||||||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
1,166 | 1,180 | 1,226 | 1,249 | 1,219 | 1,191 | 1,181 | 1,201 | ||||||||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation |
413 | 389 | 365 | 389 | 803 | 559 | 532 | 608 | ||||||||||||||||||
Gain (loss) on warrant revaluation |
(1,141 | ) | (365 | ) | 47 | (345 | ) | 174 | 53 | 97 | 490 | |||||||||||||||
Provision for income taxes |
| | | | 25 | 25 | 54 | 115 | ||||||||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | (179 | ) | $ | 667 | $ | (165 | ) | $ | 1,082 | $ | 551 | $ | 2,724 | $ | 2,388 | $ | 918 | ||||||||
59
As a percentage of total revenue:
|
Three Months Ended | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Mar 31,
2008 |
Jun 30,
2008 |
Sep 30,
2008 |
Dec 31,
2008 |
Mar 31,
2009 |
Jun 30,
2009 |
Sep 30,
2009 |
Dec 31,
2009 |
||||||||||||||||||
Statements of Operations Data: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Revenue: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Subscription and services |
91 | % | 84 | % | 85 | % | 92 | % | 91 | % | 82 | % | 86 | % | 90 | % | ||||||||||
Usage |
9 | 16 | 15 | 8 | 9 | 18 | 14 | 10 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total revenue |
100 | 100 | 100 | 100 | 100 | 100 | 100 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||
Cost of revenue |
43 |
39 |
39 |
40 |
42 |
37 |
38 |
40 |
||||||||||||||||||
Gross margin |
57 | 61 | 61 | 60 | 58 | 63 | 62 | 60 | ||||||||||||||||||
Operating expenses: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Sales and marketing |
40 | 40 | 35 | 36 | 37 | 31 | 32 | 37 | ||||||||||||||||||
Research and development |
17 | 14 | 15 | 15 | 17 | 15 | 16 | 16 | ||||||||||||||||||
General and administrative |
11 | 11 | 10 | 10 | 11 | 9 | 8 | 11 | ||||||||||||||||||
Amortization of other intangibles |
3 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | ||||||||||||||||||
Write-off of prepaid stock offering costs |
| | 10 | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Restructuring expenses |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Total operating expenses |
71 | 67 | 73 | 64 | 68 | 57 | 58 | 66 | ||||||||||||||||||
Loss from operations |
(14 | ) | (6 | ) | (12 | ) | (4 | ) | (10 | ) | 6 | 4 | (6 | ) | ||||||||||||
Interest income |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
||||||||||||||||||
Interest expense |
(1 | ) | (1 | ) | (1 | ) | (1 | ) | (1 | ) | | (1 | ) | | ||||||||||||
Other income (expense) |
9 | 2 | (1 | ) | 2 | (1 | ) | (1 | ) | | (3 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Loss before income taxes |
(6 | ) | (5 | ) | (13 | ) | (2 | ) | (12 | ) | 5 | 3 | (9 | ) | ||||||||||||
Provision for income taxes |
| | | | 0 | 0 | 0 | (1 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
(6 | )% | (5 | )% | (13 | )% | (2 | )% | (12 | )% | 5 | % | 3 | % | (10 | )% | ||||||||||
Other Operating Data: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA(1) |
(1 | )% | 5 | % | (1 | )% | 7 | % | 4 | % | 16 | % | 15 | % | 6 | % |
The above tables of our quarterly operating results for eight quarters illustrate the following key points about our quarterly results of operations:
60
Our quarterly results of operations may fluctuate significantly in the future and the period-to-period comparisons of our operating results may not be meaningful. You should not rely on the results of any one quarter as an indication of future performance.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
To date, we have financed our operations and met our capital expenditure requirements primarily through the private sale of equity securities and debt financings. As of December 31, 2009, we had $16.7 million of cash and cash equivalents and $19.7 million of working capital excluding deferred revenue. As of December 31, 2009, we had an accumulated deficit of $56.3 million. We have funded this deficit from $47.4 million in net proceeds raised from the sale of our preferred stock. We last sold shares of our preferred stock in April 2007.
The following table sets forth a summary of our cash flows for the periods indicated:
|
Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2007 | 2008 | 2009 | |||||||
|
(in thousands)
|
|||||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities |
$ | (1,225 | ) | $ | 2,862 | $ | 6,791 | |||
Net cash used in investing activities |
(3,130 | ) | (2,162 | ) | (1,749 | ) | ||||
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities |
10,441 | (1,472 | ) | (2,208 | ) | |||||
Cash and cash equivalents (end of period) |
14,600 | 13,828 | 16,662 |
Net Cash Provided By (Used In) Operating Activities
In 2009, we generated $6.8 million of cash from operating activities, which consisted of our net loss of $2.1 million, offset by non-cash charges of $8.1 million. In addition, cash outflows from changes in operating assets included an increase in accounts receivable of $263,000 from increased sales activities near the end of the year and a $419,000 increase in prepaid expenses as a result of increased rent related to the new Washington D.C. office lease and the additional space taken effective January 1, 2009 in Austin as well as deferred stock offering costs paid during December of 2009. Cash inflows from changes in operating liabilities included an increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities of $921,000 due to the overall growth in our business expenses and timing of payments and an increase in deferred revenue of $538,000 resulting from the increase in our client base and timing of transactions.
In 2008, we generated $2.9 million of cash from operating activities, which consisted of our net loss of $3.7 million, offset by non-cash charges of $4.6 million. In addition, cash outflows from changes in
61
operating assets included an increase in accounts receivable of $1.3 million driven by sales activities and revenue growth from 2007 to 2008. Cash inflows from changes in operating assets and liabilities included a decrease in prepaid expenses of $1.2 million, resulting primarily from the write off of deferred stock offering costs in conjunction with the withdrawal of our Registration Statement on Form S-1 in August of 2008 and an increase in deferred revenue of $2.1 million resulting from the increase in our client base and timing of transactions.
In 2007, we used $1.2 million in cash from operating activities, which consisted of our net loss of $10.5 million, offset by non-cash charges of $6.5 million. In addition, cash outflows from changes in operating assets included an increase in accounts receivable of $848,000 driven by sales activities and revenue growth from 2006 to 2007 and a $995,000 increase in prepaid expenses as a result of deferred stock offering costs incurred in connection with the initial public offering we filed in August 2007. Cash inflows from changes in operating liabilities included a $4.3 million increase in deferred revenue of which $1.7 million was related to our acquisition of GetActive in 2007.
Net Cash Used In Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities decreased $413,000 in 2009 compared to 2008 as a result of a $413,000 decrease in capital expenditures in 2009. The improvement of net cash used in investing activities from 2007 to 2008 is attributable to a decrease of $622,000 in capital expenditures and the absence of acquisition-related expenses in 2008 as compared to 2007, which included $533,000 of expenses related to our GetActive acquisition which was only partially offset by $187,000 of cash received in connection with the acquisition.
Net Cash Provided By (Used In) Financing Activities
Net cash used in financing activities increased $736,000 in 2009 compared to 2008 as a result of a $1.2 million decrease in proceeds received from long-term debt partially offset by a decrease in payments made on long-term debt and capital leases of $536,000. Net cash used in financing activities in 2008 was $1.5 million compared to net cash provided by financing activities of $10.5 million in 2007. This change in cash from financing activities is attributable to $10.1 million in net proceeds from the issuance of preferred stock in 2007 as well as a decrease of $1.9 million in proceeds received from long-term debt and capital lease obligations.
Capital Resources
We generated positive cash flow from operations in 2008 and 2009, and we expect to do so in 2010. We believe that our cash flow from operations will be sufficient to fund our operations, meet our debt service requirements and facilitate our ability to grow for at least the next 12 months.
Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including the adoption rate of our solutions, the amount and timing of collections from our clients, the rate of our sales and marketing activities and product development growth and the scope of our expansion into new geographies. We have no current acquisition plans, but in the future we may acquire technologies or businesses that we believe are beneficial to our clients and business. In the event that cash flow from operations, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents and liquidity available under our credit facility, are insufficient to fund our future activities or to make these acquisitions, we may need to raise additional funds through public or private equity or debt financing.
Contractual Obligations and Commitments
We generally do not enter into long-term purchase commitments. Our principal commitments, in addition to those related to our credit facilities discussed below, consist of obligations under capital
62
leases for equipment and furniture, operating leases for office space and fees for third-party datacenters. The following table summarizes our commitments and contractual obligations as of December 31, 2009:
|
Payments Due by Period as of December 31, 2009 | ||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Less than
1 year |
1 - 3 years | 4 - 5 years |
More than
5 years |
Total | ||||||||||||
|
(in thousands)
|
||||||||||||||||
Contractual Obligations: |
|||||||||||||||||
Operating leases |
$ | 2,446 | $ | 6,592 | $ | 1,579 | $ | 3,048 | $ | 13,665 | |||||||
Capital leases |
96 | 17 | | | 113 | ||||||||||||
Credit facilities |
773 | 1,332 | | | 2,105 | ||||||||||||
Third-party datacenter fees |
1,073 | 634 | | | 1,707 | ||||||||||||
Total |
$ | 4,388 | $ | 8,575 | $ | 1,579 | $ | 3,048 | $ | 17,590 | |||||||
In January 2010, we entered into a sublease agreement pursuant to which we will sublet approximately 12,000 square feet of our office facility located in Austin, Texas. The sublease has a term of 44 months. As a result of this new sublease agreement, future minimum payments under operating lease obligations will be offset by $199,000 in 2010 and an aggregate of $624,000 in 2011 through 2013 to be paid by the subtenant.
Credit Facilities
On July 31, 2009, we amended our credit facility with Comerica Bank to a $10.0 million revolving line of credit plus an existing term loan. As of December 31, 2009, we had $975,000 outstanding under the revolving line of credit and $1.1 million outstanding under the term loan. Under our revolving line of credit, $1.0 million is available on a non-formula basis. The remaining $9.0 million is formula-based and capped at 80% of eligible accounts receivable. Amounts outstanding under this revolving line of credit bear interest at the greater of the daily adjusting LIBOR (floor of 2%) plus 300 basis points or the daily adjusted LIBOR plus 325 basis points. Any amounts borrowed under this facility may be repaid and reborrowed at any time prior to April 26, 2011, at which time the entire principal balance outstanding becomes due and payable. The term loan bears interest at the same rate as the revolving line of credit above. This facility is secured by substantially all of our assets, including intellectual property.
In conjunction with the April 3, 2009 execution of our Washington D.C. operating lease, we were required to provide a $350,000 standby letter of credit with Comerica for the benefit of the landlord to secure the office space per the lease agreement. In addition, we still have a standby letter of credit in the amount of $2.3 million for the benefit of the landlord of our Austin, Texas facility, resulting in a total standby letter of credit of $2.6 million of the formula-based $9.0 million line of credit.
In addition to the above agreement, we entered into a capital lease agreement with ATEL Ventures on March 15, 2006 to fund certain purchases of equipment. The ability to borrow under this lease agreement expired on March 31, 2007. As of December 31, 2009, our outstanding capital lease obligation was $65,000.
We intend to pay off the amounts outstanding under our credit facilities with the proceeds of this offering. We are in compliance with all the related financial covenants and restrictions included in these agreements.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
During 2007, 2008 and 2009, we did not have any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.
63
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In September 2009, we adopted the FASB ASC. The FASB established the ASC as the single source of authoritative non-governmental GAAP, superseding various existing authoritative accounting pro-nouncements. It eliminates the previous GAAP hierarchy and establishes one level of authoritative GAAP. All other literature is considered non-authoritative. The FASB will not issue new standards in the form of Statements, FASB Staff Positions or Emerging Issues Task Force Abstracts. Instead, it will issue an Accounting Standards Update ("ASU"). The FASB will not consider ASUs as authoritative in their own right. ASUs will serve only to update the ASC, provide background information about the guidance and provide the bases for conclusions on the change(s) in the ASC.
In October 2009, the FASB issued an ASU that amended the accounting rules addressing revenue recognition for multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements by eliminating the currently existing criteria that objective and reliable evidence of fair value for the undelivered products or services exist in order to be able to separately account for deliverables. Additionally the ASU provides for elimination of the use of the residual method of allocating arrangement consideration and requires that arrangement consideration be allocated at the inception of the arrangement to all deliverables that can be accounted for separately based on their relative selling price. A hierarchy for estimating such selling price is included in the update. This ASU will be effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact this update will have on our consolidated financial statements.
In October 2009, the FASB issued an ASU that changes the criteria for determining when an entity should account for transactions with customers using the revenue recognition guidance applicable to the selling or licensing of software. This ASU is effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Early adoption is permitted. We do not believe this update will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In September 2009, the FASB issued an ASU providing clarification for measuring the fair value of a liability when a quoted price in an active market for the identical liability is not available. It also clarifies that when estimating the fair value of a liability, a reporting entity is not required to include a separate input or adjustment to other inputs relating to the existence of a restriction that prevents the transfer of the liability. This ASU is effective for fiscal periods beginning after August 27, 2009. We do not believe this update will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In December 2007, the FASB issued guidance regarding business combinations, which significantly changes the principles and requirements for how the acquirer of a business recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, any non-controlling interest in the acquiree, and the goodwill acquired. This statement is effective prospectively, except for certain retrospective adjustments to deferred tax balances, for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. The impact of adopting this statement will be dependent on the future business combinations that we may pursue.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Interest Rate Risk
We had cash and cash equivalents of $14.6 million, $13.8 million and $16.7 million at December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively. These amounts are held primarily in cash or money market funds. We do not hold any auction-rate securities. Cash and cash equivalents are held for working capital purposes. Due to the short-term nature of these investments, we believe that we do not have any material exposure to changes in the fair value of our investment portfolio as a result of changes in interest rates. Any declines in interest rates will reduce future interest income. If overall interest rates fell by 10% in 2009, our interest income would not have been materially affected.
64
Our exposure to interest rates also relates to the increase or decrease in the amount of interest we must pay on our outstanding debt. Outstanding borrowings under our term loan and line of credit bear a variable rate of interest based upon the LIBOR rate and is adjusted monthly. As of December 31, 2009, we had $2.1 million of debt outstanding under our term loan and line of credit, which bore interest at LIBOR (not less than 2%) plus 3%, or 5%. If overall interest rates had increased by 10% in 2009, our interest expense would have increased by approximately $13,000.
Foreign Currency Risk
Our results of operations and cash flows are not subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. We bill our clients in U.S. dollars and receive payment in U.S. dollars, and substantially all of our operating expenses are denominated in U.S. dollars. If we grow sales of our solutions outside the United States, our contracts with foreign clients may not be denominated in dollars and we may become subject to changes in currency exchange rates.
65
Overview
We are a leading provider of on-demand constituent engagement solutions that enable nonprofit organizations, or NPOs, to more effectively raise funds, advocate for change and cultivate relationships with donors, activists, volunteers, alumni and other constituents. We serve approximately 1,300 NPOs of all sizes including 29 of the 50 largest charities as ranked by contributions in the November 2009 Forbes article entitled "The 200 Largest U.S. Charities." During 2009, our clients used our solutions to raise over $920 million and deliver over 3.8 billion emails to accomplish their missions.
Our integrated solutions include our Convio Online Marketing platform, or COM, and Common Ground, our constituent relationship management application. COM enables NPOs to harness the full potential of the Internet and social media as new channels for constituent engagement and fundraising. Common Ground delivers next-generation donor management capabilities, integrates marketing activities across online and offline channels and is designed to increase operational efficiency. Our software is built on an open, configurable and flexible architecture that enables our clients and partners to customize and extend its functionality. Our solutions are enhanced by a portfolio of value-added services tailored to our clients' specific needs.
Our revenue has grown in the last five years to $63.1 million in 2009, from $13.3 million in 2005. Our clients pay us recurring subscription fees with agreement terms that typically range between one and three years. Our subscription fees grow as our clients grow their constituent bases and purchase additional modules of COM and additional seats of Common Ground. We also receive transaction fees that include a percentage of funds raised for special events such as runs, walks and rides. Our clients grew their online fundraising using our solutions by 14% in 2008, despite a decline in total contributions in the United States of 2% according to Giving USA Foundation in its "Annual Report on Philanthropy for the Year 2008." Total charitable giving in the United States was $307 billion in 2008 according to this report.
Nonprofit Industry Background
Large and Evolving Nonprofit Sector
The nonprofit sector is a large and vital part of the economy. The missions of NPOs span many aspects of our society including animal welfare, arts and culture, disaster relief, education, environment, healthcare, international development, professional and trade associations, public policy, religion and social and youth services. According to the National Center of Charitable Statistics, in 2009 there were over 973,000 public charities in the United States.
We define our target market as public charities that raise more than $50,000 in contributions annually, of which there were over 71,000 in 2009 in the United States according to GuideStar USA, Inc. The following table provides our categorization of our target market:
Addressable Market |
Annual
Contributions |
Number of
Public Charities(1) |
Aggregate
Annual Contributions(1) |
Annual
Fundraising Spend(2) |
Addressable
Annual Fundraising Spend(3) |
||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Enterprise |
$ | 10+ million | 2,200 | $ | 88 billion | $ | 13.2 billion | $ | 1.0 billion | ||||||||
Mid-Market |
$ | 50,000 - $10 million | 69,000 | $ | 57 billion | $ | 11.7 billion | $ | 1.5 billion | ||||||||
Total |
71,200 | $ | 145 billion | $ | 24.9 billion | $ | 2.5 billion |
66
Enterprise NPOs commonly have more staff resources, greater technical and functional requirements and more complex operating environments. In addition, many enterprise NPOs are comprised of multiple sites or chapters. Mid-market NPOs are more resource-constrained and typically seek more guidance and place a greater premium on ease-of-use and price.
Challenges Facing Nonprofit Organizations
NPOs face unique challenges that center upon the need to reach new constituents and to engage effectively with a large and diverse number of existing constituents. In particular, NPOs struggle with the following challenges:
NPOs spend large amounts of money on fundraising, advocacy and donor management. Many NPOs have adopted legacy donor databases to support their offline activities but have only recently begun to leverage online marketing as a mission-critical channel to reach and cultivate constituents. The
67
emergence of the online channel has accentuated NPOs' struggles to integrate their online and offline communications and fundraising efforts. We believe the Internet and the increasing adoption of social media and mobile technologies are enabling NPOs to raise funds, advocate for change and cultivate relationships with their constituents in more cost-effective and engaging ways.
Our Solutions
We provide on-demand constituent engagement solutions to NPOs that enable them to more effectively raise funds, advocate for change and cultivate relationships with their donors, activists, volunteers, alumni and other constituents. Our integrated solutions include our Convio Online Marketing platform and Common Ground, our constituent relationship management application. Convio Online Marketing enables NPOs to harness the full potential of the Internet and social media as new channels for constituent engagement and fundraising. Common Ground delivers next-generation donor management capabilities, integrates marketing activities across online and offline channels and is designed to increase operational efficiency. Our software is built on an open, configurable and flexible architecture that enables our clients and partners to customize and extend our functionality. Our solutions are enhanced by a portfolio of value-added services tailored to our clients' specific needs.
Our solutions provide the following benefits to NPOs:
68
achieve their missions. For example, we publish "The Convio Online Marketing Nonprofit Benchmark Index Study" to help NPOs understand key marketing metrics, and the relative performance of their organizations. This peer benchmark information helps NPOs better manage the performance of their marketing programs and donor management practices. This quantitative approach to measuring success enables NPOs to continually refine their tactics, improve the effectiveness of their marketing initiatives and allocate resources more efficiently.
Business Strengths
We pioneered the delivery of software-as-a-service, or SaaS, online marketing solutions to NPOs, launching the first version of our solution in 2000. We have maintained an exclusive focus on NPOs which has enabled us to develop deep nonprofit industry expertise. We are a leading provider of on-demand constituent engagement solutions to NPOs, and we believe the following business strengths are key to our success:
69
Our Strategy
Our objective is to be the leading worldwide provider of constituent engagement solutions for NPOs while continuing to lead the market in innovation, best practices and client service. Key elements of our strategy include:
70
Our Products
Our solutions include our Convio Online Marketing platform and Common Ground, our constituent relationship management application. Clients can license and use COM and Common Ground independently, or they can license and use both in an integrated manner. We have purpose-built our solutions for NPOs based on our interactions with our approximately 1,300 clients. We deliver our software on-demand, and our clients and their constituents access all of our software using a standard Internet browser. Our software employs an open, multi-tenant architecture that allows our clients to customize and extend our software.
The following diagram provides an overview of the core functionality of our solutions.
Convio Online Marketing
Our Convio Online Marketing platform contains an email marketing engine, payment processing engines, a content management system and modules that include fundraising, advocacy, special events, personal events and eCommerce. These modules are exclusively designed for NPOs and address the online marketing and fundraising requirements of NPOs of all sizes.
The foundation for our COM platform is our Constituent360 database which provides clients with a comprehensive, unified catalogue of their constituents' online interactions, interests and preferences. It also provides a robust set of query, targeting, segmentation, importing, exporting and reporting capabilities for this data. By managing data across these multiple dimensions, Constituent360 provides NPOs with rich and actionable intelligence that enables them to refine and optimize marketing and fundraising results.
71
The following table provides a description of the key functions and features of Convio Online Marketing:
72
Function | Key Features | |
---|---|---|
Content Management |
Enables NPOs to create high impact websites, empowers their content contributors to become content owners, reduces the reliance on technical staff to publish changes, and creates powerful, database-driven Web pages; |
|
Provides content authoring tools, editorial workflow, personalization, search and document management; and |
||
Addresses websites of virtually all sizes, including multiple web properties, thousands of web pages, and multiple content contributors. |
||
Personal Fundraising |
Empowers constituents to drive fundraising for NPOs as a champion or in honor or memory of a loved one; |
|
Enables constituents to create personalized tribute web pages and encourage friends and family to learn about NPOs' causes through easy-to-use web content and email authoring tools and templates; and |
||
Provides an innovative means for NPOs to acquire new constituents, generate funds and create rich content and community around their websites. |
||
Events |
Enables NPOs to promote and register participants in a variety of events using a website calendar; and |
|
Accommodates a variety of events including simple announcements with date, time, and location, more complex events that are recurring, multi-faceted or multi-day and events requiring online RSVPs, ticketing and online registration forms. |
||
Personal Events |
Enables constituents to organize and host different types of personal events such as dinners or house parties; and |
|
Enables constituents to promote events, track RSVPs and solicit online donations. |
||
eCommerce |
Combines online store capabilities with Internet tools to raise funds; |
|
Coordinates standard hierarchical product catalogs, shopping carts, inventory management, tax and shipping calculations; and |
||
Enables cross-promotion to boost fundraising and involvement. |
Convio Open
We provide an open platform that allows NPOs to evolve their online marketing strategies as new media and other opportunities arise. We offer application programming interfaces, or APIs, and extensions that meet the growing demand of NPOs to access the Internet, leverage popular social media sites and integrate with mobile services. This approach allows NPOs, partners and others to create external, custom-built applications that integrate with our solutions to provide a more compelling constituent experience and reach a wider audience.
Our Donations APIs enable clients to embed our donation processing in websites, web applications or mobile applications. Additionally, our open platform supports fundraising and communications in a mobile context through mobile ready donation forms, text messaging, and text based donations. Our Web Services APIs allow clients to extract Constituent360 data for use in third-party systems.
73
Our extensions enable clients to leverage social networking and Web 2.0 capabilities to engage constituents through these popular channels:
Convio Go!
Convio Go! is a structured program consisting of selected COM modules and specialized, cohort-based services designed for mid-market NPOs new to online marketing and fundraising. Convio Go! includes a one-year guided program that provides a base configuration of essential Convio Online Marketing capabilities in combination with cohort-based consulting. Our consulting specialists help Convio Go! clients build strong foundations for their online strategies by developing their proficiency in our fundraising, email marketing, and content management modules. Through our clients' execution of their online programs, our Convio Go! clients grow their constituent bases, improve constituent engagement and increase donations. Since our release of Convio Go!, our clients have raised an average of $4 online for every dollar of subscription and services revenue recognized by us.
Common Ground
Common Ground is our constituent relationship management, or CRM, application that builds stronger relationships with donors, volunteers, activists, alumni and other constituents. Common Ground is designed to serve as the foundation of an NPO's fundraising operations as well as an NPO's constituent database. Common Ground tracks constituent outreach and interactions across multiple channels including online, telephone, direct mail and in-person meetings. Since our introduction of Common Ground in September 2008, over 170 NPOs, of which 65% were new clients to us, have selected Common Ground as their CRM application.
We utilize the Force.com cloud computing application platform to develop, package, and deploy Common Ground. We have developed NPO-specific functionality including donation management, event management and volunteer management to create a CRM application tailored to the needs of NPOs.
74
The following table provides an overview of the key features and functionality of each module of Common Ground:
Common Ground distinguishes itself from many legacy on-premise donor databases in a variety of ways including:
75
Our Services
Our services are an integral part of our solutions. We believe the scope and quality of our services, which have been developed and refined based on our experience with approximately 1,300 active clients, meaningfully differentiate us from our competitors.
We deliver services to our enterprise clients through a traditional consulting model, characterized by highly customized strategic consulting services. We believe this is the best way for our enterprise clients to achieve success in their online programs. We deliver services to many mid-market clients through Convio Go!, a structured one-year program designed to get clients up and running quickly with the help of a cohort-based approach. Clients receive regular coaching sessions with our consultants who help produce campaigns with an emphasis on fundraising and email list size growth.
In addition to Convio Go!, account management, technical support and deployment services, the following table provides an overview of the types of services we offer along with a description of the key attributes:
We complement our service offerings with a network of over 55 partners serving the nonprofit market, including interactive agencies, direct marketing agencies, public affairs firms and complementary technology companies. This partner network allows us to provide additional services and to expand our deployment capacity, including services provided by our certified Convio Solution Providers who follow our deployment methodologies. We rely on this partner network to deploy Common Ground.
76
Clients
We serve approximately 1,300 NPO clients which include leading NPOs in each of the verticals we serve. We have clients of all sizes, including 29 of the 50 largest charities in the United States as listed in the November 2009 Forbes article entitled "The 200 Largest U.S. Charities." We define a client as an organization with which we have a billing relationship. In certain cases, we bill individual chapters of multi-chapter NPOs and, in other cases, we have a single billing relationship with multi-chapter NPOs.
In 2007, 2008 and 2009, substantially all of our revenue was derived from clients in the United States and all of our long-lived assets were located in the United States. No client accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue in 2007, 2008 and 2009.
The following table provides an overview of our largest clients by vertical, as measured by the email list size of each client using our COM solution:
International Relief | Health | Environmental | ||
---|---|---|---|---|
American Red Cross | American Cancer Society | National Wildlife Federation | ||
U.S. Fund for Unicef | National Multiple Sclerosis Society | World Wildlife Fund | ||
Oxfam America | American Institute for Cancer Research | Natural Resources Defense Council | ||
Feed The Children | Susan G. Komen for the Cure | Defenders of Wildlife | ||
Cooperative Assistance and Relief Everywhere | Avon Products Foundation | Sierra Club |
Animal Welfare | Associations and Unions | Public Affairs | ||
---|---|---|---|---|
People for the Ethical Treatment of Animals | National Association of Realtors | National Committee To Preserve Social Security and Medicare | ||
American Society for the Prevention of Cruelty To Animals | Veterans of Foreign Wars of the United States | Rock the Vote | ||
The Humane Society of the United States | Association of Production and Inventory Control Society | Planned Parenthood Federation of America | ||
North Shore Animal League | American Nurses Association | NARAL Pro-Choice America | ||
American Humane Association | National Military Family Association | American Civil Liberties Union Foundation |
Higher Education | Human and Social Services | Cultural | ||
---|---|---|---|---|
The University of Texas at Austin | Disabled American Veterans National | American Film Institute | ||
University of Washington | The Salvation Army | Zoological Society of San Diego | ||
The Ohio State University | St Joseph's Indian School | WGBH Boston | ||
Iowa State University Foundation | Feeding America (formerly America's Second Harvest) | KCET Los Angeles | ||
Texas A&M Foundation | Project BreadThe Walk for Hunger | KPBS San Diego |
77
Client Case Studies
The client case studies below demonstrate the variety of benefits that NPOs have experienced using our solutions:
World Wildlife Fund. The World Wildlife Fund, or WWF, is the world's largest conservation organization, working in 100 countries for nearly half a century. With the support of almost five million members worldwide, WWF is dedicated to delivering science-based solutions to preserve the diversity and abundance of life on Earth, stop the degradation of the environment and combat climate change. WWF implemented the Convio Online Marketing platform to integrate its fundraising and advocacy campaigns across programs and channels. After implementing Convio Online Marketing, WWF realized the following benefits:
Colorectal Cancer Coalition. The Colorectal Cancer Coalition, or C3, is a small, geographically-dispersed organization seeking to win the fight against colorectal cancer through research, empowerment and access. C3 deployed our Convio Online Marketing and Common Ground solutions to enable employees to access the systems on-demand and without a significant investment in technology infrastructure. After deploying our solutions, C3 realized the following benefits:
Austin Affiliate for the Susan G. Komen for the Cure. The Austin Affiliate for the Susan G. Komen for the Cure provides breast health services to women in the Greater Austin area. With an aggressive $1 million fundraising goal for the 2009 Komen Race for the Cure, the Komen Austin Affiliate deployed Convio Online Marketing to leverage social networking tools and the openness of COM to integrate TeamRaiser, Facebook and offline event marketing activities. Using our open APIs, Charity Dynamics, a Convio Solutions Provider, developed Boundless Fundraising, a customizable Facebook application, which the Komen Austin Affiliate deployed. Using this integrated solution, the Komen Austin Affiliate realized the following benefits:
Feeding America Eastern Wisconsin (formerly America's Second Harvest of Wisconsin). Feeding America Eastern Wisconsin distributes more than 12 million pounds of food a year to more than 1,100 pantries, meal programs and other nonprofit agencies that serve nearly 235,000 people in the eastern
78
half of Wisconsin. With the demand for food assistance on the rise, the organization invested in our solution to raise more funds and efficiently communicate its mission using the Internet. America's Second Harvest of Wisconsin joined our Convio Go! program and realized the following benefits:
California State Parks Foundation. The California State Parks Foundation, or CSPF, is the only statewide independent nonprofit organization dedicated to protecting, enhancing and advocating for California's state parks. CSPF has been using our solutions to communicate and raise funds. When Governor Schwarzenegger announced his intention to close many of California's state parks, CSPF used our advocacy capabilities to mount a successful advocacy and fundraising campaign. By working with us, CSPF realized the following benefits:
Sales and Marketing
We sell our solutions using a direct sales force. As of December 31, 2009, we employed approximately 80 sales, marketing and business development professionals, 40 of whom comprised our direct sales force. These sales and marketing professionals focus on sales to new and existing clients and are located at our headquarters in Austin, Texas, regional offices in Washington, D.C. and Berkeley, California and in metropolitan areas throughout the United States. Our sales force is organized by geographic territory, size of NPO and market segment. We employ a separate sales team focused on upselling new solutions and services to our existing clients. Our sales representatives are supported by a team of sales engineers and sales associates responsible for technical and pre-sales support.
We complement our direct sales force with a network of over 55 partners serving the nonprofit market, including interactive agencies, direct marketing agencies, public affairs firms and complementary technology companies. Our partner network helps us to grow our client base, enhances our implementation services capacity and enables us to provide a more complete solution for our clients.
79
We conduct a variety of marketing programs that are designed to create brand recognition and market awareness for our solutions. Our marketing efforts include membership and board-level participation in industry associations, participation at industry conferences, search engine marketing, search engine optimization, company-sponsored seminars and webinars, white papers, media relations, development of case studies, online marketing and sponsoring co-marketing events with our partners. We enhance our position as an NPO thought leader through industry publications and our annual benchmarking index study designed to help NPO professionals evaluate online marketing metrics as well as the effectiveness of their organization when compared to similar NPOs.
We receive significant exposure from our "powered by" logo program, which allows us to place our logo on web pages and emails created and sent by our clients. To enhance client loyalty and generate opportunities for additional sales, we maintain a client advisory board, conduct an annual client summit and host an online client community.
Research and Development
We continue to make substantial investments in research and development, primarily on new features, platform extensibility and Common Ground. Our on-demand model provides us with the ability to quickly bring new functionality to the market. We gather feedback from clients, partners and industry thought leaders, and we have robust processes for software development and deployment that have been adapted from industry best practices. As of December 31, 2009, we had 69 employees working on research and development primarily in Austin and Berkeley. Our research and development expenses were $7.2 million, $8.8 million and $10.0 million in 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively.
Competition
The nonprofit market for constituent engagement solutions is fragmented and rapidly evolving. With COM, we compete with several online marketing suites and a variety of point solutions targeted at such tasks as email marketing, content management and fundraising event management. With Common Ground, we compete with generic database and constituent relationship management providers, as well as industry-specific donor management solutions. Some of our competitors are focused exclusively on the nonprofit industry while others sell to NPOs among a broader set of markets. Our primary competitors are Blackbaud, Inc., The Sage Group plc, and SunGard Data Systems, Inc. In addition, we compete with a variety of smaller, private companies and also with web development providers which provide custom in-house applications.
We believe the principal competitive factors in our industry include the following:
80
We believe we compete favorably across all of these factors. However, some of our existing and potential competitors have substantially greater name recognition, longer operating histories, and greater resources. They may be able to devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their products and services than we can to ours. Additionally, our competitors may offer or develop products or services that are superior to ours, have lower prices or that achieve greater market acceptance.
Technology
Each of our software applications uses a single code base and employs a multi-tenant architecture and is delivered by an on-demand model, requiring only a web browser for client access. In addition, our technology strategy was designed to meet the stringent standards of NPOs, including scalability, performance, reliability and security.
Our COM platform is open and extensible. We have built the platform on the Java 5 runtime environment and have developed and published more than 140 APIs. This approach allows our clients to more easily leverage the functionality available within our solutions without requiring modifications to our source code. Customers are also able to use open source technologies to integrate with our solutions using these APIs.
Our technology is designed to be scalable, both in the number of clients that can be hosted and in the volume of traffic and transactions processed by our solutions. Scalability is achieved through multiple methods:
Performance is another key requirement for clients, particularly as it relates to email deliverability and traffic volumes and spikes associated with constituent response to current events. We address these needs in several ways:
Over the past two years, we have achieved on average more than 99.7% system uptime, excluding scheduled maintenance and disruptions caused by third-party vendors, through the use of industry-standard failover and redundancy technologies. We use storage technology and redundant application servers that allow individual servers to be rotated in and out of service for routine maintenance without causing downtime.
Our Common Ground application is built on the salesforce.com Force.com platform. Common Ground has a model-driven architecture and uses role-based administration to facilitate the sharing of information. Common Ground uses open API's to enable our clients to customize their use of Common Ground to more easily integrate with other client systems.
81
Security is a key requirement for our clients because of the sensitive nature of our clients' missions and their strong desire to protect constituent information. Our systems are periodically attacked by unauthorized third parties with increasing sophistication, and we have experienced security incidents in our history. We have designed and continue to upgrade our solutions, policies and practices to provide security for clients in several ways:
Operations
We serve our clients from two third-party hosting facilities in Austin, Texas and Sacramento, California. These facilities provide around-the-clock manned operations and security staff. Access is limited to authorized individuals and both sites are served by both interior and exterior video surveillance equipment. Electrical and environmental controls are all fully redundant and Internet connectivity is maintained by multiple peering and physical access points within each facility. We own or lease and operate all of the hardware on which our applications run in each facility. We entered into an agreement for the services provided by the Austin and Sacramento third-party hosting facilities in October 2001 and June 2008, respectively, and have renewed each agreement at various times thereafter. Pursuant to each agreement, we pay a monthly service fee for hosting services. The current term of the Austin agreement ends in June 2011 at which time the agreement automatically renews for three years.
We continuously monitor internally and externally the availability and performance of our systems using custom and commercially available tools. In order to prevent service loss from hardware failure, we maintain redundant servers within each tier of our production environment. Web servers are operated in load-balanced server pools and databases and file servers are replicated to standby servers which can provide near real-time failover in the event of a failure with primary hardware. Databases and file servers are backed up daily with tapes being rotated to separate secure offsite storage facilities.
We have also contracted with SunGard Data Systems, Inc. to provide a disaster recovery site in the Phoenix area in the event of a complete or substantial datacenter disaster at our Austin facility.
Government Regulation
We and our clients are subject to various laws and governmental regulations due to the nature of our business, including those regulating email communications and the collection, use and disclosure of personal information obtained from customers and other individuals. While our solutions provide a platform for our clients' fundraising, advocacy, email marketing, peer-to-peer communications, website content management and eCommerce activities, we do not provide any of the content of those activities and communications nor any of the donor lists or contacts. Our clients are responsible for their compliance with all applicable privacy, direct marketing and data protection laws.
We are subject to certain state statutes which require companies that provide fundraising consulting services to register and comply with the applicable state registration requirements. Currently, we are registered in five states and have registrations pending in nine others. The remaining 36 states either do not require registration or we do not have clients in those states. Since many of our clients run national fundraising campaigns, which often include solicitation activity occurring across the country, Convio must maintain a registration in any state in which a client wishes to utilize our fundraising consulting services to conduct solicitations. The registration requirements and enforcement process vary widely from state to state with some states requiring a simple completed form to others compelling us to
82
disclose each fundraising consulting contract applicable in that state. Failure to comply with these registration requirements could result in our registration being revoked and/or the state's refusal to let Convio register and provide professional fundraising consulting to clients in that state. In addition, a state can levy fines, penalties, and suspend service activity under a particular client contract. These registration requirements continue to change and develop and oblige us to monitor our compliance.
We are also covered by the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, or HIPAA, which was expanded by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HI-TECH Act, which Congress passed as part of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009. The HI-TECH Act expands the reach of data privacy and security requirements of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, or HIPAA. HIPAA and associated United States Department of Health and Human Services regulations permit our clients in the healthcare industry to use certain protected health information for fundraising purposes, such as email addresses or other demographic information, and to disclose that protected health information to their service providers. We may be included in this service provider group under the revised HIPAA regulations by virtue of our service provider relationship with our clients in the healthcare industry.
Although our healthcare industry clients may upload into our systems personal information that HIPAA permits to be used for fundraising so that we may provide email software services, we ask our healthcare industry clients not to provide us with health or medical information of individuals. In general, our agreements with our healthcare providers seek to prohibit them from storing other forms of protected health information on our system, including any information related to diagnosis or treatment. The HI-TECH Act provides for criminal and civil penalties if we violate the privacy and security rules applicable to us, and also requires us to notify our clients in the event of an unauthorized release, whether inadvertent or purposeful, of any protected health information for which we are responsible.
Our clients are subject to certain U.S. and foreign laws and regulations governing the collection, use and disclosure of personal information obtained from individuals. For instance, the Controlling the Assault of Non-Solicited Pornography and Marketing Act of 2003, or the CAN-SPAM Act, and associated Federal Trade Commission regulations govern our clients' email fundraising campaigns. These regulations establish certain requirements for "commercial" email messages and provide penalties for transmitting email messages in a manner intended to deceive the recipient as to source or content. Email message campaigns are generated by our clients by using our solutions. We do not create or control the content of such emails, nor do we obtain email lists from sources other than our clients. Our clients' email campaigns are governed by the CAN-SPAM Act's prohibitions and requirements, including:
The CAN-SPAM Act also prohibits unlawful acquisition of email addresses, such as through directory harvesting. The CAN-SPAM Act prohibits transmission of commercial emails by unauthorized means, provides for enhanced damages or penalties if commercial messages are sent in violation of the CAN-SPAM Act to email addresses that were acquired through certain specified methods such as through relaying messages with the intent to deceive recipients as to the origin of such messages. Violations of the CAN-SPAM Act's provisions can result in criminal and civil penalties. In addition, although the CAN-SPAM Act preempts most state restrictions specific to email marketing, some states have adopted consumer
83
protection regulations that, if deemed not to be preempted by the CAN-SPAM Act, could impose liabilities and compliance burdens in addition to those imposed by the CAN-SPAM Act. Our terms and conditions require that our clients comply with the CAN-SPAM Act and that they are liable for any breaches of its provisions. If we become aware that a client has violated the CAN-SPAM Act, we can suspend or terminate its use of our solutions.
In addition, due to the increasing popularity and use of the Internet, governmental authorities in the United States and abroad may continue to adopt laws and regulations to govern Internet activities of our clients, including email messaging, collection and use of personal information, ownership of intellectual property, solicitation of charitable contributions and other activities important to our online business practices. For instance, although we do most of our business in the United States, we have clients in Canada and the United Kingdom, who are subject to data protection and fundraising laws in Canada and the European Union, respectively. As an example, European Union member state laws typically prohibit sending promotional email messages outside of an established business relationship with the recipient, unless the recipient has opted into receipt of such messages, and require honoring opt-out requests by recipients. Such laws largely prevent the use of email to obtain new prospects in the European Union, and similar laws have been adopted in some other countries. We do not evaluate our clients' compliance with these foreign laws or domestic laws, but if we learn that any client has violated such laws, we may suspend or terminate its use of our solutions.
Intellectual Property and Other Proprietary Rights
Our intellectual property rights are important to our business. We rely primarily on a combination of trademark, copyright, trade secret, confidentiality procedures, contractual restrictions and other similar measures to protect our proprietary technology, processes and other intellectual property. We have not pursued trademark protection in any international jurisdictions. We also hold trademarks and service marks identifying features of our solutions. We license our software modules directly to clients. These license agreements, which address our technology, documentation and other proprietary information, include restrictions intended to protect and defend our intellectual property. We also require our employees, contractors and many of those with whom we have business relationships to sign non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements. We believe that due to the frequent improvement of our existing solutions and services, the unpatented proprietary know-how of our personnel and our trade secrets are particularly important.
We attempt to control access to and distribution of our software, documentation and other proprietary technology and other information. Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, third parties may, in an unauthorized manner, attempt to use, copy or otherwise obtain and market or distribute our intellectual property rights or technology or otherwise develop a product with the same functionality as our solutions. Policing unauthorized use of our solutions and intellectual property rights is difficult and nearly impossible on a worldwide basis. Therefore, we cannot be certain that the steps we have taken or will take in the future will prevent misappropriations of our technology or intellectual property rights.
We believe that the frequency of assertions of patent infringement is increasing as patent holders, including entities that are not in our industry and who purchase patents as an investment or to monetize such rights by obtaining royalties, use such actions as a competitive tactic as well as a source of additional revenue. Any claim of infringement from a third party, even those without merit, could cause us to incur substantial costs defending against such claims, and could distract our management from running our business. Furthermore, a party making such a claim, if successful, could secure a judgment that requires us to pay substantial damages. A judgment could also include an injunction or other court order that could prevent us from selling our software. In addition, we might be required to seek a license for the use of such intellectual property, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Alternatively, we may be required to develop non-infringing technology, which would require significant effort and expense and may ultimately not be successful.
84
Employees
As of December 31, 2009, we had 349 employees, all of whom were in the United States. Of the total employees, there were 78 in sales, marketing, account management and business development, 69 in research and development, 177 in services, support and operations and 25 in general and administration. None of our employees is represented by a labor union or is covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We have not experienced any work stoppages and consider our employee relations to be good.
Properties
We lease office space for our corporate headquarters located in Austin, Texas. This lease expires in September 2013. We also lease additional office space in Berkeley, California and Washington, D.C. We believe our facilities are adequate for our current needs and may add new facilities and expand our existing facilities as we add employees. We believe that suitable additional or substitute space will be available as needed to accommodate any such expansion of our operations.
Legal Proceedings
We are not currently involved in any material legal proceedings. From time to time, we may become involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business.
GetActive Acquisition
We acquired GetActive Software, Inc. in February 2007 to enhance our product and service offerings in the areas of advocacy campaigns and content management, to expand our client base and to increase our market presence. Since the closing of the acquisition, we have been migrating former GetActive clients to our COM platform, and we intend to phase out the GetActive platform by the end of 2010.
85
Executive Officers, Key Employees and Directors
Our executive officers, key employees and directors and their ages and positions as of January 8, 2010 are as follows:
Name
|
Age | Position | |||
---|---|---|---|---|---|
Gene Austin* |
51 | Chairman of the Board of Directors, Chief Executive Officer and President | |||
James R. Offerdahl* |
53 | Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of Administration | |||
Vinay K. Bhagat* |
40 | Chief Strategy Officer and Director | |||
David G. Hart* |
52 | Chief Technology Officer | |||
Sara E. Spivey* |
49 | Chief Marketing Officer | |||
Randall N. Potts* |
55 | Vice President of Sales | |||
Marc K. Cannon* |
50 | Vice President of Services | |||
Thomas J. Krackeler* |
37 | Vice President of Common Ground | |||
Gary G. Allison, Jr.** |
44 | Vice President of Engineering | |||
B. Hayden Stewart** |
50 | Vice President of Information Technology | |||
Angela G. McDermott** |
49 | Vice President of Human Resources | |||
C. Thomas Ball(1) |
42 | Director | |||
William G. Bock(1)(3) |
59 | Director | |||
Sheeraz D. Haji |
37 | Director | |||
Christopher B. Hollenbeck(1)(3) |
41 | Director | |||
M. Scott Irwin(2) |
35 | Director | |||
Kristen L. Magnuson(2)(3) |
53 | Director | |||
George H. Spencer III(2) |
46 | Director |
Each of our executive officers serves until the earlier of their resignation, removal, replacement or their death.
Gene Austin has served as our Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our board of directors since July 2003, as President since February 2008 and as a Chairman of the Board of Directors since January 2010. From July 2001 to March 2003, Mr. Austin served as Vice President and General Manager of the Enterprise Data Management unit of BMC Software, Inc., a provider of enterprise management solutions. From 1999 to 2001, Mr. Austin served as Vice President and General Manager of Internet Server Products at Dell, Inc., a computer manufacturer. From 1996 to 1999, Mr. Austin served as Senior Vice President of Sales and Marketing at CareerBuilder, Inc., a software as a service company focused on internet based recruiting. Mr. Austin holds a B.S. in Engineering Management from Southern Methodist University in Dallas and an M.B.A. from the Olin School of Business at Washington University in St. Louis.
James R. Offerdahl has served as our Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of Administration since February 2005. From August 2001 to April 2004, Mr. Offerdahl was President and Chief Executive Officer of Traq-Wireless, Inc., a provider of on-demand mobile resource management software and services to enterprises. From 1998 to 2001, Mr. Offerdahl served as Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Pervasive Software, Inc., a developer and marketer of data management solutions for independent software vendors, and as Chief Financial Officer from 1996 to 1998. From 1993 to 1996, Mr. Offerdahl served as Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of Administration of Tivoli Systems, Inc., a developer and marketer of systems management software. Mr. Offerdahl holds a B.S. in Accounting from Illinois State University and an M.B.A. in Management and Finance from The University of Texas at Austin.
86
Vinay K. Bhagat co-founded our company and served as Chairman of our board of directors from 1999 to January 2010. Since July 2003, Mr. Bhagat has served as our Chief Strategy Officer. From October 1999 to July 2003, Mr. Bhagat served as our Chief Executive Officer. From 1998 to 1999, Mr. Bhagat was Director of E-Commerce at Trilogy Software, Inc., an e-commerce applications company. From 1993 to 1996, Mr. Bhagat worked as a consultant at Bain & Company, a leading strategic management consulting firm. Mr. Bhagat holds an M.A. from Cambridge University in Electrical and Information Sciences, an M.S. in Engineering Economic Systems from Stanford University and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.
David G. Hart has served as our Chief Technology Officer since March 2008. From March 2000 to February 2008, Mr. Hart served as our Vice President, Products and Operations. From 1998 to 2000, Mr. Hart served as Consulting Engineer for Tivoli Systems, Inc., a systems management company, and as Development Director from 1995 to 1998. Mr. Hart holds a B.A. in Mathematics from Brown University and an M.S. in Software Engineering from The University of Texas at Austin.
Sara E. Spivey has served as our Chief Marketing Officer since December 2008. From August 2007 through September 2008, Ms. Spivey served as Vice President, Marketing for rPath, Inc., a start-up in the virtualization software market, where she was responsible for product management, product marketing, marketing communications and business development. From August 2005 to August 2007, Ms. Spivey was Vice President, Worldwide Sales, Strategic Account Alliance Development for Advanced Micro Devices, Inc., a semiconductor company. There she was responsible for key relationships with Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.'s top five accounts and worked with both client and internal account teams to develop long term strategic growth strategies and tactics. From January 2002 through July 2005, Ms. Spivey served as an independent marketing consultant for technology companies specializing in marketing strategy, positioning and messaging, demand generation and business development. Prior to 2002, Ms. Spivey served twelve years in a variety of sales and marketing roles, including Vice President of Marketing at Quantum Corporation, a storage solutions company. Ms. Spivey holds a B.A. from the University of California at Davis in Economics and an M.B.A. from the Amos Tuck School of Business Administration at Dartmouth.
Randall N. Potts has served as our Vice President of Sales since September 2003. From October 2002 to September 2003, Mr. Potts consulted as Vice President of Sales for Entrieva, Inc., a provider of advertising software technology solutions. From 1999 to 2002, Mr. Potts was Vice President of Sales of CareerBuilder, Inc., an employment search provider, and as Director of Central Region from 1997 to 1999. From 1995 to 1997, Mr. Potts was Director of North American Sales and Marketing for Platinum Technology Inc., a provider of data management software. From 1989 to 1995, Mr. Potts served in various sales roles for Legent Corporation. From February 1987 to September 1989, Mr. Potts was an Account Executive for International Business Machines Corporation's Science Research Associates Business Unit. Mr. Potts holds a B.B.A. in Petroleum Land Management from The University of Texas at Austin.
Marc K. Cannon has served as our Vice President of Services since March 2009. From August 2007 through March 2009, Mr. Cannon served as Vice President of Worldwide Services at Adobe Systems, Inc. where he was responsible for new business and delivery of solutions leveraging Adobe's productivity, creative, and rich internet application technologies to Fortune 500 clients. From May 2005 through August 2007, Mr. Cannon was the President of Worldwide Services at Autodesk, Inc., a design and engineering company, where he was responsible for selling and delivering complex design and visualization services. From August 2002 through May 2005, Mr. Cannon served as Vice President of Worldwide Services and Support at think3, Inc., a manufacturer of computer aided design and life cycle management technology, where he was responsible for services sales, delivery, and customer care. Prior to 2002, Mr. Cannon spent 15 years at Accenture Ltd., a consulting firm, and Cadence Design Systems Inc., a semiconductor design company, in a variety of executive services positions. Mr. Cannon holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from Boston University and an M.B.A. from San Diego State University.
Thomas J. Krackeler has served as our Vice President of Common Ground since July 2008. From February 2007 to July 2008, Mr. Krackeler served as our Vice President of Product Management. From April 2004 to February 2007, Mr. Krackeler served as Senior Vice President of Products at GetActive. Mr. Krackeler served as GetActive's Vice President of Products from December 2001 to April 2004 and
87
Director of Product Management from April 2000 to December 2001. From 1998 to 2000, Mr. Krackeler served as a Senior Web Developer at Environmental Defense Fund, a nonprofit organization. From 1994 to 1996, Mr. Krackeler was a consultant with Accenture Ltd. Mr. Krackeler holds a B.A. in Political Science and Philosophy from Duke University and an M.P.P. in Public Policy from the University of California, Berkeley.
Gary G. Allison, Jr. has served as our Vice President of Engineering since May 2007. From February 2004 to April 2007, Mr. Allison served as Senior Vice President, Software Development, Data Center Operations, and Customer Service at Simdesk Technologies, Inc., a provider of Web-based software. He led a team and had overall responsibility for architecture, development and delivery of Simdesk's worldwide on-demand product and Simdesk's data center. From 1997 to 2003, Mr. Allison served as Vice President of Engineering and Customer Service at Pervasive Software Inc., a supplier of embedded database products, where he was responsible for product engineering. Mr. Allison holds a B.S. in Computer Science from Texas A&M University and an M.S. in Software Engineering from University of Houston Clear Lake.
B. Hayden Stewart has served as our Vice President of Information Technology Operations since January 2007. He served as our Director of Information Technology from March 2005 to December 2006. From June 2004 to February 2005, Mr. Stewart served as Principal at Lone Star Associates, a business and technology consulting firm. From February 2003 to June 2004, Mr. Stewart served as a Senior Director, Field Technical Services for Forgent Networks, Inc., a software manufacturer specializing in scheduling and meeting automation. From 1999 to 2002, Mr. Stewart served as Vice President of Engineering at TriActive, Inc., a systems management software manufacturer. From October 1997 to 1999, Mr. Stewart served first as the Director, Information Systems, Purchasing, Facilities and then as Vice President of Customer Engineering for Pervasive Software, Inc. Mr. Stewart holds a B.B.A. in Computer Information Systems from Southwest Texas State University.
Angela G. McDermott has served as our Vice President of Human Resources since February 2006. From 2002 to February 2006, Dr. McDermott founded and was President of McDermott Consulting, a leadership development firm specializing in executive coaching, organization development, and team building. From 1995 to 2001, Dr. McDermott served in various leadership development roles at Dell, Inc. including management development at Dell University, executive development, and field assignments in product development. Dr. McDermott holds a B.S., an M.A. and a Ph.D. in Industrial/Organizational Psychology from the University of Houston.
C. Thomas Ball has been a member of our board of directors since December 2006. Since March 2008, Mr. Ball has been a Partner at Austin Ventures, L.P., a venture capital firm. From April 2005 to February 2008, Mr. Ball was a Venture Partner at Austin Ventures, L.P. From November 2001 to December 2004, Mr. Ball was Chief Executive Officer of Openfield Technologies, Inc., a provider of e-commerce and business management software and technology solutions that Mr. Ball co-founded. Mr. Ball holds a B.S. in Finance from the University of Florida and an M.B.A. from the Stanford University Graduate School of Business.
William G. Bock has been a member of our board of directors since January 2008. Since November 2006, Mr. Bock has served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Silicon Laboratories Inc., an integrated circuit technology company. Mr. Bock joined Silicon Laboratories (NASDAQ: SLAB) as a director in March 2000, and served as Chairman of the Audit Committee until November 2006 before he resigned from the Board to serve in his current role. From April 2002 to November 2006, Mr. Bock was a partner of CenterPoint Ventures, a venture capital firm. From April 2001 to March 2002, Mr. Bock served as a partner of Verity Ventures, a venture capital firm. From June 1999 to March 2001, Mr. Bock served as a Vice President and General Manager at Hewlett Packard Company. Mr. Bock held the position of President and Chief Executive Officer of DAZEL Corporation, a provider of electronic information delivery systems, from February 1997 until its acquisition by Hewlett Packard in June 1999. From October 1994 to February 1997, Mr. Bock served as Chief Operating Officer of Tivoli Systems, Inc. Mr. Bock holds a B.S. in Computer Science from Iowa State University and an M.S. in Industrial Administration from Carnegie Mellon University.
88
Sheeraz D. Haji has been a member of our board of directors since we acquired GetActive in February 2007. Since January 2010, he has held the position of President of the Cleantech Group. From June 2009 to January 2010, Mr. Haji has served as a Managing Partner of the Cleantech Group, a venture capital firm. From 2008 to 2009, Mr. Haji was an Entrepreneur-in-Residence for El Dorado Ventures, a venture capital firm, and an operations executive for the investment management firm, Grantham, Mayo, Van Otterloo & Co.'s Emerging Markets Division. In February 2008, he stepped down as our President, a position he had held from February 2007 to February 2008. From October 2001 to February 2007, Mr. Haji was the Chief Executive Officer of GetActive. From 2000 to 2001, Mr. Haji served as Co-Founder and Senior Vice President of Corporate Development at GetActive. From 1999 to 2000, Mr. Haji was the Product Manager at Digital Impact, Inc., a provider of online direct marketing solutions for enterprises. From 1997 to 1999, Mr. Haji served as a consultant for McKinsey & Company Inc., a management consulting firm. From 1994 to 1996, Mr. Haji was an engineer for Environ International Corporation, an international consulting firm. Mr. Haji holds a B.S. in Civil/Environmental Engineering from Brown University and an M.S. in Civil/Environmental Engineering from Stanford University.
Christopher B. Hollenbeck has been a member of our board of directors since March 2001. Since 1998, Mr. Hollenbeck has served as a Managing Director of Granite Ventures, LLC (formerly known as H&Q Venture Associates LLC), a venture capital firm. Prior to joining Granite Ventures, Mr. Hollenbeck held various positions in the venture capital, corporate finance and merger and acquisition groups at Hambrecht & Quist Group, Inc., an investment bank. Mr. Hollenbeck holds a B.A. in American Studies from Stanford University.
M. Scott Irwin has been a member of our board of directors since February 2007. Mr. Irwin served as a member of the board of directors of GetActive from September 2004 to February 2007. Since February 2005, Mr. Irwin has served as a General Partner of El Dorado Ventures, L.P., a venture capital firm, and was a Principal from June 2000 to January 2005. From 1997 to 1999, Mr. Irwin held software engineering and product management positions with Accenture, Ltd. Mr. Irwin holds a B.S. in Systems Engineering from the University of Virginia and an M.B.A. from the Anderson School of Management at the University of California, Los Angeles.
Kristen L. Magnuson has been a member of our board of directors since January 2008. Since October 2009, Ms. Magnuson has been a Partner at Tatum LLC, a recruiting firm. From September 1997 to August 2009, Ms. Magnuson served as Chief Financial Officer of JDA Software Group, Inc., a provider of enterprise software solutions for supply chain processes, and was promoted to Executive Vice President in March 2001. From 1990 to 1997, Ms Magnuson served as Vice President of Financial Planning for Michaels Stores Inc., an arts and crafts retailer. From March 1987 to August 1990, she served as Senior Vice President and Controller of MeraBank N.A., a federal savings bank. Ms. Magnuson is a C.P.A. and holds a B.B.A. in Accounting from the University of Washington.
George H. Spencer III has been a member of our board of directors since 2004. Since January 2007, Mr. Spencer served as Senior Managing Director of Seyen Capital, a venture capital firm. Since October 2006, Mr. Spencer served as a senior consultant with Adams Street Partners, LLC., a venture capital firm, and was a Partner with Adams Street Partners from January 2001 to October 2006. Mr. Spencer holds a B.A. from Amherst College and an M.B.A. from The Amos Tuck School of Business at Dartmouth College.
Board Composition
We look to our directors to guide us through our next phase as a public company and continue and manage our growth. Our directors bring their leadership experience from a variety of information technology companies and professional backgrounds which we require to continue to grow and bring stockholder value. Messrs. Ball, Hollenbeck, Irwin and Spencer come to us through their venture capital backgrounds. They have worked with startup through public companies and bring depth of knowledge in building stockholder value, growing a company from inception and navigating mergers and acquisitions and the public company process. Ms. Magnuson and Messrs. Austin, Ball, Bhagat, Bock and Haji have worked in the private sector in various management roles and contribute their significant operational experience. Through Messrs. Austin, Bhagat and Haji, we have the continuity and history of
89
current and past management of both Convio and GetActive and direct relevant industry experience. Together, Ms. Magnuson and Mr. Bock have over 15 years of experience in the role of chief financial officer of public companies and bring their extensive accounting and risk management knowledge to us. In addition, our directors' objective and sound judgment, high ethical standards, core values, inquisitive nature, insight, integrity, intelligence, thoughtfulness, and constructive working relationships with other directors are reflected in their contributions to our board and committee meetings and our direction and strategy as a company.
Selection Arrangements
The election of our directors is currently governed by an investors' rights agreement that we entered into with certain holders of our common stock and preferred stock. In accordance with this agreement:
The provisions of this agreement relating to the election of directors will terminate upon the closing of this offering, and there will be no further contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors. Our directors hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or their earlier death, resignation or removal.
Independent Directors
Our board of directors is currently comprised of nine members. Ms. Magnuson and Messrs. Ball, Bock, Hollenbeck, Irwin and Spencer qualify as independent directors in accordance with the listing requirements of the NASDAQ Listing Rules. The definition of independence under the NASDAQ Listing Rules, or NASDAQ rules, includes a series of objective tests, such as that the director is not, and has not been for at least three years, one of our employees and that neither the director, nor any of his or her family members, has engaged in various types of business dealings with us. In addition, as further required by the NASDAQ rules, our board has made a subjective determination as to each independent director that no relationships exist that, in the opinion of our board, would interfere with his exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. In making these determinations, our board reviewed and discussed information provided by the directors and us with regard to each director's business and personal activities as they may relate to us and our management.
The NASDAQ rules require that the compensation, nominating and governance, and audit committees of a listed company be comprised solely of independent directors. Ms. Magnuson and Messrs. Hollenbeck, Irwin and Spencer qualify under the NASDAQ rules as independent directors for purposes of the compensation committee and nominating and governance committee. However, the NASDAQ rules and Rule 10A-3 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, have a more stringent definition for director independence for the audit committee than the other committees. Mr. Hollenbeck is not independent under Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act due to his affiliation with Granite Ventures, a principal stockholder of ours. We intend to rely on the transition periods provided by Rule 5615(b) of the NASDAQ rules and Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act, which provide for phase-in compliance for companies that are listing on the exchange in connection with their initial public offering. As a result, we plan to have our audit, compensation and nominating and governance committees comprised of a majority of independent directors within ninety days of our listing and comprised solely of independent directors within one year of our listing.
90
Mr. Austin serves as our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the board and provides us with a single voice in the marketplace and to our stockholders. As our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Austin is responsible for our day-to-day operations and implementing our strategy across a variety of NPOs located throughout the United States, our technological developments, numerous partners, and employee base in three dispersed offices. Since our performance is an important part of our board discussions, Mr. Austin brings direct and relevant information and experience as the chair of those discussions.
Our board has designated Mr. Bock as lead independent director to act as the leader of the independent directors and as chairperson of the executive sessions of our independent directors. Our lead independent director serves as a non-exclusive intermediary between the independent directors and management, including our chairman and chief executive officer. Our lead independent director provides input to the chairman in planning agendas for board meetings and facilitates discussions among the independent directors as appropriate between board meetings.
Risk Management
Our risk management function is overseen by our board. Through our management reports, our company policies, such as our corporate governance guidelines, our audit and non-audit services pre-approval policy, our code of business conduct and ethics and our audit committee's and compensation committee's review of financial and other risks, we keep our board apprised of material risks and provide our directors access to all information necessary for them to understand and evaluate how these risks interrelate, how they affect the company, and how management addresses those risks. Mr. Austin, as our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, and Mr. Bock, as our lead independent director, work closely together and with management once material risks are identified by the board to address such risk. If the identified risk poses an actual or potential conflict with management, our lead independent director may conduct the assessment by himself or with the aid of other independent directors.
Classified Board
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective as of the closing of this offering provide for a classified board of directors consisting of three classes of directors, each serving a staggered three-year term. Commencing in 2010, a portion of our board of directors will be elected each year for three-year terms. Upon the closing of this offering:
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective as of the closing of this offering provide that the number of authorized directors shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of authorized directors will hold office for a term expiring at the next annual meeting of stockholders at which the term of office of the class to which they have been elected expires or until such director's successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. The classification of the board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control of our company. Under Delaware law, our directors may be removed for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our voting stock.
91
Board Committees
Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and governance committee. Our board of directors and its committees set schedules to meet throughout the year and can also hold special meetings and act by written consent from time to time, as appropriate. In addition, independent members of our board of directors hold separate executive session meetings regularly at which only independent directors are present. Generally these executive sessions occur in connection with the regularly scheduled meetings of the board of directors. Our board of directors has delegated various responsibilities and authority to its committees as generally described below. The committees will report, as appropriate, their activities and actions to the full board of directors. Each committee of our board of directors has a written charter approved by our board of directors. Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, copies of each charter will be posted on our website at www.convio.com . The inclusion of a reference to our website address in this prospectus does not include or incorporate by reference the information on our website into this prospectus.
Audit Committee
The current members of our audit committee are Ms. Magnuson, Messrs. Irwin and Spencer. Each member satisfies the independence requirements under the NASDAQ rules and each of Ms. Magnuson, Messrs. Irwin and Spencer has been determined to be independent under Rule 10A-3(b) of the Exchange Act. Ms. Magnuson is the current chair of our audit committee, and she qualifies as an "audit committee financial expert" within the meaning of Item 407 of Regulation S-K, as promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. Each member of our audit committee meets the requirements for financial literacy under the NASDAQ rules. In arriving at this determination, the board has examined Ms. Magnuson's and Messrs. Irwin's and Spencer's scope of experiences and the nature of their employment in the corporate finance sector.
The audit committee oversees our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of our financial statements. The functions of our audit committee include:
92
Compensation Committee
The current members of our compensation committee are Messrs. Ball, Bock, and Hollenbeck. Mr. Bock is the chair of our compensation committee. Each member of our compensation committee is a non-employee director, as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, and an outside director, as defined pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Internal Revenue Code. Each of Messrs. Ball, Bock, and Hollenbeck satisfy the independence requirements of the NASDAQ rules.
The primary purpose of the compensation committee is to discharge the board's responsibilities relating to compensation and benefits of our executive officers and directors. In carrying out these responsibilities, the compensation committee reviews all components of executive officer and director compensation for consistency with the committee's compensation philosophy as in effect from time to time. The compensation committee determines all compensation for the chief executive officer and approves all employment arrangements applicable to executive officers. The compensation committee may from time to time delegate duties or responsibilities to subcommittees or to one or more members of the committee. The committee has the authority to obtain advice or assistance from consultants.
The other functions of our compensation committee include:
Nominating and Governance Committee
The members of the nominating and governance committee are Ms. Magnuson, Messrs. Bock and Hollenbeck. Each of Ms. Magnuson, Messrs. Bock and Hollenbeck have been determined to be independent within the meaning of the NASDAQ rules.
In fulfilling its responsibilities, the nominating committee considers the following factors in reviewing possible candidates for nomination as director:
93
The nominating committee's goal is to assemble a board that brings a variety of perspectives and skills derived from high quality business and professional experience and which complies with the NASDAQ and SEC rules. While we do not have a formal policy on diversity, our nominating committee considers as one of the factors the diversity of the composition of our board and the skill set, background, reputation, type and length of business experience and gender of our board members as well as a particular nominee's contributions to that mix. The nominating committee believes directors should possess the highest personal and professional ethics, integrity and values and be committed to representing the best interests of our stockholders. They must also have an inquisitive and objective perspective and mature judgment. Director candidates must have sufficient time available in the judgment of the nominating committee to perform all board and committee responsibilities. Board members are expected to prepare for, attend and participate in all board and applicable committee meetings.
Other than the foregoing and the applicable rules regarding director qualifications, there are no stated minimum criteria for director nominees, although the nominating committee may also consider such other factors as it may deem, from time to time, are in the best interests of us and our stockholders. Under the NASDAQ rules, at least a majority of the members of the board must meet the definition of "independent director" and at least one director must have "financial sophistication." The nominating committee also believes it appropriate for one or more key members of management to participate as members of the board.
The nominating committee will evaluate annually the current members of the board whose terms are expiring and who are willing to continue in service against the criteria set forth above in determining whether to recommend these directors for election. The nominating committee will assesses regularly the optimum size of the board and its committees and the needs of the board for various skills, background and business experience in determining if the board requires additional candidates for nomination.
Candidates for director nominations come to our attention from time to time through incumbent directors, management, stockholders or third parties. These candidates may be considered at meetings of the nominating committee at any point during the year. Such candidates are to be evaluated against the criteria set forth above. If the nominating committee believes at any time that it is desirable that the board consider additional candidates for nomination, the committee may poll directors and management for suggestions or conduct research to identify possible candidates and may engage, if the nominating committee believes it is appropriate, a third party search firm to assist in identifying qualified candidates.
The nominating committee will evaluate any recommendation for director nominee proposed by a stockholder. In order to be evaluated in connection with the nominating committee's established procedures for evaluating potential director nominees, any recommendation for director nominee submitted by a stockholder must be sent in writing to the Corporate Secretary, 11501 Domain Drive, Suite 200, Austin, Texas 78758, 120 days prior to the anniversary of the date proxy statements were mailed to stockholders in connection with the prior year's annual meeting of stockholders and must contain the following information:
94
In addition our bylaws permit stockholders to nominate directors for consideration at an annual meeting.
All directors and director nominees must submit a completed form of directors' and officers' questionnaire as part of the nominating and evaluation process. The evaluation process may also include interviews and additional background and reference checks for non-incumbent nominees, at the discretion of the nominating committee.
The nominating committee will evaluate incumbent directors, as well as candidates for director nominees submitted by directors, management and stockholders consistently using the criteria stated in this policy and will select the nominees that in the committee's judgment best suit the needs of the board at that time.
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
Our board of directors has adopted a code of business conduct and ethics. The code applies to all of our employees, officers (including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller and persons performing similar functions), agents and representatives, including directors and consultants. Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the full text of our code of business conduct and ethics will be posted on our website at www.convio.com . We intend to disclose future amendments to certain provisions of our code of business conduct and ethics, or waivers of such provisions, applicable to any principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller and persons performing similar functions or our directors on our website identified above. The inclusion of our website address in this prospectus does not include or incorporate by reference the information on our website into this prospectus.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
The current members of our compensation committee are Messrs. Ball, Bock, Hollenbeck and Irwin. None of the members of our compensation committee has at any time during the prior three years been an officer or employee of ours. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the prior three years has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board or compensation committee. For additional information, see "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions."
Limitation of Liability and Indemnification
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:
95
These limitations of liability do not apply to liabilities arising under federal securities laws and do not affect the availability of equitable remedies, such as injunctive relief or rescission.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will each become effective upon the closing of this offering, provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Any repeal of or modification to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws may not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer for or with respect to any acts or omissions of that director or officer occurring prior to that amendment or repeal. Our amended and restated bylaws also provide that we will advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under the provisions of Delaware law. We have obtained such a directors' and officers' liability insurance policy. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors and executive officers. With certain exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including, among other things, attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and executive officers.
The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder's investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors or executive officers for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, executive officers or persons controlling us, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
Director Compensation
We currently do not pay our directors who are employees or affiliates of our venture capital investors any cash or equity compensation for their services as members of our board of directors or any committee of our board of directors. We have a policy of reimbursing our directors for travel, lodging and other expenses incurred in connection with their attendance at our board or committee meetings. We adopted a director compensation policy in October 2007 in connection with our anticipated initial public offering and the increased responsibilities of our directors as directors of a public company. Under this policy intended for directors serving on a public company board of directors, each non employee member of our board of directors who is not affiliated with one of our venture capital investors are entitled to receive the following compensation:
96
The options granted to eligible directors vest only upon continued service over the vesting period and accelerate in full upon a Change of Control.
Director Compensation Table
The following table provides information regarding the compensation earned by or paid to our directors during the year ended December 31, 2009:
Name
|
Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash ($) |
Option
Awards ($)(1) |
Total
($) |
|||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
William G. Bock |
24,500 | 13,160 | (2) | 19,660 | ||||||
Sheeraz D. Haji |
21,500 | 31,968 | (3) | 38,468 | ||||||
Kristen L. Magnuson |
25,000 | 13,160 | (2) | 18,160 |
As a result of the decline of the stock market in 2008 and the first quarter of 2009, the compensation committee believed that a substantial percentage of our outstanding options had exercise prices in excess of the then fair market value of our common stock. In order to retain the compensatory value of the equity awards without further diluting the stockholders by issuing incremental shares, the compensation committee offered in February 2009 to all option holders, including our directors, the right to exchange on a on-for-one basis all outstanding options for newly-issued options with an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the new date grant. The newly-issued options had the same terms, other than exercise price, and were vested to the same extent as the exchanged options. The directors listed above accepted the offer and exchanged options in accordance with the program.
97
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
The following discussion and analysis of compensation arrangements of our named executive officers should be read together with the compensation tables and related disclosures set forth below. Our named executive officers include our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and each of the three most highly-compensated executive officers who earned or were paid in excess of $100,000 during 2009. This discussion contains forward-looking statements based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs. See "Forward-Looking Statements."
Compensation Objectives
The goals of our executive compensation program are to attract, motivate and retain individuals with the skills and qualities necessary to support our clients and grow our business. In 2009, we designed our executive compensation program to achieve the following objectives:
Determination of Compensation
The responsibility for establishing, administering and interpreting our policies governing the compensation and benefits for our executive officers lies with our compensation committee, which consists entirely of non-employee directors. See "ManagementBoard CommitteesCompensation Committee." Our compensation committee has taken the following steps to ensure that our executive compensation and benefit policies are consistent with both our compensation objectives and our corporate governance guidelines:
The compensation committee has historically relied principally upon the experience and expertise of the committee members when determining executive compensation. Each of Messrs. Ball, Bock, Hollenbeck and Irwin, the members of our compensation committee, has been a partner of venture capital firms and has served as an executive officer or on the boards of directors and compensation committees of numerous technology companies.
98
When determining executive compensation, the compensation committee considers the objectives of our executive compensation policies described above in the context of our financial condition and historical operating results, our operating plan and economic conditions generally. In connection with executive equity awards, if any, the compensation committee reviews prior equity award levels, the executive's aggregate equity interests and the general duties, responsibilities and performance of the executive officers in their respective positions.
In 2009, the compensation committee did not retain a compensation consultant and did not benchmark our executive compensation against any specific comparable companies. The compensation committee did review the Culpepper Compensation Survey which is a general survey that provides compensation information based on the industry, geography, size and whether the surveyed companies are public or private. The compensation committee reviewed the relevant parts of the survey and focused their attention on the information provided with respect to private software companies with between 100 and 500 employees and revenue up to $100 million.
Our compensation committee typically invites our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of Human Resources to attend meetings of the compensation committee. During deliberations of compensation decisions relating to our executive officers other than our Chief Executive Officer, the compensation committee considers the recommendations of our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of Human Resources. The compensation committee then separately deliberates and makes determinations about executive compensation, for persons other than the Chief Executive Officer, in executive session outside the presence of the Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of Human Resources. The Chief Executive Officer is typically present throughout these deliberations.
For compensation decisions regarding our Chief Executive Officer, our compensation committee discusses with the Chief Executive Officer his compensation and then deliberates the compensation of the Chief Executive Officer in executive session outside of the presence of any executive officer. The Chief Executive Officer is not present when his compensation is determined.
Components of Executive Compensation
Our executive compensation program has three primary componentsbase salaries, cash incentive payments and equity-based awards granted pursuant to our equity plans described below under "Executive CompensationEquity Benefit Plans." Mr. Potts, our Vice President of Sales, receives sales commissions in lieu of a cash incentive payment. Our executives are also entitled to certain other benefits described under "Executive CompensationGeneral Benefits." The compensation committee has not adopted any formal or informal policies for allocating compensation between long-term and currently paid out compensation, between cash and non-cash compensation or among different forms of non-cash compensation but rather relies on the experience of its members, its past practices and management inputs in establishing the different forms of compensation. The compensation committee reserves the right to grant discretionary bonuses to any employee.
Base Salary
Our compensation committee believes that base salary is a significant motivating factor in attracting and retaining executive officers. Historically, the compensation committee has set base salaries based on the performance of the business generally and the executive officers' respective positions and tenures and performance with us. In 2009, our compensation committee elected not to increase the base salaries of our executive officers due to the global economic downturn and the resultant uncertainties of our clients and our business. The compensation committee expects to make future decisions regarding base salaries in accordance with its past practices.
99
Cash Incentive Plan
Our compensation committee annually establishes a cash incentive plan. All of our executive officers, other than Mr. Potts who receives sales commissions, participate in the cash incentive plan. Cash incentive amounts are determined as a percentage of base salary and are conditioned upon our achievement of objectives established each year by the compensation committee. The compensation committee also retains the right to modify the plan, including the targets and the amounts payable under this plan. The compensation committee also retains the right to exercise discretionary authority over the payment of cash incentives. The annual targeted incentive payment of each named executive officer, other than Mr. Potts, is based upon a percentage of base salary. The compensation committee relied on its judgment in establishing these target percentages. The percentage for each named executive officer is as set forth in the following table:
|
Aggregate Annual
Potential Incentive Payment Percentage |
|||
---|---|---|---|---|
Gene Austin |
30 | % | ||
James R. Offerdahl |
20 | % | ||
Vinay K. Bhagat |
20 | % | ||
Sara E. Spivey |
20 | % |
We pay the incentive payments under the cash incentive plan twice each year. The compensation committee establishes first half targets and full year targets. We pay incentive payments in the third quarter based on our achievement of the first half target and pay incentive payments in the first quarter of the following fiscal year based on our achievement of full year targets. Our compensation committee believes that paying incentive payments twice per year helps to maintain the focus of our executive officers on achieving the objectives throughout the year.
In 2009, the compensation committee utilized churn as a gateway condition prior to our executive officers' earning any incentive payment under the cash incentive plan. We define churn as the amount of any lost software monthly recurring revenue and usage revenues in a period, divided by our software monthly recurring revenue at the beginning of the year plus our average usage revenue of the prior year. The churn targets were 5.75% and 11.05% for the first six months and full year 2009, respectively. We achieved these gateways in both periods.
Following achievement of churn targets, our executive officers became eligible to receive incentive payments based upon our achievement of targets tied to an operating income measure and net change in software monthly recurring revenue. The operating income target excluded amortization of intangibles and stock-based compensation and was set at $1.1 million and $3.3 million for the first six months and full year 2009, respectively. The compensation committee anticipated solely based on its judgement that the probability of our achievement of the target for net change in monthly recurring revenue would be 80% likely in 2009.
The actual amount of cash incentive payable to the executive officers was to be based upon the percentage of completion of each target in accordance with the following table:
During the first half of 2009, we achieved more than 100% of the operating income target and 74% of our targeted net change in software monthly recurring revenue. As a result, the named executive officers received 50% of their respective incentive payments. For the full year 2009, we achieved more than 100% of the operating income target and 99.8% of our targeted net change in monthly recurring revenue. As a
100
result, the named executive officers were entitled to receive 75% of their respective incentive payments. Due to our corporate results in 2009 in difficult economic conditions and the closeness of the results to the target, the compensation committee exercised discretion and awarded the full second half incentive payments to the named executive officers. The bonus amounts earned by the named executive officers during 2009 are as set forth in the following table:
|
Eligible Cash
Incentive Amount Per Year |
Eligible Cash
Incentive Amount Per Half |
Actual
First Half Cash Incentive Amount |
Actual
Second Half Cash Incentive Amount |
Actual 2009
Total Cash Incentive Earned |
|||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Gene Austin |
$ | 98,280 | $ | 49,140 | $ | 24,570 | $ | 49,140 | $ | 73,710 | ||||||
James R. Offerdahl |
48,279 | 24,140 | 12,070 | 24,140 | 36,210 | |||||||||||
Vinay K. Bhagat |
45,594 | 22,797 | 11,399 | 22,797 | 34,196 | |||||||||||
Sara E. Spivey |
46,000 | 23,000 | 11,500 | 23,000 | 34,500 |
Sales Commissions
We also pay Mr. Potts sales commissions to encourage and reward his contributions to our long-term revenue growth. In 2009, Mr. Potts was eligible to receive quarterly commissions based upon software monthly recurring revenue, service bookings, management objectives and a corresponding target commission rate. The compensation committee set semi-annual and annual targets for each of these three components that the compensation committee believed would be 80% likely to be achieved. The commission rate varied based on the levels of component targets achieved. At 100% achievement of the component targets, the commission rate was 100% of the target commission rate, and software monthly recurring revenue, services bookings and management objectives represented 80%, 10% and 10% of Mr. Potts' incentive compensation, respectively. At less than 80% of the software monthly recurring revenue target, Mr. Potts' commission rate would be 50% of the target commission rate. From 80% to 200% of the target for software monthly recurring revenue, the commission rate would range from 70% to 237.5% of the commission rate at target. The maximum commission rate was 237.5% of the target commission rate. There was no maximum commission that Mr. Potts could be paid.
Equity Awards
Although we have not implemented any stock ownership guidelines with respect to our executive officers, our compensation committee believes that providing our executive officers with an equity interest helps to align the interests of our executive officers with those of our stockholders.
We have historically granted stock options to our employees, including executive officers, upon hiring and thereafter annually to a portion of employees generally based on performance. The compensation committee grants all stock options at fair market value on the date of grant. The compensation committee has not adopted any policy or program requiring the annual grant of equity awards to any executive officer or other employee.
101
The compensation committee determines the size of annual awards based upon the committee's subjective assessment of the incentive value of the executive officers' respective total equity interests relative to their roles in the company and their levels of vested and unvested shares. Consistent with this approach, the compensation committee believed that the equity interests of the executive officers were appropriate in 2009 other than with respect to Mr. Offerdahl to whom the committee granted additional options as follows:
|
Number of
Shares Underlying Option |
Per Share
Exercise Price of Option Awards |
|||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
James R. Offerdahl |
50,000 | (1) | $ | 1.90 |
We have a right to repurchase unvested, but exercised, options at cost upon termination of service. The compensation committee believes that this term enhances the value of the option without adding substantial administrative burden on us.
As a result of the decline of the stock market in 2008 and the first quarter of 2009, the compensation committee believed that a substantial percentage of our outstanding options had exercise prices in excess of the then fair market value of our common stock. In order to retain the incentive value of the equity awards without further diluting the stockholders by issuing incremental shares, the compensation committee offered in February 2009 to all option holders, including executive officers, the right to exchange on a one-for-one basis all outstanding options for newly-issued options with an exercise price of the fair market value on the new grant date. The newly-issued options had the same terms, other than exercise price, and were vested to the same extent as the exchanged options. The following named executive officers accepted the offer and exchanged options in accordance with the program:
|
Total Options
Exchanged |
|||
---|---|---|---|---|
Gene Austin |
330,000 | |||
James R. Offerdahl |
195,000 | |||
Randall N. Potts |
150,000 | |||
Vinay K. Bhagat |
80,000 |
Change of Control and Severance Benefits
In addition to benefits upon a Change of Control under our equity benefit plans described below under "Executive CompensationEquity Benefit Plans," certain of our named executive officers are entitled to receive additional compensation or benefits under the severance and Change of Control provisions contained in their offer letters and option agreements. The compensation committee established these benefits based upon the experience and expertise of the committee members. Our severance and Change of Control provisions for the named executive officers are summarized below in "Executive CompensationPotential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control."
General Benefits
Our named executive officers receive health and welfare benefits and participate in our defined contribution 401(k) plan on terms generally available to all of our employees. In addition, all of our employees, including our named executive officers, are provided with paid time off based on tenure as
102
well as three days off for volunteer time, during which employees work with NPOs to help align our employees with NPOs and their missions.
Accounting and Tax Considerations
Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m) limits the amount that a publicly-held company may deduct for compensation paid to certain executive officers to $1,000,000 per person, unless certain requirements are satisfied. Exemptions to this deductibility limit may be made for various forms of "performance-based" compensation. In the past, Section 162(m) did not apply to us because we were not publicly-held, and annual cash compensation has been deductible. However, Section 162(m) will apply once we become publicly-held. In addition to salary and bonus compensation, upon the exercise of stock options that are not treated as incentive stock options, the excess of the current market price over the option price, or option spread, is treated as compensation and accordingly, in any year, such exercise may cause an officer's total compensation to exceed $1,000,000. Under certain regulations, option spread compensation from options that meet certain requirements will not be subject to the $1,000,000 cap on deductibility, and in the past we have granted options that met those requirements. While the compensation committee cannot predict how the deductibility limit may impact our compensation program in future years, the compensation committee intends to consider the impact of Section 162(m) in maintaining an approach to executive compensation that strongly links pay to performance.
Summary Compensation Table
The following table provides information regarding the compensation earned by or paid to our named executive officers during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009:
Name and Principal Position
|
Year |
Salary
($)(1) |
Option
Awards ($) |
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Compensation ($) |
All Other
Compensation ($) |
Total
($) |
||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Gene Austin | 2009 | 327,600 | 42,066 | (2) | 73,710 | (3) | 443,376 | |||||||||||||
Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive | 2008 | 325,000 | 123,273 | (4) | 111,710 | (5) | 559,983 | |||||||||||||
Officer and President | 2007 | 310,500 | 463,584 | (6) | 58,500 | (7) | 832,584 | |||||||||||||
James R. Offerdahl |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
241,395 |
|
|
76,136 |
(8) |
|
36,210 |
(9) |
|
|
|
|
353,741 |
|
|
Chief Financial Officer and Vice President | 2008 | 239,479 | 95,879 | (10) | 54,960 | (11) | 390,318 | |||||||||||||
of Administration | 2007 | 228,663 | 241,450 | (12) | 28,043 | (13) | 498,156 | |||||||||||||
Vinay K. Bhagat |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
227,970 |
|
|
16,144 |
(14) |
|
34,196 |
(15) |
|
|
|
|
278,310 |
|
|
Chief Strategy Officer | 2008 | 219,725 | 109,576 | (16) | 49,197 | (17) | 378,498 | |||||||||||||
2007 | 177,437 | | 67,312 | (18) | 244,749 | |||||||||||||||
Randall N. Potts |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
200,000 |
|
|
19,028 |
(19) |
|
133,547 |
(20) |
|
|
|
|
352,575 |
|
|
Vice President of Sales | 2008 | 193,333 | 54,788 | (21) | 160,562 | (22) | 408,683 | |||||||||||||
2007 | 160,000 | 212,476 | (23) | 145,049 | (24) | 517,525 | ||||||||||||||
Sara E. Spivey |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
230,000 |
|
|
228,536 |
(25) |
|
34,500 |
(26) |
|
50,000 |
(27) |
|
543,036 |
|
|
Chief Marketing Officer | 2008 | 19,167 | | | 19,167 |
103
104
Grants of Plan-Based Awards
The following table provides information regarding grants of plan-based awards to each of our named executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2009:
|
|
Estimated Future Payouts
Under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards(1) |
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
|
All Other Option
Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Options (#)(2) |
Exercise
Price of Option Awards ($/Sh) |
Grant Date
Fair Value of Option Awards(3) |
||||||||||||||||||
|
Grant
Date |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Name
|
Threshold | Target | Maximum | |||||||||||||||||||
Gene Austin |
3/16/09 | $ | 12,375 | $ | 98,280 | | 330,000 | $ | 1.61 | $ | 42,066 | (4) | ||||||||||
James R. Offerdahl |
3/16/09 | 6,035 | 48,279 | | 195,000 | 1.61 | 26,576 | (5) | ||||||||||||||
|
4/30/09 | | | 50,000 | (6) | $ | 1.90 | 49,560 | ||||||||||||||
Vinay K. Bhagat |
3/16/09 | 5,700 | 45,594 | | 80,000 | 1.61 | 16,144 | (7) | ||||||||||||||
Randall N. Potts |
3/16/09 | | 135,000 | | 150,000 | 1.61 | 19,028 | (8) | ||||||||||||||
Sara E. Spivey |
2/05/09 | 5,750 | 46,000 | | 265,000 | 1.61 | 228,536 |
105
Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2009
The following table presents certain information concerning outstanding equity awards held by each of our named executive officers as of December 31, 2009.
Name
|
Number of
Securities Underlying Unexercised Options Exercisable (#)(1) |
Number of
Securities Underlying Unexercised Options Unexercisable (#)(1) |
Option
Exercise Price ($) |
Option
Expiration Date |
|||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Gene Austin |
103,172 | (2) | | $ | 0.40 | 8/3/2014 | |||||||
|
125,000 | (2) | | 0.40 | 8/30/2015 | ||||||||
|
240,000 | (2) | | 1.61 | 3/15/2016 | ||||||||
|
90,000 | (3) | | 1.61 | 3/15/2016 | ||||||||
James R. Offerdahl |
90,000 | (2) | | 0.40 | 3/2/2015 | ||||||||
|
125,000 | (4) | | 1.61 | 3/15/2016 | ||||||||
|
70,000 | (5) | | 1.61 | 3/15/2016 | ||||||||
|
50,000 | (6) | | 1.90 | 4/29/2016 | ||||||||
Vinay K. Bhagat |
378,187 | (2) | | 0.30 | 8/14/2013 | ||||||||
|
160,000 | (2) | | 0.40 | 8/3/2014 | ||||||||
|
272,000 | (2) | | 0.40 | 6/2/2015 | ||||||||
|
75,000 | (2) | | 0.70 | 7/26/2016 | ||||||||
|
80,000 | (7) | | 1.61 | 3/15/2016 | ||||||||
Randall N. Potts |
85,761 | (2) | | 0.30 | 10/23/2013 | ||||||||
|
33,138 | (2) | | 0.30 | 5/2/2014 | ||||||||
|
131,250 | (2) | | 0.40 | 8/3/2014 | ||||||||
|
70,000 | (2) | | 0.40 | 8/30/2015 | ||||||||
|
28,333 | (8) | 5,667 | (8) | 0.70 | 4/26/2016 | |||||||
|
55,000 | (9) | 55,000 | (9) | 1.61 | 3/15/2016 | |||||||
|
15,833 | (10) | 24,167 | (10) | 1.61 | 3/15/2016 | |||||||
Sara E. Spivey |
66,250 | (11) | 198,750 | (11) | 1.61 | 2/4/2016 |
106
Option Exercises During 2009
None of our named executive officers exercised any of his or her stock options during 2009.
Equity Benefit Plans
1999 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan
We have granted stock options to purchase shares of common stock to our employees, directors and consultants under our 1999 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, or 1999 Plan. Stock options granted by us under the 1999 Plan have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the day of grant and typically vest 25% on the first anniversary and monthly thereafter, based upon continued employment over a four-year period. We have generally granted stock options with a ten year term, but adopted a general practice of granting stock options with a seven year term in July 2006. Incentive stock options also include certain other terms necessary to assure compliance with the Internal Revenue Code. Shares of common stock may also be issued under our 1999 Plan. We terminated our 1999 Plan upon the effective date of this offering for purposes of granting any future equity awards. As of December 31, 2009, stock options to purchase 8,160,926 shares of our common stock were outstanding under the 1999 Plan.
In the event we are acquired by merger or asset sale, any then-outstanding options or stock issuances under our 1999 Plan may be assumed or substituted by any successor corporation or its parent corporation. If the successor corporation or its parent does not assume or substitute for such options or stock issuances under our 1999 Plan, the options and stock issuances will be subject to accelerated vesting. Options and stock issuances held by participants who have completed less than one year of service at the time of the merger or asset sale will receive one year of vesting credit. Options and stock issuances held by participants who have completed at least one year of service at the time of the merger or asset sale will immediately vest with respect to 50% of any unvested shares.
Certain options and stock issuances under our 1999 Plan may provide for additional acceleration if a participant is terminated without cause or resigns for good reason within 18 months following a change of control transaction. Pursuant to the terms of our form of option agreement we enter into with each of our named executive officers, if a named executive officer is terminated for any reason other than for cause or resigns for good reason following a change of control, then such officer would be entitled to an acceleration of all of the unvested shares underlying the option grants subject to such agreements as of the time of such termination or resignation. "Cause" is defined in this form of option agreement as fraud, illegal acts, a material violation of any agreements between such officer and us or a material failure of the executive officer to perform to a reasonable standard after notice of such failure and failure to cure within a set time period. "Good reason" is defined in this form of option agreement as, without the consent of such officer, a material adverse change in such officer's duties after a change of control, a reduction of base salary or relocation of principal place of employment to a location more than 35 miles from such location prior to the change of control.
GetActive 2000 Stock Option Plan and 2006 Equity Incentive Plan
In connection with our acquisition of GetActive in February 2007, we assumed all outstanding options issued under the 2000 Stock Option Plan of GetActive, or the GetActive 2000 Plan, and the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan of GetActive, or the GetActive 2006 Plan. The vesting terms of these outstanding options
107
were continued upon our assumption. Outstanding stock options under these plans typically vest 25% on the first anniversary and monthly thereafter, based upon continued employment over a four-year period, and generally expire ten years after the date of grant. No future equity awards may be granted under the GetActive 2000 Plan and GetActive 2006 Plan. As of December 31, 2009, stock options to purchase 727,517 shares of our common stock were outstanding under these plans.
In the event of certain significant corporate transactions, any then-outstanding equity awards under the GetActive 2000 Plan or the GetActive 2006 Plan, may be assumed or substituted for by any surviving or acquiring corporation. If the surviving or acquiring corporation elects not to assume or substitute for the equity awards under such plans, equity awards held by individuals whose service has not terminated prior to the consummation of the corporate transaction will be accelerated in full. Certain options granted under the GetActive 2000 Plan may provide for additional acceleration if the optionee is terminated within a specified time period after a change of control transaction.
2009 Stock Incentive Plan
Our board of directors adopted our 2009 Stock Incentive Plan, or 2009 Plan, in the fourth quarter of 2009 and our stockholders approved the 2009 Plan in the first quarter 2010. The 2009 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to our employees and any parent and subsidiary corporations' employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance units and performance shares to our employees, directors and consultants and our affiliates' employees, directors and consultants.
Share Reserve
A total of 1,648,000 shares have been reserved for issuance under the 2009 Plan with an evergreen provision that allows for an annual increase on January 1 of each year equal to the lesser of (a) 4% of our aggregate outstanding shares on December 31 of the previous year and (b) any lesser amount determined by our board of directors. In the event of any stock split, stock dividend or similar transaction, the shares subject to our 2009 Plan and any outstanding awards will automatically be adjusted.
Administration
Our board of directors or a committee of our board administers our 2009 Plan. Different committees may administer our 2009 Plan with respect to different groups of participants. The administrator has the power to determine the terms of the awards, including the exercise price, the number of shares subject to each such award, the exercisability of the awards and the form of consideration payable upon exercise. The administrator may impose terms, limits, restrictions and conditions upon awards, and may modify, amend, extend or renew awards, accelerate or change the timing of exercise of awards or waive any restrictions or conditions of an award.
Stock Options
Our 2009 Plan permits the granting of options to purchase shares of our common stock intended to qualify as incentive stock options, under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, and nonqualified stock options. The exercise price of options granted under our 2009 Plan must at least be equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed ten years, except that with respect to any participant who owns 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock as of the grant date, the term must not exceed five years and the exercise price must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date. The administrator determines the term of all other options.
108
After termination of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time stated in the option agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for six months. If termination is for cause, the option terminates in its entirety on the date of such termination. In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for 30 days. However, an option generally may not be exercised later than the expiration of its term.
Stock Appreciation Rights
Stock appreciation rights may be granted under our 2009 Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. The administrator determines the terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights become exercisable and whether to pay the increased appreciation in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof. Stock appreciation rights expire under the same rules that apply to stock options.
Stock Awards
Stock may be granted under our 2009 Plan. Stock awards are shares of our common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. The administrator will determine the number of shares of stock granted to any employee, director or consultant. The administrator may impose any conditions to vesting it determines to be appropriate. For example, the administrator may set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals. Shares of stock that do not vest are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture.
Phantom Stock
Stock equivalent rights, or phantom stock, which entitles the recipient to receive credits which are ultimately payable in the form of cash, shares of our common stock or a combination of both may be granted under our 2009 Plan. Phantom stock does not entitle the holder to any rights as a stockholder.
Performance Awards
Performance awards may be granted under our 2009 Plan to participants entitling the participants to receive cash, shares of our common stock or a combination of both, upon the achievement of performance goals and other conditions determined by the administrator. The performance goals may be based on our operating income or on one or more other business criteria selected by the administrator.
Other Stock-Based Awards
Other stock-based awards may be granted by our committee to eligible participants on terms and conditions determined by the committee and in compliance with applicable law and our 2009 Plan. These awards may entitle participants to receive cash, shares of our common stock or a combination of both.
Transferability
Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2009 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an award may exercise an award during his or her lifetime.
Change of Control Transaction
In the event of certain significant corporate transactions, including a change of control of us, any then-outstanding equity award or option under our 2009 Plan may be assumed, continued or substituted for by any surviving or acquiring entity, or its parent company. If the surviving or acquiring entity or its
109
parent company elects to assume, continue or substitute for such awards or options, the administrator may provide for additional acceleration, if a holder of such equity award or option is terminated without cause or resigns for good reason within 18 months of a change of control of us. If the surviving or acquiring entity or its parent company elects not to assume, continue or substitute for the equity awards or options under our 2009 Plan, all outstanding equity awards and options under such plan will become subject to accelerated vesting. In the event that accelerated vesting is triggered, in most cases 50% of the award that is outstanding at the time of the triggering event will become vested and exercisable. However, the amount of the award subject to accelerated vesting may be more or less than 50% based on the terms of the grant agreement and the duration of the grantee's service such that a grantee who has completed less than one year of service at the time of the change of control will receive only one year of vesting credit.
Plan Amendment and Termination
Our 2009 Plan will automatically terminate with respect to the grant of equity awards in 2019, unless we terminate it sooner. In addition, our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate the 2009 Plan provided such action does not impair the rights of any participant.
401(k) Plan
We maintain a retirement plan, the 401(k) Plan, which is intended to be a tax-qualified retirement plan. The 401(k) Plan covers substantially all of our employees. Participants may elect to defer a percentage of their eligible pretax earnings each year up to the maximum contribution permitted by the Internal Revenue Code. All participants' interests in his or her deferrals are 100% vested when contributed. The 401(k) Plan is intended to qualify under Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code. As such, contributions to the 401(k) Plan and earnings on those contributions are not taxable to participants until distributed from the 401(k) Plan, and all contributions are deductible by us when made.
Offer Letters
We are party to the following agreements contained in employment offer letters with our named executive officers.
Gene Austin. On June 24, 2003, Mr. Austin executed our written offer of employment to serve as our Chief Executive Officer. The written offer of employment specifies that Mr. Austin's employment with us is "at will." The letter provided for an initial base salary and bonus eligibility, which has subsequently been increased at the discretion of the board. Pursuant to the offer letter, Mr. Austin received an option to purchase 756,374 shares of our common stock. The option vests 1/4th on the one year anniversary of the July 1, 2003 vesting commencement date and then 1/48th of the original amount per month thereafter. Mr. Austin is also entitled to certain payments and acceleration of vesting upon termination as described under "Executive CompensationPotential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control."
James R. Offerdahl. On February 2, 2005, Mr. Offerdahl executed our written offer of employment to serve as our Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of Administration. The written offer of employment specifies that Mr. Offerdahl's employment with us is "at will." The letter provided for an initial base salary and bonus eligibility, which has subsequently been increased at the discretion of the board. Pursuant to the offer letter, Mr. Offerdahl received an option to purchase 540,000 shares of our common stock. The option vests 1/4th on the one year anniversary of the February 14, 2005 vesting commencement date and then 1/36th per month thereafter. Mr. Offerdahl is also entitled to certain payments and acceleration of vesting upon termination as described under "Executive CompensationPotential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control."
Sara E. Spivey. On December 1, 2008, Ms. Spivey executed our written offer of employment to serve as our Chief Marketing Officer. The written offer of employment specifies that Ms. Spivey's employment
110
with us is "at will." The letter provided for an initial base salary of $230,000, a starting bonus of $15,000, relocation advance of $50,000, severance and bonus eligibility. Pursuant to the offer letter, Ms. Spivey received an option to purchase 265,000 shares of our common stock. The option vests 1/4th on the one year anniversary of the December 1, 2008 vesting commencement date and then 1/48th per month thereafter. Ms. Spivey is also entitled to certain payments and acceleration of vesting upon termination as described under "Executive CompensationPotential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control."
Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control
Pursuant to the offer letters entered into with Mr. Austin, Mr. Offerdahl and Ms. Spivey, such officers are entitled to certain payments if they are terminated as a result of a change of control or without cause as set forth below:
Name
|
Severance if
Terminated in Connection with a Change of Control |
% of Options Accelerated
if Terminated in Connection with a Change of Control |
Severance if
Terminated Without Cause |
Heath Insurance
Continuation if Terminated Without Cause or in Connection with a Change of Control |
|||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Gene Austin |
6 months base salary | 100 | % | 6 months base salary | 6 months | ||||
James R. Offerdahl |
6 months base salary | 100 | 6 months base salary | 6 months | |||||
Sara E. Spivey(1) |
4 months base salary | 50 | (2) | 4 months base salary | |
Upon termination without cause, each of our named executive officer is entitled to receive the severance benefit listed in the above table, subject to the limitations noted. Each of Mr. Austin and Mr. Offerdahl is also entitled to continue to receive coverage under medical and dental benefit plans for six months or until such officer is covered under a separate plan from another employer. Upon a termination other than for cause, for each of the officers listed in the table above, or for good reason, in the case of Mr. Austin and Mr. Offerdahl, following a change of control, each officer is entitled to receive the severance benefit listed in the above table and is also entitled to the acceleration of such officer's outstanding unvested options at the time of such termination as set forth in the above table, subject to the limitations noted.
"Cause" is defined in the offer letters of Mr. Austin and Mr. Offerdahl, as fraud, illegal acts, a material violation of any agreements between such officer and us or a material failure of the executive officer to perform to a reasonable standard after notice of such failure and failure to cure within a set time period.
"Cause" is defined in the offer letter of Ms. Spivey, as any act of fraud or illegal conduct, any violation of the confidentiality, assignment and non-compete agreement signed by such officer and any failure or refusal to perform such officer's job duties to our reasonable satisfaction. "Good reason" is defined in the offer letters of Mr. Austin and Mr. Offerdahl as, without the consent of such officer, a material adverse change in such officer's duties after a change of control, a reduction of base salary or relocation of principal place of employment to a location more than 35 miles from such location prior to the change of control.
Our named executive officers may also be entitled to additional acceleration of unvested options upon a change of control pursuant to our 1999 Plan and 2009 Plan. For a description of such change of control benefits, please see "ManagementExecutive CompensationEquity Benefit Plans."
We believe these severance and change of control arrangements including the timing and amounts of acceleration, are standard in our industry and are intended to attract and retain qualified executives.
111
Had each of Mr. Austin, Mr. Offerdahl and Ms. Spivey been terminated without cause on December 31, 2009, such officer would have been entitled to the following:
Name
|
Severance |
Health
Benefits |
Total | |||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Gene Austin |
$ | 163,800 | $ | 2,083 | $ | 165,883 | ||||
James R. Offerdahl |
120,698 | 2,083 | 122,781 | |||||||
Sara E. Spivey |
76,667 | | 76,667 |
Had each of Mr. Austin, Mr. Offerdahl, Ms. Spivey been terminated other than for cause or, in the case of Mr. Austin and Mr. Offerdahl, resigned for good reason, after a change of control, then, in each case, on December 31, 2009, such named executive officer would have been entitled to the following:
Name
|
Severance |
Health
Benefits |
Equity
Acceleration |
Total | |||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Gene Austin |
$ | 163,800 | $ | 2,083 | $ | 205,042 | $ | 370,925 | |||||
James R. Offerdahl |
120,698 | 2,083 | 174,007 | 296,788 | |||||||||
Sara E. Spivey |
76,667 | | 57,134 | 133,801 |
112
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Since January 1, 2007, there has not been, nor is there currently proposed, any transaction or series of similar transactions to which we were or are a party in which the amount involved exceeded or exceeds $120,000 and in which any of our directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities, or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation arrangements with directors and executive officers, which are described where required under the "Executive Compensation" section of this prospectus, and the transactions described below.
GetActive Acquisition
In February 2007, we issued an aggregate of 564,814 shares of our Series Q Common Stock, 1,920,610 shares of our Series R common stock, 3,085,882 shares of our Series S common stock and 3,234,079 shares of our Series B preferred stock to the holders of GetActive in exchange for all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of GetActive for an aggregate value of approximately $17.4 million. We also assumed each outstanding option to purchase common stock and converted these options into options to purchase an aggregate of 1,278,221 shares of our Series P common stock.
In connection with our acquisition of GetActive, entities affiliated with El Dorado Ventures, a stockholder of GetActive and a holder of more than 5% of our capital stock, received 1,740,260 shares of our Series B preferred stock and 303,934 shares of our Series Q common stock, which shares were valued at the time of the acquisition at $7,430,910 and $753,756, respectively. Mr. Irwin serves on our board of directors and is affiliated with El Dorado Ventures.
Private Placement Financings
The following table summarizes purchases of our preferred stock since January 1, 2007 by holders of more than 5% of our capital stock and their affiliated entities. Certain of such purchased shares of preferred stock were converted into shares of a new series of our preferred stock and common stock on February 16, 2007, in connection with our acquisition of GetActive. The following table illustrates the aggregate purchase price paid and the amount of holdings of such holders of more than 5% of our capital stock and their affiliated entities as a result of their original purchases:
|
Number of Shares
of Preferred Stock |
|
|||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Purchasers
|
Convio
Series C |
Aggregate
Purchase Price |
|||||
Entities affiliated with Austin Ventures(1) |
159,744 | $ | 499,999 | ||||
Entities affiliated with Granite Ventures(2) |
458,182 | 1,434,110 | |||||
Entities affiliated with El Dorado Ventures(3) |
1,246,006 | 3,899,999 | |||||
Adams Street Partners V, L.P.(4) |
194,438 | 608,591 | |||||
LMIA Coinvestment L.P. |
165,272 | 517,301 | |||||
Silverton Partners III, LP(5) |
112,891 | 353,349 | |||||
Date of Purchase |
April 10, 2007 | ||||||
Sale Price Per Share |
$3.13 |
Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, all of our preferred stock and all our shares of Class P, Q, R and S common stock will convert into a single class of common stock.
113
Investors' Rights Agreement
In connection with the private placements referenced above, we have entered into an amended and restated investors' rights agreement with our founders, Mr. Austin, Mr. Offerdahl and our preferred stockholders. Pursuant to this agreement, we granted such parties certain registration rights with respect to shares of our common stock and common stock issuable upon conversion of the shares of the preferred stock held by them. For more information regarding this agreement, see the section titled "Description of Capital StockRegistration Rights." The amended and restated investors' rights agreement also provides for certain information rights and rights of first refusal. The provisions of the amended and restated investors' rights agreement, other than those relating to registration rights, will terminate upon the closing of this offering.
In addition to the registration rights, the amended and restated investors' rights agreement also concerns the composition of our board of directors and requires parties to it to vote in favor of certain designees of our stockholders. Upon the closing of this offering, the voting provisions of the investors' rights agreement will terminate and none of our stockholders will have any special rights regarding the election or designation of members of our board of directors.
Stockholders' Agreement
We have entered into an amended and restated stockholders' agreement with our founders, Mr. Austin, Mr. Offerdahl and our preferred stockholders. This agreement provides for rights of first refusal and co-sale relating to the shares of our common stock and common stock issuable upon conversion of the shares of preferred stock held by the parties thereto. Upon the closing of this offering, the stockholders' agreement will terminate.
Indemnification Agreements
We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. These agreements, among other things, require us to indemnify each director and executive officer to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, including indemnification of expenses such as attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by the director or executive officer in any action or proceeding, including any action or proceeding by or in right of us, arising out of the person's services as a director or executive officer.
Offer Letters
Certain of our executive officers have signed offer letters describing certain terms of their employment. See the section titled "Executive CompensationOffer Letters" for additional information.
Stock Options Granted to Executive Officers and Directors
We have granted stock options to our executive officers and directors. For more information regarding these stock options, see the section titled "Executive CompensationCompensation Discussion and Analysis."
Stock Option Rescission
In December 2007, we allowed Mr. Bhagat to rescind his purchase of 538,187 shares of our common stock. These shares were held by Mr. Bhagat as a result of his exercise, in March 2007, of stock options previously granted to him. In connection with the rescission, we repaid Mr. Bhagat $177,456.10, representing the aggregate consideration we received upon the exercise of these options, and restored his right to acquire 538,187 shares of our common stock pursuant to the stock options previously granted to him.
114
Stock option exchange program
See "ManagementDirector Compensation" and "Executive CompensationCompensation Discussion and AnalysisEquity Awards" for a description of our 2009 option exchange program.
Procedures for Related Party Transactions
Under our code of business conduct and ethics, our employees and officers are discouraged from entering into any transaction that may cause a conflict of interest for us. In addition, they must report any potential conflict of interest, including related party transactions, to their managers or our compliance officer who then reviews and summarizes the proposed transaction for our audit committee. Pursuant to its charter, our audit committee must then approve any related party transactions, including those transactions involving our directors. In approving or rejecting such proposed transactions, the audit committee will consider the relevant facts and circumstances available and deemed relevant to the audit committee, including the material terms of the transactions, risks, benefits, costs, availability of other comparable services or products and, if applicable, the impact on a director's independence. Our audit committee will approve only those transactions that, in light of known circumstances, are in, or are not inconsistent with, our best interests, as our audit committee determines in the good faith exercise of its discretion. Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, a copy of our code of business conduct and ethics and audit committee charter will be posted on our website www.convio.com . The inclusion of a reference to our website address in this prospectus does not include or incorporate by reference the information on our website into this prospectus.
115
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of January 22, 2010 and as adjusted to reflect the shares of common stock to be issued in this offering assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares, by:
The percentage ownership information shown in the table is based upon (i) 35,918,514 shares of common stock outstanding as of January 22, 2010, which assumes the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred and common stock into a single series of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering and (ii) after the offering, the issuance of shares of common stock in this offering. The percentage ownership information assumes no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option.
Beneficial ownership is determined under the rules and regulations of the SEC and does not necessarily indicate beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under these rules, beneficial ownership includes those shares of common stock over which the stockholder has sole or shared voting or investment power. It also includes shares of common stock that the stockholder has a right to acquire within 60 days of January 22, 2010 through the exercise of any option or other right. The percentage ownership of the outstanding common stock, however, is based on the assumption, expressly required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, that only the person or entity whose ownership is being reported has exercised options into shares of our common stock. Unless otherwise indicated, the person or entities identified in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community property laws.
116
Unless otherwise indicated, the principal address of each of the stockholders below is c/o Convio, Inc., 11501 Domain Drive, Suite 200 Austin, TX 78758.
|
Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior to Offering |
|
Shares Beneficially
Owned After Offering |
|||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Name of Beneficial Owner
|
Number | Percent |
Shares
Being Offered Hereby |
Number | Percent | |||||||||||
Named Executive Officers and Directors |
||||||||||||||||
Gene Austin(1) |
1,814,546 | 5.0 | % | % | ||||||||||||
James R. Offerdahl(2) |
785,000 | 2.2 | ||||||||||||||
Vinay K. Bhagat(3) |
1,515,187 | 4.1 | ||||||||||||||
David G. Hart(4) |
421,408 | 1.2 | ||||||||||||||
Randall N. Potts(5) |
527,981 | 1.5 | ||||||||||||||
Sara E. Spivey(6) |
82,812 | * | ||||||||||||||
C. Thomas Ball(7) |
| | | | | |||||||||||
William G. Bock(8) |
26,041 | * | ||||||||||||||
Sheeraz D. Haji(9) |
876,146 | 2.4 | ||||||||||||||
Christopher B. Hollenbeck(10) |
7,209,665 | 20.1 | ||||||||||||||
M. Scott Irwin(11) |
3,290,200 | 9.2 | ||||||||||||||
Kristen L. Magnuson(12) |
26,041 | * | ||||||||||||||
George H. Spencer III(13) |
| | | | ||||||||||||
All executive officers and directors as a group (18 persons)(14) |
17,133,259 | 43.3 | ||||||||||||||
5% Stockholders |
||||||||||||||||
Entities affiliated with Granite Ventures(15) |
7,209,315 | 20.1 | ||||||||||||||
Entities affiliated with Austin Ventures(16) |
5,636,658 | 15.7 | ||||||||||||||
Entities affiliated with El Dorado Ventures(17) |
3,290,200 | 9.2 | ||||||||||||||
Adams Street Partners V, L.P.(18) |
3,208,954 | 8.9 | ||||||||||||||
LMIA Coinvestment L.P.(19) |
2,727,615 | 7.6 | ||||||||||||||
Other Selling Stockholders |
||||||||||||||||
Silverton Partners III, L.P.(20) |
1,863,122 | 5.2 | ||||||||||||||
Pacific Partners USA, L.P.(21) |
1,247,755 | 3.5 | ||||||||||||||
Entities affiliated with Rembrandt Venture(22) |
1,014,876 | 2.8 | ||||||||||||||
William S. Pease(23) |
972,033 | 2.7 | ||||||||||||||
Horizon Technology Funding Company II LLC(24) |
425,018 | 1.2 | ||||||||||||||
Additional selling stockholders as a group(25) |
2,031,274 | 5.7 |
117
118
of Liberty Mutual Insurance Company and may be deemed to have voting and investment power over the shares held by LMIA Coinvestment L.P. pursuant to a delegation of authority from the board of directors of Liberty Mutual Insurance Company. Mr. Fontanes disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by LMIA Coinvestment L.P. For a discussion of our material relationships with LMIA Coinvestment L.P. within the past three years, see "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions." The address for this entity is 175 Berkeley Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02117.
119
General
The following is a summary of our capital stock and provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as they will be in effect upon the closing of this offering. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
Following the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and 5,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share.
As of December 31, 2009, assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock and common stock into a single series of common stock, we had outstanding 35,918,514 shares of common stock held of record by 265 stockholders.
Common Stock
Upon the closing of this offering:
The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders. The holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors out of funds legally available, subject to preferences that may be applicable to preferred stock, if any, then outstanding. See the section titled "Dividend Policy." In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our company, the holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities, subject to prior distribution rights of preferred stock, if any, then outstanding. The common stock has no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. All outstanding shares of common stock are fully paid and non-assessable, and the shares of common stock to be issued upon the closing of this offering will be fully paid and non-assessable.
Preferred Stock
Upon the closing of this offering,
120
Our board of directors is authorized to issue preferred stock in one or more series, to establish the number of shares to be included in each such series and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of such shares and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof. The issuance of preferred stock may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control of our company without further action by the stockholders and may adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders of common stock. The issuance of preferred stock with voting and conversion rights may adversely affect the voting power of the holders of common stock, including the loss of voting control to others. At present, we have no plans to issue any of the preferred stock.
Warrants
As of December 31, 2009, we had outstanding warrants to purchase:
121
Registration Rights
The holders of an aggregate of 32,201,638 shares of our common stock, including shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of our convertible preferred stock, are entitled to the "Demand," "Piggyback" and "Form S-3" registration rights set forth below with respect to registration of the resale of such shares under the Securities Act pursuant to an investors' rights agreement by and among us and certain of our stockholders. In addition, the holders of an additional 717,395 shares of common stock issued or issuable upon exercise of warrants are also entitled to certain registration rights.
Registration of shares of common stock in response to exercise of the following rights would result in the holders being able to trade these shares without restriction under the Securities Act when the applicable registration statement is declared effective. We generally must pay all expenses, other than underwriting discounts, taxes and commissions, related to any registration effected pursuant to the exercise of these registration rights.
The registration rights terminate with respect to the registration rights of each individual holder when the holder can sell all of such holder's registrable securities in any three month period without registration, in compliance with Rule 144 of the Securities Act or another similar exception.
Demand Registration Rights
If, at any time after the earlier to occur of 180 days after the closing of this offering or April 10, 2010, the holders of at least two-thirds of the registrable securities request in writing that an amount of securities having an aggregate offering price of at least $5 million be registered, we may be required to register their shares. We are obligated to effect two registrations in response to these demand registration rights for the holders of registrable securities. Depending on certain conditions, however, we may defer such registration for up to 90 days. The underwriters of any underwritten offering have the right to limit the number of shares registered by these holders for marketing reasons.
Piggyback Registration Rights
If at any time we propose to register any shares of our common stock under the Securities Act after this offering, subject to certain exceptions, the holders of registrable securities will be entitled to notice of the registration and to include their share of registrable securities in the registration. The underwriters of any underwritten offering have the right to limit the number of shares registered by these holders for marketing reasons, subject to certain limitations.
Form S-3 Registration Rights
Any holder of the registrable securities may request in writing that we effect a registration on Form S-3 under the Securities Act, when registration of our shares under Form S-3 becomes possible, and when the proposed aggregate offering price of the shares to be registered by the holders requesting registration is at least $500,000, subject to certain exceptions.
Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Charter and Bylaws and Delaware Law
Some provisions of Delaware law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws could make the following transactions more difficult:
122
These provisions, summarized below, are expected to discourage and prevent coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of our company to first negotiate with our board of directors. They are also intended to provide our management with the flexibility to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability if our board of directors determines that a takeover is not in our best interests or the best interests of our stockholders. These provisions, however, could have the effect of discouraging attempts to acquire us, which could deprive our stockholders of opportunities to sell their shares of common stock at prices higher than prevailing market prices. We believe that the benefits of these provisions, including increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure our company, outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging takeover proposals, because negotiation of takeover proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.
Classified Board. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective as of the closing of this offering provides for a classified board of directors consisting of three classes of directors, each serving a staggered three-year term. Commencing in 2010, a portion of our board of directors will be elected each year for three-year terms. Upon the closing of this offering:
Election and Removal of Directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws contain provisions that establish specific procedures for appointing and removing members of the board of directors. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, vacancies and newly created directorships on the board of directors may be filled only by a majority of the directors then serving on the board. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, directors may be removed by the stockholders only for cause.
Special Stockholder Meetings. Under our amended and restated bylaws, only the chairperson of our board of directors, our chief executive officer or a majority of the authorized number of our directors may call special meetings of stockholders.
Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals. Our amended and restated bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors.
Delaware Anti-Takeover Law. We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which is an anti-takeover law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date that the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder is approved in a prescribed manner. Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or another transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Also, an interested stockholder is a person who usually, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years prior to the date of determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of the corporation's voting stock. The existence of this provision may have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions that are not
123
approved in advance by our board of directors, including discouraging attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.
Elimination of Stockholder Action by Written Consent. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws eliminate the right of stockholders to act by written consent without a meeting.
No Cumulative Voting. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws do not provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors. Cumulative voting allows a minority stockholder to vote a portion or all of its shares for one or more candidates for seats on the board of directors. Without cumulative voting, a minority stockholder will not be able to gain as many seats on our board of directors based on the number of shares of our stock the stockholder holds as the stockholder would be able to gain if cumulative voting were permitted. The absence of cumulative voting makes it more difficult for a minority stockholder to gain a seat on our board of directors to influence our board of director's decision regarding a takeover.
Undesignated Preferred Stock. The authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change control of our company.
These and other provisions may have the effect of deferring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management.
Transfer Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is .
NASDAQ Global Market Listing
We have applied for listing of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the trading symbol "CNVO."
124
MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL TAX CONSEQUENCES
TO NON-UNITED STATES HOLDERS
The following is a summary of material United States federal income and estate tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock by a non-United States holder. For purposes of this discussion, a non-United States holder is any beneficial owner that for United States federal income tax purposes is not a United States person; the term United States person means:
An individual may, in certain cases, be treated, for the taxable year of a disposition, as a resident of the United States, rather than as a nonresident, among other ways, by virtue of being present in the United States on at least 31 days in that taxable year and for an aggregate of at least 183 days during the three-year period ending in that taxable year (counting for such purposes all the days present in the current year, one-third of the days present in the immediately preceding year and one-sixth of the days present in the second preceding year). Residents are subject to United States federal income tax as if they were United States citizens. Such individuals are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the United States federal income tax consequences of the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock.
If a partnership or other pass-through entity holds common stock, the tax treatment of a partner or member in the partnership or other entity will generally depend on the status of the partner or member and upon the activities of the partnership or other entity. Accordingly, we urge partnerships or other pass-through entities which hold our common stock and partners or members in these partnerships or other entities to consult their tax advisors.
This discussion applies only to non-United States holders who acquire our common stock pursuant to this offering and will hold our common stock as a capital asset (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all aspects of United States federal income taxation that may be relevant in light of a non-United States holder's special tax status or special tax situations. United States expatriates, controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies, corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid federal income tax, life insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, dealers in securities or currencies, brokers, banks or other financial institutions, certain trusts, hybrid entities, pension funds and investors that hold common stock as part of a hedge, straddle or conversion transaction are among those categories of potential investors that are subject to special rules not covered in this discussion. This discussion does not consider the tax consequences for partnerships, entities classified as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes, or persons who hold their interests through a partnership or other entity classified as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes. This discussion does not address any United States federal gift tax consequences, or state or local or non-United States tax consequences. Furthermore, the following discussion is based on current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and Treasury Regulations and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, all as in effect on the date hereof, and all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect.
Dividends
We do not plan to pay any dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. However, if we do pay dividends on our common stock, those payments will constitute dividends to the extent paid from
125
our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under United States federal income tax principles. To the extent those dividends exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the dividends will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce a holder's basis, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock.
The gross amount of any dividend (out of earnings and profits) paid to a non-United States holder of common stock generally will be subject to United States withholding tax at a rate of 30% unless the holder is entitled to an exemption from or reduced rate of withholding under an applicable income tax treaty. In order to receive a reduced treaty rate, prior to the payment of a dividend a non-United States holder must provide us with an Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, Form W-8BEN (or successor form) certifying qualification for the reduced rate.
Dividends received by a non-United States holder that are effectively connected with a United States trade or business conducted by the non-United States holder (and dividends attributable to a non-United States holder's permanent establishment in the United States if an income tax treaty applies) are exempt from this withholding tax. To obtain this exemption, prior to the payment of a dividend, a non-United States holder must provide us with an IRS Form W-8ECI (or successor form) properly certifying this exemption. Effectively connected dividends (or dividends attributable to a permanent establishment), although not subject to withholding tax, are taxed at the same graduated rates applicable to United States persons, net of certain deductions and credits. In addition, dividends received by a corporate non-United States holder that are effectively connected with a United States trade or business of the corporate non-United States holder (or dividends attributable to a corporate non-United States holder's permanent establishment in the United States if an income tax treaty applies) may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified in an income tax treaty).
A non-United States holder who provides us with an IRS Form W-8BEN or an IRS Form W-8ECI will be required to periodically update such form.
A non-United States holder of common stock that is eligible for a reduced rate of withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts currently withheld if an appropriate claim for refund is timely filed with the IRS.
Gain on Disposition of Common Stock
A non-United States holder generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax on gain realized on the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:
If you are a non-United States Holder described in the first bullet above, you will be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale at regular graduated United States federal income tax rates, and corporate non-United States Holders may be subject to the branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are an individual non-United States Holder described in the second bullet above, you will be required to pay a flat 30% tax on the gain
126
derived from the sale or disposition, which tax may be offset by United States source capital losses (even though you are not considered a resident of the United States).
If we become a United States real property holding corporation after this offering, so long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market and continues to be so traded, a non-United States holder will not be subject to United States federal income tax on gain recognized from the sale, exchange or other disposition of shares of our common stock as a result of such status unless (i) such holder actually or constructively owned, more than 5% of our common stock at anytime during the shorter of (A) the five-year period preceding the disposition, or (B) the holder's holding period for our common stock, and (ii) we were a United States real property holding corporation at anytime during such period when the more than 5% ownership test was met. If any gain on your disposition is taxable because we are a United States real property holding corporation and your ownership of our common stock exceeds 5%, you will be taxed on such disposition generally in the manner applicable to U.S. persons. Any such non-United States holder that owns or has owned, actually or constructively, more than 5% of our common stock is urged to consult that holder's own tax advisor with respect to the particular tax consequences to such holder for the gain from the sale, exchange or other disposition of shares of our common stock if we were to be or to become a United States real property holding company.
Backup Withholding and Information Reporting
Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid, the name and address of the recipient, and the amount, if any, of tax withheld. A similar report is sent to the holder. Pursuant to tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make its reports available to tax authorities in the non-United States holder's country of residence.
Payments of dividends or of proceeds on the disposition of stock made to a non-United States holder may be subject to additional information reporting and backup withholding. Backup withholding will not apply if the non-United States holder establishes an exemption, for example, by properly certifying its non-United States status on an IRS Form W-8BEN (or successor form). Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a United States person.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the United States income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a credit or refund may be obtained, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.
Federal Estate Tax
An individual non-United States holder who is treated as the owner, or has made certain lifetime transfers, of an interest in our common stock will be required to include the value thereof in his or her gross estate for United States federal estate tax purposes, and may be subject to United States federal estate tax unless an applicable estate tax or other treaty provides otherwise.
This discussion is for general purposes only. Prospective investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of the United States federal income and estate tax laws to their particular situations and the consequences under United States federal gift tax laws, as well as foreign, state, and local laws and tax treaties.
127
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Before this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. As described below, only a limited number of shares currently outstanding will be available for sale immediately after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options and warrants, in the public market after the restrictions lapse, or the possibility of the sales, could cause the prevailing market price of our common stock to fall or impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future.
Upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding shares of our common stock, assuming that there are no exercises of outstanding options or warrants after , 2010. Of these shares, all of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable in the public market without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless these shares are held by "affiliates," as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Shares purchased by an affiliate may not be resold except pursuant to an effective registration statement or an exemption from registration, including the exemption under Rule 144 of the Securities Act described below.
The remaining shares of our common stock held by existing stockholders are "restricted securities," as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Section 4(1) or Rules 144 or 701 promulgated under the Securities Act. These rules are summarized below. Subject to the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rule 144 and Rule 701, these restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market, provided that certain shares held by affiliates will be subject to the volume limitations described below, as follows:
Number of Shares
|
Date of Availability for Sale | |
---|---|---|
|
Upon effectiveness | |
|
180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to reduction or extension | |
|
Thereafter |
Lock-Up Agreements
In connection with this offering, all of our officers, directors, employees and stockholders have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly sell or dispose of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Thomas Weisel Partners LLC and Piper Jaffray & Co., which period may be extended for up to an additional 34 days under certain limited circumstances. For additional information, see "Underwriting."
Rule 144
In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who has beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least six months from the later of the date those shares of common stock were acquired from us or from an affiliate of ours, including the holding period of any prior owner other than an affiliate, would be entitled to sell, within any three month period, a number of shares that is not more than the greater of:
Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.
128
Rule 144(b)
In addition, under Rule 144(b), a person who is not one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year from the later of the date these shares of our common stock were acquired from us or from an affiliate of ours, including the holding period of any prior owner other than an affiliate, is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Therefore, unless otherwise restricted pursuant to the lock-up agreements, those shares may be sold immediately upon the completion of this offering.
Rule 701
Any employee, officer or director of, or consultant to us who purchased shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to sell them in reliance on Rule 701. Rule 701 permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. Rule 701 further provides that non-affiliates may sell these shares in reliance on Rule 144 without complying with the holding period, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares. However, all shares issued under Rule 701 are subject to lock-up agreements and will only become eligible for sale when the 180-day lock-up agreements expire. Thomas Weisel Partners LLC may, in its sole discretion and at any time without notice, release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreements.
Registration Rights
At any time after 180 days following this offering, certain holders of common stock may demand that we register their shares under the Securities Act or, if we file another registration statement under the Securities Act, may elect to include their shares in such registration. If these shares are registered, they will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act. For additional information, see "Description of Capital StockRegistration Rights." All of such shares to be included are subject to lock-up agreements. Following the expiration of the applicable lock-up period, registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased by our affiliates.
We have agreed not to file any registration statements during the 180-day period after the date of this prospectus with respect to the registration of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable into common stock, other than one or more registration statements on Form S-8 covering securities issuable under our stock plans, without the prior written consent of Thomas Weisel Partners LLC and Piper Jaffray & Co.
Form S-8 Registration Statement
Following the effective date of this offering, we will file a Registration Statement on Form S-8 registering shares of common stock outstanding, subject to outstanding options or reserved for future issuance under our stock plans. As of January 22, 2010, options to purchase a total of 8,888,443 shares were outstanding. Effective on the date of this offering, we have 1,648,000 shares reserved for issuance under our equity plans. See the section titled "Executive CompensationEquity Benefit Plans." Subject to the lock-up agreements described above and any applicable vesting restrictions, shares registered under these registration statements will be available for resale in the public market immediately upon the effectiveness of these registration statements, except with respect to Rule 144 volume limitations that apply to our affiliates.
129
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement, each of the underwriters named below has severally agreed to purchase from us and the selling stockholders the aggregate number of shares of common stock set forth opposite their respective names below:
Underwriters
|
Number of Shares | ||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|
Thomas Weisel Partners LLC |
|||||
Piper Jaffray & Co. |
|||||
William Blair & Company L.L.C. |
|||||
JMP Securities LLC. |
|||||
Pacific Crest Securities LLC |
|||||
Total |
|||||
Thomas Weisel Partners LLC and Piper Jaffray & Co. are the joint book-running managers and William Blair & Company, L.L.C., JMP Securities LLC and Pacific Crest Securities LLC are co-managers.
Of the shares to be purchased by the underwriters, shares will be purchased from us and will be purchased from the selling stockholders.
The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters are subject to various conditions, including approval of legal matters by counsel. The nature of the underwriters' obligations commits them to purchase and pay for all of the shares of common stock listed above, if any are purchased.
The underwriting agreement provides that we and the selling stockholders will indemnify the underwriters against liabilities specified in the underwriting agreement under the Securities Act, or will contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make relating to these liabilities.
Thomas Weisel Partners LLC and Piper Jaffray & Co. expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on or about , 2010.
Over-Allotment Option
We have granted a 30-day option to the underwriters to purchase up to additional shares of our common stock from us and the selling stockholders have granted a 30-day option to the underwriters to purchase up to additional shares of our common stock, to cover any over-allotments, at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discount payable by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. If the underwriters exercise this option in whole or in part, then each of the underwriters will be separately committed, subject to the conditions described in the underwriting agreement, to purchase the additional shares of our common stock in proportion to their respective commitments set forth in the table above.
Determination of Offering Price
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations between us and the underwriters. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price will include:
130
We cannot assure you that an active or orderly trading market will develop for our common stock or that our common stock will trade in the public markets subsequent to this offering at or above the initial offering price.
Commissions and Discounts
The underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and at this price less a concession not in excess of $ per share of common stock to other dealers specified in a master agreement among underwriters who are members of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. The underwriters may allow, and the other dealers specified may reallow, concessions not in excess of $ per share of common stock to these other dealers. After this offering, the offering price, concessions and other selling terms may be changed by the underwriters. Our common stock is offered subject to receipt and acceptance by the underwriters and to other conditions, including the right to reject orders in whole or in part.
The following table summarizes the compensation to be paid to the underwriters by us and the proceeds, before expenses, payable to us and the selling stockholders:
|
|
Total | ||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Per Share | Without Over-Allotment | Without Over-Allotment | |||||||
Public offering price |
$ | $ | $ | |||||||
Underwriting discount |
||||||||||
Proceeds, before expenses, to us |
||||||||||
Proceeds, before expenses, to selling stockholders |
Indemnification of Underwriters
We and the selling stockholders will indemnify the underwriters against some civil liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act and liabilities arising from breaches of our representations and warranties contained in the underwriting agreement. If we or the selling stockholders are unable to provide this indemnification, we and the selling stockholders will contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.
No Sales of Similar Securities
The underwriters will require all of our directors and officers, the selling stockholders and certain other of our stockholders to agree not to offer, sell, agree to sell, directly or indirectly, or otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock except for the shares of common stock offered in this offering without the prior written consent of Thomas Weisel Partners LLC and Piper Jaffray & Co. for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus.
We have agreed that for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, we will not, without the prior written consent of Thomas Weisel Partners LLC and Piper Jaffray & Co., offer, sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock, except for the shares of common stock offered in this offering, the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options on the date of this prospectus and the shares of our common stock that are issued under our 2009 Stock Incentive Plan.
131
The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding two paragraphs will be automatically extended if: (1) during the last 17 days of the l80-day restricted period we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 15-day period following the last day of the 180-day period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event.
Nasdaq Stock Market
We have applied to have our common stock listed on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "CNVO."
Short Sales, Stabilizing Transactions and Penalty Bids
In order to facilitate this offering, persons participating in this offering may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our common stock during and after this offering. Specifically, the underwriters may engage in the following activities in accordance with the rules of the SEC.
Short Sales. Short sales involve the sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. Covered short sales are short sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters' overallotment option to purchase additional shares from us in this offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their over-allotment option to purchase shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. Naked short sales are any short sales in excess of such over-allotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering.
Stabilizing Transactions. The underwriters may make bids for or purchases of the shares for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of the shares, so long as stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.
Penalty Bids. If the underwriters purchase shares in the open market in a stabilizing transaction or syndicate covering transaction, they may reclaim a selling concession from the underwriters and selling group members who sold those shares as part of this offering. Stabilization and syndicate covering transactions may cause the price of the shares to be higher than it would be in the absence of these transactions. The imposition of a penalty bid might also have an effect on the price of the shares if it discourages presales of the shares.
The transactions above may occur on the NASDAQ Global Market or otherwise. Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of the shares. If these transactions are commenced, they may be discontinued without notice at any time.
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the Relevant Implementation Date) it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to
132
the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer of shares to the public" in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.
Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:
The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a "prospectus" within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.
This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under
133
Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.
Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries' rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.
The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan (the Securities and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Securities and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.
The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.
Other Relationships
In conjunction with the issuance of Series D convertible preferred stock in July 2004, we issued a warrant for 273,114 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock as a broker fee to Piper Jaffray & Co. In connection with the initial public offering of our common stock and as a result of our recapitalization in 2007, the warrant will become exercisable for 273,114 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.65864 per share. This warrant represents an ownership interest of less than 1% of our outstanding common stock.
134
DLA Piper LLP (US), Austin, Texas, will pass upon the validity of the issuance of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. Cooley Godward Kronish LLP, Palo Alto, California, is representing the underwriters in this offering.
The consolidated financial statements of Convio, Inc. as of December 31, 2008 and 2009, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009 appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, including exhibits, under the Securities Act with respect to the common stock to be sold in this offering. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information in the registration statement or the exhibits. Statements made in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract, agreement or other documents are only summaries. With respect to each contract, agreement or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, we refer you to the exhibit for a more complete description of the matter involved.
We are not currently subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. As a result of the offering of the shares of our common stock, we will become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance therewith, will file reports and other information with the SEC. You may read and copy all or any portion of the registration statement or any reports, statements or other information we file at the public reference room of the SEC located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549.
You can request copies of these documents upon payment of a duplicating fee by writing to the SEC. You may call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of its public reference room. Our filings, including the registration statement, will also be available to you on the website maintained by the SEC at www.sec.gov .
135
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
F-1
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The
Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Convio, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Convio, Inc. (the "Company") as of December 31, 2008 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders' deficit and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Convio, Inc. at December 31, 2008 and 2009, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009 in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles.
/s/ Ernst and Young LLP
Austin,
Texas
January 22, 2010
F-2
Convio, Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
|
Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2008 | 2009 |
Pro Forma
Stockholders' Equity at December 31, 2009 |
|||||||||
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|||||||||
ASSETS |
||||||||||||
Current assets: |
||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 13,828 | $ | 16,662 | ||||||||
Accounts receivable, less allowance of $324 and $231 at December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively |
8,880 | 9,143 | ||||||||||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
1,188 | 1,610 | ||||||||||
Total current assets |
23,896 | 27,415 | ||||||||||
Property and equipment, net |
3,813 |
3,276 |
||||||||||
Goodwill |
5,527 | 5,527 | ||||||||||
Intangible assets, net |
7,391 | 4,973 | ||||||||||
Other assets |
246 | 153 | ||||||||||
Total assets |
$ | 40,873 | $ | 41,344 | ||||||||
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT |
||||||||||||
Current liabilities: |
||||||||||||
Accounts payable |
$ | 286 | $ | 503 | ||||||||
Accrued liabilities |
1,647 | 2,386 | ||||||||||
Accrued compensation |
2,583 | 2,547 | ||||||||||
Deferred revenue |
16,824 | 17,362 | ||||||||||
Current portion of capital lease obligations |
608 | 90 | ||||||||||
Current portion of long-term debt |
2,646 | 773 | ||||||||||
Convertible preferred stock warrant liability |
562 | 1,375 | $ | | ||||||||
Total current liabilities |
25,156 | 25,036 | ||||||||||
Capital lease obligations, net of current portion |
75 |
16 |
||||||||||
Long-term debt, net of current portion |
1,130 | 1,332 | ||||||||||
Total liabilities |
26,361 | 26,384 | ||||||||||
Commitments and Contingencies (note 7) |
||||||||||||
Convertible preferred stock (note 9) |
33,869 | 33,869 | | |||||||||
Stockholders' deficit: |
||||||||||||
Common Stock, $0.001 par value, 63,119,142 authorized and 35,918,514 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2009, pro forma (note 2) (unaudited) |
36 | |||||||||||
Series P common stock: $0.001 par value; 54,313,750 shares authorized at December 31, 2008 and 2009; 15,172,732 and 15,244,715 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively |
15 | 15 | | |||||||||
Series Q common stock: $0.001 par value; 3,798,893 shares authorized at December 31, 2008 and 2009; 564,814 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2008 and 2009 |
1 | 1 | | |||||||||
Series R common stock: $0.001 par value; 1,920,610 shares authorized at December 31, 2008 and 2009; 1,920,610 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2008 and 2009 |
2 | 2 | | |||||||||
Series S common stock: $0.001 par value; 3,085,889 shares authorized at December 31, 2008 and 2009; 3,085,882 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2008 and 2009 |
3 | 3 | | |||||||||
Additional paid-in capital |
34,783 | 37,326 | 72,555 | |||||||||
Accumulated deficit |
(54,161 | ) | (56,256 | ) | (56,256 | ) | ||||||
Total stockholders' deficit |
(19,357 | ) | (18,909 | ) | $ | 16,335 | ||||||
Total liabilities and stockholders' deficit |
$ | 40,873 | $ | 41,344 | ||||||||
See accompanying notes.
F-3
Convio, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
|
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2007 | 2008 | 2009 | ||||||||
Revenue: |
|||||||||||
Subscription and services |
$ | 38,754 | $ | 50,103 | $ | 54,900 | |||||
Usage |
4,329 | 6,877 | 8,186 | ||||||||
Total revenue |
43,083 | 56,980 | 63,086 | ||||||||
Cost of revenue (1)(2) |
18,716 |
22,911 |
24,779 |
||||||||
Gross profit |
24,367 | 34,069 | 38,307 | ||||||||
Operating expenses: |
|||||||||||
Sales and marketing (2) |
19,428 | 21,432 | 21,556 | ||||||||
Research and development (2) |
7,189 | 8,754 | 10,041 | ||||||||
General and administrative (2) |
4,456 | 5,883 | 6,034 | ||||||||
Amortization of other intangibles |
1,271 | 1,452 | 1,400 | ||||||||
Write off of deferred stock offering costs |
| 1,524 | | ||||||||
Restructuring expenses |
284 | | | ||||||||
Total operating expenses |
32,628 | 39,045 | 39,031 | ||||||||
Loss from operations |
(8,261 | ) | (4,976 | ) | (724 | ) | |||||
Interest income |
279 |
115 |
6 |
||||||||
Interest expense |
(883 | ) | (691 | ) | (355 | ) | |||||
Other income (expense) |
(1,644 | ) | 1,808 | (803 | ) | ||||||
Loss before income taxes |
(10,509 | ) | (3,744 | ) | (1,876 | ) | |||||
Provision for income taxes |
|
|
219 |
||||||||
Net loss |
$ | (10,509 | ) | $ | (3,744 | ) | $ | (2,095 | ) | ||
Net loss per share, basic and diluted (note 2) |
$ | (0.60 | ) | $ | (0.18 | ) | $ | (0.10 | ) | ||
Shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per share |
17,777 | 20,617 | 20,775 | ||||||||
Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (note 2) (unaudited) |
$ | (0.04 | ) | ||||||||
Shares used in computing pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share (unaudited) |
35,877 | ||||||||||
|
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2007 | 2008 | 2009 | ||||||||
Stock-based compensation expense: |
|||||||||||
Cost of revenue |
$ | 164 | $ | 383 | $ | 583 | |||||
Sales and marketing |
300 | 585 | 742 | ||||||||
Research and development |
85 | 235 | 343 | ||||||||
General and administrative |
142 | 353 | 834 |
See accompanying notes.
F-4
Convio, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Deficit
(in thousands, except share amounts)
|
|
|
Series P
Common Stock |
Series Q
Common Stock |
Series R
Common Stock |
Series S
Common Stock |
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Common Stock |
|
|
Total
Stock- holders' Deficit |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Additional
Paid-In Capital |
Accumu-
lated Deficit |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Shares | Amount | Shares | Amount | Shares | Amount | Shares | Amount | Shares | Amount | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at January 1, 2007 |
2,481,056 | $ | 3 | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | $ | 1,041 | $ | (39,908 | ) | $ | (38,864 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
Exercise of options to acquire common stock prior to acquisition of GetActive |
4,091 | | | | | | | | | | 2 | | 2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Conversion of common stock and Series A, B, C & D preferred stock into Series P common stock upon acquisition of GetActive |
(2,485,147 | ) | (3 | ) | 13,895,724 | 14 | | | | | | | 20,012 | | 20,023 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Issuance of Series P common stock upon exercise of options |
| | 1,035,792 | 1 | | | | | | | 381 | | 382 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Reclassification of liability for early exercise of stock options based on vesting of such options |
| | | | | | | | | | 85 | | 85 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Issuance of common stock and exchange of options at acquisition of GetActive |
| | | | 564,814 | 1 | 1,920,610 | 2 | 3,085,889 | 3 | 10,923 | | 10,929 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation |
| | | | | | | | | | 691 | | 691 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Repurchase of Series S common stock |
| | | | | | | | (7 | ) | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Accretion to redemption value of preferred stock |
| | | | | | | | | | (76 | ) | | (76 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net loss |
| | | | | | | | | | | (10,509 | ) | (10,509 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2007 |
| | 14,931,516 | 15 | 564,814 | 1 | 1,920,610 | 2 | 3,085,882 | 3 | 33,059 | (50,417 | ) | (17,337 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Issuance of Series P common stock upon exercise of options |
| | 241,218 | | | | | | | | 139 | | 139 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Reclassification of liability for early exercise of stock options based on vesting of such options |
| | | | | | | | | | 29 | | 29 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation |
| | | | | | | | | | 1,556 | | 1,556 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net loss |
| | | | | | | | | | | (3,744 | ) | (3,744 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2008 |
| | 15,172,734 | 15 | 564,814 | 1 | 1,920,610 | 2 | 3,085,882 | 3 | 34,783 | (54,161 | ) | (19,357 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Issuance of Series P common stock upon exercise of options |
| | 71,981 | | | | | | | | 39 | | 39 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation |
| | | | | | | | | | 2,504 | | 2,504 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net loss |
| | | | | | | | | | | (2,095 | ) | (2,095 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2009 |
| $ | | 15,244,715 | $ | 15 | 564,814 | $ | 1 | 1,920,610 | $ | 2 | 3,085,882 | $ | 3 | $ | 37,326 | $ | (56,256 | ) | $ | (18,909 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
See accompanying notes.
F-5
Convio, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands)
|
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2007 | 2008 | 2009 | ||||||||||
Cash flows from operating activities: |
|||||||||||||
Net loss |
$ | (10,509 | ) | $ | (3,744 | ) | $ | (2,095 | ) | ||||
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities: |
|||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
1,888 | 2,212 | 2,286 | ||||||||||
Amortization of intangible assets |
2,158 | 2,468 | 2,416 | ||||||||||
Amortization of debt issuance costs |
141 | 141 | 90 | ||||||||||
Revaluation of warrants to fair value |
1,661 | (1,804 | ) | 814 | |||||||||
Stock-based compensation |
691 | 1,556 | 2,503 | ||||||||||
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: |
|||||||||||||
Accounts receivable |
(848 | ) | (1,300 | ) | (263 | ) | |||||||
Prepaid expenses and other assets |
(995 | ) | 1,152 | (419 | ) | ||||||||
Accounts payable |
46 | (197 | ) | 217 | |||||||||
Accrued liabilities |
195 | 253 | 704 | ||||||||||
Deferred revenue |
4,347 | 2,125 | 538 | ||||||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities |
(1,225 | ) | 2,862 | 6,791 | |||||||||
Cash flows from investing activities: |
|||||||||||||
Transaction costs for acquisition of GetActive |
(533 | ) | | | |||||||||
Cash acquired in acquisition of GetActive |
187 | | | ||||||||||
Purchase of property and equipment, net |
(2,784 | ) | (2,162 | ) | (1,749 | ) | |||||||
Net cash used in investing activities |
(3,130 | ) | (2,162 | ) | (1,749 | ) | |||||||
Cash flows from financing activities: |
|||||||||||||
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt and capital lease obligations |
3,059 | 1,172 | | ||||||||||
Payments made on long-term debt and capital lease obligations |
(3,076 | ) | (2,783 | ) | (2,247 | ) | |||||||
Proceeds from issuance of convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs |
10,074 | | | ||||||||||
Proceeds from issuance of common stock upon exercise of options |
384 | 139 | 39 | ||||||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities |
10,441 | (1,472 | ) | (2,208 | ) | ||||||||
Net change in cash and cash equivalents |
6,086 | (772 | ) | 2,834 | |||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year |
8,514 |
14,600 |
13,828 |
||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year |
$ | 14,600 | $ | 13,828 | $ | 16,662 | |||||||
Supplemental information: |
|||||||||||||
Interest paid |
$ | 671 | $ | 473 | $ | 210 | |||||||
Taxes paid, net of refunds |
$ | | $ | | $ | 152 |
See accompanying notes.
F-6
Convio, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
1. The Company
Convio, Inc., together with its wholly-owned subsidiary (collectively, the "Company" or "Convio"), is a provider of on-demand constituent engagement solutions that enable nonprofit organizations ("NPOs") to more effectively raise funds, advocate for change and cultivate relationships with donors, activists, volunteers, alumni and other constituents. The Company's integrated solutions include its Convio Online Marketing ("COM") platform and Common Ground, its constituent relationship management application. The COM platform enables NPOs to harness the full potential of the Internet and social media as new channels for constituent engagement and fundraising. Common Ground delivers next-generation donor management capabilities, integrates marketing activities across online and offline channels and is designed to increase operational efficiency. The Company's solutions are enhanced by a portfolio of value-added services tailored to its clients' specific needs.
The Company was incorporated in Delaware on October 12, 1999. On February 16, 2007, the Company acquired GetActive Software, Inc. ("GetActive"), a privately owned company based in Berkeley, California. The Company acquired GetActive, a provider of online constituent relationship management software and services and a competitor of the Company, to expand its client base and increase its market presence in the nonprofit market. The Company currently markets its products and services throughout North America.
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation
The accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2008 and 2009 and the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009 represent our financial position, results of operations and cash flows as of and for the periods then ended. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary. All material intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
In preparing the accompanying consolidated financial statements, we have reviewed, as determined necessary by our management, events that have occurred after December 31, 2009, up until the issuance of the financial statements, which occurred on January 22, 2010. As of such date, our management was not aware of any subsequent events, other than those disclosed herein, requiring additional disclosure.
Applicable Accounting Guidance
Any reference in these notes to applicable accounting guidance is meant to refer to the authoritative non-governmental United States generally accepted accounting principles as found in the Financial Accounting Standards Board's ("FASB") Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC").
Segments
Our chief operating decision maker is our chief executive officer, who reviews financial information presented on a company-wide basis. Accordingly, in accordance with ASC 280, the Company determined that it has a single reporting segment and operating unit structure.
F-7
Convio, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates, and such differences could be material to the Company's financial statements.
Unaudited Pro Forma Stockholders' Equity
The Company has filed a Registration Statement on Form S-1 with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission for its proposed initial public offering of shares of its common stock (the "IPO"). If the IPO contemplated by this prospectus is consummated, all of the convertible preferred stock outstanding will automatically convert into 15,102,493 shares of common stock based on the shares of convertible preferred stock outstanding as of December 31, 2009. All outstanding series of common stock will be converted into Series P common stock, and the Series P common stock will be redesignated to common stock. In addition, the preferred stock warrant liability will be reclassified to common stock and additional paid-in capital immediately prior to the closing of the offering. Unaudited pro forma stockholders' equity, as adjusted for the assumed conversion of the convertible preferred stock and the reclassification of the preferred stock warrant liability, is set forth on the consolidated balance sheets.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents are stated at cost and consist of cash deposits and investment securities with original maturities of three months or less when purchased. At December 31, 2009, the Company had deposits in financial institutions that exceeded the federally-insured limits by $8,672,000.
Accounts Receivable
In the ordinary course of business, the Company extends credit to its clients. Accounts receivable are recorded at their outstanding principal balances, adjusted by an allowance for doubtful accounts.
In estimating the allowance for doubtful accounts, the Company considers the length of time that receivables have been outstanding, historical write-off experience, current economic conditions and client-specific information. When the Company ultimately concludes that a receivable is uncollectible, the balance is charged against the allowance for doubtful accounts.
The following table summarizes the changes in allowance for doubtful accounts for receivables (in thousands):
|
Balance at
Beginning of Period |
GetActive
Balance at Acquisition Date |
Charged to
Expense, Net of Recoveries |
Deduction of
Uncollectible Accounts |
Balance at
end of Period |
|||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
2007 |
$ | 78 | $ | 193 | $ | 281 | $ | (282 | ) | $ | 270 | |||||
2008 |
270 | | 467 | (413 | ) | 324 | ||||||||||
2009 |
324 | | 233 | (326 | ) | 231 |
F-8
Convio, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
Concentration of Credit Risks, Significant Clients and Suppliers and Geographic Information
Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk, consist of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company's cash and cash equivalents are placed with high credit-quality financial institutions. The Company's accounts receivable are derived from sales to its clients who primarily operate in the nonprofit sector. The Company generally does not require collateral. Estimated credit losses are provided for in the financial statements and historically have been within management's expectations.
No one client accounted for more than 10% of the Company's revenue in 2007, 2008 or 2009. Additionally, no one client balance accounted for more than 10% of the Company's accounts receivable balance at December 31, 2008 or 2009.
As of December 31, 2008 and 2009, all of the Company's long-lived assets were located in the United States. In 2007, 2008 and 2009, substantially all of the Company's revenue was derived from customers in the United States.
The Company serves its clients from two third-party datacenters, one located in Austin, Texas, which is leased from SunGard Availability Services LP and the other located in Sacramento, California, which is leased from RagingWire Enterprise Solution, Inc. The Company does not control the operation of these facilities, which are vulnerable to damage or interruption. Although the Company has disaster recovery capabilities, such capabilities will not provide automated off-site failover services in the event services at either datacenter are interrupted. Any interruptions or problems at either datacenter would likely result in significant disruptions of its solutions hosted at such site.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted a new accounting standard which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands on required disclosures regarding fair value measurements. This standard applies to reported balances that are required or permitted to be measured at fair value under existing accounting pronouncements accordingly, but does not require any new fair value measurements of previously reported balances.
Financial assets and liabilities with carrying amounts approximating fair value include cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities. The carrying amount of these financial assets and liabilities approximates fair value because of their short maturities. The carrying amount of the Company's debt, preferred stock warrant liability and other long-term liabilities approximate their fair value. The fair value of debt was based upon management's best estimate of interest rates that would be available for similar debt obligations as of December 31, 2008 and 2009. The fair value of the preferred stock warrant liability was estimated using the Black-Scholes valuation model.
Preferred Stock Warrants
Freestanding warrants related to shares that are redeemable are accounted for in accordance with the applicable guidance in ASC Topic 480. Under the provisions of this guidance, the freestanding warrants that are related to the Company's preferred stock are classified as liabilities in the accompanying balance sheets. The warrants are subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date, and any change in fair value is recognized as a component of other income (expense). The Company will continue to adjust the
F-9
Convio, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of (1) the exercise or expiration of the warrants or (2) the completion of a liquidation event, including the completion of an initial public offering, at which time all of the then outstanding preferred stock warrants will be converted into warrants to purchase common stock and, accordingly, the liability will be reclassified to additional paid-in capital.
The Company recorded $1.6 million of other expense, $1.8 million of other income and $814,000 of other expense in 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, to reflect the change in fair value of the preferred stock warrants during those periods.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Property and equipment are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the following estimated useful lives of the assets:
|
Estimated Useful Life | |
---|---|---|
Computer software |
2 to 5 years | |
Computer equipment |
3 to 7 years | |
Furniture and fixtures |
3 to 7 years | |
Leasehold improvements |
Shorter of lease term or useful life |
Amortization of assets recorded under capital leases is included with depreciation expense. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.
Acquisition
The Company's acquisition of GetActive in February 2007 was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. The results of operations of the acquired business have been included in the accompanying financial statements from the acquisition date. Net assets of the company acquired were recorded at their fair value at the acquisition date. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired is included in goodwill in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
In connection with the Company's acquisition of GetActive, the Company recorded certain intangible assets, including acquired technology, customer relationships, trade names and noncompete agreements.
Amounts allocated to the acquired intangible assets are being amortized on a straight-line basis over the following estimated useful lives:
|
Estimated Useful Life | |
---|---|---|
Customer relationships |
9 years | |
Acquired technology |
3 years | |
Tradenames |
3 years | |
Agreements not to compete |
2 years |
The Company periodically reviews the estimated useful lives and fair values of its identifiable intangible assets, taking into consideration any events or circumstances which might result in a diminished fair value or revised useful life.
F-10
Convio, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
Goodwill and intangible assets consist of the following (in thousands):
|
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2008 | 2009 | |||||||
Goodwill |
$ | 5,527 | $ | 5,527 | |||||
Intangible Assets |
|||||||||
Acquired Technology: |
|||||||||
Acquired technology |
$ | 3,049 | $ | 3,049 | |||||
Accumulated amortization |
(1,903 | ) | (2,919 | ) | |||||
|
$ | 1,146 | $ | 130 | |||||
Other Intangibles: |
|||||||||
Customer relationships |
$ | 7,007 | $ | 7,007 | |||||
Tradenames |
1,850 | 1,850 | |||||||
Agreements not to compete |
110 | 110 | |||||||
Accumulated amortization |
(2,722 | ) | (4,124 | ) | |||||
|
$ | 6,245 | $ | 4,843 | |||||
Total Intangible Assets, net |
$ | 7,391 | $ | 4,973 | |||||
Future estimated amortization expense of intangible assets as of December 31, 2009 is as follows (in thousands):
2010 |
$ | 983 | |||
2011 |
779 | ||||
2012 |
779 | ||||
2013 |
779 | ||||
2014 |
779 | ||||
Thereafter |
874 | ||||
Total |
$ | 4,973 | |||
The Company tests goodwill for impairment annually on October 1st, or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate an impairment may have occurred. Because the Company operates in a single segment, the impairment test is performed at the consolidated entity level by comparing the estimated fair value of the Company to the carrying value of the goodwill. Impairment may result from, among other things, deterioration in the performance of the business, adverse market conditions, adverse changes in applicable laws or regulations, including changes that restrict the activities of the acquired business and a variety of other circumstances. If it is determined that an impairment has occurred, the Company records a write-down of the carrying value of goodwill to its implied fair value and charges the impairment as an operating expense in the period the determination is made. Although the Company believes goodwill is appropriately stated in its consolidated financial statements, changes in strategy or market conditions could significantly impact these judgments and require an adjustment to the recorded balance. There was no impairment of goodwill in 2007, 2008 or 2009.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
Long-lived assets held and used by the Company are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their net book value may not be recoverable. When such factors and circumstances exist, the Company compares the projected undiscounted future cash flows associated with groups of assets used in combination over their estimated useful lives against their
F-11
Convio, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
respective carrying amounts. If projected undiscounted future cash flows are less than the carrying value of the asset group, an impairment is recorded for any excess of the carrying amount over the fair value of those assets in the period in which the determination is made.
Debt Issuance Costs
Costs incurred in connection with the origination of long-term debt are deferred and amortized over the life of the debt instrument using the effective interest method.
Advertising Costs
The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising expenses were approximately $31,000, $43,000 and $207,000 in 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively.
Revenue Recognition
The Company derives its revenue from subscriptions, services and usage and recognizes revenue in accordance with relevant authoritative accounting principles. The Company's subscription arrangements do not allow the client to take possession of the software application. The Company recognizes revenue when all of the following conditions are met:
The Company's arrangements do not contain general rights of return.
In determining whether collection of the subscription and related services fee is reasonably assured, the Company considers financial and other information about clients, such as a client's funding level, obtained as part of the Company's sales effort with the clients. As a client relationship progresses, the Company also considers the client's payment history. The Company's experience in determination of collectibility has historically been good as bad debt expenses have not been significant to date.
In determining whether the fee is fixed or determinable, the Company only recognizes revenue for amounts that the client is legally obligated to pay. There are no instances where the Company is recognizing revenue prior to invoicing the client. For example, for a multi-year contract where the client has the right to cancel a portion of the contractual term, the Company only recognizes revenue for amounts related to the noncancellable portion of the contract until the client has relinquished its right to cancel. For multi-year contract with increasing annual payments, the Company recognizes revenue based upon the amounts actually invoiced which results in an increasing amount of revenue recognized each year. For multi-year contracts with decreasing annual payments, the Company recognizes revenue ratably using the entire noncancellable contract value which results in cash received in the early portion of the contract term exceeding the amount of revenue recognized. For contracts that have usage-based terms, the Company recognizes revenue when the usage amounts are reported and billed to the client.
F-12
Convio, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
Subscription and services revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the agreement beginning on the activation date. Amounts that have been invoiced are recorded in accounts receivable and in deferred revenue or revenue, depending on whether the revenue recognition criteria have been met.
Services revenues, when sold with a subscription of the Company's modules do not qualify for separate accounting as the Company does not have objective and reliable evidence of fair value of the undelivered subscription service. Therefore, it recognizes such services revenue ratably over the term of the related subscription agreement.
When the Company sells services other than with the subscription of its modules, the Company considers the following factors to determine the proper accounting:
When the Company sells services other than with the subscription of its modules, the Company recognizes revenue under time and material contracts as the services are rendered and the Company recognizes revenue from fixed price contracts as milestones are achieved and, if applicable, accepted by the client.
Certain clients have contracts that provide for a percentage of donations received online through its modules to be paid to the Company in place of or in conjunction with the standard monthly subscription fee. In addition, certain clients have contracts which require payment of additional fees for usage above the levels included in the standard monthly subscription fee. Such fees are recognized as revenue when the usage amounts are determined and reported and billed to the client.
Deferred Revenue
Deferred revenue primarily consists of billings or payments received in advance of revenue recognition from the Company's subscription service described above and is recognized as the revenue recognition criteria are met. The Company generally invoices its customers in quarterly installments. Accordingly, the deferred revenue balance does not represent the total contract value of annual or multi-year, noncancelable subscription agreements.
Cost of Revenue
Cost of revenue consists primarily of labor costs for the Company's hosting, consulting and professional services organizations, third-party costs and equipment depreciation relating to the Company's hosting services as well as allocated facilities and equipment costs. These amounts are expensed as incurred.
F-13
Convio, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
Research and Development
The Company capitalizes the costs to acquire or develop software for internal use (including the costs of developing the Company's COM and Common Ground solutions) incurred during the application development stage. Costs to develop significant upgrades or enhancements to existing internal use software are also capitalized. Costs incurred to improve or enhance the Company's products in 2007, 2008 and 2009 have been expensed as these costs did not qualify as significant upgrades or enhancements.
Sales Commissions
Sales commissions are earned by the salesperson at the time of contract signing and sales commissions are expensed as incurred.
Income Taxes
The Company uses the liability method of accounting for income taxes whereby deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on temporary differences between the financial reporting bases and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets are also recognized for tax net operating loss carryforwards. These deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when such amounts are expected to reverse or be utilized. The realization of total deferred tax assets is contingent upon the generation of future taxable income. Valuation allowances are provided to reduce such deferred tax assets to amounts more likely than not to be ultimately realized.
Income tax provision includes United States federal, state and local income taxes and is based on pre-tax income or loss. In determining the estimated annual effective income tax rate, the Company analyzes various factors, including projections of the Company's annual earnings and taxing jurisdictions in which the earnings will be generated, the impact of state and local income taxes and the ability of the Company to use tax credits and net operating loss carryforwards.
The Company recognizes and measures benefits for uncertain tax positions which require significant judgment from management. The Company evaluates its uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis and it bases these evaluations upon a number of factors, including changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, correspondence with tax authorities during the course of audits and effective settlement of audit issues. Tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are measured as the largest amount of the tax benefits, determined on a cumulative probability basis, which is more likely than not to be realized upon ultimate settlement. Future changes in the recognition or measurement of uncertain tax positions could result in material increases or decreases in our income tax expense in the period in which we make the change, which could have a material impact on our effective tax rate and operating results.
Indemnifications
The Company recognizes a liability for the fair value for certain guarantee and indemnification arrangements issued or modified by the Company. When the Company determines that a loss is probable, the estimable loss must be recognized as it relates to applicable guarantees and indemnifications. Some of the software licenses granted by the Company contain provisions that indemnify clients of the Company's software from damages and costs resulting from claims alleging that the Company's software infringes the intellectual property rights of a third party. The Company records resulting costs as incurred
F-14
Convio, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
and historically such costs have not been significant. Accordingly, the Company has not recorded a liability related to these indemnification provisions as the Company believes any costs are immaterial.
The Company has also agreed to indemnify its directors and executive officers for costs associated with any fees, expenses, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these persons in any action or proceeding to which any of those persons is, or is threatened to be, made a party by reason of the person's service as a director or officer, including any action by the Company, arising out of that person's services as the Company's director or officer or that person's services provided to any other company or enterprise at the Company's request. The Company maintains director and officer insurance coverage that would generally enable the Company to recover a portion of any future amounts paid. No expense has been incurred to date for such indemnity obligations.
Stock-Based Compensation
Stock-based compensation is measured at the grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award on that date, and is recognized as expense over the requisite service period, which is generally over the vesting period, on a straight-line basis.
The following table summarizes the weighted average grant-date value of options and the assumptions used to develop their fair value for 2007, 2008 and 2009.
|
Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2007 | 2008 | 2009 | |||||||
Weighted-average grant-date fair value of options |
$ | 1.95 | $ | 1.38 | $ | 0.43 | ||||
Risk-free interest rate |
3.44 | % | 3.00 | % | 1.95 | % | ||||
Expected volatility |
0.54 | 0.57 | 0.66 | |||||||
Expected life in years |
4.58 | 4.58 | 4.69 | |||||||
Dividend yield |
| | |
Net Loss Per Share and Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share
Net loss per share is computed using the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding under the two-class method. Due to losses incurred during 2007, 2008 and 2009, the shares associated with stock options, warrants and preferred stock are not included because they are anti-dilutive. Series P, Series Q, Series R and Series S common stock have the same dividend rights, and therefore, result in basic and diluted net loss per share and pro forma net loss per share being the same for each class of common stock. As such, net loss per share and pro forma net loss per share is presented on a combined basis.
Pro forma net loss per share has been presented to give effect to the conversion of the convertible preferred stock using the if-converted method into common stock as though the conversion had
F-15
Convio, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
occurred on the original dates of issuance. Specifically as a result of the change in its capital structure, the Company issued an additional 15,102,493 shares of common stock to its preferred stockholders.
|
Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2007 | 2008 | 2009 | |||||||
|
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|||||||||
Net loss |
$ | (10,509 | ) | $ | (3,744 | ) | $ | (2,095 | ) | |
Accretion to redemption value of preferred stock |
(76 | ) | | | ||||||
Net loss attributable to common stockholders |
$ | (10,585 | ) | $ | (3,744 | ) | $ | (2,095 | ) | |
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding |
17,989 | 20,633 | 20,776 | |||||||
Less: Weighted average number of common shares subject to repurchase |
(212 | ) | (16 | ) | (1 | ) | ||||
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding used in computing basic and diluted net loss per common share |
17,777 | 20,617 | 20,775 | |||||||
Net loss per common share, basic and diluted |
$ | (0.60 | ) | $ | (0.18 | ) | $ | (0.10 | ) | |
Pro forma net loss per common share (unaudited): |
||||||||||
Net loss attributable to common stockholders |
$ | (2,095 | ) | |||||||
Add: |
||||||||||
Change in the value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability |
814 | |||||||||
Net loss used to compute pro forma net loss per common share (unaudited) |
$ | (1,281 | ) | |||||||
Basic and diluted weighted average shares used above |
20,775 |
|||||||||
Assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock after effect of change in capital structure (unaudited) |
15,102 | |||||||||
As adjusted shares used in computing pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share (unaudited) |
35,877 | |||||||||
Pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted (unaudited) |
$ | (0.04 | ) | |||||||
As the Company incurred net losses in the periods presented, the following table displays the Company's other outstanding common stock equivalents that were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share, as the effect of including them would have been anti-dilutive (in thousands):
|
As of December 31, | |||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2007 | 2008 | 2009 | |||||||
Common stock subject to repurchase |
72 | 1 | | |||||||
Stock options |
6,923 | 7,908 | 8,888 | |||||||
Convertible preferred stock |
15,102 | 15,102 | 15,102 | |||||||
Convertible preferred stock warrants |
718 | 718 | 718 |
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In September 2009, we adopted the FASB ASC. The FASB established the ASC as the single source of authoritative non-governmental GAAP, superseding various existing authoritative accounting pronouncements. It eliminates the previous GAAP hierarchy and establishes one level of authoritative GAAP. All other literature is considered non-authoritative. The FASB will not issue new standards in the form of Statements, FASB Staff Positions or Emerging Issues Task Force Abstracts. Instead, it will issue an Accounting Standards Update ("ASU"). The FASB will not consider ASUs as authoritative in their own right. ASUs will serve only to update the ASC, provide background information about the guidance and provide the bases for conclusions on the change(s) in the ASC.
In October 2009, the FASB issued an ASU that amended the accounting rules addressing revenue recognition for multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements by eliminating the currently existing criteria
F-16
Convio, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
that objective and reliable evidence of fair value for undelivered products or services exist in order to be able to separately account for deliverables. Additionally the ASU provides for elimination of the use of the residual method of allocating arrangement consideration and requires that arrangement consideration be allocated at the inception of the arrangement to all deliverables that can be accounted for separately based on their relative selling price. A hierarchy for estimating such selling price is included in the update. This ASU will be effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact this update will have on its consolidated financial statements.
In October 2009, the FASB issued an ASU that changes the criteria for determining when an entity should account for transactions with customers using the revenue recognition guidance applicable to the selling or licensing of software. This ASU is effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not believe this update will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
In September 2009, the FASB issued an ASU providing clarification for measuring the fair value of a liability when a quoted price in an active market for the identical liability is not available. It also clarifies that when estimating the fair value of a liability, a reporting entity is not required to include a separate input or adjustment to other inputs relating to the existence of a restriction that prevents the transfer of the liability. This ASU is effective for fiscal periods beginning after August 27, 2009. The Company does not believe this update will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
In December 2007, the FASB issued guidance regarding business combinations, which significantly changes the principles and requirements for how the acquirer of a business recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, any non-controlling interest in the acquiree, and the goodwill acquired. This statement is effective prospectively, except for certain retrospective adjustments to deferred tax balances, for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. The impact of adopting this statement will be dependent on the future business combinations that we may pursue.
3. Acquisition of GetActive Software, Inc.
On February 16, 2007, the Company acquired GetActive in exchange for 10,083,613 shares of capital stock. The Company acquired GetActive, a provider of online constituent relationship management software and services and a competitor of the Company, to expand its presence in the nonprofit market. The total purchase price was $17,930,000, including transaction costs of $533,000.
The following table presents the capital stock issued in the acquisition by class of security issued (in thousands except share information):
|
Shares | Amount | |||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Series B convertible preferred stock |
3,234,079 | $ | 8,797 | ||||
Series Q common stock |
564,814 | 892 | |||||
Series R common stock |
1,920,610 | 3,073 | |||||
Series S common stock |
3,085,889 | 3,765 | |||||
Stock options exchanged |
1,278,221 | 870 | |||||
|
10,083,613 | $ | 17,397 | ||||
F-17
Convio, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
3. Acquisition of GetActive Software, Inc. (Continued)
In conjunction with the acquisition, each series of the Company's convertible preferred stock was converted into Series A convertible preferred stock and Series P common stock at various rates of conversion (See note 9). Immediately following the acquisition, the Company had shares outstanding under Series A and B convertible preferred stock and Series P, Q, R and S common stock.
The conversions of the historical Series A, B, C and D convertible preferred stock and historical common stock are summarized in the table below:
|
Prior to
Conversion |
Subsequent
to Conversion |
||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Common Stock: |
||||||||
Historical |
2,481,056 | | ||||||
Series P common stock |
| 13,891,620 | ||||||
Convertible Preferred Stock: |
||||||||
Historical Series A convertible preferred stock |
1,502,394 | | ||||||
Historical Series B convertible preferred stock |
2,977,416 | | ||||||
Historical Series C convertible preferred stock |
5,142,552 | | ||||||
Historical Series D convertible preferred stock |
9,103,840 | | ||||||
Series A convertible preferred stock |
| 8,625,609 |
The application of purchase accounting requires that the total purchase price be allocated to the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their fair value at the acquisition date, with amounts exceeding the fair values being recorded as goodwill. The allocation process requires an analysis of acquired fixed assets, contracts, customer lists and relationships, contractual commitments, legal contingencies and brand value to identify and record the fair value of all assets acquired and liabilities assumed. In valuing acquired assets and assumed liabilities, fair values were based on, but not limited to: future expected discounted cash flows for trade names and customer relationships; current replacement cost for fixed assets; comparable market rates for contractual obligations and certain investments and liabilities; expected settlement amounts for litigation and contingencies; and appropriate discount rates and growth rates.
Under the purchase method of accounting, the assets and liabilities of GetActive were recorded at their respective fair values as of the date of acquisition, February 16, 2007, and goodwill in the amount of $5,527,000 was recorded.
The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the GetActive assets acquired and liabilities assumed and related deferred income taxes as of acquisition date (in thousands):
Assets Acquired: |
|||||
Current assets |
$ | 3,215 | |||
Property and equipment |
1,098 | ||||
Other long-term assets |
123 | ||||
Customer relationships |
7,007 | ||||
Agreements not to compete |
110 | ||||
Acquired technology |
3,049 | ||||
Tradenames |
1,850 | ||||
Goodwill |
5,527 | ||||
Total assets acquired |
21,979 | ||||
Liabilities Assumed: |
|||||
Deferred revenue |
1,711 | ||||
Current liabilities, excluding current portion of long-term debt |
2,122 | ||||
Long-term debt |
216 | ||||
Total liabilities assumed |
4,049 | ||||
Net assets acquired |
$ | 17,930 | |||
F-18
Convio, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
3. Acquisition of GetActive Software, Inc. (Continued)
The purchased intangibles and goodwill are not deductible for tax purposes. However, purchase accounting allows for the establishment of deferred tax liabilities on purchased intangibles (other than goodwill) that will be reflected as a tax benefit on the Company's future consolidated statement of operations in proportion to and over the amortization period of the related intangible asset.
Restructuring Expense
In conjunction with the acquisition, the Company implemented a restructuring plan to reduce headcount and infrastructure and consolidate the operations of Convio and GetActive. The Company recorded $284,000 in severance-related restructuring charges. As of December 31, 2009, there was no remaining restructuring accrual. In accordance with then applicable accounting standards, all restructuring charges related to the GetActive acquisition were recognized as a part of the purchase price allocation.
Severance related restructuring charges include one-time termination benefits to involuntarily terminated employees for services previously rendered. In 2007, the Company terminated the employment of approximately 13 employees in positions throughout the professional services, sales, marketing and general and administrative organizations in all geographies.
4. Property and Equipment
Property and equipment, which includes software purchased or developed for internal use, is comprised of the following (in thousands):
|
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2008 | 2009 | |||||
Computer software (including software under capital lease of $13 in 2008 and 2009) |
$ | 1,153 | $ | 1,207 | |||
Computer equipment (including equipment under capital lease of $2,088 and $1,117 in 2008 and 2009, respectively) |
8,274 | 9,609 | |||||
Furniture and fixtures (including furniture and fixtures under capital lease of $128 in 2008 and 2009) |
989 | 1,261 | |||||
Leasehold improvements |
553 | 642 | |||||
|
10,969 | 12,719 | |||||
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization |
(7,156 | ) | (9,443 | ) | |||
|
$ | 3,813 | $ | 3,276 | |||
5. Fair Value Measurements
On January 1, 2008 we adopted an accounting standard that defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value as well as expands on required disclosures regarding fair value measurements. This standard applies to reported balances that are required or permitted to be measured at fair value under existing accounting pronouncements; accordingly, the standard does not require any new fair value measurements of reported balances. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements of the Company. The guidance establishes a fair value hierarchy that requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. A financial instrument's categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The guidance establishes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:
F-19
Convio, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
5. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)
The Company measures certain financial instruments at fair value on a recurring basis. As of December 31, 2009, those instruments were comprised of cash equivalents invested in money market mutual funds and preferred stock warrants. The fair value of the preferred stock liability was estimated using the Black-Scholes valuation model. The fair value of these assets was determined using the following inputs at December 31, 2009:
|
|
Fair Value measurements at reporting date using | |||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Total |
Quoted prices in
active markets for identical assets (Level 1) |
Significant other
observable inputs (Level 2) |
Significant
unobservable inputs (Level 3) |
|||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 16,662 | $ | 16,662 | | | |||||||
Convertible preferred stock warrant liability |
1,375 | | | $ | 1,375 |
Changes in Level 3 assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis for 2009 were as follows:
December 31, 2008 |
$ | 561 | ||
Unrealized gains (losses), net |
814 | |||
December 31, 2009 |
$ | 1,375 | ||
F-20
Convio, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
6. Long-term Debt and Subordinated Debt
Long-term debt consists of the following (in thousands):
|
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2008 | 2009 | |||||
Notes entered into during 2005:
|
$ | 898 | $ | | |||
Notes entered into during 2007 and amended in 2009:
|
975 |
975 |
|||||
Comerica Bank term loan in the amount of the outstanding balance on the previous $3,000,000 equipment line as of July 31, 2009 which financed the acquisition of property and equipment. The outstanding principal balance at March 26, 2008 became payable in equal monthly installments beginning in March 2008 and maturing in February 2011 with the remaining principal draws outstanding at October 26, 2008 becoming payable in equal monthly installments beginning in October 2008 and maturing in September 2011. Amounts outstanding under this term loan bear interest at the greater of the daily adjusting LIBOR (floor of 2%) plus 300 basis points or the daily adjusted LIBOR plus 325 basis points (5% at December 31, 2009) |
1,903 |
1,130 |
|||||
|
3,776 |
2,105 |
|||||
Less current portion |
2,646 |
773 |
|||||
Long-term portion |
$ |
1,130 |
$ |
1,332 |
|||
Available for future borrowings under term loans and lines of credit |
$ |
3,741 |
$ |
3,416 |
|||
As of December 31, 2008 and 2009, the Company had outstanding letters of credit in the amount of $2,284,000 and $2,634,000, respectively. These letters of credit are associated with the Company's lease agreements in Austin, Texas and Washington, D.C.
The Comerica term loan and the line of credit contain certain financial covenants and restrictions as to various matters including the Company's ability to pay dividends and effect mergers or acquisitions without the bank's prior approval. As of December 31, 2009, the Company was in compliance with all such covenants.
Total interest expense incurred in 2007, 2008 and 2009 was approximately $883,000, $691,000 and $355,000, respectively.
As of December 31, 2009, the minimum principal payments due under all of the Company's debt arrangements were as follows (in thousands):
2010 |
$ | 773 | |||
2011 |
1,332 | ||||
2012 |
| ||||
Total |
$ | 2,105 | |||
F-21
Convio, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
7. Commitments and Contingencies
On November 17, 2006, the Company entered into an office building lease with RREEF Domain, LP pursuant to which Convio was leasing approximately 67,000 square feet in an office facility located in Austin, Texas. In January 2008, the Company entered into an amendment to that lease pursuant to which Convio is leasing an additional 23,000 square feet for a total of approximately 90,000 square feet and the Company began occupying the additional space in January 2009. The lease has a term of seventy-eight months, which commenced in April 2007. The lease agreement contains escalating rent payments, which may be adjusted for component charges, taxes, insurance and maintenance related to the property. The total basic rent payable over the full seventy-eight month lease term (net of three months rent abatement) will be approximately $8,678,000. The Austin office under the lease serves as the Company's headquarters, replacing the Company's former facility in Austin, whose lease was terminated on December 31, 2007. Upon termination of the previous office facilities in Austin, the Company was required to pay an early termination fee of approximately $35,000.
In conjunction with the acquisition of GetActive, Convio acquired lease obligations for office space in Berkley, California and Washington, D.C. under multi-year operating lease agreements which began to expire in 2009.
On April 3, 2009, the Company entered into an office building lease with 1255 23rd Street, L.P. pursuant to which Convio is leasing approximately 12,000 square feet in an office facility located in Washington, D.C. Pursuant to the agreement, Convio will lease an additional 2,600 square feet beginning on August 1, 2013. The lease has a term of one hundred twenty months, which commenced on August 1, 2009. The lease agreement contains escalating rent payments, which may be adjusted for component charges, taxes, insurance and maintenance related to the property. The total basic rent payable over the full 120 month lease term will be approximately $7,420,000. The Company's former lease for office space in Washington, D.C. expired on July 31, 2009.
Consolidated rental expense was approximately $1,493,000, $1,552,000 and $2,165,000 for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively. Rent expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the life of the leases.
In March 2006, the Company entered into a capital lease agreement with ATEL Ventures, Inc. to fund certain purchases of equipment. In 2006, the Company received funding under two equipment schedules resulting in a total lease obligation of approximately $970,000 of which approximately $175,000 and $0 was outstanding as of December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively. In 2007, the Company received funding under two additional equipment schedules resulting in an increase to the lease obligation of approximately $938,000, of which approximately $394,000 and $65,000 was outstanding as of December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively. As of December 31, 2009, a total of approximately $65,000 remains outstanding under the ATEL capital lease agreement. The lease agreement provides for equal monthly rental payments over a 36 month period beginning the first full month following funding. The ability to borrow under this lease agreement expired on March 31, 2007.
In conjunction with the acquisition of GetActive, Convio acquired various capital lease obligations for property and equipment. As of December 31, 2009, the total of the acquired capital lease obligations was $41,000. The acquired capital leases began to expire in 2009.
F-22
Convio, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
7. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)
Future minimum payments as of December 31, 2009, under operating and capital lease obligations are as follows (in thousands):
|
Capital
Leases |
Operating
Leases |
|||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
2010 |
$ | 96 | $ | 2,446 | |||
2011 |
17 | 2,320 | |||||
2012 |
| 2,275 | |||||
2013 |
| 1,997 | |||||
2014 |
| 775 | |||||
Thereafter |
| 3,852 | |||||
Total minimum lease payments |
113 | $ | 13,665 | ||||
Less: amount representing interest and sales tax |
(7 | ) | |||||
Present value of capital lease obligations |
106 | ||||||
Less: current portion of capital lease obligations |
(90 | ) | |||||
Long-term capital lease obligations |
$ | 16 | |||||
From time to time, the Company is subject to various claims that arise in the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, the Company is unaware of any pending or unasserted claims that would have a material adverse effect on the financial position, liquidity or results of the Company.
Certain executive officers are entitled to certain payments if they are terminated without cause or as a result of a change in control. Upon termination without cause, and not as a result of death or disability, each of such officers is entitled to receive a payment of base salary for four to six months following termination of employment and certain officers will be entitled to continue to receive coverage under medical and dental benefit plans for four to six months or until such officers are covered under a separate plan from another employer. Upon a termination other than for cause or with good reason following a change in control, each of such officers will be entitled to the same benefits as upon termination without cause and will also be entitled to certain acceleration of such officer's outstanding unvested options at the time of such termination.
8. Income Taxes
The components of the provision (benefit) for income taxes attributable to continuing operations are as follows for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 (in thousands):
|
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2008 | 2009 | |||||||
Income tax provision: |
|||||||||
Current: |
|||||||||
Federal |
$ | | $ | 25 | |||||
Foreign |
| | |||||||
State |
| 194 | |||||||
Total Current |
| 219 | |||||||
Deferred: |
|||||||||
Federal |
| | |||||||
Foreign |
| | |||||||
State |
| | |||||||
Total Deferred |
| | |||||||
Total Provision |
$ | | $ | 219 | |||||
F-23
Convio, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
8. Income Taxes (Continued)
As of December 31, 2009, the Company had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $32.3 million and a research and development credit carryforward of approximately $1.1 million. The net operating loss and research and development credits will begin to expire in 2021 if not utilized.
Utilization of the net operating losses and tax credits may be subject to substantial annual limitation due to the "change in ownership" provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. The annual limitation may result in the expiration of net operating losses and research and development credits before utilization.
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company's deferred taxes as of December 31, 2008 and 2009 are as follows (in thousands):
|
Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2008 | 2009 | ||||||||
Deferred tax assets: |
||||||||||
Current deferred tax assets: |
||||||||||
Bad debt |
$ | 117 | $ | 83 | ||||||
Accrued liabilities |
561 | 430 | ||||||||
Deferred rent |
192 | 259 | ||||||||
Gross current deferred tax assets |
870 | 772 | ||||||||
Valuation allowance |
(852 | ) | (684 | ) | ||||||
Net current deferred tax assets |
18 | 88 | ||||||||
Noncurrent deferred tax assets: |
||||||||||
Net operating loss carryforwards |
17,033 | 11,614 | ||||||||
Research and development credit & AMT carryforwards |
1,572 | 1,303 | ||||||||
Deferred revenue |
1,154 | 1,183 | ||||||||
State tax credits |
464 | 453 | ||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
541 | 767 | ||||||||
Other |
208 | 544 | ||||||||
Gross noncurrent deferred tax assets |
20,972 | 15,864 | ||||||||
Valuation allowance |
(18,326 | ) | (14,048 | ) | ||||||
Net noncurrent deferred tax assets |
2,646 | 1,816 | ||||||||
Deferred tax liabilities: |
||||||||||
Current deferred tax liabilities |
||||||||||
Prepaid expense |
(105 | ) | (182 | ) | ||||||
Total current deferred tax liabilities |
(105 | ) | (182 | ) | ||||||
Noncurrent deferred tax liabilities |
||||||||||
Intangibles |
(2,559 | ) | (1,722 | ) | ||||||
Total noncurrent deferred tax liabilities |
(2,559 | ) | (1,722 | ) | ||||||
Net current deferred tax liability |
(87 | ) | (94 | ) | ||||||
Net noncurrent deferred tax asset |
$ | 87 | 94 | |||||||
The Company has established a valuation allowance equal to the net deferred tax assets due to uncertainties regarding the realization of deferred tax assets based on the Company's lack of earnings history. During 2009, the valuation allowance decreased by $4.4 million, primarily due to taxable income from operations and the reduction of net operating losses and research and development credits not previously benefited. During 2008, the valuation allowance increased by $1.5 million, primarily due to tax losses from operations.
F-24
Convio, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
8. Income Taxes (Continued)
As of December 31, 2009, the valuation allowance includes approximately $515,000 related to the acquisition of GetActive's net deferred tax assets. The initial recognition of these acquired deferred tax asset items will result in a benefit to income taxes.
The Company's provision (benefit) for income taxes attributable to continuing operations differs from the expected tax expense (benefit) amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate of 34% to income from continuing operations before income taxes in 2007, 2008 and 2009, primarily as a result of the following (in thousands):
|
Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2007 | 2008 | 2009 | |||||||
Federal statutory rate |
(34.0 | )% | (34.0 | )% | (34.0 | )% | ||||
State taxes, net of federal benefit |
(1.5 | ) | (2.3 | ) | 9.4 | |||||
Increase in deferred tax valuation allowance |
33.4 | 40.2 | (8.6 | ) | ||||||
Permanent items |
0.8 | 1.6 | 2.8 | |||||||
Research and development tax credits |
(0.3 | ) | 2.3 | (6.3 | ) | |||||
Warrant revaluation |
5.4 | (16.4 | ) | 14.8 | ||||||
Stock compensation |
2.2 | 10.3 | 30.7 | |||||||
Change in Texas tax law |
(4.5 | ) | | | ||||||
Other |
(1.5 | ) | (1.7 | ) | 2.8 | |||||
|
| % | | % | 11.6 | % | ||||
Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted a new accounting standard relating to the accounting for uncertain tax positions. The Company recorded no additional tax liability as a result of the adoption of this standard and no adjustments to the January 1, 2007 balance of retained earnings. The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits as of January 1, 2009 was $154,000. The reconciliation of unrecognized tax benefits at the beginning and end of the year is as follows (in thousands):
Balance at January 1, 2008 |
$ | 154 | ||
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year |
17 | |||
Decreases based on tax positions related to prior years |
(23 | ) | ||
Balance at December 31, 2008 |
$ | 148 | ||
Due to the existence of the valuation allowance, future changes in unrecognized tax benefits will not impact the Company's effective tax rate.
The Company's practice is to recognize interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. During 2009, the Company did not recognize any interest or penalties.
The Company files consolidated and separate tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and in several state jurisdictions. The Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal income tax examinations for years before 2006 and is no longer subject to state and local income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2005. The Company is not currently under audit for federal, state or any foreign jurisdictions.
F-25
Convio, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
9. Stockholders' Equity
Series A, B and C Convertible Preferred Stock and Series P, Q, R and S Common Stock
Convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2008 and 2009 consisted of the following:
|
Year Ended December 31, | |||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2008 | 2009 | ||||||
Series A convertible preferred stock: $0.001 par value; 8,979,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2008 and 2009; 8,625,608 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2008 and 2009 |
$ | 17,251 | $ | 17,251 | ||||
Series B convertible preferred stock: $0.001 par value; 3,234,079 shares authorized at December 31, 2008 and 2009; 3,234,079 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2008 and 2009 |
6,468 | 6,468 | ||||||
Series C convertible preferred stock: $0.001 par value; 3,242,812 shares authorized at December 31, 2008 and 2009; 3,242,806 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2008 and 2009 |
10,150 | 10,150 | ||||||
Total convertible preferred stock |
$ | 33,869 | $ | 33,869 | ||||
In February 2007, in conjunction with the acquisition of GetActive, the Company's historic Series A, B, C and D convertible preferred stock were converted into Series A convertible preferred stock and Series P common stock. In addition, the Company issued Series B convertible preferred stock and Series Q, R and S common stock to former GetActive stockholders in connection with the acquisition (See Note 3). Immediately following the acquisition, the Company had shares outstanding under Series A and B convertible preferred stock and Series P, Q, R and S common stock.
In April 2007, the Company issued 3,242,806 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock to fund continued operations of the consolidated Company. The stock was issued for $10,150,000 cash, excluding related offering expenses of $76,000.
The Company is authorized to issue up to a maximum of 18,155,891 shares of preferred stock. The Company's board of directors has the authority to fix the powers, designations, preferences, and rights of any undesignated preferred stock. This includes, without limitation, the dividend rate, conversion rights, voting rights, redemption price and liquidation preferences, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions on such preferences or rights.
The holders of the Series C convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive dividends when, as and if declared by the board of directors, in preference to a declaration or payment of a dividend, at a rate of $0.2504 per share. In addition, the holders of the Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive dividends, when, as and if declared by the board of directors, in preference to any common stock of the Company. The dividends are non-cumulative. As of December 31, 2009, no dividends have been declared by the Board.
The holders of Series A, Series B and Series C convertible preferred stock have voting rights equal to common stock on an "as-if-converted" basis. All, but not less than all, of the outstanding shares of Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock may be converted into shares of Series P common stock and Series Q common stock, respectively, at the election of the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding shares of Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis. All, but not less than all, of the oustanding shares of Series C convertible preferred stock may be converted into shares of Series P common stock at the election of the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding shares of Series C convertible preferred stock, voting on an as-converted basis. The Series A, Series B and Series C shares are convertible at the initial rate of one share of the applicable series of common stock for each share of Series A, B or C convertible preferred stock, subject to adjustment for certain dilutive events. The preferred stock is not redeemable.
F-26
Convio, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
9. Stockholders' Equity (Continued)
The Series A, Series B and Series C convertible preferred stock will be automatically converted into shares of Series P common stock at the aforementioned conversion rate in the event of an underwritten public offering with an aggregate offering price of not less than $40,000,000 and a fully-diluted pre-money valuation of at least $200,000,000. Accordingly, the Company has reserved 15,455,891 shares of common stock for the conversion of Series A, Series B and Series C convertible preferred stock.
Immediately prior to the closing of its initial public offering all Series Q, Series R and Series S common stock will be converted into Series P common stock, and all Series P common stock will be redesignated as common stock.
In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company in which total assets payable to all holders of capital stock of the Company are less than $130,000,000, each holder of Series A, Series B and Series C convertible preferred stock is entitled to receive $2.00, $2.00 and $3.13 per share, respectively, plus all declared but unpaid dividends, prior to and in preference to any distribution to the holders of common stock. In the event total assets payable to all holders of capital stock of the Company are equal to or greater than $130,000,000, each holder of Series C convertible preferred stock is entitled to receive $3.13 per share plus all declared but unpaid dividends, prior to and in preference to any distribution to the holders of other classes or series of stock. After such distribution to Series C convertible preferred stockholders, the remaining assets, if any, are to be distributed to holders of preferred and common stock, with preferred stock on as deemed to be converted basis, until holders of Series C convertible preferred stock receive $6.30 per share of Series C convertible preferred stock. Thereafter, any remaining assets are divided ratably on as-converted basis among holders of Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock and common stock.
As to the common stock holders, the assets will be distributed pari passu among the holders of Series P common stock on the one hand and the holders of Series Q, Series R and Series S common stock on the other hand in proportion to the number of outstanding shares of common stock held by holders of Series P common stock to the number of of outstanding shares of common stock (as as-if-converted to Series P common basis) held by holders of Series Q, Series R and Series S common stock. For Series P common stock, distribution amount per share is the quotient of the outstanding shares of common stock held by holders of Series P common stock divided by the total number of outstanding shares of Series P common stock. For Series Q, Series R and Series S common stock, in the event the total assets payable to all holders of capital stock of the Company are less than $130,000,000, (1) each holder of Series Q common stock will receive $0.681219 per share (as adjusted for dilution) in preference to Series R and Series S common stock, (2) after full payment to Series Q common stock holders, Series R common holders will receive $0.776913 (as adjusted for dilution) in preference to Series S common stock and (3) the remaining assets will be distributed to Series Q, Series R and Series S holders on a pro rata basis. In the event the total assets payable to all holders of capital stock of the Company are equal to or greater than $130,000,000 but less than or equal to $205,000,000, (1) each holder of Series Q common stock will receive $1.923631 per share (as adjusted for dilution) in preference to Series R and Series S common stock, (2) after full payment to Series Q common stock holders, the remaining assets will be distributed to Series Q, Series R and Series S holders on a pro rata basis. For Series Q, Series R and Series S common stock, in the event the total assets payable to all holders of capital stock of the Company are greater than $205,000,000, the assets distributable to holders of Series Q, Series R and Series S common stock will be distributed to Series Q, Series R and Series S holders on a pro rata basis.
F-27
Convio, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
9. Stockholders' Equity (Continued)
The merger or consolidation of the Company into another entity or the sale, lease, conveyance, exclusive license or other disposition of substantially all of the assets of the Company in which the owners of the Company's equity securities immediately prior to such event do not own at least a majority of the surviving or resulting entity shall be deemed a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company. As the "redemption" event is outside of the Company's control, all shares of convertible preferred stock have been presented outside of permanent equity in the accompanying balance sheet. The Company has also considered the accounting guidance provided in ASC Topic 480 and concluded that since the convertible preferred shares are not mandatorily redeemable, but rather are only contingently redeemable, and given that the redemption event is not certain to occur, the shares have not been accounted for as a liability in any of the periods presented.
Stock Warrants
As of December 31, 2009, there were 717,807 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants, assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock and common stock into shares of a single class of common stock immediately prior to the closing of the IPO. The warrants had a weighted average exercise price of $1.59 per share.
In conjunction with bank debt facilities executed during 2000 and 2001, the Company issued two warrants to issue up to an aggregate of 3,846 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock which were adjusted by the terms of the warrant agreements to be exercisable for Series B convertible preferred stock in connection with the sale and issuance of the Company's Series B convertible preferred stock. The price per share as defined in the warrant agreements initially contained a variable pricing feature based on the timing of and amount of funds raised in connection with the sale and issuance of the Company's Series B convertible preferred stock. During 2002, the Company closed its sale and issuance of the Series B convertible preferred stock, thus fixing the warrant price at $4.04 per share. The warrants were scheduled to expire on October 26, 2007 and February 21, 2008, respectively. In conjunction with the GetActive acquisition, the warrants were converted into 5,084 units, which consists of a right to acquire 2,366 shares of Series P common stock and 2,718 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock, at an exercise price of $4.04 per unit. In addition, in connection with an October 2007 debt facility with the same bank, the Company extended the expiration date of the warrants to October 26, 2009 and February 21, 2010, respectively and in connection with the July 2009 amendment to this debt facility, the Company extended the expiration date of the warrants to October 26, 2011 and February 21, 2012, respectively. The Company valued the warrants on the issuance date at approximately $11,000 using the Black-Scholes valuation method using zero dividend yield, expected volatility of 0.70, risk-free interest rate of 6.5% and expected life of 7 years. The value of the warrants was recorded as a debt issuance cost and was amortized to interest expense over the term of the underlying debt agreements. The debt issuance cost was fully amortized during 2003.
In conjunction with bank debt facilities executed during 2003, the Company issued a warrant to issue up to 50,962 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock. The price per share as defined in the warrant agreement is $1.08 per share. The warrant was scheduled to expire on April 3, 2010; provided, however, that if the Company completes its initial public offering within the three-year period immediately prior to that date, the warrant expiration date shall automatically be extended until the third anniversary of the effective date of the Company's initial public offering. In conjunction with the GetActive acquisition, the warrant was converted into 50,961 units, which consists of a right to acquire 44,087 shares of Series P common stock and 6,874 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock, at an exercise price of $1.08 per
F-28
Convio, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
9. Stockholders' Equity (Continued)
unit. In addition, in connection with an October 2007 debt facility with the same bank, the Company extended the expiration date of the warrants to April 3, 2012. The Company valued the warrants on the issuance date at approximately $38,000 using the Black-Scholes valuation method using zero dividend yield, expected volatility of 0.70, risk-free interest rate of 3.49% and expected life of 7 years. The warrant value was recorded as a debt issuance cost and is being amortized to interest expense over the term of the underlying debt agreement. During 2005, approximately $11,000 was amortized to interest expense. The debt issuance cost was fully amortized during the year ended December 31, 2005.
In conjunction with bank debt facilities executed during 2004, the Company issued a warrant to issue up to 20,000 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock. The price per share as defined in the warrant agreement is $1.66 per share. The warrant was scheduled to expire on December 21, 2011; provided, however, that if the Company completes its initial public offering within the three-year period immediately prior to that date, the warrant expiration date shall automatically be extended until the third anniversary of the effective date of the Company's initial public offering. In conjunction with the GetActive acquisition, the warrant was converted into 19,999 units, which consists of a right to acquire 9,218 shares of Series P common stock and 10,781 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock, at an exercise price of $1.66 per unit. In addition, in connection with an October 2007 debt facility with the same bank, the Company extended the expiration date of the warrants to December 21, 2013. The Company valued the warrants on the issuance date at approximately $23,000 using the Black-Scholes valuation method using zero dividend yield, expected volatility of 0.70, risk-free interest rate of 3.89% and expected life of 7 years. The warrant value was recorded as a debt issuance cost and is being amortized to interest expense over the term of the underlying debt agreement. In December 2005, the Company repaid the bank debt facility in full using proceeds from its new debt facility. As such, the entire debt discount was allocated to interest expense during 2005.
In conjunction with the issuance of Series D preferred stock in July 2004, the Company issued a warrant to issue up to 273,115 shares of Series D preferred stock as a broker fee to Piper Jaffray & Co. The price per share as defined in the warrant agreement is $1.66 per share. The warrant expires on the earlier of: (i) July 2, 2011; (ii) the sale of all or substantially all of the Company's assets or the acquisition of the Company by another entity; or (iii) the second anniversary of the closing of the Company's initial public offering with aggregate gross proceeds of not less than $20,000,000 and which results in mandatory conversion of the Company's convertible preferred stock. In conjunction with the GetActive acquisition, the warrant was converted into 273,114 units, which consists of a right to acquire 125,890 shares of Series P common stock and 147,224 shares of Series A preferred stock, at an exercise price of $1.66 per unit. The Company valued the warrants on the issuance date at approximately $313,000 using the Black-Scholes valuation method using zero dividend yield, expected volatility of 0.70, risk-free interest rate of 3.89% and expected life of 7 years. The value of the warrant was recorded as an offering expense offset against the proceeds of the Series D convertible preferred stock offering.
In conjunction with bank debt facilities executed in December 2005, the Company issued a warrant to issue up to 18,087 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock. The price per share as defined in the warrant agreement is $1.66 per share. The warrant expires on December 27, 2012. In conjunction with the GetActive acquisition, the warrant was converted into 18,086 units, which consists of a right to acquire 8,337 shares of Series P common stock and 9,749 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock, at an exercise price of $1.66 per unit. The Company valued the warrants on the date of issuance at approximately $21,000 using the Black-Scholes valuation method using zero dividend yield, expected volatility of 0.70, risk-free interest rate of 3.89% and expected life of 7 years. The warrant value was
F-29
Convio, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
9. Stockholders' Equity (Continued)
recorded as a debt issuance cost and was amortized to interest expense over the term of the underlying debt agreement. This debt facility expired in December 2007.
In conjunction with entering into a subordinated credit facility of $3.0 million in December 2005, the Company issued two warrants to issue up to an aggregate of 232,116 shares of Series D preferred stock. The price per share as defined in the warrant agreements is $1.66 per share. The warrants expire on December 27, 2012. In conjunction with the GetActive acquisition, the warrant was converted into 232,115 units, which consists of a right to acquire 106,992 shares of Series P common stock and 125,123 shares of Series A preferred stock, at an exercise price of $1.66 per unit. The Company valued the warrants on the date of issuance at approximately $266,000 using the Black-Scholes valuation method using zero dividend yield, expected volatility of 0.70, risk-free interest rate of 3.89% and expected life of 7 years. The value of the warrants was recorded as a debt issuance cost and was amortized to interest expense over the term of the underlying promissory note. The promissory note matured on July 1, 2009 and the debt issuance cost was fully amortized during the year ended December 31, 2009.
In conjunction with entering into the subordinated credit facility of $1.0 million in March 2006, the Company issued a warrant to issue up to 33,160 shares of Series D preferred stock. The price per share as defined in the warrant agreement is $1.66 per share. The warrant expires on March 29, 2016. In conjunction with the GetActive acquisition, the warrant was converted into 33,159 units, which consists of a right to acquire 15,284 shares of Series P common stock and 17,875 shares of Series A preferred stock, at an exercise price of $1.66 per unit. The Company valued the warrant on the date of issuance at approximately $38,000 using the Black-Scholes valuation method using zero dividend yield, expected volatility of 0.70, risk-free interest rate of 3.89% and expected life of 7 years. The warrant value was recorded as a debt issuance cost and was amortized to interest expense over the term of the underlying promissory note. The promissory note matured on July 1, 2009.
In conjunction with a capital lease agreement executed in March 2006, the Company issued a warrant to issue up to 60,290 shares of Series D preferred stock. The price per share as defined in the warrant agreement is $1.66 per share. The warrant expires on March 31, 2016. In conjunction with the GetActive acquisition, the warrant was converted into 60,289 units, which consists of a right to acquire 27,790 shares of Series P common stock and 32,499 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock, at an exercise price of $1.66 per unit. The Company valued the warrant on the date of issuance at approximately $69,000 using the Black-Scholes valuation method using zero dividend yield, expected volatility of 0.70, risk-free interest rate of 3.89% and expected life of 7 years. The warrant value was recorded as a debt issuance cost and is being amortized to interest expense over the term of the underlying capital lease agreement which matures in April 2010.
In May 2006, the Company issued a warrant to issue up to 25,000 shares of common stock as a charitable contribution. The price per share as defined in the warrant agreement is $0.70 per share. The warrant expires on May 25, 2013. The Company valued the warrant on the date of issuance at approximately $12,000 using the Black-Scholes valuation method using zero dividend yield, expected volatility of 0.70, risk-free interest rate of 4.99% and expected life of 7 years. The warrant value was recorded as an operating expense in May 2006.
As discussed in note 2, the Company accounts for the warrants as liabilities and adjusts the carrying value of the warrants to fair value at the end of each subsequent reporting period with changes being reported in other income/(expense).
F-30
Convio, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
9. Stockholders' Equity (Continued)
Stock Option Plans
The Company has in effect equity compensation plans under which incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options have been granted to employees, directors and consultants to purchase shares of the Company's Series P common stock at a price not less than the fair market value of the stock at the date of grant except in the event of a business combination.
2009 Stock Incentive Plan
During 2009, the Company's Board of Directors approved resolutions to adopt the 2009 Stock Incentive Plan (the "2009 Plan") providing for the issuance of up to 1,648,000 shares of the Company's common stock to directors, employees, consultants and other independent advisors. The share reserve under the 2009 Plan contains an evergreen provision that allows for an annual increase on January 1 of each year equal to the lesser of (a) 4% of the aggregate outstanding shares on the first day of the applicable year and (b) any lesser amount determined by our board of directors. The 2009 Plan provides for the issuance of restricted common stock, incentive stock options or nonqualified stock options. Pursuant to the 2009 Plan, the exercise price for incentive stock options is at least 100% of the fair market value on the date of grant, or for employees owning in excess of 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock, 110% of the fair market value on the date of grant.
In the event of a change in control, outstanding stock options and other awards that are payable in or convertible into common stock under the 2009 Plan will terminate upon the effective time of the change in control unless provision is made in connection with the transaction for the continuation or assumption of such Awards by, or for the substitution of the equivalent awards under a cash incentive program. Fifty percent of the outstanding stock options and other awards that will terminate upon the effective time of the change in control shall become fully vested immediately before the effective time of the change in control or upon involuntary termination, in the case the participant has completed at least one year of Service with the company prior to the change in control. Participants not completing at least one year of service, shall only vest in that number of outstanding stock options and other awards in which the participant would have vested upon the participant's completion of one year of service.
As of December 31, 2009, no options had been granted from the 2009 Plan.
1999 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan
The 1999 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan (the "1999 Plan") provided for the issuance of up to 5,742,399 shares of the Company's common stock to directors, employees, consultants and other independent advisors. During 2006, the Company's Board of Directors approved resolutions to increase the number of shares authorized for issuance under the 1999 Plan from 5,742,399 to 6,742,399. During 2007, the Company's Board of Directors approved resolutions to increase the number of shares authorized for issuance under the 1999 Plan from 6,742,399 to 8,489,399. During 2008, the Company's Board of Directors approved resolutions to increase the number of shares authorized for issuance under the 1999 Plan from 8,489,399 to 10,024,399. During 2009, the Company's Board of Directors approved resolutions to increase the number of shares authorized for issuance under the 1999 Plan from 10,024,399 to 11,161,399. The 1999 Plan provides for the issuance of restricted common stock, incentive stock options or nonqualified stock options. Pursuant to the 1999 Plan, the exercise price for incentive stock options is at least 100% of the fair market value on the date of grant, or for employees owning in
F-31
Convio, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
9. Stockholders' Equity (Continued)
excess of 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock, 110% of the fair market value on the date of grant.
Options issued prior to August 2006 generally expire in 10 years, however, beginning in August 2006, the expiration date was changed to 7 years. Vesting periods are determined by the Board of Directors; however, options generally vest 25% after the completion of one year of service, with the remaining balance vesting on a pro rata basis monthly for thirty-six months. Grants issued prior to January 1, 2003 and select nonqualified grants issued subsequent to that date contain provisions that allow for exercise prior to full vesting. In connection with the exercise of these options pursuant to the 1999 Plan, employees entered into restricted stock purchase agreements with the Company. Under the terms of these agreements, the Company has a right to repurchase any unvested shares at the original exercise price of the shares upon the employee's termination of service to the Company. The repurchase rights lapse ratably over the vesting term of the original grant.
In the event of a change in control, the accelerated vesting of certain outstanding options will automatically occur unless the successor corporation assumes the options and the right to repurchase, or the options are replaced with a cash incentive program.
The 1999 Plan expired on November 9, 2009.
2000 & 2006 GetActive Plans
In connection with the Company's acquisition of GetActive, the Company assumed GetActive's 2000 Stock Option Plan (the "2000 Plan") and 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the "2006 Plan") (collectively, the "GetActive Plans") including all of the outstanding stock options issued under the GetActive Plans. The stock options under the GetActive Plans that the Company assumed became options to purchase an aggregate of 1,278,221 shares of the Company's common stock with exercise prices ranging from $0.03 to $1.24 per share.
The options outstanding under the GetActive Plans generally vest with respect to 25% of the shares one year after the options' vesting commencement date and the remainder ratably on a monthly basis over the following three years. Options granted under the GetActive Plans have a maximum term of 10 years. Options could be exercised at any time, and stock issued under the GetActive Plans could be, as determined by the Board, subject to repurchase by the Company. This right to repurchase generally lapses over four years from the original date of issuance or grant. As of December 31, 2009, 461 outstanding shares were subject to repurchase by the Company.
Stock compensation expense recorded for all of the stock option plans in 2007, 2008 and 2009 was $691,000, $1,556,000 and $2,502,000, respectively.
The Company uses the Black-Scholes model to estimate the fair value of its share-based payment awards. The Black-Scholes model requires estimates regarding the risk-free rate of return, dividend yields, expected life of the award and estimated forfeitures of awards during the service period. The calculation of expected volatility is based on historical volatility for comparable industry peer groups over periods of time equivalent to the expected life of each stock option grant. As the Company has no history of trading in the public equity markets, the Company believes that comparable industry peer groups provide a more reasonable measurement of volatility in order to calculate an accurate fair value of each stock award. The expected term is calculated based on the weighted average of the remaining vesting term and the remaining contractual life of each award. The Company bases the estimate of risk-free rate
F-32
Convio, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
9. Stockholders' Equity (Continued)
on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant or modification. The Company has never paid cash dividends and does not currently intend to pay cash dividends, and thus has assumed a dividend yield of zero.
The Company estimates potential forfeitures of stock grants and adjust compensation cost recorded accordingly. The estimate of forfeitures will be adjusted over the requisite service period to the extent that actual forfeitures differ, or are expected to differ, from such estimates. Changes in estimated forfeitures will be recognized through a cumulative catch-up adjustment in the period of change and will also impact the amount of stock compensation expense to be recognized in future periods.
A summary of the changes in common stock options issued under all of the existing stock options plans is as follows:
|
Shares |
Range of
Exercise Prices |
Weighted-
Average Exercise Price |
||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Options outstanding, December 31, 2006 |
4,738,524 | $0.30$6.00 | $0.45 | ||||
Granted |
2,304,450 | $1.46$4.50 | $2.48 | ||||
Options exchanged in connection with the acquisition of GetActive |
1,278,221 | $0.03$1.24 | $0.34 | ||||
Exercised |
(1,039,895 | ) | $0.03$2.40 | $0.37 | |||
Surrendered |
(357,942 | ) | $0.19$4.17 | $0.75 | |||
Options outstanding, December 31, 2007 |
6,923,358 | $0.03$6.00 | $0.38 | ||||
Granted |
1,539,050 | $2.11$3.24 | $2.78 | ||||
Exercised |
(241,217 | ) | $0.03$2.10 | $0.58 | |||
Surrendered |
(312,984 | ) | $0.30$4.50 | $2.08 | |||
Options outstanding, December 31, 2008 |
7,908,207 | $0.03$6.00 | $1.40 | ||||
Granted |
4,800,155 | $1.61$2.22 | $1.68 | ||||
Exercised |
(71,981 | ) | $0.19$1.61 | $0.52 | |||
Surrendered |
(3,747,938 | ) | $0.19$4.50 | $2.51 | |||
Options outstanding, December 31, 2009 |
8,888,443 | $0.03$6.00 | $1.09 | ||||
The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during 2007, 2008 and 2009 was $1.95, $1.38 and $0.96, respectively. The fair value of options exchanged upon the acquisition of GetActive was $1.24. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during 2009 was $107,000. The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding at December 31, 2009 was $17.7 million. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercisable at December 31, 2009 was $13.5 million. Aggregate intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the estimated fair value of our common stock at December 31, 2009 and the exercise price of the stock options.
At December 31, 2009, there were 1,648,000 options available for future grant under the 2009 Plan and the Company had 10,536,443 shares of Series P common stock reserved for the exercise of outstanding stock options and stock options available for grant.
F-33
Convio, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
9. Stockholders' Equity (Continued)
The following table summarizes information about options outstanding at December 31, 2009:
|
|
Options Outstanding | Options Exercisable | ||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Exercise Price
|
Number
Outstanding |
Weighted-
Average Remaining Contractual Life |
Weighted-
Average Exercise Price |
Number
Exercisable and Vested |
Weighted-
Average Exercise Price |
||||||||||||
$0.03$0.30 | 1,331,146 | 3.46 | $ | 0.25 | 1,331,146 | $ | 0.25 | ||||||||||
$0.31$0.40 | 1,766,319 | 5.04 | 0.40 | 1,764,166 | 0.40 | ||||||||||||
$0.41$2.10 | 5,743,972 | 5.77 | 1.48 | 2,754,278 | 1.26 | ||||||||||||
$2.11$3.24 | 34,750 | 5.43 | 2.41 | 11,290 | 2.52 | ||||||||||||
$3.25$6.00 | 12,256 | 1.89 | 5.46 | 10,484 | 5.64 | ||||||||||||
8,888,443 | 5.27 | $ | 1.09 | 5,871,364 | $ | 0.78 | |||||||||||
Certain stock options have been exercised prior to vesting resulting in the issuance of nonvested shares. A summary of the Company's nonvested shares as of December 31, 2009, and changes during 2009, is presented below:
Nonvested shares
|
Shares | Weighted-Average Intrinsic Value | |||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Nonvested at December 31, 2008 |
1,275 | $ | 4,000 | ||||
Issued |
| | |||||
Vested |
(814 | ) | (3,000 | ) | |||
Nonvested at December 31, 2009 |
461 | $ | 1,000 | ||||
As of December 31, 2009, there was $3.9 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock-based compensation arrangements granted under the 1999 Plan and the GetActive Plans. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.45 years.
Cash received from option exercises during 2009 was $37,100. The Company has historically issued new shares to satisfy share option exercises.
Stock Option Exchange
In February 2009, the Company's board of directors approved a proposal to offer current employees, consultants or directors the opportunity to exchange outstanding eligible stock options for new options. Other than a reduced exercise price, the exchanged stock options had the same terms and conditions as prior to the repricing. The offer was made to eligible option holders on February 16, 2009 and expired on March 16, 2009. Unexercised options that were granted under our 1999 Plan on or after May 9, 2007 and which had an exercise price equal to or greater than $1.61 per share were eligible under this program. Pursuant to the exchange, the Company subsequently canceled options for 3.3 million shares of common stock and issued an equivalent number of new stock options to eligible holders on March 16, 2009 at an exercise price of $1.61 per share. The incremental $590,000 of compensation due to the exchange was allocated between options vested at the date of issuance and unvested options at the date of issuance. The $435,000 related to vested options was expensed on the date of issuance and the remaining $155,000 related to unvested options will be expensed over the remaining vesting period of the option.
F-34
Convio, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
10. Write Off of Deferred Stock Offering Costs
In August 2008, the Company withdrew its Form S-1 Registration Statement on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission due to weak market conditions. As a result approximately $1.5 million of prepaid stock offering costs were written off in August 2008.
11. Employee Benefit Plan
During fiscal 2001, the Company established the Convio 401(k) Plan (the "Convio Plan") for the benefit of substantially all employees. The Company is the administrator of the Convio Plan. During 2006 and 2007, to be eligible for the Convio Plan, employees must have reached the age of 21 and three months of employment with the Company. Effective January 1, 2008, all employees regardless of age are eligible to participate in the Convio Plan immediately upon hire and will be automatically enrolled after 30 days of employment, unless they elect not to participate. Participants may elect to contribute up to 60% of their compensation to the Convio Plan. The Company may make discretionary matching contributions of a participant's compensation as well as discretionary profit-sharing contributions to the Convio Plan. The Company has not contributed to the Convio Plan to date.
GetActive had a 401(k) plan (the "GetActive Plan") covering all employees who met certain eligibility requirements. Under the GetActive Plan, employees could elect to contribute up to $15,000 of their eligible compensation to the GetActive Plan, subject to certain limitations. No Company-sponsored contributions were made to the GetActive Plan. Former GetActive employees who participated in the GetActive Plan remained enrolled subsequent to the acquisition and through April 19, 2007, at which time the GetActive Plan was merged into the Convio Plan.
12. Subsequent Events
Austin, Texas Sublease
In January 2010, the Company entered into a sublease agreement pursuant to which Convio will sublet approximately 12,000 square feet of its office facility located in Austin, Texas. The sublease has a term of 44 months.
As a result of this new sublease agreement, future minimum payments under operating lease obligations will be offset by the rents paid by the subtenant, resulting in net operating lease obligations as follows (in thousands):
|
Operating Leases | |||
---|---|---|---|---|
2010 |
$ | 2,247 | ||
2011 |
2,104 | |||
2012 |
2,047 | |||
2013 |
1,817 | |||
2014 |
775 | |||
Thereafter |
3,852 | |||
Total |
$ | 12,842 | ||
F-35
Shares
Common Stock
PROSPECTUS
, 2010
Joint Book-Running Managers
Thomas Weisel Partners LLC | Piper Jaffray |
William Blair & Company
JMP Securities
Pacific Crest Securities
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
The following table sets forth the expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions, all of which are payable by the us in connection with the sale and distribution of the shares of common stock being registered hereby, including the shares being offered for sale by the selling stockholders. All amounts shown are estimates, except the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, filing fee and the NASDAQ Global Market listing fee.
|
Amount to be paid | |||
---|---|---|---|---|
SEC registration fee |
$ | 4,099.75 | (1) | |
FINRA filing fee |
6,250 | |||
NASDAQ Global Market listing fee |
* | |||
Legal fees and expenses |
* | |||
Accounting fees and expenses |
* | |||
Printing expenses |
* | |||
Blue sky qualification fees and expenses |
* | |||
Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses |
* | |||
Miscellaneous |
* | |||
Total |
$ | * | ||
Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers
Sections 145 and 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorize a court to award, or a corporation's board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers under certain circumstances and subject to certain limitations. The terms of Sections 145 and 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law are sufficiently broad to permit indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement of expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act.
As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, includes a provision that eliminates the personal liability of its directors for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability:
As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, our bylaws, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, provide that:
II-1
In addition, we have entered into indemnity agreements with each of our current directors and officers. These agreements provide for the indemnification of our officers and directors for all expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with any action or proceeding brought against them by reason of the fact that they are or were our agents. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving a director, officer or employee regarding which indemnification is sought, nor are we aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.
We have obtained directors' and officers' insurance to cover our directors and officers for certain liabilities, including coverage for public securities matters.
The indemnification provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and the indemnity agreements entered into between us and each of our directors and officers may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of our directors and officers for liabilities arising under the Securities Act.
Reference is also made to section of the underwriting agreement (Exhibit 1.1 hereto), which provides for the indemnification by the underwriters of us and our executive officers, directors and controlling persons against certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act, in connection with matters specifically provided for in writing by the underwriters for inclusion in this Registration Statement.
See also the undertakings set out in response to Item 17 of this Registration Statement.
Reference is made to the following documents filed as exhibits to this Registration Statement regarding relevant indemnification provisions described above and elsewhere herein:
Exhibit document
|
Number | |||
---|---|---|---|---|
Form of Underwriting Agreement |
1.1 | |||
Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be effective upon the closing of the offering |
3.1.1 | |||
Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws to be effective upon the closing of the offering |
3.2.1 | |||
Form of Indemnity Agreement entered into among Registrant, its affiliates and its directors and executive officers |
10.10 |
II-2
Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
In the three years preceding the filing of this Registration Statement, we have issued securities listed below that were not registered under the Securities Act. All share and price information in the table below does not reflect the impact of the conversion of all of our preferred stock into common stock immediately prior to consummation of this offering.
Date Of Issuance
|
Number of Shares
(shares) |
Aggregate
Purchase Price |
Class of Purchasers | |||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
February 2007 | 564,814 shares of Series Q Common Stock |
approximately
$17,400,000(1) |
Institutional/Individual Investors | |||
|
|
1,920,610 shares of Series R Common Stock |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,085,882 shares of Series S Common Stock |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,234,079 shares of Series B Preferred Stock |
|
|
|
|
February 2007 |
|
option to purchase 1,278,221 shares of Series P Common Stock |
|
(2) |
|
Employees(2) |
February 2007 |
|
15,054,920 shares of Series P Common Stock |
|
(3) |
|
Existing Stockholders |
February 2007 |
|
8,625,608 shares of Series A Preferred Stock |
|
(3) |
|
Existing Stockholders |
April 2007 |
|
3,242,806 of Series C preferred stock |
|
$10,149,982 |
|
Institutional/Individual Investors |
The issuance of the securities described above in connection with the Recapitalization was deemed to be exempt from registration under Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act. The sales and issuances of the other securities listed above were determined to be exempt from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D thereunder as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering. The purchasers in such transactions were all accredited investors and represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for resale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to the share certificates and other instruments issued in such transactions. The sales of these securities were made without general solicitation or advertising, and there were no underwriters used in connection with the sale of these securities. All of the foregoing securities are deemed restricted securities for the purposes of the Securities Act.
II-3
From time to time we have granted stock options and shares of common stock upon the exercise of stock options to employees, directors and consultants in compliance with Rule 701. The following tables set forth information on the stock options and shares of common stock issued by us in the three years preceding the filing of this registration statement:
Date Of Issuance
|
Number of Series P
Common Stock Issued (shares) |
Exercise Price
(per share) |
Class of Purchasers | ||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
January 29, 2007 | 1,000 | $ | 0.40 | Employee | |||
January 31, 2007 | 750 | $ | 0.60 | Employee | |||
February 15, 2007 - July 26, 2007 | 604,920 | $ | 0.40 | Employee | |||
March 6, 2007 - July 24, 2007 | 107,201 | $ | 0.30 | Employee | |||
April 26, 2007 | option to purchase 255,500 | $ | 1.46 | Employee | |||
May 9, 2007 | option to purchase 1,478,250 | $ | 2.10 | Employee | |||
May 10, 2007 - July 20, 2007 | 9,020 | $ | 0.70 | Employee | |||
June 12, 2007 | option to purchase 128,500 | $ | 2.80 | Employee | |||
August 22, 2007 - September 17, 2007 | 1,155 | $ | 0.70 | Employee | |||
August 24, 2007 - September 17, 2007 | 28,778 | $ | 0.40 | Employee | |||
August 31, 2007 | 750 | $ | 2.40 | Employee | |||
September 28, 2007 | option to purchase 352,300 | $ | 4.17 | Employee | |||
October 5, 2007 - October 26, 2007 | 5,281 | $ | 0.70 | Employee | |||
October 5, 2007 - October 26, 2007 | 15,326 | $ | 0.40 | Employee | |||
October 25, 2007 | option to purchase 44,000 | $ | 4.50 | Employee | |||
October 26, 2007 | 1,800 | $ | 0.30 | Employee | |||
November 26, 2007 - December 21, 2007 | 1,968 | $ | 0.70 | Employee | |||
November 29, 2007 | 500 | $ | 0.60 | Employee | |||
December 19, 2007 | 2,424 | $ | 0.30 | Employee | |||
December 19, 2007 | option to purchase 45,900 | $ | 4.50 | Employee | |||
January 4, 2008 - March 14, 2008 | 5,554 | $ | 0.40 | Employee | |||
January 15, 2008 - May 13, 2008 | 27,016 | $ | 0.30 | Employee | |||
February 21, 2008 - March 13, 2008 | option to purchase 209,400 | $ | 3.24 | Employee/Consultant | |||
February 21, 2008 - May 9, 2008 | 28,241 | $ | 0.70 | Employee | |||
April 30, 2008 | 75,000 | $ | 0.40 | Employee | |||
May 1, 2008 - June 12, 2008 | option to purchase 1,226,750 | $ | 2.75 | Employee | |||
May 9, 2008 | 500 | $ | 2.10 | Employee | |||
June 10, 2008 | 593 | $ | 0.70 | Employee | |||
June 30, 2008 | 479 | $ | 0.70 | Employee | |||
June 30, 2008 | 6,948 | $ | 0.40 | Employee | |||
July 14, 2008 | 2,534 | $ | 0.40 | Employee | |||
July 14, 2008 | 2,967 | $ | 0.70 | Employee | |||
July 30, 2008 | 17,679 | $ | 2.10 | Employee | |||
August 1, 2008 | 500 | $ | 2.10 | Employee | |||
August 1, 2008 | 84 | $ | 0.30 | Employee | |||
August 1, 2008 | 236 | $ | 0.40 | Employee | |||
September 4, 2008 | 2,041 | $ | 0.70 | Employee | |||
September 4, 2008 | 8,334 | $ | 0.30 | Employee | |||
September 4, 2008 | 7,997 | $ | 0.40 | Employee | |||
September 4, 2008 | 1,562 | $ | 2.10 | Employee | |||
September 11, 2008 | option to purchase 14,900 | $ | 2.11 | Employee | |||
September 29, 2008 | 958 | $ | 0.70 | Employee | |||
October 30, 2008 | option to purchase 88,000 | $ | 2.25 | Employee | |||
November 11, 2008 | 1,213 | $ | 0.40 | Employee | |||
November 11, 2008 | 281 | $ | 0.70 | Employee | |||
November 4, 2008 | 709 | $ | 0.30 | Employee | |||
November 18, 2008 | 750 | $ | 2.10 | Employee | |||
December 4, 2008 | 1,166 | $ | 0.70 | Employee | |||
December 4, 2008 | 1,250 | $ | 2.10 | Employee | |||
December 4, 2008 | 6,000 | $ | 0.40 | Employee | |||
February 5, 2009, March 12, 2009 and March 16, 2009 | option to purchase 3,650,305 | $ | 1.61 | Employee/Consultant | |||
March 11, 2009 | 1,750 | $ | 0.70 | Employee | |||
March 11, 2009 | 5,041 | $ | 0.40 | Employee | |||
April 10, 2009 | 416 | $ | 1.61 | Employee | |||
April 14, 2009 | 1,791 | $ | 1.61 | Employee | |||
April 28, 2009 | 3,500 | $ | 0.70 | Employee | |||
April 30, 2009 and June 11, 2009 | option to purchase 1,093,790 | $ | 1.90 | Employee | |||
June 23, 2009 | 562 shares | $ | 0.40 | Employee | |||
July 30, 2009 and September 10, 2009 | option to purchase 39,660 | $ | 2.01 | Employee |
II-4
Date Of Issuance
|
Number of Series P
Common Stock Issued (shares) |
Exercise Price
(per share) |
Class of Purchasers | ||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
August 7, 2009 | 625 | $ | 1.61 | Employee | |||
August 7, 2009 | 1,250 | $ | 1.46 | Employee | |||
October 29, 2009 | option to purchase 16,400 | $ | 2.22 | Employee | |||
November 18, 2009 | 2,157 | $ | 0.40 | Employee | |||
December 1, 2009 | 5,000 | $ | 0.30 | Employee | |||
December 18, 2009 | 730 | $ | 0.40 | Employee | |||
December 18, 2009 | 11,020 | $ | 0.70 | Employee | |||
December 22, 2009 | 1,146 | $ | 0.30 | Employee | |||
December 22, 2009 | 3,157 | $ | 0.40 | Employee | |||
December 26, 2009 | 1,666 | $ | 0.40 | Employee | |||
December 27, 2009 | 2,666 | $ | 0.70 | Employee |
Date Of Issuance
|
Number of Series P
Common Stock Issued (shares) |
Exercise Price
(per share) |
Class of Purchasers | ||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
January 25, 2007 | 18,085 of series S Common Stock(1) | $ | 0.4354 | Employee(1) | |||
February 13, 2007 | option to purchase 48,228 | $ | 1.244 | Employee | |||
February 28, 2007 | 588 | $ | 0.4354 | Employee | |||
May 1, 2007 | 12,057 | $ | 1.244 | Employee | |||
May 15, 2007 - July 19, 2007 | 14,440 | $ | 0.4354 | Employee | |||
August 15, 2007 - September 11, 2007 | 19,022 | $ | 0.4354 | Employee | |||
October 1, 2007 - October 3, 2007 | 1,405 | $ | 0.4354 | Employee | |||
November 30, 2007 - December 4, 2007 | 745 | $ | 0.4354 | Employee | |||
January 9, 2008 | 803 | $ | 0.4354 | Employee | |||
April 8, 2008 - May 20, 2008 | 1,469 | $ | 0.4354 | Employee | |||
July 30, 2008 | 18,085 | $ | 0.4354 | Employee | |||
September 15, 2008 | 1,104 | $ | 0.4354 | Employee | |||
October 15, 2008 | 484 | $ | 0.4354 | Employee | |||
November 29, 2008 | 3,113 | $ | 0.4354 | Employee | |||
December 31, 2008 | 4,822 | $ | 0.4354 | Employee | |||
March 2, 2009 | 618 | $ | 0.4354 | Employee | |||
April 10, 2009 | 1,992 | $ | 0.4354 | Employee | |||
April 14, 2009 | 6,028 | $ | 0.4354 | Employee |
Date Of Issuance
|
Number of Series P
Common Stock Issued (shares) |
Exercise Price
(per share) |
Class of Purchasers | ||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
February 28, 2007 - July 11, 2007 | 65,709 | $ | 0.4354 | Employee/Consultant | |||
March 5, 2007 - July 24, 2007 | 54,449 | $ | 0.1866 | Employee/Consultant | |||
June 25, 2007 - July 16, 2007 | 46,619 | $ | 0.0311 | Employee/Consultant | |||
July 16, 2007 | 8,038 | $ | 0.0933 | Employee | |||
August 17, 2007 | 16,076 | $ | 0.0933 | Employee | |||
August 17, 2007 | 16,076 | $ | 0.1866 | Employee | |||
October 3, 2007 | 1,171 | $ | 0.4354 | Employee | |||
December 4, 2007 | 3,215 | $ | 0.1866 | Employee | |||
February 14, 2008 | 4,822 | $ | 0.0311 | Consultant | |||
October 15, 2008 | 635 | $ | 0.4354 | Employee | |||
November 18, 2008 | 618 | $ | 0.4354 | Employee | |||
November 29, 2008 | 1,607 | $ | 0.1866 | Employee | |||
November 29, 2008 | 2,260 | $ | 0.4354 | Employee | |||
December 31, 2008 | 803 | $ | 0.1866 | Employee | |||
March 2, 2009 | 482 | $ | 0.1866 | Employee | |||
April 10, 2009 | 482 | $ | 0.4354 | Employee | |||
April 14, 2009 | 10,080 | $ | 0.4354 | Employee | |||
April 14, 2009 | 4,822 | $ | 0.1866 | Employee | |||
July 16, 2009 | 5,000 | $ | 0.1866 | Employee |
The sales and issuances of securities listed above were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act by virtue of Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as
II-5
transactions pursuant to compensation benefits plans and contracts relating to compensation. All of the foregoing securities are deemed restricted securities for the purposes of the Securities Act.
Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
(A) Exhibits
II-6
|
Index to Exhibits | ||
---|---|---|---|
10.8 | Office Lease, dated as of November 17, 2006, by and between Registrant and RREEF Domain, LP | ||
10.8.1 | First Amendment to Lease, dated as of April 23, 2007, by and between Registrant and RREEF Domain, LP | ||
10.8.2 | Second Amendment to Lease, dated January 22, 2008, by and between Registrant and RREEF Domain, LP | ||
10.8.3 | Third Amendment to Lease, dated August 25, 2008, by and between Registrant and RREEF Domain, LP | ||
10.9 | Office Lease, dated April 3, 2009, by and between Registrant and 1255 23rd Street, L.P. | ||
10.10 | Form of Indemnity Agreement entered into among Registrant, its affiliates and its directors and executive officers | ||
10.11 | Employment Offer Letter, dated June 24, 2003, by and between the Registrant and Gene Austin | ||
10.12 | Employment Offer Letter, dated February 2, 2005, by and between the Registrant and James R. Offerdahl | ||
10.13 | Employment Offer Letter, dated November 7, 2008, by and between the Registrant and Sara E. Spivey | ||
10.14 | Employment Offer Letter, dated March 3, 2009, by and between the Registrant and Marc Cannon | ||
10.15 | Employment Offer Letter, dated August 25, 2003, by and between the Registrant and Randy Potts | ||
10.16 | | Master Agreement for U.S. Availability Services, dated as of June 1, 2008, by and between Registrant and SunGard Availability Services, LP | |
10.16.1 | | Addendum to the Master Agreement for U.S. Availability Services, between SunGard Availability Services LP and Convio, Inc., dated June 1, 2008 | |
10.16.2 | | Schedule Number 29582 v. 1.0, For Recovery Services Governed by Master Agreement for U.S. Availability Services, between SunGard Availability Services LP and Convio, Inc., dated June 1, 2008 | |
21.1 | List of Subsidiaries | ||
23.1 | Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm | ||
23.4 | * | Consent of DLA Piper US LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1) | |
24.1 | Power of Attorney (included on Page II-9) |
(B) Financial Statement Schedule
All schedules have been omitted because the information required to be presented in them are not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or related notes.
The undersigned hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates, in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is
II-7
against public policy as expressed in the Act and is therefore unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling persons of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
II-8
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Austin, State of Texas, on January 22, 2010. Convio, Inc.
By: |
/s/ GENE AUSTIN
Gene Austin Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer), President and Chairman of the Board of Directors |
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS that each individual whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Gene Austin and James R. Offerdahl, and each of them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with full power of substitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments, including post-effective amendments, to this registration statement, and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by this registration statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act, and all post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and all documents in connection therewith, making such changes in this registration statement as such attorneys-in-fact and agents so acting deems appropriate, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done with respect to the offering of securities contemplated by this registration statement, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or his or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done or by virtue hereof
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:
Signature
|
Title
|
Date
|
||
---|---|---|---|---|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ GENE AUSTIN
Gene Austin |
Chief Executive Officer (Principal
Executive Officer), President and Chairman of the Board of Directors |
January 22, 2010 | ||
/s/ JAMES R. OFFERDAHL James R. Offerdahl |
|
Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of Administration (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) |
|
January 22, 2010 |
/s/ VINAY K. BHAGAT Vinay K. Bhagat |
|
Director |
|
January 22, 2010 |
/s/ SHEERAZ D. HAJI Sheeraz D. Haji |
|
Director |
|
January 22, 2010 |
/s/ C. THOMAS BALL C. Thomas Ball |
|
Director |
|
January 22, 2010 |
II-9
Signature
|
Title
|
Date
|
||
---|---|---|---|---|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ WILLIAM G. BOCK
William G. Bock |
Director | January 22, 2010 | ||
/s/ CHRISTOPHER B. HOLLENBECK Christopher B. Hollenbeck |
|
Director |
|
January 22, 2010 |
/s/ M. SCOTT IRWIN M. Scott Irwin |
|
Director |
|
January 22, 2010 |
/s/ KRISTEN L. MAGNUSON Kristen L. Magnuson |
|
Director |
|
January 22, 2010 |
/s/ GEORGE H. SPENCER III George H. Spencer III |
|
Director |
|
January 22, 2010 |
II-10
AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER
BY AND AMONG
CONVIO, INC.
GASI ACQUISITION CORP.,
GETACTIVE SOFTWARE, INC.
AND
ROBERT EPSTEIN, AS STOCKHOLDERS' AGENT
JANUARY 10, 2007
|
|
|
Page | |||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
1. | Definitions | 1 | ||||||
2. |
|
The Merger |
|
|
2 |
|
||
|
|
2.1 |
|
The Merger |
|
|
2 |
|
2.2 | Closing; Effective Time | 2 | ||||||
2.3 | Effect of the Merger | 2 | ||||||
2.4 | Certificate of Incorporation; Bylaws | 2 | ||||||
2.5 | Directors and Officers | 3 | ||||||
2.6 | Effect on Capital Stock | 3 | ||||||
2.7 | Surrender of Certificates | 4 | ||||||
2.8 | No Further Ownership Rights in Target Capital Stock | 6 | ||||||
2.9 | Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates | 6 | ||||||
2.10 | Tax Consequences | 6 | ||||||
2.11 | Taking of Necessary Action; Further Action | 6 | ||||||
3. |
|
Representations and Warranties of Target |
|
|
7 |
|
||
|
|
3.1 |
|
Organization, Standing and Power |
|
|
7 |
|
3.2 | Authority | 7 | ||||||
3.3 | Governmental Authorization | 8 | ||||||
3.4 | Financial Statements | 8 | ||||||
3.5 | Capital Structure | 8 | ||||||
3.6 | Absence of Certain Changes | 9 | ||||||
3.7 | Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities | 10 | ||||||
3.8 | Litigation | 10 | ||||||
3.9 | Restrictions on Business Activities | 10 | ||||||
3.10 | Intellectual Property | 10 | ||||||
3.11 | Interested Party Transactions | 13 | ||||||
3.12 | Minute Books | 14 | ||||||
3.13 | Material Contracts | 14 | ||||||
3.14 | Accounts Receivable | 14 | ||||||
3.15 | Customers and Suppliers | 14 | ||||||
3.16 | Employees and Consultants | 15 | ||||||
3.17 | Title to Property | 15 | ||||||
3.18 | Environmental Matters | 15 | ||||||
3.19 | Taxes | 16 | ||||||
3.20 | Employee Benefit Plans | 18 | ||||||
3.21 | Employee Matters | 20 | ||||||
3.22 | Insurance | 20 | ||||||
3.23 | Compliance With Laws | 20 | ||||||
3.24 | Brokers' and Finders' Fee | 21 | ||||||
3.25 | Privacy Policies and Web Site Terms and Conditions | 21 | ||||||
3.26 | Reorganization | 21 | ||||||
3.27 | Representations Complete | 22 | ||||||
4. |
|
Representations and Warranties of Merger Sub |
|
|
22 |
|
||
|
|
4.1 |
|
Organization, Standing and Power |
|
|
22 |
|
4.2 | Authority | 22 |
i
|
|
|
Page | |||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
4.3 | Capital Structure | 22 | ||||||
4.4 | Interim Operations of Merger Sub | 23 | ||||||
5. |
|
Representations and Warranties of Acquiror |
|
|
23 |
|
||
|
|
5.1 |
|
Organization, Standing and Power |
|
|
23 |
|
5.2 | Authority | 23 | ||||||
5.3 | Governmental Authorization | 24 | ||||||
5.4 | Financial Statements | 24 | ||||||
5.5 | Capital Structure | 24 | ||||||
5.6 | Absence of Certain Changes | 26 | ||||||
5.7 | Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities | 27 | ||||||
5.8 | Litigation | 27 | ||||||
5.9 | Restrictions on Business Activities | 27 | ||||||
5.10 | Intellectual Property | 27 | ||||||
5.11 | Interested Party Transactions | 30 | ||||||
5.12 | Minute Books | 30 | ||||||
5.13 | Material Contracts | 30 | ||||||
5.14 | Accounts Receivable | 31 | ||||||
5.15 | Customers and Suppliers | 31 | ||||||
5.16 | Employees and Consultants | 31 | ||||||
5.17 | Title to Property | 31 | ||||||
5.18 | Environmental Matters | 31 | ||||||
5.19 | Taxes | 32 | ||||||
5.20 | Employee Benefit Plans | 33 | ||||||
5.21 | Employee Matters | 35 | ||||||
5.22 | Insurance | 35 | ||||||
5.23 | Compliance With Laws | 35 | ||||||
5.24 | Brokers' and Finders' Fee | 35 | ||||||
5.25 | Privacy Policies and Web Site Terms and Conditions | 36 | ||||||
5.26 | Issuance of Shares | 36 | ||||||
5.27 | Reorganization | 37 | ||||||
5.28 | Representations Complete | 37 | ||||||
6. |
|
Conduct Prior to the Effective Time |
|
|
37 |
|
||
|
|
6.1 |
|
Conduct of Target Business |
|
|
37 |
|
6.2 | Conduct of Acquiror Business | 39 | ||||||
6.3 | No Solicitation | 40 | ||||||
7. |
|
Additional Agreements |
|
|
41 |
|
||
|
|
7.1 |
|
Preparation of Solicitation Statement |
|
|
41 |
|
7.2 | Approval of Stockholders | 42 | ||||||
7.3 | Sale of Shares Pursuant to Regulation D; Acknowledgment of Purchaser Representative | 42 | ||||||
7.4 | Access to Information | 42 | ||||||
7.5 | Confidentiality | 43 | ||||||
7.6 | Public Disclosure | 43 | ||||||
7.7 | Regulatory Approval; Further Assurances | 43 | ||||||
7.8 | Target Options and Warrants | 44 | ||||||
7.9 | Blue Sky Laws | 45 | ||||||
7.10 | Nonaccredited Stockholders | 45 |
ii
|
|
|
Page | |||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
7.11 | Employees | 45 | ||||||
7.12 | Continuation of Directors' and Officers' Insurance Coverage | 45 | ||||||
7.13 | Reorganization | 45 | ||||||
7.14 | Expenses | 46 | ||||||
8. |
|
Conditions to the Merger |
|
|
46 |
|
||
|
|
8.1 |
|
Conditions to Obligations of Each Party to Effect the Merger |
|
|
46 |
|
8.2 | Additional Conditions to the Obligations of Acquiror and Merger Sub | 47 | ||||||
8.3 | Additional Conditions to Obligations of Target | 49 | ||||||
9. |
|
Termination, Amendment and Waiver |
|
|
50 |
|
||
|
|
9.1 |
|
Termination |
|
|
50 |
|
9.2 | Effect of Termination | 51 | ||||||
9.3 | Amendment | 51 | ||||||
9.4 | Extension; Waiver | 51 | ||||||
10. |
|
Stockholders' Agent |
|
|
51 |
|
||
|
|
10.1 |
|
Stockholders' Agent |
|
|
51 |
|
10.2 | Actions of the Stockholders' Agent | 53 | ||||||
11. |
|
Tax Matters |
|
|
53 |
|
||
|
|
11.1 |
|
Transfer Taxes |
|
|
53 |
|
11.2 | Tax Returns | 53 | ||||||
11.3 | Computation of Tax Liabilities | 54 | ||||||
11.4 | Amended Returns | 54 | ||||||
11.5 | Refunds and Tax Benefits | 54 | ||||||
11.6 | Tax Proceedings | 55 | ||||||
11.7 | Assistance and Cooperation | 55 | ||||||
12. |
|
General Provisions |
|
|
55 |
|
||
|
|
12.1 |
|
Survival of Warranties |
|
|
55 |
|
12.2 | Notices | 56 | ||||||
12.3 | Counterparts | 56 | ||||||
12.4 | Entire Agreement; Nonassignability; Parties in Interest | 57 | ||||||
12.5 | Severability | 57 | ||||||
12.6 | Attorney's Fees | 57 | ||||||
12.7 | Remedies Cumulative | 57 | ||||||
12.8 | Governing Law | 57 | ||||||
12.9 | Rules of Construction | 57 | ||||||
12.10 | Enforcement | 57 | ||||||
12.11 | Amendment; Waiver | 58 |
iii
Exhibit A | Certificate of Merger | |
Exhibit B |
|
Investors' Rights Agreement |
Exhibit C |
|
Stockholders' Agreement |
Exhibit D |
|
Investor Representation Statement |
Exhibit E |
|
Acquiror and Merger Sub Tax Certificate |
Exhibit F |
|
Target Tax Certificate |
Exhibit G |
|
Target Legal Opinion |
Exhibit H |
|
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Acquiror |
iv
THIS AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER (the " Agreement ") is made and entered into as of January 10, 2007 by and among Convio, Inc., a Delaware corporation (" Acquiror "), GASI Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (" Merger Sub ") and a wholly owned subsidiary of Acquiror, GetActive Software, Inc. (" Target "), and Robert Epstein, as Target stockholders' agent (the " Stockholders' Agent ").
A. The Boards of Directors of Target, Acquiror and Merger Sub believe it is advisable and in the best interests of their respective companies and the stockholders of their respective companies that Target and Merger Sub combine into a single company through the statutory merger of Merger Sub with and into Target (the " Merger ") and, in furtherance thereof, have approved the Merger.
B. Pursuant to the Merger, among other things, the outstanding shares of Target preferred stock, $0.001 par value (" Target Preferred Stock "), and Target common stock, $0.001 par value (" Target Common Stock ;" collectively, the Target Preferred Stock and Target Common Stock are referred to herein as " Target Capital Stock "), shall be converted into the right to receive the Merger Consideration (as defined in Section 2.6(a) ) upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.
C. Concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, and as a condition and inducement to Acquiror's willingness to enter into this Agreement, (i) each officer and director and their respective affiliates, and certain other stockholders of Target have executed and delivered to Acquiror their respective stockholder consent to the Merger, and such stockholder consents represent, in the aggregate, at least a majority of the outstanding (a) Target Common Stock and Preferred Stock, as a single class; (b) Target Preferred Stock, as a single class; and (c) Target Series C Preferred Stock, as a separate class; and (ii) the Majority Investors (as such term is defined in that certain Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement of the Target, dated July 31, 2006, as amended (the " Note Purchase Agreement ")) have executed and delivered a consent to the Merger in accordance with the terms of the Note Purchase Agreement.
E. Concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, and as a condition and inducement to Target's willingness to enter into this Agreement, (i) each officer and director and their respective affiliates and certain stockholders of Acquiror have executed and delivered to Target their respective consents to (i) authorize the Restated Certificate (as defined below) and (ii) reorganize the capital stock of Acquiror in accordance with Section 5.5(b) below, and such stockholder consents represent, in the aggregate, not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such actions at a meeting at which all the shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.
F. Concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, and as a condition and inducement to Target's willingness to enter into this Agreement, Acquiror and Target are entering into that certain Note Purchase Agreement pursuant to which Acquiror has agreed to loan up to $1,000,000 to Target pursuant to one or more Demand Promissory Notes, with an initial loan to be made by Acquiror to Target in the amount of $500,000 on the date hereof.
G. Target, Acquiror and Merger Sub desire to make certain representations and warranties and other agreements in connection with the Merger.
H. The parties, by executing this Agreement, hereby adopt this Agreement as a "plan of reorganization" within the meaning of Section 368 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the " Code ").
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and representations set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties agree as follows:
1. Definitions . In this Agreement any reference to any event, change, condition or effect being "material" with respect to any entity or group of entities means any material event, change, condition
or effect related to the financial condition, properties, assets (including intangible assets), liabilities, business, operations or results of operations of such entity or group of entities. In this Agreement any reference to a " Material Adverse Effect " with respect to any entity or group of entities means any event, change, condition or effect that is materially adverse to the financial condition, properties, assets (including intangible assets), liabilities, business, operations, or results of operations of such entity and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, provided, however, that (i) conditions, events or circumstances generally adversely affecting the United States economy and the United States securities markets, (ii) the announcement or pendency of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, (iii) any litigation or threatened litigation in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, shall not be taken into account in determining whether there has been or would be a material adverse effect. For purposes of this Section 1 , an event, change, condition, or effect shall be deemed to be materially adverse if the dollar value of such event or events (i) in the case of Acquiror, exceeds $4,000,000 in the aggregate and (ii) in the case of Target, exceeds $1,500,000 in the aggregate. In this Agreement any reference to a party's " knowledge " means such party's actual knowledge after reasonable inquiry of officers, directors and any manager-level employees who have direct responsibility for technology development activity and preparing financial statements for such party reasonably believed to have knowledge of such matters. In this Agreement, an entity shall be deemed to be a "Subsidiary" of a party if such party directly or indirectly owns, beneficially or of record, at least 50% of the outstanding equity or financial interests of such entity.
2. The Merger .
2.1 The Merger. At the Effective Time and subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Certificate of Merger attached hereto as Exhibit A (the " Certificate of Merger ") and the applicable provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law (" Delaware Law "), Merger Sub shall be merged with and into Target, the separate corporate existence of Merger Sub shall cease and Target shall continue as the surviving corporation (the " Surviving Corporation ").
2.2 Closing; Effective Time. The closing of the transactions contemplated hereby (the " Closing ") shall take place as soon as practicable, but no later than two (2) business days, after the satisfaction or waiver of each of the conditions set forth in Section 8 hereof, or at such other time as the parties hereto agree (the " Closing Date "). The Closing shall take place at the offices of DLA Piper US, LLP, 1221 S. Mopac Expressway, Suite 400, Austin, Texas 78746, or at such other location as the parties hereto agree. In connection with the Closing, the parties hereto shall cause the Merger to be consummated by filing the Certificate of Merger, together with any required certificates, with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, in accordance with the relevant provisions of Delaware Law (the time of such filing being the " Effective Time ").
2.3 Effect of the Merger. At the Effective Time, the effect of the Merger shall be as provided in this Agreement, the Certificate of Merger and the applicable provisions of Delaware Law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and subject thereto, at the Effective Time, all the property, rights, privileges, powers and franchises of Target and Merger Sub shall vest in the Surviving Corporation, and all debts, liabilities and duties of Target and Merger Sub shall become the debts, liabilities and duties of the Surviving Corporation.
2.4 Certificate of Incorporation; Bylaws.
(a) At the Effective Time, the Certificate of Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation shall be amended and restated in its entirety to read as the Certificate of Incorporation of Merger Sub as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time; provided, however, that Article I of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation shall be amended to read as follows: "The name of the corporation is GetActive Software, Inc."
(b) The Bylaws of Merger Sub, as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall be the Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation until thereafter amended.
2
2.5 Directors and Officers. At the Effective Time, the directors and officers of the Surviving Corporation, to serve until their respective successors are duly elected or appointed and qualified, shall be Gene Austin, Chris Hollenbeck, Vinay Bhagat, Sheeraz Haji, Scott Irwin, George Spencer, and Tom Ball.
2.6 Effect on Capital Stock . At the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of Merger Sub, Target or the holders of any of the following securities:
(a) Conversion of Target Capital Stock . Each share of Target's Capital Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (excluding Dissenting Shares) shall be converted and exchanged into the right to receive the number of validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Acquiror's Capital Stock (the " Merger Consideration " ) as follows:
(i) in the case of Target's Series D Preferred Stock, 0.2737177 shares of Acquiror Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, and 0.0478045 shares of Acquiror Series Q Common Stock.
(ii) in the case of Target's Series C Preferred Stock, 0.2737177 shares of Acquiror Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, and 0.0478045 shares of Acquiror Series Q Common Stock.
(iii) in the case of Target's Series B Preferred Stock and Series A Preferred Stock, 0.3215222 shares of Acquiror Series R Common Stock; and
(iv) in the case of Target's Common Stock, 0.3215222 shares of Acquiror Series S Common Stock.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Acquiror will not issue more than 3,237,135 shares of Series B Preferred Convertible Preferred Stock, 565,362 shares of Series Q Common Stock 1,930,718 shares of Series R Common Stock and 3,096,560 shares of Series S Common Stock pursuant to this Section 2.6(a), except with respect to and only to the extent appropriate to reflect the exercise of Target Options (as defined in Section 7.8 ) prior to Closing.
(b) For purposes of this Agreement, Acquiror's Series S Common Stock, Series R Common Stock, Series Q Common Stock, and Series P Common Stock, collectively shall be referred to as " Acquiror Common Stock; " and Acquiror's Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, collectively shall be referred to as " Acquiror Preferred Stock; " and together with the Acquiror Common Stock, as " Acquiror Capital Stock ".
(c) Target Stock Options . At the Effective Time, all options to purchase Target Common Stock then outstanding under the Target Plans (as defined in Section 3.5 ) (" Target Options ") at the Effective Time shall be assumed by Acquiror in accordance with Section 7.8 .
(d) Target Warrants . At the Effective Time, all warrants to purchase Target Preferred Stock or Target Common Stock then outstanding (" Target Warrants ") shall be cancelled in accordance with Section 7.8(b) .
(e) Capital Stock of Merger Sub . At the Effective Time, each share of common stock of Merger Sub issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into and exchanged for one validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable share of common stock of the Surviving Corporation. Each stock certificate of Merger Sub evidencing ownership of any such shares shall continue to evidence ownership of such shares of capital stock of the Surviving Corporation.
(f) Fractional Shares . No fraction of a share of Acquiror Capital Stock will be issued, but in lieu thereof each holder of shares of Target Common Stock and Target Preferred Stock who would otherwise be entitled to a fraction of a share of Acquiror Capital Stock, as
3
applicable, and after aggregating all fractional shares of like Acquiror Capital Stock to be received by such holder, shall receive from Acquiror an amount of cash (rounded to the nearest whole cent) equal to the product of (i) such fraction, multiplied by (ii) the applicable Exchange Ratio for such Acquiror Capital Stock. The fractional share interests of each Target stockholder shall be aggregated, so that no Target stockholder shall receive cash in respect of fractional share interests in an amount greater than the value of such full share of Acquiror Capital Stock, as applicable.
(g) Appraisal Rights . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, any shares of Target Common Stock or Target Preferred Stock held by a holder who has demanded and perfected such holder's right for appraisal of such shares in accordance with Delaware Law and who, as of the Effective Time, has not effectively withdrawn or lost such right to appraisal (" Dissenting Shares "), if any, shall not be converted into the Merger Consideration but shall instead be converted into the right to receive such consideration as may be determined to be due with respect to such Dissenting Shares pursuant to Delaware Law. Target shall give Acquiror prompt notice of any demand received by Target to require Target to purchase shares of Common Stock of Target, and Acquiror shall have the right to direct and participate in all negotiations and proceedings with respect to such demand. Target agrees that, except with the prior written consent of Acquiror, or as required under the Delaware Law, it will not voluntarily make any payment with respect to, or settle or offer to settle, any such purchase demand. Each holder of Dissenting Shares (a " Dissenting Stockholder ") who, pursuant to the provisions of Delaware Law, becomes entitled to payment of the fair value for shares of Target Capital Stock shall receive payment therefore (but only after the value therefore shall have been agreed upon or finally determined pursuant to such provisions). If, after the Effective Time, any Dissenting Shares shall lose their status as Dissenting Shares, Acquiror shall issue and deliver, upon surrender by such stockholder of a certificate or certificates representing shares of Target Capital Stock, the portion of the Merger Consideration to which such stockholder would otherwise be entitled under this Section 2.6 and the Certificate of Merger.
(h) Certificate Legends . The shares of Acquiror Capital Stock to be issued pursuant to this Section 2.6 shall not have been registered and shall be characterized as "restricted securities" under the federal securities laws, and under such laws such shares may be resold without registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the " Securities Act "), only in certain limited circumstances. Each certificate evidencing shares of Acquiror Capital Stock to be issued pursuant to this Section 2.6 shall bear the following legend:
"THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933. SUCH SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION WITHOUT AN EXEMPTION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR AN OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL REASONABLY ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED."
and any legends required by state securities laws.
2.7 Surrender of Certificates.
(a) Exchange Agent . Comerica Bank or such other institution selected by Acquiror with the reasonable consent of Target shall act as exchange agent (the " Exchange Agent ") in the Merger.
(b) Acquiror to Provide Stock and Cash . Promptly after the Effective Time, but in no event later than ten (10) days after the Effective Time, Acquiror shall supply or cause to be supplied to the Exchange Agent for exchange in accordance with this Section 2 through such
4
reasonable procedures as Acquiror may adopt (i) certificates evidencing the shares of Acquiror Capital Stock issuable pursuant to Section 2.6(a) in exchange for shares of Target Capital Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time; and (ii) cash in an amount sufficient to permit payment of cash in lieu of fractional shares pursuant to Section 2.6(f) (collectively, (i) and (ii) shall be referred to as the " Exchange Fund ").
(c) Exchange Procedures . Promptly after the Effective Time, but in no event later than five (5) days after the Effective Time, the Surviving Corporation shall cause to be mailed to each holder of record of a certificate or certificates (the " Certificates ") that immediately prior to the Effective Time represented outstanding shares of Target Capital Stock, whose shares were converted into the right to receive shares of Acquiror Capital Stock (and cash in lieu of fractional shares) pursuant to Section 2.6 , (i) a letter of transmittal (which shall specify that delivery shall be effected, and risk of loss and title to the Certificates shall pass, only upon receipt of the Certificates by the Exchange Agent, and shall be in customary form and have such other provisions as Acquiror may reasonably specify); (ii) such other customary documents as may be required pursuant to such instructions; and (iii) instructions for use in effecting the surrender of the Certificates in exchange for certificates representing shares of Acquiror Capital Stock (and cash in lieu of fractional shares). Upon surrender of a Certificate for cancellation to the Exchange Agent or to such other agent or agents as may be appointed by Acquiror, together with such letter of transmittal and other documents, duly completed and validly executed in accordance with the instructions thereto, the holder of such Certificate shall be entitled to receive in exchange therefore (i) the number of whole shares of Acquiror Capital Stock; (ii) any dividends or other distributions to which such holder is entitled pursuant to Section 2.7(d) ; and (iii) cash (without interest) in respect of fractional shares as provided in Section 2.6(f) , and the Certificate so surrendered shall forthwith be canceled. Until so surrendered, each outstanding Certificate that prior to the Effective Time represented shares of Target Capital Stock will be deemed from and after the Effective Time, for all corporate purposes other than the payment of dividends, to evidence the ownership of the number of full shares of Acquiror Capital Stock into which such shares of Target Capital Stock shall have been so converted and the right to receive an amount in cash in lieu of the issuance of any fractional shares in accordance with Section 2.6 .
(d) Distributions With Respect to Unexchanged Shares . No dividends or other distributions with respect to Acquiror Capital Stock with a record date after the Effective Time will be paid to the holder of any unsurrendered Certificate with respect to the shares of Acquiror Capital Stock represented thereby until the holder of record of such Certificate shall surrender such Certificate. Subject to applicable law, following surrender of any such Certificate, there shall be paid to the record holder of the certificates representing whole shares of Acquiror Capital Stock issued in exchange therefor, without interest at the time of such surrender, the amount of any such dividends or other distributions with a record date after the Effective Time theretofore payable (but for the provisions of this Section 2.7(d) ) with respect to such shares of Acquiror Capital Stock.
(e) Transfers of Ownership . At the Effective Time, the stock transfer books of Target shall be closed, and there shall be no further registration of transfers of Target Capital Stock thereafter on the records of Target. If any certificate for shares of Acquiror Capital Stock is to be issued in a name other than that in which the Certificate surrendered in exchange therefor is registered, it will be a condition of the issuance thereof that the Certificate so surrendered will be properly endorsed and otherwise in proper form for transfer and that the person requesting such exchange will have paid to Acquiror or any agent designated by it any transfer or other taxes required by reason of the issuance of a certificate for shares of Acquiror Capital Stock in any name other than that of the registered holder of the Certificate
5
surrendered, or established to the satisfaction of Acquiror or any agent designated by it that such tax has been paid or is not payable.
(f) Termination of Exchange Fund . Any portion of the Exchange Fund which remains undistributed to the stockholders of Target one year after the Effective Time shall be delivered to Acquiror, upon demand, and any stockholders of Target who have not previously complied with this Section 2.7 shall thereafter look only to Acquiror for payment of their claim for the Merger Consideration and any dividends or distributions with respect to Acquiror Capital Stock.
(g) No Liability . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.7 , none of the Exchange Agent, the Surviving Corporation or any party hereto shall be liable to any person for any amount properly paid to a public official pursuant to any applicable abandoned property, escheat or similar law.
(h) Dissenting Shares . The provisions of this Section 2.7 shall also apply to Dissenting Shares that lose their status as such, except that the obligations of Acquiror under this Section 2.7 shall commence on the date of loss of such status and the holder of such shares shall be entitled to receive in exchange for such shares the Merger Consideration to which such holder is entitled pursuant to Section 2.6 hereof.
(i) Withholding . Each of the Exchange Agent, Acquiror and the Surviving Corporation shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from any consideration payable or otherwise deliverable pursuant to this Agreement to any holder or former holder of Target capital stock such amounts as may be required to be deducted or withheld therefrom under the Code or any provision of state, local or foreign tax law. To the extent such amounts are so deducted or withheld, such amounts shall be treated for all purposes under this Agreement as having been paid to the Person to whom such amounts would otherwise have been paid.
2.8 No Further Ownership Rights in Target Capital Stock. The Merger Consideration delivered upon the surrender for exchange of shares of Target Capital Stock in accordance with the terms hereof (including any dividends, distributions or cash paid in lieu of fractional shares) shall be deemed to have been issued in full satisfaction of all rights pertaining to such shares of Target Capital Stock, and there shall be no further registration of transfers on the records of the Surviving Corporation of shares of Target Capital Stock which were outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time. If, after the Effective Time, Certificates are presented to the Surviving Corporation for any reason, they shall be canceled and exchanged as provided in this Section 2 .
2.9 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. In the event any Certificates shall have been lost, stolen or destroyed, the Exchange Agent shall issue in exchange for such lost, stolen or destroyed Certificates, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the holder thereof such Merger Consideration (and dividends, distributions and cash in lieu of fractional shares) as may be required pursuant to Section 2.6 ; provided , however , that Acquiror may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed Certificates to deliver a bond in such sum as it may reasonably direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against Acquiror, the Surviving Corporation or the Exchange Agent with respect to the Certificates alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.
2.10 Tax Consequences. It is intended by the parties hereto that the Merger shall constitute a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code.
2.11 Taking of Necessary Action; Further Action. Each of Acquiror, Merger Sub and Target will take all such reasonable and lawful action as may be necessary or desirable in order to effectuate the Merger in accordance with this Agreement as promptly as possible. If, at any time after the Effective Time, any further action is necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes of
6
this Agreement and to vest the Surviving Corporation with full right, title and possession to all assets, property, rights, privileges, powers and franchises of Target and Merger Sub, the officers and directors of Target and Merger Sub are fully authorized in the name of their respective corporations or otherwise to take, and will take, all such lawful and necessary action, so long as such action is not inconsistent with this Agreement.
3. Representations and Warranties of Target. Target represents and warrants to Acquiror and Merger Sub that the statements contained in this Section 3 are true and correct, except as disclosed in a document of even date herewith and delivered by Target to Acquiror on the date hereof referring to the representations and warranties in this Agreement (the " Target Disclosure Schedule "). The Target Disclosure Schedule will be arranged in paragraphs corresponding to the numbered and lettered paragraphs contained in this Section 3, and the disclosure in any such numbered and lettered section of the Target Disclosure Schedule shall qualify the corresponding subsection in this Section 3 (and shall qualify other sections to the extent disclosure is applicable to such other sections based on a plain reading of the disclosure on its face).
3.1 Organization, Standing and Power. Target is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the state of Delaware. Target has the corporate power to own its properties and to carry on its business as now being conducted and is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the failure to be so qualified and in good standing could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Target. Target has delivered a true and correct copy of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws or other charter documents, as applicable, of Target, each as amended to date, to Acquiror. Target is not in violation of any of the provisions of its Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws or equivalent organizational documents. Target has no Subsidiaries. Except as set forth on Section 3.1 of the Target Disclosure Schedule, Target does not directly or indirectly own any equity or similar interest in, or any interest convertible or exchangeable or exercisable for, any equity or similar interest in, any corporation, partnership, joint venture or other business association or entity.
3.2 Authority. Target has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Target subject only to the approval of the Merger by Target's stockholders as contemplated by Section 8.1(a) . The affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of Target's (i) Common Stock and Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, (ii) Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, and (iii) Series C Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, outstanding on the record date for the Written Consent of Stockholders relating to this Agreement is the only vote of the holders of any of Target's Capital Stock necessary under Delaware Law to approve this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby. The Board of Directors of Target has unanimously (a) approved this Agreement and the Merger; (b) determined that in its opinion the Merger is advisable and in the best interests of the stockholders of Target; and (c) recommended that the stockholders of Target approve this Agreement and the Merger. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Target and constitutes the valid and binding obligation of Target enforceable against Target in accordance with its terms, except that such enforceability may be limited by (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other similar laws affecting or relating to creditors' rights generally, (ii) rules governing specific performance, injunctive relief and other equitable remedies. The execution and delivery of this Agreement by Target does not, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not, conflict with, or result in any violation of, or default under (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both), or give rise to a right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any material obligation or loss of any material benefit under (a) any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of Target, as amended; or (b) any mortgage, indenture, lease, contract or other agreement or instrument, permit, concession, franchise, license,
7
judgment, order, decree, statute, law, ordinance, rule or regulation applicable to Target or any of their properties or assets, in the case of clause (b), except for such conflicts, violations, defaults, rights of termination, cancellation or acceleration as could not individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Target. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.2 of the Target Disclosure Schedule, no consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with, any court, administrative agency or commission or other governmental authority or instrumentality (" Governmental Entity ") is required by or with respect to Target or its Subsidiaries in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, except for (a) the filing of the Certificate of Merger, together with the required officers' certificates, and the filing of the Certificate of Merger, each as provided in Section 2.2 ; (b) filings required under Regulation D of the Securities Act of 1933; (c) such consents, approvals, orders, authorizations, registrations, declarations and filings as may be required under applicable state securities laws and the securities laws of any foreign country; and (d) such other consents, authorizations, filings, approvals and registrations which, if not obtained or made, would not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Target and could not reasonably be expected to prevent, or materially alter or delay, any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
3.3 Governmental Authorization. Target has obtained each federal, state, county, local or foreign governmental consent, license, permit, grant, or other authorization of a Governmental Entity (a) pursuant to which Target currently operates or holds any interest in any of its properties; or (b) that is required for the operation of Target's business or the holding of any such interest and all of such authorizations are in full force and effect except where the failure to obtain or have any such authorizations could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Target.
3.4 Financial Statements.
(a) Target has delivered to Acquiror its unaudited financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 and audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, and its unaudited financial statements (balance sheet, statement of operations and statement of cash flows) on a consolidated basis as at and for the eleven - month period ended November 30, 2006 (collectively, the " Target Financial Statements "). The Target Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (except that the unaudited financial statements do not contain footnotes and the eleven-month financial statements are subject to normal recurring year-end audit adjustments, the effect of which will not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods presented and consistent with each other. The Target Financial Statements fairly present the consolidated financial condition, operating results and cash flow of Target as of the dates, and for the periods, indicated therein, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes in the case of the unaudited Target Financial Statements.
(b) Target maintains a system of internal accounting controls to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed with management's general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements of Target and to maintain accountability for assets; and (iii) access to Target's assets is permitted only in accordance with management's authorization. Target is not party to or otherwise involved in any "off-balance sheet arrangements" (as defined in Item 303 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the " Exchange Act ").
3.5 Capital Structure. The authorized capital stock of Target consists of 35,000,000 shares of Target Common Stock, of which there are issued and outstanding 9,630,934 shares, and 15,755,722 shares of Target Preferred Stock, of which there are designated 3,965,331 shares of Series A
8
Preferred Stock, 2,068,169 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, and 9,722,222 shares of Series C Preferred Stock. There are issued and outstanding, 3,936,760 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, convertible into 3,936,760 shares of Common Stock; 2,068,169 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, convertible into 2,068,169 shares of Common Stock; and 9,711,111 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, convertible into 9,711,111 shares of Common Stock. All outstanding shares of Target Common Stock and Target Preferred Stock are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and are free of any liens or encumbrances other than any liens or encumbrances created by or imposed upon the holders thereof, and are not subject to preemptive rights or rights of first refusal created by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of Target or any agreement to which Target is a party or by which it is bound. There are 4,593,925 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Target 2000 Stock Option Plan (the " Target 2000 Plan "), of which 2,464,583 shares were subject to outstanding options and 409,658 shares were reserved for future option grants and there are 2,531,075 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Target 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the " Target 2006 Plan "), of which 1,578,000 shares were subject to outstanding options and 896,825 shares were reserved for future option grants (the Target 2006 Plan and the Target 2000 Plan, together are referred to herein as the " Target Plans "). There are 11,111 shares of Series C Preferred Stock reserved for issuance upon the exercise of outstanding Target Warrants, and the Target Warrants are held in the amounts and by the persons set forth in the Target Disclosure Schedule. Target has delivered to Acquiror true and complete copies of each warrant and warrant agreement evidencing each Target Warrant and each form of agreement or stock option plan evidencing each Target Option. Except for the rights created pursuant to this Agreement and the rights disclosed in the preceding three sentences, there are no other options, warrants, calls, rights, commitments or agreements of any character to which Target is a party or by which it is bound, obligating Target to issue, deliver, sell, repurchase or redeem or cause to be issued, delivered, sold, repurchased or redeemed, any shares of Target Capital Stock or obligating Target to grant, extend, accelerate the vesting of, change the price of, or otherwise amend or enter into any such option, warrant, call, right, commitment or agreement. All shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock or upon exercise of the options described in this Section 3.5 , and all shares of Series C Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of warrants described in this Section 3.5 , will be, when issued pursuant to the respective terms of such Preferred Stock, options or warrants, duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. Except as described above, there are no other contracts, commitments or agreements relating to voting, purchase or sale of Target Capital Stock (a) to which Target is a party, and (b) to Target's knowledge, between or among any of Target's stockholders. All shares of outstanding Target Common Stock and Target Preferred Stock and rights to acquire Target Capital Stock were issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws.
3.6 Absence of Certain Changes. Since November 30, 2006 (the " Target Balance Sheet Date "), Target has conducted its business in the ordinary course consistent with past practice and there has not occurred (a) any change, event or condition (whether or not covered by insurance) that has resulted in, or would reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect on Target; (b) any acquisition, sale or transfer of any material asset of Target other than in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice; (c) any change in accounting methods or practices (including any change in depreciation or amortization policies or rates) by Target or any revaluation by Target of any of its assets; (d) any declaration, setting aside, or payment of a dividend or other distribution with respect to the shares of Target or any direct or indirect redemption, purchase or other acquisition by Target of any of its shares of capital stock; (e) any Material Contract entered into by Target, other than in the ordinary course of business and as provided to Acquiror, or any material amendment or termination of, or default under, any Material Contract (as defined in Section 3.13 ) to which Target is a party or by which it is bound; (f) any amendment or change to the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of Target; (g) any
9
increase in or modification of the compensation or benefits payable or to become payable by Target to any of its directors, executive officers, or, other than in the ordinary course of business, employees; or (h) any negotiation or agreement by Target to do any of the things described in the preceding clauses (a) through (g) (other than negotiations with Acquiror and its representatives regarding the transactions contemplated by this Agreement). At the Effective Time, there will be no accrued but unpaid dividends on shares of Target's capital stock.
3.7 Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities. Target has no material obligations or liabilities of any nature (matured or unmatured, fixed or contingent) other than (a) those set forth or adequately provided for in the balance sheet of Target as of the Target Balance Sheet Date (the " Target Balance Sheet "); (b) those incurred in the ordinary course of business and not required to be set forth in the Target Balance Sheet under generally accepted accounting principles; (c) those incurred in the ordinary course of business since the Target Balance Sheet Date and consistent with past practice; and (d) those incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
3.8 Litigation. There is no private or governmental action, suit, proceeding, contest, claim, arbitration or, to the knowledge of Target, investigation pending before any Governmental Entity, foreign or domestic, or, to the knowledge of Target, threatened against Target or any of its properties or any of its officers or directors (in their capacities as such) that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Target. There is no judgment, decree or order against Target, or, to the knowledge of Target, any of its directors or officers (in their capacities as such), that could prevent, enjoin, or materially alter or delay any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Target. All litigation to which Target is a party (or, to the knowledge of Target, threatened to become a party) is described in Section 3.8 of the Target Disclosure Schedule.
3.9 Restrictions on Business Activities. There is no agreement, judgment, injunction, order or decree binding upon Target that has or would reasonably be expected to have the effect of prohibiting or materially impairing any business practice of Target, any acquisition of property by Target or the conduct of business by Target as currently conducted.
3.10 Intellectual Property.
(a) For purposes of this Agreement, " Intellectual Property " means:
(i) all issued patents, reissued or reexamined patents, revivals of patents, utility models, certificates of invention, registrations of patents and extensions thereof, regardless of country or formal name (collectively, " Issued Patents ");
(ii) all published or unpublished nonprovisional and provisional patent applications, reexamination proceedings, invention disclosures and records of invention (collectively " Patent Applications " and, with the Issued Patents, the " Patents ");
(iii) all copyrights, copyrightable works, semiconductor topography and mask work rights, including all rights of authorship, use, publication, reproduction, distribution, performance transformation, moral rights and rights of ownership of copyrightable works, semiconductor topography works and mask works, and all rights to register and obtain renewals and extensions of registrations, together with all other interests accruing by reason of international copyright, semiconductor topography and mask work conventions (collectively, " Copyrights ");
10
(iv) trademarks, registered trademarks, applications for registration of trademarks, service marks, registered service marks, applications for registration of service marks, trade names, registered trade names and applications for registrations of trade names (collectively, " Trademarks ") and domain name registrations;
(v) all technology, ideas, inventions, designs, proprietary information, manufacturing and operating specifications, know-how, formulae, trade secrets, technical data, computer programs, hardware, software and processes; and
(vi) all other intangible assets, properties and rights (whether or not appropriate steps have been taken to protect, under applicable law, such other intangible assets, properties or rights).
(b) Target (i) exclusively owns and has good and marketable title to, right and interest in, or (ii) possesses legally enforceable rights to use, all Intellectual Property used or currently proposed to be used in the business of Target as currently conducted or as proposed to be conducted by Target. The Intellectual Property owned by and/or licensed to Target collectively constitutes all of the Intellectual Property necessary to enable Target to conduct its business as such business is currently being conducted. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.10(b), no current or former officer, director, stockholder, employee, consultant or independent contractor has asserted any right, claim or interest in or with respect to any Target Intellectual Property (as defined in Section 3.10(c) below).
(c) With respect to each item of Intellectual Property incorporated into any product of Target or otherwise used in the business of Target (except "off the shelf" or other software available through regular commercial distribution channels at an annual cost not exceeding $10,000 on standard terms and conditions, as modified for Target's operations) (" Target Intellectual Property "), Section 3.10 of the Target Disclosure Schedule lists:
(i) all Issued Patents and Patent Applications, all registered Trademarks, and pending trademark registrations and all registered Copyrights, including the jurisdictions in which each such Intellectual Property has been issued or registered or in which any such application for such issuance and registration has been filed; and
(ii) the following agreements relating to each of the products of Target which are currently or have been in the past, sold or licensed by Target to third parties (the " Target Products ") or other Target Intellectual Property owned by Target: all (A) agreements granting any right to distribute or sublicense a Target Product on any exclusive basis; (B) any exclusive licenses of Target Intellectual Property to or from Target; (C) agreements pursuant to which the amounts actually paid or payable under firm annual commitments to Target are $100,000 or more; (D) joint development agreements; (E) any agreement by which Target grants to a third party any ownership right to any Target Intellectual Property owned by Target; (F) any court or arbitrator's order relating to the Target Intellectual Property owned by Target or, to Target's knowledge, licensed by Target; (G) any option respecting the sale, license, transfer or other disposition of any Target Intellectual Property owned by Target; and (H) agreements pursuant to which any party is granted any rights to access source code or to use source code to create derivative works of Target Products.
(d) Section 3.10 of the Target Disclosure Schedule contains an accurate list as of the date of this Agreement of all licenses, sublicenses and other agreements to which Target is a party and pursuant to which Target is authorized to use any Intellectual Property owned by any third party, excluding "off the shelf" or other software widely available through commercial
11
distribution channels at a cost not exceeding $10,000 annually on standard terms and conditions, as adjusted for Target's business purposes (" Third Party Intellectual Property ").
(e) To Target's knowledge, there is no unauthorized use, disclosure, infringement or misappropriation of any Target Intellectual Property, including any Third Party Intellectual Property utilized in one or more Target Products, by any third party, including any employee or former employee of Target. Target has not entered into any agreement to indemnify any other person against any charge of infringement of any Target Intellectual Property, other than indemnification provisions contained in standard sales or agreements to end users arising in the ordinary course of business, the forms of which have been delivered to Acquiror or its counsel. There are no royalties, fees or other payments payable by Target to any Person by reason of the ownership, use, sale or disposition of the Target Intellectual Property, other than Intellectual Property licensed from third parties.
(f) Target is not currently, or has been in the past, in breach of any license, sublicense or other agreement relating to the Target Intellectual Property or Third Party Intellectual Property. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.10(f) , neither the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement or any ancillary agreement contemplated hereby nor the consummation of the Merger or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will contravene, conflict with or result in any limitation on the Acquiror's right to own or use any Target Intellectual Property, including any Third Party Intellectual Property.
(g) All Patents, registered Trademarks and registered Copyrights held by Target are valid and subsisting (excluding pending applications therefore). All maintenance and annual fees have been fully paid and all fees paid during prosecution and after issuance of any Patent comprising or relating to such item have been paid in the correct entity status amounts. To the knowledge of Target, except as set forth on Schedule 3.10(g) of the Target Disclosure Schedule, Target is not infringing, misappropriating or making unlawful use of, or has received any notice or other communication (in writing or otherwise) of any actual, alleged, possible or potential infringement, misappropriation or unlawful use of any proprietary asset owned or used by any third party. There is no proceeding pending or threatened, nor has any claim or demand been made that challenges the legality, validity, enforceability, licensing or ownership of any item of Target Intellectual Property or alleges a claim of infringement of any Patents, Copyrights or Trademarks, or violation of any trade secret or other proprietary right of any third party. Target has not brought a proceeding alleging infringement of Target Intellectual Property owned by or licensed to Target or breach of any license or agreement involving Intellectual Property against any third party.
(h) All current and former officers and employees of Target have executed and delivered to Target an agreement (containing no exceptions or exclusions from the scope of its coverage relating to Target Intellectual Property) regarding the protection of proprietary information and the assignment to Target of any Intellectual Property arising from services performed for Target by such persons, the form of which has been supplied to Acquiror. All current and former consultants and independent contractors to Target involved in the development, modification, marketing and servicing of any Target Products or Target Intellectual Property have executed and delivered to Target an agreement in the form provided to Acquiror or its counsel (containing no exceptions or exclusions from the scope of its coverage relating to Target Intellectual Property) regarding the protection of proprietary information and the assignment or license to Target of any Intellectual Property arising from services performed for Target by such persons. To the knowledge of Target, no employee or independent contractor of Target is in violation of any term of any patent disclosure agreement or employment contract or any other contract or agreement relating to the relationship of any such employee or independent contractor with Target. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.10(h) ,
12
no current or former officer, director, stockholder, employee, consultant or independent contractor has any right, claim or interest in or with respect to any Target Intellectual Property.
(i) Target has taken commercially reasonable and customary measures and precautions necessary to protect and maintain the confidentiality of all Target Intellectual Property (except such Target Intellectual Property whose value would not be materially impaired by public disclosure and excluding any Issued Patents) and otherwise to maintain and protect the full value of all Target Intellectual Property. All use or disclosure to a third party of Target Intellectual Property owned by Target and which constitutes a trade secret under applicable law (" Confidential Information ") has been pursuant to the terms of a written agreement between Target and such third party or otherwise protected by a legally recognized relationship of confidentiality. All use, disclosure or appropriation by Target of Confidential Information not owned by Target has been pursuant to the terms of a written agreement between Target and the owner of such Confidential Information, or, to the knowledge of Target, is otherwise lawful.
(j) No product liability claims have been communicated in writing to or, to Target's knowledge, threatened against Target.
(k) A complete list of each of the Target Products and Target's proprietary software (" Target Software ") is set forth in Section 3.10 of the Target Disclosure Schedule. The Target Software and Target Products conform in all material respects with any warranty provided with respect thereto to Target's customers by or on behalf of Target.
(l) Target is not subject to any proceeding or outstanding decree, order, judgment or stipulation restricting in any manner the use, transfer or licensing of any Target Intellectual Property by Target, or which may affect the validity, use or enforceability of such Target Intellectual Property. Target is not subject to any agreement that restricts in any material respect the use, transfer, delivery or licensing by Target of the Target Intellectual Property owned by Target or Target Products, excepting Third Party Intellectual Property.
(m) Except as set forth in Schedule 3.10(m) , no Public Software (as defined below) forms part of any Target Product, services provided by Target (" Target Service ") or Target Intellectual Property, and no Public Software was or is used in connection with the development of any Target Product, Target Service or Target Intellectual Property or is incorporated into, in whole or in part, or has been distributed with, in whole or in part, any Target Product, Target Service or Target Intellectual Property. As used in this Section 3.10(m) , " Public Software " means any software that contains, or is derived in any manner (in whole or in part) from, any software that is distributed as free software (as defined by the Free Software Foundation), open source software ( e.g ., Linux or software distributed under any license approved by the Open Source Initiative as set forth www.opensource.org) or similar licensing or distribution models which requires the distribution of source code to licensees, including software licensed or distributed under any of the following licenses or distribution models, or licenses or distribution models similar to any of the following: (i) GNU's General Public License (GPL) or Lesser/Library GPL (LGPL); (ii) the Artistic License ( e.g. , PERL); (iii) the Mozilla Public License; (iv) the Netscape Public License; (v) the Sun Community Source License (SCSL); (vi) the Sun Industry Standards License (SISL); (vii) the BSD License; or (viii) the Apache License.
3.11 Interested Party Transactions. Target is not indebted to any director, officer, employee or agent of Target (except for amounts due as normal salaries and bonuses and in reimbursement of ordinary expenses), and no such person is indebted to Target. There have been no transactions during the two-year period ending on the date hereof that would require disclosure if Target were subject to disclosure under Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act.
13
3.12 Minute Books. The minute book of Target contains a materially complete and accurate record of all meetings of directors and stockholders or actions by written consent since the time of incorporation of Target through the date of this Agreement.
3.13 Material Contracts. All of Target's Material Contracts (as defined in this Section 3.13 below) are listed in Section 3.13 of the Target Disclosure Schedule. With respect to each Material Contract: (a) the Material Contract is legal, valid, binding and enforceable and in full force and effect with respect to Target, and, to Target's knowledge, is legal, valid, binding, enforceable and in full force and effect with respect to each other party thereto, in either case subject to the effect of bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally and except as the availability of equitable remedies may be limited by general principles of equity; and (b) neither Target nor, to Target's knowledge, any other party is in breach or default, and no event has occurred that with notice or lapse of time would constitute a breach or default by Target or, to Target's knowledge, by any such other party, or permit termination, modification or acceleration, under such Material Contract, subject to such exceptions as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Target. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.13 , no consent of any third party to any Material Contract is required in connection with entering into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. Target is not a party to any oral contract, agreement or other arrangement. For purposes of this Section 3, " Material Contract " means any contract, agreement or commitment to which Target is a party (a) with expected receipts from the top fifty (50) active customer agreements based on value of firm commitments to Target; (b) expenditures in excess of $100,000 per annum; (c) required to be listed pursuant to Section 3.10(c)(ii) or Section 3.10(d) ; (d) granting any exclusive rights to any party; (e) evidencing indebtedness for borrowed or loaned money of $100,000 or more, including guarantees of such indebtedness; or (f) that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Target if breached by Target in such a manner as would (I) permit any other party to cancel or terminate the same (with or without notice of passage of time); (II) provide a basis for any other party to claim money damages (either individually or in the aggregate with all other such claims under that contract) from Target; or (III) give rise to a right of acceleration of any material obligation or loss of any material benefit under such Material Contract.
3.14 Accounts Receivable. Subject to any reserves set forth therein, the accounts receivable shown on the Target Financial Statements are valid and genuine, have arisen solely out of bona fide sales and deliveries of goods, performance of services, and other business transactions in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices in each case with persons other than affiliates, are not subject to any prior assignment, lien or security interest, and to Target's knowledge are not subject to valid defenses, set-offs or counter claims. The accounts receivable are collectible in accordance with their terms at their recorded amounts, subject only to the reserve for doubtful accounts on the Target Financial Statements.
3.15 Customers and Suppliers. As of the date hereof, no customer that individually accounted for more than one percent (1%) of Target's gross revenues during the 12-month period preceding the date hereof and no supplier of Target that individually accounted for more than one percent (1%) of Target's purchases during the 12-month period preceding the date hereof has canceled or otherwise terminated, or made any written threat to Target to cancel or otherwise terminate its relationship with Target or has at any time on or after the Target Balance Sheet Date, decreased materially its services or supplies to Target in the case of any such supplier, or its usage of the services or products of Target in the case of such customer, and to Target's knowledge no such supplier or customer has indicated either orally or in writing that it intends to cancel or otherwise terminate its relationship with Target or to decrease materially its services or supplies to Target or its usage of the services or products of Target, as the case may be. Target has not
14
knowingly breached, so as to provide a benefit to Target that was not intended by the parties, any agreement with, or engaged in any fraudulent conduct with respect to, any customer or supplier of Target.
3.16 Employees and Consultants. Section 3.16 of the Target Disclosure Schedule or a letter delivered to Acquiror by Target contains a list of the names of all employees (including without limitation part-time employees and temporary employees), leased employees, independent contractors and consultants of Target as of the Effective Time, together with their respective salaries or wages, other compensation, dates of employment and positions.
3.17 Title to Property. Target has good and marketable title to all of its properties, interests in properties and assets, real and personal, reflected in the Target Balance Sheet or acquired after the Target Balance Sheet Date (except properties, interests in properties and assets sold or otherwise disposed of since the Target Balance Sheet Date in the ordinary course of business), or with respect to leased properties and assets, valid leasehold interests therein, free and clear of all mortgages, liens, pledges, charges or encumbrances of any kind or character, except (a) the lien of current taxes not yet due and payable; (b) such imperfections of title, liens and easements as do not and will not materially detract from or interfere with the use of the properties subject thereto or affected thereby, or otherwise materially impair business operations involving such properties; (c) liens securing debt that is reflected on the Target Balance Sheet; and (d) such other mortgages, liens, pledges, charges or encumbrances as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Target. The plants, property and equipment of Target that are used in the operations of Target's business are in all material respects in good operating condition and repair, subject to normal wear and tear. All properties used in the operations of Target are reflected in the Target Balance Sheet to the extent required by generally accepted accounting principles. All leases to which Target is a party are in full force and effect and are valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other similar laws affecting or relating to creditors' rights generally; and general principles of equity, regardless of whether asserted in a proceeding in equity or at law. True and correct copies of all such leases have been provided to Acquiror. Target owns no real property.
3.18 Environmental Matters.
(a) The following terms shall be defined as follows:
(i) " Environmental Laws " shall mean any applicable foreign, federal, state or local governmental laws (including common laws), statutes, ordinances, codes, regulations, rules, policies, permits, licenses, certificates, approvals, judgments, decrees, orders, directives, or requirements that pertain to the protection of the environment, protection of public health and safety, or protection of worker health and safety, or that pertain to the handling, use, manufacturing, processing, storage, treatment, transportation, discharge, release, emission, disposal, re-use, recycling, or other contact or involvement with Hazardous Materials (as defined in Section 3.18(ii)), including, without limitation, the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, 42 U.S.C. Section 9601, et seq., as amended (" CERCLA "), and the federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 6901, et seq., as amended (" RCRA ").
(ii) " Hazardous Materials " shall mean any material, chemical, compound, substance, mixture or by-product that is identified, defined, designated, listed, restricted or otherwise regulated under Environmental Laws as a "hazardous constituent," "hazardous substance," "hazardous material," "acutely hazardous material," "extremely hazardous material," "hazardous waste," "hazardous waste constituent," "acutely hazardous waste," "extremely hazardous waste," "infectious waste," "medical waste," "biomedical waste,"
15
"pollutant," "toxic pollutant," "contaminant" or any other formulation or terminology intended to classify or identify substances, constituents, materials or wastes by reason of properties that are deleterious to the environment, natural resources, worker health and safety, or public health and safety, including without limitation ignitability, corrosivity, reactivity, carcinogenicity, toxicity and reproductive toxicity. The term "Hazardous Materials" shall include without limitation any "hazardous substances" as defined, listed, designated or regulated under CERCLA, any "hazardous wastes" or "solid wastes" as defined, listed, designated or regulated under RCRA, any asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, any polychlorinated biphenyls, and any petroleum or hydrocarbonic substance, fraction, distillate or by-product.
(b) Target is and has been in compliance with all Environmental Laws relating to the properties or facilities used, leased or occupied by Target at any time (collectively, " Target's Facilities ;" such properties or facilities currently used, leased or occupied by Target are defined herein as " Target's Current Facilities "), and no discharge, emission, release, leak or spill of Hazardous Materials has occurred at any of Target's Facilities that may or will give rise to liability of Target under Environmental Laws except for any non-compliance or occurrence that, individually or in the aggregate, would not be reasonably expected to have a material Adverse Effect on Target. To Target's knowledge, there are no Hazardous Materials (including without limitation asbestos) present in the surface waters, structures, groundwaters or soils of or beneath any of Target's Current Facilities. To Target's knowledge, there neither are nor have been any aboveground or underground storage tanks for Hazardous Materials at Target's Current Facilities. To Target's knowledge, no Target employee or other person has claimed that Target is liable for alleged injury or illness resulting from an alleged exposure to a Hazardous Material. No civil, criminal or administrative action, proceeding or investigation is pending against Target, or, to Target's knowledge, threatened against Target, with respect to Hazardous Materials or Environmental Laws; and Target is not aware of any facts or circumstances that could form the basis for assertion of a claim against Target or that could form the basis for liability of Target, regarding Hazardous Materials or regarding actual or potential noncompliance with Environmental Laws.
3.19 Taxes
(a) As used in this Agreement:
(i) the terms " Tax " and, collectively, " Taxes " mean any and all federal, state and local taxes of any country, assessments and other governmental charges, duties, impositions and liabilities, including taxes based upon or measured by gross receipts, income, profits, sales, use and occupation, and value added, ad valorem, stamp transfer, franchise, withholding, payroll, recapture, employment, excise and property taxes, together with all interest, penalties and additions imposed with respect to such amounts; and
(ii) the term " Tax Return " means any return (including any information statement) or report required to be filed with any taxing authority;
(b) Target has prepared and timely filed all Tax Returns required to be filed by Target. Such Tax Returns were true and correct in all material respects and were completed in accordance with applicable law. Target has paid all Taxes required to have been paid, regardless of whether or not shown to have been payable on such Tax Returns. Target has withheld, collected and paid over to the appropriate taxing authority all Taxes required to have been withheld, collected and paid over to any taxing authority;
(c) Target, as of the Effective Time, (i) will have timely filed all Tax Returns required to be filed by Target between the date of this Agreement and the Effective Time and such Tax
16
Returns will have been completed in accordance with applicable law and will be true and correct in all material respects, (ii) will have paid all Taxes required to have been paid by Target on or before the Effective Time, and (iii) will have withheld, collected and paid over to the proper taxing authority, all Taxes required to be withheld, collected and paid over to any taxing authority on or before the Effective Time;
(d) There is no Tax deficiency outstanding or assessed against Target that is not reflected as a liability on the Target Balance Sheet. With respect to any current or pending audit, Target has not received any written correspondence from any taxing authority indicating that the taxing authority is currently threatening a Tax assessment. Target has not executed any agreements or waivers extending any statute of limitations on or extending the period for the assessment or collection of any Tax;
(e) Target has no liabilities for unpaid Taxes that have not been accrued for or reserved on the Target Balance Sheet, to the extent required have been accrued for or reserved by U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, excluding for the purpose of comparing unpaid Taxes to such reserves, any reserve for deferred Taxes established to reflect timing differences between financial accounting income and Tax income;
(f) Target is not a party to any tax-sharing agreement, or similar written arrangement with any other;
(g) No audit of the Target's Tax Returns by a taxing authority is currently in process or pending, or threatened in writing against Target;
(h) Target has never been a member of an "affiliated group" of corporations filing a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return. Target does not have any liability for the Taxes of any Person under Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6. Target does not have any liability for the Taxes of any Person as a successor or transferee;
(i) Target has made available to Acquiror copies of all Tax Returns filed for Target since inception;
(j) Target has not filed any consent agreement under former Section 341(f) of the Code or agreed to have former Section 341(f)(4) apply to any disposition of assets owned by Target;
(k) Target has not been a United States Real Property Holding Corporation within the meaning of Section 897(c)(2) of the Code during the applicable period specified in Code section 897(c)(1)(A)(ii);
(l) Target is not a party to any contract, agreement, plan or arrangement, including but not limited to the provisions of this Agreement, covering any employee or former employee of Target that, individually or collectively, could give rise to the payment of any amount that would not be deductible pursuant to Section 280G of the Code by Target as an expense under applicable law.
(m) Target has not engaged in a "reportable transaction" as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4, or any transaction that is the same as, or substantially similar to, any "listed transactions" as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4(b)(2);
(n) No written claim has ever been made by a taxing authority in a jurisdiction where Target does not file Tax Returns that Target is, or may be, subject to taxation by that jurisdiction;
(o) Target will not be required to include any item of income in, or exclude any item of deduction from, taxable income for any taxable period (or portion thereof) ending after the Closing Date as a result of any: (i) change in method of accounting for a taxable period
17
ending on or prior to the Closing Date; (ii) "closing agreement" as described in Section 7121 of the Code (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or foreign income Tax law) executed on or prior to the Closing Date; or (iii) installment sale or open transaction disposition made on or prior to the Closing Date; and
(p) Target does not own shares of any controlled foreign corporation (as defined in Section 957 of the Code) or passive foreign investment company (as defined in Section 1297 of the Code). Target does not own any interest in any entity that is intended to be characterized as a partnership for U.S. federal income Tax purposes.
3.20 Employee Benefit Plans.
(a) Section 3.20 of the Target Disclosure Schedule contains a complete and accurate list of each plan, program, policy, practice, contract, agreement or other arrangement providing for employment, compensation, retirement, deferred compensation, loans, severance, separation, relocation, repatriation, expatriation, visas, work permits, termination pay, performance awards, bonus, incentive, stock option, stock purchase, stock bonus, phantom stock, stock appreciation right, supplemental retirement, fringe benefits, cafeteria benefits or other benefits, whether written or unwritten, including without limitation each "employee benefit plan" within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (" ERISA "), which is or has been sponsored, maintained, contributed to, or required to be contributed to by Target and, with respect to any such plans which are subject to Code Section 401(a), any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that is or at any relevant time was treated as a single employer with Target within the meaning of Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code, (an " ERISA Affiliate ") for the benefit of any person who performs or who has performed services for Target or with respect to which Target or any ERISA Affiliate has or may have any liability (including without limitation contingent liability) or obligation (collectively, the " Target Employee Plans ").
(b) Documents . Target has furnished to Acquiror true and complete copies of documents embodying each of the Target Employee Plans and related plan documents, including without limitation trust documents, group annuity contracts, plan amendments, insurance policies or contracts, participant agreements, employee booklets, administrative service agreements, summary plan descriptions, compliance and nondiscrimination tests for the last three plan years, standard COBRA forms and related notices, registration statements and prospectuses and, to the extent still in its possession, any material employee communications relating thereto. With respect to each Target Employee Plan that is subject to ERISA reporting requirements, Target has provided copies of the Form 5500 reports filed for the last five plan years. Target has furnished Acquiror with the most recent Internal Revenue Service determination or opinion letter issued with respect to each such Target Employee Plan, and to Target's knowledge nothing has occurred since the issuance of each such letter that could reasonably be expected to cause the loss of the tax-qualified status of any Target Employee Plan subject to Code Section 401(a).
(c) Compliance . To the knowledge of Target, (i) each Target Employee Plan has been administered in accordance with its terms and in compliance with the requirements prescribed by any and all statutes, rules and regulations (including ERISA and the Code), except as could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect on Target; and Target and each ERISA Affiliate have performed all material obligations required to be performed by them under, are not in material respect in default under or violation of and have no knowledge of any material default or violation by any other party to, any of the Target Employee Plans; (ii) any Target Employee Plan intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code has either obtained from the Internal Revenue Service a
18
favorable determination letter as to its qualified status under the Code, including all currently effective amendments to the Code, or has time remaining to apply under applicable Treasury Regulations or Internal Revenue Service pronouncements for a determination or opinion letter and to make any amendments necessary to obtain a favorable determination or opinion letter; (iii) none of the Target Employee Plans promises or provides retiree medical or other retiree welfare benefits to any person; (iv) there has been no "prohibited transaction," as such term is defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, with respect to any Target Employee Plan; (v) none of Target or any ERISA Affiliate is subject to any liability or penalty under Sections 4976 through 4980 of the Code or Title I of ERISA with respect to any Target Employee Plan; (vi) all contributions required to be made by Target or any ERISA Affiliate to any Target Employee Plan have been paid or accrued; (vii) with respect to each Target Employee Plan, no "reportable event" within the meaning of Section 4043 of ERISA (excluding any such event for which the thirty (30) day notice requirement has been waived under the regulations to Section 4043 of ERISA) nor any event described in Section 4062, 4063 or 4041 or ERISA has occurred; (viii) each Target Employee Plan subject to ERISA has prepared in good faith and timely filed all requisite governmental reports, which were true and correct as of the date filed, and has properly and timely filed and distributed or posted all notices and reports to employees required to be filed, distributed or posted with respect to each such Target Employee Plan; (ix) no suit, administrative proceeding, action or other litigation has been brought, or to the knowledge of Target is threatened, against or with respect to any such Target Employee Plan, including any audit or inquiry by the IRS or United States Department of Labor; and (x) there has been no amendment to, written interpretation or announcement by Target or any ERISA Affiliate that would materially increase the expense of maintaining any Target Employee Plan above the level of expense incurred with respect to that Plan for the most recent fiscal year included in the Target Financial Statements.
(d) No Title IV or Multiemployer Plan . Neither Target nor any ERISA Affiliate has ever maintained, established, sponsored, participated in, contributed to, or is obligated to contribute to, or otherwise incurred any obligation or liability (including without limitation any contingent liability) under any "multiemployer plan" (as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA) or to any "pension plan" (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA) subject to Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code. None of Target or any ERISA Affiliate has any actual or potential withdrawal liability (including without limitation any contingent liability) for any complete or partial withdrawal (as defined in Sections 4203 and 4205 of ERISA) from any multiemployer plan.
(e) COBRA, FMLA, HIPAA, Cancer Rights . With respect to each Target Employee Plan, Target has, to its knowledge, complied with (i) the applicable health care continuation and notice provisions of the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 (" COBRA ") and the regulations thereunder or any state law governing health care coverage extension or continuation; (ii) the applicable requirements of the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993 and the regulations thereunder; (iii) the applicable requirements of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (" HIPAA "); and (iv) the applicable requirements of the Cancer Rights Act of 1998, except to the extent that such failure to comply could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect on Target. Target has no material unsatisfied obligations to any employees, former employees or qualified beneficiaries pursuant to COBRA, HIPAA or any state law governing health care coverage extension or continuation.
(f) Effect of Transaction . The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not (i) entitle any current or former employee or other service provider of
19
Target or any ERISA Affiliate to severance benefits or any other payment (including without limitation unemployment compensation, golden parachute, bonus or benefits under any Target Employee Plan), except as expressly provided in this Agreement; or (ii) accelerate the time of payment or vesting of any such benefits or increase the amount of compensation due any such employee or service provider. No benefit payable or that may become payable by Target pursuant to any Target Employee Plan or as a result of or arising under this Agreement shall constitute an "excess parachute payment" (as defined in Section 280G(b)(1) of the Code) subject to the imposition of an excise Tax under Section 4999 of the Code or the deduction for which would be disallowed by reason of Section 280G of the Code. Each Target Employee Plan can be amended, terminated or otherwise discontinued after the Effective Time in accordance with its terms, without material liability to Acquirer or Target other than ordinary administration expenses typically incurred in a termination event.
3.21 Employee Matters. To the knowledge of Target, Target is in compliance with all currently applicable laws and regulations respecting terms and conditions of employment, including without limitation applicant and employee background checking, immigration laws, discrimination laws, verification of employment eligibility, employee leave laws, classification of workers as employees and independent contractors, wage and hour laws, and occupational safety and health laws , except for such noncompliance that could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect on Target. There are no proceedings pending or, to Target's knowledge, reasonably expected or threatened, between Target, on the one hand, and any or all of its current or former employees, on the other hand, which proceedings could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect on Target, including without limitation any claims for actual or alleged harassment or discrimination based on race, national origin, age, sex, sexual orientation, religion, disability, or similar tortious conduct, breach of contract, wrongful termination, defamation, intentional or negligent infliction of emotional distress, interference with contract or interference with actual or prospective economic disadvantage. There are no claims pending, or, to Target's knowledge, reasonably expected or threatened, against Target under any workers' compensation or long-term disability plan or policy. Target has no material unsatisfied obligations to any employees, former employees, or qualified beneficiaries pursuant to COBRA, HIPAA, or any state law governing health care coverage extension or continuation. Target is not a party to any collective bargaining agreement or other labor union contract, nor does Target know of any activities or proceedings of any labor union to organize its employees. Target has provided all employees with all wages, benefits, relocation benefits, stock options, bonuses and incentives, and all other compensation that became due and payable through the date of this Agreement.
3.22 Insurance. Target has policies of insurance and bonds that are of the type and in amounts customarily carried by persons conducting businesses or owning assets similar to those of Target. There is no material claim pending under any of such policies or bonds as to which coverage has been questioned, denied or disputed by the underwriters of such policies or bonds. All premiums due and payable under all such policies and bonds have been paid and Target is otherwise in compliance in all material respects with the terms of such policies and bonds. Target has no knowledge of any threatened termination of, or material premium increase with respect to, any of such policies.
3.23 Compliance With Laws. Target has complied with, is not in violation of and has not received any notices of violation with respect to, any federal state, local or foreign statute, law or regulation with respect to the conduct of its business, or the ownership or operation of its business, except for such violations or failures to comply as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Target.
20
3.24 Brokers' and Finders' Fee. The Target has not engaged any broker, finder or investment banker in connection with the Merger, this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby.
3.25 Privacy Policies and Web Site Terms and Conditions.
(a) For purposes of this Section 3.26 :
(i) " Target Sites " means all of Target's public sites on the World Wide Web excluding sites published by Target's products for Target's customers.
(ii) " Privacy Statements " means, collectively, any and all of Target's privacy policies published on the Target Sites or otherwise made available by Target regarding the collection, retention, use and distribution of the personal information of individuals, including, without limitation, from visitors of any of the Target Sites (" Individuals "); and
(iii) " Terms and Conditions " means any and all of the visitor terms and conditions published on the Target Sites governing Individuals' use of and access to the Target Sites.
(b) A Privacy Statement is posted and is accessible to Individuals at all times on each Target Site. Target maintains a hypertext link to a Privacy Statement from the homepage of each Target Site, and Target uses its reasonable efforts to include a hypertext link to a Privacy Statement from every page of the Target Sites on which personal information is collected from Individuals.
(c) The Privacy Statements include, at a minimum, accurate notice to Individuals about Target's collection, retention, use and disclosure policies and practices with respect to Individuals' personal information.
(d) Target complies with the Privacy Statements as applicable to any given set of personal information collected by Target from Individuals. Target has adequate technological and procedural measures in place to protect personal information collected from Individuals consistent with the Privacy Statements. Target does not knowingly collect information from or target children under the age of thirteen. Target does not sell, rent or otherwise make available to third parties any personal information submitted by Individuals.
(e) The current versions of the Privacy Statements have been made available to Acquiror. Target has not entered into any executory agreement which seeks to constrain Target's use and/or distribution of personal information collected by Target greater than the constraints contained in the Privacy Statements and by applicable laws and regulations.
(f) Target is not a party to any Material Contract (besides the Privacy Statements), or is subject to any other obligation (besides the Privacy Statements) that, following the Effective Time, would prevent Acquiror and/or its affiliates from using the information governed by the Privacy Statements in a manner consistent with applicable privacy laws and industry standards regarding the disclosure and use of information. Target has not received notification of any unresolved claims or controversies regarding the Privacy Statements or the implementation thereof or of any of the foregoing.
(g) The Terms and Conditions are posted and are accessible to Individuals at all times on the home page of the Target Site. Target has not received notification of any unresolved claims or controversies regarding the Terms and Conditions or the implementation thereof.
3.26 Reorganization. Target has not taken any action or failed to take any action which action or failure would jeopardize the qualification of the Merger as a "reorganization" within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code. Target does not have any knowledge of any fact or circumstance that would prevent the Merger from qualifying as a "reorganization" within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code.
21
3.27 Representations Complete. None of the representations or warranties made by Target herein or in any Schedule or Exhibit hereto, including the Target Disclosure Schedule, or certificate furnished by Target pursuant to this Agreement, when all such documents are read together in their entirety, contain, or will contain at the Effective Time, any untrue statement of a material fact, or omits or will omit at the Effective Time to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained herein or therein, in the light of the circumstances under which made, not misleading.
4. Representations and Warranties of Merger Sub . Merger Sub represents and warrants to Target that the statements contained in this Section 4 are true and correct.
4.1 Organization, Standing and Power. Merger Sub is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the state of Delaware. Merger Sub has the corporate power to own its properties and to carry on its business as now being conducted and as proposed to be conducted and is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the failure to be so qualified and in good standing could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Acquiror. Merger Sub has delivered a true and correct copy of its Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws or other charter documents, as applicable, each as amended to date, to Target. Merger Sub is not in violation of any of the provisions of its Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws.
4.2 Authority. Merger Sub has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been, or will have been by the Closing, duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Merger Sub. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Merger Sub and constitutes the valid and binding obligations of Merger Sub enforceable against Merger Sub in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting or relating to creditors' rights generally, and subject to general principles of equity. The execution and delivery of this Agreement do not, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not, conflict with, or result in any violation of, or default under (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both), or give rise to a right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any material obligation or loss of a material benefit under (a) any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of Merger Sub; or (b) any material mortgage, indenture, lease, contract or other agreement or instrument, permit, concession, franchise, license, judgment, order, decree, statute, law, ordinance, rule or regulation applicable to Merger Sub or their properties or assets. No consent, approval, order or authorization of or registration, declaration or filing with any Governmental Entity is required by or with respect to Merger Sub in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement by Merger Sub or the consummation by Merger Sub of the transactions contemplated hereby, except for (a) the filing of the Certificate of Merger, together with the required officers' certificates, and the filing of the Certificate of Merger, each as provided in Section 2.2 ; (b) filings required under Regulation D of the Securities Act following the Effective Time; (c) such filings as may be required under applicable state securities laws and the securities laws of any foreign country; and (d) such other consents, authorizations, filings, approvals and registrations which, if not obtained or made, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Acquiror and could not prevent, materially alter or delay any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
4.3 Capital Structure. The authorized capital stock of Merger Sub consists of 1,000 shares of common stock, $.001 par value, of which there were issued and outstanding as of the close of business on the date hereof, 1,000 shares of Common Stock. There are no other outstanding shares of capital stock or voting securities of Merger Sub. All outstanding shares of Merger Sub have been duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and are nonassessable. Other than this
22
Agreement, there are no other options, warrants, calls, rights, commitments or agreements of any character to which Merger Sub is a party or by which Merger Sub is bound obligating it to issue, deliver, sell, repurchase or redeem, or cause to be issued, delivered, sold, repurchased or redeemed, any shares of the capital stock of Merger Sub or obligating Merger Sub to grant, extend or enter into any such option, warrant, call, right, commitment or agreement.
4.4 Interim Operations of Merger Sub. Merger Sub was formed solely for the purpose of engaging in the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, has engaged in no other business activities and has conducted its operations only as contemplated by this Agreement.
5. Representations and Warranties of Acquiror . Acquiror represents and warrants to Target that the statements contained in this Section 5 are true and correct, except as disclosed in a document of even date herewith and delivered by Acquiror to Target on the date hereof referring to the representations and warranties in this Agreement (the " Acquiror Disclosure Schedule "). The Acquiror Disclosure Schedule will be arranged in paragraphs corresponding to the numbered and lettered paragraphs contained in this Section 5, and the disclosure in any such numbered and lettered section of the Acquiror Disclosure Schedule shall qualify the corresponding subsection in this Section 5 (and shall qualify other sections to the extent disclosure is applicable to such other sections based on a plain reading of the disclosure on its face).
5.1 Organization, Standing and Power. Acquiror is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the state of Delaware. Acquiror has the corporate power to own its properties and to carry on its business as now being conducted and as proposed to be conducted and is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the failure to be so qualified and in good standing could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Acquiror. Acquiror has delivered a true and correct copy of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws or other charter documents, as applicable, of Acquiror, each as amended to date, to Target. Acquiror is not in violation of any of the provisions of its Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws or equivalent organizational documents. Acquiror has no Subsidiaries. Except as set forth on Section 5.1 of the Acquiror Disclosure Schedule, Acquiror does not directly or indirectly own any equity or similar interest in, or any interest convertible or exchangeable or exercisable for, any equity or similar interest in, any corporation, partnership, joint venture or other business association or entity.
5.2 Authority. Acquiror has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Acquiror. The Board of Directors of Acquiror has unanimously approved this Agreement and the Merger. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Acquiror and constitutes the valid and binding obligation of Acquiror enforceable against Acquiror in accordance with its terms, except that such enforceability may be limited by (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other similar laws affecting or relating to creditors' rights generally, (ii) rules governing specific performance, injunctive relief and other equitable remedies. The execution and delivery of this Agreement by Acquiror does not, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not, conflict with, or result in any violation of, or default under (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both), or give rise to a right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any material obligation or loss of any material benefit under (a) any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of Acquiror, as amended; or (b) any mortgage, indenture, lease, contract or other agreement or instrument, permit, concession, franchise, license, judgment, order, decree, statute, law, ordinance, rule or regulation applicable to Acquiror or any of their properties or assets, in the case of clause (b), except for such conflicts, violations, defaults, rights of termination, cancellation or acceleration as could not individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
23
Effect on Acquiror. Except as set forth on Schedule 5.2 of the Acquiror Disclosure Schedule, no consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with, any court, administrative agency or commission or other governmental authority or instrumentality (" Governmental Entity ") is required by or with respect to Acquiror or its Subsidiaries in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, except for (a) the filing of the Certificate of Merger, together with the required officers' certificates, and the filing of the Certificate of Merger, each as provided in Section 2.2 ; (b) filings required under Regulation D of the Securities Act of 1933; (c) such consents, approvals, orders, authorizations, registrations, declarations and filings as may be required under applicable state securities laws and the securities laws of any foreign country; and (d) such other consents, authorizations, filings, approvals and registrations which, if not obtained or made, would not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Acquiror and could not reasonably be expected to prevent, or materially alter or delay, any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
5.3 Governmental Authorization. Acquiror has obtained each federal, state, county, local or foreign governmental consent, license, permit, grant, or other authorization of a Governmental Entity (a) pursuant to which Acquiror currently operates or holds any interest in any of its properties; or (b) that is required for the operation of Acquiror's business or the holding of any such interest and all of such authorizations are in full force and effect except where the failure to obtain or have any such authorizations could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Acquiror.
5.4 Financial Statements.
(a) Acquiror has delivered to Target its audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 and audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, and its unaudited financial statements (balance sheet, statement of operations and statement of cash flows) on a consolidated basis as at and for the eleven - month period ended November 30, 2006 (collectively, the " Acquiror Financial Statements "). The Acquiror Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (except that the unaudited financial statements do not contain footnotes and the eleven-month financial statements are subject to normal recurring year-end audit adjustments, the effect of which will not, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods presented and consistent with each other. The Acquiror Financial Statements fairly present the consolidated financial condition, operating results and cash flow of Acquiror as of the dates, and for the periods, indicated therein, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes in the case of the unaudited Acquiror Financial Statements.
(b) Acquiror maintains a system of internal accounting controls to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed with management's general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements of Acquiror and to maintain accountability for assets; and (iii) access to Acquiror's assets is permitted only in accordance with management's authorization. Acquiror is not party to or otherwise involved in any "off-balance sheet arrangements" (as defined in Item 303 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the " Exchange Act ").
5.5 Capital Structure.
(a) As of the date of this Agreement, The authorized capital stock of Acquiror consists of 50,000,000 shares of Acquiror Common Stock, of which there are issued and outstanding 2,481,056 shares, and 20,000,000 shares of Acquiror Preferred Stock, of which there are designated 1,502,396 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, 3,097,128 shares of Series B
24
Preferred Stock, 5,193,516 shares of Series C Preferred Stock and 9,387,363 shares of Series D Preferred Stock. There are issued and outstanding, 1,853,499 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, convertible into 1,853,499 shares of Common Stock; 3,936,294 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, convertible into 3,936,294 shares of Common Stock; and 5,142,552 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, convertible into 5,142,552 shares of Common Stock. All outstanding shares of Acquiror Common Stock and Acquiror Preferred Stock are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and are free of any liens or encumbrances other than any liens or encumbrances created by or imposed upon the holders thereof, and are not subject to preemptive rights or rights of first refusal created by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of Acquiror or any agreement to which Acquiror is a party or by which it is bound. There are 6,742,399 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Acquiror 1999 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan (the " Acquiror Option Plan "), of which 4,744,191 shares were subject to outstanding options and 379,652 shares were reserved for future option grants. There are 25,000 shares of Common Stock, 5,084 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, 50,962 shares of Series C Preferred Stock and 636,768 shares of Series D Preferred Stock reserved for issuance upon the exercise of outstanding Acquiror Warrants, and the Acquiror Warrants are held in the amounts and by the persons set forth in the Acquiror Disclosure Schedule. Acquiror has delivered to Target true and complete copies of each warrant and warrant agreement evidencing each Acquiror Warrant and each form of agreement or stock option plan evidencing each Acquiror Option. Except for the rights created pursuant to this Agreement and the rights disclosed in the preceding three sentences, there are no other options, warrants, calls, rights, commitments or agreements of any character to which Acquiror is a party or by which it is bound, obligating Acquiror to issue, deliver, sell, repurchase or redeem or cause to be issued, delivered, sold, repurchased or redeemed, any shares of Acquiror Capital Stock or obligating Acquiror to grant, extend, accelerate the vesting of, change the price of, or otherwise amend or enter into any such option, warrant, call, right, commitment or agreement. All shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock or upon exercise of the options described in this Section 3.5 , and all shares of Acquiror Capital Stock issuable upon exercise of warrants described in this Section 3.5 , will be, when issued pursuant to the respective terms of such Preferred Stock, options or warrants, duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. Except as described above, there are no other contracts, commitments or agreements relating to voting, purchase or sale of Acquiror Capital Stock (a) to which Acquiror is a party, and (b) to Acquiror's knowledge, between or among any of Acquiror's stockholders. All shares of outstanding Acquiror Common Stock and Acquiror Preferred Stock and rights to acquire Acquiror Capital Stock were issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws.
(b) On the Closing Date, the authorized capital stock of Acquiror shall consist of (i) 60,000,000 shares of Acquiror Common Stock, of which there shall be designated 51,170,000 shares of Acquiror Series P Common Stock, 3,802,600 shares of Acquiror Series Q Common Stock, 1,930,800 shares of Acquiror Series R Common Stock, and 3,096,600 shares of Acquiror Series S Common Stock, of which there shall be issued and outstanding 13,891,630 shares of Series P Common Stock, and (ii) 15,000,000 shares of Acquiror Preferred Stock, of which there shall be designated 9,000,000 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, and 3,300,000 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, of which there shall be issued and outstanding, 8,625,622 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, convertible into 8,625,622 shares of Series P Common Stock, and no shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock outstanding. On the Closing Date, the rights, preferences and privileges of the Acquiror Common Stock and Acquiror Preferred Stock shall be are as set forth in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Acquiror in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit H (the " Restated Certificate ") with such additional changes and/or
25
modifications as the Acquiror and the Target may agree in writing. On the Closing Date, all outstanding shares of Acquiror Common Stock and Acquiror Preferred Stock shall be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and are free of any liens or encumbrances other than any liens or encumbrances created by or imposed upon the holders thereof, and are not subject to preemptive rights or rights of first refusal created by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of Acquiror or any agreement to which Acquiror is a party or by which it is bound. As of the Closing Date, there are 6,742,399 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Acquiror Option Plan, of which 4,744,191 shares were subject to outstanding options and 379,652 shares were reserved for future option grants. As of the Closing Date, there shall be (i) 364,966 shares of Series P Common Stock and (ii) 352,848 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, reserved for issuance upon the exercise of outstanding Acquiror Warrants, and the Acquiror Warrants are held in the amounts and by the persons set forth in the Acquiror Disclosure Schedule. Except for the rights created pursuant to this Agreement and the rights disclosed in the preceding three sentences, on the Closing Date there shall be no other options, warrants, calls, rights, commitments or agreements of any character to which Acquiror is a party or by which it is bound, obligating Acquiror to issue, deliver, sell, repurchase or redeem or cause to be issued, delivered, sold, repurchased or redeemed, any shares of Acquiror Capital Stock or obligating Acquiror to grant, extend, accelerate the vesting of, change the price of, or otherwise amend or enter into any such option, warrant, call, right, commitment or agreement. All shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock or upon exercise of the options described in this Section 5.5 , and all shares of Series P Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of warrants described in this Section 5.5 , will be, when issued pursuant to the respective terms of such Preferred Stock, options or warrants, duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. Except as described above, on the Closing Date there shall be no other contracts, commitments or agreements relating to voting, purchase or sale of Acquiror Capital Stock (a) to which Acquiror is a party, and (b) to Acquiror's knowledge, between or among any of Acquiror's stockholders. All shares of outstanding Acquiror Common Stock and Acquiror Preferred Stock and rights to acquire Acquiror Capital Stock were issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws.
5.6 Absence of Certain Changes. Except as set forth on Schedule 5.6 , since November 30, 2006 (the " Acquiror Balance Sheet Date "), Acquiror has conducted its business in the ordinary course consistent with past practice and there has not occurred (a) any change, event or condition (whether or not covered by insurance) that has resulted in, or would reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect on Acquiror; (b) any acquisition, sale or transfer of any material asset of Acquiror other than in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice; (c) any change in accounting methods or practices (including any change in depreciation or amortization policies or rates) by Acquiror or any revaluation by Acquiror of any of its assets; (d) any declaration, setting aside, or payment of a dividend or other distribution with respect to the shares of Acquiror or any direct or indirect redemption, purchase or other acquisition by Acquiror of any of its shares of capital stock; (e) any Material Contract entered into by Acquiror, other than in the ordinary course of business and as provided to Acquiror, or any material amendment or termination of, or default under, any Material Contract (as defined in Section 5.14 ) to which Acquiror is a party or by which it is bound; (f) any amendment or change to the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of Acquiror; (g) any increase in or modification of the compensation or benefits payable or to become payable by Acquiror to any of its directors, executive officers, or, other than in the ordinary course of business, employees; or (h) any negotiation or agreement by Acquiror to do any of the things described in the preceding clauses (a) through (g) (other than negotiations with Acquiror and its representatives regarding the
26
transactions contemplated by this Agreement). At the Effective Time, there will be no accrued but unpaid dividends on shares of Acquiror's capital stock.
5.7 Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities. Acquiror has no material obligations or liabilities of any nature (matured or unmatured, fixed or contingent) other than (a) those set forth or adequately provided for in the balance sheet of Acquiror as of the Acquiror Balance Sheet Date (the " Acquiror Balance Sheet "); (b) those incurred in the ordinary course of business and not required to be set forth in the Acquiror Balance Sheet under generally accepted accounting principles; (c) those incurred in the ordinary course of business since the Acquiror Balance Sheet Date and consistent with past practice; and (d) those incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
5.8 Litigation. There is no private or governmental action, suit, proceeding, contest, claim, arbitration or investigation pending before any Governmental Entity, foreign or domestic, or, to the knowledge of Acquiror, threatened against Acquiror or any of its properties or any of its officers or directors (in their capacities as such) that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Acquiror. There is no judgment, decree or order against Acquiror, or, to the knowledge of Acquiror, any of its directors or officers (in their capacities as such), that could prevent, enjoin, or materially alter or delay any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Acquiror. All litigation to which Acquiror is a party (or, to the knowledge of Acquiror, threatened to become a party) is described in Section 5.8 of the Acquiror Disclosure Schedule.
5.9 Restrictions on Business Activities. There is no agreement, judgment, injunction, order or decree binding upon Acquiror that has or would reasonably be expected to have the effect of prohibiting or materially impairing any business practice of Acquiror, any acquisition of property by Acquiror or the conduct of business by Acquiror as currently conducted or as proposed to be conducted by Acquiror.
5.10 Intellectual Property.
(a) Acquiror (i) exclusively owns and has good and marketable title to, right and interest in, or (ii) possesses legally enforceable rights to use, all Intellectual Property used or currently proposed to be used in the business of Acquiror as currently conducted or as proposed to be conducted by Acquiror. The Intellectual Property owned by and/or licensed to Acquiror collectively constitutes all of the Intellectual Property necessary to enable Acquiror to conduct its business as such business is currently being conducted. Except as set forth in Schedule 5.10(a) , no current or former officer, director, stockholder, employee, consultant or independent contractor has asserted any right, claim or interest in or with respect to any Acquiror Intellectual Property (as defined in Section 5.10(b) below).
(b) With respect to each item of Intellectual Property incorporated into any product of Acquiror or otherwise used in the business of Acquiror (except "off the shelf" or other software available through regular commercial distribution channels at an annual cost not exceeding $10,000 on standard terms and conditions, as modified for Acquiror's operations) (" Acquiror Intellectual Property "), Section 5.10 of the Acquiror Disclosure Schedule lists:
(i) all Issued Patents and Patent Applications, all registered Trademarks, and pending trademark registrations and all registered Copyrights, including the jurisdictions in which each such Intellectual Property has been issued or registered or in which any such application for such issuance and registration has been filed; and
(ii) the following agreements relating to each of the products of Acquiror which are currently or have been in the past, sold or licensed by Acquiror to third parties (the
27
" Acquiror Products ") or other Acquiror Intellectual Property owned by Acquiror: all (A) agreements granting any right to distribute or sublicense a Acquiror Product on any exclusive basis; (B) any exclusive licenses of Acquiror Intellectual Property to or from Acquiror; (C) 50 largest current customer agreements based on amount of firm commitment to Acquiror plus top two usage based customer contracts which, combined with American Cancer Society, represents more than 50% of total usage revenue for the preceding twelve month period; (D) joint development agreements; (E) any agreement by which Acquiror grants to a third party any ownership right to any Acquiror Intellectual Property owned by Acquiror; (F) any court or arbitrator's order relating to the Acquiror Intellectual Property owned by Acquiror; (G) any option relating to any Acquiror Intellectual Property owned by Acquiror; and (H) agreements pursuant to which any party is granted any rights to access source code or to use source code to create derivative works of Acquiror Products.
(c) Section 5.10 of the Acquiror Disclosure Schedule contains an accurate list as of the date of this Agreement of all licenses, sublicenses and other agreements to which Acquiror is a party and pursuant to which Acquiror is authorized to use any Intellectual Property owned by any third party, excluding "off the shelf" or other software widely available through commercial distribution channels at a cost not exceeding $10,000 annually on standard terms and conditions, as adjusted for Acquiror's business purposes (" Third Party Intellectual Property ").
(d) To Acquiror's knowledge, there is no unauthorized use, disclosure, infringement or misappropriation of any Acquiror Intellectual Property, including any Third Party Intellectual Property utilized in one or more Acquiror Products, by any third party, including any employee or former employee of Acquiror. Acquiror has not entered into any agreement to indemnify any other person against any charge of infringement of any Acquiror Intellectual Property, other than indemnification provisions contained in standard sales or agreements to end users arising in the ordinary course of business, the forms of which have been delivered to Acquiror or its counsel. There are no royalties, fees or other payments payable by Acquiror to any Person by reason of the ownership, use, sale or disposition of the Acquiror Intellectual Property, other than Intellectual Property licensed from third parties.
(e) Acquiror is not currently, or has been in the past, in breach of any license, sublicense or other agreement relating to the Acquiror Intellectual Property or Third Party Intellectual Property. Neither the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement or any ancillary agreement contemplated hereby nor the consummation of the Merger or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will contravene, conflict with or result in any limitation on the Acquiror's right to own or use any Acquiror Intellectual Property, including any Third Party Intellectual Property.
(f) All Patents, registered Trademarks and registered Copyrights held by Acquiror are valid and subsisting (excluding pending applications therefore). All maintenance and annual fees have been fully paid and all fees paid during prosecution and after issuance of any Patent comprising or relating to such item have been paid in the correct entity status amounts. To the knowledge of Acquiror, Acquiror is not infringing, misappropriating or making unlawful use of, or has received any notice or other communication (in writing or otherwise) of any actual, alleged, possible or potential infringement, misappropriation or unlawful use of any proprietary asset owned or used by any third party. There is no proceeding pending or threatened, nor has any claim or demand been made that challenges the legality, validity, enforceability, licensing or ownership of any item of Acquiror Intellectual Property or alleges a claim of infringement of any Patents, Copyrights or Trademarks, or violation of any trade secret or other proprietary right of any third party. Acquiror has not brought a proceeding alleging infringement of Acquiror Intellectual Property owned by or licensed to Acquiror or breach of any license or agreement involving Intellectual Property against any third party.
28
(g) Except as set forth in Schedule 5.10(g) , all current and former officers and employees of Acquiror have executed and delivered to Acquiror an agreement (containing no exceptions or exclusions from the scope of its coverage relating to Acquiror Intellectual Property) regarding the protection of proprietary information and the assignment to Acquiror of any Intellectual Property arising from services performed for Acquiror by such persons, the form of which has been supplied to Acquiror. All current and former consultants and independent contractors to Acquiror involved in the development, modification, marketing and servicing of any Acquiror Products or Acquiror Intellectual Property have executed and delivered to Acquiror an agreement in the form provided to Acquiror or its counsel (containing no exceptions or exclusions from the scope of its coverage relating to Acquiror Intellectual Property) regarding the protection of proprietary information and the assignment or license to Acquiror of any Intellectual Property arising from services performed for Acquiror by such persons. To the knowledge of Acquiror, no employee or independent contractor of Acquiror is in violation of any term of any patent disclosure agreement or employment contract or any other contract or agreement relating to the relationship of any such employee or independent contractor with Acquiror. Except as set forth in Schedule 5.10(g) , no current or former officer, director, stockholder, employee, consultant or independent contractor has any right, claim or interest in or with respect to any Acquiror Intellectual Property.
(h) Acquiror has taken commercially reasonable and customary measures and precautions necessary to protect and maintain the confidentiality of all Acquiror Intellectual Property (except such Acquiror Intellectual Property whose value would not be materially impaired by public disclosure and excluding any issued Patents) and otherwise to maintain and protect the full value of all Acquiror Intellectual Property. All use or disclosure to a third party of Acquiror Intellectual Property owned by Acquiror and which constitutes a trade secret under applicable law (" Confidential Information ") has been pursuant to the terms of a written agreement between Acquiror and such third party or otherwise protected by a legally recognized relationship of confidentiality. All use, disclosure or appropriation by Acquiror of Confidential Information not owned by Acquiror has been pursuant to the terms of a written agreement between Acquiror and the owner of such Confidential Information, or, to the knowledge of Acquiror, is otherwise lawful.
(i) No product liability claims have been communicated in writing to or, to Acquiror's knowledge, threatened against Acquiror.
(j) A complete list of each of the Acquiror Products and Acquiror's proprietary software (" Acquiror Software ") is set forth in Section 5.10 of the Acquiror Disclosure Schedule. The Acquiror Software and Acquiror Products conform in all material respects with any warranty provided with respect thereto to Acquiror's customers by or on behalf of Acquiror.
(k) Acquiror is not subject to any proceeding or outstanding decree, order, judgment or stipulation restricting in any manner the use, transfer or licensing of any Acquiror Intellectual Property by Acquiror, or which may affect the validity, use or enforceability of such Acquiror Intellectual Property. Acquiror is not subject to any agreement that restricts in any material respect the use, transfer, delivery or licensing by Acquiror of the Acquiror Intellectual Property owned by Acquiror or Acquiror Products, excepting Third Party Intellectual Property.
(l) Except as set forth in Schedule 5.10(l) , no Public Software (as defined below) forms part of any Acquiror Product, services provided by Acquiror (" Acquiror Service ") or Acquiror Intellectual Property, and no Public Software was or is used in connection with the development of any Acquiror Product, Acquiror Service or Acquiror Intellectual Property or is incorporated into, in whole or in part, or has been distributed with, in whole or in part, any Acquiror Product, Acquiror Service or Acquiror Intellectual Property. As used in this
29
Section 5.10(l) , " Public Software " means any software that contains, or is derived in any manner (in whole or in part) from, any software that is distributed as free software (as defined by the Free Software Foundation), open source software ( e.g ., Linux or software distributed under any license approved by the Open Source Initiative as set forth www.opensource.org) or similar licensing or distribution models which requires the distribution of source code to licensees, including software licensed or distributed under any of the following licenses or distribution models, or licenses or distribution models similar to any of the following: (i) GNU's General Public License (GPL) or Lesser/Library GPL (LGPL); (ii) the Artistic License ( e.g. , PERL); (iii) the Mozilla Public License; (iv) the Netscape Public License; (v) the Sun Community Source License (SCSL); (vi) the Sun Industry Standards License (SISL); (vii) the BSD License; or (viii) the Apache License.
5.11 Interested Party Transactions. Acquiror is not indebted to any director, officer, employee or agent of Acquiror (except for amounts due as normal salaries and bonuses and in reimbursement of ordinary expenses), and no such person is indebted to Acquiror. There have been no transactions during the two-year period ending on the date hereof that would require disclosure if Acquiror were subject to disclosure under Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act.
5.12 Minute Books. Except as set forth Schedule 5.12 , the minute book of Acquiror contains a materially complete and accurate record of all meetings of directors and stockholders or actions by written consent since the time of incorporation of Acquiror through the date of this Agreement.
5.13 Material Contracts. All of Acquiror's Material Contracts (as defined in this Section 5.13 below) are listed in Section 5.13 of the Acquiror Disclosure Schedule. With respect to each Material Contract: (a) the Material Contract is legal, valid, binding and enforceable and in full force and effect with respect to Acquiror, and, to Acquiror's knowledge, is legal, valid, binding, enforceable and in full force and effect with respect to each other party thereto, in either case subject to the effect of bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally and except as the availability of equitable remedies may be limited by general principles of equity; and (b) neither Acquiror nor, to Acquiror's knowledge, any other party is in breach or default, and no event has occurred that with notice or lapse of time would constitute a breach or default by Acquiror or, to Acquiror's knowledge, by any such other party, or permit termination, modification or acceleration, under such Material Contract, subject to such exceptions as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Acquiror. Except as set forth on Schedule 5.13 , no consent of any third party to any Material Contract is required in connection with entering into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. Acquiror is not a party to any oral contract, agreement or other arrangement. For purposes of this Section 5, " Material Contract " means any contract, agreement or commitment to which Acquiror is a party (a) with the 50 largest current customers based on amount of firm commitment to Acquiror plus top two usage based customer contracts which, combined with American Cancer Society, represents more than 50% of total usage revenue for the preceding twelve month period; (b) expenditures in excess of $100,000 per annum, excluding employment agreements; (c) required to be listed pursuant to Section 5.10(c) or Section 5.10(d) ; (d) granting any exclusive rights to any party; (e) evidencing indebtedness for borrowed or loaned money of $100,000 or more, including guarantees of such indebtedness; or (f) that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Acquiror if breached by Acquiror in such a manner as would (I) permit any other party to cancel or terminate the same (with or without notice of passage of time); (II) provide a basis for any other party to claim money damages (either individually or in the aggregate with all other such claims under that contract) from Acquiror; or (III) give rise to a right of acceleration of any material obligation or loss of any material benefit under such Material Contract.
30
5.14 Accounts Receivable. Except as set forth on Schedule 5.14 , subject to any reserves set forth therein, the accounts receivable shown on the Acquiror Financial Statements are valid and genuine, have arisen solely out of bona fide sales and deliveries of goods, performance of services, and other business transactions in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices in each case with persons other than affiliates, are not subject to any prior assignment, lien or security interest, and to Acquiror's knowledge are not subject to valid defenses, set-offs or counter claims. The accounts receivable are collectible in accordance with their terms at their recorded amounts, subject only to the reserve for doubtful accounts on the Acquiror Financial Statements.
5.15 Customers and Suppliers. As of the date hereof, no customer that individually accounted for more than one percent (1%) of Acquiror's gross revenues during the 12-month period preceding the date hereof and no supplier of Acquiror that individually accounted for more than one percent (1%) of Acquiror's purchases during the 12-month period preceding the date hereof has canceled or otherwise terminated, or made any written threat to Acquiror to cancel or otherwise terminate its relationship with Acquiror or has at any time on or after the Acquiror Balance Sheet Date, decreased materially its services or supplies to Acquiror in the case of any such supplier, or its usage of the services or products of Acquiror in the case of such customer, and to Acquiror's knowledge no such supplier or customer has indicated either orally or in writing that it intends to cancel or otherwise terminate its relationship with Acquiror or to decrease materially its services or supplies to Acquiror or its usage of the services or products of Acquiror, as the case may be. Acquiror has not knowingly breached, so as to provide a benefit to Acquiror that was not intended by the parties, any agreement with, or engaged in any fraudulent conduct with respect to, any customer or supplier of Acquiror.
5.16 Employees and Consultants . Section 5.16 of the Acquiror Disclosure Schedule or a letter delivered to Target by Acquiror contains a list of the names of all employees (including without limitation part-time employees and temporary employees), together with their respective salaries or wages, dates of employment and positions.
5.17 Title to Property. Acquiror has good and marketable title to all of its properties, interests in properties and assets, real and personal, reflected in the Acquiror Balance Sheet or acquired after the Acquiror Balance Sheet Date (except properties, interests in properties and assets sold or otherwise disposed of since the Acquiror Balance Sheet Date in the ordinary course of business), or with respect to leased properties and assets, valid leasehold interests therein, free and clear of all mortgages, liens, pledges, charges or encumbrances of any kind or character, except (a) the lien of current taxes not yet due and payable; (b) such imperfections of title, liens and easements as do not and will not materially detract from or interfere with the use of the properties subject thereto or affected thereby, or otherwise materially impair business operations involving such properties; (c) liens securing debt that is reflected on the Acquiror Balance Sheet; and (d) such other mortgages, liens, pledges, charges or encumbrances as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Acquiror. The plants, property and equipment of Acquiror that are used in the operations of Acquiror's business are in all material respects in good operating condition and repair, subject to normal wear and tear. All properties used in the operations of Acquiror are reflected in the Acquiror Balance Sheet to the extent required by generally accepted accounting principles. All leases to which Acquiror is a party are in full force and effect and are valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other similar laws affecting or relating to creditors' rights generally; and general principles of equity, regardless of whether asserted in a proceeding in equity or at law. True and correct copies of all such leases have been provided to Acquiror. Acquiror owns no real property.
5.18 Environmental Matters. Acquiror is and has been in compliance with all Environmental Laws relating to the properties or facilities used, leased or occupied by Acquiror at any time
31
(collectively, " Acquiror's Facilities ;" such properties or facilities currently used, leased or occupied by Acquiror are defined herein as " Acquiror's Current Facilities "), and no discharge, emission, release, leak or spill of Hazardous Materials has occurred at any of Acquiror's Facilities that may or will give rise to liability of Acquiror under Environmental Laws except for any non-compliance or occurrence that, individually or in the aggregate, would not be reasonably expected to have a material Adverse Effect on Acquiror. To Acquiror's knowledge, there are no Hazardous Materials (including without limitation asbestos) present in the surface waters, structures, groundwaters or soils of or beneath any of Acquiror's Current Facilities. To Acquiror's knowledge, there neither are nor have been any aboveground or underground storage tanks for Hazardous Materials at Acquiror's Current Facilities. To Acquiror's knowledge, no Acquiror employee or other person has claimed that Acquiror is liable for alleged injury or illness resulting from an alleged exposure to a Hazardous Material. No civil, criminal or administrative action, proceeding or investigation is pending against Acquiror, or, to Acquiror's knowledge, threatened against Acquiror, with respect to Hazardous Materials or Environmental Laws; and Acquiror is not aware of any facts or circumstances that could form the basis for assertion of a claim against Acquiror or that could form the basis for liability of Acquiror, regarding Hazardous Materials or regarding actual or potential noncompliance with Environmental Laws.
5.19 Taxes.
(a) Acquiror has prepared and timely filed all Tax Returns required to be filed by Acquiror. Such Tax Returns were true and correct in all material respects and were completed in accordance with applicable law. Acquiror has paid all Taxes required to have been paid, regardless of whether or not shown to have been payable on such Tax Returns. Acquiror has withheld, collected and paid over to the appropriate taxing authority all Taxes required to have been withheld, collected and paid over to any taxing authority;
(b) Acquiror, as of the Effective Time, (i) will have timely filed all Tax Returns required to be filed by Acquiror between the date of this Agreement and the Effective Time and such Tax Returns will have been completed in accordance with applicable law and will be true and correct in all material respects, (ii) will have paid all Taxes required to have been paid by Acquiror on or before the Effective Time, and (iii) will have withheld, collected and paid over to any taxing authority all Taxes required to be withheld, collected and paid over to any taxing authority on or before the Effective Time;
(c) There is no Tax deficiency outstanding or assessed against Acquiror that is not reflected as a liability on the Acquiror Balance Sheet. With respect to any current or pending audit, Acquiror has not received any written correspondence from any taxing authority indicating that the taxing authority is currently threatening a Tax assessment. Acquiror has not executed any agreements or waivers extending any statute of limitations on or extending the period for the assessment or collection of any Tax;
(d) Acquiror has no liabilities for unpaid Taxes that have not been accrued for or reserved on the Acquiror Balance Sheet, to the extent required to have been accrued for or reserved by U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, excluding for the purpose of comparing unpaid Taxes to such reserves, any reserve for deferred Taxes established to reflect timing differences between financial accounting income and Tax income;
(e) Acquiror is not a party to any tax-sharing agreement;
(f) No audit of the Acquiror's Tax Returns by a taxing authority is currently in process or pending, or threatened in writing against Acquiror;
(g) Acquiror has never been a member of an "affiliated group" of corporations filing a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return. Acquiror does not have any liability for the Taxes
32
of any Person under Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6. Acquiror does not have any liability for the Taxes of any Person as a successor or transferee;
(h) Acquiror has made available to Target copies of all Tax Returns filed for the past five (5) years;
(i) Acquiror has not filed any consent agreement under former Section 341(f) of the Code or agreed to have former Section 341(f)(4) apply to any disposition of assets owned by Acquiror;
(j) Acquiror has not been at any time a United States Real Property Holding Corporation within the meaning of Section 897(c)(2) of the Code;
(k) Acquiror is not a party to any contract, agreement, plan or arrangement, including but not limited to the provisions of this Agreement, covering any employee or former employee of Acquiror that, individually or collectively, could give rise to the payment of any amount that would not be deductible pursuant to Sections 280G of the Code by Acquiror as an expense under applicable law;
(l) Acquiror has not engaged in a "reportable transaction" as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4, or any transaction that is the same as, or substantially similar to, any "listed transactions" as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4(b)(2);
(m) No written claim has ever been made by a taxing authority in a jurisdiction where Acquiror does not file Tax Returns that Acquiror is, or may be, subject to taxation by that jurisdiction; and
(n) Acquiror does not own shares of any controlled foreign corporation (as defined in Section 957 of the Code) or passive foreign investment company (as defined in Section 1297 of the Code). Acquiror does not own any interest in any entity that is intended to be characterized as a partnership for U.S. federal income Tax purposes.
5.20 Employee Benefit Plans.
(a) Acquiror has provided complete and accurate list of each plan, program, policy, practice, contract, agreement or other arrangement providing for employment, compensation, retirement, deferred compensation, loans, severance, separation, relocation, repatriation, expatriation, visas, work permits, termination pay, performance awards, bonus, incentive, stock option, stock purchase, stock bonus, phantom stock, stock appreciation right, supplemental retirement, fringe benefits, cafeteria benefits or other benefits, whether written or unwritten, including without limitation each "employee benefit plan" within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (" ERISA "), which is or has been sponsored, maintained, contributed to, or required to be contributed to by Acquiror and, with respect to any such plans which are subject to Code Section 401(a), any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that is or at any relevant time was treated as a single employer with Acquiror within the meaning of Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code, (an " ERISA Affiliate ") for the benefit of any person who performs or who has performed services for Acquiror or with respect to which Acquiror or any ERISA Affiliate has or may have any liability (including without limitation contingent liability) or obligation (collectively, the " Acquiror Employee Plans ").
(b) Documents . Acquiror has furnished to Target true and complete copies of documents embodying each of the Acquiror Employee Plans and related plan documents, including without limitation trust documents, group annuity contracts, plan amendments, insurance policies or contracts, participant agreements, employee booklets, administrative service agreements and summary plan descriptions.
33
(c) Compliance . To the knowledge of Acquiror (i) each Acquiror Employee Plan has been administered in accordance with its terms and in compliance with the requirements prescribed by any and all statutes, rules and regulations (including ERISA and the Code), except as could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect on Acquiror; and Acquiror and each ERISA Affiliate have performed all material obligations required to be performed by them under, are not in material respect in default under or violation of and have no knowledge of any material default or violation by any other party to, any of the Acquiror Employee Plans; (ii) any Acquiror Employee Plan intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code has either obtained from the Internal Revenue Service a favorable determination letter as to its qualified status under the Code, including all currently effective amendments to the Code, or has time remaining to apply under applicable Treasury Regulations or Internal Revenue Service pronouncements for a determination or opinion letter and to make any amendments necessary to obtain a favorable determination or opinion letter; (iii) none of the Acquiror Employee Plans promises or provides retiree medical or other retiree welfare benefits to any person; (iv) there has been no "prohibited transaction," as such term is defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, with respect to any Acquiror Employee Plan; (v) none of Acquiror or any ERISA Affiliate is subject to any liability or penalty under Sections 4976 through 4980 of the Code or Title I of ERISA with respect to any Acquiror Employee Plan; (vi) all contributions required to be made by Acquiror or any ERISA Affiliate to any Acquiror Employee Plan have been paid or accrued; (vii) with respect to each Acquiror Employee Plan, no "reportable event" within the meaning of Section 4043 of ERISA (excluding any such event for which the thirty (30) day notice requirement has been waived under the regulations to Section 4043 of ERISA) nor any event described in Section 4062, 4063 or 4041 or ERISA has occurred; (viii) each Acquiror Employee Plan subject to ERISA has prepared in good faith and timely filed all requisite governmental reports, which were true and correct as of the date filed, and has properly and timely filed and distributed or posted all notices and reports to employees required to be filed, distributed or posted with respect to each such Acquiror Employee Plan; (ix) no suit, administrative proceeding, action or other litigation has been brought, or to the knowledge of Acquiror is threatened, against or with respect to any such Acquiror Employee Plan, including any audit or inquiry by the IRS or United States Department of Labor; and (x) there has been no amendment to, written interpretation or announcement by Acquiror or any ERISA Affiliate that would materially increase the expense of maintaining any Acquiror Employee Plan above the level of expense incurred with respect to that Plan for the most recent fiscal year included in the Acquiror Financial Statements.
(d) No Title IV or Multiemployer Plan . Neither Acquiror nor any ERISA Affiliate has ever maintained, established, sponsored, participated in, contributed to, or is obligated to contribute to, or otherwise incurred any obligation or liability (including without limitation any contingent liability) under any "multiemployer plan" (as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA) or to any "pension plan" (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA) subject to Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code. None of Acquiror or any ERISA Affiliate has any actual or potential withdrawal liability (including without limitation any contingent liability) for any complete or partial withdrawal (as defined in Sections 4203 and 4205 of ERISA) from any multiemployer plan.
(e) COBRA, FMLA, HIPAA, Cancer Rights . With respect to each Acquiror Employee Plan, Acquiror has, to its knowledge, complied with (i) the applicable health care continuation and notice provisions of the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 (" COBRA ") and the regulations thereunder or any state law governing health care coverage extension or continuation; (ii) the applicable requirements of the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993 and the regulations thereunder; (iii) the applicable requirements of the Health
34
Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (" HIPAA "); and (iv) the applicable requirements of the Cancer Rights Act of 1998, except to the extent that such failure to comply could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect on Acquiror. Acquiror has no material unsatisfied obligations to any employees, former employees or qualified beneficiaries pursuant to COBRA, HIPAA or any state law governing health care coverage extension or continuation.
5.21 Employee Matters. To the knowledge of Acquiror, Acquiror is in compliance with all currently applicable laws and regulations respecting terms and conditions of employment, including without limitation applicant and employee background checking, immigration laws, discrimination laws, verification of employment eligibility, employee leave laws, classification of workers as employees and independent contractors, wage and hour laws, and occupational safety and health laws , except for such noncompliance that could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect on Acquiror. There are no proceedings pending or, to Acquiror's knowledge, reasonably expected or threatened, between Acquiror, on the one hand, and any or all of its current or former employees, on the other hand, which proceedings could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect on Acquiror, including without limitation any claims for actual or alleged harassment or discrimination based on race, national origin, age, sex, sexual orientation, religion, disability, or similar tortious conduct, breach of contract, wrongful termination, defamation, intentional or negligent infliction of emotional distress, interference with contract or interference with actual or prospective economic disadvantage. There are no claims pending, or, to Acquiror's knowledge, reasonably expected or threatened, against Acquiror under any workers' compensation or long-term disability plan or policy. Acquiror has no material unsatisfied obligations to any employees, former employees, or qualified beneficiaries pursuant to COBRA, HIPAA, or any state law governing health care coverage extension or continuation. Acquiror is not a party to any collective bargaining agreement or other labor union contract, nor does Acquiror know of any activities or proceedings of any labor union to organize its employees. Acquiror has provided all employees with all wages, benefits, relocation benefits, stock options, bonuses and incentives, and all other compensation that became due and payable through the date of this Agreement.
5.22 Insurance. Acquiror has policies of insurance and bonds that are of the type and in amounts customarily carried by persons conducting businesses or owning assets similar to those of Acquiror. There is no material claim pending under any of such policies or bonds as to which coverage has been questioned, denied or disputed by the underwriters of such policies or bonds. All premiums due and payable under all such policies and bonds have been paid and Acquiror is otherwise in compliance in all material respects with the terms of such policies and bonds. Acquiror has no knowledge of any threatened termination of, or material premium increase with respect to, any of such policies.
5.23 Compliance With Laws. Acquiror has complied with, is not in violation of and has not received any notices of violation with respect to, any federal state, local or foreign statute, law or regulation with respect to the conduct of its business, or the ownership or operation of its business, except for such violations or failures to comply as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Acquiror.
5.24 Brokers' and Finders' Fee. Acquiror has not engaged any broker, finder or investment banker in connection with the Merger, this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby.
35
5.25 Privacy Policies and Web Site Terms and Conditions.
(a) For purposes of this Section 5.26 :
(i) " Acquiror Sites " means all of Acquiror's public sites on the World Wide Web excluding sites published by Acquiror's products for Acquiror's customers.
(ii) " Privacy Statements " means, collectively, any and all of Acquiror's privacy policies published on the Acquiror Sites or otherwise made available by Acquiror regarding the collection, retention, use and distribution of the personal information of individuals, including, without limitation, from visitors of any of the Acquiror Sites (" Individuals "); and
(iii) " Terms and Conditions " means any and all of the visitor terms and conditions published on the Acquiror Sites governing Individuals' use of and access to the Acquiror Sites.
(b) A Privacy Statement is posted and is accessible to Individuals at all times on each Acquiror Site. Acquiror maintains a hypertext link to a Privacy Statement from the homepage of each Acquiror Site, and Acquiror uses its reasonable efforts to include a hypertext link to a Privacy Statement from every page of the Acquiror Sites on which personal information is collected from Individuals.
(c) The Privacy Statements include, at a minimum, accurate notice to Individuals about Acquiror's collection, retention, use and disclosure policies and practices with respect to Individuals' personal information.
(d) Acquiror complies with the Privacy Statements as applicable to any given set of personal information collected by Acquiror from Individuals. Acquiror has adequate technological and procedural measures in place to protect personal information collected from Individuals consistent with the Privacy Statements. Acquiror does not knowingly collect information from or target children under the age of thirteen. Acquiror does not sell, rent or otherwise make available to third parties any personal information submitted by Individuals.
(e) The current versions of the Privacy Statements have been made available to Target, Acquiror has not entered into any executory agreement which seeks to constrain Acquiror's use and/or distribution of personal information collected by Acquiror greater than the constraints contained in the Privacy Statements and by applicable laws and regulations.
(f) Acquiror is not a party to any Material Contract (besides the Privacy Statements), or is subject to any other obligation (besides the Privacy Statements) that, following the Effective Time, would prevent Acquiror and/or its affiliates from using the information governed by the Privacy Statements in a manner consistent with applicable privacy laws and industry standards regarding the disclosure and use of information. Acquiror has not received notification of any unresolved claims or controversies regarding the Privacy Statements or the implementation thereof or of any of the foregoing.
(g) The Terms and Conditions are posted and are accessible to Individuals at all times on the homepage of the Acquiror Site. Acquiror has not received notification of any unresolved claims or controversies regarding the Terms and Conditions or the implementation thereof.
5.26 Issuance of Shares. The issuance and delivery of the Acquiror Capital Stock as Merger Consideration in accordance with this Agreement shall be, at or prior to the Effective Time, duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Acquiror, and, when issued at the Effective Time as contemplated hereby, such shares of Acquiror Capital Stock will be duly and
36
validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. Such Acquiror Capital Stock, when so issued and delivered in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, shall be free and clear of all liens and encumbrances and adverse claims from third parties, other than restrictions on transfer created by applicable securities laws and will not have been issued in violation of their respective properties or any preemptive rights or rights of first refusal or similar rights.
5.27 Reorganization. Neither Acquiror nor any of its Subsidiaries has taken any action or failed to take any action which action or failure would jeopardize the qualification of the Merger as a "reorganization" within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code. Acquiror does not have any knowledge of any fact or circumstance that would prevent the Merger from qualifying as a "reorganization" within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code. Acquiror, however, makes no representations or warranties to Target or to any Target stockholder or other holder of shares of Target capital stock or Target Warrants regarding the Tax treatment of the Merger, whether the Merger will qualify as a plan of reorganization under the Code, or any of the Tax consequences to any Target stockholder or other holder of shares of Target capital stock or Target Warrants of this Agreement, the Merger or any of the other transactions or agreements contemplated by this Agreement, and Target and the Stockholders' Agent acknowledge, however, that Target, the Target stockholders and holders of Target Warrants are relying on their own Tax advisors for Tax advice in connection with this Agreement, the Merger and the other transactions and agreements contemplated by this Agreement.
5.28 Representations Complete. None of the representations or warranties made by Acquiror herein or in any Schedule or Exhibit hereto, including the Acquiror Disclosure Schedule, or certificate furnished by Acquiror pursuant to this Agreement or any written statement furnished to Acquiror pursuant hereto or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, when all such documents are read together in their entirety, contain, or will contain at the Effective Time, any untrue statement of a material fact, or omits or will omit at the Effective Time to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained herein or therein, in the light of the circumstances under which made, not misleading.
6. Conduct Prior to the Effective Time .
6.1 Conduct of Target Business. During the period from the date of this Agreement and continuing until the earlier of the termination of this Agreement or the Effective Time, Target agrees (except to the extent expressly contemplated by this Agreement, as consented to in writing by Acquiror or set forth on Schedule 6.1 hereto): (a) to carry on its business in the usual regular and ordinary course in substantially the same manner as heretofore conducted; (b) to pay its debts and Taxes when due subject to good faith disputes over such debts or Taxes; (c) to pay or perform other material obligations when due; and (d) to use all reasonable efforts to preserve intact its present business organizations, keep available the services of its present officers and key employees and preserve its relationships with material customers, suppliers, distributors, licensors, licensees, and others having business dealings with it, to the end that its goodwill and ongoing businesses shall be unimpaired at the Effective Time. Target agrees to promptly notify Acquiror of (a) any material event or occurrence not in the ordinary course of Target's business, and of any event which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Target; and (b) any change in its capitalization as set forth in Section 3.5 . Without limiting the foregoing, except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement or the Target Disclosure Schedule, Target shall not do, cause or permit any of the following, without the prior written consent of Acquiror:
(a) Charter Documents . Cause or permit any amendments to its Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws except as necessary to effect the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;
37
(b) Dividends; Changes in Capital Stock . Declare or pay any dividends on or make any other distributions (whether in cash, stock or property) in respect of any of its capital stock, or split, combine or reclassify any of its capital stock or issue or authorize the issuance of any other securities in respect of, in lieu of or in substitution for shares of its capital stock, or repurchase or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any shares of its capital stock except from former employees, directors and consultants in accordance with agreements providing for the repurchase of shares in connection with any termination of service to it;
(c) Stock Option Plans, Etc . Accelerate, amend or change the period of exercisability or vesting of options or other rights granted under its stock plans except in accordance with agreements outstanding on the date hereof for such employees, directors and consultants or authorize cash payments in exchange for any options or other rights granted under any of such plans;
(d) Issuance of Securities . Issue, deliver or sell or authorize or propose the issuance, delivery or sale of, or purchase or propose the purchase of, any shares of its capital stock or securities convertible into, or subscriptions, rights, warrants or options to acquire, or other agreements or commitments of any character obligating it to issue any such shares or other convertible securities other than the issuance of shares of its Common Stock pursuant to the exercise of stock options, warrants or other rights therefore outstanding as of the date of this Agreement;
(e) Intellectual Property . Transfer to any person or entity any rights to its Intellectual Property other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;
(f) Exclusive Rights . Enter into or amend any agreements pursuant to which any other party is granted exclusive marketing or other exclusive rights of any type or scope with respect to any of Target Products or Target Intellectual Property;
(g) Dispositions . Sell, lease, license or otherwise dispose of or encumber any of its properties or assets that are material, individually or in the aggregate, to its business, taken as a whole, other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;
(h) Indebtedness . Incur any indebtedness for borrowed money, or guarantee any such indebtedness, or issue or sell any debt securities or guaranty any debt securities of others, in excess of $50,000 in the aggregate;
(i) Agreements . Except in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices, enter into, terminate or amend, in a manner that will adversely affect the business of Target, (i) any agreement involving the obligation to pay or the right to receive $10,000 or more, (ii) any agreement relating to the license, transfer or other disposition or acquisition of Intellectual Property rights or rights to market or sell Target Products or (iii) any other agreement material to the business or prospects of Target or that is or would be a Material Contract;
(j) Payment of Obligations . Pay, discharge or satisfy, in an amount in excess of $50,000 in the aggregate, any claims, liabilities or obligations (absolute, accrued, asserted or unasserted, contingent or otherwise) arising other than in the ordinary course of business, other than the payment, discharge or satisfaction of liabilities reflected or reserved against in the Target Financial Statements;
(k) Capital Expenditures . Make any capital expenditures, capital additions or capital improvements, in excess of $50,000 in the aggregate;
(l) Insurance . Materially reduce the amount of any material insurance coverage provided by existing insurance policies;
38
(m) Termination or Waiver . Terminate or waive any right of substantial value, other than in the ordinary course of business;
(n) Employee Benefit Plans; New Hires; Pay Increases . Amend any Target Employee Plan or adopt any plan that would constitute a Target Employee Plan except in order to comply with applicable laws or regulations, or hire any new officer-level employee, pay any special bonus, special remuneration or special noncash benefit to any officer-level employee (except payments and benefits made pursuant to written agreements outstanding on the date hereof), or, other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices, increase the benefits, salaries or wage rates of its employees;
(o) Severance Arrangements . Grant or pay any severance or termination pay or benefits (i) to any director or officer or (ii) except for payments made pursuant to written agreements outstanding on the date hereof and disclosed on the Target Disclosure Schedule, to any other employee;
(p) Lawsuits . Commence a lawsuit other than (i) for the routine collection of bills, (ii) in such cases where Target in good faith determines that failure to commence suit would result in the material impairment of a valuable aspect of Target's business, provided that it consults with Acquiror prior to the filing of such a suit or (iii) for a breach of this Agreement;
(q) Acquisitions . Acquire or agree to acquire by merging with, or by purchasing a substantial portion of the stock or assets of, or by any other manner, any business or any corporation, partnership, association or other business organization or division thereof or otherwise acquire or agree to acquire any assets that are material individually or in the aggregate, to its business, taken as a whole;
(r) Taxes . Other than in the ordinary course of business, make or change any material election in respect of Taxes, adopt or change any accounting method in respect of Taxes, file any material amendment to a material tax Return, enter into any closing agreement, settle any material claim or assessment in respect of Taxes, or consent to any extension or waiver of the limitation period applicable to any material claim or assessment in respect of Taxes if any such action would have the effect of materially increasing the Tax liability of the Surviving Corporation for any period ending after the Closing Date; provided , however , that nothing in this Section 6.1 or otherwise shall preclude the Target from filing any Tax Returns required to be filed by it;
(s) Revaluation . Revalue any of its assets, including without limitation writing down the value of inventory or writing off notes or accounts receivable other than in the ordinary course of business or as required by changes in generally accepted accounting principles; or
(t) Other . Take or agree in writing or otherwise to take, any of the actions described in Sections 6.1(a) through (s) above, or any action that would cause a material breach of its representations or warranties contained in this Agreement or prevent it from materially performing or cause it not to materially perform its covenants hereunder.
6.2 Conduct of Acquiror Business. During the period from the date of this Agreement and continuing until the earlier of the termination of this Agreement or the Effective Time, Acquiror agrees (except to the extent expressly contemplated by this Agreement, as consented to in writing by Target or as necessary to effect the recapitalization of Acquiror in anticipation of the Closing): (a) to carry on its business in the usual regular and ordinary course in substantially the same manner as heretofore conducted; (b) to pay its debts and Taxes when due subject to good faith disputes over such debts or Taxes; (c) to pay or perform other material obligations when due; and (d) to use all reasonable efforts to preserve intact its present business organizations, keep available the services of its present officers and key employees and preserve its relationships with material
39
customers, suppliers, distributors, licensors, licensees, and others having business dealings with it, to the end that its goodwill and ongoing businesses shall be unimpaired at the Effective Time. Acquiror agrees to promptly notify Target of (a) any material event or occurrence not in the ordinary course of Acquiror's business, and of any event which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Acquiror; and (b) any change in its capitalization as set forth in Section 5.5 .
6.3 No Solicitation.
(a) Except as set forth below, from and after the date of this Agreement until the Effective Time, no party shall, directly or indirectly through any officer, director, employee, representative or agent of such party or otherwise: (i) solicit, initiate, or encourage any inquiries or proposals that constitute, or could reasonably be expected to lead to, a proposal or offer for a merger, consolidation, share exchange, business combination, sale of all or substantially all assets, sale of shares of capital stock or similar transactions other than the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (any of the foregoing inquiries or proposals an " Acquisition Proposal "); (ii) engage or participate in negotiations or external discussions concerning, or provide any non-public information to any person or entity relating to, any Acquisition Proposal; or (iii) agree to, enter into, accept, approve or recommend any Acquisition Proposal. Target represents and warrants that it has the legal right to terminate any pending discussions or negotiations relating to an Acquisition Proposal without payment of any fee or other penalty.
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, prior to receipt by a party, in accordance with Delaware Law, of affirmative votes or written consents from such party's stockholders holding a sufficient number of Target Capital Stock or Acquiror Capital Stock, as the case may be, to adopt this Agreement and approve the Merger provided for herein, such party's Board of Directors may take the foregoing actions described in this Section 6.3 , if, upon receipt of an unsolicited Acquisition Proposal, they have been advised in an opinion of reputable legal counsel that such actions are required to discharge such party's directors' fiduciary duties under applicable Delaware Law and such party's Board of Directors concludes in good faith that an Acquisition Proposal constitutes or is reasonably likely to result in a Superior Proposal (as defined below).
(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, Acquiror shall have the right and option, exercisable by Acquiror by delivery of its written notice to Target on or before the fifth (5 th ) business day following Acquiror's receipt of written notice from Target of the determination by its Board of Directors that an Acquisition Proposal constitutes a Superior Proposal, to match the terms and conditions of the Superior Proposal and to effect the acquisition of Target and/or the other transactions proposed in the Superior Proposal on terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Superior Proposal. No modifications or amendments may be made to any Superior Proposal after notice has been given to Acquiror of the existence of such Superior Proposal without affording to Acquiror the right and option, upon terms and in accordance with the conditions set forth above in this Section 6.3 , to effect a transaction upon the terms of such Superior Proposal, as modified.
(d) " Superior Proposal " means a bona fide written proposal for a competing transaction which the Board of Directors of the subject party concludes in good faith, after consultation with its legal advisors, taking into account all legal, financial, regulatory and other aspects of the proposal and the Person making the proposal (i) is more favorable to the party's stockholders, from a financial point of view, than the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and (ii) is fully financed or reasonably capable of being fully financed, reasonably likely to receive all required Governmental Entity approvals, waivers, consents necessary for
40
the consummation of such transaction on a timely basis and otherwise reasonably capable of being completed on the terms proposed.
(e) Each party shall notify the other party immediately (and no later than 24 hours) after receipt by such party (or its advisors) of (i) any Acquisition Proposal or any request for nonpublic information in connection with an Acquisition Proposal or for access to the properties, books or records of Target by any person or entity that informs Target that it is considering making, or has made, an Acquisition Proposal, and (ii) upon determination of such party's Board of Directors that any such Acquisition Proposal constitutes a Superior Proposal. Such notice shall be made orally and in writing and shall indicate in reasonable detail the identity of the offeror and the terms and conditions of such proposal, inquiry or contact.
7. Additional Agreements .
7.1 Preparation of Solicitation Statement.
(a) As soon as practicable after the execution of this Agreement, Target shall prepare, with the cooperation of Acquiror, a solicitation statement for the solicitation of approval of the stockholders of Target describing this Agreement, the Certificate of Merger and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. Acquiror shall provide such information about Acquiror as Target shall reasonably request. The information supplied by Target for inclusion in the solicitation statement to be sent to the stockholders of Target shall not, on the date the solicitation statement is first mailed to Target's stockholders or at the Effective Time, contain any statement that, at such time, is false or misleading with respect to any material fact, or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not false or misleading, or omit to state any material fact necessary to correct any statement in any earlier communication that has become false or misleading. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Target makes no representation, warranty or covenant with respect to any information supplied by Acquiror or Merger Sub that is contained in any of the foregoing documents. The information supplied by Acquiror or Merger Sub for inclusion in the solicitation statement shall not, on the date the solicitation statement is first mailed to Target's stockholders or at the Effective Time, contain any statement that, at such time, is false or misleading with respect to any material fact, or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not false or misleading, or omit to state any material fact necessary to correct any statement in any earlier communication that has become false or misleading. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Acquiror and Merger Sub make no representation, warranty or covenant with respect to any information supplied by Target that is contained in any of the foregoing documents.
(b) The solicitation statement shall constitute a disclosure document for the offer and issuance of shares of Acquiror Capital Stock to be received by the holders of Target Capital Stock in the Merger. Acquiror and Target shall each use reasonable commercial efforts to cause the solicitation statement to comply with applicable federal and state securities laws requirements. Each of Acquiror and Target agrees to provide promptly to the other such information concerning its business and financial statements and affairs as, in the reasonable judgment of the providing party or its counsel, may be required or appropriate for inclusion in the solicitation statement or in any amendments or supplements thereto, and to cause its counsel and auditors to cooperate with the other's counsel and auditors in the preparation of the solicitation statement. Target will promptly advise Acquiror, and Acquiror will promptly advise Target, in writing if at any time prior to the Effective Time either Target or Acquiror shall obtain knowledge of any facts that might make it necessary or appropriate to amend or
41
supplement the solicitation statement in order to make the statements contained or incorporated by reference therein not misleading or to comply with applicable law. The solicitation statement shall contain the recommendation of the Board of Directors of Target that the Target stockholders approve the Merger and this Agreement and the conclusion of the Board of Directors that the terms and conditions of the Merger are fair and reasonable to the stockholders of Target. Anything to the contrary contained herein notwithstanding, Target shall not include in the solicitation statement any information with respect to Acquiror or its affiliates or associates, the form and content of which information shall not have been approved by Acquiror prior to such inclusion.
7.2 Approval of Stockholders. Target shall promptly after the date hereof take all reasonable action necessary in accordance with the Delaware Law and its Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws to obtain the written consent of the Target stockholders approving the Merger as soon as practicable. Subject to Section 7.1 , Target shall use its efforts to solicit from stockholders of Target written consents in favor of the Merger and shall take all other reasonable action necessary or advisable to secure the vote or consent of stockholders required to effect the Merger.
7.3 Sale of Shares Pursuant to Regulation D; Acknowledgment of Purchaser Representative.
(a) The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that the shares of Acquiror Capital Stock issuable to the Target stockholders pursuant to Section 2.6 hereof shall constitute "restricted securities" within the Securities Act. The certificates of Acquiror Capital Stock shall bear the legends set forth in Section 2.6(h) . Target will identify a "purchaser representative" who satisfies the conditions of Section 501 of Regulation D. Target will use its best efforts to cause each Target stockholder to execute and deliver to Acquiror an Investor Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D and to cause each "purchaser" (within the meaning of Section 501 Regulation D) to acknowledge in writing that the purchaser representative is acting as such for the purchaser in connection with the purchaser's evaluation of the risks and merits of the Merger and receipt of shares of Acquiror Capital Stock. It is acknowledged and understood that Acquiror is relying on the written representations made by each stockholder of Target in the Investor Representation Statements.
(b) If a Regulation D exemption is otherwise unavailable, then, Acquiror and Target intend that the Acquiror Capital Stock will be issued in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC thereunder, by reason of Section 3(a)(l0) thereof and will be qualified under the California Code pursuant to Section 25121 thereof after a fairness hearing has been held pursuant to the authority granted by Section 25142 of the California Code (the " Fairness Hearing "). In the event that Acquiror determines that an exemption under Regulation D under the Securities Act is not available for the issuance of Acquiror Capital Stock, Acquiror, with and subject to the full cooperation of Target, shall use commercially reasonable efforts (i) to file promptly and to the extent reasonably practicable, an application (the " Permit Application ") for issuance of a permit pursuant to Section 25121 of the California Code to issue such securities (the " California Permit ") and (ii) to obtain the California Permit promptly thereafter.
7.4 Access to Information.
(a) Target shall afford Acquiror and its accountants, counsel and other appropriate representatives, reasonable access during normal business hours during the period prior to the Effective Time to (i) all of Target's properties, personnel, books, contracts, commitments and records and (ii) all other information concerning the business, properties and personnel of Target as Acquiror may reasonably request. Acquiror shall afford Target and its accountants, counsel and other appropriate representatives, reasonable access during normal business hours during the period prior to the Effective Time to (i) all of Acquiror's properties, books,
42
contracts, commitments and records and (ii) all other information concerning the business, properties and personnel of Acquiror as Target may reasonably request.
(b) Subject to compliance with applicable law, from the date hereof until the Effective Time, each of Acquiror and Target shall confer on a regular and frequent basis with one or more representatives of the other party to report operational matters of materiality and the general status of ongoing operations.
(c) No information or knowledge obtained in any investigation pursuant to this Section 7.4 or otherwise shall affect or be deemed to modify any representation or warranty contained herein or the conditions to the obligations of the parties to consummate the Merger.
7.5 Confidentiality. The parties acknowledge that Acquiror and Target have previously executed a confidentiality agreement dated May 3, 2006 (the " Confidentiality Agreement "), which Confidentiality Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference and shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties acknowledge and agree that Acquiror may disclose the terms of this Agreement and information concerning the parties hereto to any third party financial, non-strategic investor for the purpose of arranging financing following the Merger so long as such investor agrees to keep such information confidential.
7.6 Public Disclosure. Unless otherwise permitted by this Agreement, Acquiror and Target shall consult with each other before issuing any press release or otherwise making any public statement or making any other public (or non-confidential) disclosure (whether or not in response to an inquiry) regarding the terms of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, and neither shall issue any such press release or make any such statement or disclosure without the prior approval of the other (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), except as may be required by law.
7.7 Regulatory Approval; Further Assurances.
(a) Each party shall use all reasonable efforts to file, as promptly as practicable after the date of this Agreement, all notices, reports and other documents required to be filed by such party with any Governmental Entity with respect to the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and to submit promptly any additional information requested by any such Governmental Entity. Target and Acquiror shall respond as promptly as practicable to any inquiries or requests received from any Governmental Entity. Each of Target and Acquiror shall (i) give the other party prompt notice of the commencement of any Legal Proceeding by or before any Governmental Entity with respect to the Merger or any of the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (ii) keep the other party informed as to the status of any such Legal Proceeding and (iii) promptly inform the other party of any communication to or from any Governmental Entity regarding the Merger. In addition, except as may be prohibited by any Governmental Entity, by any legal requirement or to the extent necessary to preserve any legal privilege, each of Target and Acquiror will permit authorized representatives of the other party to be present at each meeting or conference relating to any such legal proceeding and to have access to and be consulted in connection with any document, opinion or proposal made or submitted to any Governmental Entity in connection with any such legal proceeding.
(b) Subject to Section 7.7(b) , Acquiror and Target shall use all reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions necessary to effectuate the Merger and make effective the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, but subject to Section 7.7(b) , each party to this Agreement shall: (i) make any
43
filings and give any notices required to be made and given by such party in connection with the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement; (ii) use all reasonable efforts to obtain any consent required to be obtained (pursuant to any applicable legal requirement or contract, or otherwise) by such party in connection with the Merger or any of the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and (iii) use all reasonable efforts to lift any restraint, injunction or other legal bar to the Merger. Each party shall promptly deliver to the other a copy of each such filing made, each such notice given and each such consent obtained by such party during the period prior to the Effective Time. Each party, at the reasonable request of the other party, shall execute and deliver such other instruments and do and perform such other acts and things as may be necessary or desirable for effecting completely the consummation of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.
(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the parties shall not have any obligation under this Agreement to: (i) dispose or transfer or cause any of its Subsidiaries, if any, to dispose of or transfer any assets, or to commit to cause the other party to dispose of any assets; (ii) discontinue or cause any of its Subsidiaries, if any, to discontinue offering any product or service, or commit to cause the other party to discontinue offering any product or service; (iii) license or otherwise make available, or cause any of its Subsidiaries, if any, to license or otherwise make available, to any person, any technology, software or other Intellectual Property, or commit to cause the other party to license or otherwise make available to any person any technology, software or other Intellectual Property; (iv) hold separate or cause any of its Subsidiaries, if any, to hold separate any assets or operations (either before or after the Closing Date), or commit to cause the other party to hold separate any assets or operations; or (v) make or cause any of its Subsidiaries, if any, to make any commitment (to any Governmental Entity or otherwise) regarding its future operations or the future operations of the other party.
7.8 Target Options and Warrants.
(a) At the Effective Time, each Target Option, whether vested or unvested, will be assumed by Acquiror. Section 7.8 of the Target Disclosure Schedule hereto sets forth a true and complete list as of the date hereof of all holders of Target Options, including the number of shares of Target Common Stock subject to each such option, the exercise or vesting schedule, the exercise price per share and the term of each such option. On the Closing Date, Target shall deliver to Acquiror an updated Section 7.8 of the Target Disclosure Schedule current as of such date. Each option assumed by Acquiror under this Agreement shall continue to have, and be subject to, the same terms and conditions set forth in the Target Plans and/or any other document governing such option immediately prior to the Effective Time, except that: (i) such Target Option will be exercisable for that number of whole shares of Acquiror Common Stock equal to the product of the number of shares of Target Common Stock that were issuable upon exercise of such option immediately prior to the Effective Time multiplied by the Common Exchange Ratio and rounded down to the nearest whole number of shares of Acquiror Series P Stock; (ii) the per share exercise price for the shares of Acquiror Series P Common issuable upon exercise of such Target Option will be equal to the quotient determined by dividing the exercise price per share of Target Common Stock at which such Target Option was exercisable immediately prior to the Effective Time by the Common Exchange Ratio, rounded up to the nearest whole tenth of a cent; and (iii) any restriction on the exercisability of such Target Option will continue in full force and effect, and the term, exercisability, vesting schedule and other provisions of such Target Option will remain unchanged. Except as provided in the Target Disclosure Schedule, consistent with the terms of the Target Option Plan and the documents governing the outstanding options under the Target Option Plan, the Merger will not terminate any of the outstanding Target Options
44
or accelerate the exercisability or vesting of such Target Options or the shares of Acquiror Series P Common underlying Target Options upon the Acquiror's assumption thereof in the Merger. It is the intention of the parties that Target Options so assumed by Acquiror will remain incentive stock options as defined in Section 422 of the Code to the extent such Target Options qualified as incentive stock options prior to the Effective Time. Within ten (10) business days after the Effective Time, Acquiror will issue to each person who, immediately prior to the Effective Time, was a holder of an outstanding Target Option under the Target Plans a document in form and substance satisfactory to Target evidencing the foregoing assumption.
(b) Cancellation of Warrants . Target agrees to use its best efforts to obtain, prior to the Closing Date, a binding written agreement, acceptable to Acquiror, from each holder of Target Warrants whereby such holder agrees that if the Target Warrants held by such holder have not been exercised prior to the Closing Date, then such Target Warrants shall terminate upon and may not be exercised on or after the Closing Date.
7.9 Blue Sky Laws. Acquiror shall take such steps as may be necessary to comply with the securities and blue sky laws of all jurisdictions applicable to the issuance of the Acquiror Capital Stock in connection with the Merger. Target shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to assist Acquiror to comply with the securities and blue sky laws of all jurisdictions applicable to the issuance of Acquiror Capital Stock in connection with the Merger.
7.10 Nonaccredited Stockholders. Prior to the Effective Time, Target shall not take any action, including the granting of employee stock options, that would cause the number of Target stockholders who are not "accredited investors" pursuant to Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act to increase to more than thirty-five (35) during the term of this Agreement.
7.11 Employees. Target will use commercially reasonable efforts in consultation with Acquiror to retain existing employees of Target through the Effective Time and following the Merger. Target shall use its reasonable efforts to: (a) cause each of such employees set forth in Schedule 7.11 to execute an offer letter in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Acquiror; and (b) cause each other Target employee to execute and deliver to Acquiror a proprietary rights and non-disclosure agreement in the form provided by Acquiror.
7.12 Continuation of Directors' and Officers' Insurance Coverage. Acquiror agrees that from and after the Effective Time, all rights to indemnification with respect to claims arising from facts or events which occurred at or before the Effective Time now existing in favor of any individual who at or prior to the Effective Time was a director, officer, employee or agent of Target as provided in Target's Certificate, Bylaws or pursuant to a written agreement for such indemnification shall continue in full force and effect as provided in such instruments. The Surviving Corporation shall not, nor shall Acquiror permit the Surviving Corporation to, amend its certificate of incorporation or bylaws with respect to the indemnification provisions in a manner which would adversely affect such rights to indemnification of such Persons. Target shall purchase a six-year extended reporting period endorsement under the Target's existing directors' and officers' liability insurance policies, providing that such endorsement shall extend the directors' and officers' liability coverage in force as of the date hereof for a period of at least six years from the Effective Time for any claims arising from facts or events which occurred at or before the Effective Time (" D&O Tail Coverage ") and, following the Closing, Acquiror shall ensure that such policy remains in full force and effect for such six-year period. The premiums and costs associated with the D&O Tail Coverage provided for herein shall be borne by Acquiror. Target shall deliver binders at Closing evidencing D&O Tail Coverage provided for herein.
7.13 Reorganization. Acquiror and Target shall each use (and Acquiror shall cause Merger Sub to use) its best efforts to cause the business combination to be effected by the Merger to be
45
qualified as a "reorganization" described in Section 368 of the Code and shall not (and Acquiror shall cause Merger Sub not to) take or fail to take any action which action or failure would jeopardize such qualification of the Merger. Each party shall make such representations (and Acquiror shall cause Merger Sub to make such representations) as counsel to Target shall reasonably request to enable it to render such opinions, including representations from Acquiror and Merger Sub substantially similar to the representations in the Acquiror and Merger Sub Tax Certificate attached to hereto as Exhibit E and representations from the Target substantially similar to the representations in the Target Tax Certificate attached to hereto as Exhibit F . In rendering its opinion to Target, Target's counsel may rely upon such representations.
7.14 Expenses. Whether or not the Merger is consummated, all costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be paid by the party incurring such expense.
7.15 Segregated Account. Promptly after the Closing but in no event later than ten (10) days after the Closing Date, Acquiror shall establish a segregated account and deposit into such account an amount equal to $100,000 to be maintained and used for the sole purpose of reimbursing the Stockholders' Agent for expenses in accordance with Section 10.1 below.
7.16 Third Party Consents . Prior to Closing, Target shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all consents or approvals set forth on Schedule 3.2 . In addition, Target shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain from each landlord of Target, such waivers, consents and estoppel letters as requested by Acquiror's lenders.
7.17 Covenant Not to Sue . During the period between execution of this Agreement and the Closing Date, each party covenants and agrees that it will not voluntarily initiate, join in or otherwise support any claim (including derivative claims), suit, action, arbitration or other legal, equitable or other proceeding seeking (directly or indirectly) relief of any kind (in money damages or equitable remedies) against the other party resulting from any breach of representations and warranties where the damages resulting from such breach would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the breaching party. The provisions of this Section 7.17 shall not apply to the extent that such breach constitutes fraud.
8. Conditions to the Merger .
8.1 Conditions to Obligations of Each Party to Effect the Merger. The respective obligations of each party to this Agreement to consummate and effect this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be subject to the satisfaction at or prior to the Effective Time of each of the following conditions, any of which may be waived, in writing, by agreement of all the parties hereto:
(a) Stockholder Approval . This Agreement and the Merger shall be approved by the stockholders of Target and Acquiror by the requisite vote under Delaware Law and Target's Certificate of Incorporation.
(b) No Injunctions or Restraints; Illegality . No temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction or other order issued by any court of competent jurisdiction or other legal or regulatory restraint or prohibition preventing the consummation of the Merger shall be and remain in effect, nor shall any proceeding brought by an administrative agency or commission or other governmental authority or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, seeking any of the foregoing be pending, which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Acquiror, either individually or combined with the Surviving Corporation after the Effective Time, nor shall there be any action taken, or any statute, rule, regulation or order enacted, entered, enforced or deemed applicable to the Merger, which makes the consummation of the Merger illegal.
46
(c) Governmental Approval . Acquiror, Target and Merger Sub shall have timely obtained from each Governmental Entity all approvals, waivers and consents, necessary for consummation of or in connection with the Merger and the several transactions contemplated hereby, including such approvals, waivers and consents as may be required under the Securities Act, under state blue sky laws, other than filings and approvals relating to the Merger or affecting Acquiror's ownership of Target or any of its properties if failure to obtain such approval, waiver or consent could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Acquiror after the Effective Time.
8.2 Additional Conditions to the Obligations of Acquiror and Merger Sub. The obligations of Acquiror and Merger Sub to consummate and effect this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be subject to the satisfaction at or prior to the Effective Time of each of the following conditions, any of which may be waived, in writing, by Acquiror:
(a) Representations, Warranties and Covenants . The representations and warranties of Target in this Agreement that are qualified by materiality shall be true and correct, and the representation and warranties of Target set forth in this Agreement that are not so qualified shall be true and correct in all material respects, on and as of the date of this Agreement and on and as of the Closing as though such representations and warranties were made on and as of such time (except for such representations and warranties that speak specifically as of the date hereof or as of another date, which shall be true and correct as of such date); provided however, that any inaccuracies in such representations and warranties will be disregarded solely for purposes of this Section 8.2(a) (and not for any other purpose) if all circumstances constituting such inaccuracies (considered collectively) would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Target.
(b) Performance of Obligations . Target shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all covenants, obligations and conditions of this Agreement required to be performed and complied with by it as of the Closing.
(c) Certificate of Officers . Acquiror and Merger Sub shall have received a certificate executed on behalf of Target by the chief executive officer and chief financial officer of Target certifying that the conditions set forth in Sections 8.2(a) and 8.2(b) have been satisfied.
(d) Third Party Consents . All consents or approvals set forth on Schedule 8.2(d) shall have been obtained and shall be in full force and effect.
(e) No Governmental Litigation . There shall not be pending or threatened any legal proceeding in which a Governmental Entity is or is threatened to become a party or is otherwise involved, and neither Acquiror nor Target shall have received any communication from any Governmental Entity in which such Governmental Entity indicates the probability of commencing any legal proceeding or taking any other action: (i) challenging or seeking to restrain or prohibit the consummation of the Merger; (ii) relating to the Merger and seeking to obtain from Acquiror or any of its Subsidiaries, or Target, any damages or other relief that would be material to Acquiror; (iii) seeking to prohibit or limit in any material respect Acquiror's ability to vote, receive dividends with respect to or otherwise exercise ownership rights with respect to the stock of Target; or (iv) that would materially and adversely affect the right of Acquiror or Target to own the assets or operate the business of Target.
(f) No Other Litigation . There shall not be pending any legal proceeding: (i) challenging or seeking to restrain or prohibit the consummation of the Merger or any of the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement; (ii) relating to the Merger and seeking to obtain from Acquiror or any of its Subsidiaries, or Target, any damages or other relief that would be material to Acquiror; (iii) seeking to prohibit or limit in any material
47
respect Acquiror's ability to vote, receive dividends with respect to or otherwise exercise ownership rights with respect to any of Target Capital Stock; or (iv) which would affect adversely the right of Acquiror or Target to own the assets or operate the business of Target.
(g) Resignations of Directors and Officers . The persons holding the positions of a director or officer Target, in office immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall have resigned from such positions in writing effective as of the Effective Time.
(h) Good Standing Certificates . Acquiror shall have received a certificate from the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and each other State in which Target is qualified to do business as a foreign corporation certifying that Target is in good standing and that all applicable taxes and fees of Target through and including the Closing Date have been paid.
(i) No Material Adverse Change . There shall not have occurred any change in the financial condition, properties, assets (including intangible assets), liabilities, business, operations, results of operations of Target, taken as a whole, that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Target.
(j) Investor Representation Statement; Number of Stockholders . Either (A) each of the Target's stockholders shall have delivered to Acquiror a signed Investor Representation Statement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit D and each such statement shall be in full force and effect, and there shall be no more than thirty-five (35) Target stockholders who are both (i) U.S. persons as defined under Regulation S under the Securities Act (a " U.S. Person "); and (ii) not "accredited investors" as defined in Rule 501 under the Securities Act or (B) the parties have obtained the California Permit.
(k) Purchaser Representative . There shall be a Purchaser Representative, as defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act, reasonably satisfactory to Acquiror, representing each holder of Target Capital Stock who is a U.S. Person and not an "accredited investor" as defined in Rule 501 under the Securities Act and does not comply with the nature of purchaser set forth in Rule 506(b)(2)(ii), and such Purchaser Representative shall have executed and delivered documentation reasonably satisfactory to Acquiror. Each holder of Target Capital Stock who is a U.S. Person and not an "accredited investor" shall have executed and delivered an acknowledgment that such Purchaser Representative is acting as such for such holder in connection with the evaluation of the risks and merits of the Merger and receipt of Acquiror Capital Stock.
(l) Offer Letters and Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreements . The employees of Target set forth in Schedule 8.2(l) shall have accepted employment with Surviving Corporation pursuant to the terms of an offer letter in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Acquiror which shall include non-competition and non-solicitation agreements.
(m) Appraisal Rights . Not more than five percent (5%) of the Target Capital Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be eligible as Dissenting Shares.
(n) Warrants . All Target Warrants outstanding on the Closing Date shall be cancelled as provided in Section 7.8(b) .
(o) Opinion . Counsel for Target shall have delivered to Acquiror an opinion in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit G .
(p) FIRPTA Certificate . Target shall had delivered to Acquiror a properly executed Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act of 1980 (" FIRPTA ") Notification Letter and a form of notice to the Internal Revenue Service in accordance with the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.897-2(h)(2).
48
(q) Parachute Payments . Prior to the Effective Time, the Target shall have solicited the requisite stockholder approval (" 280G Vote Solicitation ") under Code Section 280G(b)(5) with respect to any payments or benefits that could be considered "excess parachute payments" within the meaning of Code Section 280G, and any "disqualified individuals" as defined in Code Section 280G who would otherwise receive excess parachute payments in the absence of an applicable exemption or waiver, shall have agreed, prior to the 280G Vote Solicitation, to forfeit any payments that would otherwise be non-deductible if the requisite stockholder approval is not obtained.
(r) Investors' Rights Agreement and Stockholders' Agreement . Target shall have caused each of the Target stockholders receiving Acquiror Preferred Stock in connection with the Merger to deliver the Investors' Rights Agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit B and the Stockholders' Agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .
(s) Termination of Certain Agreements . Target shall have caused the following agreements to be canceled or terminated: (i) Second Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement dated September 17, 2004 and (ii) Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement dated September 17, 2004.
(t) Payment and Release of Comerica Loan . On or prior to the Closing Date, loans payable to Comerica Bank which are outstanding on the date hereof shall be paid in full and all liens and other security interests on any assets of Target which secure the repayment thereof shall be discharged and released.
8.3 Additional Conditions to Obligations of Target. The obligations of Target to consummate and effect this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be subject to the satisfaction at or prior to the Effective Time of each of the following conditions, any of which may be waived, in writing, by Target:
(a) Representations, Warranties and Covenants . (i) The representations and warranties of Acquiror and Merger Sub in this Agreement that are qualified by materiality shall be true and correct, and the representation and warranties of Target set forth in this Agreement that are not so qualified shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of this Agreement and on and as of the Closing Date as though such representations and warranties were made on and as of such time (except for such representations and warranties that speak specifically as of the date hereof or as of another date, which shall be true and correct as of such date); provided however, that any inaccuracies in such representations and warranties will be disregarded solely for purposes of this Section 8.3(a) (and not for any other purpose) if all circumstances constituting such inaccuracies (considered collectively) would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Acquiror.
(b) Performance of Obligations . Acquiror and Merger Sub shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all covenants, obligations and conditions of this Agreement required to be performed and complied with by them as of the Closing.
(c) Certificate of Officers . Target shall have received a certificate executed on behalf of Acquiror and Merger Sub by the chief executive officer and chief financial officer of Acquiror and Merger Sub, respectively, certifying that the conditions set forth in Sections 8.3(a) and 8.3(b) have been satisfied.
(d) Tax Certificate . Acquiror shall have delivered to Target a tax certificate in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit E .
49
(e) Tax Opinion . Target shall have received a written opinion from Target's legal counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Target, dated on or prior to January 15, 2007, to the effect that on the basis of facts, representations and assumptions set forth in such opinion which are consistent with the state of facts existing as of the Closing Date, for federal income tax purposes (i) the Merger will constitute a "reorganization" within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code, (ii) Target and Acquiror will each be a party to that reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(b) of the Code, and (iii) no gain or loss will be recognized by a holder of Target Capital Stock upon the exchange of a share of Target Capital Stock for the per share Merger Consideration received therefor pursuant to the Merger, except that gain will be recognized to the extent that the per share Merger Consideration received is not Acquiror Capital Stock and except that gain or loss may be recognized with respect to cash received in lieu of fractional shares of Acquiror Capital Stock.
(f) Indemnification Agreements . Acquiror shall have entered into its standard form of indemnification agreement for directors and officers with each of Sheeraz Haji and Scott Irwin.
(g) Investors' Rights Agreement and Stockholders' Agreement . Acquiror shall have executed and delivered the Investors' Rights Agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit B and the Stockholders' Agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit C to each of the Target stockholders receiving Acquiror Preferred Stock in connection with the Merger.
(h) No Material Adverse Change . There shall not have occurred any change in the financial condition, properties, assets (including intangible assets), liabilities, business, operations or results of operations of Acquiror that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Acquiror.
(i) No Governmental Litigation . There shall not be pending or threatened any legal proceeding in which a Governmental Entity is or is threatened to become a party or is otherwise involved, and neither Acquiror nor Target shall have received any communication from any Governmental Entity in which such Governmental Entity indicates the probability of commencing any legal proceeding or taking any other action: (i) challenging or seeking to restrain or prohibit the consummation of the Merger; or (ii) relating to the Merger and seeking to obtain from Acquiror or any of its Subsidiaries, or Target, any damages or other relief that would be material to Acquiror.
(j) No Other Litigation . There shall not be pending any legal proceeding: (i) challenging or seeking to restrain or prohibit the consummation of the Merger or any of the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement; or (ii) relating to the Merger and seeking to obtain from Acquiror or any of its Subsidiaries, or Target, any damages or other relief that would be material to Acquiror.
(k) Valid Exemption . There shall exist a valid exemption from registration under the Securities Act of the shares of Acquiror Capital Stock proposed to be offered and issued in connection with the Merger.
9. Termination, Amendment and Waiver .
9.1 Termination. This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Effective Time (with respect to Section 9.1(b) through Section 9.1(d) , by written notice by the terminating party to the other party):
(a) by the mutual written consent of Acquiror and Target;
50
(b) by either Acquiror or Target if the Merger shall not have been consummated by March 16, 2007, however, in the event the parties undertake to file a Permit Application for a California Permit, then this date shall be June 1, 2007; provided , however , that the right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 9.1(b) shall not be available to any party whose failure to fulfill any obligation under this Agreement has been the cause of or resulted in the failure of the Merger to occur on or before such date;
(c) by either Acquiror or Target if a court of competent jurisdiction or other Governmental Entity shall have issued a nonappealable final order, decree or ruling or taken any other action, in each case having the effect of permanently restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the Merger, unless the party relying on such order, decree or ruling or other action has not complied in all material respects with its obligations under this Agreement; or
(d) by Acquiror or Target, if there has been a breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement on the part of the other party set forth in this Agreement, which breach (i) causes the conditions set forth in Section 8.1 or 8.2 (in the case of termination by Acquiror) or Section 8.1 or 8.3 (in the case of termination by Target) not to be satisfied and (ii) shall not have been cured within twenty (20) business days following receipt by the breaching party of written notice of such breach from the other party.
(e) by Target, in order to accept a Superior Proposal; provided such Superior Proposal did not arise or result from a breach by Target of any obligation contained in Section 6.3 of this Agreement.
9.2 Effect of Termination. In the event of termination of this Agreement as provided in Section 9.1 , there shall be no liability or obligation on the part of Acquiror, Target, Merger Sub or their respective officers, directors, or stockholders, except to the extent that such termination results from the willful breach by a party of any of its representations, warranties or covenants set forth in this Agreement; provided , however , that the provisions of Sections 7.5 , 7.6 and 7.14 shall remain in full force and effect and survive any termination of this Agreement.
9.3 Amendment. This Agreement may be amended by the parties hereto, by action taken or authorized by their respective Boards of Directors. This Agreement may not be amended except by an instrument in writing signed on behalf of each Acquiror and Target.
9.4 Extension; Waiver. At any time prior to the Effective Time, the parties hereto, by action taken or authorized by their respective Boards of Directors, may, to the extent legally allowed: (i) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other acts of the other parties hereto; (ii) waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties contained herein or in any document delivered pursuant hereto; and (iii) waive compliance with any of the agreements or conditions contained herein. Any agreement on the part of a party hereto to any such extension or waiver shall be valid only if set forth in a written instrument signed on behalf of such party.
10. Stockholders' Agent .
10.1 Stockholders' Agent.
(a) Effective upon the Closing, by virtue of the approval and adoption of this Agreement by the requisite vote of the Target stockholders, each Target stockholder shall be deemed to have agreed to appoint the Stockholders' Agent as a true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent for and on behalf of the Target stockholders to give and receive notices and communications to agree to, negotiate, enter into settlements and compromises of, and demand arbitration and comply with orders of courts and awards of arbitrators with respect to claims arising out of this Agreement, and to take all actions necessary or appropriate in the judgment of the
51
Stockholders' Agent to fulfill the interests and purposes of this Agreement and for the accomplishment of the foregoing. Such agency may be changed by the holders of a majority in interest of the former holders of Target Capital Stock from time to time upon not less than ten (10) days' prior written notice to Acquiror. No bond shall be required of the Stockholders' Agent, and the Stockholders' Agent shall receive no compensation for his services. Notices or communications to or from the Stockholders' Agent shall constitute notice to or from each of the Target stockholders.
(b) Each of the Target stockholders grants unto said Stockholders' Agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing necessary or desirable to be done in connection with the matters described above, as fully to all intents and purposes as said Target stockholder might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that the Stockholders' Agent may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. EACH TARGET STOCKHOLDER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS HIS, HER OR ITS EXPRESS INTENTION TO HEREBY GRANT A DURABLE POWER OF ATTORNEY UNTO THE STOCKHOLDERS' AGENT AND THAT THIS DURABLE POWER OF ATTORNEY IS NOT AFFECTED BY SUBSEQUENT INCAPACITY OF SUCH TARGET STOCKHOLDER EXCEPT AS PROVIDED UNDER DELAWARE LAW. Each of the Target stockholders further acknowledges and agrees that upon execution of a joinder to this Agreement, any delivery by the Stockholders' Agent of any waiver, amendment, agreement, opinion, release of claims, certificate, consent, notice, election or other documents executed by the Stockholders' Agent pursuant to this Section 10.1, such stockholder shall be bound by such documents as fully as if such stockholder had executed and delivered such documents
(c) The Stockholders' Agent shall not be liable to any Target stockholder for any act done or omitted hereunder as Stockholder' Agent while acting in good faith and in the exercise of reasonable judgment, even though such act or omission may constitute negligence on the part of such Stockholders' Agent, and any act done or omitted pursuant to the advice of counsel shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith. The Target stockholders shall severally indemnify the Stockholders' Agent and hold the Stockholders' Agent harmless against any loss, liability or expense incurred without bad faith on the part of the Stockholders' Agent and arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of the Stockholders' Agent's duties hereunder.
(d) The Stockholders' Agent may engage attorneys, accountants and other professionals and experts. The Stockholders' Agent may in good faith rely conclusively upon information, reports, statements, and opinions prepared or presented by such professionals, and any action taken by the Stockholders' Agent based on such reliance shall be deemed conclusively to have been taken in good faith and in the exercise of reasonable judgment.
(e) The Stockholders' Agent shall be entitled to receive, from time to time, from Acquiror out of the Segregated Account that amount of cash equal to the Stockholders' Agent's reasonable expenses in reimbursement for services rendered pursuant to this Section 10.1 and Section 11 . In the event that there shall be insufficient funds in the Segregated Account to satisfy the Stockholders' Agent's reasonable expenses, the Stockholders' Agent shall be entitled to seek reimbursement from the Target shareholders in accordance with their indemnification obligations under this Section 10.1 . After the date eighteen (18) months following date hereof and final resolution of any outstanding claims pursuant to Section 10 , in the event that, after the proper reimbursement of the Stockholders' Agent's expenses, funds remain in the Segregated Account, such funds and account shall be used at Acquiror's discretion.
52
(f) The Stockholders' Agent shall have reasonable access to information about Target and the reasonable assistance of Target's officers and employees for purposes of performing his duties and exercising his rights hereunder, provided that the Stockholders' Agent shall treat confidentially and not disclose any nonpublic information from or about Target to anyone (except on a need to know basis to individuals who agree to treat such information confidentially).
(g) Acquiror acknowledges that the Stockholders' Agent may have a conflict of interest with respect to his duties as Stockholders' Agent, and in such regard the Stockholders' Agent has informed Acquiror that he will act in the best interests of the Target stockholders.
10.2 Actions of the Stockholders' Agent. A decision, act, consent or instruction of the Stockholders' Agent shall constitute a decision of all Target stockholders for purposes of claims pursuant to Section 10 this Agreement and shall be final, binding and conclusive upon each such Target stockholder and Acquiror may rely upon any decision, act, consent or instruction of the Stockholders' Agent as being the decision, act, consent or instruction of each and every such Target stockholder. Acquiror is hereby relieved from any liability to any person for any acts done by them in accordance with such decision, act, consent or instruction of the Stockholders' Agent.
11. Tax Matters .
11.1 Transfer Taxes. Except for any stock transfer taxes imposed upon a Target stockholder by operation of law, the Surviving Corporation, and not the Target stockholders, shall be responsible for the timely payment of, and the filing of Tax Returns with respect to, all transfer, documentary, sales, use, stamp, registration and other similar Taxes and other governmental charges (including, without limitation, charges for or in connection with the recording of any instrument or document as provided in this Agreement and any state or local transfer Taxes imposed due to the Merger or any other transactions contemplated by this Agreement. In no event shall the Surviving Corporation bear any Tax imposed in connection with any Target stockholder's receipt of the Merger Consideration.
11.2 Tax Returns .
(a) Stockholders' Agent shall prepare and file or cause to be prepared and filed when due all Tax Returns that are required to be filed by or with respect to Target for taxable years or periods ending on or before the Closing Date, and Stockholders' Agent shall remit or cause to be remitted any Taxes due in respect of such Tax Returns. To the extent allowed by law, all such Tax Returns shall be prepared in a manner consistent with past practice. Stockholders' Agent shall provide a copy of all such Tax Returns to Acquiror at least thirty (30) days prior to the due date for filing such Tax Returns (or, if required to be filed within forty-five (45) days after the Closing Date, as soon as possible following the Closing Date and sufficiently in advance of filing that the Acquiror shall have a reasonable opportunity to review and comment on such Tax Returns). To the extent that any positions taken on such Tax Returns could reasonably be expected to affect Acquiror or the Surviving Corporation with respect to any Tax period after the Closing Date, Acquiror shall have the right to approve (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) such Tax Returns. For this purpose, Acquiror's withholding of approval of a Tax Return based upon Stockholders' Agent's failure to adopt in such Tax Return an alternative reporting position suggested to Stockholder's Agent in writing by Acquiror pursuant to the procedure described herein shall be deemed reasonable if the reporting position proposed by the Acquiror on such Tax Return is "more likely than not" to prevail as defined in Treas. Reg. Section 1.6662-4(d)(2) (it being understood that such "more likely than not" standard shall be applied whether or not the underlying Tax Return is an income Tax Return).
53
(b) Acquiror shall prepare and file or cause to be prepared and filed when due all Target Tax Returns that are required to be filed for taxable years or periods ending after the Closing Date, and Acquiror shall remit or cause to be remitted any Taxes due in respect of such Tax Returns. To the extent any Tax shown as due on any such Tax Return are payable by Target stockholders (whether through a claim for indemnification under this Agreement or otherwise): (A) such Tax Return shall be prepared in a manner consistent with the prior practice of Target unless otherwise required by law; (B) such Tax Return shall be provided to the Stockholders' Agent at least thirty (30) days prior to the due date for filing such return (or, if required to be filed within forty-five (45) days after the Closing Date, as soon as possible following the Closing Date and sufficiently in advance of filing that the Stockholders' Agent shall have a reasonable opportunity to review and comment on such Tax Return); and (C) the Stockholders' Agent shall have the right to approve (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) such Tax Return. For this purpose, Stockholders' Agent's withholding of approval of a Tax Return based upon Acquiror's failure to adopt in such Tax Return an alternative reporting position suggested to Acquiror in writing by the Stockholders' Agent pursuant to the procedure described herein shall be deemed reasonable if the reporting position proposed by the Stockholder's Agent on such Tax Return is "more likely than not" to prevail as defined in Treas. Reg. Section 1.6662-4(d)(2) (it being understood that such standard shall be applied whether or not the underlying Tax Return is an income Tax Return).
11.3 Computation of Tax Liabilities. To the extent permitted or required by law or administrative practice, the taxable year of Target which includes the Closing Date shall be treated as closing on the Closing Date. Where it is necessary for purposes of this Agreement to apportion between Target and Acquiror the Taxes of Target for a taxable year or period (or portion thereof) that includes but does not end on the Closing Date (which is not treated under the immediately preceding sentence as closing on the Closing Date), such liability shall be apportioned between the period deemed to end at the close of the Closing Date, and the period deemed to begin at the beginning of the day following the Closing Date on the basis of an interim closing of the books, except that Taxes (such as real or personal property Taxes) imposed on a periodic basis and not imposed income or receipts shall be allocated on a daily basis (based upon a fraction the numerator of which is the number of days in the taxable period ending on the Closing Date and the denominator of which is the number of days in the entire taxable period); provided, however, that Taxes allocated to the period prior to Closing shall not be adversely affected by an extraordinary action or transaction or change in the assets or operations of Target that occurs after the Effective Time. All determinations necessary to give effect to the foregoing allocations shall be made in a manner consistent with prior practice of Target.
11.4 Amended Returns. Acquiror and after the Closing, the Surviving Corporation, shall not file or cause to be filed any Target Tax Return that relates to any Tax period (or portion thereof) that ends on or before the Closing Date without the consent of the Stockholders' Agent, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
11.5 Refunds and Tax Benefits. Any Target Tax refunds that are received by the Surviving Corporation or its Affiliates that relate to any Target Tax period or portion thereof ending on or before the Closing Date (the " Target Pre-Closing Tax Period ") shall be for the account of the Target stockholders. Acquiror shall pay over to the Stockholders' Agent any such refund within thirty (30) days after receipt of such refund. For purposes of this Agreement, the term "refund" shall mean, except as otherwise provided herein, the receipt of cash due to an overpayment by Target of Target Taxes for the Target Pre-Closing Tax Period and the use by Acquiror, Affiliates or the Surviving Corporation of an overpayment by Target of Target Taxes for the Target Pre-Closing Tax Period as a credit or other Tax offset against Taxes of Acquiror, its Affiliates or the Surviving Corporation. The term "refund" shall not include any receipt of cash or use of an overpayment as
54
a credit or other Tax offset resulting from a carry back of Surviving Corporation post-Closing Date losses to any Target's Pre-Closing Tax Period.
11.6 Tax Proceedings. If any taxing authority conducts any audit or investigation of Target Tax Returns relating to Target Pre-Closing Tax Period, Acquiror shall notify the Stockholder's Agent of such audit or investigation, and the Stockholders' Agent may, by written notice to Acquiror, assume control of such audit or investigation and provide any responses required in connection therewith. If Stockholder's Agent assumes control of such audit or investigation: (1) Acquiror shall cause to be executed any powers of attorney or other documents necessary to enable Stockholders' Agent to control the audit or investigation, (2) Stockholders' Agent shall timely provide Acquiror with copies of all correspondence related to the audit or investigation and shall allow Acquiror to attend all meetings and participate in all telephone conferences with taxing authorities, (3) Stockholders' Agent shall consult with Acquiror and not unreasonably reject Acquiror's advice regarding the handling of the audit or investigation, (4) Acquiror (on behalf of the Surviving Corporation) shall not deny any request by the applicable taxing authority to extend the statute of limitations if, in the Stockholders' Agent's reasonable judgment, the denial would materially prejudice the Stockholders' Agent's ability to defend any claims related to the audit or investigation and (5) the Stockholders' Agent shall not settle any audit or investigation without the prior written consent of Acquiror, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. In no event shall Acquiror and, after the Closing Date, the Surviving Corporation, settle any audit or investigation relating to any period or portion thereof that ends on or before the Closing Date in a manner which would adversely affect Target stockholders without the prior written consent of the Stockholders' Agent, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
11.7 Assistance and Cooperation. After the Closing Date, Acquiror shall (and Acquiror shall cause its Affiliates including the Surviving Corporation to) (i) assist the Stockholders' Agent in preparing any Target Pre-Closing Tax Period Tax Returns which Stockholders' Agent is responsible for preparing and filing in accordance with Section 10.2(a) , and (ii) cooperate fully in preparing for any audits of, or disputes with any Governmental Entity, including any taxing authority, regarding, any Target Pre-Closing Tax Period Tax Returns. Such cooperation shall include providing, upon request, as promptly as practicable, such information relating to the Target and the Surviving Corporation (including access to books and records) as is reasonably necessary for the filing of any Target Pre-Closing Tax Period Tax Returns, the making of any election related to Taxes for Target Pre-Closing Tax Periods, the preparation for any audit of Target Pre-Closing Tax Period Tax Returns by any taxing authority, and the prosecution or defense of any claim, suit or proceeding relating to any Target Pre-Closing Tax Period Tax Return. Acquiror shall retain all books and records with respect to Target Pre-Closing Tax Period Taxes until the applicable period for assessment under applicable law (giving effect to any and all extensions or waivers) has expired, and abide by or cause the abidance with all record retention agreements entered into with any taxing authority. Acquiror shall and shall cause the Surviving Corporation to give the Stockholders' Agent reasonable notice prior to transferring, discarding or destroying any such books and records relating to Target Pre-Closing Tax Period Tax matters and, if the Stockholders' Agent so requests, the Surviving Corporation shall allow the Stockholders' Agent to take possession of such books and records.
12. General Provisions .
12.1 Survival of Warranties. All representations and warranties made by Target and Acquiror, herein, or in any certificate, schedule or exhibit delivered pursuant hereto, shall terminate effective upon the Effective Time. This Section 12.1 shall not limit any covenant or agreement of the parties which by its express terms contemplates performance, in whole or in part, after the Effective Time.
55
12.2 Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly delivered: (i) upon receipt if delivered personally; (ii) three (3) business days after being mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested; (iii) one (1) business day after it is sent by commercial overnight courier service; or (iv) upon transmission if sent via facsimile or electronic mail with confirmation of receipt to the parties at the following address (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified upon like notice:
(a) if to Acquiror, to:
Convio, Inc.
11921 N. Mopac Expressway, Ste. 200
Austin, TX 78759
Attention: Jim Offerdahl
Fax: (512) 652-2691
email: jofferdahl@convio.com
with a copy to:
DLA
Piper US LLP
1221 S. MoPac Expressway, Suite 400
Austin, Texas 78746
Attention: John J. Gilluly III, P.C.
Fax: (512) 457-7001
email: john.gilluly@dlapiper.com
(b) if to Target, to:
GetActive
Software, Inc.
2855 Telegraph Ave., Suite 600
Berkeley, CA 94705
Attention: President
Fax: (510) 540-4163
email:
with a copy to:
Pillsbury
Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP
400 Capitol Mall, Suite 1700
Sacramento, CA 95814
Attention: Michelle Rowe Hallsten
Fax: (916) 441-3583
email: michelle.hallsten@pillsburylaw.com
(c) if to Stockholders' Agent, to:
618
Santa Barbara
Berkeley, CA 94707
Attention: Robert Epstein
Fax: (510) 524-2906
email: bob@bobepstein.to
12.3 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other parties, it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart.
56
12.4 Entire Agreement; Nonassignability; Parties in Interest. This Agreement and the documents and instruments and other agreements specifically referred to herein or delivered pursuant hereto, including the exhibits and schedules hereto, including the Target Disclosure Schedule and the Acquiror Disclosure Schedule: (a) together constitute the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof except for the Confidentiality Agreement, which shall continue in full force and effect, and shall survive any termination of this Agreement or the Closing, in accordance with its terms; and (b) are not intended to confer upon any other person any rights or remedies hereunder and shall not be assigned by operation of law or otherwise without the written consent of the other party. Each party hereby acknowledges and agrees that no other party is making any representation or warranty whatsoever, express or implied, except those representations and warranties of such party explicitly set forth in this Agreement, the respective Acquiror Disclosure Schedule or Target Disclosure Schedule, and any certificate contemplated by this Agreement and delivered by a party in connection with this Agreement.
12.5 Severability. In the event that any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement will continue in full force and effect and the application of such provision to other persons or circumstances will be interpreted so as reasonably to effect the intent of the parties hereto. The parties further agree to replace such void or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the economic, business and other purposes of such void or unenforceable provision.
12.6 Attorney's Fees. In any action at law or suit in equity to enforce this Agreement or the rights of any of the parties hereunder, the prevailing party in such action or suit shall be entitled to receive a reasonable sum for its attorneys' fees and all other reasonable costs and expenses incurred in such action or suit to be fixed by the court.
12.7 Remedies Cumulative. Except as otherwise provided herein, any and all remedies herein expressly conferred upon a party will be deemed cumulative with and not exclusive of any other remedy conferred hereby, or by law or equity upon such party, and the exercise by a party of any one remedy will not preclude the exercise of any other remedy.
12.8 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of Delaware applicable to parties residing in Delaware, without regard applicable principles of conflicts of law. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of any court located within the State of Texas, County of Travis and within the State of California, County of Alameda, in connection with any matter based upon or arising out of this Agreement or the matters contemplated hereby and it agrees that process may be served upon it in any manner authorized by the laws of the State of Texas or the State of California, as the case may be, for such persons and waives and covenants not to assert or plead any objection which it might otherwise have to such jurisdiction and such process.
12.9 Rules of Construction. The parties hereto agree that they have been represented by counsel during the negotiation, preparation and execution of this Agreement and, therefore, waive the application of any law, regulation, holding or rule of construction providing that ambiguities in an agreement or other document will be construed against the party drafting such agreement or document.
12.10 Enforcement. Each of the parties hereto agrees that irreparable damage would occur and that the parties would not have any adequate remedy at law in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were
57
otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement in any Federal court located in the State of Delaware or in Delaware state court, this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity. In addition, each of the parties hereto (a) consents to submit itself to the personal jurisdiction of any Federal court located in the State of Delaware or any Delaware state court in the event that any dispute arises out of this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (b) agrees that it will not attempt to deny or defeat such personal jurisdiction by motion or other request for leave from any such court, (c) agrees that it will not bring any action relating to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in any court other than a Federal court sitting in the State of Delaware or a Delaware state court and (d) waives any right to trial by jury with respect to any claim or proceeding related to or arising out of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated by this Agreement.
12.11 Amendment; Waiver. Any amendment or waiver of any of the terms or conditions of this Agreement must be in writing and must be duly executed by or on behalf of the party to be charged with such waiver or amendment. The failure of a party to exercise any of its rights hereunder or to insist upon strict adherence to any term or condition hereof on any one occasion shall not be construed as a waiver or deprive that party of the right thereafter to insist upon strict adherence to the terms and conditions of this Agreement at a later date. Further, no waiver of any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be deemed to or shall constitute a waiver of any other term of condition hereof (whether or not similar).
Signature Page Follows.
58
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Target, Acquiror, Merger Sub and Stockholders' Agent have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered by each of them or their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, all as of the date first written above.
GETACTIVE SOFTWARE, INC.,
a Delaware corporation |
||||
By: |
|
/s/ Sheeraz Haji Sheeraz Haji President and Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
CONVIO, INC., a Delaware corporation |
|
|
||
By: |
|
/s/ Gene Austin Gene Austin President and Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
GASI ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation |
|
|
||
By: |
|
/s/ Gene Austin Gene Austin President and Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
STOCKHOLDERS' AGENT |
|
|
||
/s/ Robert Epstein ROBERT EPSTEIN |
|
|
Counterpart Signature Page to
Agreement and Plan of Merger
SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
CONVIO, INC.
a Delaware Corporation
(Pursuant to Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the
General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware)
Convio, Inc. (the " Corporation "), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the " DGCL "),
DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:
FIRST: That the Corporation was originally incorporated pursuant to the DGCL on October 12, 1999, under the name of ShowSupport.com, Inc.
SECOND: The Certificate of Incorporation was amended and restated on November 10, 1999, further amended on March 24, 2000 and December 5, 2000, further amended and restated on March 12, 2001 and February 13, 2003, and further amended on December 27, 2005, June 1, 2006 and February 16, 2007.
THIRD: The Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the DGCL by the directors and stockholders of the Corporation.
FOURTH: The Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation so adopted reads in full as set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto and is hereby incorporated herein by this reference.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Corporation has caused this certificate to be signed by the undersigned duly authorized officer this 30th day of March, 2007.
CONVIO, INC. | ||||
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Gene Austin Chief Executive Officer |
SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
CONVIO, INC.
ARTICLE I
The name of the Corporation is "Convio, Inc."
The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware, 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.
The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted by the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.
A. Classes of Stock.
The total number of shares of capital stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 78,506,824, of which 63,119,142 are designated " Common Stock ," par value $0.001 per share, and 15,387,682 are designated " Preferred Stock ," par value $0.001 per share.
Four series of Common Stock are hereby designated as follows:
(a) 54,313,750 shares of Series P Common Stock (the " Series P Common ");
(b) 3,798,893 shares of Series Q Common Stock (the " Series Q Common ");
(c) 1,920,610 shares of Series R Common Stock (the " Series R Common "); and
(d) 3,085,889 shares of Series S Common Stock (the " Series S Common ").
Three series of Preferred Stock are hereby designated as follows:
(a) 8,979,000 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (the " Series A Preferred ");
(b) 3,234,079 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (the " Series B Preferred "); and
(c) 3,174,603 shares of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock (the " Series C Preferred ," and together with the Series A Preferred and the Series B Preferred, the " Convertible Preferred ").
Undesignated Preferred Stock, if any, authorized under the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, as the same may be amended or restated from time to time hereafter, may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors is hereby authorized to fix or alter the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to or imposed upon additional series of Preferred Stock, and the number of shares constituting any such series and the designation thereof, or of any of them. Subject to compliance with applicable protective voting rights which have been or may be granted to the Preferred Stock or any series thereof in the Corporation's certificate of incorporation, as amended and restated and as hereafter may be amended or restated (" Protective Provisions "), but notwithstanding any other rights of the Preferred Stock or any series thereof, the rights, privileges, preferences and restrictions of any such additional series may be subordinated to, pari passu with (including, without limitation, inclusion in provisions with respect to liquidation and acquisition preferences, redemption and/or approval of matters by vote or written consent), or senior to any of those of any present or future class or series of Preferred Stock or Common Stock. Subject to compliance with applicable Protective Provisions, the Board of Directors is also authorized to increase
or decrease the number of shares of any series, prior or subsequent to the issue of that series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding. In case the number of shares of any series shall be so decreased, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status that they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.
B. Convertible Preferred . The rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions granted to and imposed on the Convertible Preferred are as set forth below in this Article IV.B .
1. Dividend Provisions . The holders of shares of Series C Preferred shall be entitled to receive dividends, out of any assets legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend (payable other than in Common Stock or other securities and rights convertible into or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock of the Corporation) on the Series C Preferred, at the rate of $0.252 per share per annum (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like) when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. Any dividends payable on the Series C Preferred shall be non-cumulative, and no right to such dividends shall accrue to holders of any Series C Preferred by reason of the fact that dividends on such shares are not declared in any year. The holders of the Series C Preferred can waive any dividend preference that such holders shall be entitled to receive under this Section B(1) upon the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred. In addition, the holders of shares of Convertible Preferred shall be entitled to receive in proportion to the number of shares of Series P Common held by each (determined on an as-if-fully converted to Series P Common basis with respect to outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred) dividends, out of any assets legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend (payable other than in Common Stock or other securities and rights convertible into or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock of the Corporation) on the Common Stock of the Corporation, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors. Declared but unpaid dividends with respect to a share of Convertible Preferred shall, upon conversion of such share to Common Stock, be paid to the extent assets are legally available therefor, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, either in cash or in the series of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of such Convertible Preferred (valued at the fair market value on the date of payment as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors). Any amounts for which assets are not legally available shall be paid promptly as assets become legally available therefor.
2. Liquidation Preference . In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary:
(a) In the event total assets payable to all holders of capital stock of the Corporation is less than $130 million:
(i) each holder of Series A Preferred shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of the Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share of Series A Preferred (such per share amount being the " Series A Liquidation Amount ") then held by such holder equal to the sum of (i) $2.00 (as adjusted to reflect stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series A Preferred) and (ii) an amount equal to declared but unpaid dividends on such share of Series A Preferred;
(ii) each holder of Series B Preferred shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share of Series B Preferred (such per share amount being the " Series B Liquidation Amount ") equal to the sum of (i) $2.00 (as adjusted to reflect stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series B Preferred) and (ii) an amount equal to declared but unpaid dividends on such share of Series B Preferred; and
(iii) each holder of Series C Preferred shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any assets of the Corporation to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share of Series C Preferred (such per share amount being, the " Series C Liquidation Amount ") equal to the sum of (i) $3.15 (as adjusted to reflect stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series C Preferred) and (ii) an amount equal to declared by unpaid dividends on such share of Series C Preferred.
(iii) If upon the occurrence of such event, the assets distributed pursuant to Section 2(a)(i), (ii) and (iii) among the holders of the Convertible Preferred are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders for each share of Convertible Preferred then held by such holders of the Series A Liquidation Amount, the Series B Liquidation Amount, and the Series C Liquidation Amount (collectively, the " Liquidation Amounts "), as applicable, then, the assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed among the holders of the Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred and Series C Preferred, in proportion to the aggregate Liquidation Amounts to which such holders are otherwise entitled, until each such holder shall have received the entire Series A Liquidation Amount, Series B Liquidation Amount or Series C Liquidation Amount with respect to each share of Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred or Series C Preferred, respectively, held by such holder.
(b) In the event total assets payable to all holders of capital stock of the Corporation is equal to or greater than $130 million, no Series A Liquidation Amount or Series B Liquidation Amount pursuant to Section 2(a) above shall be due to the holders of Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred, respectively, and each holder of Series C Preferred shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any assets of the Corporation to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, the Series C Liquidation Amount on each share of Series C Preferred. If upon the occurrence of such event, the assets distributed pursuant to this Section 2(b) among the holders of the Series C Preferred are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders for each share of Series C Preferred then held by such holders of the Series C Liquidation Amount, then, the assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed among the holders of the Series C Preferred, in proportion to the aggregate Series C Liquidation Amount to which such holders are otherwise entitled, until each such holder shall have received the entire Series C Liquidation Amount with respect to each share of Series C Preferred held by such holder.
(c) After the payment in full of all amounts required to be distributed pursuant to Section 2(a) or (b) above, as applicable, the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to stockholders, if any, shall be distributed among the holders of Preferred Stock (on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis) and Common Stock in accordance with the liquidation allocations set forth in Section C(2) below, with such Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred and Series C Preferred being deemed to be converted to Series P Common, Series Q Common and Series P Common, respectively, for purposes of Section C(2) until, with respect, to the holders of Series C Preferred, such holders shall have received $6.30 per share of Series C Preferred (as adjusted for stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations or the like and including the amounts paid pursuant to Section B(2)(a)(iii) hereof). Thereafter, if assets remain in the Corporation, the holders of Common Stock, Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred shall receive all remaining assets ratably based on the numbers of shares of Common Stock held by each such holder (assuming the full conversion of the Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred into Series P Common and Series Q Common, respectively, for the purposes of Section C(2)) .
(d) A consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into any other corporation or corporations, or a sale, lease, conveyance, exclusive license or other disposition (whether in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, or the effectuation by the Corporation of a transaction or series of related transactions, as a result of any of which the owners of the Corporation's outstanding equity securities immediately prior thereto do not own at least a majority of the outstanding equity
securities of the surviving, resulting or consolidated entity (each such event(s) being a " Change of Control "), shall be deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.
(e) If any of the assets of the Corporation are to be distributed under this Section 2 , or for any purpose, in a form other than cash, then the Board of Directors shall promptly and reasonably determine in good faith the fair market value of the assets to be distributed to the holders of Convertible Preferred or Common Stock. The Corporation shall, upon receipt of such determination, give prompt written notice of the determination to each holder of shares of Convertible Preferred or Common Stock as applicable.
(f) In the event that the holders of Series C Preferred would receive pursuant to this Section 2 with respect to such shares a greater amount per share if such shares were converted to Series P Common immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, then such holders shall be entitled to be paid such greater amount in connection with such liquidation, dissolution or winding up.
3. Conversion . The holders of the Convertible Preferred shall have conversion rights as follows (the " Conversion Rights "):
(a) Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred Right to Convert . All, but not less than all, of the outstanding Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred shall be convertible, upon the election the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred, voting together as a single class on an as converted into Series P Common basis, at any time after the date of issuance of such shares, at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for such stock, into:
(i) In the case of the Series A Preferred, such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Series P Common as is determined, with respect to each share of Series A Preferred, by dividing $2.00 (as adjusted to reflect stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series A Preferred) by the " Series A Conversion Price " in effect on the date of conversion, which shall initially be $2.00; and
(ii) In the case of the Series B Preferred, such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Series Q Common as is determined, with respect to each share of Series B Preferred, by dividing $2.00 (as adjusted to reflect stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series B Preferred) by the " Series B Conversion Price " in effect on the date of conversion, which shall initially be $2.00.
(b) Series C Preferred Right to Convert . All, but not less than all of the outstanding Series C Preferred shall be convertible, upon the election of the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding Series C Preferred at any time after the date of issuance of such shares, at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for such stock, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Series P Common as is determined, with respect to each share of Series C Preferred, by dividing $3.15 (as adjusted to reflect stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series C Preferred) by the " Series C Conversion Price " in effect on the date of conversion, which shall initially be $3.15.
The Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price and Series C Conversion Price are collectively referred to herein as the " Conversion Prices ." The Conversion Prices shall be subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 3(f) .
(c) Automatic Conversion Upon IPO . Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of and immediately prior and subject to the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the " Securities Act "), covering the offer and sale of the Corporation's Common Stock at a fully-diluted pre-money valuation of at least $200 million and with an aggregate offering price of not less than $40,000,000 (a " Qualified IPO "), each share of Convertible Preferred shall automatically be converted only into shares of Series P Common (at the applicable Conversion Price, and Common
Conversion Price in the case of the Series B Preferred, for such series in effect at such time in lieu of the shares) in lieu of any shares of Series Q Common.
(d) Mechanics of Conversion . Before any holder of Convertible Preferred shall be entitled to convert the same into shares of Common Stock pursuant to Section 3(a) or 3(b) above and upon the occurrence of the events specified in Section 3(c) above, as the case may be, such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for the Convertible Preferred, and, if such conversion is to be effected pursuant to Section 3(a) or 3(b) above, shall give written notice to the Corporation at its principal corporate office, of the election to convert the same and shall state therein the name or names in which the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock are to be issued; provided , that any failure by a holder to comply with these provisions shall not have any effect on the automatic conversion of such holder's shares, which in any event shall be deemed to have converted, automatically and without any further action on the part of the holder or the Corporation, in accordance with Section 3(c) above. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Convertible Preferred, or to the nominee or nominees of such holder, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled as aforesaid. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the shares of Convertible Preferred to be converted, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock as of such date. If the conversion is in connection with an underwritten offering of securities registered pursuant to the Securities Act, the conversion may, at the option of any holder tendering Convertible Preferred for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing with the underwriters of the sale of securities pursuant to such offering, in which event the person(s) entitled to receive the Common Stock upon conversion of the Convertible Preferred shall not be deemed to have converted such Convertible Preferred until immediately prior to the closing of such sale of securities.
(e) Fractional Shares . In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holders of the Convertible Preferred would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the fair market value as determined by the Board of Directors of one share of Common Stock to which such share shall be converted. Whether or not fractional shares are issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Convertible Preferred of each holder at the time converting into Common Stock and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such aggregate conversion.
(f) Adjustment of Conversion Price . The Conversion Prices shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:
(i) Special Definitions . For purposes of this Section 3(f) , the following definitions shall apply:
(1) " Options " shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire either Common Stock or Convertible Securities.
(2) " Convertible Securities " shall mean any evidence of indebtedness, shares or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock.
(3) " Additional Shares of Common " shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Section 3(f)(iii) , deemed to be issued) by the Corporation other than shares of Common Stock issued or issuable:
(A) to officers, directors or employees of, or consultants or advisors to, the Corporation or its subsidiaries pursuant to the Corporation's 1999 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan (the " Option Plan ") or other employee stock incentive Plan (as defined in Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) approved by the Board of Directors;
(B) upon conversion of shares of the Convertible Preferred;
(C) as a dividend or other distribution on the Convertible Preferred;
(D) pursuant to a bona fide, firm commitment public offering;
(E) in connection with a bona fide business acquisition of or by the Corporation that is approved by the Board of Directors, whether by merger, consolidation, sale of substantially all of the assets, sale or exchange of stock, license or otherwise;
(F) upon exercise of warrants or other securities or rights outstanding on the date of this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or issued after such date pursuant to equipment lease financing transactions, bank financing transactions, or in connection with establishing corporate partnering, strategic alliances or other such business relationships, in each case approved by the Board of Directors, for which the principal purpose is not to raise equity funding; and
(G) in a transaction described in subsection 3(f)(vi) .
(ii) No Adjustment of Conversion Price . Any provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, no adjustment in the Series C Conversion Price shall be made in respect of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common unless the consideration per share (determined pursuant to subsection 3(f)(v) hereof) for an Additional Share of Common issued or deemed to be issued by the Corporation is less than such Series C Conversion Price in effect on the date of, and immediately prior to, such issue.
(iii) Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common . In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto without regard to any provisions contained therein designed to protect against dilution) of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the exercise of such Options and conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities shall be deemed to be Additional Shares of Common issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, provided that Additional Shares of Common shall not be deemed to have been issued unless the consideration per share (determined pursuant to subsection 3(f)(v) hereof) of such Additional Shares of Common would be less than the Series C Conversion Price in effect on the date of and immediately prior to such issue, or such record date, as the case may be, and provided further that in any such case in which Additional Shares of Common are deemed to be issued:
(1) no further adjustment in the Series C Conversion Price shall be made upon the subsequent issue of Convertible Securities or shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of such Options or conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities;
(2) if such Options or Convertible Securities by their terms provide, with the passage of time or otherwise, for any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation, or increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable, upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of such Options or Convertible Securities, the Series C Conversion Price computed upon the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto), and any subsequent adjustments based thereon, shall, upon any such increase or decrease becoming effective, be recomputed to reflect such increase or decrease insofar as it affects such Options or the rights of conversion or exchange under such Convertible Securities;
(3) upon the expiration of any such Options or any rights of conversion or exchange under such Convertible Securities which shall not have been exercised, the Series C Conversion Price computed upon the original issue thereof or upon the occurrence of a
record date with respect thereto, and any subsequent adjustments based thereon, shall, upon such expiration, be recomputed as if:
(A) in the case of Convertible Securities or Options for Common Stock, the only Additional Shares of Common issued were the shares of Common Stock, if any, actually issued upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, and the consideration received therefor was the consideration actually received by the Corporation for the issue of all such Options, whether or not exercised, plus the consideration actually received by the Corporation upon such exercise, or for the issue of all such Convertible Securities, which were actually converted or exchanged, plus the additional consideration, if any, actually received by the Corporation upon such conversion or exchange; and
(B) in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, only the Convertible Securities, if any, actually issued upon the exercise thereof were issued at the time of issue of such Options, and the consideration received by the Corporation for the Additional Shares of Common deemed to have been then issued was the consideration actually received by the Corporation for the issue of all such Options, whether or not exercised, plus the consideration deemed to have been received by the Corporation (determined pursuant to subsection 3(f(v)) upon the issue of the Convertible Securities with respect to which such Options were actually exercised.
(4) no readjustment pursuant to clauses (1) or (2) above shall have the effect of increasing the Series C Conversion Price to an amount which exceeds the lower of (1) the Series C Conversion Price on the original adjustment date, or (2) the Series C Conversion Price that would have resulted from any issuance of Additional Shares of Common between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date; and
(5) in the case of any Option or Convertible Securities with respect to which the maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise or conversion or exchange thereof is not determinable, no adjustment to the Series C Conversion Price shall be made until such number becomes determinable.
(iv) Adjustment of Series C Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common . In the event the Corporation shall issue Additional Shares of Common (including Additional Shares of Common deemed to be issued pursuant to subsection 3(f)(iii)) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Series C Conversion Price in effect on the date of and immediately prior to such issue, then and in each such event, the Series C Conversion Price shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest cent) determined by multiplying the Series C Conversion Price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding (or deemed outstanding pursuant to the proviso below) immediately prior to such issue plus the number of shares of Common Stock which the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for the total number of Additional Shares of Common so issued would purchase at the Series C Conversion Price, as in effect immediately prior to such issuance, and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding (or deemed outstanding pursuant to the proviso below) immediately prior to such issue plus the number of such Additional Shares of Common so issued; provided that, for the purposes of this subsection 3(f)(iv)(B) , all shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Options, Convertible Securities and Convertible Preferred outstanding immediately prior to such issuance shall be deemed to be outstanding.
(v) Determination of Consideration . For purposes of this subsection 3(f)(v) , the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue of any Additional Shares of Common shall be computed as follows:
(1) Cash and Property : Such consideration shall:
(A) insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation after deducting any commissions paid by the Corporation with respect to such issuance and excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest;
(B) insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair value thereof at the time of such issue, as reasonably determined in good faith by the Board of Directors; and
(C) in the event Additional Shares of Common are issued (or, pursuant to subsection 3(f)(iii) , deemed to be issued) together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (A) and (B) above, as reasonably determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.
(2) Options and Convertible Securities . The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common deemed to have been issued pursuant to subsection 3(f)(iii) , relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall equal the quotient determined by dividing:
(A) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein designed to protect against dilution) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by
(B) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained designed to protect against dilution) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.
(vi) Other Adjustments to Conversion Prices . The Conversion Prices shall also be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:
(vii) Proportional Adjustments .
(1) Adjustments for Subdivisions or Combinations of Common Stock . In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be subdivided by stock split, stock dividend, reclassification or otherwise, into a greater number of shares of Common Stock or the Corporation declares a dividend payable in any right to acquire Common Stock for no consideration, the Conversion Price of each Convertible Preferred immediately prior to such event shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately decreased. In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be combined or consolidated by reclassification or otherwise into a lesser number of shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Price of each Convertible Preferred then in effect shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination or consolidation, be proportionately increased.
(2) Adjustments for Stock Dividends and Other Distributions . In the event the Corporation makes, or fixes a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive any distribution (excluding repurchases of securities by the Corporation not made on a pro rata basis) payable in property or in securities of the Corporation other than shares of Common Stock, and other than as otherwise adjusted for in this Section 3 or as provided in Section 1 in connection with a dividend, then and in each such event the holders of the Convertible Preferred shall receive, at the time of such distribution, the amount of property or the number of securities of the Corporation that they would have received had their Convertible Preferred been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.
(3) Adjustments for Reorganizations, Reclassifications or Similar Events . If the Common Stock shall be changed into the same or a different number of shares of any other class or classes of stocks, whether by capital reorganization, reclassification or otherwise (other than a subdivision or combination of shares provided for in subsections 3(f)(vii)(1) or 3(f)(vii)(2) above, or a Change of Control referred to in Section 2(d) above, then the Conversion Price then in effect shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such reorganization or reclassification, be proportionately adjusted so that each share of Convertible Preferred shall thereafter be convertible into the number of shares of such other class or classes of stock the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation deliverable upon conversion of such share of Convertible Preferred immediately before such reorganization, reclassification or other event.
(viii) Miscellaneous .
(1) All calculations under this Section 3(f) shall be made to the nearest cent or to the nearest one hundredth (1/100) of a share, as the case may be.
(2) No adjustment in the Conversion Prices need be made if such adjustment would result in a change in such Conversion Price of less than $0.01. Any adjustment of less than $0.01 which is not made shall be carried forward and shall be made at the time of and together with any subsequent adjustment which, on a cumulative basis, amounts to an adjustment of $0.01 or more in such Conversion Price.
(g) No Impairment . The Corporation will not, by amendment of this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or through any reorganization, recapitalization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Corporation, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Section 3 and in the taking of all such actions as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the Conversion Rights of the holders of the Convertible Preferred against impairment.
(h) Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 3 , the Corporation, at its expense, shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and prepare and furnish to each holder of Convertible Preferred a certificate executed by the Corporation's President or Chief Executive Officer setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of Convertible Preferred, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (A) such adjustment and readjustment, (B) the Conversion Price at the time in effect, and (C) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property that at the time would be received upon the conversion of such holder's Convertible Preferred.
(i) Notices of Record Date . In the event that the Corporation shall propose at any time:
(i) to declare any dividend or distribution upon its Common Stock, whether in cash, property, stock or other securities, whether or not a regular cash dividend and whether or not out of earnings or earned surplus;
(ii) to offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of any class or series of its stock any additional shares of stock of any class or series or other rights; or
(iii) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of its Common Stock outstanding involving a change in the Common Stock; or
(iv) to merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation or sell lease or convey all or substantially all of its assets or to liquidate, dissolve, or wind up;
then, in connection with each such event, the Corporation shall send to the holders of the Convertible Preferred: (1) at least twenty (20) days' prior written notice of the date on which a record shall be taken for such dividend, distribution or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which holders of Common Stock shall be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote in respect of the matters referred to in subsections 3(i)(iii) and 3(i)(iv) above; (2) in the case of the matters referred to in subsections 3(i)(iii) and 3(i)(iv) above, at least twenty (20) days' prior written notice of the date when the same shall take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to exchange their Common Stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event).
(j) Issue Taxes . The Corporation shall pay any and all issue and other taxes that may be payable in respect of any issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock on conversion of Convertible Preferred pursuant hereto; provided , however , that the Corporation shall not be obligated to pay any transfer taxes resulting from any transfer requested by any such holder thereof in connection with any such conversion.
(k) Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion . The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Convertible Preferred such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Convertible Preferred; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Convertible Preferred, in addition to such other remedies as shall be available to the holders of such Convertible Preferred, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes.
(l) Notices . Any notice required by the provisions of this Section 3 to be given to the holders of shares of Convertible Preferred shall be deemed given if delivered by confirmed facsimile or electronic transmission (with duplicate original sent by United States mail) or three (3) business days after such notice is deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to each holder of record at his address or facsimile number appearing on the books of the Corporation.
(m) Waiver of Adjustment to Conversion Price . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any downward adjustment of the Series C Conversion Price may be waived, either prospectively or retroactively and either generally or in a particular instance, by the consent or vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred. Any such waiver shall bind all current and future holders of shares of Series C Preferred.
4. Redemption . The Convertible Preferred shall not be redeemable at the option of any holder.
5. Voting Rights . Except as otherwise required by law or as otherwise set forth herein, each holder of Convertible Preferred shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Convertible Preferred so held could be converted at the record date for determination of the stockholders entitled to vote, or, if no such record date is established, at the date such vote is taken or any written consent of stockholders is solicited. Except as required by law or as otherwise set forth herein, all shares of Convertible Preferred and Common Stock shall vote together as a single class on all matters to come before the stockholders of the Corporation. Fractional votes by the holders of Convertible Preferred shall not, however, be permitted, and any fractional voting rights (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Convertible Preferred and held by each holder could be converted) shall be disregarded.
6. Protective Provisions .
(a) Convertible Preferred . So long as at least One Million (1,000,000) shares (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like) of Convertible Preferred are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or by amendment to the Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation or by merger, consolidation or otherwise, without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least two-thirds of the then outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred, voting or acting, as the case may be, together as a single class:
(i) authorize, create or issue, or obligate itself to issue, any new class or series of stock or any other securities convertible or exchangeable into equity securities of the Corporation, or reclassifying any security, having rights, preferences or privileges senior to, or on a parity with, those of the Series C Convertible Preferred;
(ii) declare or set-aside for payment any dividend or distribution on the capital stock of the Corporation;
(iii) redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire (or pay into or set aside for a sinking fund for such purpose) any capital stock of the Corporation; provided , however , that this restriction shall not apply to the repurchase of shares of Common Stock from employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons performing services for the Corporation or any subsidiary pursuant to agreements under which the Corporation has the option to repurchase such shares at cost upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the termination of employment;
(iv) alter or change the rights, preferences and privileges of the Preferred Stock whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise or otherwise amend, repeal or waive any provision of, or add any provision to, the Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws if such action would alter or change the preferences, rights, privileges, or powers of, or the restrictions provided for the benefit of, the Convertible Preferred, or any series thereof, whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise;
(v) voluntarily liquidate, wind-up or dissolve the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation or enter into any transaction or series of transactions that result in the involuntary liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation;
(vi) sell, convey, or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its property or business or merge into or consolidate with any other Corporation (other than a wholly owned subsidiary Corporation) or effect any transaction or series of related transactions in which more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the Corporation is disposed of;
(vii) change the authorized size of the Board of Directors of the Corporation to a number greater or less than seven (7);
(viii) permit any subsidiary to issue or sell, or obligate itself to issue or sell, except to the Corporation or any wholly-owned subsidiary, any stock of such subsidiary; or
(ix) increase or decrease (other than by redemption or conversion) the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock.
(b) Series A Preferred . So long as at least Four Million (4,000,000) shares (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like after the filing date hereof) of Series A Preferred are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least a two-thirds of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred, (i) alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of, or reclassify, the shares of Series A Preferred in a way that uniquely and adversely affects such holders or (ii) offer shares of the Corporation's capital stock in a firm commitment underwritten offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, at a per share offering price based on a pre-offering valuation of the Corporation of less than $200 million (a " Threshold IPO ").
(c) Series B Preferred . So long as at least One Million Five Hundred Thousand (1,500,000) shares (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like after the filing date hereof) of the Series B Preferred are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least two-thirds of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred, (i) alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of, or reclassify, the shares of Series B Preferred in a way that uniquely and adversely affects such holders or (ii) offer shares of the Corporation's capital stock in a Threshold IPO.
(d) Series C Preferred . So long as at least One Million (1,000,000) shares (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like after the filing date hereof) of the Series C Preferred are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least two-thirds of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred, (i) alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of, or reclassify, the shares of Series C Preferred (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise) in a way that uniquely and adversely effects such holders, including without limitation any alteration or change that may result in the conversion of outstanding shares of Series C Preferred without the separate vote or election of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred or (ii) offer shares of the Corporation's capital stock in a Threshold IPO.
7. No Reissuance of Preferred Stock . No share or shares of Convertible Preferred acquired by the Corporation by reason of conversion or otherwise shall be reissued, and all such shares shall be cancelled, retired and eliminated from the shares which the Corporation shall be authorized to issue. This Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall be appropriately amended to effect the corresponding reduction in the Corporation's authorized capital stock.
C. Common Stock .
1. Dividend Rights . Subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes of stock at the time outstanding having prior rights as to dividends as provided in Section B.1 of this Article IV , the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, pari passu , when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets of the Corporation legally available therefor, such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors.
2. Liquidation Rights . Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets of the Corporation shall be distributed, after payment full of any amounts owing pursuant to Section B.2(a) or B.2(b) of this Article IV , as follows:
(a) Pari passu among (i) the holders of Series P Common on the one hand (the " Series P Holders ") and (ii) the holders of Series Q Common, Series R Common and Series S Common on the other hand (the " QRS Holders "), in proportion to the relative number of outstanding shares of Common Stock held by the Series P Holders to the number of outstanding shares of Common
Stock, determined on an as-if-converted to Series P Common basis, held by the QRS Holders (such proportionate amounts to the Series P Holders and QRS Holders shall be referred to herein as the " Series P Amount " and the " QRS Amount ", respectively) as follows:
(i) with respect to the Series P Common, an amount per share determined as the quotient of the Series P Amount divided by the total number of outstanding shares of Series P Common;
(ii) with respect to the Series Q Common, Series R Common and Series S Common, the QRS Amount shall be distributed among the QRS Holders as follows:
(1) In the event of a Change of Control in which the total assets to be distributed to holders of capital stock of the Corporation is less than $130 million:
(A) each holder of Series Q Common shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of the Series R Common or Series S Common by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share of Series Q Common then held by such holder equal to $0.681219 (as adjusted to reflect stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series Q Common, such per share amount being the " Series Q-1 Liquidation Amount "); provided, however, if the QRS Amount is insufficient to permit the payment to such holders for each share of Series Q Common then held by such holders of the Series Q-1 Liquidation Amount, as applicable, then the assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution pursuant to this subsection (A) shall be distributed among the holders of the Series Q Common in proportion to the number of shares held by each such holder;
(B) subject to the prior payment in full of the Series Q-1 Liquidation Amount, each holder of Series R Common shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of Series S Common by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share of Series R Common then held by such holder equal to $0.776913 (as adjusted to reflect stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series R Common, such per share amount being the " Series R-1 Liquidation Amount "); provided, however, if the assets thus distributed among the holders of the Series R Common are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders for each share of Series R Common then held by such holders of the Series R-1 Liquidation Amount, as applicable, then the assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution pursuant to this subsection (B) shall be distributed among the holders of the Series R Common in proportion to the number of shares held by each such holder; and
(C) subject to the prior payment in full of the Series Q-1 Liquidation Amount and the Series R-1 Liquidation Amount, the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution among the QRS Holders shall be distributed among the QRS Holders in proportion to number of shares of Common Stock, determined on an as-if-converted to Series P Common basis, held by each such holder.
(2) In the event of a Change of Control in which the total assets to be distributed to holders of capital stock of the Corporation is equal to or greater than $130 million but less than or equal to $205 million:
(A) each holder of Series Q Common shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of the Series R Common or Series S Common by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share of Series Q Common then held by such holder equal to $1.923631 (as adjusted to reflect stock dividends, stock splits, combinations,
recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series Q Common, such per share amount being the " Series Q-2 Liquidation Amount "); provided, however, if the QRS Amount is insufficient to permit the payment to such holders for each share of Series Q Common then held by such holders of the Series Q-2 Liquidation Amount, as applicable, then, the assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution pursuant to this subsection (A) shall be distributed among the holders of the Series Q Common in proportion to the number of shares held by each such holder;
(B) subject to the prior payment in full of the Series Q-2 Liquidation Amount, the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution among the QRS Holders shall be distributed among the QRS Holders in proportion to number of shares of Common Stock, determined on an as-if-converted to Series P Common basis, held by each such holder.
(3) In the event of a Change of Control in which the total assets to be distributed to holders of capital stock of the Corporation is greater than $205 million, the QRS Amount shall be distributed among the QRS Holders in proportion to number of shares of Series Q Common, Series R Common and Series S Common held by each such holder determined on an as-if-converted to Series P Common basis.
(b) A Change of Control shall be deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.
(c) If any of the assets of the Corporation are to be distributed under this Section 2 , or for any purpose, in a form other than cash, then the Board of Directors shall promptly and reasonably determine in good faith the fair market value of the assets to be distributed to the holders of Common Stock. The Corporation shall, upon receipt of such determination, give prompt written notice of the determination to each holder of shares of Common Stock as applicable.
3. Conversion .
(a) Automatic Conversion Upon IPO . In the event of and immediately prior and subject to the closing of a Qualified IPO, each share of Series Q Common, Series R Common and Series S Common (collectively, the " Convertible Common ") shall automatically be converted only into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Series P Common as is determined, with respect to each share of Convertible Common, by dividing $1.00 (as adjusted to reflect stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the a series of Convertible Common) by the " Common Conversion Price " in effect on the date of conversion, which shall initially be $1.00:
(b) Mechanics of Conversion . Upon the occurrence of a Qualified IPO, each holder of Convertible Common shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for the Convertible Common and shall state therein the name or names in which the certificate or certificates for shares of Series P Common are to be issued; provided , that any failure by a holder to comply with these provisions shall not have any effect on the automatic conversion of such holder's shares, which in any event shall be deemed to have converted, automatically and without any further action on the part of the holder or the Corporation, in accordance with Section 3(a) above. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Convertible Common, or to the nominee or nominees of such holder, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Series P Common to which such holder shall be entitled as aforesaid. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the shares of Convertible Common to be converted, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Series P Common issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Series P Common as of such date. If the conversion is in connection with an underwritten offering of securities registered
pursuant to the Securities Act, the conversion may, at the option of any holder tendering Convertible Common for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing with the underwriters of the sale of securities pursuant to such offering, in which event the person(s) entitled to receive the Series P Common upon conversion of the Convertible Common shall not be deemed to have converted such Convertible Common until immediately prior to the closing of such sale of securities.
(c) Adjustment of Conversion Price . The Common Conversion Price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:
(i) Proportional Adjustments .
(1) Adjustments for Subdivisions or Combinations of Common Stock . In the event the outstanding shares of Series P Common shall be subdivided by stock split, stock dividend, reclassification or otherwise, into a greater number of shares of Series P Common or the Corporation declares a dividend payable in any right to acquire Series P Common for no consideration, the Common Conversion Price of each Convertible Common immediately prior to such event shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately decreased. In the event the outstanding shares of Series P Common shall be combined or consolidated by reclassification or otherwise into a lesser number of shares of Series P Common, the Common Conversion Price of each Convertible Common then in effect shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination or consolidation, be proportionately adjusted.
(2) Adjustments for Stock Dividends and Other Distributions . In the event the Corporation makes, or fixes a record date for the determination of holders of Series P Common entitled to receive any distribution (excluding repurchases of securities by the Corporation not made on a pro rata basis) payable in property or in securities of the Corporation other than shares of Series P Common, and other than as otherwise adjusted for in this Section 2 or as provided in Section 1 in connection with a dividend, then and in each such event the holders of the Convertible Common shall receive, at the time of such distribution, the amount of property or the number of securities of the Corporation that they would have received had their Convertible Common been converted into Series P Common on the date of such event.
(3) Adjustments for Reorganizations, Reclassifications or Similar Events . If the Series P Common shall be changed into the same or a different number of shares of any other class or classes of stocks, whether by capital reorganization, reclassification or otherwise (other than a subdivision or combination of shares provided for above, or a Change of Control, then the Common Conversion Price then in effect shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such reorganization or reclassification, be proportionately adjusted so that each share of Convertible Common shall thereafter be convertible into the number of shares of such other class or classes of stock the number of shares of Series P Common of the Corporation deliverable upon conversion of such share of Convertible Common immediately before such reorganization, reclassification or other event.
(ii) Miscellaneous .
(1) All calculations under this Section 3(f) shall be made to the nearest cent or to the nearest one hundredth (1/100) of a share, as the case may be.
(2) No adjustment in the Common Conversion Prices need be made if such adjustment would result in a change in such Common Conversion Price of less than $0.01. Any adjustment of less than $0.01 which is not made shall be carried forward and shall be made at the time of and together with any subsequent adjustment which, on a cumulative basis, amounts to an adjustment of $0.01 or more in such Common Conversion Price.
(d) No Impairment . The Corporation will not, by amendment of this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or through any reorganization, recapitalization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Corporation, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Section 3 and in the taking of all such actions as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the Conversion Rights of the holders of the Convertible Common against impairment.
(e) Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Common Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 3 , the Corporation, at its expense, shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and prepare and furnish to each holder of Convertible Common a certificate executed by the Corporation's President or Chief Executive Officer setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of Convertible Common, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (A) such adjustment and readjustment, (B) the Common Conversion Price at the time in effect, and (C) the number of shares of Series P Common and the amount, if any, of other property that at the time would be received upon the conversion of such holder's Convertible Common.
(f) Notices of Record Date . In the event that the Corporation shall propose at any time:
(i) to declare any dividend or distribution upon its Common Stock, whether in cash, property, stock or other securities, whether or not a regular cash dividend and whether or not out of earnings or earned surplus;
(ii) to offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of any class or series of its stock any additional shares of stock of any class or series or other rights; or
(iii) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of its Series P Common outstanding involving a change in the Series P Common; or
(iv) to merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation or sell lease or convey all or substantially all of its assets or to liquidate, dissolve, or wind up;
then, in connection with each such event, the Corporation shall send to the holders of the Convertible Common: at least twenty (20) days' prior written notice of the date when the same shall take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of Series P Common shall be entitled to exchange their Series P Common for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event).
(g) Issue Taxes . The Corporation shall pay any and all issue and other taxes that may be payable in respect of any issue or delivery of shares of Series P Common on conversion of Convertible Common pursuant hereto; provided , however , that the Corporation shall not be obligated to pay any transfer taxes resulting from any transfer requested by any such holder thereof in connection with any such conversion.
(h) Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion . The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Series P Common solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Convertible Common such number of its shares of Series P Common as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Convertible Common; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Series P Common shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Convertible Common, in addition to such other remedies as shall be available to the holders of such Convertible Common, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Series P Common to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes.
(i) Notices . Any notice required by the provisions of this Section 3 to be given to the holders of shares of Convertible Common shall be deemed given if delivered by confirmed facsimile or electronic transmission (with duplicate original sent by United States mail) or three (3) business days after such notice is deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to each holder of record at his address or facsimile number appearing on the books of the Corporation.
4. Voting Rights .
(a) The holder of each share of Common Stock shall have the right to vote based on the number of shares of Series P Common held by such holder (determined on an as-if-converted to Series P Common basis), and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders' meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation, and shall be entitled to vote upon such matters and in such manner as may be provided by law.
(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL, the holders of shares of Convertible Preferred shall vote together with the holders of shares of Common Stock as a single class with respect to any proposed amendment hereto that would increase the number of shares of authorized Common Stock with each such share of Convertible Preferred being entitled to such number of votes per share as determined on an as-if-converted to Series P Common basis in accordance with Section 4(a) above, and the holders of shares of Common Stock shall not be entitled to a separate class vote with respect thereto.
5. Redemption . The Common Stock shall not be redeemable at the option of any holder.
To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of a fiduciary duty as a director. If the DGCL or any other law of the State of Delaware is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article V to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director to the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL or such law as so amended.
The Corporation shall indemnify (and provide advancement of expenses to) to the fullest extent permitted by law any person made or threatened to be made a party to an action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or any predecessor of the Corporation or serves or served at any other enterprise as a director, officer or employee at the request of the Corporation or any predecessor to the Corporation.
Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article V , nor the adoption of any provision of this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article V , shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article V , in respect of any matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit, claim or proceeding that, but for this Article V , would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.
Subject to Section 6 of Article IV hereof, the Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute or this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to the rights, preferences and privileges granted herein to the stockholders of the Corporation.
The number of shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares then outstanding plus the number of shares issuable upon conversion of all
outstanding Preferred Stock) by an affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the capital stock of the Corporation.
Subject to the rights of any holder of capital stock of the Corporation and except as otherwise provided in this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.
Subject to Section B(6) of Article IV hereof, the number of directors which constitute the whole Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be as specified in the Bylaws of the Corporation.
Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.
Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.
The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT TO
SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
CONVIO, INC.
a Delaware Corporation
(Pursuant to Sections 228 and 242 of the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)
Convio, Inc. (the " Corporation "), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the " DGCL "),
DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:
FIRST: That the Corporation was originally incorporated pursuant to the DGCL on October 12, 1999, under the name of ShowSupport.com, Inc.
SECOND: The Certificate of Incorporation was amended and restated on November 10, 1999, further amended on March 24, 2000 and December 5, 2000, further amended and restated on March 12, 2001 and February 13, 2003, further amended on December 27, 2005, June 1, 2006 and February 16, 2007 and further amended and restated on March 30, 2007.
THIRD: The Certificate of Amendment to Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 228 and 242 of the DGCL by the directors and stockholders of the Corporation.
FOURTH: The Certificate of Amendment to Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation so adopted reads in full as set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto and is hereby incorporated herein by this reference.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Corporation has caused this certificate to be signed by the undersigned duly authorized officer this 10th day of April, 2007.
CONVIO, INC. | ||||
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Gene Austin Gene Austin Chief Executive Officer |
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT TO
SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
CONVIO, INC.
The Board of Directors and the stockholders of the Corporation, acting in accordance with the provisions of Sections 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware adopted resolutions to amend and restate the following in their entirety:
Section A. of ARTICLE IV to read in full as follows:
"A. Classes of Stock.
The total number of shares of capital stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 81,275,033 of which 63,119,142 are designated " Common Stock ," par value $0.001 per share, and 18,155,891 are designated " Preferred Stock ," par value $0.001 per share.
Four series of Common Stock are hereby designated as follows:
(a) 54,313,750 shares of Series P Common Stock (the " Series P Common ");
(b) 3,798,893 shares of Series Q Common Stock (the " Series Q Common ");
(c) 1,920,610 shares of Series R Common Stock (the " Series R Common "); and
(d) 3,085,889 shares of Series S Common Stock (the " Series S Common ").
Three series of Preferred Stock are hereby designated as follows:
(a) 8,979,000 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (the " Series A Preferred ");
(b) 3,234,079 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (the " Series B Preferred "); and
(c) 3,242,812 shares of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock (the " Series C Preferred ," and together with the Series A Preferred and the Series B Preferred, the " Convertible Preferred ").
Undesignated Preferred Stock, if any, authorized under the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, as the same may be amended or restated from time to time hereafter, may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors is hereby authorized to fix or alter the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to or imposed upon additional series of Preferred Stock, and the number of shares constituting any such series and the designation thereof, or of any of them. Subject to compliance with applicable protective voting rights which have been or may be granted to the Preferred Stock or any series thereof in the Corporation's certificate of incorporation, as amended and restated and as hereafter may be amended or restated (" Protective Provisions "), but notwithstanding any other rights of the Preferred Stock or any series thereof, the rights, privileges, preferences and restrictions of any such additional series may be subordinated to, pari passu with (including, without limitation, inclusion in provisions with respect to liquidation and acquisition preferences, redemption and/or approval of matters by vote or written consent), or senior to any of those of any present or future class or series of Preferred Stock or Common Stock. Subject to compliance with applicable Protective Provisions, the Board of Directors is also authorized to increase or decrease the number of shares of any series, prior or subsequent to the issue of that series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding. In case the number of shares of any series shall be so decreased, the shares
A-1
constituting such decrease shall resume the status that they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series."
Section B.1 of ARTICLE VI to read in full as follows:
"1. Dividend Provisions . The holders of shares of Series C Preferred shall be entitled to receive dividends, out of any assets legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend (payable other than in Common Stock or other securities and rights convertible into or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock of the Corporation) on the Series C Preferred, at the rate of $0.2504 per share per annum (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like) when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. Any dividends payable on the Series C Preferred shall be non-cumulative, and no right to such dividends shall accrue to holders of any Series C Preferred by reason of the fact that dividends on such shares are not declared in any year. The holders of the Series C Preferred can waive any dividend preference that such holders shall be entitled to receive under this Section B(1) upon the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred. In addition, the holders of shares of Convertible Preferred shall be entitled to receive in proportion to the number of shares of Series P Common held by each (determined on an as-if-fully converted to Series P Common basis with respect to outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred) dividends, out of any assets legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend (payable other than in Common Stock or other securities and rights convertible into or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock of the Corporation) on the Common Stock of the Corporation, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors. Declared but unpaid dividends with respect to a share of Convertible Preferred shall, upon conversion of such share to Common Stock, be paid to the extent assets are legally available therefor, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, either in cash or in the series of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of such Convertible Preferred (valued at the fair market value on the date of payment as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors). Any amounts for which assets are not legally available shall be paid promptly as assets become legally available therefor."
Section B.2(a)(iii) of ARTICLE IV to read in full as follows:
"(iii) each holder of Series C Preferred shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any assets of the Corporation to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share of Series C Preferred (such per share amount being, the " Series C Liquidation Amount ") equal to the sum of (i) $3.13 (as adjusted to reflect stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series C Preferred) and (ii) an amount equal to declared by unpaid dividends on such share of Series C Preferred."
The second subsection (iii) in Section B.2(a) of ARTICLE IV to read "(iv)" instead of "(iii)".
Section B.3(b) of ARTICLE IV to read in full as follows:
"(b) Series C Preferred Right to Convert . All, but not less than all of the outstanding Series C Preferred shall be convertible, upon the election of the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding Series C Preferred at any time after the date of issuance of such shares, at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for such stock, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Series P Common as is determined, with respect to each share of Series C Preferred, by dividing $3.13 (as adjusted to reflect stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series C Preferred) by the " Series C Conversion Price " in effect on the date of conversion, which shall initially be $3.13."
A-2
BYLAWS
OF
SHOWSUPPORT.COM, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
Section 1. Registered Office . The registered office shall be at the office of The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.
Section 2. Other Offices . The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.
ARTICLE II.
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
Section 1. Annual Meeting . An annual meeting of the stockholders for the election of directors shall be held at such place either within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated on an annual basis by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting. Meetings of stockholders for any other purpose may be held at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof. Any other proper business may be transacted at the annual meeting.
Section 2. Notice of Annual Meeting . Written notice of the annual meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting.
Section 3. Voting List . The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, or cause a third party to prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.
Section 4. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the stockholders of this corporation, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, shall be called by the President or Secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the members of the Board of Directors or holders of a majority of the total voting power of all outstanding shares of stock of this corporation then entitled to vote, and may not be called absent such a request. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.
Section 5. Notice of Special Meetings . As soon as reasonably practicable after receipt of a request as provided in Section 4 of this Article II, written notice of a special meeting, stating the place, date (which shall be not less than ten nor more than sixty days from the date of the notice) and hour of the special meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the special meeting is called, shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such special meeting.
Section 6. Scope of Business at Special Meeting . Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.
Section 7. Quorum . The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the chairman of the meeting or the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting as provided in Section 5 of this Article II.
Section 8. Qualifications to Vote . The stockholders of record on the books of the corporation at the close of business on the record date as determined by the Board of Directors and only such stockholders shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof.
Section 9. Record Date . The Board of Directors may fix a record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any stockholders' meeting and at any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action. The record date shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, and not more than sixty days prior to any other action. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
Section 10. Action at Meetings . When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of applicable law or of the Certificate of Incorporation, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.
Section 11. Voting and Proxies . Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of the capital stock having voting power held by such stockholder, but no proxy shall be voted on after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. Each proxy shall be revocable unless expressly provided therein to be irrevocable and unless it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power.
Section 12. Action by Stockholders Without a Meeting . Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware (by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested), to its principal place of business, or to an
2
officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded provided, however, that action by written consent to elect directors, if less than unanimous, shall be in lieu of holding an annual meeting only if all the directorships to which directors could be elected at an annual meeting held at the effective time of such action are vacant and are filled by such action. Prompt notice of the taking of corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take the action were delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware (by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested), to its principal place of business, or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings or meetings of stockholders are recorded the preceding language is derived from Section 228 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.
Section 1. Powers . The business of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its Board of Directors, which may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by applicable law or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.
Section 2. Number; Election; Tenure and Qualification . The number of directors which shall constitute the whole board shall be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors or by the Stockholders at an annual meeting of the Stockholders (unless the directors are elected by written consent in lieu of an annual meeting as provided in Article II, Section 12); provided that the number of directors shall be not less than one. With the exception of the first Board of Directors, which shall be elected by the incorporator, and except as provided in the corporation's Certificate of Incorporation or in Section 3 of this Article III, the directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders by a plurality vote of the shares represented in person or by proxy and each director elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified unless he shall resign, become disqualified, disabled, or otherwise removed. Directors need not be stockholders.
Section 3. Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships . Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies and newly-created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. The directors so chosen shall serve until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced. If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by statute. If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office shall constitute less than a majority of the whole board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten percent of the total number of shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office.
Section 4. Location of Meetings . The Board of Directors of the corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.
Section 5. Meeting of Newly Elected Board of Directors . The first meeting of each newly elected Board of Directors shall be held immediately following the annual meeting of stockholders and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. In the event such meeting is not held at such time,
3
the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the Board of Directors, or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.
Section 6. Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors; provided that any director who is absent when such a determination is made shall be given notice of such location.
Section 7. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the President on two days' notice to each director by mail, overnight courier service or facsimile; special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in a like manner and on like notice on the written request of two directors unless the Board of Directors consists of only one director, in which case special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in a like manner and on like notice on the written request of the sole director. Notice may be waived in accordance with Section 229 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.
Section 8. Quorum and Action at Meetings . At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the directors then in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.
Section 9. Action Without a Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.
Section 10. Telephonic Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.
Section 11. Committees . The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.
Section 12. Committee Authority . Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to (a) approving, adopting or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the Delaware General Corporation Law to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (b) adopting, amending or repealing any Bylaw of the corporation. Such
4
committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.
Section 13. Committee Minutes . Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required to do so by the Board of Directors.
Section 14. Directors Compensation . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.
Section 15. Resignation . Any director or officer of the corporation may resign at any time. Each such resignation shall be made in writing and shall take effect at the time specified therein, or, if no time is specified, at the time of its receipt by either the Board of Directors, the President or the Secretary. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless expressly so provided in the resignation.
Section 16. Removal . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws or applicable law, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of shares entitled to vote at an election of directors.
Section 1. Notice to Directors and Stockholders . Whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but such notice may be given in writing, by mail, addressed to such director or stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or of the transfer agent of the corporation that the notice has been given shall in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein. Notice to directors may also be given by telephone, facsimile or telegram (with confirmation of receipt).
Section 2. Waiver . Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto. The written waiver need not specify the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders, directors, or members of a committee of directors. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Attendance at the meeting is not a waiver of any right to object to the consideration of matters required by the Delaware General Corporation Law to be included in the notice of the meeting but not so included, if such objection is expressly made at the meeting.
Section 1. Enumeration . The officers of the corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall include a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer or Chief Financial Officer and such
5
other officers with such other titles as the Board of Directors shall determine. The Board of Directors may elect from among its members a Chairman or Chairmen of the Board and a Vice Chairman of the Board. The Board of Directors may also choose one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws otherwise provide.
Section 2. Election . The Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders shall elect a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and such other officers with such other titles as the Board of Directors shall determine.
Section 3. Appointment of Other Agents . The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary, who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.
Section 4. Compensation . The salaries of all officers of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof. The salaries of agents of the corporation shall, unless fixed by the Board of Directors, be fixed by the President or any Vice President of the corporation.
Section 5. Tenure . The officers of the corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualify. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors of the Board of Directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors.
Section 6. Chairman of the Board and Vice Chairman of the Board . The Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders at which the Chairman shall be present. The Chairman shall have and may exercise such powers as are, from time to time, assigned to the Chairman by the Board of Directors and as may be provided by law. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders at which the Vice Chairman shall be present. The Vice Chairman shall have and may exercise such powers as are, from time to time, assigned to such person by the Board of Directors and as may be provided by law.
Section 7. President . The President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation unless such title is assigned to another officer of the corporation; in the absence of a Chairman and Vice Chairman of the Board, the President shall preside as the chairman of meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors; and the President shall have general and active management of the business of the corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. The President or any Vice President shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation.
Section 8. Vice President . In the absence of the President or in the event of the President's inability or refusal to act, the Vice President, if any (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice President shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.
Section 9. Secretary . The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the corporation and of the Board of Directors in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the
6
standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or President, under whose supervision the Secretary shall be subject. The Secretary shall have custody of the corporate seal of the corporation and the Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by the Secretary's signature or by the signature of such Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by such officer's signature.
Section 10. Assistant Secretary . The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary's inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.
Section 11. Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, President or Chief Executive Officer, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President, Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all such transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation. If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall give the corporation a bond (which shall be renewed every six years) in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of the Treasurer's office and for the restoration to the corporation, in case of the Treasurer's death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in the possession or under the control of the Treasurer that belongs to the corporation.
Section 12. Assistant Treasurer . The Assistant Treasurer, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer's inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.
Section 1. Certificates . The shares of the corporation shall be represented by a certificate, unless and until the Board of Directors adopts a resolution permitting shares to be uncertificated. Certificates shall be signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, (a) the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman of the Board, the President or a Vice President, and (b) the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares owned by such stockholder in the corporation. Certificates may be issued for partly paid shares and in such case upon the face or back of the certificates issued to represent any such partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be specified.
Section 2. Class or Series . If the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the
7
qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, provided that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to Sections 151, 156, 202(a) or 218(a) of the Delaware Corporation Law or a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge, to each stockholder who so requests, the powers, designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.
Section 3. Signature . Any of or all of the signatures on a certificate may be facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.
Section 4. Lost Certificates . The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or such owner's legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.
Section 5. Transfer of Stock . Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books. Upon receipt of proper transfer instructions from the registered owner of uncertificated shares such uncertificated shares shall be canceled and issuance of new equivalent uncertificated shares or certificated shares shall be made to the person entitled thereto and the transaction shall be recorded upon the books of the corporation.
Section 6. Record Date . In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholder or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
8
Section 7. Registered Stockholders . The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.
ARTICLE VII.
GENERAL PROVISIONS
Section 1. Dividends . Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the applicable provisions, if any, of the Certificate of Incorporation, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purposes as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interest of the corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.
Section 2. Checks . All checks or demands for money and notes of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.
Section 3. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.
Section 4. Seal . The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal having inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, the year of its organization and the words "Corporate Seal, Delaware". The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.
Section 5. Loans . The Board of Directors of this corporation may, without stockholder approval, authorize loans to, or guaranty obligations of, or otherwise assist, including, without limitation, the adoption of employee benefit plans under which loans and guarantees may be made, any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiary, including any officer or employee who is a director of the corporation or its subsidiary, whenever, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such loan, guaranty or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guaranty or other assistance may be with or without interest, and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation.
Section 1. Scope . The corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, as that Section may be amended and supplemented from time to time, indemnify any director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement and/or other matters referred to in or covered by that Section, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.
9
Section 2. Advancing Expenses . Expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by a present or former director or officer of the corporation in defending a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation (or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized by relevant provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law; provided, however, the corporation shall not be required to advance such expenses to a director (i) who commences any action, suit or proceeding as a plaintiff unless such advance is specifically approved by a majority of the Board of Directors, or (ii) who is a party to an action, suit or proceeding brought by the corporation and approved by a majority of the Board of Directors which alleges willful misappropriation of corporate assets by such director, disclosure of confidential information in violation of such director's fiduciary or contractual obligations to the corporation, or any other willful and deliberate breach in bad faith of such director's duty to the corporation or its stockholders.
Section 3. Liability Offset . The corporation's obligation to provide indemnification under this Article VIII shall be offset to the extent the indemnified party is indemnified by any other source including, but not limited to, any applicable insurance coverage under a policy maintained by the corporation, the indemnified party or any other person.
Section 4. Continuing Obligation . The provisions of this Article VIII shall be deemed to be a contract between the corporation and each director of the corporation who serves in such capacity at any time while this bylaw is in effect, and any repeal or modification thereof shall not affect any rights or obligations then existing with respect to any state of facts then or theretofore existing or any action, suit or proceeding theretofore or thereafter brought based in whole or in part upon any such state of facts.
Section 5. Nonexclusive . The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided for in this Article VIII shall (i) not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement or vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in their official capacities and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, (ii) continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director and (iii) inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.
Section 6. Other Persons . In addition to the indemnification rights of directors, officers, employees, or agents of the corporation, the Board of Directors in its discretion shall have the power on behalf of the corporation to indemnify any other person made a party to any action, suit or proceeding who the corporation may indemnify under Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.
Section 7. Definitions . The phrases and terms set forth in this Article VIII shall be given the same meaning as the identical terms and phrases are given in Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, as that Section may be amended and supplemented from time to time.
Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed, or new Bylaws may be adopted, by the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting shares or by the Board of Directors, when such power is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation, at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors or at any special meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors if notice of such
10
alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new Bylaws be contained in the notice of such special meeting. If the power to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation, it shall not divest or limit the power of the stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws.
11
CONVIO, INC.
FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS' RIGHTS AGREEMENT
April 10, 2007
|
|
Page | ||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
1. | Certain Definitions | 1 | ||||
2. |
|
Restrictions on Transferability |
|
|
2 |
|
3. |
|
Restrictive Legend |
|
|
2 |
|
4. |
|
Notice of Proposed Transfers. |
|
|
3 |
|
5. |
|
Requested Registration. |
|
|
3 |
|
6. |
|
Company Registration. |
|
|
5 |
|
7. |
|
Expenses of Registration |
|
|
6 |
|
8. |
|
Registration Procedures |
|
|
6 |
|
9. |
|
Registration on Form S-3 |
|
|
7 |
|
10. |
|
Termination of Registration Rights |
|
|
8 |
|
11. |
|
Lock-up Agreement |
|
|
8 |
|
12. |
|
Indemnification. |
|
|
8 |
|
13. |
|
Information by Holder |
|
|
10 |
|
14. |
|
Rule 144 Reporting |
|
|
10 |
|
15. |
|
Transfer of Registration Rights |
|
|
10 |
|
16. |
|
Subsequent Grant of Registration Rights |
|
|
10 |
|
17. |
|
Information. |
|
|
10 |
|
18. |
|
Visitation Rights |
|
|
12 |
|
19. |
|
Termination of Information and Visitation Rights |
|
|
12 |
|
20. |
|
Rights of First Offer |
|
|
12 |
|
21. |
|
Covenants |
|
|
13 |
|
22. |
|
Election of Directors. |
|
|
16 |
|
23. |
|
Board Observer Rights |
|
|
18 |
|
24. |
|
Non-Disclosure of Investment Interests |
|
|
18 |
|
25. |
|
Governing Law |
|
|
18 |
|
26. |
|
Entire Agreement |
|
|
18 |
|
27. |
|
Notices, Etc |
|
|
18 |
|
28. |
|
Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures |
|
|
18 |
|
29. |
|
Amendment |
|
|
18 |
|
30. |
|
Independent Counsel |
|
|
19 |
|
Schedule I |
|
|
|
Schedule of Preferred Stockholders |
Schedule II | | Schedule of Common Stockholders |
CONVIO, INC.
FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS' RIGHTS AGREEMENT
This Fifth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement (this " Agreement ") is entered into as of April 10, 2007 by and among Convio, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the " Company "), each of those holders of the Company's Series P Common Stock, Series Q Common Stock, Series R Common Stock, Series S Common Stock, each with a par value $0.001 per share (collectively, the " Common Stock "), identified on Schedule I hereto (individually, a " Common Holder ," and collectively, the " Common Holders "), each of the holders of the Company's Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock, each with a par value of $0.001 per share, or shares of the Company's capital stock issuable upon conversion thereof (collectively, the " Preferred Stock "), listed on Schedule II hereto (individually, a " Preferred Holder " and collectively, the " Preferred Holders "). This Agreement amends, supersedes and replaces the Company's Fourth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement, dated as of February 16, 2007 (the " Prior Agreement ").
A. The founders of the Company (" Founders "), holders of the Company's Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (" Series A Stock ") and the holders of the Company's Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (" Series B Stock ") and certain key employees of the Company (" Key Employees ") (collectively, the " Prior Investors ") possess registration rights, rights of first offer and other rights granted in the Prior Agreement;
B. Section 28 of the Prior Agreement allows amendment of its terms upon the written consent of the Company and of the holders of at least two-thirds of the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, voting together;
C. The Company and certain investors are parties to that certain Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement of even date herewith, which provides, among other things, for the issuance by the Company of shares of the Company's Series C Convertible Preferred Stock.
D. The parties hereto desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement and to accept the rights created pursuant hereto in lieu of the rights granted under the Prior Agreement.
1. Certain Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:
" Commission " shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency.
" Holder " shall mean each Preferred Holder and each Common Holder and any transferee of Registrable Securities from a Preferred Holder or Common Holder who, pursuant to Section 15 below, is entitled to registration rights hereunder.
" New Securities " shall have the meaning set forth in Section 20(a) of this Agreement.
" Registrable Securities " shall mean (i) shares of the Company's Common Stock issued or issuable upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock; (ii) any other securities issued or issuable in respect of shares of the Preferred Stock; (iii) shares of the Company's Common Stock held by Common Holders, and (iv) shares of the Company's Common Stock or other securities issued or issuable in respect of the shares described in clauses (i)-(iii) upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, or similar event; provided , however , that any shares described in clauses (i)-(iv) above which have been resold to the public following a registered public offering shall cease to be Registrable Securities upon such resale.
The terms " register ," " registered " and " registration " refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act and the declaration or ordering of the effectiveness of such registration statement.
" Registration Expenses " shall mean all expenses (excluding underwriter discounts and expenses) incurred by the Company in complying with Sections 5, 6, 8 and 9 hereof, including, without limitation, all registration, qualification and filing fees, printing expenses, escrow fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, blue sky fees and expenses and the expense of any special audits incident to or required by any such registration but exclusive of Selling Expenses; and the fees and expenses of one (1) counsel to selling Holders of up to $25,000.
" Restricted Securities " shall mean the securities of the Company required to bear the legend set forth in Section 3 hereof (or any similar legend).
" Securities Act " shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
" Selling Expenses " shall mean all underwriting discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes applicable to the securities registered by the Holders.
" Shares " shall mean any shares of the Company's capital stock now held or hereafter acquired by any party hereto.
2. Restrictions on Transferability. The Restricted Securities shall not be transferable except upon the conditions specified in this Agreement, which conditions are intended to ensure compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act. Each Holder of Restricted Securities will cause any proposed transferee of the Restricted Securities held by such Holder, other than a transferee acquiring such securities in connection with a registered offering covering such disposition, to agree to take and hold such Restricted Securities subject to the provisions and upon the conditions specified in this Agreement.
3. Restrictive Legend . Each certificate representing (i) the Preferred Stock, (ii) shares of the Company's Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock, (iii) any other securities issued in respect of the Preferred Stock or Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock including upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or similar event, shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of Section 4 below) be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form (in addition to any legend required under applicable securities laws):
THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THESE SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM UNDER SAID ACTS AND REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE CORPORATION THAT SUCH REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION IS NOT REQUIRED. COPIES OF THE AGREEMENT RESTRICTING THE TRANSFER OF THESE SHARES MAY BE OBTAINED AT NO COST BY WRITTEN REQUEST MADE BY THE HOLDER OF RECORD OF THIS CERTIFICATE TO THE SECRETARY OF THE CORPORATION AT THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES OF THE CORPORATION.
Each Holder consents to the Company's making a notation on its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent for the Company in order to implement the restrictions on transfer established in this Section 3 . The Company shall be obligated to reissue promptly unlegended certificates at the request of any Holder thereof if the Holder shall have obtained an opinion of counsel at such Holder's
2
expense (which counsel may be counsel to the Company) reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that the securities proposed to be disposed of may lawfully be so disposed of without registration, qualification or legend.
4. Notice of Proposed Transfers. The Holder of each certificate representing Restricted Securities by acceptance thereof agrees to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Section 4 . Prior to any proposed transfer of any Restricted Securities, unless there is in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the proposed transfer, the Holder thereof shall give written notice to the Company of such Holder's intention to effect such transfer. Each such notice shall describe the manner and circumstances of the proposed transfer in sufficient detail, and shall, if the Company reasonably requests, be accompanied (except in transactions in compliance with Rule 144) by either (i) a written opinion of legal counsel who shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company, addressed to the Company and reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company's counsel, to the effect that the proposed transfer of the Restricted Securities may be effected without registration under the Securities Act, or (ii) a "No Action" letter from the Commission to the effect that the transfer of such securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the Commission that action be taken with respect thereto, whereupon the Holder of such Restricted Securities shall be entitled to transfer such Restricted Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered by the Holder to the Company; provided , however , that no opinion or "No Action" letter need be obtained with respect to a transfer, if the transferee agrees to be subject to the terms hereof, to (A) if a Holder of Restricted Securities is a partnership, a partner, whether active or retired, of such Holder of Restricted Securities, (B) the estate of any Holder of Restricted Securities, (C) an "affiliate" of a Holder of Restricted Securities as that term is defined in Rule 405 promulgated by the Commission under the Securities act, (D) if the Holder is a corporation, to its stockholders, (E) if the Holder is a limited liability company, to its members or former members, or (F) the spouse, children, grandchildren or spouse of such children or grandchildren of any Holder or to trusts for the benefit of any Holder or such persons. Each certificate evidencing the Restricted Securities transferred as above provided shall bear the restrictive legend in substantially the form set forth in Section 3 above, except that such certificate shall not bear such restrictive legend if the transferee provides an opinion of counsel as provided in Section 3 or in the opinion of counsel for the Company such legend is not required in order to establish compliance with any provisions of the Securities Act or applicable state securities laws.
5. Requested Registration .
(a) Request for Registration . If at any time after the earlier of (i) three (3) years after the date of this Agreement, or (ii) one hundred eighty (180) days following the closing date of the first registration statement filed by the Company covering an underwritten offering of any of its securities to the general public, the Company shall receive from any Holder or group of Holders holding at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2 / 3 %) in interest of the Registrable Securities (the " Initiating Holders ") a written request that the Company effect any registration with respect to Registrable Securities having an aggregate offering price of not less than $5,000,000, the Company will:
(i) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, qualification or compliance to all other Holders; and
(ii) as soon as practicable, use its reasonable best efforts to effect such registration (including, without limitation, filing post-effective amendments, appropriate qualification under applicable blue sky or other state securities laws and appropriate compliance with applicable regulations issued under the Securities Act and any other governmental requirements or regulations) as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion
3
of the Registrable Securities of any Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request received by the Company within twenty (20) days after receipt of such written notice from the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 5 ;
Provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to take any action to effect any such registration pursuant to this Section 5 :
(A) In any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;
(B) After the Company has effected two (2) such registrations pursuant to this Section 5(a) , which registrations have been declared or ordered effective, and pursuant to which the securities offered have been sold;
(C) During the one hundred eighty (180) day period starting with the date sixty (60) days prior to the Company's estimated date of filing of, and ending on the date immediately following the effective date of any Company-initiated registration statement pertaining to securities of the Company (other than a registration of securities in a Rule 145 transaction or with respect to an employee benefit plan); or
(D) If the Company delivers notice to the Holders of Registrable Securities within thirty (30) days of any such request for registration of the Company's intent to file a registration statement for its initial public offering within ninety (90) days from the date of such registration request.
Subject to the foregoing clauses (A), (B), (C) and (D), the Company shall file a registration statement covering the Registrable Securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the request or requests of the Initiating Holders. If, however, the Company shall furnish to the Initiating Holders a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be filed and it is therefore essential to defer the filing of such registration statement, the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders, provided , however , that the Company may not utilize this right more than once in any twelve-month period.
(b) Underwriting . If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to Section 5(a) and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in Section 5(a) . The right of any Holder to registration pursuant to Section 5 shall be conditioned upon such Holder's participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder's Registrable Securities to be registered in the underwriting to the extent requested (unless otherwise mutually agreed by a majority in interest of the Holders) and to the extent provided herein. A Holder may elect to include in such underwriting all or a part of the Registrable Securities such Holder holds.
The Company shall (together with all Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the managing underwriter mutually agreed upon for such underwriting by the Company and a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 5 , if the managing underwriter advises the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, then, subject to the provisions of Section 5(a) , the Company shall so advise all Holders and the number of shares that may be included in the registration and underwriting shall be allocated
4
among all persons or entities requesting inclusion in the registration as follows: (A) all securities proposed to be offered by the Company for its own account or for the account of holders of securities other than Registrable Securities shall be excluded before any Registrable Securities are excluded; and (B) if, after all non-Registrable Securities have been excluded, additional limitations are required, then the number of Registrable Securities included in the registration shall be allocated among all Holders requesting inclusion thereof in the registration in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective amounts of Registrable Securities held by such Holder.
If any Holder of Registrable Securities disapproves of the terms of the underwriting, such person may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company, the managing underwriter and the other Holders. The Registrable Securities and/or other securities so withdrawn shall also be withdrawn from registration; provided , however , that if by the withdrawal of such Registrable Securities a greater number of Registrable Securities held by other Holders may be included in such registration (up to the maximum of any limitation imposed by the underwriters), then the Company shall offer to all Holders who have included Registrable Securities in the registration the right to include additional Registrable Securities in the same proportion used in determining the underwriter limitation in this Section 5(b) . If the registration does not become effective due to the withdrawal of Registrable Securities at the behest of the Holder(s) of such Registrable Securities and the withdrawal of the registration is not at the request or on the advice of the Company or the underwriter nor is the result of a material adverse change in the Company's business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects since the date of the written request of the Initiating Holders pursuant to this Section 5 , then either (1) the Holders requesting registration shall reimburse the Company for expenses incurred in complying with the request or (2) the aborted registration shall be treated as effected for purposes of Section 5(a)(B) .
6. Company Registration .
(a) Notice of Registration . If the Company proposes to register under the Securities Act any of its securities for sale by a security holder (other than (i) pursuant to a registration in connection with an employee benefit or stock ownership plan, (ii) pursuant to Sections 5 or 9 , or (iii) a registration relating solely to a Rule 145 transaction) and the registration form to be used may be used for the registration of Registrable Securities, the Company will give prompt written notice to all Holders of its intention to effect such a registration (each, a " Piggyback Notice "). Subject to Section 6(b) below, the Company will include in such registration all shares of Registrable Securities which holders of Registrable Securities request the Company to include in such registration by written notice given to the Company within twenty (20) days after receipt of the above-described notice from the Company.
(b) Priority on Company Registrations . If a registration subject to Section 6(a) relates to an underwritten public offering of equity securities by holders of the Company's securities and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can be sold in an orderly manner in such offering within a price range acceptable to the Holders initially requesting such registration, the Company will include in such registration (i) first, the securities requested to be included therein by the Company if the Company has initiated the registration; (ii) second, the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by the Holders, allocated pro rata among the Holders thereof on the basis of the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by such Holders; and (iii) third, among persons not contractually entitled to registration rights under this Agreement; provided, however, that in no event shall the amount of securities of the Holders included in the offering be reduced below twenty-five percent (25%) of the total amount of the securities included in such offering unless such offering is the Company's initial public offering, in which case all securities of the Holders may be excluded (so long as no securities are included in such offering other than shares offered by the Company).
5
(c) The Company may, in its sole discretion, abandon or delay any registration initiated by the Company pursuant to this Section 6 .
7. Expenses of Registration . All Registration Expenses incurred in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to Sections 5, 6 and 9 shall be borne by the Company; provided , however , if a registration proceeding is begun upon the request of the Holders pursuant to Sections 5 or 9 , but such request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders, then the Holders of the Registrable Securities to have been registered may either: (i) bear all Registration Expenses of such proceeding, pro rata on the basis of the number of shares to have been registered, in which case the Company shall be deemed not to have effected a registration pursuant to Sections 5 or 9 of this Agreement, as applicable; or (ii) require the Company to bear all Registration Expenses of such proceeding, in which case the Company shall be deemed to have effected a registration pursuant to Sections 5 or 9 of this Agreement, as applicable. Nevertheless, if subsequent to such request for registration and prior to the request of such withdrawal, the Holders have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company from the condition, business or prospects of the Company known to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness following disclosure by the Company of such material adverse change, then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall retain their rights pursuant to Section 5, 6 or 9 , as applicable. All Selling Expenses relating to securities registered by the Holders shall be borne by the Holders of such securities pro rata on the basis of the number of shares so registered.
8. Registration Procedures . In the case of each registration, qualification or compliance effected by the Company pursuant to this Agreement the Company will keep each Holder advised in writing as to the initiation of each registration, qualification and compliance and as to the completion thereof. At its expense the Company will:
(a) Prepare and file with the Commission a registration statement with respect to such securities and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become and remain effective for at least one hundred twenty (120) days or until the distribution described in the registration statement has been completed; provided , however , that (i) such 120-day period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period the Holder refrains from selling any securities included in such registration at the request of an underwriter of securities of the Company; and (ii) in the case of any registration of Registrable Securities on Form S-3 which are intended to be offered on a continuous or delayed basis, such 120-day period shall be extended, if necessary, to keep the registration statement effective until all such Registrable Securities are sold;
(b) Furnish to the Holders participating in such registration and to the underwriters of the securities being registered such number of copies of the registration statement, preliminary prospectus, final prospectus and such other documents as such Holders or underwriters may reasonably request in order to facilitate the public offering of such securities;
(c) Prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement or to applicable anti-fraud provisions;
(d) Use its best efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other applicable securities or blue sky laws, provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;
6
(e) Cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereto to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;
(f) Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to such registration statement and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration;
(g) Enter into an underwriting agreement in form reasonably necessary to effect the offer and sale of Registrable Securities;
(h) Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of circumstances then existing; and
(i) Furnish, at the request of any Holder requesting registration of Registrable Securities, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, or, if such securities are not being sold through underwriters, on the date that the registration statement with respect to such securities becomes effective, (i) an opinion, dated as of such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering and reasonably satisfactory to a majority in interest of the Holders requesting registration, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities and (ii) a "comfort" letter dated as of such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering and reasonably satisfactory to a majority in interest of the Holders requesting registration, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities.
9. Registration on Form S-3 . In addition to the rights set forth above, if any Holder requests in writing that the Company file a registration statement on Form S-3 (or any successors thereto) with aggregate proceeds of at least $500,000 (a " Follow-On Registration ") for a public offering of shares of Registrable Securities and the Company is entitled to use Form S-3 to register securities for such an offering, the Company shall use its best efforts to effect such registration (including, without limitation, filing post-effective amendments, appropriate qualifications under applicable blue sky or other state securities laws, and appropriate compliance with the Securities Act). The Company will promptly give written notice of the request for the proposed registration to all other Holders and include all Registrable Securities of any Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request received by the Company within thirty (30) days after receipt of such written notice from the Company. The written request of a Holder may specify that all or part of such Holder's Registrable Securities will be included in such registration. If the Follow-On Registration is for an underwritten offering, the provisions of Section 5(b) shall apply to such registration. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance, pursuant to this Section 9 :
(a) if the Company shall furnish to the Holders initiating the registration on Form S-3 a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such Form S-3 registration statement to be filed and it is therefore essential to defer such filing; in which event the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request of the Holders initiating the
7
registration on Form S-3 under this Section 9 , provided , however , that the Company may not utilize this right more than once in any twelve-month period; or
(b) if the Company has, within any 90-day period already effected one (1) registration or within the twelve (12) month period preceding the date of such request already effected two (2) registrations on Form S-3 for Holders pursuant to this Section 9 ;
(c) if the Company has effected two (2) such registrations pursuant to this Section 9 ; or
(d) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance unless the Company is already subject to such service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act.
10. Termination of Registration Rights . The registration rights granted pursuant to this Agreement shall terminate as to any Holder, at such time after the Company's initial public offering that all Registrable Securities held by such Holder can be sold in a single three-month period pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.
11. Lock-up Agreement . In consideration for the Company agreeing to its obligations under this Agreement, each Holder of Registrable Securities and each transferee pursuant to Section 15 hereof agrees, in connection with the first registration of the Company's securities, that such holder shall not, without the prior consent of the Company or the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company's securities, sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any Registrable Securities (other than those included in the registration), as the case may be, for a period of up to one hundred eighty (180) days from the effective date of such registration; provided , however that all officers, directors and holders of one percent (1%) or more of the outstanding capital stock of the Company enter into similar lock-up agreements as well. Each Holder agrees that the Company may instruct its transfer agent to place stop transfer notations in its records to enforce the provisions of this Section 11 .
12. Indemnification .
(a) The Company will indemnify each Holder, each of its officers, directors and partners, legal counsel, accountants, underwriters and each person controlling such Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, with respect to which registration, qualification or compliance has been effected pursuant to this Agreement, and each underwriter, if any, and each person who controls any underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, against all expenses, claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), including any of the foregoing incurred in settlement of any litigation, arising out of or based on (i) any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any registration statement, prospectus, offering circular or other document, or any amendment or supplement thereto, incident to any such registration, qualification or compliance, or (ii) any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the " Exchange Act "), any federal or state securities law, or any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder applicable to the Company and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any such registration, qualification or compliance, and will reimburse each such Holder, each of its officers, directors and partners and each person controlling such Holder, each such underwriter and each person who controls any such underwriter, for any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating, preparing or defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action, provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 12(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent
8
shall not be unreasonably withheld), nor shall the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission, that occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by any such Holder or underwriter and stated to be specifically for use therein.
(b) Each Holder will, if Registrable Securities held by such Holder are included in the securities as to which such registration, qualification or compliance is being effected, indemnify the Company, each of its directors and officers, legal counsel, accountants each underwriter, if any, of the Company's securities covered by such a registration statement, each person who controls the Company or such underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, and each other such Holder, each of its officers and directors and each person controlling such Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, against all expenses, claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arising out of or based on (i) any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular or other document, or (ii) any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse the Company, such Holders, such directors, officers, legal counsel, accountants, underwriters or control persons for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission) is made in such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular or other document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by an instrument duly executed by such Holder and stated to be specifically for use therein; provided , however , that the obligations of such Holder hereunder shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claims, losses, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) if such settlement is effected without the consent of such Holder and provided that the obligations of each such Holder hereunder shall be limited to an amount equal to the net proceeds after expenses and commissions to such Holder from Registrable Securities sold in such offering.
(c) Each party entitled to indemnification under this Section 12 (the " Indemnified Party ") shall give notice to the party required to provide indemnification (the " Indemnifying Party ") promptly after such Indemnified Party has actual knowledge of any claim as to which indemnity may be sought, and shall permit the Indemnifying Party to assume the defense of any such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom, provided that counsel for the Indemnifying Party, who shall conduct the defense of such claim or litigation, shall be approved by the Indemnified Party (whose approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), and the Indemnified Party may participate in such defense at such party's expense; and provided further that the failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this Agreement, except to the extent, but only to the extent, that the Indemnifying Party's ability to defend against such claim or litigation is impaired as a result of such failure to give notice. No Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each Indemnified Party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.
(d) If the indemnification provided for herein is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense referred to herein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party, on the one hand, and of the indemnified party, on the other, in connection with the action or omission that resulted in such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The obligation of Holders to contribute will be individual to each Holder and will be limited to the net amount of proceeds received by such Holder from the sale of Registrable Securities.
9
13. Information by Holder . The Holder(s) of Registrable Securities included in any registration shall furnish to the Company such information regarding such Holder or Holders and the distribution proposed by such Holder or Holders as the Company may request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance referred to in this Agreement.
14. Rule 144 Reporting . With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Commission which may at any time permit the sale of the Restricted Securities to the public without registration, the Company agrees to:
(a) Make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, at all times after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the first registration under the Securities Act filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public;
(b) File with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements; and
(c) So long as any of the Holders owns Restricted Securities, furnish to Holders of Registrable Securities forthwith upon written request, a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public), and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company, and such other reports and documents of the Company as a Holder of Restricted Securities may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the Commission allowing such Holder to sell any such securities without registration.
15. Transfer of Registration Rights . The right to cause the Company to register securities granted hereunder may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee or assignee who acquires the lesser of (i) all of such Holder's Registrable Securities or (ii) fifty thousand (50,000) shares of Registrable Securities (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends and the like), provided that the Company is given written notice of such assignment at the time of or within a reasonable time after said transfer or assignment, and the transferee agrees in writing to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement regarding the right to register securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rights to cause the Company to register securities may be freely assigned (a) to any partner, active or retired, of a Holder, where such Holder is a partnership, (b) to any affiliate (as that term is defined in Rule 405 promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act) of a Holder, (c) to any officer, director, shareholder or member thereof, where such Holder is a corporation or limited liability company or (d) to the spouse, children, grandchildren or spouse of such children or grandchildren of any Holder or to trusts for the benefit of any Holder or such persons where the Holder is a natural person, provided that written notice thereof is promptly given to the Company and that the transferee agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement.
16. Subsequent Grant of Registration Rights . The Company shall not grant additional registration rights or rights to have securities other than the Registrable Securities registered under the Securities Act without the written consent of the Holders holding two-thirds of the Registrable Securities held by all Holders.
17. Information .
(a) The Company will furnish the following reports to each holder who, along with such holder's affiliate holds at least one million (1,000,000) shares of Preferred Stock (or Common
10
Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock) (a " Significant Holder "), as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends and other like recapitalization events:
(i) As soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days thereafter, a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as at the end of such fiscal year, and consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, for such year, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (" GAAP ") consistently applied, all in reasonable detail and audited by a "Big 4" public accountant selected by the Company, unless the Board of Directors, in its reasonable discretion, determines that the auditor need not be a "Big 4" public accountant, in which case the public accountant shall be an independent public accountant of recognized national standing.
(ii) As soon as practicable after the end of each calendar quarter and in any event within thirty (30) days thereafter, an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as of the end of each calendar quarterly period, and unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries for such period, prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to changes resulting from year-end audit adjustments in reasonable detail and certified by the principal accounting financial officer of the Company.
(iii) As soon as practicable after the end of each month and in any event within thirty (30) days thereafter, an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as of the end of each monthly period, and unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries for such period, compared against the annual financial plan of the Company described below, and prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to changes resulting from year-end audit adjustments and the absence of notes, all in reasonable detail and certified by the principal financial or accounting officer of the Company.
(iv) As soon as practicable after approved by the Board of Directors, but in no event more than thirty (30) days after the end of each fiscal year, an annual financial plan of the Company for the forthcoming fiscal year. Such financial plan shall provide each Significant Holder with the Company's projections of its quarterly financial statements for the forthcoming fiscal year.
(v) As soon as practicable after the end of each quarter, an executive summary of the activities of the Company including, without limitation, marketing, financial, product development and support and other material activities.
(vi) Prompt notice of any claim, dispute or litigation which may result in a material and adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, customer relations, employee relations, assets, net worth or results of operations of the Company.
(vii) The rights to information set forth in this Section 17(a) may be transferred to any person acquiring from a Significant Holder at least one million (1,000,000) shares of Preferred Stock (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends and other like recapitalization events) provided that the transferred Preferred Stock is not transferred to an unaffiliated third-party who is an actual competitor of the Company in the reasonable judgment of the Company.
(b) Each Significant Holder agrees that any information obtained by such Significant Holder pursuant to this Section 17 which the Company identifies in writing to be proprietary or otherwise confidential will not be disclosed without the prior written consent of the Company; provided, however, that the disclosure of any portion of such information by a Significant Holder shall not be considered to be a breach of this Agreement or a waiver of confidentiality for other purposes if
11
(a) such information was in the public domain at or subsequent to the time such portion was communicated to the Significant Holder by Company through no fault of the Significant Holder; (b) such information was rightfully in the Significant Holder's possession free of any obligation of confidence at or subsequent to the time such portion was communicated to the Significant Holder by Company; (c) such disclosure by the Significant Holder was made in response to a valid order by a court or other governmental body, or (d) such disclosure by the Significant Holder was otherwise required by law, provided, however, that in those circumstances set forth in (c) and (d) of this subsection, Significant Holder shall provide prompt prior written notice thereof to Company to enable Company to seek a protective order or otherwise prevent such disclosure. Each Significant Holder further acknowledges and understands that any information so obtained which may be considered "inside" non-public information will not be utilized by such Significant Holder in connection with purchases and/or sales of the Company's securities except in compliance with applicable state and federal anti-fraud statutes.
18. Visitation Rights . In addition to any rights of inspection afforded stockholders by statute or otherwise, the Company shall permit each Significant Holder, at such Significant Holder's expense, to visit and inspect the Company's properties, to examine its books of account and records and to discuss the Company's affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, all at such times as are mutually agreed upon by the Significant Holder and the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.
19. Termination of Information and Visitation Rights . The covenants set forth in Sections 17 and 18 shall terminate as to Significant Holders and be of no further force or effect upon the first sale of Common Stock in a bona fide, firm commitment underwriting pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act or when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Sections 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, whichever event shall first occur.
20. Rights of First Offer . The Company hereby grants to each Significant Holder and each Common Holder (individually, an " Offeree " collectively, the " Offerees "), the right of first offer to purchase a pro rata share of New Securities (as defined in this Section 20 ) which the Company may, from time to time, propose to sell and issue. Each Offeree's pro rata share, for purposes of this right of first offer, is the ratio of the number of shares of Common Stock owned by such Offeree immediately prior to the issuance of New Securities, assuming full conversion of the Preferred Stock, to the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the issuance of New Securities, assuming full conversion of all outstanding Preferred Stock. Each Offeree shall have a right of over-allotment such that if any Offeree fails to exercise its right hereunder to purchase its pro rata share of New Securities, the other Offerees may purchase the non-purchasing Offeree's portion on a pro rata basis within twenty (20) days from the date such non-purchasing Offeree fails to exercise its right hereunder to purchase its pro rata share of New Securities. This right of first offer shall be subject to the following provisions:
(a) " New Securities " shall mean any Common Stock and Preferred Stock of the Company whether or not authorized on the date hereof, and rights, options, or warrants to purchase Common Stock or Preferred Stock and securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, convertible into Common Stock or Preferred Stock; provided , however , that "New Securities" does not include the following:
(i) shares or options to purchase shares issued or granted to officers, directors or employees of, or consultants or advisors to, the Company or its subsidiaries pursuant to the Company's 1999 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan (the " Option Plan ");
(ii) shares issued in connection with a bona fide business acquisition of or by the Corporation that is approved by the Board of Directors, whether by merger, consolidation, sale of substantially all of the assets, sale or exchange of stock, license, or otherwise;
12
(iii) shares issued upon conversion of shares of the Preferred Stock or Common Stock;
(iv) shares issued as a dividend or other distribution on the Preferred Stock;
(v) shares issued in connection with a firm commitment underwritten public offering;
(vi) shares issued upon exercise of warrants or other securities or rights currently outstanding or issued after the date hereof pursuant to equipment lease financing transactions, bank financing transactions, or in connection with establishing corporate partnering, strategic alliances or other such business relationships, in each case approved by the Board of Directors, and for which the principal purpose is not to raise equity funding; and
(vii) shares issued in a transaction described in Article IV.B, Section 3(e) of the Company's Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended.
(b) In the event that the Company proposes to undertake an issuance of New Securities, it shall give each Offeree written notice of its intention, describing the type of New Securities, the price, and the general terms upon which the Company proposes to issue the same. Each Offeree shall have twenty (20) business days after receipt of such notice to agree to purchase its pro rata share of such New Securities at the price and upon the terms specified in the notice by giving written notice to the Company and stating therein the quantity of New Securities to be purchased. Such Offeree's obligation to purchase such New Securities under this Section 20 will be contingent upon the completion of the issuance of the New Securities substantially in the form as provided in the written notice.
(c) The Company shall have sixty (60) days after the twenty (20) business days specified above plus any over-allotment period to sell (or enter into an agreement pursuant to which the sale of New Securities covered thereby shall be closed, if at all, within twenty (20) days from the date of said agreement) the New Securities respecting which the rights of the Offerees were not exercised (or which were not subject to a right of first offer) at a price and upon terms no more favorable to the purchasers thereof than specified in the Company's notice. In the event the Company has not sold the New Securities within such sixty (60) day period (or sold and issued New Securities in accordance with the foregoing within twenty (20) days from the date of such agreement) the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any New Securities, without first offering such New Securities to the Offerees in the manner provided above.
(d) Expiration . The Right of First Offer granted under this Section 20 shall expire upon the first sale of Common Stock in a bona fide, firm commitment underwriting pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act with a pre-money valuation of $200,000,000 and with an aggregate offering price of not less than $40,000,000.
(e) Assignability . This Right of First Offer is nonassignable except to any transferee to whom registration rights may be transferred pursuant to Section 15 of this Agreement.
21. Covenants . The Company hereby covenants and agrees with the Preferred Holders as follows:
(a) Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement . The Company and each person now or hereafter employed in any technical capacity by it or any subsidiary with access to confidential information will enter into a Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement.
(b) Indemnification of Directors . The Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended from time to time, or the Bylaws of the Company will at all times during which any nominee of any of the Preferred Holders serves as a director of the Company provide for indemnification of the directors and limitations on liability of the directors to the fullest extent permitted under applicable state law.
13
(c) Indemnification . The Company, without limitation as to time, will indemnify and hold harmless and defend each Preferred Holder and its agents and representatives against, and hold each Preferred Holder and its agents and representatives harmless from, all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, and costs (including the costs of preparation and attorneys' fees and expenses) (collectively, " Losses ") incurred pursuant to any investigation or proceeding by any Person other than the Company, against the Company, any Preferred Holder or any of their agents and representatives arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated herein and therein (or any other document or instrument executed pursuant hereto or thereto), which investigation or proceeding requires the participation of, or is commenced or filed against, such Preferred Holders or any of their agents or representatives because of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated herein and therein, other than to the extent that any Losses are finally determined in such proceeding to be the result of (i) the gross negligence or willful misconduct by such Preferred Holder, (ii) a breach of a fiduciary duty, if any, owed by such Preferred Holder to the Company, (iii) an act or omission that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law by such Preferred Holder, (iv) a material breach by such Preferred Holder of any material provision of this Agreement, (v) a transaction from which the Preferred Holder received an improper benefit or (vi) Losses incurred by or on behalf of a Preferred Holder's agent or representative who is party to a separate Indemnification Agreement with the Company as to which such Indemnification Agreement, rather than this Section 22(c) , shall apply.
(d) Qualified Small Business Stock . The Company will use reasonable efforts to comply with the reporting and record-keeping requirements of Section 1202 of the Internal Revenue Code, any regulations promulgated thereunder and any similar state laws and regulations, and agrees not to repurchase any stock of the Company if such repurchase would cause such shares not to so qualify as "Qualified Small Business Stock." The provisions of this Section 21(d) may be waived only by the vote or written consent of the holders of at least two-thirds of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock.
(i) Independent Accountants . The Company will retain a "Big 4" independent public accountant firm (unless the Board of Directors determines, in its reasonable discretion that such auditor need not be a "Big 4" public accountant, in which case the public accountant shall be an independent public accountant of recognized national standing) who shall audit the Company's financial statements at the end of each fiscal year. In the event the services of the independent public accountants so selected, or any firm of independent public accountants hereafter employed by the Company, are terminated, the Company will promptly thereafter engage another firm of independent public accountants of recognized national standing in accordance with the foregoing sentence.
(e) Additional Board Approvals . Prior to taking any of the following actions, the Company shall first be required to obtain the approval of its Board of Directors:
(i) appointing any person as an officer of the Company;
(ii) entering into employment agreements with any employee unless previously approved by a majority of disinterested members of the Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee of the Board;
(iii) unless previously approved by a majority of disinterested members of the Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee of the Board, implementing compensation programs, including base salaries and bonus programs, for officers and key employees of the Company;
(iv) unless previously approved by a majority of disinterested members of the Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee of the Board, adopting or approving stock option
14
programs, as well as issuing any shares of stock or stock options to employees of, directors of, or any other persons or entities providing services to the Company;
(v) approving the Company's annual budgets, business and financial plans;
(vi) entering into lease or purchase agreements for real estate;
(vii) entering into any agreement or series of related agreements including, but not limited to, capital equipment leases or purchases, that require the Company to spend in excess of $50,000 individually or $250,000 in the aggregate, and which are not contemplated in the then-most recent business plan or budget approved by the Board of Directors.
(f) Board Meetings . Board of Directors meetings will be held at least four times per year; provided , however , until the Company is profitable or the Board of Directors otherwise determines, meetings of the Board of Directors will be held every two months, or six times per year.
(g) Vesting of Certain Securities . Unless otherwise agreed to by the Board of Directors of the Company, all stock and other securities issued after the Closing to employees and directors of and consultants and other service providers to the Company shall be subject to the following vesting schedule: twenty-five percent (25%) of such securities shall vest on the one-year anniversary of the issuance of such securities, with the remaining seventy-five percent (75%) to vest in equal monthly installments over the next three (3) years.
(h) Option Plan . The Company will not issue options permitting exercise prior to vesting unless such early exercise provision and any corresponding right of repurchase provision are specifically discussed with the Company's Board of Directors and the Board of Directors approve such provision.
(i) Issuance of Common Stock . The Company will not issue shares of Common Stock unless (i) such shares are subject to a right of first refusal by the Company and (ii) such right of first refusal is not materially different from the Company's right of first refusal as set forth in that certain form of Stock Purchase Agreement and that certain form of Stock Issuance Agreement as approved by the Board of Directors of the Company.
(j) Payment of Taxes and Trade Debt . The Company will pay and discharge all taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its income, profits or business, or upon any properties belonging to it, prior to the date on which penalties attach thereto, and all lawful claims which, if unpaid, might become a lien or charge upon any properties of the Company; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to pay any such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim which is being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings if the Company shall have set aside on its books sufficient reserves, if any, with respect thereto.
(k) Preservation of Corporate Existence . The Company will preserve and maintain its corporate existence, rights, franchises and privileges in the jurisdiction of its incorporation, and qualify and remain qualified as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is necessary or desirable in view of its business and operations or the ownership or lease of its properties. Secure, preserve and maintain all licenses and other rights to use Intellectual Property Rights owned or possessed by it and deemed by the Company to be necessary to the conduct of its business.
(l) Compliance with Laws . The Company will comply with the requirements of all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of any governmental authority, where noncompliance would have a Material Adverse Effect.
15
(m) Keeping of Records and Books of Account . The Company will keep adequate records and books of account in which complete entries will be made in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, reflecting all financial transactions of the Company, and in which, for each fiscal year, all proper reserves for depreciation, depletion, returns of merchandise, obsolescence, amortization, taxes, bad debts and other purposes in connection with its business shall be made.
(n) Maintenance of Properties . The Company will maintain and preserve all of its properties and assets, necessary for the proper conduct of its business, in good repair, working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted.
(o) Bylaws . The Company will at all times, cause the bylaws of the Company to provide that, unless otherwise required by the laws of the State of Delaware, (i) any two directors and (ii) any holder or holders of at least 25% of the outstanding Preferred Shares, shall have the right to call a meeting of the Board of Directors or stockholders.
(p) Expenses of Directors . The Company will promptly reimburse in full, each director of the Company who is not an employee of the Company for all of his reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending each meeting of the Board of Directors of the Company or any committee thereof.
(q) Assignment Agreements . The Company will obtain from each named inventor for any patent application filed by or on behalf of the Company an assignment reasonably acceptable to counsel for the Company which assigns to the Company all rights in and to any such patent application and patent issuing therefrom.
(r) Termination of Covenants . The covenants of the Company set forth in Sections 21(d), (h), (i) and (j) shall terminate in all respects on the date of the closing of an initial firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, covering the offer and sale of the Company's Common Stock.
(s) Registration Rights of Comerica Bank . The parties hereto acknowledge that pursuant to that certain warrant to purchase shares of the Company's Series A Preferred Stock and Series P Common Stock, issued by the Company to Comerica BankCalifornia (" Comerica ") in accordance with the Loan and Security Agreement, dated April 3, 2003, by and between the Company and Comerica, Comerica is entitled to "piggy back" registration rights in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and shall be deemed a "Holder" under this Agreement for purposes of Section 6 of this Agreement. The Company, upon the request of Comerica, may provide Comerica with a joinder agreement deeming Comerica a "Holder" for purposes of Section 6 of this Agreement.
(t) Assignment of Purchase Rights . In the event that the Company obtains a right to purchase shares of its capital stock held by Environmental Defense Fund or its affiliates in connection with a proposed transfer of such shares, and the Company does not intend to exercise such right in full, then the Company shall, in a timely manner, notify each Preferred Holder who holds shares of Series C Preferred Stock (the " Series C Holders ") of such fact and assign such right to the Series C Holders pro rata based on the number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock held by such Series C Holders, with a full oversubscription right such that any shares not subscribed for by any Series C Holders shall be available for purchase by the Series C Holders exercising such rights in full.
22. Election of Directors . Each of the parties hereto agrees to vote all of his, her or its Shares (and attend, in person or by proxy, all meetings of stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors), and the Company agrees to take all actions (including, but not limited to the nomination of
16
specified persons) to cause and maintain the election to the Board of Directors of the Company, to the extent permitted pursuant to the Company's certificate of incorporation, the following:
(i) except as set forth in Section 22(vi) below, three (3) persons designated by the holders of a majority of the Company's Series P Common holders and Series A Convertible Preferred holders, voting on an as-if-converted to Series P Common Stock basis (the " Series P Directors "), one (1) of whom shall be designated by Adams Street V, L.P. (who shall initially be George Spencer), one (1) of whom shall be designated by Granite Ventures (who shall initially be Chris Hollenbeck), and one (1) of whom shall be designated by Austin Ventures (who shall initially be Tom Ball);
(ii) one (1) person designated by the Stockholders' Agent (as defined in that certain Merger Agreement, dated January 10, 2007, between the Company, GetActive Software, Inc. and Robert Epstein, as Stockholders' Agent (the " Merger Agreement ")) who shall represent the holders of the Series Q Common Stock, Series R Common Stock and Series S Common Stock, and who shall initially be Sheeraz Haji (the " QRS Director ");
(iii) one (1) person designated by a majority of the Board of Directors, including the approval of at least one of the Series P Directors and either the QRS Director or the Series C Director, and who shall initially be Vinay Bhagat;
(iv) one (1) person who shall at all times be the then current Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the " CEO Director ");
(v) one (1) person designated by El Dorado Ventures VI, L.P. (the " Series C Director" ) and who shall initially be Scott Irwin; and
(vi) after the date hereof, the Board of Directors shall undertake the process of identifying one (1) person approved by a majority of the existing Board of Directors, including the approval of at least one of the Series P Directors and the QRS Director, who shall have relevant experience in the industry and have no affiliation with the Company and who shall replace one (1) Series P Director (the " Industry Director ") (and the entity previously entitled to designate such Series P Director shall no longer retain such right. Thereafter, the Industry Director shall be designated by a majority of the existing Board of Directors, including the approval of at least one of the Series P Directors and the QRS Director, who shall have relevant experience in the industry and have no affiliation with the Company.
Each of the parties further covenants and agrees to vote, to the extent possible, all Shares so that the authorized number of members of the Company's Board of Directors shall consist of seven (7) members.
In the absence of any designation from the persons or groups so designating directors as specified above, the director previously designated by them and then serving shall be re-elected if still eligible to serve as provided herein.
No party hereto shall vote to remove any member of the Board of Directors designated in accordance with the aforesaid procedure unless the persons or groups so designating directors as specified above so vote, and, if such persons or groups so vote then the non-designating party or parties shall likewise so vote. In the event that the person serving as the director to be elected as the CEO Director ceases to serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, each of the parties hereto agrees to vote all of its Shares for the removal of such director at the request of a majority of the Board of Directors, excluding the director to be removed.
The rights set forth in this Section 22 shall expire upon the first sale of Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act.
17
23. Board Observer Rights . The Company shall invite one (1) representative designated from time to time by the Stockholders' Agent (as defined in the Merger Agreement), who shall initially be William Pease, and one (1) representative designated by Rembrandt Ventures (together, the " Observers ") who shall initially be Douglas Schrier, to attend in a nonvoting observer capacity all meetings of the Board of Directors of the Company or of the committees thereof and, in this respect, shall give the Observers copies of all notices and other materials that they provide generally to the members of the Board of Directors of the Company (or such committees thereof); provided, however, that the Company reserves the right to exclude the Observers from access to any material or meeting or portion thereof if a majority of the Board of Directors (or a committee thereof) believes that such exclusion is reasonably necessary in the performance of its duties, to preserve the attorney-client privilege, to protect highly confidential proprietary information or for other similar reasons.
The rights set forth in this Section 23 shall expire upon the first sale of Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act.
24. Non-Disclosure of Investment Interests. The Company hereby covenants and agrees that, except as otherwise required by law, no information concerning the identity of any Preferred Holder as an investor or interested party to the Company, including but not limited to information distributed in any press release, marketing or advertising materials, loan applications and general business development, will be disclosed by the Company or its agents without the prior written consent of such Preferred Holder, which consent shall be at that Preferred Holder's sole discretion.
25. Governing Law. This Agreement and the legal relations between the parties arising hereunder shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware (without resort to the conflict of law principles thereof).
26. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties regarding the rights provided herein. The Prior Agreement is hereby terminated in its entirety and shall be of no further force or effect. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto.
27. Notices, Etc. All notices, requests, consents and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed delivered on the date of delivery, when delivered personally or by overnight courier or sent by telegram or confirmed fax, or seventy-two (72) hours after being deposited with the United States Post Office, as First Class certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, to the following addresses: (i) if to a Preferred Holder: at the address below such Preferred Holder's name on Schedule I attached hereto, or at such other address as the Preferred Holder may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice to the other parties hereto; (ii) if to Common Holder, at the address below such Common Holder's name on Schedule II attached hereto, or at such other address as the Common Holder may designate by ten (10) days' advance written notice to the other parties hereto, or (iii) (iv) if to the Company, to its principal place of business, 11921 N. Mopac Expressway, Ste. 200, Austin, TX 78759, or the address of any registered agent and with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to DLA Piper US LLP, 1221 South MoPac Expressway, Suite 400, Austin, TX 78746-6875, attn: John Gilluly, facsimile (512) 457-7001.
28. Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument. Signatures transmitted via facsimile shall be deemed originals for purposes of this Agreement.
29. Amendment. Unless otherwise stated in the foregoing, any provision of this Agreement may be amended, waived or modified only upon the written consent of (i) the Company, and (ii) holders of at least two-thirds in interest of the Preferred Stock; provided , however , that any amendment which
18
uniquely and adversely affects (i) the Common Holders or (ii) the QRS Holders (as defined in the Company's Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation), as the case may be, shall not be effective against such respective holders without the written consent of the holders of at least a majority in interest of such holders; and provided, further, that any amendment to Section 22 that would adversely alter the right of any party or group of parties shall require the written consent of such party or group of parties. Any amendment or modification effected in accordance with this Section 29 shall be binding upon each party hereto and each party and the Company. Any amendment, waiver or modification not effected in accordance with this Section 28 shall be null and void.
30. Independent Counsel. Each party acknowledges and agrees that DLA Piper US LLP is and has acted solely as counsel to the Company, and not to such party, in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Each party further acknowledges and agrees that such party has been represented by and consulted with, or has had reasonable opportunity to be represented by and consulted with, independent counsel of its own choosing throughout all negotiations that preceded the execution and delivery of this Agreement.
Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank
19
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement as of the date set forth above.
COMPANY: | ||||
|
|
CONVIO, INC. a Delaware corporation |
||
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Gene Austin Gene Austin Chief Executive Officer |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement as of the date set forth above.
COMMON HOLDERS: | ||
|
|
/s/ Vinay Bhagat Vinay Bhagat |
|
|
David Crooke |
|
|
/s/ Gene Austin Gene Austin |
|
|
/s/ Jim Offerdahl Jim Offerdahl |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement as of the date set forth above.
COMMON HOLDERS (continued): | ||
|
|
Sheeraz Haji |
|
|
/s/ William Pease William Pease |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement as of the date set forth above.
PREFERRED HOLDERS: | ||||
|
|
ADAMS STREET V, L.P. |
||
|
|
By: |
|
Adams Street Partners, LLC, its General Partner |
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Jeffrey T. Diehl Jeffrey T. Diehl Partner |
|
|
EL DORADO VENTURES VI, L.P. |
||
|
|
By: |
|
|
Name: |
|
|||
Title: |
|
|||
|
|
EL DORADO TECHNOLOGY '01, L.P. |
||
By: |
|
|||
Name: |
|
|||
Title: |
|
|||
|
|
REMBRANDT VENTURES PARTNERS II, L.P. |
||
|
|
By: |
|
|
Name: |
|
|||
Title: |
|
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement as of the date set forth above.
PREFERRED HOLDERS: | ||||
|
|
ADAMS STREET V, L.P. |
||
|
|
By: |
|
Adams Street Partners, LLC, its General Partner |
|
|
By: |
|
George H. Spencer, III Partner |
|
|
EL DORADO VENTURES VI, L.P. |
||
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Scott Irwin |
Name: |
Scott Irwin
|
|||
Title: |
General Partner
|
|||
|
|
EL DORADO TECHNOLOGY '01, L.P. |
||
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Scott Irwin |
Name: |
Scott Irwin
|
|||
Title: |
General Partner
|
|||
|
|
REMBRANDT VENTURES PARTNERS II, L.P. |
||
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Douglas Schrier |
Name: |
Douglas Schrier
|
|||
Title: |
General Partner
|
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement as of the date set forth above.
PREFERRED HOLDERS: | ||||
|
|
REMBRANDT VENTURES PARTNERS EXPANSION FUND, L.P. |
||
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Douglas Schrier |
Name: |
Douglas Schrier
|
|||
Title: |
General Partner
|
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement as of the date set forth above.
PREFERRED HOLDERS (continued): | ||||
|
|
GRANITE VENTURES, L.P. |
||
|
|
By: |
|
Granite Management, L.L.C., Its General Partner |
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Jackie Berterretche |
Name: |
Jackie Berterretche
|
|||
Title: |
Attorney-in-Fact
|
|||
|
|
ADOBE VENTURES IV, L.P. |
||
|
|
By: |
|
Adobe Ventures Management IV, LLC Its General Partner |
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Jackie Berterretche |
Name: |
Jackie Berterretche
|
|||
Title: |
Attorney-in-Fact
|
|||
|
|
TODD U.S. VENTURES, LLC |
||
|
|
By: |
|
H&Q Todd Ventures Management, LLC |
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Jackie Berterretche |
Name: |
Jackie Berterretche
|
|||
Title: |
Attorney-in-Fact
|
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement as of the date set forth above.
PREFERRED HOLDERS (continued): | ||||
|
|
AUSTIN VENTURES VI, L.P. |
||
|
|
By: |
|
AV Partners VI, LP, Its General Partner |
|
|
By: |
|
|
Name: |
|
|||
Title: |
|
|||
|
|
AUSTIN VENTURES VI AFFILIATES FUND, L.P. |
||
|
|
By: |
|
AV Partners VI, LP, Its General Partner |
|
|
By: |
|
|
Name: |
|
|||
Title: |
|
|||
|
|
SILVERTON PARTNERS III, L.P. |
||
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ William Wood William Wood General Partner |
|
|
LIBERTY MUTUAL INSURANCE COMPANY |
||
|
|
By: |
|
Ronald D. Ulich Vice President |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement as of the date set forth above.
PREFERRED HOLDERS (continued): | ||||
|
|
AUSTIN VENTURES VI, L.P. |
||
|
|
By: |
|
AV Partners VI, LP, Its General Partner |
By: |
|
|||
Name: |
|
|||
Title: |
|
|||
|
|
AUSTIN VENTURES VI AFFILIATES FUND, L.P. |
||
|
|
By: |
|
AV Partners VI, LP, Its General Partner |
|
|
By: |
|
|
Name: |
|
|||
Title: |
|
|||
|
|
SILVERTON PARTNERS III, L.P. |
||
|
|
By: |
|
William Wood General Partner |
|
|
LIBERTY MUTUAL INSURANCE COMPANY |
||
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Ronald D. Ulich Ronald D. Ulich Vice President |
|
|
LMIA COINVESTMENT L.P. |
||
|
|
By: |
|
Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, Its general partner |
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Ronald D. Ulich Ronald D. Ulich Vice President |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement as of the date set forth above.
PREFERRED HOLDERS (continued): | ||||
|
|
GRANITE VENTURES, L.P. |
||
|
|
By: |
|
Granite Management, L.L.C., Its General Partner |
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Jackie Berterretche |
Name: |
Jackie Berterretche
|
|||
Title: |
Attorney-in-Fact
|
|||
|
|
ADOBE VENTURES IV, L.P. |
||
|
|
By: |
|
Adobe Ventures Management IV, LLC Its General Partner |
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Jackie Berterretche |
Name: |
Jackie Berterretche
|
|||
Title: |
Attorney-in-Fact
|
|||
|
|
TODD U.S. VENTURES, LLC |
||
|
|
By: |
|
H&Q Todd Ventures Management, LLC |
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Jackie Berterretche |
Name: |
Jackie Berterretche
|
|||
Title: |
Attorney-in-Fact
|
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement as of the date set forth above.
PREFERRED HOLDERS: | ||||
|
|
HORIZON TECHNOLOGY FUNDING COMPANY II LLC |
||
|
|
By: |
|
Horizon Technology Finance, LLC, its member and agent |
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Robert D. Pomeroy, Jr. |
Name: |
Robert D. Pomeroy, Jr.
|
|||
Title: |
Managing Member
|
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement as of the date set forth above.
PREFERRED STOCKHOLDERS (continued): | ||
|
|
/s/ Sheeraz Haji Sheeraz Haji |
|
|
/s/ Pete Kirkwood Pete Kirkwood |
|
|
/s/ Robert Epstein Robert Epstein |
|
|
James Pooley |
|
|
Samuel Kingsland |
|
|
Lisa Gansky |
|
|
Cristina Morgan |
|
|
David Golden Wilner Trust |
|
|
Nicholas Allen |
|
|
Mary Krackeler |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement as of the date set forth above.
PREFERRED HOLDERS (continued): | ||||
|
|
Pacific Partners USA, L.P. |
||
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Travis Nelson |
Name: |
Travis Nelson
|
|||
Title: |
Managing Director
|
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement as of the date set forth above.
PREFERRED HOLDERS (continued): | ||||
|
|
Casilli Investment Partners |
||
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Gerald S. Casilli |
Name: |
Gerald S. Casilli
|
|||
Title: |
Partner
|
|||
|
|
Casilli Revocable Trust |
||
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Gerald S. Casilli |
Name: |
Gerald S. Casilli
|
|||
Title: |
Trustee
|
|||
|
|
/s/ Michelle A. Casilli Michelle A. Casilli |
||
|
|
/s/ Gerard A. Casilli Gerard A. Casilli |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement as of the date set forth above.
Alice Hendricks |
||
|
|
Amanda Dramstad |
|
|
/s/ Angelica Broaddus Angelica Broaddus |
|
|
Avi Schaeffer |
|
|
Barker Trust |
|
|
Brian Trelstad |
|
|
Bruce Keilin |
|
|
Charles Berman |
|
|
Christopher Dworin |
|
|
/s/ Curtis Below Curtis Below |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement as of the date set forth above.
/s/ Dan Landy
Dan Landy |
||
|
|
/s/ David Abercrombie David Abercrombie |
|
|
David Moynihan |
|
|
Debra Perlson |
|
|
Douglas Chuchro |
|
|
Environmental Defense Fund |
|
|
Francois Furstenberg |
|
|
Gregory Neichin |
|
|
Irwin Lieber |
|
|
Jackson Horton |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement as of the date set forth above.
James Kim |
||
|
|
James Koshland |
|
|
James Swanson |
|
|
JC Severiens |
|
|
Jeff Raleigh |
|
|
Jenny Kim |
|
|
Jospeh Walsmith |
|
|
/s/ Karl Goldstein Karl Goldstein |
|
|
/s/ Ken Leiserson Ken Leiserson |
|
|
Kenneth Thornton |
|
|
/s/ Kristin Lawton Kristin Lawton |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement as of the date set forth above.
Larry Kontz |
||
|
|
Lefeber Investment Partnership |
|
|
Lori Painter |
|
|
Mal Warwick Trust |
|
|
Mami Nomura |
|
|
Michael Baird Trust |
|
|
/s/ Michael Schwarz Michael Schwarz |
|
|
Nancy Abercrombie |
|
|
New Millennium Capital Partners II, LLC |
|
|
Patrick Kelly |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement as of the date set forth above.
Todd Lash |
||
|
|
/s/ Tom Krackeler Tom Krackeler |
|
|
/s/ Tri Tran Tri Tran |
|
|
Vernon George |
|
|
Woodland Venture Fund |
|
|
/s/ Yoshinobu Sugawara Yoshinobu Sugawara |
Lefeber Investment Partnership |
||
|
|
Lori Painter |
|
|
Mal Warwick Trust |
|
|
/s/ Mami Nomura Mami Nomura |
|
|
Michael Baird Trust |
|
|
Michael Schwarz |
|
|
Nancy Abercrombie |
Schedule I
SCHEDULE OF COMMON HOLDERS
|
Shares of Common Stock Held (as of April 10, 2007) | ||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Common Holder
|
P | Q | R | S | |||||||||
Vinay Bhagat
c/o Convio, Inc. 11921 N. Mopac, Suite 400 Austin, Texas 78759 |
1,088,187 | ||||||||||||
David Crooke c/o Convio, Inc. 11921 N. Mopac, Suite 400 Austin, Texas 78759 |
|
|
130,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gene Austin c/o Convio, Inc. 11921 N. Mopac, Suite 400 Austin, Texas 78759 |
|
|
1,256,374 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jim Offerdahl c/o Convio, Inc. 11921 N. Mopac, Suite 400 Austin, Texas 78759 |
|
|
450,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sheeraz Haji |
|
|
|
|
|
331 |
|
|
12,265 |
|
|
385,826 |
|
William S. Pease |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
803,805 |
|
Schedule II
SCHEDULE OF PREFERRED HOLDERS
|
Registrable Securities (as of April 10, 2007) | |||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Preferred Stock | Common Stock | ||||||||||||||||||||
Preferred Holder
|
Series A | Series B | Series C | Series P | Series Q | Series R | Series S | |||||||||||||||
Adams Street Partners V, L.P.
One North Wacker Drive, Suite 2200 Chicago, IL 60606-2807 Attn: George H. Spencer, III |
1,624,999 | 194,438 | 1,389,517 | |||||||||||||||||||
Austin Ventures VI, LP
300 West Sixth Street, Suite 2300 Austin, Texas 78701 Attn: Tom Ball |
2,318,786 | 155,375 | 3,008,306 | |||||||||||||||||||
Austin Ventures VI Affiliates Fund, LP
300 West Sixth Street, Suite 2300 Austin, Texas 78701 Attn: Tom Ball |
65,215 | 4,369 | 84,607 | |||||||||||||||||||
Silverton Partners III, L.P.
1000 Rio Grande Street Austin, TX 78701 Attn: William Wood |
735,750 | 112,891 | 1,014,481 | |||||||||||||||||||
Roliff H. Purrington, Jr.
Mayor, Day, Caldwell & Keeton, LLP 100 Congress Avenue, Suite 1500 Austin, TX 78701-4042 |
6,999 | 7,102 | ||||||||||||||||||||
William A. Sahlman, Ph.D.
Baker Library 373 Harvard Business School Soldiers Field Boston, MA 02163 |
4,999 | 5,073 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Philip Cannon | 1,999 | 2,029 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Ashish Dhawan
ChrysCapital Suite 101, The Oberoi Dr. Zakir Hussain Marg New Delhi110003 India |
1,999 | 2,029 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Sandeep Nanda | 1,999 | 2,077 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Ajit Nedungadi
TA Associates High Street Tower, Suite 2500 125 High Street Boston, MA 02110 |
1,999 | 2,029 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Granite Ventures, L.P.
One Bush Street, Suite 1350 San Francisco, CA 94104 Attn: Chris Hollenbeck |
1,418,749 | 207,273 | 2,133,029 | |||||||||||||||||||
Adobe Ventures IV, L.P.
c/o Granite Ventures, L.P. One Bush Street, Suite 1350 San Francisco, CA 94104 Attn: Chris Hollenbeck |
1,276,875 | 1,919,726 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Todd U.S. Ventures, LLC
c/o Granite Ventures, L.P. One Bush Street, Suite 1350 San Francisco, CA 94104 Attn: Chris Hollenbeck |
141,874 | 213,302 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Neil Webber | 126,249 | 144,040 |
|
Registrable Securities (as of April 10, 2007) | |||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Preferred Stock | Common Stock | ||||||||||||||||||||
Preferred Holder
|
Series A | Series B | Series C | Series P | Series Q | Series R | Series S | |||||||||||||||
Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP
(Associates Stock Fund) Andrews Kurth LLP 111 Congress Avenue, Suite 1700 Austin, TX 78701 Attn: J. Matthew Lyons, Esq. |
1,749 | 1,523 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Austin Tighe
Andrews Kurth LLP 111 Congress Avenue, Suite 1700 Austin, TX 78701 Attn: J. Matthew Lyons, Esq. |
437 | 380 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Carmelo M. Gordian
Andrews Kurth LLP 111 Congress Avenue, Suite 1700 Austin, TX 78701 Attn: J. Matthew Lyons, Esq. |
874 | 761 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Charles S. Baker
Andrews Kurth LLP 111 Congress Avenue, Suite 1700 Austin, TX 78701 Attn: J. Matthew Lyons, Esq. |
437 | 380 | ||||||||||||||||||||
J. Matthew Lyons
Andrews Kurth LLP 111 Congress Avenue, Suite 1700 Austin, TX 78701 Attn: J. Matthew Lyons, Esq. |
437 | 380 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Kinloch Gill III
Andrews Kurth LLP 111 Congress Avenue, Suite 1700 Austin, TX 78701 Attn: J. Matthew Lyons, Esq. |
437 | 380 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Robert DeBerardine
Andrews Kurth LLP 111 Congress Avenue, Suite 1700 Austin, TX 78701 Attn: J. Matthew Lyons, Esq. |
874 | 761 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Virtual CFO
4601 Spicewood Springs Road Building II, Ste 100 Austin, TX 78759-8598 Attn: Ellen Wood |
4,374 | 3,808 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Liberty Mutual Insurance Company
175 Berkeley Street Boston, MA 02117 Attn: Ronald D. Ulich |
887,499 | 1,674,844 | ||||||||||||||||||||
LMIA Coinvestment L.P.
175 Berkeley Street Boston, MA 02117 Attn: Ronald D. Ulich |
165,272 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Sheeraz Haji | 1,900 | 331 | 12,265 | 385,826 | ||||||||||||||||||
Pete Kirkwood | 13,849 | 31,948 | 2,418 | 28,707 | 18,219 | |||||||||||||||||
Robert Epstein | 19,008 | 3,319 | 430,674 | |||||||||||||||||||
James Pooley | 13,398 | 2,340 | 52,716 | |||||||||||||||||||
Samuel Kingsland | 9,504 | 1,659 | 54,610 | |||||||||||||||||||
Lisa Gansky | 3,804 | 664 | 175,007 | |||||||||||||||||||
Cristina Morgan | 8,720 | 1,523 | 42,819 | |||||||||||||||||||
David Golden
Wilner Trust |
3,832 | 669 | 21,499 | |||||||||||||||||||
Nicholas Allen | 11,107 | 1,939 | 15,136 | |||||||||||||||||||
Mary Krackeler | 7,603 | 1,327 | 9,394 | |||||||||||||||||||
William Krackeler | 7,603 | 1,327 | 9,394 |
|
Registrable Securities (as of April 10, 2007) | |||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Preferred Stock | Common Stock | ||||||||||||||||||||
Preferred Holder
|
Series A | Series B | Series C | Series P | Series Q | Series R | Series S | |||||||||||||||
Chris Buchbinder | 4,990 | 871 | 15,031 | |||||||||||||||||||
Kerry Propper | 9,504 | 1,659 | 22,965 | |||||||||||||||||||
Michael Shellenberger | 2,851 | 497 | 11,482 | |||||||||||||||||||
Tim Kirkwood | 6,636 | 1,159 | 11,482 | |||||||||||||||||||
Fowler Trust | 8,303 | 1,450 | 16,076 | |||||||||||||||||||
Vaishali Patel | 1,900 | 332 | 3,653 | |||||||||||||||||||
Burwen Trust | 9,504 | 1,659 | 18,268 | |||||||||||||||||||
Asha Haji | 6,328 | 1,105 | 10,960 | |||||||||||||||||||
El Dorado Ventures VI, L.P.
El Dorado Ventures 2440 Sand Hill Road, Suite 200 Menlo Park, CA 94025 Attn: Scott Irwin |
1,688,754 | 1,209,128 | 294,939 | |||||||||||||||||||
El Dorado Technology '01, L.P.
El Dorado Ventures 2440 Sand Hill Road, Suite 200 Menlo Park, CA 94025 Attn: Scott Irwin |
51,506 | 35,878 | 8,995 | |||||||||||||||||||
Pacific Partners USA LLP
2250 Hyde Street, #5 San Francisco, CA 94109 Attn: Gordon Rubenstein and TowerBrook Capital Partners 430 Park Avenue, 6th Floor New York, NY 10022 Fax: (917) 591-3269 Attn: Travis Nelson |
997,874 | 174,277 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Rembrandt Ventures Partners II, L.P.
2200 Sand Hill Road, Suite 1600 Menlo Park, CA 94025 Attn: Doug Schrier and Gerald Casilli |
333,609 | 467,252 | 58,264 | |||||||||||||||||||
Rembrandt Ventures Partners Expansion Fund, L.P.
2200 Sand Hill Road, Suite 1600 Menlo Park, CA 94025 Attn: Doug Schrier and Gerald Casilli |
155,751 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Abdul Haji | 349 | 61 | 5,741 | |||||||||||||||||||
Casilli Investment Partners | 3,323 | 580 | 54,512 | |||||||||||||||||||
Casilli Revocable Trust | 5,586 | 975 | 91,633 | |||||||||||||||||||
Gerald A. Casilli | 668 | 116 | 10,961 | |||||||||||||||||||
Michelle A. Casilli | 668 | 116 | 10,961 | |||||||||||||||||||
Jamaluddin Moloo | 595 | 103 | 9,760 | |||||||||||||||||||
Jeanne Haji | 349 | 61 | 5,741 | |||||||||||||||||||
John Claypool | 454 | 79 | 7,463 | |||||||||||||||||||
Kenneth Thonton | 15,974 | 57,414 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Horizon Technology Finance
76 Batterson Park Road Farmington, CT 06032 |
159,744 |
Exhibit 4.3.1
CONVIO,
INC.
AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO
FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS RIGHTS AGREEMENT
THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this Amendment ), which amends that certain Fifth Amended and Restated Investors Rights Agreement, dated April 10, 2007 (the Investor Rights Agreement ), is made and entered into as of January , 2008 by and among Convio, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company ), each of those holders of the Companys Series P Common Stock, Series Q Common Stock, Series R Common Stock, and Series S Common Stock, each with a par value $0.001 per share (collectively, the Common Stock ), identified on Schedule I to the Investor Rights Agreement (individually, a Common Holder , and collectively, the Common Holders ), each of the holders of the Companys Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and Series C Convertible Preferred Stock, each with a par value of $0.001 per share, or shares of the Companys capital stock issuable upon conversion thereof (collectively, the Preferred Stock ), listed on Schedule II to the Investor Rights Agreement (individually, a Preferred Holder and collectively, the Preferred Holders ).
RECITALS
WHEREAS , Section 22 of the Investor Rights Agreement sets forth the rights of the Common Holders and Preferred Holders with respect to the election of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company (the Board );
WHEREAS , the Common Holders and Preferred Holders desire to amend the Investor Rights Agreement to increase the size of the Board from seven to nine members, and to add certain provisions regarding the election of such new members of the Board;
WHEREAS , Section 29 of the Investor Rights Agreement provides that Section 22 thereof may only be amended with the written consent of each party or group of parties that such amendment would adversely affect;
WHEREAS , the Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company requires that the holders of at least two-thirds of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, together as a single class, consent to a change in the authorized size of the Board to a number greater or less than seven;
WHEREAS , the undersigned, holding the requisite amount of stock necessary to amend the Investor Rights Agreement, desire to amend the Investor Rights Agreement as provided herein; and
WHEREAS , the undersigned Preferred Holders, holding the requisite amount of Preferred Stock necessary to consent to the increase in the size of the Board from seven to nine members, desire to consent to such increase.
AGREEMENT
NOW , THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing, the mutual covenants herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1. Amendments .
(a) The Section 22(vi) of the Investor Rights Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:
(vi) two (2) persons who initially shall be designated by the existing Board of Directors, and who, starting at the next annual meeting of the stockholders of the Company, shall be elected in accordance with the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of the Company; and
(b) A new Section 22(vii) is hereby added to the Investor Rights Agreement to read as follows:
(vii) after the date hereof, the Board of Directors shall undertake the process of identifying one (1) person approved by a majority of the existing Board of Directors, including the approval of at least one of the Series P Directors and the QRS Director, who shall have relevant experience in the industry and have no affiliation with the Company and who shall replace one (1) Series P Director (the Industry Director ) (and the entity previously entitled to designate such Series P Director shall no longer retain such right. Thereafter, the Industry Director shall be designated by a majority of the existing Board of Directors, including the approval of at least one of the Series P Directors and the QRS Director, who shall have relevant experience in the industry and have no affiliation with the Company.
Each of the parties further covenants and agrees to vote, to the extent possible, all Shares so that the authorized number of members of the Companys Board of Directors shall consist of nine (9) members.
In the absence of any designation from the persons or groups so designating directors as specified above, the director previously designated by them and then serving shall be re-elected if still eligible to serve as provided herein.
No party hereto shall vote to remove any member of the Board of Directors designated in accordance with the aforesaid procedure unless the persons or groups so designating directors as specified above so vote, and, if such persons or groups so vote then the non-designating party or parties shall likewise so vote. In the event that the person serving as the director to be elected as the CEO Director ceases to serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, each of the parties hereto agrees to vote all of its Shares for the removal of such director at the request of a majority of the Board of Directors, excluding the director to be removed.
The rights set forth in this Section 22 shall expire upon the first sale of Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act.
2. Consent . Each Preferred Holder hereby consents to the increase in the size of the Board from seven to nine members.
3. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
4. Titles and Subtitles . The titles and subtitles used in this Amendment are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Amendment.
5. Entire Agreement . The Investor Rights Agreement, as modified by this Amendment, and the documents referred to herein and therein constitute the entire agreement among the parties in respect of the subject matter hereof and thereof and no party shall be liable or bound to any other party in any manner by any warranties, representations or covenants except as specifically set forth herein or therein.
[Signature Pages Follow]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the date set forth above.
|
COMPANY: |
|
|
|
|
|
CONVIO, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Gene Austin |
|
|
Gene Austin |
|
|
Chief Executive Officer |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the date set forth above.
|
COMMON HOLDERS: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vinay Bhagat |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
David Crooke |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Gene Austin |
|
Gene Austin |
|
|
|
|
|
/s / Jim Offerdahl |
|
Jim Offerdahl |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the date set forth above.
|
COMMON HOLDERS (continued): |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/Sheeraz Haji |
|
Sheeraz Haji |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
William Pease |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the date set forth above.
|
PREFERRED HOLDERS: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ADAMS STREET V, L.P. |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
Adams Street Partners, LLC, |
|
|
its General Partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/Jeffrey T. Diehl |
|
|
Jeffrey T. Diehl |
|
|
Partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EL DORADO VENTURES VI, L.P. |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Scott Irwin |
|
Name: |
Scott Irwin |
|
Title: |
Managing Member |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EL DORADO TECHNOLOGY 01, L.P. |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Scott Irwin |
|
Name: |
Scott Irwrin |
|
Title: |
Managing Member |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REMBRANDT VENTURES PARTNERS II, L.P. |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
REMBRANDT VENTURES PARTNERS II, L.P. |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the date set forth above.
|
PREFERRED HOLDERS (continued): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GRANITE VENTURES, L.P. |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
Granite Management, L.L.C., |
|
|
Its General Partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Jackie Berterretche |
|
Name: |
Jackie Berterretche |
|
Title: |
Attorney-in-Fact |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ADOBE VENTURES IV, L.P. |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
Adobe Ventures Management IV, LLC |
|
|
Its General Partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Jackie Berterretche |
|
Name: |
Jackie Berterretche |
|
Title: |
Attorney-in-Fact |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the date set forth above.
|
PREFERRED HOLDERS (continued): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AUSTIN VENTURES VI, L.P. |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
AV Partners VI, LP, |
|
|
Its General Partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Ken DeAngelis |
|
Name: |
Ken DeAngelis |
|
Title: |
General Partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AUSTIN VENTURES VI |
|
|
AFFILIATES FUND, L.P. |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
AV Partners VI, LP, |
|
|
Its General Partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Ken DeAngelis |
|
Name: |
Ken DeAngelis |
|
Title: |
General Partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SILVERTON PARTNERS III, L.P. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ William Wood |
|
|
William Wood |
|
|
General Partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIBERTY MUTUAL INSURANCE COMPANY |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
Ronald D. Ulich |
|
|
Vice President |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the date set forth above.
|
LMIA COINVESTMENT L.P. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: : |
/s/ Ronald D. Ulich |
|
|
Ronald D. Ulich |
|
|
Vice President |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the date set forth above.
|
/s/ Sheeraz Haji |
|
Sheeraz Haji |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pete Kirkwood |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robert Epstein |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
James Pooley |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Samuel Kingsland |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lisa Gansky |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cristina Morgan |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
David Golden |
|
Wilner Trust |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nicholas Allen |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mary Krackeler |
Exhibit 4.4
THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE CORPORATION AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.
WARRANT TO PURCHASE PREFERRED STOCK
Issuer: |
CONVIO, INC., a Delaware corporation |
Number of Shares: |
up to 60,290 Shares (or as otherwise determined in Section 1 below) |
Class of Stock: |
Series D Convertible Preferred Stock, $.001 par value |
Exercise Price: |
$1.65865 per Share |
Issue Date: |
March 31, 2006 |
Expiration Date: |
The earlier to occur of (i) the tenth anniversary of the Issue Date or (ii) the fifth anniversary of the closing of the first public offering of the Companys Common Stock under terms and conditions that require automatic conversion of the Series D Preferred Stock into Common Stock. |
THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for the agreed upon value of $1.00 and for other good and valuable consideration, including the execution and delivery of that certain Master Lease Agreement No. CONVX dated as of March 15, 2006 (the Lease), this Warrant is issued to ATEL VENTURES, INC., as Trustee under a Trust Agreement dated as of July 20, 2004 among Trustee and its affiliates, as Trustors, with respect to the percentage and number of warrant shares held in trust for the respective Trustor, as set forth on Exhibit A to the Trust Agreement, (Holder) by CONVIO, INC., a Delaware corporation (the Company).
1. ISSUANCE .
Subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, the Holder is entitled upon surrender of this Warrant and the duly executed Notice of Exercise annexed hereto as Appendix 1, at the office of the Company, 11921 N. Mopac Expressway, Suite 200, Austin, TX 78759, or such other office as the Company shall notify the Holder of in writing, to purchase from the Company up to 60,290 shares of fully paid and non-assessable shares (the Shares) of the Companys Series D Convertible Preferred Stock, $.001 par value per share (Preferred Stock), at a purchase price per Share of $1.65865 (the Exercise Price); provided however, if at any time the Company has received less than $2,000,000 in Advances pursuant to the Lease and requests additional Advances thereunder, if Holder does not make such additional Advances to Borrower for any reason, the number of shares for which this Warrant shall be exercisable shall thereafter be the number determined by multiplying 60,290 by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the total amount of Advances made to Borrower under the Lease and the denominator of which shall be $2,000,000. This Warrant may be exercised in whole or in part at any time and from time to time until 5:00 PM, Pacific time, on the Expiration Date set forth above, and shall be void thereafter. Until such time as this Warrant is exercised in full or expires, the Exercise Price and the Shares are subject to adjustment from time to time as hereinafter provided.
2. EXERCISE
(a) Method of Exercise . Holder may exercise this Warrant by delivering this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 hereto to the principal office of the Company. Unless Holder is exercising the conversion right set forth in Section 2(b), Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check for the aggregate Exercise Price for the Shares being purchased.
(b)
Conversion
Right
. In lieu of exercising this
Warrant as specified in Section 2(a), Holder may from time to time convert
this Warrant, in whole or in part, into a number of Shares determined as
follows:
|
X = Y (A-B) |
|
|
|
|
A |
|
where: |
|
|
X = the number of Shares to be issued to the Holder. |
|
|
|
Y= the number of Shares with respect to which this Warrant is being exercised. |
|
|
|
A= the Fair Market Value (as determined pursuant to Section 2 (c) below) of one Share. |
|
|
|
B= the Exercise Price. |
(c) Fair Market Value .
(i) If shares of Common Stock are traded on a nationally recognized securities exchange or over the counter market, the fair market value of one Share shall be the average closing price of a share of Common Stock over the five day trading period immediately preceding the date of Holders Notice of Exercise to the Company (or such lesser number of trading days as the stock has been publicly traded). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Warrant is exercised in connection with and not later than the Companys initial public offering of Common Stock, the fair market value per share shall be the product of (i) the per share offering price to the public of the Companys initial public offering, and (ii) the number of Shares of Common Stock into which each share of Preferred Stock is convertible at the time of exercise.
(ii) If shares of Common Stock are not traded on a nationally recognized securities exchange or over the counter market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine the fair market value of a share of Common Stock in its reasonable good faith judgment. The foregoing notwithstanding, if Holder advises the Board of Directors in writing that Holder disagrees with such determination, then the Company and Holder shall promptly agree upon a reputable investment banking firm to undertake such valuation. If the valuation of such investment banking firm is greater than that determined by the Board of Directors by five percent (5%) or more, then all fees and expenses of such investment banking
firm shall be paid by the Company. In all other circumstances, such fees and expenses shall be paid by Holder. The determination of any such investment banking firm shall be conclusive in any event.
(d) Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this Warrant, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a new Warrant representing the right to purchase the Shares not so acquired.
(e) Replacement of Warrants . On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company at its expense shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.
(f) Assumption on Sale, Merger, or Consolidation of the Company .
(i) Acquisition . For the purpose of this Warrant, Acquisition means any sale, transfer, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or any acquisition, reorganization, consolidation or merger of the Company where the holders of the Companys outstanding voting equity securities immediately prior to the transaction beneficially own voting equity securities representing less than 50.01% of the voting power the surviving or successor entity immediately following the transaction.
(ii) Assumption of Warrant . Upon the closing of any Acquisition, the successor or surviving entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing. The Exercise Price shall be adjusted accordingly, and the Exercise Price and number and class of Shares shall continue to be subject to adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof.
(iii) Purchase Right . Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the closing of any Acquisition, in connection with and effective upon the closing of any Acquisition, the Company shall have the right to purchase the unexercised portion of this Warrant for cash for an amount equal to (a) three (3) times the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares, less (b) the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares.
(g) Conversion or Redemption of Series D Preferred Stock . Should all of the Companys Series D Preferred Stock be, or if outstanding would be, at any time prior to the expiration of the Warrant or any portion thereof, redeemed or converted into shares of the Companys Common Stock in accordance with Section 3 of the Charter, as hereinafter defined, then this Warrant shall become exercisable following such event for that number of shares of the Common Stock that would have been received if this Warrant had been exercised in full and the Series D Preferred Stock received thereupon had been simultaneously converted immediately prior
to such event, and the Exercise Price shall immediately be adjusted to equal the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the aggregate Exercise Price of the maximum number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock for which this Warrant was exercisable immediately prior to such conversion or redemption, by (y) the number of shares of Common Stock for which this Warrant is exercisable immediately after such conversion or redemption. For purposes of the forgoing, the Charter shall mean the Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Convio, Inc. as amended and /or restated and effective immediately prior to the redemption or conversion of all of the Companys Series D Preferred Stock.
3. ADJUSTMENTS .
(a) Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend on the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, payable in Common Stock or other securities, or subdivides the outstanding Preferred Stock into a greater amount of Preferred Stock, then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without additional cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or subdivision occurred. If the outstanding Preferred Stock is subdivided into a greater number of shares, the Exercise Price shall be proportionately decreased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately increased.
(b) Reclassification, Exchange or Substitution . Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event. The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder a new Warrant for such new securities or other property. The new Warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Section 3 including, without limitation, proportional adjustments to the Exercise Price and to the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new Warrant. The provisions of this Section 3(b) shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.
(c) Adjustments for Combinations, Etc . If the outstanding shares of Common Stock are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Exercise Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.
(d) No Impairment . The Company shall not, by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or by-laws, or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out of all the provisions of this Section 3 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holders rights under this Article against impairment.
(e) Fractional Shares . No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of the Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the
nearest whole Share. If a fractional Share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional Share interest by paying Holder an amount computed by multiplying such fractional interest by the Fair Market Value (determined in accordance with Section 2(c) above) of one Share.
(f) Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Exercise Price, number of Shares or class of security for which this Warrant is exercisable, the Company at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its chief financial officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Exercise Price, number of Shares class of security for which this Warrant is exercisable in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Exercise Price, number of Shares and class of security.
(g) Issuance of Additional Shares . In the event that the Company shall issue shares of its capital stock at a price less than the Exercise Price after the date hereof, the price at which the Shares may be converted into the Companys Common Stock shall be subject to the same adjustment, if any, to the price at which the Companys Series D Preferred Stock may be converted into the Companys Common Stock provided in the Companys Charter. The Company shall give Holder prior written notice of the issuance of stock occurring after the Issue Date, including the price at which the stock is to be sold the number of shares to be issued.
4. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY .
(a) Representations and Warranties. The Company hereby represents and warrants to Holder as follows:
(i) All Shares which may be issued upon the due exercise of this Warrant shall, upon issuance and payment of the Exercise Price, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.
(ii) Appendix 2 sets forth all of the outstanding shares of common stock and preferred stock and outstanding options, warrants, convertible securities, convertible debentures, and rights to acquire, subscribe for, and/or purchase any Common Stock, preferred stock and/or other capital stock of the Company or any securities or debentures convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, preferred stock and/or other capital stock of the Company (other than preemptive rights afforded the holders of capital stock as set forth in the Companys Third Amended and Restated Investors Rights Agreement dated July 2, 2004 (as amended and restated from time to time, the Rights Agreement)).
(iii) The Company covenants that it shall at all times cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued shares such number of shares of its Preferred Stock and other securities as will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of this Warrant and the conversion or exchange of such Preferred Stock into or for such other securities.
(iv) The execution and delivery by the Company of this Warrant and the performance of all obligations of the Company hereunder, including the issuance to Holder of the right to acquire the shares of Preferred Stock, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company, and the Lease and this
Warrant are not inconsistent with the Companys Charter or By-laws, do not contravene any law or governmental rule, regulation or order applicable to it, do not and will not contravene any provision of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, contract or other instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound, and the Lease and this Warrant Agreement constitute legal, valid and binding agreements of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms.
(v) No consent or approval of, giving of notice to, registration with, or taking of any other action in respect of any state, Federal or other governmental authority or agency is required with respect to the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of its obligations under this Warrant, except for the filing of notices pursuant to Regulation D under the 1933 Act and any filing required by applicable state securities law, which filings will be effective by the time required thereby.
(b) Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon its Common Stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of Common Stock any additional shares of stock of any class or series or other rights; (c) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of its Common Stock; (d) to merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, or sell, lease, license, or convey all or substantially all of its assets, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or (e) offer holders of registration rights the opportunity to participate in an underwritten public offering of the companys securities for cash, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder (1) at least 20 days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of securities of the Company shall be entitled to receive such dividend, distribution or rights) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above; (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least 20 days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of securities of the Company will be entitled to exchange their securities of the Company for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and (3) in the case of the matter referred to in (e) above, the same notice as is given to the holders of such registration rights.
(c) Information Rights . So long as the Holder holds this Warrant and/or any of the Shares, the Company shall deliver to the Holder (a) promptly after mailing, copies of all notices or other written communications to the shareholders of the Company, (b) within one-hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, the annual audited financial statements of the Company certified by independent public accountants of recognized standing and (c) such other financial statements required under and in accordance with any loan documents between Holder and the Company or if there are no such requirements (or if the subject loan(s) no longer are outstanding), then within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year, the Companys quarterly, unaudited financial statements.
(d) Registration Under Securities Act of 1933, as amended . Upon exercise of the Warrant, the holder of the Shares shall have certain registration rights as set forth in the Rights Agreement. The Company agrees to amend the Rights Agreement to make Holder a party thereto solely with respect to such registration rights. The Company represents and warrants
to Holder that the Companys execution, delivery and performance of such Rights Agreement (a) has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action of the Companys Board of Directors and shareholders, (b) does not and will not violate the Companys Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws, each as amended, (c) does not and will not violate or cause a breach or default (or an event which with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both, would constitute a breach or default) under any agreement, instrument, mortgage, deed of trust or other arrangement to which the Company is a party or to or by which it or any of its assets is subject or bound, and (d) does not require the approval, consent or waiver of or by any shareholder, registration rights holder or other third party which approval, consent or waiver has not been obtained as of the date of issuance of this Warrant. ]
5. MISCELLANEOUS .
(a) Automatic Conversion upon Expiration . In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the Fair Market Value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 2(c) above is greater than the Exercise Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be converted pursuant to Section 2(b) above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised or converted, and the Company shall promptly deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such conversion to the Holder.
(b) Legends . This Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:
THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.
(c) Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to an affiliate of Holder or if (a) there is no material question as to the availability of current information as referenced in Rule 144(c), (b) Holder represents that it has complied with Rule 144(d) and (e) in reasonable detail, (c) the selling broker represents that it has complied with Rule 144(f), and (d) the Company is provided with a copy of Holders notice of proposed sale.
(d) Transfer Procedure . Subject to the provisions of Section 5(c), Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant and/or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) at any time to
ATEL Venture Fund, LLC , or to any other affiliate of Holder by giving the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred setting forth the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and surrendering this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable).
(e) Notices . All notices and other communications from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or sent by electronic facsimile transmission, express overnight courier service, or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or the Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such holder from time to time, but in all cases, unless instructed in writing otherwise, the Company shall deliver a copy of all notices to Holder at 600 California Street, 6 th Floor, San Francisco CA 94108, Attention: General Counsel.
(f) Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.
(h) Remedies . In the event of any default hereunder, the non-defaulting party may proceed to protect and enforce its rights either by suit in equity and/or by action at law, including but not limited to an action for damages as a result of any such default, and/or an action for specific performance for any default where Holder will not have an adequate remedy at law and where damages will not be readily ascertainable. The Company expressly agrees that it shall not oppose an application by the Holder or any other person entitled to the benefit of this Warrant requiring specific performance of any or all provisions hereof or enjoining the Company from continuing to commit any such breach of this Warrant.
(i) Attorneys Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys fees.
(j) Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to Purchase Preferred Stock to be executed by its duly authorized representative as of the date first above written.
|
COMPANY |
|
|
CONVIO, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ JR Offerdahl |
|
Name: |
JR Offerdahl |
|
Title: |
CFO |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HOLDER |
|
|
ATEL VENTURES, INC., as Trustee |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ |
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
APPENDIX 1
NOTICE OF EXERCISE
1. The undersigned hereby elects to purchase shares of the stock of pursuant to Section 2(a) of the attached Warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the Exercise Price of such shares in full.
1. The undersigned hereby elects to convert the attached Warrant into Shares in the manner specified in Section 2(b) of the attached Warrant. This conversion is exercised with respect to of shares of the Stock of .
[Strike paragraph that does not apply.]
2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:
|
|
|
|
(Name) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Address) |
|
3. The undersigned represents it is acquiring the shares solely for its own account and not as a nominee for any other party and not with a view toward the resale or distribution thereof except in compliance with applicable securities laws.
|
|
|
(Date) |
|
(Signature) |
APPENDIX 2
CAPITALIZATION
Outstanding Capital Stock:
Outstanding options, warrants, convertible securities, convertible debentures, and rights to acquire, subscribe for, and/or purchase any Common Stock, preferred stock and/or other capital stock of the Company or any securities or debentures convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, preferred stock and/or other capital stock of the Company:
Exhibit 4.5
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF A REGISTRATION STATEMENT IN EFFECT WITH RESPECT TO THE SECURITIES UNDER SUCH ACT OR LAWS UNLESS THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED OR UNLESS SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OF SUCH ACT AND AN EXEMPTION UNDER APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.
WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK
|
Corporation: |
Convio, Inc. |
|
Number of Shares: |
18,087 |
|
Class of Stock: |
Series D Convertible Preferred Stock |
|
Initial Exercise Price: |
$1.65864 per share |
|
Issue Date: |
December 27, 2005 |
|
Expiration Date: |
December 27, 2012 |
THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, BRIDGE BANK N.A. ( Holder ) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares (the Shares ) of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock (the Series D Preferred ) of Convio, Inc. (the Company ) at the initial exercise price per Share of $1.65864 (the Warrant Price ) as adjusted pursuant to Article 2 of this warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this warrant.
ARTICLE 1
EXERCISE
1.1 Method of Exercise. Subject to Section 4.1, Holder shall exercise this warrant by delivering this warrant and a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 to the principal office of the Company. Unless Holder is exercising the conversion right set forth in Section 1.2, Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.
1.2 Conversion Right. In lieu of exercising this warrant as specified in Section 1.1, Holder may from time to time convert this warrant, in whole or in part, into a number of Shares determined by dividing (a) the aggregate fair market value of the Shares or other securities otherwise issuable upon exercise of this warrant minus the aggregate Warrant Price of such Shares by (b) the fair market value of one Share. The fair market value of the Shares shall be determined pursuant to Section 1.3.
1.3 Fair Market Value. If the Shares are traded regularly in a public market, the fair market value of the Shares shall be the closing price of the Shares (or the closing price of the Companys stock into which the Shares are convertible) reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If the Shares are not regularly traded in a public market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine fair market value in its reasonable good faith judgment.
1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant. Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this warrant, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a new warrant representing the Shares not so acquired.
1.5 Replacement of Warrants. On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this warrant, the Company at its expense shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.
ARTICLE 2
ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES
2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc. In the event of any proportional adjustment by stock dividend, split or otherwise of the number of outstanding shares of Series D Preferred, the number of Shares and the Warrant Price shall be similarly proportionally adjusted so that the Holder shall receive upon exercise, the total number of Shares to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the adjustment occurred.
2.2 Reclassification, Exchange or Substitution. Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this warrant, Holder only shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event. Such an event shall include any automatic conversion of the outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of the same class or series as the Shares to common stock pursuant to the terms of the Companys Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended from time to time (the Certificate of Incorporation ). The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder a new warrant for such new securities or other property. The new warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.
2.3 Adjustments for Combinations, Etc. If the outstanding Shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased. If the outstanding Shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a greater number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased.
2.4 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances. In the event of the issuance by the Company of Additional Shares of Common (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation) after
the Issue Date at a price per share less than the Warrant Price, then the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be adjusted in accordance with Article IV.B.3(e) of the Certificate of Incorporation.
2.5 No Impairment. The Company shall not, by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out all the provisions of this Article 2 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holders rights under this Article against impairment.
2.6 Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price.
2.7 Fractional Shares. No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of the Warrant and the Number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value of a full Share.
ARTICLE 3
REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY
3.1 Representations and Warranties. The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Holder as follows:
(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this warrant is not greater than the fair market value of the Shares as of the date of this warrant.
(b) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented by this warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.
(c) The Companys capitalization table attached to this warrant is true and complete as of the Issue Date. [NOTE: Company provide updated cap table including recent exercises of options.]
3.2 Notice of Certain Events. If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon its Series D Preferred, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for subscription pro rata
to the holders of Series D Preferred any additional shares of stock of any class or series or other rights; (c) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of Series D Preferred; (d) to sell substantially all of the Companys assets or merge or consolidate with another Company as a result of which the stockholders of the Company before such merger or consolidation do not retain, directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the beneficial interest in the voting stock of the surviving corporation (a Change of Control ); or (e) liquidate, dissolve or wind up, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder (1) at least 10 days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of common stock will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above; and (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c), (d) or (e) above at least 10 days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of common stock will be entitled to exchange their common stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event).
3.3 Registration Under Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The Company agrees that, following execution of this warrant, the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be Registrable Securities, and Holder shall be deemed a Holder under that certain Third Amended and Restated Investors Rights Agreement among the Company and other persons dated as of July 2, 2004.
ARTICLE 4
MISCELLANEOUS
4.1 Term: Exercise Upon Expira tion. This warrant is exercisable in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time on or before the earlier of (i) the Expiration Date set forth above; (ii) one (1) year after the Company completes its initial public offering or (iii) a Change of Control. If this warrant has not been exercised prior to the Expiration Date, this warrant shall be deemed to have been automatically exercised on the Expiration Date by cashless conversion pursuant to Section 1.2.
4.2 Legends. This warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:
THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT COVERING SUCH SECURITIES, THE SALE IS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 UNDER THE ACT, OR THE COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE HOLDER OF THESE SECURITIES REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, STATING THAT SUCH SALE, TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT.
4.3 Assignment; Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer. This Warrant may be assigned or transferred only with the prior written approval of the Company. This Warrant shall be
binding upon any successors or assigns of the Company. Any assignment not in compliance with this Section 4.3 shall be null and void. In no event may this warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee.
4.4 Notices. All notices and other communications from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or the Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time. All notices to the Holder shall be addressed as follows:
Bridge Bank N.A.
525 University Ave.
Palo Alto, CA 94301
Attn: Dan Pistone
4.5 Amendments. This warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.
4.6 Attorneys Fees. In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys fees.
4.7 Governing Law. This warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.
|
CONVIO, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ JR Offerdahl |
|
Name: |
JR Offerdahl |
|
Title: |
CFO |
APPENDIX 1
NOTICE OF EXERCISE
1. The undersigned hereby elects to purchase shares of the stock of CONVIO , INC. pursuant to the terms of the attached warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price of such shares in full.
2. The undersigned hereby elects to convert the attached warrant into shares in the manner specified in the warrant. This conversion is exercised with respect to of the shares covered by the warrant.
[Strike paragraph that does not apply.]
3. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:
Bridge Bank N.A.
4. The undersigned represents it is acquiring the shares solely for its own account and not as a nominee for any other party and not with a view toward the resale or distribution thereof except in compliance with applicable securities laws.
BRIDGE BANK N.A. or Registered Assignee
|
|
(Signature) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Date) |
|
Exhibit 4.6
THIS WARRANT AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE CORPORATION AND ITS COUNSEL THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.
AMENDED & RESTATED WARRANT TO PURCHASE SECURITIES
Corporation: |
|
|
Number of Units: |
|
|
Initial Exercise Price: |
$ per Unit |
|
Unit Value (per unit): |
Shares of Series A Preferred Stock Shares of Series P Common Stock |
|
Aggregate Number of Shares underlying Units: |
Shares of Series A Preferred Stock Shares of Series P Common Stock |
|
Original Issue Date: |
|
|
Re-Issue Date: |
|
|
Expiration Date: |
(Subject to Section 4.1) |
|
This warrant certifies that, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, or its permitted assignee (Holder) is entitled to purchase the number of units (Units) of Convio, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company), at the initial exercise price per Unit (the Warrant Price) all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Article 2 of this warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this warrant.
Each Unit represents the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the classes of securities (the Shares) of the Company identified above. Immediately upon the exercise of this warrant, the Company shall deliver that number of Shares underlying the number of Units acquired pursuant to the exercise, and the purchased Units shall terminate and have no further value.
This warrant has been issued pursuant to Section 2.2 of that certain warrant issued by the Company to Holder on April 3, 2003 (the Prior Warrant) in connection with a recapitalization recently undertaken by the Company. The validity of this warrant and the Companys obligation to issue the Units and the underlying Shares pursuant to this Warrant is conditioned upon the surrender of the Prior Warrant to the Company and the release by the Holder of any and all obligations of the Company under the Prior Warrant and relinquishment of any purchase and other rights the Holder might have had thereunder.
ARTICLE 1: EXERCISE.
1.1 Method of Exercise . Holder may exercise this warrant by delivering this warrant and a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 to the principal office of the Company. Unless Holder is exercising the conversion right set forth in
Section 1.2, Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Units being purchased.
1.2 Conversion Right . In lieu of exercising this warrant as specified in Section 1.1, Holder may from time to time convert this warrant, in whole or in part, into a number of Units determined by dividing (a) the aggregate fair market value of the Units or other securities otherwise issuable upon exercise of this warrant minus the aggregate Warrant Price of such Units by (b) the fair market value of one Unit. The fair market value of the Units shall be determined pursuant to Section 1.4.
1.3 Intentionally Omitted .
1.4 Fair Market Value . If all of the Shares underlying the Units are traded regularly in a public market, the fair market value of each Unit shall be the equal to (a) the Closing Price (as defined below) of a single share of Series A Preferred Stock (or the closing price of the Companys stock into which shares of the Series A Preferred Stock are convertible) multiplied by the number of fractional shares of Series A Preferred Stock underlying a single Unit, plus (b) the Closing Price of a single share of Series P Common Stock (or the closing price of the Companys stock into which shares of the Series P Common Stock are convertible) multiplied by the number of fractional shares of Series P Common Stock underlying a single Unit. For purposes of this Section 1.4, Closing Price shall mean the last price per share at which such share traded during the last regular trading session on the securitys primary market that closed prior to the Holders delivery of its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If all of the Shares are not regularly traded in a public market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine fair market value in its reasonable good faith judgment.
1.5 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this warrant, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares underlying the Units acquired and, if this warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a new warrant representing the Units not so acquired.
1.6 Replacement of Warrants . On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this warrant, the Company at its expense shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.
1.7 Repurchase on Sale, Merger, or Consolidation of the Company .
1.7.1 Acquisition . For the purpose of this warrant, Acquisition means (a) any sale, license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets (including intellectual property) of the Company, or (b) any reorganization, consolidation, merger or sale of the voting securities of the Company or any other transaction where the holders of the Companys securities before the transaction beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction.
1.7.2 Assumption of Warrant . If upon the closing of any Acquisition the successor entity assumes the obligations of this warrant, then this warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares underlying the Units issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing. The Warrant Price shall be adjusted accordingly. The Company shall use reasonable efforts to cause the surviving corporation to assume the obligations of this warrant.
1.7.3 Nonassumption . If upon the closing of any Acquisition the successor entity does not assume the obligations of this warrant and Holder has not otherwise exercised this warrant in full, then this warrant shall be deemed to have been automatically converted pursuant to Section 1.2 and thereafter Holder shall participate in the Acquisition on the same terms as other holders of the same class of securities of the Company.
ARTICLE 2: ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES.
2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend on its Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock payable in Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock, or other securities, subdivides the outstanding Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock into a greater amount of Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock, then upon exercise of this warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or subdivision occurred.
2.2 Reclassification, Exchange or Substitution . Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities underlying the Units issuable upon exercise or conversion of this warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event. Such an event shall include any automatic conversion of the outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of the same class or series as the Shares to common stock pursuant to the terms of the Companys Certificate of Incorporation upon the closing of a registered public offering of the Companys common stock. The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder a new warrant for such new securities or other property. The new warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.
2.3 Adjustments for Combinations, Etc. If the outstanding Shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased. If the outstanding Shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a greater number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased.
2.4 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances . The Warrant Price and the number of Shares underlying the Units issuable upon exercise of this warrant shall be subject to adjustment, from time to time, in the manner set forth in Exhibit A hereto in the event of Diluting Issuances (as defined in Exhibit A).
2.5 No Impairment . The Company shall not, by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out all the provisions of this Article 2 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holders rights under this Article against impairment.
2.6 Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price.
2.7 Fractional Shares . No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of the Warrant and the Number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value of a full Share.
ARTICLE 3: REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.
3.1 Representations and Warranties . The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Holder as follows:
(a) [Intentionally omitted.]
(b) All Units which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented by this warrant, and the Shares underlying the Units and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.
(c) The Companys capitalization table attached to this warrant is true and complete as of the Issue Date.
3.2 Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon its common stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of common stock; or (c) to merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, or sell, lease, license, or convey all or substantially all of its assets, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder
(1) at least 10 days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend or distribution (and specifying the date on which the holders of common stock will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) of this Section 3.2, above; and (2) in the case of the matter referred to in (b) and (c) above at least 10 days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of common stock will be entitled to exchange their common stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event).
3.3 Information Rights . So long as the Holder holds this warrant and/or any of the Shares, the Company shall deliver to the Holder (a) promptly after mailing, copies of all communiques to the shareholders of the Company, (b) within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, the annual audited financial statements of the Company certified by independent public accountants of recognized standing and (c) within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year, the Companys quarterly, unaudited financial statements.
3.4 Registration Under Securities Act of 1933 . as amended. The Company agrees that the Shares or, if the Shares are convertible into common stock of the Company, such common stock, shall be subject to the registration rights set forth on Exhibit B.
ARTICLE 4: MISCELLANEOUS.
4.1 Term: Notice of Expiration . This warrant is exercisable in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date set forth above; provided, however , that if the Company completes its initial public offering within the three-year period immediately prior to the Expiration Date, the Expiration Date shall automatically be extended until the third anniversary of the effective date of the Companys initial public offering. If this warrant has not been exercised prior to the Expiration Date, this warrant shall be deemed to have been automatically exercised on the Expiration Date by cashless conversion pursuant to Section 1.2.
4.2 Legends . This warrant and the certificates representing the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:
THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE CORPORATION AND ITS COUNSEL THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.
4.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This warrant and the Shares underlying the Units issuable upon exercise of this warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters
and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to an affiliate of Holder or if there is no material question as to the availability of current information as referenced in Rule 144(c), Holder represents that it has complied with Rule 144(d) and (e) in reasonable detail, the selling broker represents that it has complied with Rule 144(f), and the Company is provided with a copy of Holders notice of proposed sale.
4.4 Transfer Procedure . Subject to the provisions of Section 4.3, Holder may transfer all or part of this warrant or the Shares underlying the Units issuable upon exercise of this warrant (or the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) by giving the Company notice of the portion of the warrant being transferred setting forth the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and surrendering this warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder, if applicable); provided, however , that Holder may transfer all or part of this warrant to its affiliates, including, without limitation, , at any time without notice to the Company, and such affiliate shall then be entitled to all the rights of Holder under this warrant and any related agreements, and the Company shall cooperate fully in ensuring that any stock issued upon exercise of this warrant is issued in the name of the affiliate that exercises the warrant. The terms and conditions of this warrant shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and the holders hereof and their respective permitted successors and assigns. Unless the Company is filing financial information with the SEC pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company shall have the right to refuse to transfer any portion of this warrant to any person who directly competes with the Company.
4.5 Notices . All notices and other communications from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or the Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time. All notices to the Holder shall be addressed as follows:
Attn:
4.6 Amendments . This warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.
4.7 Attorneys Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys fees.
4.8 Governing Law . This warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.
|
CONVIO, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
Authorized signatories under Corporate Resolutions to Borrow or an authorized signer(s) under a resolution covering warrants must sign the warrant.
APPENDIX 1
NOTICE OF EXERCISE
1. The undersigned hereby elects to purchase Units of CONVIO, INC. pursuant to the terms of the attached warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price of such Units in full, which Units shall immediately convert into shares of Series A Preferred Stock and shares of Series P Common Stock. (The number of shares in this paragraph one shall be determined by multiplying number of Units by the Unit Value on page one of the warrant.)
1. The undersigned hereby elects to convert the attached warrant into shares in the manner specified in the warrant. This conversion is exercised with respect to of the shares covered by the warrant.
[Strike paragraph 1 that does not apply.]
2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the shares underlying said Units in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:
Attn:
3. The undersigned represents it is acquiring the Shares solely for its own account and not as a nominee for any other party and not with a view toward the resale or distribution thereof except in compliance with applicable securities laws.
|
or Registered Assignee |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Signature) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Date) |
|
EXHIBIT A
Anti-Dilution Provisions
(For Preferred Stock Warrants With Existing Anti-Dilution Protection)
In the event of the issuance (a Diluting Issuance) by the Company, after the Issue Date of the warrant, of securities at a price per share less than the Warrant Price, then the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be adjusted in accordance with those provisions (the Provisions) of the Companys Certificate of Incorporation which apply to Diluting Issuances.
Under no circumstances shall the aggregate Warrant Price payable by the Holder upon exercise of the warrant increase as a result of any adjustment arising from a Diluting Issuance.
EXHIBIT B
Registration Rights
The Shares (if common stock), or the common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall be deemed registrable securities or otherwise entitled to piggy back registration rights in accordance with the terms of the following agreement (the Agreement) between the Company and its investor(s):
Fifth Amended and Restated Investors Rights Agreement dated as of April 10, 2007 by and among the Company and the other parties listed thereon.
The Company agrees that no amendments will be made to the Agreement, which would have an adverse impact on Holders registration rights thereunder without the consent of Holder. By acceptance of the Warrant to which this Exhibit B is attached, Holder shall be deemed to be a party to the Agreement, for purposes of Section 6 thereof relating to piggy-back rights.
Exhibit 4.7
Issue Date: May 25, 2006
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR QUALIFIED UNDER APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SUCH ACT AND QUALIFIED UNDER APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR UNLESS THE CORPORATION HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL OR OTHER EVIDENCE, REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE CORPORATION AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION IS NOT REQUIRED.
CONVIO, INC.
STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT
THIS CERTIFIES that Entrepeneurs Foundation of Central Texas (the Holder ) is entitled, upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth, at any time on or after the date of this Warrant and on or prior to May 25, 2013 (the Expiration Date ), to subscribe for and purchase, from Convio, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company ), 25,000 shares of Common Stock (or other securities as to which purchase rights under this Warrant exist) (the Shares ) at an exercise price of $0.70 per share (the Exercise Price ). The Exercise Price and the Shares purchasable hereunder are subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 8.
X |
= |
Y(A-B) |
A |
Where, |
X |
= |
the number of Shares to be issued to Holder; |
|
Y |
= |
the number of Shares for which the Warrant is being exercised; |
|
A |
= |
the fair market value of one Share; and |
|
B |
= |
the Exercise Price. |
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR QUALIFIED UNDER APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SUCH ACT AND QUALIFIED UNDER APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR UNLESS THE CORPORATION HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL OR OTHER EVIDENCE, REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE CORPORATION AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION IS NOT REQUIRED.
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, INCLUDING A 180 DAY MARKET STANDOFF RESTRICTION, AS SET FORTH IN A STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT ISSUED BY THE CORPORATION TO THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THIS CERTIFICATE. SUCH RESTRICTIONS ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THIS
CERTIFICATE. A COPY OF SUCH WARRANT MAY BE OBTAINED BY WRITTEN REQUEST MADE BY THE HOLDER OF RECORD OF THIS CERTIFICATE TO THE SECRETARY OF THE CORPORATION AT THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES OF THE CORPORATION.
Each holder of Securities and each subsequent transferee consents to the Company making a notation on its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent of the Securities in order to implement the restrictions on transfer established in this Section 9.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to be executed by its officer thereunto duly authorized.
|
|
Convio, Inc. |
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
By: |
./s/ Gene Austin |
|
|
|
|
Gene Austin, Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
Address : |
||
|
|
11921 North MoPac Expressway, Suite 200 |
||
|
|
Austin, TX 78759 |
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
||
AGREED AND ACKNOWLEDGED: |
|
|
||
|
|
|
||
Entrepreneurs Foundation of Central Texas |
|
|
||
|
|
|
||
(fka Austin Entrepreneurs Foundation) |
|
|
||
|
|
|
||
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
Eugene Sepulveda, Interim Executive Director |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Address |
|
|
||
PO Box 684826 |
|
|
||
Austin, TX 78768 |
|
|
||
|
|
|
||
Facsimile #: (512) 233-2366 |
|
|
NOTICE OF EXERCISE
TO: Convio, Inc.
11921 North MoPac Expressway, Suite 200
Austin, TX 78759 USA
ATTN: Secretary
1. The undersigned hereby elects to purchase shares of the Common Stock (the Shares ) of Convio, Inc. pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price in full.
2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:
|
(Print Name) |
Address: |
|
|
3. The undersigned confirms that the Shares are being acquired for the account of the undersigned for investment only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof and that the undersigned has no present intention of distributing or selling the Shares.
|
|
|
(Date) |
|
(Signature) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Print Name) |
NOTICE OF CONVERSION
TO: Convio, Inc.
11921 North MoPac Expressway, Suite 200
Austin, TX 78759 USA
ATTN: Secretary
1. The undersigned hereby elects to convert the attached Warrant into shares of the Stock (the Shares ) of Convio, Inc. pursuant to Section 1(b) of such Warrant, which conversion shall be effected pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant.
2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:
|
(Print Name) |
|
Address: |
|
|
3. The undersigned represents that the Shares are being acquired for the account of the undersigned for investment and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof and that the undersigned has no present intention of distributing or reselling such shares.
|
|
|
(Date) |
|
(Signature) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Print Name) |
Exhibit 4.8
THIS WARRANT AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE. THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT PURSUANT TO (1) AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT, (2) A SALE MADE PURSUANT TO RULE 144 UNDER SUCH ACT OR (3) AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER SUCH ACT, OR ANY SUCH LAW.
PREFERRED STOCK WARRANT
OF
CONVIO, INC.
July 2, 2004
This Warrant is issued to Piper Jaffray & Co. (the Holder ), by Convio, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company ), for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged.
X = (Y)(A-B)/A
where X = the number of Shares to be issued to the Holder for the portion of the Warrant being converted.
Y = the total number of Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrant in full.
A = the fair market value of one Share which shall mean (i) the fair market value of the Companys stock issuable upon conversion of such share as of the last business day immediately prior to the date the notice of conversion is received by the Company, as determined in good faith by the Companys Board of Directors, or (ii) if this Warrant is being converted in conjunction with a public offering of stock the price to the public per share pursuant to the offering.
B = the Warrant Price on the date of conversion.
Any portion of this Warrant that is converted under this Section 4 shall be immediately canceled. This Warrant or any portion hereof shall be deemed to have been converted immediately prior to the close of business on the date of its surrender for conversion as provided above, and the person entitled to receive the Shares issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as Holder of such shares of record as of the close of business on such date. As promptly as practicable after such date, the Company shall issue and deliver to the person or persons entitled to receive the same a certificate or certificates for the number of full Shares issuable upon such conversion. If the Warrant shall be converted for less than the total number of Shares then issuable upon conversion, promptly after surrender of the Warrant upon such conversion, the Company will execute and deliver a new Warrant, dated the date hereof, evidencing the right of the Holder to the balance of the Shares purchasable hereunder upon the same terms and conditions set forth herein.
THIS WARRANT AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE. THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT PURSUANT TO (1) AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT, (2) A SALE MADE PURSUANT TO RULE 144 UNDER SUCH ACT OR (3) AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER SUCH ACT, OR ANY SUCH LAW.
[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to be executed by its duly authorized officer.
Dated: July 2, 2004 |
CONVIO, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Gene Austin |
|
|
Gene Austin, President and CEO |
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO PREFERRED STOCK WARRANT]
EXHIBIT A
Registration Rights
The shares of common stock of the Company issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be deemed registrable securities or otherwise entitled to piggy back registration rights in accordance with the terms of the following agreement (the Agreement) between the Company and its investor(s):
Third Amended and Restated Investors Rights Agreement dated July 2, 2004 by and among the Company, those holders of Common Stock listed on Schedule I thereto, those holders of Preferred Stock listed on Schedule II thereto, and each of those key employees listed on Schedule III thereto.
The Company agrees that no amendments will be made to the Agreement that would have a unique and adverse impact on Holders registration rights thereunder without the consent of Holder. By acceptance of the Warrant to which this Exhibit A is attached, Holder shall be deemed to be a party to the Agreement for purposes of Section 6 thereof relating to piggy-back rights.
APPENDIX I
NOTICE OF EXERCISE
Convio, Inc.
Attention: Corporate Secretary
1. The undersigned hereby elects to purchase, pursuant to the provisions of the Preferred Stock Warrant issued by Convio, Inc. (the Company) and held by the undersigned, shares of Preferred Stock of the Company, by exercise of percent ( %) of the Preferred Stock Warrant.
2. Payment of the purchase price per share required under such Warrant accompanies this Subscription.
3. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares of Preferred Stock in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:
|
|
|
|
(Name) |
|
|
|
|
|
(Address) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dated: ,
|
Signature: |
|
|
|
|
|
Address: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
APPENDIX II
NOTICE OF CONVERSION
Convio, Inc.
Attn: Secretary of Company
1. The undersigned hereby elects to acquire shares of the Preferred Stock of Convio, Inc. (the Company) pursuant to the terms of the Preferred Stock Warrant issued by the Company and held by the undersigned, by conversion of percent ( %) of the Preferred Stock Warrant.
2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares of Preferred Stock in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:
|
|
|
|
(Name) |
|
|
|
|
|
(Address) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dated: ,
|
Signature: |
|
|
|
|
|
Address: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit 4.9
THIS WARRANT HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO SALE OR DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT (i) EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENTS RELATED THERETO, (ii) AN OPINION OF COUNSEL OR OTHER EVIDENCE, REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, THAT SUCH REGISTRATIONS ARE NOT REQUIRED, (iii) RECEIPT OF NO-ACTION LETTERS FROM THE APPROPRIATE GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITIES, OR (iv) OTHERWISE COMPLYING WITH THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 7 OF THIS WARRANT.
CONVIO, INC.
WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES
OF SERIES D PREFERRED
THIS CERTIFIES THAT, for value received, are entitled to subscribe for and purchase the number of shares of the fully paid and nonassessable Series D Preferred as is determined pursuant to the next paragraph hereof (as adjusted pursuant to Section 4 hereof, the Shares) of CONVIO, INC., a Delaware corporation (the Company), at the price of $ per share (such price and such other price as shall result, from time to time, from the adjustments specified in Section 4 hereof is herein referred to as the Warrant Price), subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth. As used herein, (a) the term Series D Preferred shall mean the Companys presently authorized Series D Convertible Preferred Stock (the Series D Preferred), and any stock into or for which such Series D Preferred may hereafter be converted or exchanged, and after the automatic conversion of the Series D Preferred to Common Stock shall mean the Companys Common Stock, (b) the term Date of Grant shall mean 20 , and (c) the term Other Warrants shall mean any other warrants issued by the Company in connection with the transaction with respect to which this Warrant was issued, and any warrant issued upon transfer or partial exercise of or in lieu of this Warrant. The term Warrant as used herein shall be deemed to include Other Warrants unless the context clearly requires otherwise.
Subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 4 hereof, the number of Shares for which this Warrant is exercisable shall be equal to the sum of (a) plus (b) if Loan B (as defined in that certain Venture Loan and Security Agreement by and between the Company and Horizon Technology Funding Company LLC (Lender) dated on or about the Date of Grant (the Loan Agreement)) is made by Lender to the Company, minus (c) if Loan B is not made to the company because Lender has elected not to make Loan B pursuant to Sextion 2.1(d) of the Loan Agreement.
THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO SALE OR DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT (i) EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENTS RELATED THERETO, (ii) AN OPINION OF COUNSEL OR OTHER EVIDENCE, REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, THAT SUCH REGISTRATIONS ARE NOT REQUIRED, (iii) RECEIPT OF NO-ACTION LETTERS FROM THE APPROPRIATE GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITIES, OR (iv) OTHERWISE COMPLYING WITH THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 7 OF THE WARRANT UNDER WHICH THESE SECURITIES WERE ISSUED, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY.
Said legend shall be removed by the Company, upon the request of a holder, at such time as the restrictions on the transfer of the applicable security shall have terminated. In addition, in connection with the issuance of this Warrant, the holder specifically represents to the Company by acceptance of this Warrant as follows:
10.1 Acquisition Transactions . The Company shall provide the holder of this Warrant with at least ten (10) days written notice prior to closing thereof of the terms and conditions of any of the following transactions (to the extent the Company has notice thereof): (i) the sale, lease, exchange, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Companys property or business, or (ii) its merger into or consolidation with any other corporation (other than a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company), or any transaction (including a merger or other reorganization) or series of related transactions, in which more than 50% of the voting power of the Company is disposed of.
10.2 Right to Convert Warrant into Stock: Net Issuance .
X = |
B - A |
|
|
|
Y |
|
|
Where: |
|
X = |
|
the number of shares of Series D Preferred that shall be issued to holder |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Y = |
|
the fair market value of one share of Series D Preferred |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A = |
|
the aggregate Warrant Price of the specified number of Converted Warrant Shares immediately prior to the exercise of the Conversion Right (i.e. , the number of Converted Warrant Shares multiplied by the Warrant Price) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B = |
|
the aggregate fair market value of the specified number of Converted Warrant Shares ( i.e. , the number of Converted Warrant Shares multiplied by the fair market value of one Converted Warrant Share) |
No fractional shares shall be issuable upon exercise of the Conversion Right, and, if the number of shares to be issued determined in accordance with the foregoing formula is other than a
whole number, the Company shall pay to the holder an amount in cash equal to the fair market value of the resulting fractional share on the Conversion Date (as hereinafter defined). For purposes of Section 10 of this Warrant, shares issued pursuant to the Conversion Right shall be treated as if they were issued upon the exercise of this Warrant.
In making a determination under clauses (1) or (2) above, if on the Determination Date, five trading days had not passed since the IPO, then the fair market value of the Common Stock shall be the average closing prices or closing bid prices, as applicable, for the shorter period beginning on and including the date of the IPO and ending on the trading day prior to the Determination Date (or if such period includes only one trading day the closing price or closing bid price, as applicable, for such trading day). If closing prices or closing bid prices are no longer reported by a securities exchange or other trading system, the closing price or closing bid price shall be that which is reported by such securities exchange or other trading system at 4:00 p.m. New York City time on the applicable trading day.
10.3 Exercise Prior to Expiration. To the extent this Warrant is not previously exercised as to all of the Shares subject hereto, and if the fair market value of one share of the Series D Preferred is greater than the Warrant Price then in effect, this Warrant shall be deemed automatically exercised pursuant to Section 10.2 above (even if not surrendered) immediately before its expiration. For purposes of such automatic exercise, the fair market value of one share of the Series D Preferred upon such expiration shall be determined pursuant to Section 10.2(c). To the extent this Warrant or any portion thereof is deemed automatically exercised pursuant to this Section 10.3, the Company agrees to promptly notify the holder hereof of the number of Shares, if any, the holder hereof is to receive by reason of such automatic exercise.
The Company has caused this Warrant to be duly executed and delivered as of the Date of Grant specified above.
|
CONVIO, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
Address: |
|
|
11921 N. Mopac Expressway |
|
|
Suite 200 |
|
|
Austin TX 78759 |
EXHIBIT A-1
NOTICE OF EXERCISE
To: CONVIO, INC. (the Company)
1. The undersigned hereby:
o elects to purchase shares of [Series D Preferred Stock] [Common Stock] of the Company pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price of such shares in full, or
o elects to exercise its net issuance rights pursuant to Section 10.2 of the attached Warrant with respect to Shares of [Series D Preferred Stock] [Common Stock].
2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name or names as are specified below:
|
|
|
|
(Name) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Address) |
|
3. The undersigned represents that the aforesaid shares are being acquired for the account of the undersigned for investment and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof and that the undersigned has no present intention of distributing or reselling such shares, all except as in compliance with applicable securities laws.
|
|
|
|
|
(Signature) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Date) |
|
|
EXHIBIT A-2
NOTICE OF EXERCISE
To: CONVIO, INC. (the Company)
1. Contingent upon and effective immediately prior to the closing (the Closing) of the Companys public offering contemplated by the Registration Statement on Form S , filed , 200 , the undersigned hereby:
o elects to purchase shares of [Series D Preferred Stock] [Common Stock] of the Company (or such lesser number of shares as may be sold on behalf of the undersigned at the Closing) pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, or
o elects to exercise its net issuance rights pursuant to Section 10.2 of the attached Warrant with respect to Shares of [Series D Preferred Stock] [Common Stock].
2. Please deliver to the custodian for the selling shareholders a stock certificate representing such shares.
3. The undersigned has instructed the custodian for the selling shareholders to deliver to the Company $ or, if less, the net proceeds due the undersigned from the sale of shares in the aforesaid public offering. If such net proceeds are less than the purchase price for such shares, the undersigned agrees to deliver the difference to the Company prior to the Closing.
|
|
|
|
|
(Signature) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Date) |
|
|
CONVIO, INC.
1999 STOCK OPTION/STOCK ISSUANCE PLAN
ARTICLE ONE
GENERAL PROVISIONS
I. PURPOSE OF THE PLAN
This 1999 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan is intended to promote the interests of Convio, Inc., a Delaware corporation, by providing eligible persons in the Corporation's employ or service with the opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest, or otherwise increase their proprietary interest, in the Corporation as an incentive for them to continue in such employ or service.
Capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the attached Appendix.
II. STRUCTURE OF THE PLAN
A. The Plan shall be divided into two (2) separate equity programs:
(i) the Option Grant Program under which eligible persons may, at the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be granted options to purchase shares of Common Stock, and
(ii) the Stock Issuance Program under which eligible persons may, at the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be issued shares of Common Stock directly, either through the immediate purchase of such shares or as a bonus for services rendered the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).
B. The provisions of Articles One and Four shall apply to both equity programs under the Plan and shall accordingly govern the interests of all persons under the Plan.
III. ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN
A. The Plan shall be administered by the Board. However, any or all administrative functions otherwise exercisable by the Board may be delegated to the Committee. Members of the Committee shall serve for such period of time as the Board may determine and shall be subject to removal by the Board at any time. The Board may also at any time terminate the functions of the Committee and reassume all powers and authority previously delegated to the Committee.
B. The Plan Administrator shall have full power and authority (subject to the provisions of the Plan) to establish such rules and regulations as it may deem appropriate for proper administration of the Plan and to make such determinations under, and issue such interpretations of, the Plan and any outstanding options or stock issuances thereunder as it may deem necessary or advisable. Decisions of the Plan Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties who have an interest in the Plan or any option or stock issuance thereunder.
IV. ELIGIBILITY
A. The persons eligible to participate in the Plan are as follows:
(i) Employees,
(ii) non-employee members of the Board or the non-employee members of the board of directors of any Parent or Subsidiary, and
(iii) consultants and other independent advisors who provide services to the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).
B. The Plan Administrator shall have full authority to determine, (i) with respect to the grants made under the Option Grant Program, which eligible persons are to receive the option grants, the time or times when those grants are to be made, the number of shares to be covered by each such grant, the status of the granted option as either an Incentive Option or a Non-Statutory
Option, the time or times when each option is to become exercisable, the vesting schedule (if any) applicable to the option shares and the maximum term for which the option is to remain outstanding and (ii) with respect to stock issuances made under the Stock Issuance Program, which eligible persons are to receive stock issuances, the time or times when those issuances are to be made, the number of shares to be issued to each Participant, the vesting schedule (if any) applicable to the issued shares and the consideration to be paid by the Participant for such shares.
C. The Plan Administrator shall have the absolute discretion either to grant options in accordance with the Option Grant Program or to effect stock issuances in accordance with the Stock Issuance Program.
V. STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN
A. The stock issuable under the Plan shall be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock. The maximum number of shares of Common Stock which may be issued over the term of the Plan shall not exceed 2,330,000 shares.
B. Shares of Common Stock subject to outstanding options shall be available for subsequent issuance under the Plan to the extent (i) the options expire or terminate for any reason prior to exercise in full or (ii) the options are cancelled in accordance with the cancellation-regrant provisions of Article Two. Unvested shares issued under the Plan and subsequently repurchased by the Corporation, at the option exercise or direct issue price paid per share, pursuant to the Corporation's repurchase rights under the Plan shall be added back to the number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan and shall accordingly be available for reissuance through one or more subsequent option grants or direct stock issuances under the Plan.
C. Should any change be made to the Common Stock by reason of any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change affecting the outstanding Common Stock as a class without the Corporation's receipt of consideration, appropriate adjustments shall be made to (i) the maximum number and/or class of securities issuable under the Plan and (ii) the number and/or class of securities and the exercise price per share in effect under each outstanding option in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of benefits thereunder. The adjustments determined by the Plan Administrator shall be final, binding and conclusive. In no event shall any such adjustments be made in connection with the conversion of one or more outstanding shares of the Corporation's preferred stock into shares of Common Stock.
2
ARTICLE TWO
OPTION GRANT PROGRAM
I. OPTION TERMS
Each option shall be evidenced by one or more documents in the form approved by the Plan Administrator; provided , however, that each such document shall comply with the terms specified below. Each document evidencing an Incentive Option shall, in addition, be subject to the provisions of the Plan applicable to such options.
A. Exercise Price .
1. The exercise price per share shall be fixed by the Plan Administrator and may be less than, equal to or greater than the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the option grant date.
2. The exercise price shall become immediately due upon exercise of the option and shall, subject to the provisions of Section I of Article Four and the documents evidencing the option, be payable in cash or check made payable to the Corporation. Should the Common Stock be registered under Section 12 of the 1934 Act at the time the option is exercised, then the exercise price may also be paid as follows:
(i) in shares of Common Stock held for the requisite period necessary to avoid a charge to the Corporation's earnings for financial reporting purposes and valued at Fair Market Value on the Exercise Date, or
(ii) to the extent the option is exercised for vested shares, through a special sale and remittance procedure pursuant to which the Optionee shall concurrently provide irrevocable instructions (a) to a Corporation-designated brokerage firm to effect the immediate sale of the purchased shares and remit to the Corporation, out of the sale proceeds available on the settlement date, sufficient funds to cover the aggregate exercise price payable for the purchased shares plus all applicable Federal, state and local income and employment taxes required to be withheld by the Corporation by reason of such exercise and (b) to the Corporation to deliver the certificates for the purchased shares directly to such brokerage firm in order to complete the sale.
Except to the extent such sale and remittance procedure is utilized, payment of the exercise price for the purchased shares must be made on the Exercise Date.
B. Exercise and Term of Options . Each option shall be exercisable at such time or times, during such period and for such number of shares as shall be determined by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the documents evidencing the option grant. However, no option shall have a term in excess of ten (10) years measured from the option grant date.
C. Effect of Termination of Service .
1. The following provisions shall govern the exercise of any options held by the Optionee at the time of cessation of Service or death:
(i) Should the Optionee cease to remain in Service for any reason other than death, Permanent Disability or Misconduct, then the Optionee shall have a period of three (3) months following the date of such cessation of Service during which to exercise each outstanding option held by such Optionee.
(ii) Should Optionee's Service terminate by reason of Permanent Disability, then the Optionee shall have a period of twelve (12) months following the date of such cessation of Service during which to exercise each outstanding option held by such Optionee.
3
(iii) If the Optionee dies while holding an outstanding option, then the personal representative of his or her estate or the person or persons to whom the option is transferred pursuant to the Optionee's will or the laws of inheritance shall have a twelve (12)-month period following the date of the Optionee's death to exercise such option.
(iv) Under no circumstances, however, shall any such option be exercisable after the specified expiration of the option term.
(v) During the applicable post-Service exercise period, the option may not be exercised in the aggregate for more than the number of vested shares for which the option is exercisable on the date of the Optionee's cessation of Service. Upon the expiration of the applicable exercise period or (if earlier) upon the expiration of the option term, the option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding for any vested shares for which the option has not been exercised. However, the option shall, immediately upon the Optionee's cessation of Service, terminate and cease to be outstanding with respect to any and all option shares for which the option is not otherwise at the time exercisable or in which the Optionee is not otherwise at that time vested.
(vi) Should Optionee's Service be terminated for Misconduct, then all outstanding options held by the Optionee shall terminate immediately and cease to remain outstanding.
2. The Plan Administrator shall have the discretion, exercisable either at the time an option is granted or at any time while the option remains outstanding, to:
(i) extend the period of time for which the option is to remain exercisable following the Optionee's cessation of Service or death from the limited period otherwise in effect for that option to such greater period of time as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate, but in no event beyond the expiration of the option term, and/or
(ii) permit the option to be exercised, during the applicable post-Service exercise period, not only with respect to the number of vested shares of Common Stock for which such option is exercisable at the time of the Optionee's cessation of Service but also with respect to one or more additional installments in which the Optionee would have vested under the option had the Optionee continued in Service.
D. Stockholder Rights . The holder of an option shall have no stockholder rights with respect to the shares subject to the option until such person shall have exercised the option, paid the exercise price and become the recordholder of the purchased shares.
E. Repurchase Rights . The Plan Administrator shall have the discretion to grant options which are exercisable for unvested shares of Common Stock. Should the Optionee cease Service while holding such unvested shares, the Corporation shall have the right to repurchase, at the exercise price paid per share, any or all of those unvested shares. The terms upon which such repurchase right shall be exercisable (including the period and procedure for exercise and the appropriate vesting schedule for the purchased shares) shall be established by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the document evidencing such repurchase right.
F. First Refusal Rights . Until such time as the Common Stock is first registered under Section 12 of the 1934 Act, the Corporation shall have the right of first refusal with respect to any proposed disposition by the Optionee (or any successor in interest) of any shares of Common Stock issued under the Option Grant Program. Such right of first refusal shall be exercisable in accordance with the terms established by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the document evidencing such right.
4
G. Limited Transferability of Options . During the lifetime of the Optionee, Incentive Options shall be exercisable only by the Optionee and shall not be assignable or transferable other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution following the Optionee's death. Non-Statutory Options shall be subject to the same restrictions, except that a Non-Statutory Option may, to the extent permitted by the Plan Administrator, be assigned in whole or in part during the Optionee's lifetime (i) as a gift to one or more members of the Optionee's immediate family, to a trust in which Optionee and/or one or more such family members hold more than fifty percent (50%) of the beneficial interest or to an entity in which more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting interests are owned by one or more such family members or (ii) pursuant to a domestic relations order. The terms applicable to the assigned portion shall be the same as those in effect for the option immediately prior to such assignment and shall be set forth in such documents issued to the assignee as the Plan Administrator may deem appropriate.
H. Withholding . The Corporation's obligation to deliver shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of any options granted under the Plan shall be subject to the satisfaction of all applicable Federal, state and local income and employment tax withholding requirements.
II. INCENTIVE OPTIONS
The terms specified below shall be applicable to all Incentive Options. Except as modified by the provisions of this Section II, all the provisions of Articles One, Two and Four shall be applicable to Incentive Options. Options which are specifically designated as Non-Statutory Options shall not be subject to the terms of this Section II.
A. Eligibility . Incentive Options may only be granted to Employees.
B. Exercise Price . The exercise price per share shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the option grant date.
C. Dollar Limitation . The aggregate Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock (determined as of the respective date or dates of grant) for which one or more options granted to any Employee under the Plan (or any other option plan of the Corporation or any Parent or Subsidiary) may for the first time become exercisable as Incentive Options during any one (1) calendar year shall not exceed the sum of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000). To the extent the Employee holds two (2) or more such options which become exercisable for the first time in the same calendar year, the foregoing limitation on the exercisability of such options as Incentive Options shall be applied on the basis of the order in which such options are granted.
D. 10% Stockholder . If any Employee to whom an Incentive Option is granted is a 10% Stockholder, then the exercise price per share shall not be less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the option grant date and the option term shall not exceed five (5) years measured from the option grant date.
III. CORPORATE TRANSACTION
A. Except as otherwise provided below, the shares subject to each option outstanding under the Plan at the time of a Corporate Transaction shall automatically vest in part as follows so that each such option shall, immediately prior to the effective date of the Corporate Transaction, become fully exercisable for all such additional shares of Common Stock and may be exercised for any or all of those shares as fully-vested shares of Common Stock:
(i) In the event the Optionee has completed less than one (1) year of Service prior to the effective date of the Corporate Transaction, the Optionee shall vest in that number of shares subject to each outstanding option equal to the number of shares in which the Optionee would have vested upon the Optionee's completion of one (1) year of Service.
5
(ii) In the event the Optionee has completed at least one (1) year of Service prior to the effective date of the Corporate Transaction, the Optionee shall vest with respect to fifty percent (50%) of the unvested shares of Common Stock at the time subject to each option held by the Optionee.
However, the shares subject to an outstanding option shall not vest on such an accelerated basis if and to the extent: (i) such option is assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof) in the Corporate Transaction and the Corporation's repurchase rights with respect to the unvested option shares are concurrently assigned to such successor corporation (or parent thereof) or (ii) such option is to be replaced with a cash incentive program of the successor corporation which preserves the spread existing on the unvested option shares at the time of the Corporate Transaction and provides for subsequent payout in accordance with the same vesting schedule applicable to those unvested option shares or (iii) the acceleration of such option is subject to other limitations imposed by the Plan Administrator at the time of the option grant.
B. All outstanding repurchase rights shall also terminate automatically in part to the same extent the shares subject to outstanding options accelerate as set forth in Paragraph A, and the shares of Common Stock subject to those terminated rights shall immediately vest in full, in the event of any Corporate Transaction, except to the extent: (i) those repurchase rights are assigned to the successor corporation (or parent thereof) in connection with such Corporate Transaction or (ii) such accelerated vesting is precluded by other limitations imposed by the Plan Administrator at the time the repurchase right is issued.
C. Immediately following the consummation of the Corporate Transaction, all outstanding options shall terminate and cease to be outstanding, except to the extent assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof).
D. Each option which is assumed in connection with a Corporate Transaction shall be appropriately adjusted, immediately after such Corporate Transaction, to apply to the number and class of securities which would have been issuable to the Optionee in consummation of such Corporate Transaction, had the option been exercised immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction. Appropriate adjustments shall also be made to (i) the number and class of securities available for issuance under the Plan following the consummation of such Corporate Transaction and (ii) the exercise price payable per share under each outstanding option, provided the aggregate exercise price payable for such securities shall remain the same.
E. The Plan Administrator shall have the discretion, exercisable either at the time the option is granted or at any time while the option remains outstanding, to provide for the automatic acceleration (in whole or in part) of one or more outstanding options (and the immediate termination of the Corporation's repurchase rights with respect to the shares subject to those options) upon the occurrence of a Corporate Transaction, whether or not those options are to be assumed in the Corporate Transaction.
F. The Plan Administrator shall also have full power and authority, exercisable either at the time the option is granted or at any time while the option remains outstanding, to structure such option so that the shares subject to that option will automatically vest in full or in part on an accelerated basis should the Optionee's Service terminate by reason of an Involuntary Termination within a designated period (not to exceed eighteen (18) months) following the effective date of any Corporate Transaction in which the option is assumed and the repurchase rights applicable to those shares do not otherwise terminate. Any option so accelerated shall remain exercisable for the fully-vested option shares until the earlier of (i) the expiration of the option term or (ii) the expiration of the one (1)-year period measured from the effective date of the Involuntary Termination. In addition, the Plan Administrator may provide that one or more of the Corporation's outstanding repurchase rights with respect to shares held by the Optionee at the
6
time of such Involuntary Termination shall immediately terminate on an accelerated basis, and the shares subject to those terminated rights shall accordingly vest at that time.
G. The portion of any Incentive Option accelerated in connection with a Corporate Transaction shall remain exercisable as an Incentive Option only to the extent the applicable One Hundred Thousand Dollar limitation is not exceeded. To the extent such dollar limitation is exceeded, the accelerated portion of such option shall be exercisable as a Non-Statutory Option under the Federal tax laws.
H. The grant of options under the Plan shall in no way affect the right of the Corporation to adjust, reclassify, reorganize or otherwise change its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.
IV. CANCELLATION AND REGRANT OF OPTIONS
The Plan Administrator shall have the authority to effect, at any time and from time to time, with the consent of the affected option holders, the cancellation of any or all outstanding options under the Option Grant Program and to grant in substitution new options covering the same or different number of shares of Common Stock but with an exercise price per share based on the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the new grant date.
7
ARTICLE THREE
STOCK ISSUANCE PROGRAM
I. STOCK ISSUANCE TERMS
Shares of Common Stock may be issued under the Stock Issuance Program through direct and immediate issuances without any intervening option grants. Each such stock issuance shall be evidenced by a Stock Issuance Agreement which complies with the terms specified below.
A. Purchase Price .
1. The purchase price per share shall be fixed by the Plan Administrator and may be less than, equal to or greater than the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the issue date.
2. Subject to the provisions of Section I of Article Four, shares of Common Stock may be issued under the Stock Issuance Program for any of the following items of consideration which the Plan Administrator may deem appropriate in each individual instance:
(i) cash or check made payable to the Corporation, or
(ii) past services rendered to the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).
B. Vesting Provisions .
1. Shares of Common Stock issued under the Stock Issuance Program may, in the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be fully and immediately vested upon issuance or may vest in one or more installments over the Participant's period of Service or upon attainment of specified performance objectives.
2. Any new, substituted or additional securities or other property (including money paid other than as a regular cash dividend) which the Participant may have the right to receive with respect to the Participant's unvested shares of Common Stock by reason of any stock dividend, stock split, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change affecting the outstanding Common Stock as a class without the Corporation's receipt of consideration shall be issued subject to (i) the same vesting requirements applicable to the Participant's unvested shares of Common Stock and (ii) such escrow arrangements as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate.
3. The Participant shall have full stockholder rights with respect to any shares of Common Stock issued to the Participant under the Stock Issuance Program, whether or not the Participant's interest in those shares is vested. Accordingly, the Participant shall have the right to vote such shares and to receive any regular cash dividends paid on such shares.
4. Should the Participant cease to remain in Service while holding one or more unvested shares of Common Stock issued under the Stock Issuance Program or should the performance objectives not be attained with respect to one or more such unvested shares of Common Stock, then those shares shall be immediately surrendered to the Corporation for cancellation, and the Participant shall have no further stockholder rights with respect to those shares. To the extent the surrendered shares were previously issued to the Participant for consideration paid in cash or cash equivalent (including the Participant's purchase-money indebtedness), the Corporation shall repay to the Participant the cash consideration paid for the surrendered shares and shall cancel the unpaid principal balance of any outstanding purchase-money note of the Participant attributable to the surrendered shares.
5. The Plan Administrator may in its discretion waive the surrender and cancellation of one or more unvested shares of Common Stock (or other assets attributable thereto) which
8
would otherwise occur upon the non-completion of the vesting schedule applicable to such shares. Such waiver shall result in the immediate vesting of the Participant's interest in the shares of Common Stock as to which the waiver applies. Such waiver may be effected at any time, whether before or after the Participant's cessation of Service or the attainment or non-attainment of the applicable performance objectives.
C. First Refusal Rights . Until such time as the Common Stock is first registered under Section 12 of the 1934 Act, the Corporation shall have the right of first refusal with respect to any proposed disposition by the Participant (or any successor in interest) of any shares of Common Stock issued under the Stock Issuance Program. Such right of first refusal shall be exercisable in accordance with the terms established by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the document evidencing such right.
II. CORPORATE TRANSACTION
A. Except as otherwise provided below, the outstanding repurchase rights under the Stock Issuance Program shall terminate automatically in part, and the shares of Common Stock subject to those terminated rights shall immediately vest in full, in the event of any Corporate Transaction as follows:
(i) In the event the Participant has completed less than one (1) year of Service prior to the effective date of the Corporate Transaction, the repurchase rights applicable to shares of Common Stock previously issued to the Participant under the Stock Issuance Program shall terminate with respect to the number of shares in which the Participant would have vested upon completion of one (1) year of Service.
(ii) In the event the Participant has completed at least one (1) year of Service prior to the effective date of the Corporate Transaction, the repurchase rights applicable to shares of Common Stock previously issued to the Participant under the Stock Issuance Program shall lapse with respect to fifty percent (50%) of the shares in which the Participant is at the time unvested.
However, the repurchase rights shall not lapse to the extent (i) those repurchase rights are assigned to the successor corporation (or parent thereof) in connection with such Corporate Transaction or (ii) such accelerated vesting is precluded by other limitations imposed by the Plan Administrator at the time the repurchase right is issued.
B. The Plan Administrator shall have the discretionary authority, exercisable either at the time the unvested shares are issued or any time while the Corporation's repurchase rights with respect to those shares remain outstanding, to provide that those rights shall automatically terminate in full or in part on an accelerated basis, and the shares of Common Stock subject to those terminated rights shall immediately vest, in the event the Participant's Service should subsequently terminate by reason of an Involuntary Termination within a designated period (not to exceed eighteen (18) months) following the effective date of any Corporate Transaction in which those repurchase rights are assigned to the successor corporation (or parent thereof).
III. SHARE ESCROW/LEGENDS
Unvested shares may, in the Plan Administrator's discretion, be held in escrow by the Corporation until the Participant's interest in such shares vests or may be issued directly to the Participant with restrictive legends on the certificates evidencing those unvested shares.
9
I. FINANCING
The Plan Administrator may permit any Optionee or Participant to pay the option exercise price under the Option Grant Program or the purchase price for shares issued under the Stock Issuance program by delivering a full recourse, interest bearing promissory note payable in one or more installments and secured by the purchased shares. The terms of any such promissory note (including the interest rate and the terms of repayment) shall be established by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion. In no event shall the maximum credit available to the Optionee or Participant exceed the sum of (i) the aggregate option exercise price or purchase price payable for the purchased shares plus (ii) any Federal, state and local income and employment tax liability incurred by the Optionee or the Participant in connection with the option exercise or share purchase.
II. EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM OF THE PLAN
A. The Plan shall become effective when adopted by the Board, but no option granted under the Plan may be exercised, and no shares shall be issued under the Plan, until the Plan is approved by the Corporation's stockholders. If such stockholder approval is not obtained within twelve (12) months after the date of the Board's adoption of the Plan, then all options previously granted under the Plan shall terminate and cease to be outstanding, and no further options shall be granted and no shares shall be issued under the Plan. Subject to such limitation, the Plan Administrator may grant options and issue shares under the Plan at any time after the effective date of the Plan and before the date fixed herein for termination of the Plan.
B. The Plan shall terminate upon the earliest of (i) the expiration of the ten (10)-year period measured from the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, (ii) the date on which all shares available for issuance under the Plan shall have been issued as fully-vested shares or (iii) the termination of all outstanding options in connection with an Corporate Transaction. All options and unvested stock issuances outstanding at the time of a clause (i) termination event shall continue to have full force and effect in accordance with the provisions of the documents evidencing such options or issuances.
III. AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN
A. The Board shall have complete and exclusive power and authority to amend or modify the Plan in any or all respects. However, no such amendment or modification shall adversely affect any rights and obligations with respect to options or unvested stock issuances at the time outstanding under the Plan, unless the Optionee or the Participant consents to such amendment or modification. In addition, certain amendments may require stockholder approval pursuant to applicable laws or regulations.
B. Options to purchase shares of Common Stock may be granted under the Option Grant Program and shares of Common Stock may be issued under the Stock Issuance Program which are in each instance in excess of the number of shares then available for issuance under the Plan, provided any excess shares actually issued under those programs shall be held in escrow until there is obtained stockholder approval of an amendment sufficiently increasing the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan. If such stockholder approval is not obtained within twelve (12) months after the date the first such excess grants or issuances are made, then (i) any unexercised options granted on the basis of such excess shares shall terminate and cease to be outstanding and (ii) the Corporation shall promptly refund to the Optionees and the Participants the exercise or purchase price paid for any excess shares issued under the Plan and held in escrow, together with interest (at the applicable Short-Term Federal Rate) for the period
10
the shares were held in escrow, and such shares shall thereupon be automatically cancelled and cease to be outstanding.
IV. USE OF PROCEEDS
Any cash proceeds received by the Corporation from the sale of shares of Common Stock under the Plan shall be used for general corporate purposes.
V. WITHHOLDING
The Corporation's obligation to deliver shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of any options or upon the issuance or vesting of any shares issued under the Plan shall be subject to the satisfaction of all applicable Federal, state and local income and employment tax withholding requirements.
VI. REGULATORY APPROVALS
The implementation of the Plan, the granting of any option under the Plan and the issuance of any shares of Common Stock (i) upon the exercise of any option or (ii) under the Stock Issuance Program shall be subject to the Corporation's procurement of all approvals and permits required by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over the Plan, the options granted under it and the shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to it.
VII. NO EMPLOYMENT OR SERVICE RIGHTS
Nothing in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee or the Participant any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining such person) or of the Optionee or the Participant, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate such person's Service at any time for any reason, with or without cause.
11
The following definitions shall be in effect under the Plan:
A. Board shall mean the Corporation's Board of Directors.
B. Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
C. Committee shall mean a committee of one (1) or more Board members appointed by the Board to exercise one or more administrative functions under the Plan.
D. Common Stock shall mean the Corporation's common stock.
E. Corporate Transaction shall mean either of the following stockholder-approved transactions to which the Corporation is a party:
(i) a merger or consolidation in which securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Corporation's outstanding securities are transferred to a person or persons different from the persons holding those securities immediately prior to such transaction, or
(ii) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Corporation's assets in complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation.
F. Corporation shall mean Convio, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor corporation to all or substantially all of the assets or voting stock of Convio, Inc. which shall by appropriate action adopt the Plan.
G. Employee shall mean an individual who is in the employ of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary), subject to the control and direction of the employer entity as to both the work to be performed and the manner and method of performance.
H. Exercise Date shall mean the date on which the Corporation shall have received written notice of the option exercise.
I. Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on any relevant date shall be determined in accordance with the following provisions:
(i) If the Common Stock is at the time traded on the Nasdaq National Market, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price per share of Common Stock on the date in question, as such price is reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers on the Nasdaq National Market. If there is no closing selling price for the Common Stock on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.
(ii) If the Common Stock is at the time listed on any Stock Exchange, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price per share of Common Stock on the date in question on the Stock Exchange determined by the Plan Administrator to be the primary market for the Common Stock, as such price is officially quoted in the composite tape of transactions on such exchange. If there is no closing selling price for the Common Stock on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.
(iii) If the Common Stock is at the time neither listed on any Stock Exchange nor traded on the Nasdaq National Market, then the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Plan Administrator after taking into account such factors as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate.
J. Incentive Option shall mean an option which satisfies the requirements of Code Section 422.
A-1
K. Involuntary Termination shall mean the termination of the Service of any individual which occurs by reason of:
(i) such individual's involuntary dismissal or discharge by the Corporation for reasons other than Misconduct, or
(ii) such individual's voluntary resignation following (A) a change in his or her position with the Corporation which materially reduces his or her duties and responsibilities or the level of management to which he or she reports, (B) a reduction in his or her level of compensation (including base salary, fringe benefits and target bonuses under any corporate-performance based bonus or incentive programs) by more than fifteen percent (15%) or (C) a relocation of such individual's place of employment by more than fifty (50) miles, provided and only if such change, reduction or relocation is effected without the individual's consent.
L. Misconduct shall mean the commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty by the Optionee or Participant, any unauthorized use or disclosure by such person of confidential information or trade secrets of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary), or any other intentional misconduct by such person adversely affecting the business or affairs of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) in a material manner. The foregoing definition shall not be deemed to be inclusive of all the acts or omissions which the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) may consider as grounds for the dismissal or discharge of any Optionee, Participant or other person in the Service of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).
M. 1934 Act shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
N. Non-Statutory Option shall mean an option not intended to satisfy the requirements of Code Section 422.
O. Option Grant Program shall mean the option grant program in effect under the Plan.
P. Optionee shall mean any person to whom an option is granted under the Option Grant Program.
Q. Parent shall mean any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Corporation, provided each corporation in the unbroken chain (other than the Corporation) owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.
R. Participant shall mean any person who is issued shares of Common Stock under the Stock Issuance Program.
S. Permanent Disability shall mean the inability of the Optionee or the Participant to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which is expected to result in such person's death or to continue for a period of twelve (12) consecutive months or more.
T. Plan shall mean the Corporation's 1999 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, as set forth in this document.
U. Plan Administrator shall mean either the Board or the Committee acting in its capacity as administrator of the Plan.
V. Service shall mean the provision of services to the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) by a person in the capacity of an Employee, a non-employee member of the board of directors or a consultant or independent advisor, except to the extent otherwise specifically provided in the documents evidencing the option grant or stock issuance.
A-2
W. Stock Exchange shall mean either the American Stock Exchange or the New York Stock Exchange.
X. Stock Issuance Agreement shall mean the agreement entered into by the Corporation and the Participant at the time of issuance of shares of Common Stock under the Stock Issuance Program.
Y. Stock Issuance Program shall mean the stock issuance program in effect under the Plan.
Z. Subsidiary shall mean any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Corporation, provided each corporation (other than the last corporation) in the unbroken chain owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.
AA. 10% Stockholder shall mean the owner of stock (as determined under Code Section 424(d)) possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).
A-3
CONVIO, INC.
NOTICE OF GRANT OF STOCK OPTION
Notice is hereby given of the following option grant (the "Option") to purchase shares of the Common Stock of Convio, Inc. (the "Corporation"):
Optionee: |
|
|
|
Grant Date: |
|
|
|
|
Vesting Commencement Date: |
|
|
|
|
Exercise Price: |
|
$ per share |
|
|
Number of Option Shares: |
|
shares of Common Stock |
|
|
Expiration Date: |
|
|
|
|
Type of Option: |
|
Incentive Stock Option |
|
|
|
|
Non-Statutory Stock Option |
|
|
Date Exercisable: Immediately Exercisable |
Vesting Schedule: The Option Shares shall initially be unvested and subject to repurchase by the Corporation at the Exercise Price paid per share. Optionee shall acquire a vested interest in, and the Corporation's repurchase right shall accordingly lapse with respect to, (i) twenty-five percent (25%) of the Option Shares upon Optionee's completion of one (1) year of Service measured from the Vesting Commencement Date and (ii) the balance of the Option Shares in a series of thirty-six (36) successive equal monthly installments upon Optionee's completion of each additional month of Service over the thirty-six (36) month period measured from the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date. In no event shall any additional Option Shares vest after Optionee's cessation of Service.
Optionee understands and agrees that the Option is granted subject to and in accordance with the terms of the Convio, Inc. 1999 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan (the "Plan"). Optionee further agrees to be bound by the terms of the Plan and the terms of the Option as set forth in the Stock Option Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A. Optionee understands that any Option Shares purchased under the Option shall be subject to the terms set forth in the Stock Purchase Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B.
Optionee hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C.
REPURCHASE RIGHTS. OPTIONEE HEREBY AGREES THAT ALL OPTION SHARES ACQUIRED UPON THE EXERCISE OF THE OPTION SHALL BE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN REPURCHASE RIGHTS AND RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL EXERCISABLE BY THE CORPORATION AND ITS ASSIGNS. THE TERMS OF SUCH RIGHTS ARE SPECIFIED IN THE ATTACHED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT .
No Employment or Service Contract. Nothing in this Notice or in the attached Stock Option Agreement or Plan shall confer upon Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Optionee) or of Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate Optionee's Service at any time for any reason, with or without cause.
Definitions. All capitalized terms in this Notice shall have the meaning assigned to them in this Notice or in the attached Stock Option Agreement.
DATED: ,
CONVIO, INC. | ||||
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
OPTIONEE |
|
|
Address: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ATTACHMENTS
Exhibit AStock Option Agreement
Exhibit BStock Purchase Agreement
Exhibit C1999 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan
2
CONVIO, INC.
NOTICE OF GRANT OF STOCK OPTION
Notice is hereby given of the following option grant (the "Option") to purchase shares of the Common Stock of Convio, Inc. (the "Corporation"):
Optionee: | ||||
|
|
Grant Date: |
|
|
|
|
Vesting Commencement Date: |
|
|
|
|
Exercise Price: |
|
|
|
|
Number of Option Shares: |
|
|
|
|
Expiration Date: |
|
|
|
|
Type of Option: |
|
Incentive Option |
|
|
|
|
Non-Statutory Option |
Date Exercisable: Exercisable only for Option Shares that have vested according to the Vesting Schedule set forth below or that have vested on an accelerated basis.
Vesting Schedule: The Option Shares shall initially be unvested. Optionee shall acquire a vested interest in (i) percent ( %) of the Option Shares upon Optionee's completion of years of Service measured from the Vesting Commencement Date and (ii) the balance of the Option Shares upon Optionee's completion of years of Service measured from the Vesting Commencement Date. In no event shall any additional Option Shares vest after Optionee's cessation of Service except as described below.
Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan or any other agreement governing the provisions hereof or the exercise of this Option, if Optionee's Service ceases as a result of a Termination After Change in Control (as defined below) and none of the Option Shares are subject to acceleration of vesting pursuant to Article Two, Section III.A of the Plan, then all of the Option Shares which were not otherwise vested shares at the time of such cessation shall immediately become vested as of the time of such cessation. In the event that Optionee shall have been with the Company for less than one year at the time of a Change in Control, then the Option Shares will be subject to the accelerated vesting provisions of Article Two, Section III.A.(ii) of the Plan, and not Article Two, Section III.A.(i) notwithstanding that Optionee has been with the Company for less than one year, but subject to the qualifications in the last paragraph of Article Two, Section III.A.
A "Termination After Change in Control" shall mean either of the following events occurring after a Change in Control:
(a) termination of Optionee's employment for any reason other than for Cause (as defined below); or
(b) Optionee's resignation for Good Reason (as defined below) from all capacities in which Optionee is then rendering Service within 90 days of the event constituting Good Reason.
Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, Termination After Change in Control shall not include any termination of Optionee's employment which (1) is for Cause; (2) is a result of Optionee's death or disability; or (3) is a result of Optionee's voluntary termination of Service other than for Good Reason.
"Good Reason" means, without Optionee's express written consent, (i) a material adverse change in the duties assigned to Optionee after the Change of Control relative to Optionee's duties immediately prior to the Change in Control, (ii) a reduction by the Company or its successor in Optionee's annual salary or (iii) the relocation of Optionee's principal place of employment to a location more than 35 miles from Optionee's principal place of employment immediately prior to the Change in Control.
"Change in Control" shall mean an Ownership Change Event (as defined below) or a series of related Ownership Change Events (collectively, a "Transaction") wherein the stockholders of the Company immediately before the Transaction do not retain immediately after the Transaction, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company's voting stock immediately before the Transaction, direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the Company or, in the case of an asset sale, the corporation or other business entity to which the assets of the Company were transferred, as the case may be.
An "Ownership Change Event" shall be deemed to have occurred if any of the following occurs with respect to the Company: (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the stockholders of the Company of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of the Company; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is a party; (iii) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or (iv) a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.
"Cause" shall mean (a) fraud, felony or other criminal acts that are materially detrimental to the Company; (b) material violation of any agreements between Optionee and the Company, including Optionee's Confidentiality, Assignment and Non-compete Agreement with the Company; or (c) a persistent material failure to perform Optionee's job function to a reasonable standard after notice of such failure has been given to Optionee by the Company and Optionee has had a 15 business-day period to cure such failure.
Optionee understands and agrees that the Option is granted subject to and in accordance with the terms of the Plan, a copy of which is attached as Exhibit A and receipt of which Optionee hereby acknowledges. Optionee further agrees to be bound by the terms of the Plan and the terms of the Option as set forth in the Stock Option Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B. Optionee understands that any Option Shares purchased under the Option shall be subject to the terms set forth in the Stock Purchase Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit C. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of any conflict of the provisions of any such documents with the provisions of this Notice of Grant of Stock Option, the provisions of this Notice of Grant of Stock Option shall control.
Prior Agreements. This Notice and the Stock Option Agreement, and the Stock Purchase Agreement when executed will, constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the Corporation and Optionee with respect to the terms of the Option and supersede all prior and contemporaneous written or verbal agreements and understandings between Optionee and the Corporation relating to such subject matter. Any and all prior agreements, understandings or representations relating to the Option are terminated and cancelled in their entirety and are of no further force or effect.
TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS. OPTIONEE HEREBY AGREES THAT ALL OPTION SHARES ACQUIRED UPON THE EXERCISE OF THE OPTION SHALL BE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER. THE TERMS OF SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS ARE SPECIFIED IN THE ATTACHED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT.
No Employment or Service Contract. Nothing in this Notice or in the attached Stock Option Agreement, Stock Purchase Agreement or Plan shall confer upon Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights
2
of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Optionee) or of Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate Optionee's Service at any time for any reason, with or without cause.
Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank
3
Definitions. All capitalized terms in this Notice shall have the meaning assigned to them in this Notice or in the attached Stock Option Agreement.
DATED:
CONVIO, INC. | ||||
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
||||
|
|
Title: |
|
CFO & VP |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
Address: |
||
|
|
|
ATTACHMENTS
Exhibit A - Stock Option Agreement
Exhibit B - Stock Purchase Agreement
Exhibit C - 1999 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Planq
4
EXHIBIT A
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
(Standard)
CONVIO, INC.
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
RECITALS
A. The Board has adopted the Plan for the purpose of retaining the services of selected Employees, non-employee members of the Board or the board of directors of any Parent or Subsidiary and consultants and other independent advisors in the service of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).
B. Optionee is to render valuable services to the Corporation (or a Parent or Subsidiary), and this Agreement is executed pursuant to, and is intended to carry out the purposes of the Plan in connection with the Corporation's grant of an option to Optionee.
C. All capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning assigned to them in the attached Appendix.
NOW, THEREFORE , it is hereby agreed as follows:
1. Grant of Option . The Corporation hereby grants to Optionee, as of the Grant Date, an option to purchase up to the number of Option Shares specified in the Grant Notice. The Option Shares shall be purchasable from time to time during the option term specified in Paragraph 2 at the Exercise Price.
2. Option Term . This option shall have a term of ten (10) years measured from the Grant Date and shall accordingly expire at the close of business on the Expiration Date, unless sooner terminated in accordance with Paragraph 5 or 6.
3. Limited Transferability . This option shall be neither transferable nor assignable by Optionee other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution following Optionee's death and may be exercised, during Optionee's lifetime, only by Optionee. However, if this option is designated a Non-Statutory Option in the Grant Notice, then this option may be assigned in whole or in part during Optionee's lifetime either as (i) as a gift to one or more members of Optionee's Immediate Family, to a trust in which Optionee and/or one or more such family members hold more than fifty percent (50%) of the beneficial interest or an entity in which more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting interests are owned by Optionee and/or one or more such family members, or (ii) pursuant to a domestic relations order. The assigned portion shall be exercisable only by the person or persons who acquire a proprietary interest in the option pursuant to such assignment. The terms applicable to the assigned portion shall be the same as those in effect for this option immediately prior to such assignment and shall be set forth in such documents issued to the assignee as the Plan Administrator may deem appropriate.
4. Exercisability . This option shall become exercisable for the Option Shares in one or more installments as specified in the Grant Notice. As the option becomes exercisable for such installments, those installments shall accumulate, and the option shall remain exercisable for the accumulated installments until the Expiration Date or sooner termination of the option term under Paragraph 5 or 6.
5. Cessation of Service . The option term specified in Paragraph 2 shall terminate (and this option shall cease to be outstanding) prior to the Expiration Date should any of the following provisions become applicable:
(i) Should Optionee cease to remain in Service for any reason (other than death, Permanent Disability or Misconduct) while this option is outstanding, then the period for exercising this option shall be limited to a three (3)-month period measured from the date of such cessation of Service but in no event shall this option be exercisable at any time after the Expiration Date.
(ii) Should Optionee die while holding this option, then the personal representative of Optionee's estate or the person or persons to whom the option is transferred pursuant
to Optionee's will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution shall have the right to exercise this option. Such right shall lapse, and this option shall cease to be outstanding, upon the earlier of the expiration of the twelve (12)-month period measured from the date of Optionee's death or the Expiration Date.
(iii) Should Optionee cease Service by reason of Permanent Disability while this option is outstanding, then the period for exercising this option shall be limited to a twelve (12)-month period measured from the date of such cessation of Service. In no event shall this option be exercisable at any time after the Expiration Date.
(iv) Should Optionee's Service be terminated for Misconduct, then this option shall terminate immediately and cease to remain outstanding.
(v) During the limited period of post-Service exercisability, this option may not be exercised in the aggregate for more than the number of Option Shares in which Optionee is, at the time of Optionee's cessation of Service, vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule specified in the Grant Notice or the special vesting acceleration provisions of Paragraph 6. Upon the expiration of such limited exercise period or (if earlier) upon the Expiration Date, this option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding for any vested Option Shares for which the option has not been exercised. To the extent Optionee is not vested in the Option Shares at the time of Optionee's cessation of Service, this option shall immediately terminate and cease to be outstanding with respect to those shares.
6. Special Acceleration of Option .
(a) Except as otherwise provided below, the Option Shares subject to this option at the time of a Corporate Transaction but not otherwise vested shall automatically vest in part and the Corporation's repurchase rights with respect to those Option Shares shall immediately terminate as follows so that this option shall, immediately prior to the effective date of the Corporate Transaction, become exercisable for all such Option Shares as fully-vested shares of Common Stock:
(i) In the event Optionee has completed less than one (1) year of Service prior to the effective date of the Corporate Transaction, Optionee shall vest in that number of shares subject to this option equal to the number of shares in which Optionee would have vested upon completion of one (1) year of Service.
(ii) In the event Optionee has completed at least one (1) year of Service prior to the effective date of the Corporate Transaction, Optionee shall vest with respect to fifty percent (50%) of the unvested shares of Common Stock at the time subject to this option.
No such accelerated vesting of the Option Shares, however, shall occur if and to the extent: (i) this option is, in connection with the Corporate Transaction, either to be assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof) in the Corporate Transaction and the Corporation's repurchase rights with respect to the unvested Option Shares are assigned to such or (ii) this option is to be replaced with a cash incentive program of the successor corporation which preserves the spread existing on the unvested Option Shares at the time of the Corporate Transaction (the excess of the Fair Market Value of those Option Shares over the Exercise Price payable for such shares) and provides for subsequent payout in accordance with the Vesting Schedule.
(b) Immediately following the Corporate Transaction, this option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding, except to the extent assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof) in connection with the Corporate Transaction.
2
(c) If this option is assumed in connection with a Corporate Transaction, then this option shall be appropriately adjusted, immediately after such Corporate Transaction, to apply to the number and class of securities which would have been issuable to Optionee in consummation of such Corporate Transaction had the option been exercised immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction, and appropriate adjustments shall also be made to the Exercise Price, provided the aggregate Exercise Price shall remain the same.
(d) This Agreement shall not in any way affect the right of the Corporation to adjust, reclassify, reorganize or otherwise change its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.
7. Adjustment in Option Shares . Should any change be made to the Common Stock by reason of any stock split, tack dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change affecting the outstanding Common Stock as a class without the Corporation's receipt of consideration, appropriate adjustments shall be made to (i) the total number and/or class of securities subject to this option and (ii) the Exercise Price in order to reflect such change and thereby preclude a dilution or enlargement of benefits hereunder.
8. Stockholder Rights . The holder of this option shall not have any stockholder rights with respect to the Option Shares until such person shall have exercised the option, paid the Exercise Price and become the record holder of the purchased shares.
9. Manner of Exercising Option.
(a) In order to exercise this option with respect to all or any part of the Option Shares for which this option is at the time exercisable, Optionee (or any other person or persons exercising the option) must take the following actions:
(i) Execute and deliver to the Corporation a Purchase Agreement for the Option Shares for which the option is exercised.
(ii) Pay the aggregate Exercise Price for the purchased shares in one or more of the following forms:
(A) cash or check made payable to the Corporation; or
(B) a promissory note payable to the Corporation, but only to the extent authorized by the Plan Administrator in accordance with Paragraph 14.
Should the Common Stock be registered under Section 12 of the 1934 Act at the time the option is exercised, then the Exercise Price may also be paid as follows:
(C) in shares of Common Stock held by Optionee (or any other person or persons exercising the option) for the requisite period necessary to avoid a charge to the Corporation's earnings for financial reporting purposes and valued at Fair Market Value on the Exercise Date; or
(D) to the extent the option is exercised for vested Option Shares, through a special sale and remittance procedure pursuant to which Optionee (or any other person or persons exercising the option) shall concurrently provide irrevocable instructions to a Corporation-designated brokerage firm to effect the immediate sale of the purchased shares and remit to the Corporation, out of the sale proceeds available on the settlement date, sufficient funds to cover the aggregate Exercise Price payable for the purchased shares plus all applicable Federal, state and local income and employment taxes required to be withheld by the Corporation by reason of such exercise and to the Corporation to deliver the certificates for the purchased shares directly to such brokerage firm in order to complete the sale.
3
Except to the extent the sale and remittance procedure is utilized in connection with the option exercise, payment of the Exercise Price must accompany the Purchase Agreement delivered to the Corporation in connection with the option exercise.
(iii) Furnish to the Corporation appropriate documentation that the person or persons exercising the option (if other than Optionee) have the right to exercise this option.
(iv) Execute and deliver to the Corporation such written representations as may be requested by the Corporation in order for it to comply with the applicable requirements of Federal and state securities laws.
(v) Make appropriate arrangements with the Corporation (or Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Optionee) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state and local income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the option exercise.
(b) As soon as practical after the Exercise Date, the Corporation shall issue to or on behalf of Optionee (or any other person or persons exercising this option) a certificate for the purchased Option Shares, with the appropriate legends affixed thereto. To the extent any such Option Shares are unvested, the certificates for those Option Shares shall be endorsed with an appropriate legend evidencing the Corporation's repurchase rights and may be held in escrow with the Corporation until such shares vest.
(c) In no event may this option be exercised for any fractional shares.
10. REPURCHASE RIGHTS . ALL OPTION SHARES ACQUIRED UPON THE EXERCISE OF THIS OPTION SHALL BE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RIGHTS OF THE CORPORATION AND ITS ASSIGNS TO REPURCHASE THOSE SHARES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS SPECIFIED IN THE PURCHASE AGREEMENT.
11. Compliance with Laws and Regulations .
(a) The exercise of this option and the issuance of the Option Shares upon such exercise shall be subject to compliance by the Corporation and Optionee with all applicable requirements of law relating thereto and with all applicable regulations of any stock exchange (or the Nasdaq National Market, if applicable) on which the Common Stock may be listed for trading at the time of such exercise and issuance.
(b) The inability of the Corporation to obtain approval from any regulatory body having authority deemed by the Corporation to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Common Stock pursuant to this option shall relieve the Corporation of any liability with respect to the non-issuance or sale of the Common Stock as to which such approval shall not have been obtained. The Corporation, however, shall use its best efforts to obtain all such approvals.
12. Successors and Assigns . Except to the extent otherwise provided in Paragraphs 3 and 6, the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Corporation and its successors and assigns and Optionee, Optionee's assigns and the legal representatives, heirs and legatees of Optionee's estate.
13. Notices . Any notice required to be given or delivered to the Corporation under the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing and addressed to the Corporation at its principal corporate offices. Any notice required to be given or delivered to Optionee shall be in writing and addressed to Optionee at the address indicated below Optionee's signature line on the Grant Notice. All notices shall be deemed effective upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the U.S. mail, postage prepaid and properly addressed to the party to be notified.
4
14. Financing . The Plan Administrator may, in its absolute discretion and without any obligation to do so, permit Optionee to pay the Exercise Price for the purchased Option Shares by delivering a full-recourse, interest-bearing promissory note secured by those Option Shares. The payment schedule in effect for any such promissory note shall be established by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion.
15. Construction. This Agreement and the option evidenced hereby are made and granted pursuant to the Plan and are in all respects limited by and subject to the terms of the Plan. All decisions of the Plan Administrator with respect to any question or issue arising under the Plan or this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on all persons having an interest in this option.
16. Governing Law . The interpretation, performance and enforcement of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Texas without resort to that State's conflict-of-laws rules.
17. Stockholder Approval . If the Option Shares covered by this Agreement exceed, as of the Grant Date, the number of shares of Common Stock which may without stockholder approval be issued under the Plan, then this option shall be void with respect to such excess shares, unless stockholder approval of an amendment sufficiently increasing the number of shares of Common Stock issuable under the Plan is obtained in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.
18. Additional Terms Applicable to an Incentive Option . In the event this option is designated an Incentive Option in the Grant Notice, the following terms and conditions shall also apply to the grant:
(a) This option shall cease to qualify for favorable tax treatment as an Incentive Option if (and to the extent) this option is exercised for one or more Option Shares: more than three (3) months after the date Optionee ceases to be an Employee for any reason other than death or Disability or more than twelve (12) months after the date Optionee ceases to be an Employee by reason of Permanent Disability.
(b) This option shall not become exercisable in the calendar year in which granted if (and to the extent) the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the Grant Date) of the Common Stock for which this option would otherwise first become exercisable in such calendar year would, when added to the aggregate value (determined as of the respective date or dates of grant) of the Common Stock and any other securities for which one or more other Incentive Options granted to Optionee prior to the Grant Date (whether under the Plan or any other option plan of the Corporation or any Parent or Subsidiary) first become exercisable during the same calendar year, exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate. To the extent the exercisability of this option is deferred by reason of the foregoing limitation, the deferred portion shall become exercisable in the first calendar year or years thereafter in which the One Hundred Thousand Dollar ($100,000) limitation of this Paragraph 18(b) would not be contravened, but such deferral shall in all events end immediately prior to the effective date of a Corporate Transaction in which this option is not to be assumed, whereupon the option shall become immediately exercisable as a Non-Statutory Option for the deferred portion of the Option Shares.
(c) Should Optionee hold, in addition to this option, one or more other options to purchase Common Stock which become exercisable for the first time in the same calendar year as this option, then the foregoing limitations on the exercisability of such options as Incentive Options shall be applied on the basis of the order in which such options are granted.
5
The following definitions shall be in effect under the Agreement:
A. Agreement shall mean this Stock Option Agreement.
B. Board shall mean the Corporation's Board of Directors.
C. Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
D. Common Stock shall mean the Corporation's common stock.
E. Corporate Transaction shall mean either of the following stockholder-approved transactions to which the Corporation is a party:
(i) a merger or consolidation in which securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Corporation's outstanding securities are transferred to a person or persons different from the persons holding those securities immediately prior to such transaction, or
(ii) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Corporation's assets in complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation.
F. Corporation shall mean Convio, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor corporation to all or substantially all of the assets or voting stock of Convio, Inc. which shall be appropriate action adopt the Plan.
G. Employee shall mean an individual who is in the employ of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary), subject to the control and direction of the employer entity as to both the work to be performed and the manner and method of performance.
H. Exercise Date shall mean the date on which the option shall have been exercised in accordance with Paragraph 9 of the Agreement.
I. Exercise Price shall mean the exercise price payable per Option Share as specified in the Grant Notice.
J. Expiration Date shall mean the date on which the option expires as specified in the Grant Notice.
K. Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on any relevant date shall be determined in accordance with the following provisions:
(i) If the Common Stock is at the time traded on the Nasdaq National Market, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price per share of Common Stock on the date in question, as the price is reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers on the Nasdaq National Market. If there is no closing selling price for the Common Stock on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.
(ii) If the Common Stock is at the time listed on any Stock Exchange, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price per share of Common Stock on the date in question on the Stock Exchange determined by the Plan Administrator to be the primary market for the Common Stock, as such price is officially quoted in the composite tape of transactions on such exchange. If there is no closing selling price for the Common Stock on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.
A-1
(iii) If the Common Stock is at the time neither listed on any Stock Exchange nor traded on the Nasdaq National Market, then the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Plan Administrator after taking into account such factors as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate.
L. Grant Date shall mean the date of grant of the option as specified in the Grant Notice.
M. Grant Notice shall mean the Notice of Grant of Stock Option accompanying the Agreement, pursuant to which Optionee has been informed of the basic terms of the option evidenced hereby.
N. Immediate Family of Optionee shall mean Optionee's child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships.
O. Incentive Option shall mean an option which satisfies the requirements of Code Section 422.
P. Misconduct shall mean the commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty by Optioned, any unauthorized use or disclosure by Optionee of confidential information or trade secrets of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary), or any other intentional misconduct by Optionee adversely affecting the business or affairs of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) in a material manner. The foregoing definition shall not be deemed to be inclusive of all the acts or omissions which the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) may consider as grounds for the dismissal or discharge of Optionee or any other individual in the Service of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).
Q. 1934 Act shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
R. Non-Statutory Option shall mean an option not intended to satisfy the requirements of Code Section 422.
S. Option Shares shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock subject to the option as specified in the Grant Notice.
T. Optionee shall mean the person to whom the option is granted as specified in the Grant Notice.
U. Parent shall mean any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Corporation, provided each corporation in the unbroken chain (other than the Corporation) owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.
V. Permanent Disability shall mean the inability of Optionee to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which is expected to, result in death or has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of twelve (12) months or more
W. Plan shall mean the Corporation's 1999 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan.
X. Plan Administrator shall mean either the Board or a committee of the Board acting in its capacity as administrator of the Plan.
Y. Purchase Agreement shall mean the stock purchase agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit B to the Grant Notice.
Z. Service shall mean Optionee's performance of services for the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) in the capacity of an Employee, a non-employee member of the board of directors or a consultant or independent advisor.
AA. Stock Exchange shall mean the American Stock Exchange or the New York Stock Exchange.
A-2
BB. Subsidiary shall mean any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Corporation, provided each corporation (other than the last corporation) in the unbroken chain owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.
CC. Vesting Schedule shall mean the vesting schedule specified in the Grant Notice pursuant to which the Optionee is to vest in the Option Shares in a series of installments over his or her period of Service.
A-3
EXHIBIT B
STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
CONVIO, INC.
STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
AGREEMENT made as of this __________________ day of __________________, 19____, by and between Convio, Inc., a Delaware corporation and __________________ Optionee under the Corporation's 1999 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan.
All capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning assigned to them in this Agreement or in the attached Appendix.
A. EXERCISE OF OPTION
1. Exercise . Optionee hereby purchases __________________ shares of Common Stock (the "Purchased Shares") pursuant to that certain option (the "Option") granted Optionee on __________________, 199____ (the "Grant Date") to purchase up to __________________ shares of Common Stock under the Plan at the exercise price of $______________ per share (the "Exercise Price").
2. Payment . Concurrently with the delivery of this Agreement to the Corporation, Optionee shall pay the Exercise Price for the Purchased Shares in accordance with the provisions of the Option Agreement and shall deliver whatever additional documents may be required by the Option Agreement as a condition for exercise, together with a duly-executed blank Assignment Separate from Certificate (in the form attached hereto as Exhibit I) with respect to the Purchased Shares.
3. Escrow . The Corporation shall have the right to hold the certificates representing any Purchased Shares which are subject to the Repurchase Right in escrow.
4. Stockholder Rights . Until such time as the Corporation exercises the Repurchase Right or the First Refusal Right, Optionee (or any successor in interest) shall have all the rights of a stockholder (including voting, dividend and liquidation rights) with respect to the Purchased Shares, including any Purchased Shares held in escrow hereunder, subject, however, to the transfer restrictions of Articles B and C.
B. SECURITIES LAW COMPLIANCE
1. Restricted Securities . The Purchased Shares have not been registered under the 1933 Act and are being issued to Optionee in reliance upon the exemption from such registration provided by SEC Rule 701 for stock issuances under compensatory benefit plans such as the Plan. Optionee hereby confirms that Optionee has been informed that the Purchased Shares are restricted securities under the 1933 Act and may not be resold or transferred unless the Purchased Shares are first registered under the Federal securities laws or unless an exemption from such registration is available. Accordingly, Optionee hereby acknowledges that Optionee is prepared to hold the Purchased Shares for an indefinite period and that Optionee is aware that SEC Rule 144 issued under the 1933 Act which exempts certain resales of unrestricted securities is not presently available to exempt the resale of the Purchased Shares from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act.
2. Restrictions on Disposition of Purchased Shares . Optionee shall make no disposition of the Purchased Shares (other than a Permitted Transfer) unless and until there is compliance with all of the following requirements:
(i) Optionee shall have provided the Corporation with a written summary of the terms and conditions of the proposed disposition.
(ii) Optionee shall have complied with all requirements of this Agreement applicable to the disposition of the Purchased Shares.
(iii) Optionee shall have provided the Corporation with written assurances, in form and substance satisfactory to the Corporation, that (a) the proposed disposition does not require registration of the Purchased Shares under the 1933 Act or (b) all appropriate
action necessary for compliance with the registration requirements of the 1933 Act or any exemption from registration available under the 1933 Act (including Rule 144) has been taken.
The Corporation shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Purchased Shares which have been sold or transferred in violation of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as the owner of the Purchased Shares, or otherwise to accord voting, dividend or liquidation rights to, any transferee to whom the Purchased Shares have been transferred in contravention of this Agreement.
3. Restrictive Legends . The stock certificates for the Purchased Shares shall be endorsed with the following restrictive legends:
(i) "The shares represented by this certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933. The shares may not be sold or offered for sale in the absence of (a) an effective registration statement for the shares under such Act, (b) a 'no action' letter of the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to such sale or offer or (c) satisfactory assurances to the Corporation that registration under such Act is not required with respect to such sale or offer."
(ii) "The shares represented by this certificate are unvested and are subject to certain repurchase rights and rights of first refusal granted to the Corporation and accordingly may not be sold, assigned, transferred, encumbered, or in any manner disposed of except in conformity with the terms of a written agreement dated , 199 between the Corporation and the registered holder of the shares (or the predecessor in interest to the shares). A copy of such agreement is maintained at the Corporation's principal corporate offices."
C. TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS
1. Restriction on Transfer . Except for any Permitted Transfer, Optionee shall not transfer, assign, encumber or otherwise dispose of any of the Purchased Shares which are subject to the Repurchase Right. In addition, Purchased Shares which are released from the Repurchase Right shall not be transferred, assigned, encumbered or otherwise disposed of in contravention of the First Refusal Right or the Market Stand-Off.
2. Transferee Obligations . Each person (other than the Corporation) to whom the Purchased Shares are transferred by means of a Permitted Transfer must, as a condition precedent to the validity of such transfer, acknowledge in writing to the Corporation that such person is bound by the provisions of this Agreement and that the transferred shares are subject to (i) the Repurchase Right, (ii) the First Refusal Right and (iii) the Market Stand-Off, to the same extent such shares would be so subject if retained by Optionee.
3. Market Stand-Off .
(a) In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Corporation of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the 1933 Act, including the Corporation's initial public offering, Owner shall not sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose or transfer for value or otherwise agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Purchased Shares without the prior written consent of the Corporation or its underwriters. Such restriction (the "Market Stand-Off") shall be in effect for such period of time from and after the effective date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Corporation or such underwriters. In no event, however, shall such period exceed one hundred
2
eighty (180) days and the Market Stand-Off shall in all events terminate two (2) years after the effective date of the Corporation's initial public offering.
(b) Owner shall be subject to the Market Stand-Off provided and only if the officers and directors of the Corporation are also subject to similar restrictions.
(c) Any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of any Recapitalization or Reorganization distributed with respect to the Purchased Shares shall be immediately subject to the Market Stand-Off, to the same extent the Purchased Shares are at such time covered by such provisions.
(d) In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Corporation may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Purchased Shares until the end of the applicable stand-off period.
D. REPURCHASE RIGHT
1. Grant . The Corporation is hereby granted the right (the "Repurchase Right"), exercisable at any time during the ninety (90)-day period following the date Optionee ceases for any reason to remain in Service or (if later) during the ninety (90)-day period following the execution date of this Agreement, to repurchase at the Exercise Price all or any portion of the Purchased Shares in which Optionee is not, at the time of his or her cessation of Service, vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule (such shares to be hereinafter referred to as the "Unvested Shares").
2. Exercise of the Repurchase Right . The Repurchase Right shall be exercisable by written notice delivered to each Owner of the Unvested Shares prior to the expiration of the ninety (90)-day exercise period. The notice shall indicate the number of Unvested Shares to be repurchased and the date on which the repurchase is to be effected, such date to be not more than thirty (30) days after the date of such notice. The certificates representing the Unvested Shares to be repurchased shall be delivered to the Corporation prior to the close of business on the date specified for the repurchase. Concurrently with the receipt of such stock certificates, the Corporation shall pay to Owner, in cash or cash equivalents (including the cancellation of any purchase-money indebtedness), an amount equal to the Exercise Price previously paid for the Unvested Shares which are to be repurchased from Owner.
3. Termination of the Repurchase Right . The Repurchase Right shall terminate with respect to any Unvested Shares for which it is not timely exercised under Paragraph D.2. In addition, the Repurchase Right shall terminate and cease to be exercisable with respect to any and all Purchased Shares in which Optionee vests in accordance with the Vesting Schedule. All Purchased Shares as to which the Repurchase Right lapses shall, however, remain subject to (i) the First Refusal Right and (ii) the Market Stand-Off.
4. Aggregate Vesting Limitation . If the Option is exercised in more than one increment so that Optionee is a party to one or more other Stock Purchase Agreements (the "Prior Purchase Agreements") which are executed prior to the date of this Agreement, then the total number of Purchased Shares as to which Optionee shall be deemed to have a fully-vested interest under this Agreement and all Prior Purchase Agreements shall not exceed in the aggregate the number of Purchased Shares in which Optionee would otherwise at the time be vested, in accordance with the Vesting Schedule, had all the Purchased Shares (including those acquired under the Prior Purchase Agreements) been acquired exclusively under this Agreement.
5. Recapitalization . Any new, substituted or additional securities or other property (including cash paid other than as a regular cash dividend) which is by reason of any Recapitalization distributed with respect to the Purchased Shares shall be immediately subject to the Repurchase
3
Right, but only to the extent the "Purchased Shares are at the time covered by such right. Appropriate adjustments to reflect such distribution shall be made to the number and/or class of Purchased Shares subject to this Agreement and to the price per share to be paid upon the exercise of the Repurchase Right in order to reflect the effect of any such Recapitalization upon the Corporation's capital structure; provided , however, that the aggregate purchase price shall remain the same. Any securities or other property (including cash) distributed with respect to the Purchased Shares may be held in escrow.
6. Corporate Transaction .
(a) The Repurchase Right shall lapse in part immediately prior to the consummation of the Corporate Transaction as follows, except to the extent assigned to the successor corporation (or parent thereof) in connection with the Corporate Transaction:
(i) In the event Optionee has completed less than one (1) year of Service prior to the effective date of the Corporate Transaction, the Repurchase Right applicable to the Purchased Shares shall terminate with respect to the number of shares in which Optionee would have vested upon completion of one (1) year of Service (subject to the aggregate vesting limitations set forth in Paragraph 4 above).
(ii) In the event Optionee has completed at least one (1) year of Service prior to the effective date of the Corporate Transaction, the Repurchase Right applicable to the Purchased Shares shall lapse with respect to fifty percent (50%) of the shares in which the Participant is at the time unvested.
(b) To the extent the Repurchase Right remains in effect following a Corporate Transaction, such right shall apply to the new capital stock or other property (including any cash payments) received in exchange for the Purchased Shares in consummation of the Corporate Transaction, but only to the extent the Purchased Shares are at the time covered by such right. Appropriate adjustments shall be made to the price per share payable upon exercise of the Repurchase Right to reflect the effect of the Corporate Transaction upon the Corporation's capital structure; provided , however, that the aggregate purchase price shall remain the same. Any capital stock or other property (including any cash payments) received in exchange for the Purchased Shares may be held in escrow.
E. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL
1. Grant. The Corporation is hereby granted the right of first refusal (the "First Refusal Right"), exercisable in connection with any proposed transfer of the Purchased Shares in which Optionee has vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule. For purposes of this Article E, the term "transfer" shall include any sale, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or other disposition of the Purchased Shares intended to be made by Owner, but shall not include any Permitted Transfer.
2. Notice of Intended Disposition . In the event any Owner of Purchased Shares in which Optionee has vested desires to accept a bona fide third-party offer for the transfer of any or all of such shares (the Purchased Shares subject to such offer to be hereinafter referred to as the "Target Shares"), Owner shall promptly (i) deliver to the Corporation written notice (the "Disposition Notice") of the terms of the offer, including the purchase price and the identity of the third-party offeror, and (ii) provide satisfactory proof that the disposition of the Target Shares to such third-party offeror would not be in contravention of the provisions set forth in Articles B and C.
3. Exercise of the First Refusal Right . The Corporation shall, for a period of forty-five (45) days following receipt of the Disposition Notice, have the right to repurchase any or all of the Target Shares subject to the Disposition Notice upon the same terms as those specified therein or upon such other terms (not materially different from those specified in the Disposition Notice) to
4
which Owner consents. Such right shall be exercisable by delivery of written notice (the "Exercise Notice") to Owner prior to the expiration of the forty-five (45)-day exercise period. If such right is exercised with respect to all the Target Shares, then the Corporation shall effect the repurchase of such shares, including payment of the purchase price, not more than fifteen (15) business days after delivery of the Exercise Notice; and at such time the certificates representing the Target Shares shall be delivered to the Corporation.
Should the purchase price specified in the Disposition Notice be payable in property other than cash or evidences of indebtedness, the Corporation shall have the right to pay the purchase price in the form of cash equal in amount to the value of such property. If Owner and the Corporation cannot agree on such cash value within thirty (30) days after the Corporation's receipt of the Disposition Notice, the valuation shall be made by an appraiser of recognized standing selected by Owner and the Corporation or, if they cannot agree on an appraiser within forty-five (45) days after the Corporation's receipt of the Disposition Notice, each shall select an appraiser of recognized standing and the two (2) appraisers shall designate a third appraiser of recognized standing, whose appraisal shall be determinative of such value. The cost of such appraisal shall be shared equally by Owner and the Corporation. The closing shall then be held on the later of (i) the fifteenth (15th) business day following delivery of the Exercise Notice or (ii) the fifteenth (15th) business day after such valuation shall have been made.
4. Non-Exercise of the First Refusal Right . In the event the Exercise Notice is not given to Owner prior to the expiration of the forty-five (45)-day exercise period, Owner shall have a period of thirty (30) days thereafter in which to sell or otherwise dispose of the Target Shares to the third-party offeror identified in the Disposition Notice upon terms (including the purchase price) no more favorable to such third-party offeror than those specified in the Disposition Notice; provided , however, that any such sale or disposition must not be effected in contravention of the provisions of Article B and Paragraph C.3. The third-party offeror shall acquire the Target Shares free and clear of the Repurchase Right and the First Refusal Right, but the acquired shares shall remain subject to Article B and Paragraph C.3. In the event Owner does not effect such sale or disposition of the Target Shares within the specified thirty (30)-day period, the First Refusal Right shall continue to be applicable to any subsequent disposition of the Target Shares by Owner until such right lapses.
5. Partial Exercise of the First Refusal Right . In the event the Corporation makes a timely exercise of the First Refusal Right with respect to a portion, but not all, of the Target Shares specified in the Disposition Notice, Owner shall have the option, exercisable by written notice to the Corporation delivered within fifteen (15) business days after Owner's receipt of the Exercise Notice, to effect the sale of the Target Shares pursuant to either of the following alternatives:
(i) sale or other disposition of all the Target Shares to the third-party offeror identified in the Disposition Notice, but in full compliance with the requirements of Paragraph E.4, as if the Corporation did not exercise the First Refusal Right; or
(ii) sale to the Corporation of the portion of the Target Shares which the Corporation has elected to purchase, such sale to be effected in substantial conformity with the provisions of Paragraph E.3. The First Refusal Right shall continue to be applicable to any subsequent disposition of the remaining Target Shares until such right lapses.
Failure of Owner to deliver timely notification to the Corporation shall be deemed to be an election by Owner to sell the Target Shares pursuant to alternative (i) above.
5
6. Recapitalization/Reorganization .
(a) Any new, substituted or additional securities or other property which is by reason of any Recapitalization distributed with respect to the Purchased Shares shall be immediately subject to the First Refusal Right, but only to the extent the Purchased Shares are at the time covered by such right.
(b) In the event of a Reorganization, the First Refusal Right shall remain in full force and effect and shall apply to the new capital stock or other property received in exchange for the Purchased Shares in consummation of the Reorganization, but only to the extent the Purchased Shares are at the time covered by such right.
7. Lapse . The First Refusal Right shall lapse upon the earliest to occur of (i) the first date on which shares of the Common Stock are held of record by more than five hundred (500) persons, (ii) a determination is made by the Board that a public market exists for the outstanding shares of Common Stock or (iii) a firm commitment underwritten public offering, pursuant to an effective registration statement under the 1933 Act, covering the offer and sale of the Common Stock in the aggregate amount of at least ten million dollars ($10,000,000). However, the Market Stand-Off shall continue to remain in full force and effect following the lapse of the First Refusal Right
F. SPECIAL TAX ELECTION
The acquisition of the Purchased Shares may result in adverse tax consequences which may be avoided or mitigated by filing an election under Code Section 83(b). Such election must be filed within thirty (30) days after the date of this Agreement. A description of the tax consequences applicable to the acquisition of the Purchased Shares and the form for making the Code Section 83(b) election are set forth in Exhibit II. OPTIONEE SHOULD CONSULT WITH HIS OR HER TAX ADVISOR TO DETERMINE THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF ACQUIRING THE PURCHASED SHARES AND THE ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF FILING THE CODE SECTION 83(b) ELECTION. OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS OPTIONEE'S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY, AND NOT THE CORPORATION'S, TO FILE A TIMELY ELECTION UNDER CODE SECTION 83(b), EVEN IF OPTIONEE REQUESTS THE CORPORATION OR ITS REPRESENTATIVES TO MAKE THIS FILING ON HIS OR HER BEHALF .
G. GENERAL PROVISIONS
1. Assignment . The Corporation may assign the Repurchase Right and/or the First Refusal Right to any person or entity selected by the Board, including (without limitation) one or more stockholders of the Corporation.
2. No Employment or Service Contract . Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Optionee) or of Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate Optionee's Service at any time for any reason, with or without cause.
3. Notices . Any notice required to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effective upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the U.S. mail, registered or certified, postage prepaid and properly addressed to the party entitled to such notice at the address indicated below such party's signature line on this Agreement or at such other address as such party may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice under this paragraph to all other parties to this Agreement.
4. No Waiver . The failure of the Corporation in any instance to exercise the Repurchase Right or the First Refusal Right shall not constitute a waiver of any other repurchase rights and/or
6
rights of first refusal that may subsequently arise under the provisions of this Agreement or any other agreement between the Corporation and Optionee. No waiver of any breach or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach or condition, whether of like or different nature.
5. Cancellation of Shares. If the Corporation shall make available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Purchased Shares to be repurchased in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, then from and after such time, the person from whom such shares are to be repurchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement). Such shares shall be deemed purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, and the Corporation shall be deemed the owner and holder of such shares, whether or not the certificates therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.
6. Optionee Undertaking . Optionee hereby agrees to take whatever additional action and execute whatever additional documents the Corporation may deem necessary or advisable in order to carry out or effect one or more of the obligations or restrictions imposed on either Optionee or the Purchased Shares pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.
7. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Texas without resort to that State's conflict-of-laws rules.
8. Successors and Assigns . The provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Corporation and its successors and assigns and upon Optionee, Optionee's permitted assigns and the legal representatives, heirs and legatees of Optionee's estate, whether or not any such person shall have become a party to this Agreement and have agreed in writing to join herein and be bound by the terms hereof.
7
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Agreement on the day and year first indicated above.
CONVIO, INC. | ||||
|
|
By: |
|
|
Title: |
|
|||
Address: |
|
|||
OPTIONEE |
||||
|
|
Address: |
|
|
|
8
EXHIBIT I
ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE
FOR VALUE RECEIVED hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto Convio, Inc. (the "Corporation"), ( ) shares of the Common Stock of the Corporation standing in his or her name on the books of the Corporation represented by Certificate No. herewith and do(es) hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.
Dated:
Signature:
Instruction: Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line. Please sign exactly as you would like your name to appear on the issued stock certificate. The purpose of this assignment is to enable the Corporation to exercise the Repurchase Right without requiring additional signatures on the part of Optionee.
EXHIBIT II
FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
AND SECTION 83(b) TAX ELECTION
I. Federal Income Tax Consequences and Section 83(b) Election For Exercise of Non-Statutory Option. If the Purchased Shares are acquired pursuant to the exercise of a Non-Statutory Option, as specified in the Grant Notice, then under Code Section 83, the excess of the Fair Market Value of the Purchased Shares on the date any forfeiture restrictions applicable to such shares lapse over the Exercise Price paid for such shares will be reportable as ordinary income on the lapse date. For this purpose, the term "forfeiture restrictions" includes the right of the Corporation to repurchase the Purchased Shares pursuant to the Repurchase Right. However, Optionee may elect under Code Section 83(b) to be taxed at the time the Purchased Shares are acquired, rather than when and as such Purchased Shares cease to be subject to such forfeiture restrictions. Such election must be filed with the Internal Revenue Service within thirty (30) days after the date of the Agreement. Even if the Fair Market Value of the Purchased Shares on the date of the Agreement equals the Exercise Price paid (and thus no tax is payable), the election must be made to avoid adverse tax consequences in the future. The form for making this election is attached as part of this exhibit. FAILURE TO MAKE THIS FILING WITHIN THE APPLICABLE THIRTY (30)-DAY PERIOD WILL RESULT IN THE RECOGNITION OF ORDINARY INCOME BY OPTIONEE AS THE FORFEITURE RESTRICTIONS LAPSE .
II. Federal Income Tax Consequences and Conditional Section 83(b) Election For Exercise of Incentive Option . If the Purchased Shares are acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Incentive Option, as specified in the Grant Notice, then the following tax principles shall be applicable to the Purchased Shares:
(i) For regular tax purposes, no taxable income will be recognized at the time the Option is exercised.
(ii) The excess of (a) the Fair Market Value of the Purchased Shares on the date the Option is exercised or (if later) on the date any forfeiture restrictions applicable to the Purchased Shares lapse over (b) the Exercise Price paid for the Purchased Shares will be includible in Optionee's taxable income for alternative minimum tax purposes.
(iii) If Optionee makes a disqualifying disposition of the Purchased Shares, then Optionee will recognize ordinary income in the year of such disposition equal in amount to the excess of (a) the Fair Market Value of the Purchased Shares on the date the Option is exercised or (if later) on the date any forfeiture restrictions applicable to the Purchased Shares lapse over (b) the Exercise Price paid for the Purchased Shares. Any additional gain recognized upon the disqualifying disposition will be either short-term or long-term capital gain depending upon the period for which the Purchased Shares are held prior to the disposition.
(iv) For purposes of the foregoing, the term "forfeiture restrictions" will include the right of the Corporation to repurchase the Purchased Shares pursuant to the Repurchase Right. The term "disqualifying disposition" means any sale or other disposition 1 of the Purchased Shares within two (2) years after the Grant Date or within one (1) year after the exercise date of the Option.
II-1
(v) Optionee may, in connection with the exercise of the Option for any Purchased Shares at the time subject to forfeiture restrictions, file a protective election under Code Section 83(b) which would limit Optionee's alternative minimum taxable income upon exercise to the excess of the Fair Market Value of the Purchased Shares on the date the Option is exercised over the Exercise Price paid for the Purchased Shares. In the absence of final Treasury Regulations relating to Incentive Options, it is not certain whether Optionee may similarly file a protective election under Section 83(b) which would limit Optionee's ordinary income upon a disqualifying disposition to the excess of the Fair Market Value of the Purchased Shares on the date the Option is exercised over the Exercise Price paid for the Purchased Shares. Accordingly, such election if properly filed will only be allowed to the extent the final Treasury Regulations permit such a protective election. Page 2 of the attached form for making the election should be filed with any election made in connection with the exercise of an Incentive Option.
II-2
This statement is being made under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, pursuant to Treas. Reg. Section 1.83-2.
Spouse (if any) |
Taxpayer |
This election must be filed with the Internal Revenue Service Center with which taxpayer files his or her Federal income tax returns and must be made within thirty (30) days after the execution date of the Stock Purchase Agreement. This filing should be made by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested. Optionee must retain two (2) copies of the completed form for filing with his or her Federal and state tax returns for the current tax year and an additional copy for his or her records.
1
The property described in the above Section 83(b) election is comprised of shares of common stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code"). Accordingly, it is the intent of the Taxpayer to utilize this election to achieve the following tax results:
1. The purpose of this election is to have the alternative minimum taxable income attributable to the purchased shares measured by the amount by which the fair market value of such shares at the time of their transfer to the Taxpayer exceeds the purchase price paid for the shares. In the absence of this election, such alternative minimum taxable income would be measured by the spread between the fair market value of the purchased shares and the purchase price which exists on the various lapse dates in effect for the forfeiture restrictions applicable to such shares. The election is to be effective to the full extent permitted under the Code.
2. Section 421(a)(1) of the Code expressly excludes from income any excess of the fair market value of the purchased shares over the amount paid for such shares. Accordingly, this election is also intended to be effective in the event there is a "disqualifying disposition" of the shares, within the meaning of Section 421(b) of the Code, which would otherwise render the provisions of Section 83(a) of the Code applicable at that time. Consequently, the Taxpayer hereby elects to have the amount of disqualifying disposition income measured by the excess of the fair market value of the purchased shares on the date of transfer to the Taxpayer over the amount paid for such shares. Since Section 421(a) presently applies to the shares which are the subject of this Section 83(b) election, no taxable income is actually recognized for regular tax purposes at this time, and no income taxes are payable, by the Taxpayer as a result of this election.
THIS PAGE 2 IS TO BE ATTACHED TO ANY SECTION 83(b) ELECTION FILED IN CONNECTION WITH THE EXERCISE OF AN INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION UNDER THE FEDERAL TAX LAWS.
2
The following definitions shall be in effect under the Agreement:
A. Agreement shall mean this Stock Purchase Agreement.
B. Board shall mean the Corporation's Board of Directors.
C. Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
D. Common Stock shall mean the Corporation's common stock.
E. Corporate Transaction shall mean either of the following stockholder-approved transactions:
(i) a merger or consolidation in which securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Corporation's outstanding securities are transferred to a person or persons different from the persons holding those securities immediately prior to such transaction, or
(ii) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Corporation's assets in complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation.
F. Corporation shall mean Convio, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
G. Disposition Notice shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Paragraph E2.
H. Exercise Notice shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Paragraph E.3.
I. Exercise Price shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Paragraph A.1.
J. Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on any relevant date, prior to the initial public offering of the Common Stock, shall be determined by the Plan Administrator after taking into account such factors as it shall deem appropriate.
K. First Refusal Right shall mean the right granted to the Corporation in accordance with Article E.
L. Grant Date shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Paragraph A.1.
M. Grant Notice shall mean the Notice of Grant of Stock Option pursuant to which Optionee has been informed of the basic terms of the Option.
N. Incentive Option shall mean an option which satisfies the requirements of Code Section 422.
O. Market Stand-Off shall mean the market stand-off restriction specified in Paragraph C.3.
P. 1933 Act shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Q. Non-Statutory Option shall mean an option not intended to satisfy the requirements of Code Section 422.
R. Option shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Paragraph A.1.
S. Option Agreement shall mean all agreements and other documents evidencing the Option.
T. Optionee shall mean the person to whom the Option is granted under the Plan.
U. Owner shall mean Optionee and all subsequent holders of the Purchased Shares who derive their chain of ownership through a Permitted Transfer from Optionee.
V. Parent shall mean any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Corporation, provided each corporation in the unbroken chain (other than the Corporation) owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more
A-1
of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.
W. Permitted Transfer shall mean (i) a gratuitous transfer of the Purchased Shares, provided and only if Optionee obtains the Corporation's prior written consent to such transfer, (ii) a transfer of title to the Purchased Shares effected pursuant to Optionee's will or the laws of intestate succession following Optionee's death or (iii) a transfer to the Corporation in pledge as security for any purchase-money indebtedness incurred by Optionee in connection with the acquisition of the Purchased Shares.
X. Plan shall mean the Corporation's 1999 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan.
Y. Plan Administrator shall mean either the Board or a committee of Board members, to the extent the committee is at the time responsible for administration of the Plan.
Z. Prior Purchase Agreement shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Paragraph D.4.
AA. Purchased Shares shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Paragraph A.1.
BB. Recapitalization shall mean any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change affecting the Corporation's outstanding Common Stock as a class without the Corporation's receipt of consideration.
CC. Reorganization shall mean any of the following transactions:
(i) a merger or consolidation in which the Corporation is not the surviving entity,
(ii) a sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Corporation's assets,
(iii) a reverse merger in which the Corporation is the surviving entity but in which the Corporation's outstanding voting securities are transferred in whole or in part to a person or persons different from the persons holding those securities immediately prior to the merger, or
(iv) any transaction effected primarily to change the state in which the Corporation is incorporated or to create a holding company structure.
DD. Repurchase Right shall mean the right granted to the Corporation in accordance with Article D.
EE. SEC shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.
FF. Service shall mean Optionee's provision of services to the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) in the capacity of an employee, subject to the control and direction of the employer entity as to both the work to be performed and the manner and method of performance, a non-employee member of the board of directors or a consultant or independent advisor.
GG. Subsidiary shall mean any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Corporation, provided each corporation (other than the last corporation) in the unbroken chain owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.
HH. Target Shares shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Paragraph E.2.
II. Vesting Schedule shall mean the vesting schedule specified in the Grant Notice, subject to the acceleration provisions upon an Involuntary Termination following a Corporate Transaction.
JJ. Unvested Shares shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Paragraph D.1.
A-2
LOCUSPOCUS INC.
2000 STOCK OPTION PLAN
1. ESTABLISHMENT, PURPOSE AND TERM OF PLAN.
1.1 Establishment. The LocusPocus Inc. 2000 Stock Option Plan (the " Plan ") is hereby established effective as of September 6, 2000.
1.2 Purpose. The purpose of the Plan is to advance the interests of the Participating Company Group and its shareholders by providing an incentive to attract, retain and reward persons performing services for the Participating Company Group and by motivating such persons to contribute to the growth and profitability of the Participating Company Group.
1.3 Term of Plan. The Plan shall continue in effect until the earlier of its termination by the Board or the date on which all of the shares of Stock available for issuance under the Plan have been issued and all restrictions on such shares under the terms of the Plan and the agreements evidencing Options granted under the Plan have lapsed. However, all Options shall be granted, if at all, within ten (10) years from the earlier of the date the Plan is adopted by the Board or the date the Plan is duly approved by the shareholders of the Company.
2. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION.
2.1 Definitions . Whenever used herein, the following terms shall have their respective meanings set forth below:
(a) " Board " means the Board of Directors of the Company. If one or more Committees have been appointed by the Board to administer the Plan, " Board " also means such Committee(s).
(b) " Code " means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any applicable regulations promulgated thereunder.
(c) " Committee " means the Compensation Committee or other committee of the Board duly appointed to administer the Plan and having such powers as shall be specified by the Board. Unless the powers of the Committee have been specifically limited, the Committee shall have all of the powers of the Board granted herein, including, without limitation, the power to amend or terminate the Plan at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable limitations imposed by law.
(d) " Company " means LocusPocus Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor corporation thereto.
(e) " Consultant " means a person engaged to provide consulting or advisory services (other than as an Employee or a Director) to a Participating Company, provided that the identity of such person, the nature of such services or the entity to which such services are provided would not preclude the Company from offering or selling securities to such person pursuant to the Plan in reliance on either the exemption from registration provided by Rule 701 under the Securities Act or, if the Company is required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, registration on a Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act.
(f) " Director " means a member of the Board or of the board of directors of any other Participating Company.
(g) " Disability " means the inability of the Optionee, in the opinion of a qualified physician acceptable to the Company, to perform the major duties of the Optionee's position with the Participating Company Group because of the sickness or injury of the Optionee.
1
(h) " Employee " means any person treated as an employee (including an Officer or a Director who is also treated as an employee) in the records of a Participating Company and, with respect to any Incentive Stock Option granted to such person, who is an employee for purposes of Section 422 of the Code; provided, however, that neither service as a Director nor payment of a director's fee shall be sufficient to constitute employment for purposes of the Plan. The Company shall determine in good faith and in the exercise of its discretion whether an individual has become or has ceased to be an Employee and the effective date of such individual's employment or termination of employment, as the case may be. For purposes of an individual's rights, if any, under the Plan as of the time of the Company's determination, all such determinations by the Company shall be final, binding and conclusive, notwithstanding that the Company or any court of law or governmental agency subsequently makes a contrary determination.
(i) " Exchange Act " means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
(j) " Fair Market Value " means, as of any date, the value of a share of Stock or other property as determined by the Board, in its discretion, or by the Company, in its discretion, if such determination is expressly allocated to the Company herein, subject to the following:
(i) If, on such date, the Stock is listed on a national or regional securities exchange or market system, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be the closing price of a share of Stock (or the mean of the closing bid and asked prices of a share of Stock if the Stock is so quoted instead) as quoted on the Nasdaq National Market, The Nasdaq SmallCap Market or such other national or regional securities exchange or market system constituting the primary market for the Stock, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Company deems reliable. If the relevant date does not fall on a day on which the Stock has traded on such securities exchange or market system, the date on which the Fair Market Value shall be established shall be the last day on which the Stock was so traded prior to the relevant date, or such other appropriate day as shall be determined by the Board, in its discretion.
(ii) If, on such date, the Stock is not listed on a national or regional securities exchange or market system, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be as determined by the Board in good faith without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which, by its terms, will never lapse.
(k) " Incentive Stock Option " means an Option intended to be (as set forth in the Option Agreement) and which qualifies as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.
(1) " Insider " means an Officer, a Director of the Company or other person whose transactions in Stock are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.
(m) " Nonstatutory Stock Option " means an Option not intended to be (as set forth in the Option Agreement) or which does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.
(n) " Officer " means any person designated by the Board as an officer of the Company.
(o) " Option " means a right to purchase Stock pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Plan. An Option may be either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option.
(p) " Option Agreement " means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionee setting forth the terms, conditions and restrictions of the Option granted to the Optionee and any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof. An Option Agreement may consist of a form of "Notice of Grant of Stock Option" and a form of "Stock Option Agreement" incorporated therein by reference, or such other form or forms as the Board may approve from time to time.
2
(q) " Optionee " means a person who has been granted one or more Options.
(r) " Parent Corporation " means any present or future "parent corporation" of the Company, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.
(s) " Participating Company " means the Company or any Parent Corporation or Subsidiary Corporation.
(t) " Participating Company Group " means, at any point in time, all corporations collectively which are then Participating Companies.
(u) " Rule 16b-3 " means Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, as amended from time to time, or any successor rule or regulation.
(v) " Securities Act " means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(w) " Service " means an Optionee's employment or service with the Participating Company Group, whether in the capacity of an Employee, a Director or a Consultant. An Optionee's Service shall not be deemed to have terminated merely because of a change in the capacity in which the Optionee renders Service to the Participating Company Group or a change in the Participating Company for which the Optionee renders such Service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Optionee's Service. Furthermore, an Optionee's Service with the Participating Company Group shall not be deemed to have terminated if the Optionee takes any military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence approved by the Company; provided, however, that if any such leave exceeds ninety (90) days, on the ninety-first (91st) day of such leave the Optionee's Service shall be deemed to have terminated unless the Optionee's right to return to Service with the Participating Company Group is guaranteed by statute or contract. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise designated by the Company or required by law, a leave of absence shall not be treated as Service for purposes of determining vesting under the Optionee's Option Agreement. The Optionee's Service shall be deemed to have terminated either upon an actual termination of Service or upon the corporation for which the Optionee performs Service ceasing to be a Participating Company. Subject to the foregoing, the Company, in its discretion, shall determine whether the Optionee's Service has terminated and the effective date of such termination.
(x) " Stock " means the common stock of the Company, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 4.2.
(y) " Subsidiary Corporation " means any present or future "subsidiary corporation" of the Company, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.
(z) " Ten Percent Owner Optionee " means an Optionee who, at the time an Option is granted to the Optionee, owns stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of a Participating Company within the meaning of Section 422(b)(6) of the Code.
2.2 Construction. Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of the Plan. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term "or" is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.
3. ADMINISTRATION.
3.1 Administration by the Board. The Plan shall be administered by the Board. All questions of interpretation of the Plan or of any Option shall be determined by the Board, and
3
such determinations shall be final and binding upon all persons having an interest in the Plan or such Option.
3.2 Authority of Officers. Any Officer shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, determination or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the Officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, determination or election.
3.3 Powers of the Board. In addition to any other powers set forth in the Plan and subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board shall have the full and final power and authority, in its discretion:
(a) to determine the persons to whom, and the time or times at which, Options shall be granted and the number of shares of Stock to be subject to each Option;
(b) to designate Options as Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options;
(c) to determine the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock or other property;
(d) to determine the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to each Option (which need not be identical) and any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof, including, without limitation, (i) the exercise price of the Option, (ii) the method of payment for shares purchased upon the exercise of the Option, (iii) the method for satisfaction of any tax withholding obligation arising in connection with the Option or such shares, including by the withholding or delivery of shares of stock, (iv) the timing, terms and conditions of the exercisability of the Option or the vesting of any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof, (v) the time of the expiration of the Option, (vi) the effect of the Optionee's termination of Service with the Participating Company Group on any of the foregoing, and (vii) all other terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to the Option or such shares not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan;
(e) to approve one or more forms of Option Agreement;
(f) to amend, modify, extend, cancel or renew any Option or to waive any restrictions or conditions applicable to any Option or any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof;
(g) to accelerate, continue, extend or defer the exercisability of any Option or the vesting of any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof, including with respect to the period following an Optionee's termination of Service with the Participating Company Group;
(h) to prescribe, amend or rescind rules, guidelines and policies relating to the Plan, or to adopt supplements to, or alternative versions of, the Plan, including, without limitation, as the Board deems necessary or desirable to comply with the laws of, or to accommodate the tax policy or custom of, foreign jurisdictions whose citizens may be granted Options; and
(i) to correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Option Agreement and to make all other determinations and take such other actions with respect to the Plan or any Option as the Board may deem advisable to the extent not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan or applicable law.
3.4 Administration with Respect to Insiders. With respect to participation by Insiders in the Plan, at any time that any class of equity security of the Company is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, the Plan shall be administered in compliance with the requirements, if any, of Rule 16b-3.
3.5 Indemnification. In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they may have as members of the Board or officers or employees of the Participating Company Group, members of the Board and any officers or employees of the Participating Company Group to whom authority
4
to act for the Board or the Company is delegated shall be indemnified by the Company against all reasonable expenses, including attorneys' fees, actually and necessarily incurred in connection with the defense of any action, suit or proceeding, or in connection with any appeal therein, to which they or any of them may be a party by reason of any action taken or failure to act under or in connection with the Plan, or any right granted hereunder, and against all amounts paid by them in settlement thereof (provided such settlement is approved by independent legal counsel selected by the Company) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding, except in relation to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding that such person is liable for gross negligence, bad faith or intentional misconduct in duties; provided, however, that within sixty (60) days after the institution of such action, suit or proceeding, such person shall offer to the Company, in writing, the opportunity at its own expense to handle and defend the same.
4. SHARES SUBJECT TO PLAN .
4.1 Maximum Number of Shares Issuable. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.2, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan shall be two million (2,000,000) and shall consist of authorized but unissued or reacquired shares of Stock or any combination thereof. If an outstanding Option for any reason expires or is terminated or canceled or if shares of Stock are acquired upon the exercise of an Option subject to a Company repurchase option and are repurchased by the Company at the Optionee's exercise price, the shares of Stock allocable to the unexercised portion of such Option or such repurchased shares of Stock shall again be available for issuance under the Plan. However, except as adjusted pursuant to Section 4.2, in no event shall more than two million (2,000,000) shares of Stock be available for issuance pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options (the " ISO Share Issuance Limit "). Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any such time as the offer and sale of securities pursuant to the Plan is subject to compliance with Section 260.140.45 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations (" Section 260.140.45 "), the total number of shares of Stock issuable upon the exercise of all outstanding Options (together with options outstanding under any other stock option plan of the Company) and the total number of shares provided for under any stock bonus or similar plan of the Company shall not exceed thirty percent (30%) (or such other higher percentage limitation as may be approved by the shareholders of the Company pursuant to Section 260.140.45) of the then outstanding shares of the Company as calculated in accordance with the conditions and exclusions of Section 260.140.45.
4.2 Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure . In the event of any stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization, combination, reclassification or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, appropriate adjustments shall be made in the number and class of shares subject to the Plan and to any outstanding Options, in the ISO Share Issuance Limit set forth in Section 4.1, and in the exercise price per share of any outstanding Options. If a majority of the shares which are of the same class as the shares that are subject to outstanding Options are exchanged for, converted into, or otherwise become (whether or not pursuant to an Ownership Change Event, as defined in Section 8.1) shares of another corporation (the " New Shares "), the Board may unilaterally amend the outstanding Options to provide that such Options are exercisable for New Shares. In the event of any such amendment, the number of shares subject to, and the exercise price per share of, the outstanding Options shall be adjusted in a fair and equitable manner as determined by the Board, in its discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number, and in no event may the exercise price of any Option be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to the Option. The adjustments determined by the Board pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be final, binding and conclusive.
5
5. ELIGIBILITY AND OPTION LIMITATIONS .
5.1 Persons Eligible for Options . Options may be granted only to Employees, Consultants, and Directors. For purposes of the foregoing sentence, "Employees," "Consultants" and "Directors" shall include prospective Employees, prospective Consultants and prospective Directors to whom Options are granted in connection with written offers of an employment or other service relationship with the Participating Company Group. Eligible persons may be granted more than one (1) Option. However, eligibility in accordance with this Section shall not entitle any person to be granted an Option, or, having been granted an Option, to be granted an additional Option.
5.2 Option Grant Restrictions . Any person who is not an Employee on the effective date of the grant of an Option to such person may be granted only a Nonstatutory Stock Option. An Incentive Stock Option granted to a prospective Employee upon the condition that such person become an Employee shall be deemed granted effective on the date such person commences Service with a Participating Company, with an exercise price determined as of such date in accordance with Section 6.1.
5.3 Fair Market Value Limitation . To the extent that options designated as Incentive Stock Options (granted under all stock option plans of the Participating Company Group, including the Plan) become exercisable by an Optionee for the first time during any calendar year for stock having a Fair Market Value greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the portions of such options which exceed such amount shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 5.3, options designated as Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of stock shall be determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted. If the Code is amended to provide for a different limitation from that set forth in this Section 5.3, such different limitation shall be deemed incorporated herein effective as of the date and with respect to such Options as required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. If an Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in part by reason of the limitation set forth in this Section 5.3, the Optionee may designate which portion of such Option the Optionee is exercising. In the absence of such designation, the Optionee shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option first. Separate certificates representing each such portion shall be issued upon the exercise of the Option.
6. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS .
Options shall be evidenced by Option Agreements specifying the number of shares of Stock covered thereby, in such form as the Board shall from time to time establish. No Option or purported Option shall be a valid and binding obligation of the Company unless evidenced by a fully executed Option Agreement. Option Agreements may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:
6.1 Exercise Price . The exercise price for each Option shall be established in the discretion of the Board; provided, however, that (a) the exercise price per share for an Incentive Stock Option shall be not less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option, (b) the exercise price per share for a Nonstatutory Stock Option shall be not less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option, and (c) no Option granted to a Ten Percent Owner Optionee shall have an exercise price per share less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option (whether an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option) may be granted with an exercise price lower than the minimum exercise price set forth above if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner qualifying under the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code.
6
6.2 Exercisability and Term of Options . Options shall be exercisable at such time or times, or upon such event or events, and subject to such terms, conditions, performance criteria and restrictions as shall be determined by the Board and set forth in the Option Agreement evidencing such Option; provided, however, that (a) no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years after the effective date of grant of such Option, (b) no Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Owner Optionee shall be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years after the effective date of grant of such Option, (c) no Option granted to a prospective Employee, prospective Consultant or prospective Director may become exercisable prior to the date on which such person commences Service with a Participating Company, and (d) with the exception of an Option granted to an Officer, a Director or a Consultant, no Option shall become exercisable at a rate less than twenty percent (20%) per year over a period of five (5) years from the effective date of grant of such Option, subject to the Optionee's continued Service. Subject to the foregoing, unless otherwise specified by the Board in the grant of an Option, any Option granted hereunder shall terminate ten (10) years after the effective date of grant of the Option, unless earlier terminated in accordance with its provisions.
6.3 Payment of Exercise Price .
(a) Forms of Consideration Authorized . Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the exercise price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased pursuant to any Option shall be made (i) in cash, by check or cash equivalent, (ii) by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock owned by the Optionee having a Fair Market Value not less than the exercise price, (iii) by delivery of a properly executed notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker providing for the assignment to the Company of the proceeds of a sale or loan with respect to some or all of the shares being acquired upon the exercise of the Option (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) (a " Cashless Exercise "), (iv) provided that the Optionee is an Employee (unless otherwise not prohibited by law, including, without limitation, any regulation promulgated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) and in the Company's sole discretion at the time the Option is exercised, by delivery of the Optionee's promissory note in a form approved by the Company for the aggregate exercise price, provided that, if the Company is incorporated in the State of Delaware, the Optionee shall pay in cash that portion of the aggregate exercise price not less than the par value of the shares being acquired, (v) by such other consideration as may be approved by the Board from time to time to the extent permitted by applicable law, or (vi) by any combination thereof. The Board may at any time or from time to time, by approval of or by amendment to the standard forms of Option Agreement described in Section 7, or by other means, grant Options which do not permit all of the foregoing forms of consideration to be used in payment of the exercise price or which otherwise restrict one or more forms of consideration.
(b) Limitations on Forms of Consideration .
(i) Tender of Stock . Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock to the extent such tender or attestation would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company's stock. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, an Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock unless such shares either have been owned by the Optionee for more than six (6) months (and not used for another Option exercise by attestation during such period) or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.
7
(ii) Cashless Exercise . The Company reserves, at any and all times, the right, in the Company's sole and absolute discretion, to establish, decline to approve or terminate any program or procedures for the exercise of Options by means of a Cashless Exercise.
(iii) Payment by Promissory Note . No promissory note shall be permitted if the exercise of an Option using a promissory note would be a violation of any law. Any permitted promissory note shall be on such terms as the Board shall determine. The Board shall have the authority to permit or require the Optionee to secure any promissory note used to exercise an Option with the shares of Stock acquired upon the exercise of the Option or with other collateral acceptable to the Company. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, if the Company at any time is subject to the regulations promulgated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other governmental entity affecting the extension of credit in connection with the Company's securities, any promissory note shall comply with such applicable regulations, and the Optionee shall pay the unpaid principal and accrued interest, if any, to the extent necessary to comply with such applicable regulations.
6.4 Tax Withholding . The Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to deduct from the shares of Stock issuable upon the exercise of an Option, or to accept from the Optionee the tender of, a number of whole shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value, as determined by the Company, equal to all or any part of the federal, state, local and foreign taxes, if any, required by law to be withheld by the Participating Company Group with respect to such Option or the shares acquired upon the exercise thereof. Alternatively or in addition, in its discretion, the Company shall have the right to require the Optionee, through payroll withholding, cash payment or otherwise, including by means of a Cashless Exercise, to make adequate provision for any such tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group arising in connection with the Option or the shares acquired upon the exercise thereof. The Fair Market Value of any shares of Stock withheld or tendered to satisfy any such tax withholding obligations shall not exceed the amount determined by the applicable minimum statutory withholding rates. The Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Stock or to release shares of Stock from an escrow established pursuant to the Option Agreement until the Participating Company Group's tax withholding obligations have been satisfied by the Optionee.
6.5 Repurchase Rights . Shares issued under the Plan may be subject to a right of first refusal, one or more repurchase options, or other conditions and restrictions as determined by the Board in its discretion at the time the Option is granted. The Company shall have the right to assign at any time any repurchase right it may have, whether or not such right is then exercisable, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company. Upon request by the Company, each Optionee shall execute any agreement evidencing such transfer restrictions prior to the receipt of shares of Stock hereunder and shall promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares of Stock acquired hereunder for the placement on such certificates of appropriate legends evidencing any such transfer restrictions.
6.6 Effect of Termination of Service .
(a) Option Exercisability . Subject to earlier termination of the Option as otherwise provided herein and unless otherwise provided by the Board in the grant of an Option and set forth in the Option Agreement, an Option shall be exercisable after an Optionee's termination of Service only during the applicable time period determined in accordance with this Section 6.6 and thereafter shall terminate:
(i) Disability . If the Optionee's Service terminates because of the Disability of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee (or the Optionee's
8
guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, but in any event no later than the date of expiration of the Option's term as set forth in the Option Agreement evidencing such Option (the " Option Expiration Date ").
(ii) Death . If the Optionee's Service terminates because of the death of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee's legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by reason of the Optionee's death at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date. The Optionee's Service shall be deemed to have terminated on account of death if the Optionee dies within three (3) months (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the Optionee's termination of Service.
(iii) Termination After Change in Control . The Board may, in its discretion, provide in any Option Agreement that if the Optionee's Service ceases as a result of "Termination After Change in Control" (as defined in such Option Agreement), then (1) the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee (or the Optionee's guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of six (6) months (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date, and (2) the exercisability and vesting of the Option and any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof shall be accelerated effective as of the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated to such extent, if any, as shall have been determined by the Board, in its discretion, and set forth in the Option Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company and the other party to the transaction constituting a Change in Control agree to treat such transaction as a "pooling-of-interests" for accounting purposes and it is determined that the provisions or operation of this Section 6.6(a)(iii) would preclude treatment of such transaction as a "pooling-of-interests" and provided further that in the absence of the preceding sentence such transaction would be treated as a "pooling-of-interests," then this Section 6.6(a)(iii) shall be without force or effect, and the vesting and exercisability of the Option shall be determined under any other applicable provision of the Plan or the Option Agreement evidencing such Option.
(iv) Other Termination of Service . If the Optionee's Service terminates for any reason, except Disability, death or Termination After Change in Control, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable by the Optionee on the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee at any time prior to the expiration of three (3) months (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.
(b) Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the exercise of an Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 6.6(a) is prevented by the provisions of Section 10 below, the Option shall remain exercisable until three (3) months (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date the Optionee is notified by the Company that the Option is exercisable, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.
9
(c) Extension if Optionee Subject to Section 16(b) . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a sale within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 6.6(a) of shares acquired upon the exercise of the Option would subject the Optionee to suit under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, the Option shall remain exercisable until the earliest to occur of (i) the tenth (10th) day following the date on which a sale of such shares by the Optionee would no longer be subject to such suit, (ii) the one hundred and ninetieth (190th) day after the Optionee's termination of Service, or (iii) the Option Expiration Date.
6.7 Transferability of Options . During the lifetime of the Optionee, an Option shall be exercisable only by the Optionee or the Optionee's guardian or legal representative. No Option shall be assignable or transferable by the Optionee, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent permitted by the Board, in its discretion, and set forth in the Option Agreement evidencing such Option, a Nonstatutory Stock Option shall be assignable or transferable subject to the applicable limitations, if any, described in Section 260.140.41 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations, Rule 701 under the Securities Act, and the General Instructions to Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act.
7. STANDARD FORMS OF OPTION AGREEMENT .
7.1 Option Agreement . Unless otherwise provided by the Board at the time the Option is granted, an Option shall comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the form of Option Agreement approved by the Board concurrently with its adoption of the Plan and as amended from time to time.
7.2 Authority to Vary Terms . The Board shall have the authority from time to time to vary the terms of any standard form of Option Agreement described in this Section 7 either in connection with the grant or amendment of an individual Option or in connection with the authorization of a new standard form or forms; provided, however, that the terms and conditions of any such new, revised or amended standard form or forms of Option Agreement are not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan.
8. CHANGE IN CONTROL .
8.1 Definitions .
(a) An " Ownership Change Event " shall be deemed to have occurred if any of the following occurs with respect to the Company: (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the shareholders of the Company of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of the Company; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is a party; (iii) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or (iv) a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.
(b) A " Change in Control " shall mean an Ownership Change Event or a series of related Ownership Change Events (collectively, a " Transaction ") wherein the shareholders of the Company immediately before the Transaction do not retain immediately after the Transaction, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company's voting stock immediately before the Transaction, direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the Company or, in the case of a Transaction described in Section 8.1(a)(iii), the corporation or other business entity to which the assets of the Company were transferred (the " Transferee "), as the case may be. For purposes of the preceding sentence, indirect beneficial ownership shall include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting securities of one or more corporations or other business entities which own the Company or the Transferee, as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations or other business entities. The Board shall have the right to determine whether
10
multiple sales or exchanges of the voting securities of the Company or multiple Ownership Change Events are related, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.
8.2 Effect of Change in Control on Options . In the event of a Change in Control, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or other business entity or parent thereof, as the case may be (the " Acquiring Corporation "), may, without the consent of any Optionee, either assume the Company's rights and obligations under outstanding Options or substitute for outstanding Options substantially equivalent options for the Acquiring Corporation's stock. In the event the Acquiring Corporation elects not to assume or substitute for outstanding Options in connection with a Change in Control, the exercisability and vesting of each such outstanding Option and any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof held by Optionees whose Service has not terminated prior to such date shall be accelerated, effective as of the date ten (10) days prior to the date of the Change in Control, to such extent, if any, as shall have been determined by the Board, in its discretion, and set forth in the Option Agreement evidencing such Option. The exercise or vesting of any Option and any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof that was permissible solely by reason of this Section 8.2 and the provisions of such Option Agreement shall be conditioned upon the consummation of the Change in Control. Any Options which are neither assumed or substituted for by the Acquiring Corporation in connection with the Change in Control nor exercised as of the date of the Change in Control shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the date of the Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares acquired upon exercise of an Option prior to the Change in Control and any consideration received pursuant to the Change in Control with respect to such shares shall continue to be subject to all applicable provisions of the Option Agreement evidencing such Option except as otherwise provided in such Option Agreement. Furthermore, notwithstanding the foregoing, if the corporation the stock of which is subject to the outstanding Options immediately prior to an Ownership Change Event described in Section 8.1(a)(i) constituting a Change in Control is the surviving or continuing corporation and immediately after such Ownership Change Event less than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of its voting stock is held by another corporation or by other corporations that are members of an affiliated group within the meaning of Section 1504(a) of the Code without regard to the provisions of Section 1504(b) of the Code, the outstanding Options shall not terminate unless the Board otherwise provides in its discretion.
9. PROVISION OF INFORMATION .
At least annually, copies of the Company's balance sheet and income statement for the just completed fiscal year shall be made available to each Optionee and purchaser of shares of Stock upon the exercise of an Option. The Company shall not be required to provide such information to key employees whose duties in connection with the Company assure them access to equivalent information. Furthermore, the Company shall deliver to each Optionee such disclosures as are required in accordance with Rule 701 under the Securities Act.
10. COMPLIANCE WITH SECURITIES LAW .
The grant of Options and the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise of Options shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state and foreign law with respect to such securities. Options may not be exercised if the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. In addition, no Option may be exercised unless (a) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of exercise of the Option be in effect with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option or (b) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The inability of the Company to obtain from
11
any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company's legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares hereunder shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the exercise of any Option, the Company may require the Optionee to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.
11. TERMINATION OR AMENDMENT OF PLAN .
The Board may terminate or amend the Plan at any time. However, subject to changes in applicable law, regulations or rules that would permit otherwise, without the approval of the Company's shareholders, there shall be (a) no increase in the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan (except by operation of the provisions of Section 4.2), (b) no change in the class of persons eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options, and (c) no other amendment of the Plan that would require approval of the Company's shareholders under any applicable law, regulation or rule. No termination or amendment of the Plan shall affect any then outstanding Option unless expressly provided by the Board. In any event, no termination or amendment of the Plan may adversely affect any then outstanding Option without the consent of the Optionee, unless such termination or amendment is required to enable an Option designated as an Incentive Stock Option to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option or is necessary to comply with any applicable law, regulation or rule.
12. SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL .
The Plan or any increase in the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock issuable thereunder as provided in Section 4.1 (the " Authorized Shares ") shall be approved by the shareholders of the Company within twelve (12) months of the date of adoption thereof by the Board. Options granted prior to shareholder approval of the Plan or in excess of the Authorized Shares previously approved by the shareholders shall become exercisable no earlier than the date of shareholder approval of the Plan or such increase in the Authorized Shares, as the case may be.
12
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Secretary of the Company certifies that the foregoing sets forth the LocusPocus Inc. 2000 Stock Option Plan as duly adopted by the Board on August 30, 2000.
/s/ William S. Pease | ||||
|
||||
William S. Pease, Secretary |
13
LOCUSPOCUS INC.
NOTICE OF GRANT OF STOCK OPTION
(Immediately Exercisable)
(the " Optionee ") has been granted an option (the " Option ") to purchase certain shares of Stock of LocusPocus Inc. pursuant to the LocusPocus Inc. 2000 Stock Option Plan (the " Plan "), as follows:
Date of Option Grant: | ||||||
Number of Option Shares: | ||||||
Exercise Price: | $ | per share | ||||
Initial Exercise Date: | Later of Date of Option Grant or Service commencement date. | |||||
Initial Vesting Date: |
|
|
|
|
||
Option Expiration Date: | The date ten (10) years after the Date of Option Grant. | |||||
Tax Status of Option: |
|
|
|
Stock Option. (Enter "Incentive" or "Nonstatutory." If blank, this Option will be a Nonstatutory Stock Option). |
||
Vested Shares: Except as provided in the Stock Option Agreement, the number of Vested Shares (disregarding any resulting fractional share) as of any date is determined by multiplying the Number of Option Shares by the " Vested Ratio " determined as of such date as follows:
|
|
Vested Ratio | ||
---|---|---|---|---|
Prior to Initial Vesting Date | 0 | |||
On Initial Vesting Date, provided the Optionee's Service has not terminated prior to such date | 1 / 4 | |||
Plus: | ||||
For each full month of the Optionee's continuous Service from Initial Vesting Date until the Vested Ratio equals 1/1, an additional | 1 / 48 |
14
By their signatures below, the Company and the Optionee agree that the Option is governed by this Notice and by the provisions of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, both of which are attached to and made a part of this document. The Optionee acknowledges receipt of copies of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, represents that the Optionee has read and is familiar with their provisions, and hereby accepts the Option subject to all of their terms and conditions.
LOCUSPOCUS INC. | OPTIONEE | |||
By: |
|
|
|
Signature |
Its: |
|
|
|
Date |
Address: 2311 LeConte Avenue Berkeley, CA 94709 |
|
Address |
||
|
|
|
|
|
ATTACHMENTS: |
|
2000 Stock Option Plan, as amended to the Date of Option Grant; Stock Option Agreement and Exercise Notice |
THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAVE NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102, OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON SUCH QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.
THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
15
GETACTIVE SOFTWARE, INC. (formerly LocusPocus, Inc.)
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
(Immediately Exercisable)
GetActive Software, Inc. ( formerly LocusPocus, Inc. ) has granted to the individual (the " Optionee ") named in the Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the " Notice ") to which this Stock Option Agreement (the " Option Agreement ") is attached an option (the " Option ") to purchase certain shares of Stock upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice and this Option Agreement. The Option has been granted pursuant to and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and conditions of the GetActive Software, Inc. (formerly LocusPocus, Inc.) 2000 Stock Option Plan (the " Plan "), as amended to the Date of Option Grant, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference. By signing the Notice, the Optionee: (a) represents that the Optionee has received copies of, and has read and is familiar with the terms and conditions of, the Notice, the Plan and this Option Agreement, (b) accepts the Option subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Notice, the Plan and this Option Agreement, and (c) agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any questions arising under the Notice, the Plan or this Option Agreement.
1. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION.
1.1 Definitions . Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Notice or the Plan.
1.2 Construction . Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Option Agreement. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term "or" is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.
2. TAX CONSEQUENCES.
2.1 Tax Status of Option . This Option is intended to have the tax status designated in the Notice.
(a) Incentive Stock Option . If the Notice so designates, this Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code, but the Company does not represent or warrant that this Option qualifies as such. The Optionee should consult with the Optionee's own tax advisor regarding the tax effects of this Option and the requirements necessary to obtain favorable income tax treatment under Section 422 of the Code, including, but not limited to, holding period requirements. (NOTE TO OPTIONEE: If the Option is exercised more than three (3) months after the date on which you cease to be an Employee (other than by reason of your death or permanent and total disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), the Option will be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option and not as an Incentive Stock Option to the extent required by Section 422 of the Code.)
(b) Nonstatutory Stock Option . If the Notice so designates, this Option is intended to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option and shall not be treated as an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.
16
2.2 ISO Fair Market Value Limitation . If the Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option , then to the extent that the Option (together with all Incentive Stock Options granted to the Optionee under all stock option plans of the Participating Company Group, including the Plan) becomes exercisable for the first time during any calendar year for shares having a Fair Market Value greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the portion of such options which exceeds such amount will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 2.2, options designated as Incentive Stock Options are taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of stock is determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted. If the Code is amended to provide for a different limitation from that set forth in this Section 2.2, such different limitation shall be deemed incorporated herein effective as of the date required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. If the Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in part by reason of the limitation set forth in this Section 2.2, the Optionee may designate which portion of such Option the Optionee is exercising. In the absence of such designation, the Optionee shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option first. Separate certificates representing each such portion shall be issued upon the exercise of the Option. (NOTE TO OPTIONEE: If the aggregate Exercise Price of the Option (that is, the Exercise Price multiplied by the Number of Option Shares) plus the aggregate exercise price of any other Incentive Stock Options you hold (whether granted pursuant to the Plan or any other stock option plan of the Participating Company Group) is greater than $100,000, you should contact the Chief Financial Officer of the Company to ascertain whether the entire Option qualifies as an Incentive Stock Option.)
2.3 Election Under Section 83(b) of the Code . If the Optionee exercises this Option to purchase shares of Stock that are both nontransferable and subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, the Optionee understands that the Optionee should consult with the Optionee's tax advisor regarding the advisability of filing with the Internal Revenue Service an election under Section 83(b) of the Code, which must be filed no later than thirty (30) days after the date on which the Optionee exercises the Option. Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option are nontransferable and subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture if, for example, (a) they are unvested and are subject to a right of the Company to repurchase such shares at the Optionee's original purchase price if the Optionee's Service terminates, (b) the Optionee is an Insider and, under certain circumstances, exercises the Option within six (6) months of the Date of Option Grant (if a class of equity security of the Company is registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act), or (c) the Optionee is subject to a restriction on transfer to comply with "Pooling-of-Interests Accounting" rules. Failure to file an election under Section 83(b), if appropriate, may result in adverse tax consequences to the Optionee. The Optionee acknowledges that the Optionee has been advised to consult with a tax advisor prior to the exercise of the Option regarding the tax consequences to the Optionee of the exercise of the Option. AN ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) MUST BE FILED WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER THE DATE ON WHICH THE OPTIONEE PURCHASES SHARES. THIS TIME PERIOD CANNOT BE EXTENDED. THE OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT TIMELY FILING OF A SECTION 83(b) ELECTION IS THE OPTIONEE'S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY, EVEN IF THE OPTIONEE REQUESTS THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVE TO FILE SUCH ELECTION ON HIS OR HER BEHALF.
17
3. ADMINISTRATION .
All questions of interpretation concerning this Option Agreement shall be determined by the Board. All determinations by the Board shall be final and binding upon all persons having an interest in the Option. Any Officer shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the Officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, or election.
4. EXERCISE OF THE OPTION .
4.1 Right to Exercise .
(a) In General . Except as otherwise provided herein, the Option shall be exercisable on and after the Initial Exercise Date and prior to the termination of the Option (as provided in Section 6) in an amount not to exceed the Number of Option Shares less the number of shares previously acquired upon exercise of the Option, subject to the Company's repurchase rights set forth in Section 11 and Section 12.
(b) ISO Exercise Limitation . If this Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option in the Notice , then notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4.1(a) and except as provided in Section 4.1(c), the aggregate Fair Market Value of the shares of Stock with respect to which the Optionee may exercise the Option for the first time during any calendar year, when added to the aggregate Fair Market Value of the shares subject to any other options designated as Incentive Stock Options granted to the Optionee under all stock option plans of the Participating Company Group prior to the Date of Option Grant with respect to which such options are exercisable for the first time during the same calendar year, shall not exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000). For purposes of the preceding sentence, options designated as Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of shares of stock shall be determined as of the time the option with respect to such shares is granted. Such limitation on exercise shall be referred to in this Option Agreement as the " ISO Exercise Limitation ." If Section 422 of the Code is amended to provide for a different limitation from that set forth in this Section 4.1(b), the ISO Exercise Limitation shall be deemed amended effective as of the date required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. The ISO Exercise Limitation shall terminate upon the earlier of (i) the Optionee's termination of Service, (ii) the day immediately prior to the effective date of a Change in Control in which the Option is not assumed or substituted for by the Acquiring Corporation as provided in Section 8, or (iii) the day ten (10) days prior to the Option Expiration Date. Upon such termination of the ISO Exercise Limitation, the Option shall be deemed a Nonstatutory Stock Option to the extent of the number of shares subject to the Option which would otherwise exceed the ISO Exercise Limitation.
18
(c) Exception to ISO Exercise Limitation . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Option Agreement, if compliance with the ISO Exercise Limitation as set forth in Section 4.1(b) will result in the exercisability of any Vested Shares being delayed more than thirty (30) days beyond the date such shares become Vested Shares (the " Vesting Date "), the Option shall be deemed to be two (2) options. The first option shall be for the maximum portion of the Number of Option Shares that can comply with the ISO Exercise Limitation without causing the Option to be unexercisable in the aggregate as to Vested Shares on the Vesting Date for such shares. The second option, which shall not be treated as an Incentive Stock Option as described in section 422(b) of the Code, shall be for the balance of the Number of Option Shares; that is, those such shares which, on the respective Vesting Date for such shares, would be unexercisable if included in the first option and thereby made subject to the ISO Exercise Limitation. Shares treated as subject to the second option shall be exercisable on the same terms and at the same time as set forth in this Option Agreement; provided, however, that (i) Section 4.1(b) shall not apply to the second option and (ii) each such share shall become a Vested Share on the Vesting Date such share must first be allocated to the second option pursuant to the preceding sentence. Unless the Optionee specifically elects to the contrary in the Optionee's written notice of exercise, the first option shall be deemed to be exercised first to the maximum possible extent and then the second option shall be deemed to be exercised.
4.2 Method of Exercise . Exercise of the Option shall be by written notice to the Company which must state the election to exercise the Option, the number of whole shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised and such other representations and agreements as to the Optionee's investment intent with respect to such shares as may be required pursuant to the provisions of this Option Agreement. The written notice must be signed by the Optionee and must be delivered in person, by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, by confirmed facsimile transmission, or by such other means as the Company may permit, to the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, or other authorized representative of the Participating Company Group, prior to the termination of the Option as set forth in Section 6, accompanied by (i) full payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased and (ii) an executed copy, if required herein, of the then current form of escrow agreement referenced below. The Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written notice, the aggregate Exercise Price, and, if required by the Company, such executed agreement.
4.3 Payment of Exercise Price .
(a) Forms of Consideration Authorized . Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised shall be made (i) in cash, by check, or cash equivalent, (ii) by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of whole shares of Stock owned by the Optionee having a Fair Market Value not less than the aggregate Exercise Price, (iii) by means of a Cashless Exercise, as defined in Section 4.3(b), or (iv) by any combination of the foregoing.
(b) Limitations on Forms of Consideration .
(i) Tender of Stock . Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock to the extent such tender or attestation would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company's stock. The Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock unless such shares either have been owned by the Optionee for more than six (6) months (and not used for another option exercise by attestation during such period) or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.
19
(ii) Cashless Exercise . A " Cashless Exercise " means the delivery of a properly executed notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker in a form acceptable to the Company providing for the assignment to the Company of the proceeds of a sale or loan with respect to some or all of the shares of Stock acquired upon the exercise of the Option pursuant to a program or procedure approved by the Company (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System). The Company reserves, at any and all times, the right, in the Company's sole and absolute discretion, to decline to approve or terminate any such program or procedure.
4.4 Tax Withholding . At the time the Option is exercised, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, the Optionee hereby authorizes withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to the Optionee, and otherwise agrees to make adequate provision for (including by means of a Cashless Exercise to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group, if any, which arise in connection with the Option, including, without limitation, obligations arising upon (i) the exercise, in whole or in part, of the Option, (ii) the transfer, in whole or in part, of any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option, (iii) the operation of any law or regulation providing for the imputation of interest, or (iv) the lapsing of any restriction with respect to any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option. The Option is not exercisable unless the tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group are satisfied. Accordingly, the Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Stock or to release shares of Stock from an escrow established pursuant to this Option Agreement until the tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group have been satisfied by the Optionee.
4.5 Certificate Registration . Except in the event the Exercise Price is paid by means of a Cashless Exercise, the certificate for the shares as to which the Option is exercised shall be registered in the name of the Optionee, or, if applicable, in the names of the heirs of the Optionee.
4.6 Restrictions on Grant of the Option and Issuance of Shares . The grant of the Option and the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise of the Option shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state or foreign law with respect to such securities. The Option may not be exercised if the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. In addition, the Option may not be exercised unless (i) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of exercise of the Option be in effect with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option or (ii) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. THE OPTIONEE IS CAUTIONED THAT THE OPTION MAY NOT BE EXERCISED UNLESS THE FOREGOING
20
CONDITIONS ARE SATISFIED. ACCORDINGLY, THE OPTIONEE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO EXERCISE THE OPTION WHEN DESIRED EVEN THOUGH THE OPTION IS VESTED. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company's legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares subject to the Option shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the exercise of the Option, the Company may require the Optionee to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.
4.7 Fractional Shares . The Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares upon the exercise of the Option.
5. NONTRANSFERABILITY OF THE OPTION .
The Option may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee or the Optionee's guardian or legal representative and may not be assigned or transferred in any manner except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Following the death of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent provided in Section 7, may be exercised by the Optionee's legal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Optionee's will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.
6. TERMINATION OF THE OPTION .
The Option shall terminate and may no longer be exercised after the first to occur of (a) the Option Expiration Date, (b) the last date for exercising the Option following termination of the Optionee's Service as described in Section 7, or (c) a Change in Control to the extent provided in Section 8.
7. EFFECT OF TERMINATION OF SERVICE .
7.1 Option Exercisability .
(a) Disability . If the Optionee's Service terminates because of the Disability of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee (or the Optionee' s guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.
(b) Death . If the Optionee's Service terminates because of the death of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee' s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee' s legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by reason of the Optionee's death at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.. The Optionee's Service shall be deemed to have terminated on account of death if the Optionee dies within three (3) months after the Optionee's termination of Service.
21
(c) Termination After Change in Control . If the Optionee's Service ceases as a result of Termination After Change in Control (as defined below), (i) the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee (or the Optionee's guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of six (6) months after the date on which the Optionee' s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company and the other party to the transaction constituting a Change in Control agree to treat such transaction as a "pooling-of-interests" for accounting purposes and it is determined that the provisions or operation of this Section 7.1(c) would preclude treatment of such transaction as a "pooling-of-interests" and provided further that in the absence of the preceding sentence such transaction would be treated as a "pooling-of-interests," then this Section 7.1(c) shall be without force or effect, and the exercisability of the Option shall be determined under any other applicable provision of the Option Agreement.
(d) Other Termination of Service . If the Optionee's Service terminates for any reason, except Disability, death or Termination After Change in Control, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable by the Optionee on the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee at any time prior to the expiration of three (3) months (or such other longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.
7.2 Additional Limitations on Option Exercise . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7.1, the Option may not be exercised after the Optionee's termination of Service to the extent that the shares to be acquired upon exercise of the Option would be subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option as provided in Section 11.
7.3 Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the exercise of the Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 7.1 is prevented by the provisions of Section 4.6, the Option shall remain exercisable until three (3) months after the date the Optionee is notified by the Company that the Option is exercisable, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.
7.4 Extension if Optionee Subject to Section 16(b) . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a sale within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 7.1 of shares acquired upon the exercise of the Option would subject the Optionee to suit under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, the Option shall remain exercisable until the earliest to occur of (i) the tenth (10th) day following the date on which a sale of such shares by the Optionee would no longer be subject to such suit, (ii) the one hundred and ninetieth (190th) day after the Optionee's termination of Service, or (iii) the Option Expiration Date.
7.5 Certain Definitions .
(a) " Termination After Change in Control " shall mean either of the following events occurring within twelve (12) months after a Change in Control:
(i) termination by the Participating Company Group of the Optionee's Service with the Participating Company Group for any reason other than for Cause (as defined below); or
(ii) the Optionee's resignation for Good Reason (as defined below) from all capacities in which the Optionee is then rendering Service to the Participating Company Group within a reasonable period of time following the event constituting Good Reason.
22
Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, Termination After Change in Control shall not include any termination of the Optionee's Service with the Participating Company Group which (1) is for Cause (as defined below); (2) is a result of the Optionee' s death or disability; (3) is a result of the Optionee's voluntary termination of Service other than for Good Reason; or (4) occurs prior to the effectiveness of a Change in Control.
(b) " Cause " shall mean any of the following: (i) the Optionee's theft, dishonesty, or falsification of any Participating Company documents or records; (ii) the Optionee's improper use or disclosure of a Participating Company's confidential or proprietary information; (iii) any action by the Optionee which has a detrimental effect on a Participating Company's reputation or business; (iv) the Optionee's failure or inability to perform any reasonable assigned duties after written notice from a Participating Company of, and a reasonable opportunity to cure, such failure or inability; (v) any material breach by the Optionee of any employment agreement between the Optionee and a Participating Company, which breach is not cured pursuant to the terms of such agreement; or (vi) the Optionee's conviction (including any plea of guilty or nolo contendere) of any criminal act which impairs the Optionee's ability to perform his or her duties with a Participating Company.
(c) " Good Reason " shall mean any one or more of the following:
(i) without the Optionee's express written consent, the assignment to the Optionee of any duties, or any limitation of the Optionee's responsibilities, substantially inconsistent with the Optionee's positions, duties, responsibilities and status with the Participating Company Group immediately prior to the date of the Change in Control;
(ii) without the Optionee's express written consent, the relocation of the principal place of the Optionee's Service to a location that is more than fifty (50) miles from the Optionee's principal place of Service immediately prior to the date of the Change in Control, or the imposition of travel requirements substantially more demanding of the Optionee than such travel requirements existing immediately prior to the date of the Change in Control;
(iii) any failure by the Participating Company Group to pay, or any material reduction by the Participating Company Group of, (1) the Optionee's base salary in effect immediately prior to the date of the Change in Control (unless reductions comparable in amount and duration are concurrently made for all other employees of the Participating Company Group with responsibilities, organizational level and title comparable to the Optionee's), or (2) the Optionee's bonus compensation, if any, in effect immediately prior to the date of the Change in Control (subject to applicable performance requirements with respect to the actual amount of bonus compensation earned by the Optionee); or
(iv) any failure by the Participating Company Group to (1) continue to provide the Optionee with the opportunity to participate, on terms no less favorable than those in effect for the benefit of any employee or service provider group which customarily includes a person holding the employment or service provider position or a comparable position with the Participating Company Group then held by the Optionee, in any benefit or compensation plans and programs, including, but not limited to, the Participating Company Group's life, disability, health, dental, medical, savings, profit sharing, stock purchase and retirement plans, if any, in which the Optionee was participating immediately prior to the date of the Change in Control, or their equivalent, or (2) provide the Optionee with all other fringe benefits (or their equivalent) from time to time in effect for the benefit of any employee or service provider group which customarily includes a person holding the employment or service provider position or a comparable position with the Participating Company Group then held by the Optionee.
23
8. CHANGE IN CONTROL .
8.1 Definitions .
(a) An " Ownership Change Event " shall be deemed to have occurred if any of the following occurs with respect to the Company: (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the shareholders of the Company of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of the Company; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is a party; (iii) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or (iv) a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.
(b) A " Change in Control " shall mean an Ownership Change Event or a series of related Ownership Change Events (collectively, a " Transaction ") wherein the shareholders of the Company immediately before the Transaction do not retain immediately after the Transaction, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company's voting stock immediately before the Transaction, direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the Company or, in the case of a Transaction described in Section 8.l (a)(iii),the corporation or other business entity to which the assets of the Company were transferred (the " Transferee "), as the case may be. For purposes of the preceding sentence, indirect beneficial ownership shall include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting securities of one or more corporations or other business entities which own the Company or the Transferee, as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations or other business entities. The Board shall have the right to determine whether multiple sales or exchanges of the voting securities of the Company or multiple Ownership Change Events are related, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.
8.2 Effect of Change in Control on Option . In the event of a Change in Control, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or other business entity or parent thereof, as the case may be (the "Acquiring Corporation"), may, without the consent of the Optionee, either assume the Company's rights and obligations under the Option or substitute for the Option a substantially equivalent option for the Acquiring Corporation's stock. In the event the Acquiring Corporation elects not to assume or substitute for outstanding Options in connection with a Change in Control, the exercisability and vesting of each such outstanding Option and any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof held by Optionees whose Service has not terminated prior to such date shall be accelerated, effective as of the date ten (10) days prior to the date of the Change in Control, to such extent, if any, as shall have been determined by the Board, in its discretion, and set forth in the Option Agreement evidencing such Option. The Option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the date of the Change in Control to the extent that the Option is neither assumed or substituted for by the Acquiring Corporation in connection with the Change in Control nor exercised as of the date of the Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares acquired upon exercise of the Option prior to the Change in Control and any consideration received pursuant to the Change in Control with respect to such shares shall continue to be subject to all applicable provisions of this Option Agreement except as otherwise provided herein. Furthermore, notwithstanding the foregoing, if the corporation the stock of which is subject to the Option immediately prior to an Ownership Change Event described in Section 8.1(a)(i) constituting a Change in Control is the surviving or continuing corporation and immediately after such Ownership Change Event less than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of its voting stock is held by another corporation or by other corporations that are members of an affiliated group within the meaning of Section 1504(a) of the Code without regard to the provisions of Section 1504(b) of the Code, the Option shall not terminate unless the Board otherwise provides in its discretion.
24
9. ADJUSTMENTS FOR CHANGES IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE .
In the event of any stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization, combination, reclassification, or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, appropriate adjustments shall be made in the number, Exercise Price and class of shares of stock subject to the Option. If a majority of the shares which are of the same class as the shares that are subject to the Option are exchanged for, converted into, or otherwise become (whether or not pursuant to an Ownership Change Event) shares of another corporation (the " New Shares "), the Board may unilaterally amend the Option to provide that the Option is exercisable for New Shares. In the event of any such amendment, the Number of Option Shares and the Exercise Price shall be adjusted in a fair and equitable manner, as determined by the Board, in its discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section 9 shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number, and in no event may the Exercise Price be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to the Option. The adjustments determined by the Board pursuant to this Section 9 shall be final, binding and conclusive.
10. RIGHTS AS A SHAREHOLDER, EMPLOYEE OR CONSULTANT .
The Optionee shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any shares covered by the Option until the date of the issuance of a certificate for the shares for which the Option has been exercised (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 9. If the Optionee is an Employee, the Optionee understands and acknowledges that, except as otherwise provided in a separate, written employment agreement between a Participating Company and the Optionee, the Optionee's employment is "at will" and is for no specified term. Nothing in this Option Agreement shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in the Service of a Participating Company or interfere in any way with any right of the Participating Company Group to terminate the Optionee' s Service as an Employee or Consultant, as the case may be, at any time.
11. UNVESTED SHARE REPURCHASE OPTION .
11.1 Grant of Unvested Share Repurchase Option . In the event the Optionee's Service with the Participating Company Group is terminated for any reason or no reason, with or without cause, or, if the Optionee, the Optionee's legal representative, or other holder of shares acquired upon exercise of the Option attempts to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of (other than pursuant to an Ownership Change Event) any Unvested Shares, as defined in Section 11.2 below (the " Unvested Shares "), the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Unvested Shares under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 11 (the " Unvested Share Repurchase Option ").
11.2 Unvested Shares Defined . The " Unvested Shares " shall mean, on any given date, the number of shares of Stock acquired upon exercise of the Option which exceed the Vested Shares determined as of such date.
11.3 Exercise of Unvested Share Repurchase Option . The Company may exercise the Unvested Share Repurchase Option by written notice to the Optionee within sixty (60) days after (a) termination of the Optionee's Service (or exercise of the Option, if later) or (b) the Company has received notice of the attempted disposition of Unvested Shares. If the Company fails to give notice within such sixty (60) day period, the Unvested Share Repurchase Option shall terminate unless the Company and the Optionee have extended the time for the exercise of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option. The Unvested Share Repurchase Option must be exercised, if at all, for all of the Unvested Shares, except as the Company and the Optionee otherwise agree.
25
11.4 Payment for Shares and Return of Shares to Company . The purchase price per share being repurchased by the Company shall be an amount equal to the Optionee's original cost per share, as adjusted pursuant to Section 9 (the " Repurchase Price "). The Company shall pay the aggregate Repurchase Price to the Optionee in cash within thirty (30) days after the date of the written notice to the Optionee of the Company's exercise of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option. For purposes of the foregoing, cancellation of any purchase money indebtedness of the Optionee to any Participating Company for the shares shall be treated as payment to the Optionee in cash to the extent of the unpaid principal and any accrued interest canceled. The shares being repurchased shall be delivered to the Company by the Optionee at the same time as the delivery of the Repurchase Price to the Optionee.
11.5 Assignment of Unvested Share Repurchase Option . The Company shall have the right to assign the Unvested Share Repurchase Option at any time, whether or not such option is then exercisable, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.
11.6 Ownership Change Event . Upon the occurrence of an Ownership Change Event, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property to which the Optionee is entitled by reason of the Optionee's ownership of Unvested Shares shall be immediately subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option and included in the terms "Stock" and "Unvested Shares" for all purposes of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option with the same force and effect as the Unvested Shares immediately prior to the Ownership Change Event. While the aggregate Repurchase Price shall remain the same after such Ownership Change Event, the Repurchase Price per Unvested Share upon exercise of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option following such Ownership Change Event shall be adjusted as appropriate. For purposes of determining the Vested Shares following an Ownership Change Event, credited Service shall include all Service with any corporation which is a Participating Company at the time the Service is rendered, whether or not such corporation is a Participating Company both before and after the Ownership Change Event.
12. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL .
12.1 Grant of Right of First Refusal. Except as provided in Section 12.7 below, in the event the Optionee, the Optionee's legal representative, or other holder of shares acquired upon exercise of the Option proposes to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of any Vested Shares (the " Transfer Shares ") to any person or entity, including, without limitation, any shareholder of a Participating Company, the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Transfer Shares under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 12 (the " Right of First Refusal ").
12.2 Notice of Proposed Transfer . Prior to any proposed transfer of the Transfer Shares, the Optionee shall deliver written notice (the " Transfer Notice ") to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Transfer Shares, the name and address of the proposed transferee (the " Proposed Transferee ") and, if the transfer is voluntary, the proposed transfer price, and containing such information necessary to show the bona fide nature of the proposed transfer. In the event of a bona fide gift or involuntary transfer, the proposed transfer price shall be deemed to be the Fair Market Value of the Transfer Shares, as determined by the Board in good faith. If the Optionee proposes to transfer any Transfer Shares to more than one Proposed Transferee, the Optionee shall provide a separate Transfer Notice for the proposed transfer to each Proposed Transferee. The Transfer Notice shall be signed by both the Optionee and the Proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of the Optionee and the Proposed Transferee for the transfer of the Transfer Shares to the Proposed Transferee subject only to the Right of First Refusal.
12.3 Bona Fide Transfer . If the Company determines that the information provided by the Optionee in the Transfer Notice is insufficient to establish the bona fide nature of a proposed
26
voluntary transfer, the Company shall give the Optionee written notice of the Optionee's failure to comply with the procedure described in this Section 12, and the Optionee shall have no right to transfer the Transfer Shares without first complying with the procedure described in this Section 12. The Optionee shall not be permitted to transfer the Transfer Shares if the proposed transfer is not bona fide.
12.4 Exercise of Right of First Refusal. If the Company determines the proposed transfer to be bona fide, the Company shall have the right to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Transfer Shares (except as the Company and the Optionee otherwise agree) at the purchase price and on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice by delivery to the Optionee of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within thirty (30) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company. The Company's exercise or failure to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in a Transfer Notice shall not affect the Company's right to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in any other Transfer Notice, whether or not such other Transfer Notice is issued by the Optionee or issued by a person other than the Optionee with respect to a proposed transfer to the same Proposed Transferee. If the Company exercises the Right of First Refusal, the Company and the Optionee shall thereupon consummate the sale of the Transfer Shares to the Company on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within sixty (60) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company (unless a longer period is offered by the Proposed Transferee); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provides for the payment for the Transfer Shares other than in cash, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Transfer Shares by the present value cash equivalent of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice as reasonably determined by the Company. For purposes of the foregoing, cancellation of any indebtedness of the Optionee to any Participating Company shall be treated as payment to the Optionee in cash to the extent of the unpaid principal and any accrued interest canceled.
12.5 Failure to Exercise Right of First Refusal . If the Company fails to exercise the Right of First Refusal in full (or to such lesser extent as the Company and the Optionee otherwise agree) within the period specified in Section 12.4 above, the Optionee may conclude a transfer to the Proposed Transferee of the Transfer Shares on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided such transfer occurs not later than ninety (90) days following delivery to the Company of the Transfer Notice. The Company shall have the right to demand further assurances from the Optionee and the Proposed Transferee (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that the transfer of the Transfer Shares was actually carried out on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice. No Transfer Shares shall be transferred on the books of the Company until the Company has received such assurances, if so demanded, and has approved the proposed transfer as bona fide. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance by the Optionee with the procedure described in this Section 12.
12.6 Transferees of Transfer Shares . All transferees of the Transfer Shares or any interest therein, other than the Company, shall be required as a condition of such transfer to agree in writing (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that such transferee shall receive and hold such Transfer Shares or interest therein subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Option Agreement, including this Section 12 providing for the Right of First Refusal with respect to any subsequent transfer. Any sale or transfer of any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be void unless the provisions of this Section 12 are met.
12.7 Transfers Not Subject to Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall not apply to any transfer or exchange of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option if such transfer or exchange is in connection with an Ownership Change Event. If the consideration
27
received pursuant to such transfer or exchange consists of stock of a Participating Company, such consideration shall remain subject to the Right of First Refusal unless the provisions of Section 12.9 below result in a termination of the Right of First Refusal.
12.8 Assignment of Right of First Refusal . The Company shall have the right to assign the Right of First Refusal at any time, whether or not there has been an attempted transfer, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.
12.9 Early Termination of Right of First Refusal . The other provisions of this Option Agreement notwithstanding, the Right of First Refusal shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon (a) the occurrence of a Change in Control, unless the Acquiring Corporation assumes the Company's rights and obligations under the Option or substitutes a substantially equivalent option for the Acquiring Corporation's stock for the Option, or (b) the existence of a public market for the class of shares subject to the Right of First Refusal. A " public market " shall be deemed to exist if (i) such stock is listed on a national securities exchange (as that term is used in the Exchange Act) or (ii) such stock is traded on the over-the-counter market and prices therefor are published daily on business days in a recognized financial journal.
13. ESCROW .
13.1 Establishment of Escrow . To ensure that shares subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option will be available for repurchase, the Company may require the Optionee to deposit the certificate evidencing the shares which the Optionee purchases upon exercise of the Option with an agent designated by the Company under the terms and conditions of an escrow agreement approved by the Company. If the Company does not require such deposit as a condition of exercise of the Option, the Company reserves the right at any time to require the Optionee to so deposit the certificate in escrow. Upon the occurrence of an Ownership Change Event or a change, as described in Section 9, in the character or amount of any of the outstanding stock of the corporation the stock of which is subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property to which the Optionee is entitled by reason of the Optionee's ownership of shares of Stock acquired upon exercise of the Option that remain, following such Ownership Change Event or change described in Section 9, subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option shall be immediately subject to the escrow to the same extent as such shares of Stock immediately before such event. The Company shall bear the expenses of the escrow.
13.2 Delivery of Shares to Optionee . As soon as practicable after the expiration of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option, but not more frequently than twice each calendar year, the escrow agent shall deliver to the Optionee the shares and any other property no longer subject to such restriction.
13.3 Notices and Payments . In the event the shares and any other property held in escrow are subject to the Company's exercise of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option or the Right of First Refusal, the notices required to be given to the Optionee shall be given to the escrow agent, and any payment required to be given to the Optionee shall be given to the escrow agent. Within thirty (30) days after payment by the Company, the escrow agent shall deliver the shares and any other property which the Company has purchased to the Company and shall deliver the payment received from the Company to the Optionee.
14. STOCK DISTRIBUTIONS SUBJECT TO OPTION AGREEMENT .
If, from time to time, there is any stock dividend, stock split or other change, as described in Section 9, in the character or amount of any of the outstanding stock of the corporation the stock of which is subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement, then in such event any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which the Optionee is entitled by reason of the Optionee's
28
ownership of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be immediately subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option and the Right of First Refusal with the same force and effect as the shares subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option and the Right of First Refusal immediately before such event.
15. NOTICE OF SALES UPON DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION .
The Optionee shall dispose of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option only in accordance with the provisions of this Option Agreement. In addition, if the Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option , the Optionee shall (a) promptly notify the Chief Financial Officer of the Company if the Optionee disposes of any of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option within one (1) year after the date the Optionee exercises all or part of the Option or within two (2) years after the Date of Option Grant and (b) provide the Company with a description of the circumstances of such disposition. Until such time as the Optionee disposes of such shares in a manner consistent with the provisions of this Option Agreement, unless otherwise expressly authorized by the Company, the Optionee shall hold all shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the Optionee's name (and not in the name of any nominee) for the one-year period immediately after the exercise of the Option and the two-year period immediately after Date of Option Grant. At any time during the one-year or two-year periods set forth above, the Company may place a legend on any certificate representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option requesting the transfer agent for the Company's stock to notify the Company of any such transfers. The obligation of the Optionee to notify the Company of any such transfer shall continue notwithstanding that a legend has been placed on the certificate pursuant to the preceding sentence.
16. LEGENDS .
The Company may at any time place legends referencing the Unvested Share Repurchase Option, the Right of First Refusal, and any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law restrictions on all certificates representing shares of stock subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement. The Optionee shall, at the request of the Company, promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the possession of the Optionee in order to carry out the provisions of this Section. Unless otherwise specified by the Company, legends placed on such certificates may include, but shall not be limited to, the following:
16.1 "THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT COVERING SUCH SECURITIES, THE SALE IS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 OR RULE 701 UNDER THE ACT, OR THE COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, STATING THAT SUCHSALE, TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT."
16.2 "THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO AN UNVESTED SHARE REPURCHASE OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION OR ITS ASSIGNEE SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR SUCH HOLDER'S PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THIS CORPORATION."
16.3 "THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION OR ITS ASSIGNEE SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR SUCH HOLDER'S PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THIS CORPORATION."
29
16.4 "THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ISSUED BY THE CORPORATION TO THE REGISTERED HOLDER UPON EXERCISE OF AN INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AS DEFINED IN SECTION 422 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED ("ISO "). IN ORDER TO OBTAIN THE PREFERENTIAL TAX TREATMENT AFFORDED TO ISOs, THE SHARES SHOULD NOT BE TRANSFERRED PRIOR TO [INSERT DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION DATE HERE] . SHOULD THE REGISTERED HOLDER ELECT TO TRANSFER ANY OF THE SHARES PRIOR TO THIS DATE AND FOREGO ISO TAX TREATMENT, THE TRANSFER AGENT FOR THE SHARES SHALL NOTIFY THE CORPORATION IMMEDIATELY. THE REGISTERED HOLDER SHALL HOLD ALL SHARES PURCHASED UNDER THE INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION IN THE REGISTERED HOLDER'S NAME (AND NOT IN THE NAME OF ANY NOMINEE) PRIOR TO THIS DATE OR UNTIL TRANSFERRED AS DESCRIBED ABOVE."
17. LOCK-UP AGREEMENT .
The Optionee hereby agrees that in the event of any underwritten public offering of stock, including an initial public offering of stock, made by the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, the Optionee shall not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, hypothecate, grant any option to purchase or make any short sale of, or otherwise dispose of any shares of stock of the Company or any rights to acquire stock of the Company for such period of time from and after the effective date of such registration statement as may be established by the underwriter for such public offering; provided, however, that such period of time shall not exceed one hundred eighty (180) days from the effective date of the registration statement to be filed in connection with such public offering. The foregoing limitation shall not apply to shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act.
18. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES .
No shares acquired upon exercise of the Option may be sold, exchanged, transferred (including, without limitation, any transfer to a nominee or agent of the Optionee), assigned, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, including by operation of law, in any manner which violates any of the provisions of this Option Agreement and, except pursuant to an Ownership Change Event, until the date on which such shares become Vested Shares, and any such attempted disposition shall be void. The Company shall not be required (a) to transfer on its books any shares which will have been transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Option Agreement or (b) to treat as owner of such shares or to accord the right to vote as such owner or to pay dividends to any transferee to whom such shares will have been so transferred.
19. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS .
19.1 Binding Effect . Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, this Option Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.
19.2 Termination or Amendment . The Board may terminate or amend the Plan or the Option at any time; provided, however, that except as provided in Section 8.2 in connection with a Change in Control, no such termination or amendment may adversely affect the Option or any unexercised portion hereof without the consent of the Optionee unless such termination or amendment is necessary to comply with any applicable law or government regulation or is required to enable the Option, if designated an Incentive Stock Option in the Notice, to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option. No amendment or addition to this Option Agreement shall be effective unless in writing.
19.3 Notices . Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given (except to the extent that this Option Agreement provides for effectiveness only upon actual receipt of such notice) upon personal delivery or upon deposit in
30
the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at the address shown below that party's signature or at such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.
19.4 Integrated Agreement . The Notice, this Option Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire understanding and agreement of the Optionee and the Participating Company Group with respect to the subject matter contained herein or therein and supersedes any prior agreements, understandings, restrictions, representations, or warranties among the Optionee and the Participating Company Group with respect to such subject matter other than those as set forth or provided for herein or therein. To the extent contemplated herein or therein, the provisions of the Notice and the Option Agreement shall survive any exercise of the Option and shall remain in full force and effect.
19.5 Applicable Law . This Option Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California as such laws are applied to agreements between California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within the State of California.
19.6 Counterparts . The Notice may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
31
o Incentive Stock Option | Optionee: | |||
o Nonstatutory Stock Option | Date: | |||
STOCK OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE
(IMMEDIATELY EXERCISABLE)
GetActive
Software; Inc.
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
2855 Telegraph Ave., Suite 600
Berkeley, CA 94705
Ladies and Gentlemen:
1. Option . I was granted an option (the " Option ") to purchase shares of the common stock (the " Shares ") of GetActive Software, Inc. (the " Company ") pursuant to the Company's 2000 Stock Option Plan (the " Plan "), my Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the " Notice ") and my Stock Option Agreement (the " Option Agreement ") as follows:
Grant Number: | ||||
|
|
Date of Option Grant: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Option Shares: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise Price per Share: |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
2. Exercise of Option . I hereby elect to exercise the Option to purchase the following number of Shares:
Vested Shares: | ||||
|
|
Unvested Shares: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Shares Purchased: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Exercise Price (Total Shares X Price per Share) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
3. Payments . I enclose payment in full of the total exercise price for the Shares in the following form(s), as authorized by my Option Agreement:
o Cash: | $ | |||
|
|
o Check: |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
o Tender of Company Stock: |
|
Contact Plan Administrator |
1
4. Tax Withholding . I authorize payroll withholding, and otherwise will make adequate provision for the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company, if any, in connection with the Option. If I am exercising a Nonstatutory Stock Option, I enclose payment in full of my withholding taxes, if any, as follows:
( Contact Plan Administrator for amount of tax due .)
o Cash: | $ | |||
|
|
o Check: |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
5. Optionee Information.
My address is: |
|
|
|
|
|
My Social Security Number is: |
|
|
6. Notice of Disqualifying Disposition . If the Option is an Incentive Stock Option, I agree that I will promptly notify the Chief Financial Officer of the Company if I transfer any of the Shares within one (1) year from the date I exercise all or part of the Option or within two (2) years of the Date of Option Grant.
7. Binding Effect . I agree that the Shares are being acquired in accordance with and subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Option Agreement, including the Unvested Share Repurchase Option and the Right of First Refusal set forth therein, to all of which I hereby expressly assent. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the my heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. If required by the Company, I agree to deposit the certificate(s) evidencing the Shares, along with a blank stock assignment separate from certificate executed by me, with an escrow agent designated by the Company, to be held pursuant to the Company's standard Joint Escrow Instructions.
8. Transfer . I understand and acknowledge that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the " Securities Act "), and that consequently the Shares must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act, an exemption from such registration is available, or they are sold in accordance with Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act. I further understand and acknowledge that the Company is under no obligation to register the Shares. I understand that the certificate or certificates evidencing the Shares will be imprinted with legends which prohibit the transfer of the Shares unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of legal counsel satisfactory to the Company.
I am aware that Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which permits limited public resale of securities acquired in a nonpublic offering, is not currently available with respect to the Shares- and, in any event, is available only if certain conditions are satisfied. I understand that any sale of the Shares that might be made in reliance upon Rule 144 may only be made in limited amounts in accordance with the terms and conditions of such rule and that a copy of Rule 144 will be delivered to me upon request.
2
9. Election Under Section 83(b) of the Code . I understand and acknowledge that if I am exercising the Option to purchase Unvested Shares (i.e., shares that remain subject to the Company's Unvested Share Repurchase Option), that I should consult with my tax advisor regarding the advisability of filing with the Internal Revenue Service an election under Section 83(b) of the Code, which must be filed no later than thirty (30) days after the date on which I exercise the Option. I acknowledge that I have been advised to consult with a tax advisor prior to the exercise of the Option regarding the tax consequences to me of exercising the Option. AN ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) MUST BE FILED WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER THE DATE ON WHICH I PURCHASE SHARES. THIS TIME PERIOD CANNOT BE EXTENDED. I ACKNOWLEDGE THAT TIMELY FILING OF A SECTION 83(b) ELECTION IS MY SOLE RESPONSIBILITY, EVEN IF I REQUEST THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVES TO FILE SUCH ELECTION ON MY BEHALF.
I understand that I am purchasing the Shares pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the Notice and my Option Agreement, copies of which I have received and carefully read and understand.
Very truly yours, | ||||
|
|
|
|
(Signature) |
Receipt of the above is hereby acknowledged. |
|
|
||
GETACTIVE SOFTWARE, INC. |
|
|
||
By: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
Date: |
|
|
|
|
3
GETACTIVE SOFTWARE, INC.
2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
Adopted January 26, 2006
Approved by Stockholders February 7, 2006
Termination Date: January 26, 2016
1. PURPOSES.
(a) Eligible Stock Award Recipients. The persons eligible to receive Stock Awards are the Employees, Directors and Consultants of GetActive Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the " Company "), and its Affiliates.
(b) Available Stock Awards. The purpose of the Plan is to provide a means by which eligible recipients of Stock Awards may be given an opportunity to benefit from increases in value of the Common Stock through the granting of the following Stock Awards: (i) Incentive Stock Options, (ii) Nonstatutory Stock Options, (iii) stock bonuses and (iv) rights to acquire restricted stock.
(c) General Purpose. The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to retain the services of the group of persons eligible to receive Stock Awards, to secure and retain the services of new members of this group and to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and its Affiliates.
2. DEFINITIONS.
(a) " Affiliate " means any parent corporation or subsidiary corporation of the Company, whether now or hereafter existing, as those terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f), respectively, of the Code.
(b) " Board " means the Board of Directors of the Company.
(c) " Code " means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
(d) " Committee " means a committee of one or more members of the Board appointed by the Board in accordance with subsection 3(c).
(e) " Common Stock " means the common stock of the Company.
(f) " Company " means GetActive Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
(g) " Consultant " means any person, including an advisor, (i) engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services and who is compensated for such services or (ii) who is a member of the Board of Directors of an Affiliate. However, the term "Consultant" shall not include either Directors who are not compensated by the Company for their services as Directors or Directors who are merely paid a director's fee by the Company for their services as Directors.
(h) " Continuous Service " means that the Participant's service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Director or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated. The Participant's Continuous Service shall not be deemed to have terminated merely because of a change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee, Consultant or Director or a change in the entity for which the Participant renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant's Continuous Service. For example, a change in status from an Employee of the Company to a Consultant of an Affiliate or a Director will not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service. The Board or the chief executive officer of the Company, in that party's sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service shall be considered interrupted in the case of any leave of absence approved by that party, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave.
(i) " Covered Employee " means the chief executive officer and the four (4) other highest compensated officers of the Company for whom total compensation is required to be reported to Stockholders under the Exchange Act, as determined for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code.
(j) " Director " means a member of the Board of Directors of the Company.
(k) " Disability " means (i) before the Listing Date, the inability of a person, in the opinion of a qualified physician acceptable to the Company, to perform the major duties of that person's position with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company because of the sickness or injury of the person and (ii) after the Listing Date, the permanent and total disability of a person within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.
(l) " Employee " means any person employed by the Company or an Affiliate. Mere service as a Director or payment of a director's fee by the Company or an Affiliate shall not be sufficient to constitute "employment" by the Company or an Affiliate.
(m) " Exchange Act " means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
(n) " Fair Market Value " means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined as follows:
(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on the Nasdaq National Market or the Nasdaq SmallCap Market, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or market (or the exchange or market with the greatest volume of trading in the Common Stock) on the last market trading day prior to the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Board deems reliable.
(ii) In the absence of such markets for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value shall be determined in good faith by the Board.
(iii) Prior to the Listing Date, the value of the Common Stock shall be determined in a manner consistent with Section 260.140.50 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations.
(o) " Incentive Stock Option " means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
(p) " Listing Date " means the first date upon which any security of the Company is listed (or approved for listing) upon notice of issuance on any securities exchange or designated (or approved for designation) upon notice of issuance as a national market security on an interdealer quotation system if such securities exchange or interdealer quotation system has been certified in accordance with the provisions of Section 25100(o) of the California Corporate Securities Law of 1968.
(q) " Non-Employee Director " means a Director who either (i) is not a current Employee or Officer of the Company or its parent or a subsidiary, does not receive compensation (directly or indirectly) from the Company or its parent or a subsidiary for services rendered as a consultant or in any capacity other than as a Director (except for an amount as to which disclosure would not be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act ("Regulation S-K")), does not possess an interest in any other transaction as to which disclosure would be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K and is not engaged in a business relationship as to which disclosure would be required under Item 404(b) of Regulation S-K; or (ii) is otherwise considered a "non-employee director" for purposes of Rule 16b-3.
(r) " Nonstatutory Stock Option " means an Option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.
2
(s) " Officer " means (i) before the Listing Date, any person designated by the Company as an officer and (ii) on and after the Listing Date, a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
(t) " Option " means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option granted pursuant to the Plan.
(u) " Option Agreement " means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionholder evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Option grant. Each Option Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.
(v) " Optionholder " means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option.
(w) " Outside Director " means a Director who either (i) is not a current employee of the Company or an "affiliated corporation" (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 162(m) of the Code), is not a former employee of the Company or an "affiliated corporation" receiving compensation for prior services (other than benefits under a tax qualified pension plan), was not an officer of the Company or an "affiliated corporation" at any time and is not currently receiving direct or indirect remuneration from the Company or an "affiliated corporation" for services in any capacity other than as a Director or (ii) is otherwise considered an "outside director" for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code.
(x) " Participant " means a person to whom a Stock Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Stock Award.
(y) " Plan " means this GetActive Software, Inc. 2006 Equity incentive plan.
(z) " Rule 16b-3 " means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect from time to time.
(aa) " Securities Act " means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(bb) " Stock Award " means any right granted under the Plan, including an Option, a stock bonus and a right to acquire restricted stock.
(cc) " Stock Award Agreement " means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Stock Award grant. Each Stock Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.
(dd) " Ten Percent Stockholder " means a person who owns (or is deemed to own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any of its Affiliates.
3. ADMINISTRATION.
(a) Administration by Board. The Board shall administer the Plan unless and until the Board delegates administration to a Committee, as provided in subsection 3(c).
(b) Powers of Board. The Board shall have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:
(i) To determine from time to time which of the persons eligible under the Plan shall be granted Stock Awards; when and how each Stock Award shall be granted; what type or combination of types of Stock Award shall be granted; the provisions of each Stock Award granted (which need not be identical), including the time or times when a person shall be permitted to receive Common Stock pursuant to a Stock Award; and the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which a Stock Award shall be granted to each such person.
3
(ii) To construe and interpret the Plan and Stock Awards granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for its administration. The Board, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Stock Award Agreement, in a manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan fully effective.
(iii) To amend the Plan or a Stock Award as provided in Section 12.
(iv) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Board deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company which are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan.
(c) Delegation to Committee or Officer.
(i) Delegation to Committee.
(1) General. The Board may delegate administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees of one (1) or more members of the Board, and the term "Committee" shall apply to any person or persons to whom such authority has been delegated. If administration is delegated to a Committee, the Committee shall have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board shall thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. The Board may abolish the Committee at any time and revest in the Board the administration of the Plan.
(2) Committee Composition when Common Stock is Publicly Traded. At such time as the Common Stock is publicly traded, in the discretion of the Board, a Committee may consist solely of two or more Outside Directors, in accordance with Section 162(m) of the Code, and/or solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors, in accordance with Rule 16b-3. Within the scope of such authority, the Board or the Committee may (1) delegate to a committee of one or more members of the Board who are not Outside Directors the authority to grant Stock Awards to eligible persons who are either (a) not then Covered Employees and are not expected to be Covered Employees at the time of recognition of income resulting from such Stock Award or (b) not persons with respect to whom the Company wishes to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code and/or) (2) delegate to a committee of one or more members of the Board who are not Non-Employee Directors the authority to grant Stock Awards to eligible persons who are not then subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.
(ii) Delegation to an Officer. If the Company is incorporated under the laws of the state of Delaware, the following provisions in this subsection 3(c)(ii)) shall apply. The Board may delegate the authority to grant Options and the right to acquire Restricted Stock to persons eligible under the Plan other than Directors or Consultants as follows and the Board may revoke such delegation of authority at any time in its sole discretion.
(1) The officer given the authority may determine which employees of the Company (other than himself or herself) or any subsidiary of the Company who will receive the grants and the number of shares subject to the grants.
(2) The terms of the grants, including the exercise price (which may include a formula by which such price may be determined), must be established by the Board or a committee of the Board.
(3) The Board must specify the total number of shares subject to the grants that may be awarded by the officer.
4
(4) The Board may set limits on the exercise of the authority of the officer to make grants, such as fixing a maximum number of shares which may be given to any one individual under a grant.
(5) The officer shall not have the authority to make any grants to persons who would are subject to Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as well as Section 162(m) of the Code or to any other persons that the Board or a committee of the Board may exclude from eligibility to receive such grants from the officer.
(d) Effect of Board's Decision. All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith shall not be subject to review by any person and shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.
4. SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.
(a) Share Reserve. Subject to the provisions of Section 11 relating to adjustments upon changes in Common Stock, the Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Stock Awards shall not exceed in the aggregate two million five hundred thirty-one thousand seventy-five (2,531,075) shares of Common Stock.
(b) Reversion of Shares to the Share Reserve. If any Stock Award shall for any reason expire or otherwise terminate, in whole or in part, without having been exercised in full, or if any shares of Common Stock issued to a Participant pursuant to a Stock Award are forfeited back to the Company because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such shares in the Participant, the shares of Common Stock not acquired or forfeited under such Stock Award shall revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan; provided, however, that subject to the provisions of Section 11(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options shall be three million seven hundred ninety-six thousand (3,796,000) shares of Common Stock.
(c) Source of Shares. The shares of Common Stock subject to the Plan may be unissued shares or reacquired shares, bought on the market or otherwise.
(d) Share Reserve Limitation. Prior to the Listing Date and to the extent then required by Section 260.140.45 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations, the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of all outstanding Options and the total number of shares of Common Stock provided for under any stock bonus or similar plan of the Company shall not exceed the applicable percentage as calculated in accordance with the conditions and exclusions of Section 260.140.45 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations, based on the shares of Common Stock of the Company that are outstanding at the time the calculation is made.(1)
5
5. ELIGIBILITY.
(a) Eligibility for Specific Stock Awards. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees. Stock Awards other than Incentive Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants.
(b) Ten Percent Stockholders.
(i) A Ten Percent Stockholder shall not be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless the exercise price of such Option is at least one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the date of grant and the Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date of grant.
(ii) Prior to the Listing Date, a Ten Percent Stockholder shall not be granted a Nonstatutory Stock Option unless the exercise price of such Option is at least (i) one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the date of grant or (ii) such lower percentage of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the date of grant as is permitted by Section 260.140.41 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations at the time of the grant of the Option.
(iii) Prior to the Listing Date, a Ten Percent Stockholder shall not be granted a restricted stock award unless the purchase price of the restricted stock is at least (i) one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the date of grant or (ii) such lower percentage of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the date of grant as is permitted by Section 260.140.41 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations at the time of the grant of the Option.
(c) Section 162(m) Limitation. Subject to the provisions of Section 11 relating to adjustments upon changes in the shares of Common Stock, no Employee shall be eligible to be granted Options covering more than one million eight hundred ninety-eight thousand (1,898,000) shares of Common Stock during any calendar year. This subsection 5(c) shall not apply prior to the Listing Date and, following the Listing Date, this subsection 5(c) shall not apply until (i) the earliest of: (1) the first material modification of the Plan (including any increase in the number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan in accordance with Section 4); (2) the issuance of all of the shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan; (3) the expiration of the Plan; or (4) the first meeting of Stockholders at which Directors are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which occurred the first registration of an equity security under Section 12 of the Exchange Act; or (ii) such other date required by Section 162(m) of the Code and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
(d) Consultants.
(i) Prior to the Listing Date, a Consultant shall not be eligible for the grant of a Stock Award if, at the time of grant, either the offer or the sale of the Company's securities to such Consultant is not exempt under Rule 701 of the Securities Act ("Rule 701") because of the nature of the services that the Consultant is providing to the Company, or because the Consultant is not a natural person, or as otherwise provided by Rule 701, unless the Company determines that such grant need not comply with the requirements of Rule 701 and will satisfy another exemption under the Securities Act as well as comply with the securities laws of all other relevant jurisdictions.
6
1. From and after the Listing Date, a Consultant shall not be eligible for the grant of a Stock Award if, at the time of grant, a Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act ("Form S-8") is not available to register either the offer or the sale of the Company's securities to such Consultant because of the nature of the services that the Consultant is providing to the Company, or because the Consultant is not a natural person, or as otherwise provided by the rules governing the use of Form S-8, unless the Company determines both (i) that such grant (A) shall be registered in another manner under the Securities Act ( e.g., on a Form S-3 Registration Statement) or (B) does not require registration under the Securities Act in order to comply with the requirements of the Securities Act, if applicable, and (ii) that such grant complies with the securities laws of all other relevant jurisdictions.
2. Rule 701 and Form S-8 generally are available to consultants and advisors only if (i) they are natural persons; (ii) they provide bona fide services to the issuer, its parents, its majority-owned subsidiaries or majority-owned subsidiaries of the issuer's parent; and (iii) the services are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction, and do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the issuer's securities.
6. OPTION PROVISIONS.
Each Option shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. All Options shall be separately designated Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options at the time of grant, and, if certificates are issued, a separate certificate or certificates will be issued for shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of each type of Option. The provisions of separate Options need not be identical, but each Option shall include (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the Option or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:
(a) Term. Subject to the provisions of subsection 5(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, no Option granted prior to the Listing Date shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date it was granted, and no Incentive Stock Option granted on or after the Listing Date shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date it was granted.
(b) Exercise Price of an Incentive Stock Option. Subject to the provisions of subsection 5(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, the exercise price of each Incentive Stock Option shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option on the date the Option is granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Incentive Stock Option may be granted with an exercise price lower than that set forth in the preceding sentence if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner satisfying the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code.
(c) Exercise Price of a Nonstatutory Stock Option. Subject to the provisions of subsection 5(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, the exercise price of each Nonstatutory Stock Option granted prior to the Listing Date shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option on the date the Option is granted. The exercise price of each Nonstatutory Stock Option granted on or after the Listing Date shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option on the date the Option is granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Nonstatutory Stock Option may be granted with an exercise price lower than that set forth in the preceding sentence if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner satisfying the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code.
7
(d) Consideration. The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to an Option shall be paid, to the extent permitted by applicable statutes and regulations, either (i) in cash at the time the Option is exercised or (ii) at the discretion of the Board at the time of the grant of the Option (or subsequently in the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option) (1) by delivery to the Company of other Common Stock, (2) according to a deferred payment or other similar arrangement with the Optionholder or (3) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board. Unless otherwise specifically provided in the Option, the purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to an Option that is paid by delivery to the Company of other Common Stock acquired, directly or indirectly from the Company, shall be paid only by shares of the Common Stock of the Company that have been held for more than six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid a charge to earnings for financial accounting purposes). At any time that the Company is incorporated in Delaware, payment of the Common Stock's "par value," as defined in the Delaware General Corporation Law, shall not be made by deferred payment.
In the case of any deferred payment arrangement, interest shall be compounded at least annually and shall be charged at the minimum rate of interest necessary to avoid the treatment as interest, under any applicable provisions of the Code, of any amounts other than amounts stated to be interest under the deferred payment arrangement.
(e) Transferability of an Incentive Stock Option. An Incentive Stock Option shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Optionholder only by the Optionholder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionholder may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form satisfactory to the Company, designate a third party who, in the event of the death of the Optionholder, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise the Option.
(f) Transferability of a Nonstatutory Stock Option. A Nonstatutory Stock Option granted prior to the Listing Date shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and, to the extent provided in the Option Agreement, to such further extent as permitted by Section 260.140.41(d) of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations at the time of the grant of the Option, and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Optionholder only by the Optionholder. A Nonstatutory Stock Option granted on or after the Listing Date shall be transferable to the extent provided in the Option Agreement. If the Nonstatutory Stock Option does not provide for transferability, then the Nonstatutory Stock Option shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Optionholder only by the Optionholder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionholder may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form satisfactory to the Company, designate a third party who, in the event of the death of the Optionholder, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise the Option.
(g) Vesting Generally. The total number of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option may, but need not, vest and therefore become exercisable in periodic installments that may, but need not, be equal. The Option may be subject to such other terms and conditions on the time or times when it may be exercised (which may be based on performance or other criteria) as the Board may deem appropriate. The vesting provisions of individual Options may vary. The provisions of this subsection 6(g) are subject to any Option provisions governing the minimum number of shares of Common Stock as to which an Option may be exercised.
8
(h) Minimum Vesting Prior to the Listing Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing subsection 6(g), to the extent that the following restrictions on vesting are required by Section 260.140.41(f) of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations at the time of the grant of the Option, then:
(i) Options granted prior to the Listing Date to an Employee who is not an Officer, Director or Consultant shall provide for vesting of the total number of shares of Common Stock at a rate of at least twenty percent (20%) per year over five (5) years from the date the Option was granted, subject to reasonable conditions such as continued employment; and
(ii) Options granted prior to the Listing Date to Officers, Directors or Consultants may be made fully exercisable, subject to reasonable conditions such as continued employment, at any time or during any period established by the Company.
(i) Termination of Continuous Service. In the event an Optionholder's Continuous Service terminates (other than upon the Optionholder's death or Disability), the Optionholder may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of termination) but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date three (3) months following the termination of the Optionholder's Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement, which period shall not be less than thirty (30) days for Options granted prior to the Listing Date unless such termination is for cause), or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after termination, the Optionholder does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified in the Option Agreement, the Option shall terminate.
(j) Extension of Termination Date. An Optionholder's Option Agreement may also provide that if the exercise of the Option following the termination of the Optionholder's Continuous Service (other than upon the Optionholder's death or Disability) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of shares of Common Stock would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Option shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of the term of the Option set forth in subsection 6(a) or (ii) the expiration of a period of three (3) months after the termination of the Optionholder's Continuous Service during which the exercise of the Option would not be in violation of such registration requirements.
(k) Disability of Optionholder. In the event that an Optionholder's Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Optionholder's Disability, the Optionholder may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of termination), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date twelve (12) months following such termination (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement, which period shall not be less than six (6) months for Options granted prior to the Listing Date) or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after termination, the Optionholder does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.
(l) Death of Optionholder. In the event (i) an Optionholder's Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Optionholder's death or (ii) the Optionholder dies within the period (if any) specified in the Option Agreement after the termination of the Optionholder's Continuous Service for a reason other than death, then the Option may be exercised (to the extent the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of death) by the Optionholder's estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated to exercise the option upon the Optionholder's death pursuant to subsection 6(e) or 6(f), but only within the period ending on the earlier of (1) the date eighteen (18) months following the date of death (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement, which period shall not be less than six (6) months for Options granted prior to the Listing Date) or (2) the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after death, the Option is not exercised within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.
9
(m) Early Exercise. The Option may, but need not, include a provision whereby the Optionholder may elect at any time before the Optionholder's Continuous Service terminates to exercise the Option as to any part or all of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option prior to the full vesting of the Option. Subject to the "Repurchase Limitation" in subsection 10(h), any unvested shares of Common Stock so purchased may be subject to a repurchase option in favor of the Company or to any other restriction the Board determines to be appropriate. Provided that the "Repurchase Limitation" in subsection 10(h) is not violated, the Company will not exercise its repurchase option until at least six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid a charge to earnings for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following exercise of the Option unless the Board otherwise specifically provides in the Option.
(n) Right of Repurchase. Subject to the "Repurchase Limitation" in subsection 10(h), the Option may, but need not, include a provision whereby the Company may elect, prior to the Listing Date, to repurchase all or any part of the vested shares of Common Stock acquired by the Optionholder pursuant to the exercise of the Option. Provided that the "Repurchase Limitation" in subsection 10(h) is not violated, the Company will not exercise its repurchase option until at least six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid a charge to earnings for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following exercise of the Option unless the Board otherwise specifically provides in the Option.
(o) Right of First Refusal. The Option may, but need not, include a provision whereby the Company may elect, prior to the Listing Date, to exercise a right of first refusal following receipt of notice from the Optionholder of the intent to transfer all or any part of the shares of Common Stock received upon the exercise of the Option. Except as expressly provided in this subsection 6(o), such right of first refusal shall otherwise comply with any applicable provisions of the Bylaws of the Company.
(p) Re-Load Options.
(i) Without in any way limiting the authority of the Board to make or not to make grants of Options hereunder, the Board shall have the authority (but not an obligation) to include as part of any Option Agreement a provision entitling the Optionholder to a further Option (a "Re-Load Option") in the event the Optionholder exercises the Option evidenced by the Option Agreement, in whole or in part, by surrendering other shares of Common Stock in accordance with this Plan and the terms and conditions of the Option Agreement. Unless otherwise specifically provided in the Option, the Optionholder shall not surrender shares of Common Stock acquired, directly or indirectly from the Company, unless such shares have been held for more than six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid a charge to earnings for financial accounting purposes).
(ii) Any such Re-Load Option shall (1) provide for a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of shares of Common Stock surrendered as part or all of the exercise price of such Option; (2) have an expiration date which is the same as the expiration date of the Option the exercise of which gave rise to such Re-Load Option; and (3) have an exercise price which is equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Re-Load Option on the date of exercise of the original Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Re-Load Option shall be subject to the same exercise price and term provisions heretofore described for Options under the Plan.
10
3. Any such Re-Load Option may be an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option, as the Board may designate at the time of the grant of the original Option; provided, however, that the designation of any Re-Load Option as an Incentive Stock Option shall be subject to the one hundred thousand dollar ($100,000) annual limitation on the exercisability of Incentive Stock Options described in subsection 10(d) and in Section 422(d) of the Code. There shall be no Re-Load Options on a Re-Load Option. Any such Re-Load Option shall be subject to the availability of sufficient shares of Common Stock under subsection 4(a) and the "Section 162(m) Limitation" on the grants of Options under subsection 5(c) and shall be subject to such other terms and conditions as the Board may determine which are not inconsistent with the express provisions of the Plan regarding the terms of Options.
7. PROVISIONS OF STOCK AWARDS OTHER THAN OPTIONS.
(a) Stock Bonus Awards. Each stock bonus agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. The terms and conditions of stock bonus agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate stock bonus agreements need not be identical, but each stock bonus agreement shall include (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:
(i) Consideration. A stock bonus may be awarded in consideration for past services actually rendered to the Company or an Affiliate for its benefit.
(ii) Vesting. Subject to the "Repurchase Limitation" in subsection 10(h), shares of Common Stock awarded under the stock bonus agreement may, but need not, be subject to a share repurchase option in favor of the Company in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the Board.
(iii) Termination of Participant's Continuous Service. Subject to the "Repurchase Limitation" in subsection 10(h), in the event a Participant's Continuous Service terminates, the Company may reacquire any or all of the shares of Common Stock held by the Participant which have not vested as of the date of termination under the terms of the stock bonus agreement.
(iv) Transferability. For a stock bonus award made before the Listing Date, rights to acquire shares of Common Stock under the stock bonus agreement shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant. For a stock bonus award made on or after the Listing Date, rights to acquire shares of Common Stock under the stock bonus agreement shall be transferable by the Participant only upon such terms and conditions as are set forth in the stock bonus agreement, as the Board shall determine in its discretion, so long as Common Stock awarded under the stock bonus agreement remains subject to the terms of the stock bonus agreement.
11
(b) Restricted Stock Awards. Each restricted stock purchase agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. The terms and conditions of the restricted stock purchase agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate restricted stock purchase agreements need not be identical, but each restricted stock purchase agreement shall include (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:
(i) Purchase Price. Subject to the provisions of subsection 5(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, the purchase price under each restricted stock purchase agreement shall be such amount as the Board shall determine and designate in such restricted stock purchase agreement. For restricted stock awards made prior to the Listing Date, the purchase price shall not be less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Common Stock's Fair Market Value on the date such award is made or at the time the purchase is consummated. For restricted stock awards made on or after the Listing Date, the purchase price shall not be less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Common Stock's Fair Market Value on the date such award is made or at the time the purchase is consummated.
(ii) Consideration. The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the restricted stock purchase agreement shall be paid either: (i) in cash at the time of purchase; (ii) at the discretion of the Board, according to a deferred payment or other similar arrangement with the Participant; or (iii) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board in its discretion; provided, however, that at any time that the Company is incorporated in Delaware, then payment of the Common Stock's "par value," as defined in the Delaware General Corporation Law, shall not be made by deferred payment.
(iii) Vesting. Subject to the "Repurchase Limitation" in subsection 10(h), shares of Common Stock acquired under the restricted stock purchase agreement may, but need not, be subject to a share repurchase option in favor of the Company in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the Board.
(iv) Termination of Participant's Continuous Service. Subject to the "Repurchase Limitation" in subsection 10(h), in the event a Participant's Continuous Service terminates, the Company may repurchase or otherwise reacquire any or all of the shares of Common Stock held by the Participant which have not vested as of the date of termination under the terms of the restricted stock purchase agreement.
(v) Transferability. For a restricted stock award made before the Listing Date, rights to acquire shares of Common Stock under the restricted stock purchase agreement shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant. For a restricted stock award made on or after the Listing Date, rights to acquire shares of Common Stock under the restricted stock purchase agreement shall be transferable by the Participant only upon such terms and conditions as are set forth in the restricted stock purchase agreement, as the Board shall determine in its discretion, so long as Common Stock awarded under the restricted stock purchase agreement remains subject to the terms of the restricted stock purchase agreement.
8. COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.
(a) Availability of Shares. During the terms of the Stock Awards, the Company shall keep available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock required to satisfy such Stock Awards.
12
(b) Securities Law Compliance. The Company shall seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Stock Awards and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Stock Awards; provided, however, that this undertaking shall not require the Company to register under the Securities Act the Plan, any Stock Award or any Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Stock Award. If, after reasonable efforts, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority which counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, the Company shall be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Stock Awards unless and until such authority is obtained.
9. USE OF PROCEEDS FROM STOCK.
Proceeds from the sale of Common Stock pursuant to Stock Awards shall constitute general funds of the Company.
10. MISCELLANEOUS.
(a) Acceleration of Exercisability and Vesting. The Board shall have the power to accelerate the time at which a Stock Award may first be exercised or the time during which a Stock Award or any part thereof will vest in accordance with the Plan, notwithstanding the provisions in the Stock Award stating the time at which it may first be exercised or the time during which it will vest.
(b) Stockholder Rights. No Participant shall be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to such Stock Award unless and until such Participant has satisfied all requirements for exercise of the Stock Award pursuant to its terms.
(c) No Employment or other Service Rights. Nothing in the Plan or any instrument executed or Stock Award granted pursuant thereto shall confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Stock Award was granted or shall affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate (i) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without cause, (ii) the service of a Consultant pursuant to the terms of such Consultant's agreement with the Company or an Affiliate or (iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be.
(d) Incentive Stock Option $100,000 Limitation. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionholder during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), the Options or portions thereof which exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options.
13
(e) Investment Assurances. The Company may require a Participant, as a condition of exercising or acquiring Common Stock under any Stock Award, (i) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company as to the Participant's knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and that he or she is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Stock Award; and (ii) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company stating that the Participant is acquiring Common Stock subject to the Stock Award for the Participant's own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the Common Stock. The foregoing requirements, and any assurances given pursuant to such requirements, shall be inoperative if (1) the issuance of the shares of Common Stock upon the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under the Stock Award has been registered under a then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act or (2) as to any particular requirement, a determination is made by counsel for the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the then applicable securities laws. The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the Common Stock.
(f) Withholding Obligations. To the extent provided by the terms of a Stock Award Agreement, the Participant may satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under a Stock Award by any of the following means (in addition to the Company's right to withhold from any compensation paid to the Participant by the Company) or by a combination of such means: (i) tendering a cash payment; (ii) authorizing the Company to withhold shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to the Participant as a result of the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under the Stock Award, provided, however, that no shares of Common Stock are withheld with a value exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law; or (iii) delivering to the Company owned and unencumbered shares of Common Stock.
(g) Information Obligation. Prior to the Listing Date, to the extent required by Section 260.140.46 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations, the Company shall deliver financial statements to Participants at least annually. This subsection 10(g) shall not apply to key Employees whose duties in connection with the Company assure them access to equivalent information.
(h) Repurchase Limitation. The terms of any repurchase option shall be specified in the Stock Award and may be either at Fair Market Value at the time of repurchase or at not less than the original purchase price. To the extent required by Section 260.140.41 and Section 260.140.42 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations at the time a Stock Award is made, any repurchase option contained in a Stock Award granted prior to the Listing Date to a person who is not an Officer, Director or Consultant shall be upon the terms described below:
(i) Fair Market Value. If the repurchase option gives the Company the right to repurchase the shares of Common Stock upon termination of employment at not less than the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock to be purchased on the date of termination of Continuous Service, then (i) the right to repurchase shall be exercised for cash or cancellation of purchase money indebtedness for the shares of Common Stock within ninety (90) days of termination of Continuous Service (or in the case of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of Stock Awards after such date of termination, within ninety (90) days after the date of the exercise) or such longer period as may be agreed to by the Company and the Participant (for example, for purposes of satisfying the requirements of Section 1202(c)(3) of the Code regarding "qualified small business stock") and (ii) the right terminates when the shares of Common Stock become publicly traded.
14
(ii) Original Purchase Price. If the repurchase option gives the Company the right to repurchase the shares of Common Stock upon termination of Continuous Service at the original purchase price, then (i) the right to repurchase at the original purchase price shall lapse at the rate of at least twenty percent (20%) of the shares of Common Stock per year over five (5) years from the date the Stock Award is granted (without respect to the date the Stock Award was exercised or became exercisable) and (ii) the right to repurchase shall be exercised for cash or cancellation of purchase money indebtedness for the shares of Common Stock within ninety (90) days of termination of Continuous Service (or in the case of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of Options after such date of termination, within ninety (90) days after the date of the exercise) or such longer period as may be agreed to by the Company and the Participant (for example, for purposes of satisfying the requirements of Section 1202(c)(3) of the Code regarding "qualified small business stock").
11. ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN STOCK.
(a) Capitalization Adjustments. If any change is made in the Common Stock subject to the Plan, or subject to any Stock Award, without the receipt of consideration by the Company (through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or other transaction not involving the receipt of consideration by the Company), the Plan will be appropriately adjusted in the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to subsections 4(a) and 4(b) and the maximum number of securities subject to award to any person pursuant to subsection 5(c), and the outstanding Stock Awards will be appropriately adjusted in the class(es) and number of securities and price per share of Common Stock subject to such outstanding Stock Awards. The Board shall make such adjustments, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive. (The conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as a transaction "without receipt of consideration" by the Company.)
(b) Change in ControlDissolution or Liquidation. In the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, then all outstanding Stock Awards shall terminate immediately prior to such event.
(c) Change in ControlAsset Sale, Merger, Consolidation or Reverse Merger. In the event of (i) a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, (ii) a consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or other entity or person, or any other corporate reorganization, in which the Stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such consolidation, merger or reorganization, own less than 50% of the Company's outstanding voting power of the surviving entity (or its parent) following the consolidation, merger or reorganization or (iii) any transaction (or series of related transactions involving a person or entity, or a group of affiliated persons or entities) in which in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the Company's outstanding voting power is transferred, then any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation shall assume any Stock Awards outstanding under the Plan or shall substitute similar stock awards (including an award to acquire the same consideration paid to the Stockholders in the transaction described in this subsection 11(c) for those outstanding under the Plan. In the event any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation refuses to assume such Stock Awards or to substitute similar stock awards for those outstanding under the Plan, then with respect to Stock Awards held by Participants whose Continuous Service has not terminated, the vesting of such Stock Awards (and, if applicable, the time during which such Stock Awards may be exercised) shall be accelerated in full, and the Stock Awards shall terminate if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to such event. With respect to any other Stock Awards outstanding under the Plan, such Stock Awards shall terminate if not exercised (if applicable) prior to such event.
15
12. AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN AND STOCK AWARDS.
(a) Amendment of Plan. The Board at any time, and from time to time, may amend the Plan. However, except as provided in Section 11 relating to adjustments upon changes in Common Stock, no amendment shall be effective unless approved by the Stockholders of the Company to the extent stockholder approval is necessary to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code, Rule 16b-3 or any Nasdaq or securities exchange listing requirements.
(b) Stockholder Approval. The Board may, in its sole discretion, submit any other amendment to the Plan for stockholder approval, including, but not limited to, amendments to the Plan intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations thereunder regarding the exclusion of performance-based compensation from the limit on corporate deductibility of compensation paid to certain executive officers.
(c) Contemplated Amendments. It is expressly contemplated that the Board may amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable to provide eligible Employees with the maximum benefits provided or to be provided under the provisions of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder relating to Incentive Stock Options and/or to bring the Plan and/or Incentive Stock Options granted under it into compliance therewith.
(d) No Impairment of Rights. Rights under any Stock Award granted before amendment of the Plan shall not be impaired by any amendment of the Plan unless (i) the Company requests the consent of the Participant and (ii) the Participant consents in writing.
(e) Amendment of Stock Awards. The Board at any time, and from time to time, may amend the terms of any one or more Stock Awards; provided, however, that the rights under any Stock Award shall not be impaired by any such amendment unless (i) the Company requests the consent of the Participant and (ii) the Participant consents in writing.
13. TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE PLAN.
(a) Plan Term. The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Unless sooner terminated, the Plan shall terminate on the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the date the Plan is adopted by the Board or approved by the Stockholders of the Company, whichever is earlier. No Stock Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.
(b) No Impairment of Rights. Suspension or termination of the Plan shall not impair rights and obligations under any Stock Award granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the Participant.
14. EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN.
The Plan shall become effective as determined by the Board, but no Stock Award shall be exercised (or, in the case of a stock bonus, shall be granted) unless and until the Plan has been approved by the Stockholders of the Company, which approval shall be within twelve (12) months before or after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board.
II. CHOICE OF LAW.
The law of the State of Delaware shall govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Plan, without regard to such state's conflict of laws rules.
16
GETACTIVE SOFTWARE, INC.
2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE
GetActive Software, Inc. , a Delaware corporation (the " Company "), pursuant to its 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the " Plan "), hereby grants to Optionholder an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company's Common Stock set forth below. This option is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth herein and in the Stock Option Agreement, the Plan and the Notice of Exercise, all of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety. Capitalized terms herein shall have the meanings given them by the Stock Option Agreement or the Plan unless the context clearly requires otherwise.
Optionholder:
Date of Grant:
Vesting Commencement Date:
Number of Shares Subject to Option:
Exercise Price (Per Share):
Total Exercise Price:
Expiration Date:
Type of Grant: |
|
ý |
|
Incentive Stock Option(2) |
|
o |
|
Nonstatutory Stock Option |
Exercise Schedule: |
|
o |
|
Same as Vesting Schedule |
|
ý |
|
Early Exercise Permitted |
Vesting Schedule: |
|
[1/4 th of the shares vest one year after the Vesting Commencement Date. 1/48 th of the shares vest monthly thereafter over the next three years.] |
||||||
Payment: |
|
By one or a combination of the following items (described in the Stock Option Agreement): By cash or check Pursuant to a Regulation T Program if the Shares are publicly traded By delivery of already-owned shares if the Shares are publicly traded |
Additional Terms/Acknowledgements: The undersigned Optionholder acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Grant Notice, the Stock Option Agreement and the Plan. Optionholder further acknowledges that as of the Date of Grant, this Grant Notice, the Stock Option Agreement and the Plan set forth the entire understanding between Optionholder and the Company regarding the acquisition of stock in the Company and supersede all prior oral and written agreements on that subject with the exception of (i) options previously granted and delivered to Optionholder under the Plan, and (ii) the following agreements only:
Other Agreements: |
|
|
|
||
GetActive Software Inc. |
|
Optionholder: |
By: |
|
Signature |
|
Date: |
|
Signature |
Title:
Date: |
||||||
Attachments: Stock Option Agreement, 2006 Equity Incentive Plan and Notice of Exercise |
GETACTIVE SOFTWARE, INC.
2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
Stock Option Agreement (Incentive And Nonstatutory Stock Options)
Pursuant to your Stock Option Grant Notice (" Grant Notice ") and this Stock Option Agreement, GetActive Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the " Company "), has granted you an option under its 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the " Plan ") to purchase the number of shares of the Company's Common Stock indicated in your Grant Notice at the exercise price indicated in your Grant Notice. Defined terms not explicitly defined in this Stock Option Agreement but defined in the Plan shall have the same definitions as in the Plan.
The details of your option are as follows:
1. VESTING. Subject to the limitations contained herein, your option will vest as provided in your Grant Notice, provided that vesting will cease upon the termination of your Continuous Service.
2. NUMBER OF SHARES AND EXERCISE PRICE. The number of shares of Common Stock subject to your option and your exercise price per share referenced in your Grant Notice may be adjusted from time to time for Capitalization Adjustments, as provided in the Plan.
3. EXERCISE PRIOR TO VESTING ("EARLY EXERCISE"). If permitted in your Grant Notice (i.e., the "Exercise Schedule" indicates that "Early Exercise" of your option is permitted) and subject to the provisions of your option, you may elect at any time that is both (i) during the period of your Continuous Service and (ii) during the term of your option, to exercise all or part of your option, including the nonvested portion of your option; provided, however, that:
(a) a partial exercise of your option shall be deemed to cover first vested shares of Common Stock and then the earliest vesting installment of unvested shares of Common Stock;
(b) any shares of Common Stock so purchased from installments that have not vested as of the date of exercise shall be subject to the purchase option in favor of the Company as described in the Company's form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement;
(c) you shall enter into the Company's form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement with a vesting schedule that will result in the same vesting as if no early exercise had occurred; and
(d) if your option is an incentive stock option, then, as provided in the Plan, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which your option plus all other incentive stock options you hold are exercisable for the first time by you during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), your option(s) or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) shall be treated as nonstatutory stock options.
4. METHOD OF PAYMENT. Payment of the exercise price is due in full upon exercise of all or any part of your option. You may elect to make payment of the exercise price in cash or by check or in any other manner permitted by your Grant Notice , which may include one or more of the following:
(a) In the Company's sole discretion at the time your option is exercised and provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded and quoted regularly in The Wall Street Journal , pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of Common Stock, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds.
(b) Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded and quoted regularly in The Wall Street Journal , by delivery of already-owned shares of Common Stock either that you have held for the period required to avoid a charge to the Company's reported earnings (generally six months) or that you did not acquire, directly or indirectly from the Company, that are owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, and that are valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise. "Delivery" for these purposes, in the sole discretion of the Company at the time you exercise your option, shall include delivery to the Company of your attestation of ownership of such shares of Common Stock in a form approved by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you may not exercise your option by tender to the Company of Common Stock to the extent such tender would violate the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company's stock.
(c) Pursuant to the following deferred payment alternative:
(i) Not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the aggregate exercise price, plus accrued interest, shall be due four (4) years from date of exercise or, at the Company's election, upon termination of your Continuous Service.
(ii) Interest shall be compounded at least annually and shall be charged at the minimum rate of interest necessary to avoid the treatment as interest, under any applicable provisions of the Code, of any portion of any amounts other than amounts stated to be interest under the deferred payment arrangement.
(iii) At any time that the Company is incorporated in Delaware, payment of the Common Stock's "par value," as defined in the Delaware General Corporation Law, shall be made in cash and not by deferred payment.
(iv) In order to elect the deferred payment alternative, you must, as a part of your written notice of exercise, give notice of the election of this payment alternative and, in order to secure the payment of the deferred exercise price to the Company hereunder, if the Company so requests, you must tender to the Company a promissory note and a security agreement covering the purchased shares of Common Stock, both in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, or such other or additional documentation as the Company may request.
5. WHOLE SHARES . You may exercise your option only for whole shares of Common Stock.
6. SECURITIES LAW COMPLIANCE. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, you may not exercise your option unless the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such exercise are then registered under the Securities Act or, if such shares of Common Stock are not then so registered, the Company has determined that such exercise and issuance would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The exercise of your option must also comply with other applicable laws and regulations governing your option, and you may not exercise your option if the Company determines that such exercise would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations.
2
7. TERM. You may not exercise your option before the commencement of its term or after its term expires. The term of your option commences on the Date of Grant and expires upon the earliest of the following:
(a) three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service for any reason other than your Disability or death, provided that if during any part of such three- (3-) month period your option is not exercisable solely because of the condition set forth in the preceding paragraph relating to "Securities Law Compliance," your option shall not expire until the earlier of the Expiration Date or until it shall have been exercisable for an aggregate period of three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service;
(b) twelve (12) months after the termination of your Continuous Service due to your Disability;
(c) eighteen (18) months after your death if you die either during your Continuous Service or within three (3) months after your Continuous Service terminates;
(d) the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Notice; or
(e) the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Date of Grant.
If your option is an incentive stock option, note that, to obtain the federal income tax advantages associated with an "incentive stock option," the Code requires that at all times beginning on the date of grant of your option and ending on the day three (3) months before the date of your option's exercise, you must be an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, except in the event of your death or Disability. The Company has provided for extended exercisability of your option under certain circumstances for your benefit but cannot guarantee that your option will necessarily be treated as an "incentive stock option" if you continue to provide services to the Company or an Affiliate as a Consultant or Director after your employment terminates or if you otherwise exercise your option more than three (3) months after the date your employment terminates.
8. EXERCISE.
(a) You may exercise the vested portion of your option (and the unvested portion of your option if your Grant Notice so permits) during its term by delivering a Notice of Exercise (in a form designated by the Company) together with the exercise price to the Secretary of the Company, or to such other person as the Company may designate, during regular business hours, together with such additional documents as the Company may then require.
(b) By exercising your option you agree that, as a condition to any exercise of your option, the Company may require you to enter into an arrangement providing for the payment by you to the Company of any tax withholding obligation of the Company arising by reason of (1) the exercise of your option, (2) the lapse of any substantial risk of forfeiture to which the shares of Common Stock are subject at the time of exercise, or (3) the disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise.
(c) If your option is an incentive stock option, by exercising your option you agree that you will notify the Company in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of the Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option that occurs within two (2) years after the date of your option grant or within one (1) year after such shares of Common Stock are transferred upon exercise of your option.
3
(d) By exercising your option you agree that the Company (or a representative of the underwriter(s)) may, in connection with the first underwritten registration of the offering of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act, require that you not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company held by you, for a period of time specified by the underwriter(s) (not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days) following the effective date of the registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act. You further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company and/or the underwriter(s) that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to your shares of Common Stock until the end of such period.
9. TRANSFERABILITY.
(a) If your option is an incentive stock option, your option is not transferable, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during your life only by you. Notwithstanding the foregoing, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form satisfactory to the Company, you may designate a third party who, in the event of your death, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise your option.
(b) If your option is a nonstatutory stock option, your option is not transferable, except (i) by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, (ii) with the prior written approval of the Company, by instrument to an inter vivos or testamentary trust, in a form accepted by the Company, in which the option is to be passed to beneficiaries upon the death of the trustor (settlor) and (iii) with the prior written approval of the Company, by gift, in a form accepted by the Company, to your "immediate family" as that term is defined in 17 C.F.R. 240.16a-1(e). The term "immediate family" is defined in 17 C.F.R. 240.16a-1(e) to mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, and includes adoptive relationships. Your option is exercisable during your life only by you or a transferee satisfying the above-stated conditions. The right of a transferee to exercise the transferred portion of your option after termination of your Continuous Service shall terminate in accordance with your right to exercise your option as specified in your option. In the event that your Continuous Service terminates due to your death, your transferee will be treated as a person who acquired the right to exercise your option by bequest or inheritance. In addition to the foregoing, the Company may require, as a condition of the transfer of your option to a trust or by gift, that your transferee enter into an option transfer agreement provided by, or acceptable to, the Company. The terms of your option shall be binding upon your transferees, executors, administrators, heirs, successors, and assigns. Notwithstanding the foregoing, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form satisfactory to the Company, you may designate a third party who, in the event of your death, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise your option.
10. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL. Shares of Common Stock that you acquire upon exercise of your option are subject to any right of first refusal that may be described in the Company's bylaws in effect at such time the Company elects to exercise its right. The Company's right of first refusal shall expire on the Listing Date.
11. RIGHT OF REPURCHASE. To the extent provided in the Company's bylaws as amended from time to time, the Company shall have the right to repurchase all or any part of the shares of Common Stock you acquire pursuant to the exercise of your option.
4
12. OPTION NOT A SERVICE CONTRACT. Your option is not an employment or service contract, and nothing in your option shall be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on your part to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate, or of the Company or an Affiliate to continue your employment. In addition, nothing in your option shall obligate the Company or an Affiliate, their respective stockholders, Boards of Directors, Officers or Employees to continue any relationship that you might have as a Director or Consultant for the Company or an Affiliate.
13. WITHHOLDING OBLIGATIONS.
(a) At the time you exercise your option, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to you, and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for (including by means of a "cashless exercise" pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or an Affiliate, if any, which arise in connection with your option.
(b) Upon your request and subject to approval by the Company, in its sole discretion, and compliance with any applicable conditions or restrictions of law, the Company may withhold from fully vested shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to you upon the exercise of your option a number of whole shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value, determined by the Company as of the date of exercise, not in excess of the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law. If the date of determination of any tax withholding obligation is deferred to a date later than the date of exercise of your option, share withholding pursuant to the preceding sentence shall not be permitted unless you make a proper and timely election under Section 83(b) of the Code, covering the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise with respect to which such determination is otherwise deferred, to accelerate the determination of such tax withholding obligation to the date of exercise of your option. Notwithstanding the filing of such election, shares of Common Stock shall be withheld solely from fully vested shares of Common Stock determined as of the date of exercise of your option that are otherwise issuable to you upon such exercise. Any adverse consequences to you arising in connection with such share withholding procedure shall be your sole responsibility.
(c) You may not exercise your option unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and/or any Affiliate are satisfied. Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your option when desired even though your option is vested, and the Company shall have no obligation to issue a certificate for such shares of Common Stock or release such shares of Common Stock from any escrow provided for herein.
14. NOTICES. Any notices provided for in your option or the Plan shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by mail by the Company to you, five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company.
15. GOVERNING PLAN DOCUMENT. Your option is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your option, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of your option and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control.
5
This LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT is entered into as of October 26, 2007, by and among Comerica Bank, a Michigan banking corporation ("Bank"), on the one hand, and Convio, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Parent"), and certain of Parent's Subsidiaries signatory hereto (collectively, jointly and severally, with Parent, "Borrowers" and each individually a "Borrower"), on the other hand.
Borrowers wish to obtain credit from time to time from Bank, and Bank desires to extend credit to Borrowers. This Agreement sets forth the terms on which Bank will advance credit to Borrowers, and Borrowers will repay the amounts owing to Bank.
The parties agree as follows:
1. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION .
1.1 Definitions . As used in this Agreement, all capitalized terms shall have the definitions set forth on Exhibit A. Any term used in the Code and not defined herein shall have the meaning given to the term in the Code.
1.2 Accounting Terms . Any accounting term not specifically defined on Exhibit A shall be construed in accordance with GAAP and all calculations shall be made in accordance with GAAP. The term "financial statements" shall include the accompanying notes and schedules.
2. LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT .
2.1 Credit Extensions .
(a) Promise to Pay . Borrowers promise to pay to Bank, in lawful money of the United States of America, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Credit Extensions made by Bank to Borrowers, together with interest on the unpaid principal amount of such Credit Extensions at rates in accordance with the terms hereof.
(b) Advances Under Revolving Line .
(i) Amount . Subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement (1) Administrative Borrower may request Advances in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed the lesser of (A) the Revolving Line or (B) the sum of (x) the Borrowing Base, plus (y) the Non-Borrowing Base Amount, (z) less any amounts outstanding under the Letter of Credit Sublimit, and (2) amounts borrowed pursuant to this Section 2.1(b) may be repaid and reborrowed at any time prior to the Revolving Maturity Date, at which time all Advances under this Section 2.1(b) shall be immediately due and payable. Borrowers may prepay any Advances without penalty or premium.
(ii) Form of Request . Whenever a Borrower desires an Advance, Administrative Borrower will notify Bank by facsimile transmission or telephone no later than 3:00 p.m. Central time (3:00 p.m. Central time for wire transfers), on the Business Day that the Advance is to be made. Each such notification shall be promptly confirmed by a Payment/Advance Form in substantially the form of Exhibit C . Bank is authorized to make Advances under this Agreement, based upon instructions received from a Responsible Officer or a designee of a Responsible Officer, or without instructions if in Bank's discretion such Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due and
1
remain unpaid. Bank shall be entitled to rely on any telephonic notice given by a person who Bank reasonably believes to be a Responsible Officer or a designee thereof, and Borrowers shall indemnify and hold Bank harmless for any damages or loss suffered by Bank as a result of such reliance. Bank will credit the amount of Advances made under this Section 2.1(b) to Administrative Borrower's deposit account.
(iii) Letter of Credit Sublimit . Subject to the availability under the Revolving Line, and in reliance on the representations and warranties of Borrowers set forth herein, at any time and from time to time from the date hereof through the Business Day immediately prior to the Revolving Maturity Date, Bank shall issue for the account of Borrowers such Letters of Credit as Administrative Borrower may request by delivering to Bank a duly executed letter of credit application on Bank's standard form; provided, however, that the outstanding and undrawn amounts under all such Letters of Credit (i) shall not at any time exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit, and (ii) shall be deemed to constitute Advances for the purpose of calculating availability under the Revolving Line. Any drawn but unreimbursed amounts under any Letters of Credit shall be charged as Advances against the Revolving Line. All Letters of Credit shall be in form and substance acceptable to Bank in its sole discretion and shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Bank's form application and letter of credit agreement. Borrowers will pay in advance a fee equal to 1.50% per annum of the outstanding amount of all Letters of Credit, and any standard issuance and other fees that Bank notifies Administrative Borrower it will charge for issuing and processing Letters of Credit. In the event that any Letter of Credit shall be outstanding on the Revolving Maturity Date, then Borrowers shall deposit with Bank cash collateral in an amount sufficient to cover all undrawn amounts under each such Letter of Credit.
(iv) Collateralization of Obligations Extending Beyond Maturity. If Borrowers have not secured to Bank's reasonable satisfaction their obligations with respect to any Letters of Credit outstanding on the Revolving Maturity Date by the Revolving Maturity Date, then, effective as of such date, the balance in any deposit accounts held by Bank and the certificates of deposit or time deposit accounts issued by Bank in Borrowers' name (and any interest paid thereon or proceeds thereof, including any amounts payable upon the maturity or liquidation of such certificates or accounts), shall automatically secure such obligations to the extent of the then continuing or outstanding and undrawn Letters of Credit. Borrowers authorize Bank to hold such balances in pledge and to decline to honor any drafts thereon or any requests by Borrowers or any other Person to pay or otherwise transfer any part of such balances for so long as the Letters of Credit are outstanding or continue at any time on or after the Revolving Maturity Date.
(c) Equipment Advances .
(i) Subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Bank agrees to make Equipment Advances to Borrowers in two tranches, Tranche A and Tranche B. Administrative Borrower may request Equipment Advances under Tranche A at any time from the date hereof through the Tranche A Availability End Date. Administrative Borrower may request Equipment Advances under Tranche B at any time from the Tranche A Availability End Date through the Tranche B Availability End Date. The aggregate outstanding amount of Tranche A Equipment Advances and Tranche B Equipment Advances shall not exceed the Equipment Line. Each Equipment Advance shall not exceed 80% of the invoice amount of equipment and software approved by Bank from time to time (which Borrowers shall, in any case, have purchased within 90 days of the date of the corresponding Equipment Advance), excluding taxes, shipping, warranty
2
charges, freight discounts and installation expense. In no event shall outstanding Equipment Advances made based upon software exceed 10% of the Equipment Line.
(ii) Interest shall accrue from the date of each Equipment Advance at the rate specified in Section 2.3(a) , and shall be payable in accordance with Section 2.3(c). Any Equipment Advances that are outstanding under Tranche A on the Tranche A Availability End Date shall be payable in 36 equal monthly installments of principal, plus all accrued interest, beginning on March 26, 2008, and continuing on the same day of each month thereafter through the Equipment Maturity Date, at which time all amounts due in connection with Tranche A Equipment Advance made under this Section 2.1(c) shall be immediately due and payable. Any Equipment Advances that are outstanding under Tranche B on the Tranche B Availability End Date shall be payable in 36 equal monthly installments of principal, plus all accrued interest, beginning on October 26, 2008, and continuing on the same day of each month thereafter through the Equipment Maturity Date, at which time all amounts due in connection with Tranche B Equipment Advance made under this Section 2.1(c) and any other amounts due under this Agreement shall be immediately due and payable. Equipment Advances, once repaid, may not be reborrowed. Borrowers may prepay any Equipment Advances without penalty or premium.
(iii) When Borrowers desire to obtain an Equipment Advance, Administrative Borrower shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by facsimile transmission to be received no later than 3:00 p.m. Central time three Business Days before the day on which the Equipment Advance is to be made. Such notice shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit C . The notice shall be signed by a Responsible Officer or its designee and include a copy of the invoice for any Equipment to be financed.
2.2 Overadvances . If the aggregate amount of the outstanding Advances exceeds the lesser of the Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base at any time, Borrowers shall immediately pay to Bank, in cash, the amount of such excess.
2.3 Interest Rates, Payments, and Calculations .
(a) Interest Rates .
(i) Advances . Except as set forth in Section 2.3 (b), the Advances shall bear interest, on the outstanding daily balance thereof, at a variable rate equal to 0.50% above the Prime Rate.
(ii) Equipment Advances . Except as set forth in Section 2.3(b) , the Equipment Advances shall bear interest, on the outstanding daily balance thereof, at a rate equal to 1.25% above the Prime Rate.
(b) Late Fee; Default Rate . If any payment is not made within 10 Business Days after the date such payment is due, Borrowers shall pay Bank a late fee equal to the lesser of (i) 5% of the amount of such unpaid amount or (ii) the maximum amount permitted to be charged under applicable law. All Obligations shall bear interest, from and after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, at a rate equal to 5 percentage points above the interest rate applicable immediately prior to the occurrence of the Event of Default.
(c) Payments . Interest hereunder shall be due and payable on the first calendar day of each month during the term hereof. Bank shall, at its option, charge such interest, all Bank Expenses, and all Periodic Payments against any of Borrowers' deposit accounts or against the Revolving Line, in which case those amounts shall thereafter accrue interest at the rate then applicable hereunder. Any interest not paid when due shall be compounded by becoming a
3
part of the Obligations, and such interest shall thereafter accrue interest at the rate then applicable hereunder.
(d) Computation . In the event the Prime Rate is changed from time to time hereafter, the applicable rate of interest hereunder shall be increased or decreased, effective as of the day the Prime Rate is changed, by an amount equal to such change in the Prime Rate. All interest chargeable under the Loan Documents shall be computed on the basis of a 360 day year for the actual number of days elapsed.
2.4 Crediting Payments . Prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default, Bank shall credit a wire transfer of funds, check or other item of payment to such deposit account or Obligation as Administrative Borrower specifies, except that to the extent Borrowers use the Advances to purchase Collateral, Borrowers' repayment of the Advances shall apply on a "first-in-first-out" basis so that the portion of the Advances used to purchase a particular item of Collateral shall be paid in the chronological order the Borrowers purchased the Collateral. After the occurrence of an Event of Default, Bank shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to immediately apply any wire transfer of funds, check, or other item of payment Bank may receive to conditionally reduce Obligations, but such applications of funds shall not be considered a payment on account unless such payment is of immediately available federal funds or unless and until such check or other item of payment is honored when presented for payment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any wire transfer or payment received by Bank after 12:00 noon Central time shall be deemed to have been received by Bank as of the opening of business on the immediately following Business Day. Whenever any payment to Bank under the Loan Documents would otherwise be due (except by reason of acceleration) on a date that is not a Business Day, such payment shall instead be due on the next Business Day, and additional fees or interest, as the case may be, shall accrue and be payable for the period of such extension.
2.5 Fees . Borrowers shall pay to Bank the following:
(a) Facility Fee . On the Closing Date, a fee equal to $7,500, which shall be nonrefundable;
(b) Unused Line Fee . Quarterly, in arrears, an unused line fee equal 0.25%, per annum, of the difference between the Revolving Line and the average daily outstanding balance of the Advances (including, without limitation, the outstanding amounts of all Letters of Credit).
(c) Bank Expenses . On the Closing Date, all Bank Expenses incurred through the Closing Date, and, after the Closing Date, all Bank Expenses, as and when they become due.
2.6 Term . This Agreement shall become effective on the Closing Date and, subject to Section 12.7 , shall continue in full force and effect for so long as any Obligations remain outstanding or Bank has any obligation to make Credit Extensions under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Bank shall have the right to terminate its obligation to make Credit Extensions under this Agreement immediately and without notice upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default.
3. CONDITIONS OF LOANS .
3.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension . The obligation of Bank to make the initial Credit Extension is subject to the condition precedent that Bank shall have received, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank, the following:
(a) this Agreement;
(b) the other Loan Documents;
4
(c) an officer's certificate from each Borrower with respect to incumbency and resolutions authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement;
(d) financing statements (Form UCC-1);
(e) an intellectual property security agreement;
(f) agreement to provide insurance;
(g) payment of the fees and Bank Expenses then due specified in Section 2.5 ;
(h) current SOS Reports indicating that except for Permitted Liens, there are no other security interests or Liens of record in the Collateral;
(i) an audit of the Collateral, the results of which shall be reasonably satisfactory to Bank;
(j) current financial statements, including audited statements for Borrowers' most recently ended fiscal year, together with an unqualified opinion, company prepared consolidated and consolidating balance sheets and income statements for the most recently ended month in accordance with Section 6.2, and such other updated financial information as Bank may reasonably request;
(k) current Compliance Certificate in accordance with Section 6.2;
(l) Existing warrants to be extended on terms reasonably satisfactory to Bank;
(m) A Subordination Agreement with Horizon in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank; and
(n) such other documents or certificates, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.
3.2 Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions . The obligation of Bank to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is further subject to the following conditions:
(a) timely receipt by Bank of the Payment/Advance Form as provided in Section 2.1 ; and
(b) the representations and warranties contained in Section 5 shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Payment/Advance Form and on the effective date of each Credit Extension as though made at and as of each such date, and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, or would exist after giving effect to such Credit Extension (provided, however, that those representations and warranties expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such date). The making of each Credit Extension shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by Borrowers on the date of such Credit Extension as to the accuracy of the facts referred to in this Section 3.2 .
4. CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST .
4.1 Grant of Security Interest . Each Borrower grants and pledges to Bank a continuing security interest in the Collateral to secure prompt repayment of any and all Obligations and to secure prompt performance by Borrowers of each of their respective covenants and duties under the Loan Documents. Except as set forth in the Schedule, such security interest constitutes a valid, first priority security interest in the presently existing Collateral, and will constitute a valid, first priority security interest in later-acquired Collateral. Notwithstanding any termination, Bank's Lien on the Collateral shall remain in effect for so long as any Obligations are outstanding.
5
4.2 Perfection of Security Interest . Each Borrower authorizes Bank to file at any time financing statements, continuation statements, and amendments thereto that (i) either specifically describe the Collateral or describe the Collateral as all assets of such Borrower of the kind pledged hereunder, and (ii) contain any other information required by the Code for the sufficiency of filing office acceptance of any financing statement, continuation statement, or amendment, including whether such Borrower is an organization, the type of organization and any organizational identification number issued to such Borrower, if applicable. Any such financing statements may be filed at any time in any jurisdiction whether or not Revised Article 9 of the Code is then in effect in that jurisdiction. Borrowers shall from time to time endorse and deliver to Bank, at the request of Bank, all Negotiable Collateral with an aggregate value in excess of $50,000 and other documents that Bank may reasonably request, in form satisfactory to Bank, to perfect and continue perfected Bank's security interests in the Collateral and in order to fully consummate all of the transactions contemplated under the Loan Documents. Borrowers shall have possession of the Collateral, except where expressly otherwise provided in this Agreement or where Bank chooses to perfect its security interest by possession in addition to the filing of a financing statement. Where Collateral is in possession of a third party bailee, Borrowers shall take such steps as Bank reasonably requests for Bank to (i) obtain an acknowledgment, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, of the bailee that the bailee holds such Collateral for the benefit of Bank, (ii) obtain "control" of any Collateral consisting of investment property, deposit accounts, letter-of-credit rights or electronic chattel paper (as such items and the term "control" are defined in Revised Article 9 of the Code) by causing the securities intermediary or depositary institution or issuing bank to execute a control agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank. No Borrower will create any chattel paper with an aggregate value in excess of $50,000 without placing a legend on the chattel paper acceptable to Bank indicating that Bank has a security interest in the chattel paper. Borrowers from time to time may deposit with Bank specific cash collateral to secure specific Obligations; Borrowers authorize Bank to hold such specific balances in pledge and to decline to honor any drafts thereon or any request by Borrowers or any other Person to pay or otherwise transfer any part of such balances for so long as the specific Obligations are outstanding.
4.3 Right to Inspect . Bank (through any of its officers, employees, or agents) shall have the right, upon reasonable prior notice, from time to time during Borrowers' usual business hours but no more than twice a year (unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), to inspect Borrowers' Books and to make copies thereof and to check, test, and appraise the Collateral in order to verify Borrowers' financial condition or the amount, condition of, or any other matter relating to, the Collateral.
5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES .
Each Borrower represents and warrants as follows:
5.1 Due Organization and Qualification . Each Borrower and Subsidiary is a corporation duly existing under the laws of the state in which it is incorporated and qualified and licensed to do business in any state in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of property requires that it be so qualified, except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.
5.2 Due Authorization; No Conflict . The execution, delivery, and performance of the Loan Documents are within each Borrower's powers, have been duly authorized, and are not in conflict with nor constitute a breach of any provision contained in such Borrower's Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws, nor will they constitute an event of default under any material agreement by which any Borrower is bound. No Borrower is in default under any agreement by which it is bound, except to the extent such default would not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.
6
5.3 Collateral . Each Borrower has rights in or the power to transfer the Collateral, and its title to the Collateral is free and clear of Liens, adverse claims, and restrictions on transfer or pledge except for Permitted Liens. All Collateral is located solely in the Collateral States. The Eligible Accounts are bona fide existing obligations. The property or services giving rise to such Eligible Accounts has been delivered or rendered to the account debtor or its agent for immediate shipment to and unconditional acceptance by the account debtor or have been pre-billed to such account debtor no earlier than 30 days before payment thereon is due. Borrower has not received notice of actual or imminent Insolvency Proceeding of any account debtor whose accounts are included in any Borrowing Base Certificate as an Eligible Account. All Inventory is in all material respects of good and merchantable quality, free from all material defects, except for Inventory for which adequate reserves have been made. Except as set forth in the Schedule, none of the Collateral is maintained or invested with a Person other than Bank or Bank's Affiliates.
5.4 Intellectual Property Collateral . Each Borrower is the sole owner of its respective Intellectual Property Collateral, except for licenses granted by such Borrower to its customers in the ordinary course of business. To the best of each Borrower's knowledge, each of the Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents is valid and enforceable, and no part of the Intellectual Property Collateral has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and no claim has been made to any Borrower that any part of the Intellectual Property Collateral violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim would not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect. Except as set forth in the Schedule, no Borrower's rights as a licensee of intellectual property give rise to more than 5% of its gross revenue in any given month, including without limitation revenue derived from the sale, licensing, rendering or disposition of any product or service.
5.5 Name; Location of Chief Executive Office . Except as disclosed in the Schedule, Borrower has not done business under any name other than that specified on the signature page hereof, and its exact legal name is as set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement. The chief executive office of each Borrower is located in the Chief Executive Office State at the address indicated in Section 10 hereof.
5.6 Litigation . Except as set forth in the Schedule, there are no actions or proceedings pending by or against any Borrower or any Subsidiary before any court or administrative agency in which a likely adverse decision would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
5.7 No Material Adverse Change in Financial Statements . All consolidated and consolidating financial statements related to any Borrower and any Subsidiary that are delivered by such Borrower to Bank fairly present in all material respects such Borrower's consolidated and consolidating financial condition as of the date thereof and such Borrower's consolidated and consolidating results of operations for the period then ended. There has not been a material adverse change in the consolidated or in the consolidating financial condition of any Borrower since the date of the most recent financial statements submitted to Bank.
5.8 Solvency, Payment of Debts . Each Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature; the fair saleable value of such Borrower's assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of its liabilities; and such Borrower is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
5.9 Compliance with Laws and Regulations . Each Borrower and Subsidiary have met the minimum funding requirements of ERISA with respect to any employee benefit plans subject to ERISA. No event has occurred resulting from any Borrower's failure to comply with ERISA that is reasonably likely to result in such Borrower's incurring any liability that could have a Material Adverse Effect. No Borrower is an "investment company" or a company "controlled" by an "investment company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940. No Borrower
7
is engaged principally, or as one of the important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulations T and U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System). Each Borrower has complied in all material respects with all the provisions of the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act. Each Borrower is in compliance with all environmental laws, regulations and ordinances except where the failure to comply is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Borrower has violated any statutes, laws, ordinances or rules applicable to it, the violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each Borrower and Subsidiary have filed or caused to be filed all tax returns required to be filed, and have paid, or have made adequate provision for the payment of, all taxes reflected therein except those being contested in good faith with adequate reserves under GAAP or where the failure to file such returns or pay such taxes would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
5.10 Subsidiaries . No Borrower owns any stock, partnership interest or other equity securities of any Person, except for Permitted Investments.
5.11 Government Consents . Each Borrower and Subsidiary have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all governmental authorities that are necessary for the continued operation of such Borrower's business as currently conducted, except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.
5.12 Inbound Licenses . Except as disclosed on the Schedule, no Borrower is a party to, nor is bound by, any license or other agreement that is material to the Borrower's business that prohibits or otherwise restricts such Borrower from granting a security interest in such Borrower's interest in such material license or agreement or any other property.
5.13 Full Disclosure . No representation, warranty or other statement made by any Borrower in any certificate or written statement furnished to Bank taken together with all such certificates and written statements furnished to Bank contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained in such certificates or statements not misleading, it being recognized by Bank that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrowers in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results.
6. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS .
Each Borrower covenants that, until payment in full of all outstanding Obligations, and for so long as Bank may have any commitment to make a Credit Extension hereunder, it shall do all of the following:
6.1 Good Standing and Government Compliance . Each Borrower shall maintain its and each of its Subsidiaries' corporate existence and good standing in the Borrower State, shall maintain qualification and good standing in each other jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify could have a Material Adverse Effect, and shall furnish to Bank the organizational identification number issued to such Borrower by the authorities of the state in which such Borrower is organized, if applicable. Each Borrower shall meet, and shall cause each Subsidiary to meet, the minimum funding requirements of ERISA with respect to any employee benefit plans subject to ERISA. Each Borrower shall comply in all material respects with all applicable Environmental Laws, and maintain all material permits, licenses and approvals required thereunder where the failure to do so could have a Material Adverse Effect. Each Borrower shall comply, and shall cause each Subsidiary to comply, in all material respects, with all statutes, laws, ordinances and government rules and regulations to which it is subject, and shall maintain, and shall cause each of its
8
Subsidiaries to maintain, in force all licenses, approvals and agreements, the loss of which or failure to comply with which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
6.2 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates . Each Borrower shall deliver to Bank: (i) as soon as available, but in any event within 30 days after the end of each calendar month, a company prepared consolidated and consolidating balance sheet and income statement covering such Borrower's operations during such period, in a form reasonably acceptable to Bank and certified by a Responsible Officer; (ii) as soon as available, but in any event within 180 days after the end of such Borrower's fiscal year, audited consolidated and consolidating financial statements of such Borrower prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, together with an opinion which is unqualified or otherwise consented to in writing by Bank on such financial statements of an independent certified public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to Bank; (iii) if applicable, copies of all statements, reports and notices sent or made available generally by such Borrower to its security holders or to any holders of Subordinated Debt and all reports on Forms 10-K and 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission; (iv) promptly upon receipt of notice thereof, a report of any legal actions pending or threatened in writing against such Borrower or any Subsidiary that could result in damages or costs to such Borrower or any Subsidiary of $50,000 or more in excess of insurance coverage; (v) promptly upon receipt, each management letter prepared by such Borrower's independent certified public accounting firm regarding such Borrower's management control systems; (vi) such budgets, sales projections, operating plans or other financial information generally prepared by such Borrower in the ordinary course of business as Bank may reasonably request from time to time; and (vii) within 30 days of the last day of each fiscal quarter, a report signed by each Borrower, in form reasonably acceptable to Bank, listing any applications or registrations that each Borrower has made or filed in respect of any Patents, Copyrights or Trademarks and the status of any outstanding applications or registrations, as well as any material change in Borrower's Intellectual Property Collateral, including but not limited to any subsequent ownership right of such Borrower in or to any Trademark, Patent or Copyright not specified in Exhibits A , B , and C of any Intellectual Property Security Agreement delivered to Bank by Borrowers in connection with this Agreement.
(a) Within 30 days after the last day of each month, Administrative Borrower shall deliver to Bank a Borrowing Base Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer in substantially the form of Exhibit D hereto, together with aged listings by invoice date of accounts receivable and accounts payable.
(b) Within 30 days after the last day of each month, Administrative Borrower shall deliver to Bank with the monthly financial statements a Compliance Certificate certified as of the last day of the applicable month and signed by a Responsible Officer in substantially the form of Exhibit E hereto.
(c) As soon as possible and in any event within 3 calendar days after becoming aware of the occurrence or existence of an Event of Default hereunder, a written statement of a Responsible Officer setting forth details of the Event of Default, and the action which the applicable Borrower has taken or proposes to take with respect thereto.
(d) Bank shall have a right from time to time hereafter to audit Borrowers' Accounts and appraise Collateral at Borrowers' expense, provided that such audits or appraisals will be conducted no more often than once every 6 months and the reimbursable expense shall be limited to $3,000 per audit or appraisal unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, in which case the frequency of such audits shall not be limited and shall be at Borrower's expense.
(e) On the later to occur of (i) December 31st of each year or (ii) the date the board approves the income statement and balance sheet projects for such fiscal year, Administrative
9
Borrower shall deliver to Bank board approved income statement and balance sheet projections for each Borrower's following fiscal year. Any board approved changes to such projections shall be delivered to Bank within 30 days of such board approval.
Borrowers may deliver to Bank on an electronic basis any certificates, reports or information required pursuant to this Section 6.2, and Bank shall be entitled to rely on the information contained in the electronic files, provided that Bank in good faith believes that the files were delivered by a Responsible Officer. If any Borrower delivers this information electronically, it shall also deliver to Bank by U.S. Mail, reputable overnight courier service, hand delivery, facsimile or.pdf file within 5 Business Days of submission of the unsigned electronic copy the certification of monthly financial statements, the intellectual property report, the Borrowing Base Certificate and the Compliance Certificate, each bearing the physical signature of the Responsible Officer.
6.3 Inventory; Returns . Each Borrower shall keep all Inventory in good and merchantable condition, free from all material defects except for Inventory for which adequate reserves have been made. Returns and allowances, if any, as between any Borrower and its account debtors shall be on the same basis and in accordance with the usual customary practices of such Borrower, as they exist on the Closing Date. Administrative Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of all returns and recoveries and of all disputes and claims involving more than $50,000.
6.4 Taxes . Each Borrower shall make, and cause each Subsidiary to make, due and timely payment or deposit of all material federal, state, and local taxes, assessments, or contributions required of it by law, including, but not limited to, those laws concerning income taxes, F.I.C.A., F.U.T.A. and state disability, and will execute and deliver to Bank, on demand, proof satisfactory to Bank indicating that such Borrower or a Subsidiary has made such payments or deposits and any appropriate certificates attesting to the payment or deposit thereof; provided that no Borrower or a Subsidiary need make any payment if the amount or validity of such payment is contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and is reserved against (to the extent required by GAAP) by such Borrower.
6.5 Insurance .
(a) Each Borrower, at its expense, shall keep the Collateral insured against loss or damage by fire, theft, explosion, sprinklers, and all other hazards and risks, and in such amounts, as ordinarily insured against by other owners in similar businesses conducted in the locations where Borrowers' business is conducted on the date hereof. Each Borrower shall also maintain liability and other insurance in amounts and of a type that are customary to businesses similar to such Borrower's.
(b) All such policies of insurance shall be in such form, with such companies, and in such amounts as reasonably satisfactory to Bank. All policies of property insurance shall contain a lender's loss payable endorsement, in a form reasonably satisfactory to Bank, showing Bank as an additional loss payee, and all liability insurance policies shall show Bank as an additional insured and specify that the insurer must give at least 10 days notice to Bank before canceling its policy for any reason. Upon Bank's request, the applicable Borrower shall deliver to Bank certified copies of the policies of insurance and evidence of all premium payments. If no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, proceeds payable under any casualty policy will, at the applicable Borrower's option, be payable to such Borrower to replace the property subject to the claim, provided that any such replacement property shall be deemed Collateral in which Bank has been granted a first priority security interest. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, all proceeds payable under any such policy shall, at Bank's option, be payable to Bank to be applied on account of the Obligations.
10
6.6 Primary Depository; Lockbox . Each Borrower shall maintain all its depository and operating accounts with Bank and its investment accounts with Bank or Bank's Affiliates. Borrowers shall direct all of its account debtors to remit payments into a lockbox account maintained with Bank or Bank's Affiliates.
6.7 Financial Covenants . Except for the liquidity ratio set forth in Section 6.7(e), which Borrowers shall maintain upon the occurrence and continuation of the Liquidity Event, Borrowers shall at all times maintain, on a consolidated and consolidating basis, the following financial ratios and covenants:
(b) Minimum EBITDA . Borrowers' EBITDA, to be measured on the last day of the applicable period, shall not be less than the following:
Period
|
Minimum EBITDA | |||
---|---|---|---|---|
For the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2007 |
$ | (4,000,000 | ) | |
For the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2007 |
$ | (5,500,000 | ) |
(c) Reset of Financial Covenants . The financial covenants set forth above shall be reset on or before December 31st of each year during the term of this Agreement on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to Bank.
(d) Minimum Cash . A balance of Cash at Bank and Cash at Bank's Affiliates covered by a control agreement of not less $3,000,000 in a non-interest bearing account; provided, however, at any time an Initial Public Offering is made Borrowers shall maintain an additional balance of Cash at Bank and Cash at Bank's Affiliates covered by a control agreement of not less $7,000,000.
(e) Liquidity Ratio . Upon the occurrence and continuation of the Liquidity Event, a ratio of Cash plus 75% of Eligible Accounts to all Indebtedness to Bank and Horizon of at least 1.50 to 1.00.
6.8 Registration of Intellectual Property Rights .
(a) Borrowers shall register or cause to be registered on an expedited basis (to the extent not already registered) with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, as the case may be, those registrable intellectual property rights now owned or hereafter developed or acquired by Borrowers, to the extent that Borrowers, in their reasonable business judgment, deem it appropriate to so protect such intellectual property rights.
(b) Borrowers shall promptly give Bank written notice of any applications or registrations of intellectual property rights filed with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, including the date of such filing and the registration or application numbers, if any.
(c) Borrowers shall (i) give Bank not less than 30 days prior written notice of the filing of any applications or registrations with the United States Copyright Office, including the title of such intellectual property rights to be registered, as such title will appear on such applications or registrations, and the date such applications or registrations will be filed; (ii) prior to the filing of any such applications or registrations, execute such documents as Bank may reasonably request for Bank to maintain its perfection in such intellectual property rights to be registered by Borrowers; (iii) upon the request of Bank, either deliver to Bank or file such documents simultaneously with the filing of any such applications or registrations; (iv) upon filing any such applications or registrations, promptly provide Bank with a copy of such applications or registrations together with any exhibits, evidence of the filing of any
11
documents requested by Bank to be filed for Bank to maintain the perfection and priority of its security interest in such intellectual property rights, and the date of such filing.
(d) Borrowers shall execute and deliver such additional instruments and documents from time to time as Bank shall reasonably request to perfect and maintain the perfection and priority of Bank's security interest in the Intellectual Property Collateral.
(f) Borrowers shall (i) protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of the trade secrets, Trademarks, Patents and Copyrights (to the extent that Borrowers, in their reasonable business judgment, deem it appropriate), (ii) promptly advise Bank in writing of any material infringements detected on any material Trademarks, Patents or Copyrights and (iii) to the extent that Borrowers, in their reasonable business judgment, deem it appropriate, not allow any material Trademarks, Patents or Copyrights to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public; provided, that Administrative Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in writing in the event that any material Trademark, Patent or Copyright belonging to Borrowers, or any one of them, is abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public.
(g) Bank may audit Borrowers' Intellectual Property Collateral to confirm compliance with this Section 6.8, provided such audit may not occur more often than twice per year, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. Bank shall have the right, but not the obligation, to take, at Borrowers' sole expense, any actions that Borrowers are required under this Section 6.8 to take but which Borrowers fail to take, after 30 days' notice to Administrative Borrower. Borrowers shall reimburse and indemnify Bank for all reasonable costs and reasonable expenses incurred in the reasonable exercise of its rights under this Section 6.8, unless due to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Bank.
6.9 Consent of Inbound Licensors . Prior to entering into or becoming bound by any license or agreement that is material to a Borrower's business, the applicable Borrower shall: (i) provide written notice to Bank of the material terms of such material license or agreement with a description of its likely impact on such Borrower's business or financial condition; and (ii) in good faith use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the consent of, or waiver by, any person whose consent or waiver is necessary for such Borrower's interest in such material licenses or contract rights to be deemed Collateral and for Bank to have a security interest in it that might otherwise be restricted by the terms of the applicable license or agreement, whether now existing or entered into in the future, provided, however, that the failure to obtain any such consent or waiver shall not constitute a default or Event of Default under this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
6.10 Further Assurances . At any time and from time to time Borrowers shall execute and deliver such further instruments and take such further action as may reasonably be requested by Bank to effect the purposes of this Agreement.
6.11 Formation or Acquisition of Subsidiaries . In the event that any Borrower forms any direct or indirect Subsidiary or acquires any direct or indirect Subsidiary after the Closing Date, such Borrower shall, within 10 Business Days thereof, (a) in the case of any formation or acquisition of a Domestic Subsidiary, cause such Domestic Subsidiary to execute Guaranty Documents in favor of Bank, as well as appropriate financing statements, all in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, (b) in the case of any formation or acquisition of a Foreign Subsidiary, execute a pledge agreement in favor of Bank and provide Bank with and appropriate certificates and powers, hypothecating 65% of the direct or beneficial ownership interest in such Foreign Subsidiary, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, and (c) provide to Bank all other documentation, which in Bank's opinion is appropriate with respect to the execution and delivery of the applicable documentation referred to above. Any document, agreement, or instrument executed or issued pursuant to this Section 6.11 shall be a Loan Document.
12
7. NEGATIVE COVENANTS .
Each Borrower covenants and agrees that, so long as any credit hereunder shall be available and until the outstanding Obligations are paid in full or for so long as Bank may have any commitment to make any Credit Extensions, it will not do any of the following without Bank's prior written consent:
7.1 Dispositions . Convey, sell, lease, license, transfer or otherwise dispose of (collectively, to "Transfer"), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, or move cash balances on deposit with Bank to accounts opened at another financial institution, other than Permitted Transfers.
7.2 Change in Name, Location, Executive Office, or Executive Management; Change in Business; Change in Fiscal Year; Change in Control . Change its name or its Borrower State or relocate its chief executive office without 30 days prior written notification to Bank; replace its chief executive officer or chief financial officer without 30 days prior written notification to Bank; engage in any business, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business, other than or reasonably related or incidental to the businesses currently engaged in by such Borrower; change its fiscal year end; have a Change in Control.
7.3 Mergers or Acquisitions . Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with or into any other business organization (other than mergers or consolidations of a Subsidiary into another Subsidiary or into the applicable Borrower), or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person except where (i) such transactions do not in the aggregate exceed $100,000 during any fiscal year, (ii) no Event of Default has occurred, is continuing or would exist after giving effect to such transactions, (iii) such transactions do not result in a Change in Control, and (iv) the applicable Borrower is the surviving entity.
7.4 Indebtedness . Create, incur, assume, guarantee or be or remain liable with respect to any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary so to do, other than Permitted Indebtedness, or prepay any Indebtedness or take any actions which impose on Borrower an obligation to prepay any Indebtedness, except Indebtedness to Bank.
7.5 Encumbrances . Create, incur, assume or allow any Lien with respect to any of its property, or assign or otherwise convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries so to do, except for Permitted Liens, or covenant to any other Person that Borrowers, or any one of them, in the future will refrain from creating, incurring, assuming or allowing any Lien with respect to any of Borrowers' property.
7.6 Distributions . Pay any dividends or make any other distribution or payment on account of or in redemption, retirement or purchase of any capital stock.
7.7 Investments . Directly or indirectly acquire or own, or make any Investment in or to any Person, or permit any of its Subsidiaries so to do, other than Permitted Investments, or maintain or invest any of its property with a Person other than Bank or Bank's Affiliates or permit any Subsidiary to do so unless such Person has entered into a control agreement with Bank, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, or suffer or permit any Subsidiary to be a party to, or be bound by, an agreement that restricts such Subsidiary from paying dividends or otherwise distributing property to a Borrower.
7.8 Transactions with Affiliates . Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of such Borrower except for transactions that are in the ordinary course of such Borrower's business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to such Borrower than would be obtained in an arm's length transaction with a non-affiliated Person.
13
7.9 Subordinated Debt . Make any payment in respect of any Subordinated Debt, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to make any such payment, except in compliance with the terms of such Subordinated Debt, or amend any provision affecting Bank's rights contained in any documentation relating to the Subordinated Debt without Bank's prior written consent.
7.10 Inventory and Equipment . Store the Inventory or the Equipment with a bailee, warehouseman, or similar third party unless the third party has been notified of Bank's security interest and Bank (a) has received an acknowledgment from the third party that it is holding or will hold the Inventory or Equipment for Bank's benefit or (b) is in possession of the warehouse receipt, where negotiable, covering such Inventory or Equipment. Except for Inventory sold in the ordinary course of business and except for such other locations as Bank may approve in writing, Borrowers shall keep the Inventory and Equipment only at the location set forth in Section 10 and such other locations of which Borrowers give Bank prior written notice and as to which Bank files a financing statement where needed to perfect its security interest.
7.11 No Investment Company; Margin Regulation . Become or be controlled by an "investment company," within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, or become principally engaged in, or undertake as one of its important activities, the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock, or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for such purpose.
8. EVENTS OF DEFAULT .
Any one or more of the following events shall constitute an Event of Default by Borrowers under this Agreement:
8.1 Payment Default . If Borrowers fail to pay any of the Obligations when due;
8.2 Covenant Default .
(a) If any Borrower fails to perform any obligation under Article 6 or violates any of the covenants contained in Article 7 of this Agreement; or
(b) If any Borrower fails or neglects to perform or observe any other material term, provision, condition, covenant contained in this Agreement, in any of the Loan Documents, or in any other present or future agreement between such Borrower and Bank and as to any default under such other term, provision, condition or covenant that can be cured, has failed to cure such default within 15 days after any Borrower receives notice thereof or any officer of any Borrower becomes aware thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the 15 day period or cannot after diligent attempts by such Borrower be cured within such 15 day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then such Borrower shall have an additional reasonable period (which shall not in any case exceed 30 days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to have cured such default shall not be deemed an Event of Default but no Credit Extensions will be made;
8.3 Defective Perfection . If Bank shall receive at any time following the Closing Date an SOS Report indicating that except for Permitted Liens, Bank's security interest in the Collateral is not prior to all other security interests or Liens of record reflected in the report and any such Lien is not discharged within five days of Bank's notice to any Borrower of such Lien.
8.4 Material Adverse Change . If there occurs a material adverse change in any Borrower's business or financial condition, or if there is a material impairment in any Borrower's ability to repay any portion of the Obligations or a material impairment in the perfection, value or priority of Bank's security interests in the Collateral.
14
8.5 Attachment . If any material portion of a Borrower's assets is attached, seized, subjected to a writ or distress warrant, or is levied upon, or comes into the possession of any trustee, receiver or person acting in a similar capacity and such attachment, seizure, writ or distress warrant or levy has not been removed, discharged or rescinded within 30 days, or if any Borrower is enjoined, restrained, or in any way prevented by court order from continuing to conduct all or any material part of its business affairs, or if a judgment or other claim becomes a lien or encumbrance upon any material portion of any Borrower's assets, or if a notice of lien, levy, or assessment is filed of record with respect to any of any Borrower's assets by the United States Government, or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof, or by any state, county, municipal, or governmental agency, and the same is not paid within ten days after any Borrower receives notice thereof, provided that none of the foregoing shall constitute an Event of Default where such action or event is stayed or an adequate bond has been posted pending a good faith contest by the applicable Borrower (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made during such cure period);
8.6 Insolvency . If any Borrower becomes insolvent, or if an Insolvency Proceeding is commenced by any Borrower, or if an Insolvency Proceeding is commenced against Borrower and is not dismissed or stayed within 30 days (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the dismissal of such Insolvency Proceeding);
8.7 Other Agreements . If there is a default or other failure to perform in any agreement to which any Borrower is a party with a third party or parties resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount in excess of $100,000 or that could have a Material Adverse Effect;
8.8 Subordinated Debt . If any Borrower makes any payment on account of Subordinated Debt, except to the extent the payment is allowed under any subordination agreement entered into with Bank;
8.9 Judgments . If a final judgment or judgments for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least $50,000 shall be rendered against any Borrower and shall remain unsatisfied and unstayed for a period of 30 days after entry or filing of such judgment (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the satisfaction or stay of the judgment);
8.10 Misrepresentations . If any material misrepresentation or material misstatement exists now or hereafter in any warranty or representation set forth herein or in any certificate delivered to Bank by any Responsible Officer pursuant to this Agreement or to induce Bank to enter into this Agreement or any other Loan Document which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or
8.11 Guaranty . If any guaranty of all or a portion of the Obligations (a "Guaranty) ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect, or any guarantor fails to perform any obligation under any Guaranty or a security agreement securing any Guaranty (collectively, the "Guaranty Documents"), or any event of default occurs under any Guaranty Document or any guarantor revokes or purports to revoke a Guaranty, or any material misrepresentation or material misstatement exists now or hereafter in any warranty or representation set forth in any Guaranty Document or in any certificate delivered to Bank in connection with any Guaranty Document that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or if any of the circumstances described in Sections 8.5 or 8.6 occur with respect to any guarantor.
15
9. BANK'S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES .
9.1 Rights and Remedies . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank may, at its election, without notice of its election and without demand, do any one or more of the following, all of which are authorized by Borrowers:
(a) Declare all Obligations, whether evidenced by this Agreement, by any of the other Loan Documents, or otherwise, immediately due and payable (provided that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default described in Section 8.6, all Obligations shall become immediately due and payable without any action by Bank);
(b) Demand that Borrowers (i) deposit cash with Bank in an amount equal to the amount of any Letters of Credit remaining undrawn, as collateral security for the repayment of any future drawings under such Letters of Credit, and (ii) pay in advance all Letter of Credit fees scheduled to be paid or payable over the remaining term of the Letters of Credit, and Borrowers shall promptly deposit and pay such amounts;
(c) Cease advancing money or extending credit to or for the benefit of Borrower under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrowers, or any one of them, and Bank;
(d) Settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with account debtors for amounts, upon terms and in whatever order that Bank reasonably considers advisable;
(e) Make such payments and do such acts as Bank considers necessary or reasonable to protect its security interest in the Collateral. Each Borrower agrees to assemble the Collateral if Bank so requires, and to make the Collateral available to Bank as Bank may designate. Each Borrower authorizes Bank to enter the premises where the Collateral is located, to take and maintain possession of the Collateral, or any part of it, and to pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any encumbrance, charge, or lien which in Bank's determination appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and to pay all expenses incurred in connection therewith. With respect to any of any Borrowers' owned premises, each Borrower hereby grants Bank a license to enter into possession of such premises and to occupy the same, without charge, in order to exercise any of Bank's rights or remedies provided herein, at law, in equity, or otherwise;
(f) Set off and apply to the Obligations any and all (i) balances and deposits of any Borrower held by Bank, and (ii) indebtedness at any time owing to or for the credit or the account of any Borrower held by Bank;
(g) Ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell (in the manner provided for herein) the Collateral. Bank is hereby granted a license or other right, solely pursuant to the provisions of this Section 9.1 , to use, without charge, Borrowers' labels, patents, copyrights, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, trademarks, service marks, and advertising matter, or any property of a similar nature, as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Bank's exercise of its rights under this Section 9.1 , Borrowers' rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements shall inure to Bank's benefit;
(h) Sell the Collateral at either a public or private sale, or both, by way of one or more contracts or transactions, for cash or on terms, in such manner and at such places (including Borrowers' premises) as Bank determines is commercially reasonable, and apply any proceeds to the Obligations in whatever manner or order Bank deems appropriate. Bank may sell the Collateral without giving any warranties as to the Collateral. Bank may specifically disclaim any warranties of title or the like. This procedure will not be considered adversely to affect
16
the commercial reasonableness of any sale of the Collateral. If Bank sells any of the Collateral upon credit, Borrowers will be credited only with payments actually made by the purchaser, received by Bank, and applied to the indebtedness of the purchaser. If the purchaser fails to pay for the Collateral, Bank may resell the Collateral and Borrowers shall be credited with the proceeds of the sale;
(i) Bank may credit bid and purchase at any public sale;
(j) Apply for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or conservator of the Collateral, without notice and without regard to the adequacy of the security for the Obligations and without regard to the solvency of Borrowers, any guarantor or any other Person liable for any of the Obligations; and
(k) Any deficiency that exists after disposition of the Collateral as provided above will be paid immediately by Borrowers.
Bank may comply with any applicable state or federal law requirements in connection with a disposition of the Collateral and compliance will not be considered adversely to affect the commercial reasonableness of any sale of the Collateral.
9.2 Power of Attorney . Effective only upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Borrowers hereby irrevocably appoint Bank (and any of Bank's designated officers, or employees) as Borrowers' true and lawful attorney to: (a) send requests for verification of Accounts or notify account debtors of Bank's security interest in the Accounts; (b) endorse Borrowers' names on any checks or other forms of payment or security that may come into Bank's possession; (c) sign Borrowers' names on any invoice or bill of lading relating to any Account, drafts against account debtors, schedules and assignments of Accounts, verifications of Accounts, and notices to account debtors; (d) dispose of any Collateral; (e) make, settle, and adjust all claims under and decisions with respect to Borrowers' policies of insurance; (f) settle and adjust disputes and claims respecting the accounts directly with account debtors, for amounts and upon terms which Bank determines to be reasonable; (g) to modify, in its sole discretion, any intellectual property security agreement entered into between Borrowers and Bank without first obtaining Borrowers' approval of or signatures to such modification by amending Exhibits A , B , and C , thereof, as appropriate, to include reference to any right, title or interest in any Copyrights, Patents or Trademarks acquired by Borrowers, or any one of them, after the execution hereof or to delete any reference to any right, title or interest in any Copyrights, Patents or Trademarks in which Borrowers no longer has or claims to have any right, title or interest; and (h) to file, in its sole discretion, one or more financing or continuation statements and amendments thereto, relative to any of the Collateral without the signatures of Borrowers where permitted by law; provided Bank may exercise such power of attorney to sign the names of Borrowers on any of the documents described in clauses (g) and (h) above, regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred. The appointment of Bank as Borrowers' attorney in fact, and each and every one of Bank's rights and powers, being coupled with an interest, is irrevocable until all of the Obligations have been fully repaid and performed and Bank's obligation to provide advances hereunder is terminated.
9.3 Accounts Collection . At any time after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, Bank may notify any Person owing funds to Borrowers, or any one of them, of Bank's security interest in such funds and verify the amount of such Account. Borrowers shall collect all amounts owing to Borrowers for Bank, receive in trust all payments as Bank's trustee, and immediately deliver such payments to Bank in their original form as received from the account debtor, with proper endorsements for deposit.
17
9.4 Bank Expenses . If Borrowers fail to pay any amounts or furnish any required proof of payment due to third persons or entities, as required under the terms of this Agreement, then Bank may do any or all of the following after reasonable notice to Administrative Borrower: (a) make payment of the same or any part thereof; (b) set up such reserves under the Revolving Line as Bank deems necessary to protect Bank from the exposure created by such failure; or (c) obtain and maintain insurance policies of the type discussed in Section 6.5 of this Agreement, and take any action with respect to such policies as Bank deems prudent. Any amounts so paid or deposited by Bank shall constitute Bank Expenses, shall be immediately due and payable, and shall bear interest at the then applicable rate hereinabove provided, and shall be secured by the Collateral. Any payments made by Bank shall not constitute an agreement by Bank to make similar payments in the future or a waiver by Bank of any Event of Default under this Agreement.
9.5 Bank's Liability for Collateral . Bank has no obligation to clean up or otherwise prepare the Collateral for sale. All risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral shall be borne by Borrowers.
9.6 No Obligation to Pursue Others . Bank has no obligation to attempt to satisfy the Obligations by collecting them from any other person liable for them and Bank may release, modify or waive any collateral provided by any other Person to secure any of the Obligations, all without affecting Bank's rights against Borrowers. Borrowers waive any right it may have to require Bank to pursue any other Person for any of the Obligations.
9.7 Remedies Cumulative . Bank's rights and remedies under this Agreement, the Loan Documents, and all other agreements shall be cumulative. Bank shall have all other rights and remedies not inconsistent herewith as provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. No exercise by Bank of one right or remedy shall be deemed an election, and no waiver by Bank of any Event of Default on Borrowers' part shall be deemed a continuing waiver. No delay by Bank shall constitute a waiver, election, or acquiescence by it. No waiver by Bank shall be effective unless made in a written document signed on behalf of Bank and then shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it was given. Borrowers expressly agrees that this Section 9.7 may not be waived or modified by Bank by course of performance, conduct, estoppel or otherwise.
9.8 Demand; Protest . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, Borrowers waive demand, protest, notice of protest, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment and any other notices relating to the Obligations.
10. NOTICES .
Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, all notices or demands by any party relating to this Agreement or any other agreement entered into in connection herewith shall be in writing and (except for financial statements and other informational documents which may be sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid) shall be personally delivered or sent by a recognized overnight delivery service,
18
certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or by telefacsimile to Borrowers or to Bank, as the case may be, at its addresses set forth below:
If to Borrowers: |
Convio, Inc.
11400 Burnet Road Blgd. 5, Suite 200 Austin, TX 78758 Attn: Jim Offerdahl, Chief Financial Officer FAX: (512) 652-2691 |
|
If to Bank: |
|
Comerica Bank 77 East Trimble Road Mail Code 4770 San Jose, CA 95131 Attn: Manager FAX: (408) 556-5091 |
with a copy to: |
|
Comerica Bank 300 W. Sixth Street Suite 1300 Austin, TX 78701 Attn: Donna K. Day, Vice President FAX: (512) 427-7178 |
The parties hereto may change the address at which they are to receive notices hereunder, by notice in writing in the foregoing manner given to the other.
11. CHOICE OF LAW AND VENUE; JURY TRIAL WAIVER .
11.1 This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Each Borrower and Bank hereby submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and Federal courts located in the County of Santa Clara, State of California.
11.2 JURY TRIAL WAIVER . THE UNDERSIGNED ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS A CONSTITUTIONAL ONE, BUT THAT IT MAY BE WAIVED UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, EACH PARTY, AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS CHOICE, KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THE MUTUAL BENEFIT OF ALL PARTIES, WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY RELATED LOAN DOCUMENT OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT, INSTRUMENT OR AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE UNDERSIGNED PARTIES.
11.3 JUDICIAL REFERENCE PROVISION .
(a) In the event the Jury Trial Waiver set forth in Section 11.2 is not enforceable, the parties elect to proceed under this Judicial Reference Provision.
(b) With the exception of the items specified in clause (c), below, any controversy, dispute or claim (each, a "Claim") between the parties arising out of or relating to this Agreement or other Loan Document or any other document, instrument or agreement between the undersigned parties (collectively in this Section, the "Comerica Documents"), will be resolved by a reference proceeding in California in accordance with the provisions of Sections 638 et seq. of the California Code of Civil Procedure ("CCP"), or their successor sections, which shall constitute the exclusive remedy for the resolution of any Claim, including
19
whether the Claim is subject to the reference proceeding. Except as otherwise provided in the Comerica Documents, venue for the reference proceeding will be in the state or federal court in the county or district where the real property involved in the action, if any, is located or in the state or federal court in the county or district where venue is otherwise appropriate under applicable law (the "Court").
(c) The matters that shall not be subject to a reference are the following: (i) nonjudicial foreclosure of any security interests in real or personal property, (ii) exercise of self-help remedies (including, without limitation, set-off), (iii) appointment of a receiver and (iv) temporary, provisional or ancillary remedies (including, without limitation, writs of attachment, writs of possession, temporary restraining orders or preliminary injunctions). This reference provision does not limit the right of any party to exercise or oppose any of the rights and remedies described in clauses (i) and (ii) or to seek or oppose from a court of competent jurisdiction any of the items described in clauses (iii) and (iv). The exercise of, or opposition to, any of those items does not waive the right of any party to a reference pursuant to this reference provision as provided herein.
(d) The referee shall be a retired judge or justice selected by mutual written agreement of the parties. If the parties do not agree within ten (10) days of a written request to do so by any party, then, upon request of any party, the referee shall be selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative). A request for appointment of a referee may be heard on an ex parte or expedited basis, and the parties agree that irreparable harm would result if ex parte relief is not granted. Pursuant to CCP § 170.6, each party shall have one peremptory challenge to the referee selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative).
(e) The parties agree that time is of the essence in conducting the reference proceedings. Accordingly, the referee shall be requested, subject to change in the time periods specified herein for good cause shown, to (i) set the matter for a status and trial-setting conference within fifteen (15) days after the date of selection of the referee, (ii) if practicable, try all issues of law or fact within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the conference and (iii) report a statement of decision within twenty (20) days after the matter has been submitted for decision.
(f) The referee will have power to expand or limit the amount and duration of discovery. The referee may set or extend discovery deadlines or cutoffs for good cause, including a party's failure to provide requested discovery for any reason whatsoever. Unless otherwise ordered based upon good cause shown, no party shall be entitled to "priority" in conducting discovery, depositions may be taken by either party upon seven (7) days written notice, and all other discovery shall be responded to within fifteen (15) days after service. All disputes relating to discovery which cannot be resolved by the parties shall be submitted to the referee whose decision shall be final and binding.
(g) Except as expressly set forth herein, the referee shall determine the manner in which the reference proceeding is conducted including the time and place of hearings, the order of presentation of evidence, and all other questions that arise with respect to the course of the reference proceeding. All proceedings and hearings conducted before the referee, except for trial, shall be conducted without a court reporter, except that when any party so requests, a court reporter will be used at any hearing conducted before the referee, and the referee will be provided a courtesy copy of the transcript. The party making such a request shall have the obligation to arrange for and pay the court reporter. Subject to the referee's power to award costs to the prevailing party, the parties will equally share the cost of the referee and the court reporter at trial.
20
(h) The referee shall be required to determine all issues in accordance with existing case law and the statutory laws of the State of California. The rules of evidence applicable to proceedings at law in the State of California will be applicable to the reference proceeding. The referee shall be empowered to enter equitable as well as legal relief, enter equitable orders that will be binding on the parties and rule on any motion which would be authorized in a court proceeding, including without limitation motions for summary judgment or summary adjudication. The referee shall issue a decision at the close of the reference proceeding which disposes of all claims of the parties that are the subject of the reference. Pursuant to CCP § 644, such decision shall be entered by the Court as a judgment or an order in the same manner as if the action had been tried by the Court and any such decision will be final, binding and conclusive. The parties reserve the right to appeal from the final judgment or order or from any appealable decision or order entered by the referee. The parties reserve the right to findings of fact, conclusions of laws, a written statement of decision, and the right to move for a new trial or a different judgment, which new trial, if granted, is also to be a reference proceeding under this provision.
(i) If the enabling legislation which provides for appointment of a referee is repealed (and no successor statute is enacted), any dispute between the parties that would otherwise be determined by reference procedure will be resolved and determined by arbitration. The arbitration will be conducted by a retired judge or justice, in accordance with the California Arbitration Act §1280 through §1294.2 of the CCP as amended from time to time. The limitations with respect to discovery set forth above shall apply to any such arbitration proceeding.
(j) THE PARTIES RECOGNIZE AND AGREE THAT ALL CONTROVERSIES, DISPUTES AND CLAIMS RESOLVED UNDER THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL BE DECIDED BY A REFEREE AND NOT BY A JURY. AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS, HIS OR HER OWN CHOICE, EACH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THE MUTUAL BENEFIT OF ALL PARTIES, AGREES THAT THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL APPLY TO ANY CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CLAIM BETWEEN OR AMONG THEM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, THIS AGREEMENT OR OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR THE OTHER COMERICA DOCUMENTS.
12. GENERAL PROVISIONS .
12.1 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and permitted assigns of each of the parties and shall bind all persons who become bound as a debtor to this Agreement; provided, however, that neither this Agreement nor any rights hereunder may be assigned by Borrowers without Bank's prior written consent, which consent may be granted or withheld in Bank's sole discretion. Bank shall have the right without the consent of or notice to any Borrower to sell, transfer, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank's obligations, rights and benefits hereunder.
12.2 Indemnification . Borrowers shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Bank and its officers, employees, and agents against: (a) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities claimed or asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and (b) all losses or Bank Expenses in any way suffered, incurred, or paid by Bank, its officers, employees and agents as a result of or in any way arising out of, following, or consequential to transactions between Bank and Borrowers whether under this Agreement, or otherwise (including without limitation reasonable attorneys fees and expenses), except for any obligations, demands,
21
claims, and liabilities, losses or Bank Expenses caused by Bank's gross negligence or willful misconduct.
12.3 Time of Essence . Time is of the essence for the performance of all obligations set forth in this Agreement.
12.4 Severability of Provisions . Each provision of this Agreement shall be severable from every other provision of this Agreement for the purpose of determining the legal enforceability of any specific provision.
12.5 Amendments in Writing, Integration. All amendments to or terminations of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents must be in writing . All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, if any, are merged into this Agreement and the Loan Documents. This Agreement may be amended only by a written instrument signed by the parties hereto.
12.6 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Agreement.
12.7 Survival . All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect so long as any Obligations remain outstanding or Bank has any obligation to make any Credit Extension to Borrowers. The obligations of Borrowers to indemnify Bank with respect to the expenses, damages, losses, costs and liabilities described in Section 12.2 shall survive until all applicable statute of limitations periods with respect to actions that may be brought against Bank have run.
12.8 Confidentiality . In handling any confidential information, Bank and all employees and agents of Bank shall exercise the same degree of care that Bank exercises with respect to its own proprietary information of the same types to maintain the confidentiality of any non-public information thereby received or received pursuant to this Agreement except that disclosure of such information may be made (i) to the subsidiaries or Affiliates of Bank in connection with their present or prospective business relations with Borrowers, (ii) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Loans, provided that they have entered into a comparable confidentiality agreement in favor of Borrowers and have delivered a copy to Borrowers, (iii) as required by law, regulations, rule or order, subpoena, judicial order or similar order, (iv) as may be required in connection with the examination, audit or similar investigation of Bank and (v) as Bank may determine in connection with the enforcement of any remedies hereunder. Confidential information hereunder shall not include information that either: (a) is in the public domain or in the knowledge or possession of Bank when disclosed to Bank, or becomes part of the public domain after disclosure to Bank through no fault of Bank; or (b) is disclosed to Bank by a third party, provided Bank does not have actual knowledge that such third party is prohibited from disclosing such information.
12.9 Parent as Agent for Borrowers . Each Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Parent as the borrowing agent and attorney-in-fact for all Borrowers (the "Administrative Borrower"), which appointment shall remain in full force and effect unless and until Lenders shall have received prior written notice signed by Parent and each Borrower that such appointment has been revoked and that another Borrower has been appointed Administrative Borrower. Parent and each Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Administrative Borrower (i) to provide the applicable Lender with all notices with respect to Advances obtained for the benefit of any Borrower and all other notices and instructions under this Agreement and (ii) to take such action
22
as the Administrative Borrower deems appropriate on its behalf to obtain Advances and to exercise such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto to carry out the purposes of this Agreement. It is understood that the handling of the loan account and Collateral of Borrowers in a combined fashion, as more fully set forth herein, is done solely as an accommodation to Borrowers in order to utilize the collective borrowing powers of Borrowers in the most efficient and economical manner and at their request, and that Lenders shall not incur liability to any Borrower as a result hereof. Each Borrower expects to derive benefit, directly or indirectly, from the handling of the loan account and the Collateral in a combined fashion since the successful operation of each Borrower is dependent on the continued successful performance of the integrated group.
[ Remainder of page intentionally let blank.]
23
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.
CONVIO, INC. | ||||
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ J.R. Offerdahl |
Name: |
J.R. Offerdahl
|
|||
Title: |
CFO
|
|||
|
|
GETACTIVE SOFTWARE, INC. |
||
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ J.R. Offerdahl |
Name: |
J.R. Offerdahl
|
|||
Title: |
CFO
|
|||
|
|
COMERICA BANK |
||
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Donna Day |
Name: |
Donna Day
|
|||
Title: |
Vice President
|
S-1
DEFINITIONS
"Accounts" means all presently existing and hereafter arising accounts, contract rights, payment intangibles and all other forms of obligations owing to any Borrower arising out of the sale or lease of goods (including, without limitation, the licensing of software and other technology) or the rendering of services by any Borrower and any and all credit insurance, guaranties, and other security therefor, as well as all merchandise returned to or reclaimed by any Borrower and Borrowers' Books relating to any of the foregoing.
"Administrative Borrower" has the meaning set forth is Section 12.9.
"Advance" or "Advances" means a cash advance or cash advances under the Revolving Line.
"Affiliate" means, with respect to any Person, any Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly such Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such Person, and each of such Person's senior executive officers, directors, and partners.
"Bank Expenses" means all reasonable out-of-pocket costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses, whether generated in-house or by outside counsel) incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation, administration, and enforcement of the Loan Documents; reasonable Collateral audit fees in an amount not to exceed $3,000 per audit; and Bank's reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses (whether generated in-house or by outside counsel) incurred in amending, enforcing or defending the Loan Documents (including fees and expenses of appeal), incurred before, during and after an Insolvency Proceeding, whether or not suit is brought; provided, that with respect to the preparation and negotiation of the Loan Documents to be executed on the Closing Date, such fees shall be limited to $15,000, unless there are revisions to any such Loan Document requested by Borrowers or any third party which result in changes beyond the second set of revisions thereto, in which case such dollar limitation shall not apply.
"Borrower State" means Delaware, the state under whose laws each Borrower is organized.
"Borrowers' Books" means all of Borrowers' books and records including: ledgers; records concerning Borrowers' assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition; and all computer programs, or tape files, and the equipment, containing such information.
"Borrowing Base" means an amount equal to 80% of Eligible Accounts, as determined by Bank with reference to the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate delivered by Administrative Borrower.
"Business Day" means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which banks in the State of California are authorized or required to close.
"Cash" means unrestricted cash and cash equivalents.
"Change in Control" shall mean a transaction in which any "person" or "group" (within the meaning of Section 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), directly or indirectly, of a sufficient number of shares of all classes of stock then outstanding of a Borrower ordinarily entitled to vote in the election of directors, empowering such "person" or "group" to elect a majority of the Board of Directors of such Borrower, who did not have such power before such transaction.
"Chief Executive Office State" means Texas, where each Borrower's chief executive office is located.
"Closing Date" means the date of this Agreement.
A-1
"Code" means the California Uniform Commercial Code as amended or supplemented from time to time.
"Collateral" means the property described on Exhibit B attached hereto and all Negotiable Collateral and Intellectual Property Collateral to the extent not described on Exhibit B , except to the extent any such property (i) is nonassignable by its terms without the consent of the licensor thereof or another party (but only to the extent such prohibition on transfer is enforceable under applicable law, including, without limitation, Sections 9406 and 9408 of the Code), (ii) the granting of a security interest therein is contrary to applicable law, provided that upon the cessation of any such restriction or prohibition, such property shall automatically become part of the Collateral, or (iii) exceeds 65% of the presently existing and hereafter arising issued and outstanding shares of capital stock owned by Borrower of any Foreign Subsidiary which shares entitle the holder thereof to vote for directors or any other matter.
"Collateral State" means the state or states where the Collateral is located, which are Texas and California.
"Compliance Certificate" means a statement certified by a Responsible Officer of the Administrative Borrower, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E .
"Consolidated Net Income (or Deficit)" means the consolidated net income (or deficit) of any Person and its Subsidiaries, after deduction of all expenses, taxes, and other proper charges, determined in accordance with GAAP, after eliminating therefrom all extraordinary nonrecurring items of income.
"Consolidated Total Interest Expense" means with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate amount of interest required to be paid or accrued by a Person and its Subsidiaries during such period on all Indebtedness of such Person and its Subsidiaries outstanding during all or any part of such period, whether such interest was or is required to be reflected as an item of expense or capitalized, including payments consisting of interest in respect of any capitalized lease or any synthetic lease, and including commitment fees, agency fees, facility fees, balance deficiency fees and similar fees or expenses in connection with the borrowing of money.
"Contingent Obligation" means, as applied to any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or otherwise, of that Person with respect to (i) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another, including, without limitation, any such obligation directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made or discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or in respect of which that Person is otherwise directly or indirectly liable; (ii) any obligations with respect to undrawn letters of credit, corporate credit cards or merchant services issued for the account of that Person; and (iii) all obligations arising under any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; provided, however, that the term "Contingent Obligation" shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Contingent Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Contingent Obligation is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by such Person in good faith; provided, however, that such amount shall not in any event exceed the maximum amount of the obligations under the guarantee or other support arrangement.
"Copyrights" means any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work or authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret, now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held.
A-2
"Credit Extension" means each Advance, Equipment Advance, or any other extension of credit by Bank to or for the benefit of Borrowers hereunder.
"Domestic Subsidiary" means a direct or indirect Subsidiary of any Borrower located inside of the United States.
"EBITDA" means with respect to any fiscal period an amount equal to the sum of (a) Consolidated Net Income of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries for such fiscal period, plus (b) in each case to the extent deducted in the calculation of the Borrowers' Consolidated Net Income and without duplication, (i) depreciation and amortization for such period, plus (ii) income tax expense for such period, plus (iii) Consolidated Total Interest Expense paid or accrued during such period, plus (iv) non-cash expense associated with granting stock options, and minus , to the extent added in computing Consolidated Net Income, and without duplication, all extraordinary and non-recurring revenue and gains (including income tax benefits) for such period, all as determined in accordance with GAAP
"Eligible Accounts" means those Accounts that arise in the ordinary course of Borrowers' business that comply with all of Borrowers' representations and warranties to Bank set forth in Section 5.3; provided, that Bank may change the standards of eligibility by giving Borrowers 30 days prior written notice. Unless otherwise agreed to by Bank, Eligible Accounts shall not include the following:
(a) Accounts that the account debtor has failed to pay in full within 90 days of invoice date;
(b) Credit balances over 90 days;
(c) Accounts with respect to an account debtor, 25% of whose Accounts the account debtor has failed to pay within 90 days of invoice date;
(d) Accounts with respect to an account debtor, including Subsidiaries and Affiliates, whose total obligations to Borrower exceed 25% of all Accounts, to the extent such obligations exceed the aforementioned percentage, except as approved in writing by Bank;
(e) Accounts with respect to which the account debtor does not have its principal place of business in the United States, except for Eligible Foreign Accounts;
(f) Accounts with respect to which the account debtor is the United States or any department, agency, or instrumentality of the United States, except for Accounts of the United States if the payee has assigned its payment rights to Bank and the assignment has been acknowledged under the Assignment of Claims Act of 1940 (31 U.S.C. 3727);
(g) Accounts with respect to which a Borrower is liable to the account debtor for goods sold or services rendered by the account debtor to such Borrower, but only to the extent of any amounts owing to the account debtor against amounts owed to such Borrower;
(h) Accounts with respect to which goods are placed on consignment, guaranteed sale, sale or return, sale on approval, bill and hold, demo or promotional, or other terms by reason of which the payment by the account debtor may be conditional;
(i) Accounts with respect to which the account debtor is an officer, employee, agent or Affiliate of a Borrower;
(j) Accounts that have not yet been billed to the account debtor (other than Accounts that have been pre-billed to such account debtor no earlier than 30 days before payment thereon is due) or that relate to deposits (such as good faith deposits) or other property of the account debtor held by a Borrower for the performance of services or delivery of goods which such Borrower has not yet performed or delivered;
A-3
(k) Accounts with respect to which the account debtor disputes liability or makes any claim with respect thereto as to which Bank believes, in its sole discretion, that there may be a basis for dispute (but only to the extent of the amount subject to such dispute or claim), or is subject to any Insolvency Proceeding, or becomes insolvent, or goes out of business;
(l) Accounts the collection of which Bank reasonably determines after inquiry and consultation with Borrower to be doubtful; and
(m) Retentions and hold-backs.
"Eligible Foreign Accounts" means Accounts with respect to which the account debtor does not have its principal place of business in the United States and that are (i) supported by one or more letters of credit in an amount and of a tenor, and issued by a financial institution, acceptable to Bank, (ii) insured by the Export Import Bank of the United States, (iii) generated by an account debtor with its principal place of business in Canada, provided that the Bank has perfected its security interest in the appropriate Canadian province, or (iv) approved by Bank on a case-by-case basis. All Eligible Foreign Accounts must be calculated in U.S. Dollars.
"Environmental Laws" means all laws, rules, regulations, orders and the like issued by any federal state, local foreign or other governmental or quasi-governmental authority or any agency pertaining to the environment or to any hazardous materials or wastes, toxic substances, flammable, explosive or radioactive materials, asbestos or other similar materials.
"Equipment" means all present and future machinery, equipment, tenant improvements, furniture, fixtures, vehicles, tools, parts and attachments in which a Borrower has any interest.
"Equipment Advance(s)" means a cash advance or cash advances under the Equipment Line.
"Equipment Line" means a Credit Extension of up to $3,000,000.
"Equipment Maturity Date" means October 26, 2011.
"ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations thereunder.
"Event of Default" has the meaning set forth in Article 8 .
"Foreign Subsidiary" means a direct or indirect Subsidiary of any Borrower located outside of the United States.
"GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, as in effect from time to time.
"Guaranty" has the meaning set forth in Section 8.11.
"Guaranty Documents" has the meaning set forth in Section 8.11.
"Horizon" means Horizon Technology Funding Company V, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.
"Indebtedness" means (a) all indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred purchase price of property or services, including without limitation reimbursement and other obligations with respect to surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) all obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) all capital lease obligations, and (d) all Contingent Obligations.
"Initial Public Offering" means the initial firm commitment underwritten offering of any Borrower's common stock pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission.
A-4
"Insolvency Proceeding" means any proceeding commenced by or against any Person or entity under any provision of the United States Bankruptcy Code, as amended, or under any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, formal or informal moratoria, compositions, extension generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.
"Intellectual Property Collateral" means all of each Borrower's right, title, and interest in and to the following:
(a) Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents;
(b) Any and all trade secrets, and any and all intellectual property rights in computer software and computer software products now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held;
(c) Any and all design rights which may be available to a Borrower now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held;
(d) Any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the rights included above, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the intellectual property rights identified above;
(e) All licenses or other rights to use any of the Copyrights, Patents or Trademarks, and all license fees and royalties arising from such use to the extent permitted by such license or rights;
(f) All amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents; and
(g) All proceeds and products of the foregoing, including without limitation all payments under insurance or any indemnity or warranty payable in respect of any of the foregoing.
"Intellectual Property Security Agreement" means that certain Intellectual Property Security Agreement executed by Borrowers in favor of Bank, dated as of even date herewith, as may be amended from time to time hereafter.
"Inventory" means all present and future inventory in which a Borrower has any interest.
"Investment" means any beneficial ownership of (including stock, partnership or limited liability company interest or other securities) any Person, or any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.
"IRC" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations thereunder.
"Letter of Credit" means a commercial or standby letter of credit or similar undertaking issued by Bank at Administrative Borrower's request in accordance with Section 2.1(b)(iii).
"Letter of Credit Sublimit" means a sublimit for Letters of Credit under the Revolving Line not to exceed $2,000,000.
"Joint and Several Borrower Rider" means that certain agreement dated of even date herewith, among each Borrower in favor of Bank, so that each Borrower may jointly and severally assume and bind one another to all debts, liabilities and obligations arising under this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents.
"Lien" means any mortgage, lien, deed of trust, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance.
"Liquidity Event" means any time when the aggregate outstanding amount of Obligations is $6,000,000 or greater; provided, however, solely for the purpose of determining such event, and so long as Borrowers maintain a minimum balance of Cash at Bank, or its Affiliates covered by a control
A-5
agreement, of at least 5,000,000, the aggregate outstanding amount of Obligations shall not include any amounts outstanding under the Letter of Credit Sublimit.
"Loan Documents" means, collectively, this Agreement, the Joint and Several Borrower Rider, the Intellectual Property Security Agreement, any note or notes executed by Borrowers, or any one of them, and any other document, instrument or agreement entered into in connection with this Agreement, all as amended or extended from time to time.
"Material Adverse Effect" means a material adverse effect on (i) the business operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of a Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (ii) the ability of a Borrower to repay the Obligations or otherwise perform its obligations under the Loan Documents and (iii) a Borrower's interest in, or the value, perfection or priority of Bank's security interest in the Collateral.
"Negotiable Collateral" means all of each Borrower's present and future letters of credit of which it is a beneficiary, drafts, instruments (including promissory notes), securities, documents of title, and chattel paper, and Borrowers' Books relating to any of the foregoing.
"Non-Borrowing Base Amount" means an amount equal to either (a) $2,000,000 for the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the date that is the one-year anniversary thereof, or (b) $1,000,000 for the period commencing on the day immediately following the one-year anniversary of the Closing Date and ending on the Revolving Maturity Date.
"Obligations" means all debt, principal, interest, Bank Expenses and other amounts owed to Bank by Borrowers, or any one of them, pursuant to this Agreement or any other agreement, whether absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, including any interest that accrues after the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding and including any debt, liability, or obligation owing from Borrowers, or any one of them, to others that Bank may have obtained by assignment or otherwise.
"Parent: has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
"Patents" means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.
"Periodic Payments" means all installments or similar recurring payments that Borrowers may now or hereafter become obligated to pay to Bank pursuant to the terms and provisions of any instrument, or agreement now or hereafter in existence between Borrowers and Bank.
"Permitted Indebtedness" means:
(a) Indebtedness of a Borrower in favor of Bank arising under this Agreement or any other Loan Document;
(b) Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date and disclosed in the Schedule;
(c) Indebtedness not to exceed $50,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year (other than Indebtedness owed to ATEL, in which case such Indebtedness shall not exceed $1,951,000) secured by a lien described in clause (c) of the defined term "Permitted Liens," provided such Indebtedness does not exceed the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the equipment financed with such Indebtedness;
(d) Subordinated Debt;
(e) Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business; and
A-6
(f) Extensions, refinancings and renewals of any items of Permitted Indebtedness, provided that the principal amount is not increased or the terms modified to impose more burdensome terms upon a Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.
"Permitted Investment" means:
(a) Investments existing on the Closing Date disclosed in the Schedule;
(b) Marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of America or any agency or any State thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof, (ii) commercial paper maturing no more than one year from the date of creation thereof and currently having rating of at least A-2 or P-2 from either Standard & Poor's Corporation or Moody's Investors Service, (iii) Bank's certificates of deposit maturing no more than one year from the date of investment therein, and (iv) Bank's money market accounts;
(c) Repurchases of stock from former employees or directors of a Borrower under the terms of applicable repurchase agreements (i) in an aggregate amount not to exceed $50,000 in any fiscal year, provided that no Event of Default has occurred, is continuing or would exist after giving effect to the repurchases, or (ii) in any amount where the consideration for the repurchase is the cancellation of indebtedness owed by such former employees to such Borrower regardless of whether an Event of Default exists;
(d) Investments accepted in connection with Permitted Transfers;
(e) Investments of Subsidiaries in or to other Subsidiaries of a Borrower and Investments by a Borrower in Subsidiaries not to exceed $50,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year;
(f) Investments not to exceed $50,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of a Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plan agreements approved by a Borrower's Board of Directors;
(g) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of a Borrower's business;
(h) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business, provided that this subparagraph (h) shall not apply to Investments of a Borrower in any Subsidiary; and
(i) Joint ventures or strategic alliances in the ordinary course of Borrowers' business consisting of the non-exclusive licensing of technology, the development of technology or the providing of technical support, provided that any cash Investments by Borrowers do not exceed $50,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year.
"Permitted Liens" means the following:
(a) Any Liens existing on the Closing Date and disclosed in the Schedule (excluding Liens to be satisfied with the proceeds of the Advances) or arising under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents;
(b) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other governmental charges or levies, either not delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which Borrowers maintains adequate reserves, provided the same have no priority over any of Bank's security interests;
A-7
(c) Liens not to exceed $50,000 in the aggregate (other than Liens in favor of ATEL, in which case such Liens shall not exceed $1,951,000) (i) upon or in any Equipment (other than Equipment financed by an Equipment Advance) acquired or held by Borrowers or any of its Subsidiaries to secure the purchase price of such Equipment or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition or lease of such Equipment, or (ii) existing on such Equipment at the time of its acquisition, provided that the Lien is confined solely to the property so acquired and improvements thereon, and the proceeds of such Equipment;
(d) Liens incurred in connection with the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens of the type described in clauses (a) through (c) above, provided that any extension, renewal or replacement Lien shall be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced does not increase;
(e) Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Sections 8.5 or 8.9; and
(f) Liens in favor of Horizon that are granted by Borrower in connection with Indebtedness described in clause (d) of the definition of "Permitted Indebtedness".
"Permitted Transfer" means the conveyance, sale, lease, transfer or disposition by a Borrower or any Subsidiary of:
(a) Inventory in the ordinary course of business;
(b) licenses and similar arrangements for the use of the property of such Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
(c) worn-out or obsolete Equipment not financed with the proceeds of Equipment Advances; or
(d) other assets of Borrowers or their Subsidiaries that do not in the aggregate exceed $50,000 during any fiscal year.
"Person" means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or governmental agency.
"Prime Rate" means the variable rate of interest, per annum, most recently announced by Bank, as its "prime rate," whether or not such announced rate is the lowest rate available from Bank.
"Responsible Officer" means each of the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and the Vice President, Finance and Corporate Controller of a Borrower.
"Revolving Line" means a Credit Extension of up to $6,000,000 (inclusive of any amounts outstanding under the Letter of Credit Sublimit).
"Revolving Maturity Date" means October 26, 2009.
"Schedule" means the schedule of exceptions attached hereto and approved by Bank, if any.
"SOS Reports" means the official reports from the Secretaries of State of each Collateral State, Chief Executive Office State and the Borrower State and other applicable federal, state or local government offices identifying all current security interests filed in the Collateral and Liens of record as of the date of such report.
"Subordinated Debt" means any debt incurred by a Borrower that is subordinated in writing to the debt owing by Borrowers to Bank on terms reasonably acceptable to Bank (and identified as being such by such Borrower and Bank).
A-8
"Subsidiary" means any corporation, partnership or limited liability company or joint venture in which (i) any general partnership interest or (ii) more than 50% of the stock, limited liability company interest or joint venture of which by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect the Board of Directors, managers or trustees of the entity, at the time as of which any determination is being made, is owned by a Borrower, either directly or through an Affiliate.
"Trademarks" means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of a Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.
"Tranche A" has the meaning assigned in Section 2.1(c)(i).
"Tranche B" has the meaning assigned in Section 2.1(c)(i).
"Tranche A Equipment Advance" or "Tranche A Equipment Advances" means any Equipment Advances(s) made under Tranche A.
"Tranche B Equipment Advance" or "Tranche B Equipment Advances" means any Equipment Advances(s) made under Tranche B.
"Tranche A Availability End Date" means March 26, 2008.
"Tranche B Availability End Date" means October 26, 2008.
A-9
COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
DEBTOR |
CONVIO, INC., a Delaware corporation
GETACTIVE SOFTWARE, INC., a Delaware corporation |
|
SECURED PARTY: |
|
COMERICA BANK, a Michigan banking corporation |
All personal property of each Borrower (each herein referred to as a "Borrower" or a "Debtor") whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired, and wherever located, including, but not limited to:
(a) all accounts (including health-care-insurance receivables), chattel paper (including tangible and electronic chattel paper), deposit accounts, documents (including negotiable documents), equipment (including all accessions and additions thereto), general intangibles (including payment intangibles and software), goods (including fixtures), instruments (including promissory notes), inventory (including all goods held for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, and including returns and repossessions), investment property (including securities and securities entitlements), letter of credit rights, money, and all of such Debtor's books and records with respect to any of the foregoing, and the computers and equipment containing said books and records;
(b) all common law and statutory copyrights and copyright registrations, applications for registration, now existing or hereafter arising, in the United States of America or in any foreign jurisdiction, obtained or to be obtained on or in connection with any of the foregoing, or any parts thereof or any underlying or component elements of any of the foregoing, together with the right to copyright and all rights to renew or extend such copyrights and the right (but not the obligation) of Secured Party to sue in its own name and/or in the name of such Debtor for past, present and future infringements of copyright;
(c) all trademarks, service marks, trade names and service names and the goodwill associated therewith, together with the right to trademark and all rights to renew or extend such trademarks and the right (but not the obligation) of Secured Party to sue in its own name and/or in the name of such Debtor for past, present and future infringements of trademark;
(d) all (i) patents and patent applications filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any similar office of any foreign jurisdiction, and interests under patent license agreements, including, without limitation, the inventions and improvements described and claimed therein, (ii) licenses pertaining to any patent whether such Debtor is licensor or licensee, (iii) income, royalties, damages, payments, accounts and accounts receivable now or hereafter due and/or payable under and with respect thereto, including, without limitation, damages and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof, (iv) right (but not the obligation) to sue in the name of such Debtor and/or in the name of Secured Party for past, present and future infringements thereof, (v) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world in all jurisdictions in which such patents have been issued or applied for, and (vi) reissues, divisions, continuations, renewals, extensions and continuations-in-part with respect to any of the foregoing; and
(e) any and all cash proceeds and/or noncash proceeds of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, insurance proceeds, and all supporting obligations and the security therefor or for any right to payment. All terms above have the meanings given to them in the California Uniform Commercial Code, as amended or supplemented from time to time, including revised Division 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code-Secured Transactions, added by Stats. 1999, c.991 (S.B. 45), Section 35, operative July 1, 2001.
B-1
AMENDMENT NUMBER ONE TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
This AMENDMENT NUMBER ONE TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT ("Amendment"), is entered into as of January 14, 2008, by and among Comerica Bank ("Bank"), Convio, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Parent"), and certain of Parent's Subsidiaries signatory hereto (collectively, jointly and severally, with Parent, "Borrowers" and each individually a "Borrower"), in light of the following:
A. Borrowers and Bank previously entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007 (the "Agreement").
B. In connection with the Agreement, Borrowers and Bank entered into various other agreements (such agreements, together with the Agreement, are collectively referred to herein as the "Loan Documents").
C. Borrowers and Bank desire to amend the Agreement pursuant to the terms and conditions herein.
Borrowers and Bank hereby amend and supplement the Agreement as follows:
1. Definitions . All initially capitalized terms used in this Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Agreement unless specifically defined herein.
2. Amendment . The following definition as set forth in Exhibit A to the Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:
"Letter of Credit Sublimit" means a sublimit for Letters of Credit under the Revolving Line not to exceed $2,300,000.
3. Representations and Warranties . Borrowers hereby affirm to Bank that all of Borrowers' representations and warranties set forth in the Agreement are true, complete and accurate in all respects as of the date hereof (after giving effect to the amendments provided herein).
4. No Defaults . Borrowers hereby affirm to Bank that, after giving effect to this Amendment, no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing as of the date hereof (after giving effect to the amendments provided herein).
5. Condition Precedent . The effectiveness of this Amendment is expressly conditioned upon receipt by Bank of a copy of this Amendment duly executed by each of the parties hereto.
6. Costs and Expenses . Borrowers shall pay to Bank all of Bank's out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including, without limitation, the fees and expenses of its counsel, search fees, filing and recording fees, documentation fees, appraisal fees, and other fees) arising in connection with the preparation, execution, and delivery of this Amendment and all related documents.
7. Limited Effect . In the event of a conflict between the terms and provisions of this Amendment and the terms and provisions of the Agreement, the terms and provisions of this Amendment shall govern. In all other respects, the Agreement, as amended and supplemented hereby, shall remain in full force and effect.
8. Choice of Law . This Amendment shall be governed by, construed and interpreted in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.
9. Counterparts; Effectiveness . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original. All such counterparts, taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Amendment. This Amendment shall become effective upon the execution of a counterpart of this Amendment by each of the parties hereto.
1
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their authorized representatives the day and year first above written.
CONVIO, INC. | ||||
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ James R. Offerdahl |
Name: |
James R. Offerdahl
|
|||
Title: |
CFO
|
|||
|
|
GETACTIVE SOFTWARE, INC. |
||
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ James R. Offerdahl |
Name: |
James R. Offerdahl
|
|||
Title: |
CFO
|
|||
|
|
COMERICA BANK |
||
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Chad Neely |
Name: |
Chad Neely
|
|||
Title: |
Vice President
|
S-1
of 1
Amendment Number One to Loan and Security Agreement
AMENDMENT NUMBER TWO TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
This AMENDMENT NUMBER TWO TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT ("Amendment"), is entered into as of February 15, 2008, by and among Comerica Bank ("Bank"), Convio, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Parent"), and certain of Parent's Subsidiaries signatory hereto (collectively, jointly and severally, with Parent, "Borrowers" and each individually a "Borrower"), in light of the following:
A. Borrowers and Bank previously entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007 (as previously amended by that certain Amendment Number One to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of January 14, 2008, the "Agreement").
B. In connection with the Agreement, Borrowers and Bank entered into various other agreements (such agreements, together with the Agreement, are collectively referred to herein as the "Loan Documents").
C. Borrowers and Bank desire to amend the Agreement pursuant to the terms and conditions herein.
Borrowers and Bank hereby amend and supplement the Agreement as follows:
1. Definitions . All initially capitalized terms used in this Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Agreement unless specifically defined herein.
2. Amendment . Sections 6.7(a) and (b) of the Agreement are hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:
(a) Minimum EBITDA . Borrowers' EBITDA, to be measured on a trailing twelve (12) month basis as of the last day of the applicable period set forth in the table below (except for the period ending on September 30, 2007, which shall be measured on a trailing nine (9) month basis), shall not be less than the following:
Period
|
Minimum EBITDA | |
---|---|---|
For the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2007 |
$(4,000,000) | |
For the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2007 |
$(5,500,000) |
|
For the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2008 |
$(3,200,000) |
|
For the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2008 |
$(3,000,000) |
|
For the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2008 |
$(3,000,000) |
|
For the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2008 |
$(2,700,000) |
(b) Reset of Financial Covenant . With respect to each new year during the term of this Agreement, the above financial covenant shall be reset on or before December 31st of the immediately preceding year on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to Bank. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrowers' may request that the minimum EBITDA amounts set forth above with respect to any period within Borrowers' fiscal year ending December 31, 2008, be reset if the board approved plan previously delivered to Bank for such fiscal year changes significantly by such fiscal year end, which request may be granted by Bank in its sole discretion.
3. Representations and Warranties . Borrowers hereby affirm to Bank that all of Borrowers' representations and warranties set forth in the Agreement are true, complete and accurate in all respects as of the date hereof (after giving effect to the amendments provided herein).
1
4. No Defaults . Borrowers hereby affirm to Bank that, after giving effect to this Amendment, no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing as of the date hereof (after giving effect to the amendments provided herein).
5. Condition Precedent . The effectiveness of this Amendment is expressly conditioned upon receipt by Bank of a copy of this Amendment duly executed by each of the parties hereto.
6. Costs and Expenses . Borrowers shall pay to Bank all of Bank's out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including, without limitation, the fees and expenses of its counsel, search fees, filing and recording fees, documentation fees, appraisal fees, and other fees) arising in connection with the preparation, execution, and delivery of this Amendment and all related documents.
7. Limited Effect . In the event of a conflict between the terms and provisions of this Amendment and the terms and provisions of the Agreement, the terms and provisions of this Amendment shall govern. In all other respects, the Agreement, as amended and supplemented hereby, shall remain in full force and effect.
8. Choice of Law . This Amendment shall be governed by, construed and interpreted in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.
9. Counterparts; Effectiveness . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original. All such counterparts, taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Amendment. This Amendment shall become effective upon the execution of a counterpart of this Amendment by each of the parties hereto.
[ remainder of page intentionally left blank ]
2
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their authorized representatives the day and year first above written.
CONVIO, INC. | ||||
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ James R. Offerdahl |
Name: |
James R. Offerdahl
|
|||
Title: |
CFO
|
|||
|
|
GETACTIVE SOFTWARE, INC. |
||
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ James R. Offerdahl |
Name: |
James R. Offerdahl
|
|||
Title: |
CFO
|
|||
|
|
COMERICA BANK |
||
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Chad Neely |
Name: |
Chad Neely
|
|||
Title: |
Vice President
|
S-1
of 1
Amendment Number Two to Loan and Security Agreement
Exhibit 10.6.3
DAILY ADJUSTING LIBOR RATE/DAILY ADJUSTING LIBOR RATE WITH FLOOR
ADDENDUM TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
This Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate/ Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate with Floor Addendum to Loan and Security Agreement (this Addendum) is entered into as of July 31, 2009, by and among Comerica Bank (Bank), Convio, Inc., a Delaware corporation (Parent), and certain of Parents Subsidiaries signatory hereto (collectively, jointly and severally, with Parent, Borrowers and each individually a Borrower). This Addendum supplements the terms of the Loan and Security Agreement dated October 26, 2007 (as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented, extended or restated from time to time, the Agreement).
b. Applicable Interest Rate means the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate plus the Applicable Margin, the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate with Floor plus the Applicable Margin or (subject to the terms of this Addendum) the Prime Referenced Rate plus the Applicable Margin, as selected by Administrative Borrower from time to time or as otherwise determined in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Addendum.
(1) in respect of Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate, three and one-quarter percent (3.25%) per annum; and
(2) in respect of the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate with Floor and, to the extent applicable, the Prime Referenced Rate, three percent (3.00%) per annum.
(1) for any day, the per annum rate of interest determined on the basis of the rate for deposits in United States Dollars for a period equal to one (1) month appearing on Page BBAM of the Bloomberg Financial Markets Information Service as of 8:00 a.m. (California time) (or as soon thereafter as practical) on such day, or if such day is not a Business Day, on the immediately preceding Business Day. In the event that such rate does not appear on Page BBAM of the Bloomberg Financial Markets Information Service (or otherwise on such Service) on any day, the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate for such day shall be determined by reference to such other publicly available service for displaying eurodollar rates as may be reasonably selected by Bank, or in the absence of such other service, the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate for such day shall, instead, be determined based upon the average of the rates at which Bank is offered dollar deposits at or about 8:00 a.m. (California time) (or as soon thereafter as practical), on such day, or if such day is not a Business Day, on the immediately preceding Business Day, in the interbank eurodollar market in an amount comparable to the principal amount of the Obligations and for a period equal to one (1) month;
divided by
(2) 1.00 minus the maximum rate (expressed as a decimal) on such day at which Bank is required to maintain reserves on Euro-currency Liabilities as defined in and pursuant to Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or, if such regulation or definition is modified, and as long as Bank is required to maintain reserves against a category of liabilities which includes eurodollar deposits or includes a category of assets which includes eurodollar loans, the rate at which such reserves are required to be maintained on such category.
f. Prime Referenced Rate means a per annum interest rate which is equal to the Prime Rate, but in no event less than two and one-half percent (2.50%) per annum.
[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank . ]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have agreed to the foregoing as of the date first set forth above.
|
CONVIO, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ James R. Offerdahl |
|
Name: |
James R. Offerdahl |
|
Title: |
CFO |
|
|
|
|
GETACTIVE SOFTWARE, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ James R. Offerdahl |
|
Name: |
James R. Offerdahl |
|
Title: |
CFO |
|
|
|
|
COMERICA BANK |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Donna Day |
|
Name: |
Donna Day |
|
Title: |
Vice President |
Exhibit 10.6.4
AMENDMENT NUMBER THREE TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
This AMENDMENT NUMBER THREE TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (Amendment), is entered into as of February 9, 2009, by and among Comerica Bank (Bank), Convio, Inc., a Delaware corporation (Parent), and certain of Parents Subsidiaries signatory hereto (collectively, jointly and severally, with Parent, Borrowers and each individually a Borrower), in light of the following:
A. Borrowers and Bank previously entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007 (as previously amended by that certain Amendment Number One to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of January 14, 2008 and that certain Amendment Number Two to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of February 15, 2008, the Agreement).
B. In connection with the Agreement, Borrowers and Bank entered into various other agreements (such agreements, together with the Agreement, are collectively referred to herein as the Loan Documents).
C. Borrowers and Bank desire to amend the Agreement pursuant to the terms and conditions herein.
Borrowers and Bank hereby amend and supplement the Agreement as follows:
1. Definitions . All initially capitalized terms used in this Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Agreement unless specifically defined herein.
2. Amendment . The following definition as set forth in Exhibit A to the Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:
Letter of Credit Sublimit means a sublimit for Letters of Credit under the Revolving Line not to exceed $3,000,000.
3. Representations and Warranties . Borrowers hereby affirm to Bank that all of Borrowers representations and warranties set forth in the Agreement are true, complete and accurate in all respects as of the date hereof (after giving effect to the amendments provided herein).
4. No Defaults . Borrowers hereby affirm to Bank that, after giving effect to this Amendment, no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing as of the date hereof (after giving effect to the amendments provided herein).
5. Condition Precedent . The effectiveness of this Amendment is expressly conditioned upon receipt by Bank of a copy of this Amendment duly executed by each of the parties hereto.
6. Costs and Expenses . Borrowers shall pay to Bank all of Banks out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including, without limitation, the fees and expenses of its counsel, search fees, filing and recording fees, documentation fees, appraisal fees, and other fees) arising in connection with the preparation, execution, and delivery of this Amendment and all related documents.
7. Limited Effect . In the event of a conflict between the terms and provisions of this Amendment and the terms and provisions of the Agreement, the terms and provisions of this Amendment shall govern. In all other respects, the Agreement, as amended and supplemented hereby, shall remain in full force and effect.
8. Choice of Law . This Amendment shall be governed by, construed and interpreted in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.
9. Counterparts; Effectiveness . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original. All such counterparts, taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Amendment. This
Amendment shall become effective upon the execution of a counterpart of this Amendment by each of the parties hereto.
[ remainder of page intentionally left blank ]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their authorized representatives the day and year first above written.
|
CONVIO, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ James R. Offerdahl |
|
Name: |
James R. Offerdahl |
|
Title: |
CFO |
|
|
|
|
GETACTIVE SOFTWARE, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ James R. Offerdahl |
|
Name: |
James R. Offerdahl |
|
Title: |
Treasurer & CFO |
|
|
|
|
COMERICA BANK |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Donna Day |
|
Name: |
Donna Day |
|
Title: |
Vice President |
Amendment Number Three to Loan and Security Agreement
Exhibit 10.6.5
AMENDMENT NUMBER FOUR TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
This AMENDMENT NUMBER FOUR TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (Amendment), is entered into as of July 31, 2009, by and among Comerica Bank (Bank), Convio, Inc., a Delaware corporation (Parent), and certain of Parents Subsidiaries signatory hereto (collectively, jointly and severally, with Parent, Borrowers and each individually a Borrower), in light of the following:
A. Borrowers and Bank previously entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007 (as previously amended by that certain Amendment Number One to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of January 14, 2008, that certain Amendment Number Two to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of February 15, 2008, and that certain Amendment Number Three to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of January , 2009, the Agreement).
B. In connection with the Agreement, Borrowers and Bank entered into various other agreements (such agreements, together with the Agreement, are collectively referred to herein as the Loan Documents).
C. Borrowers and Bank desire to amend the Agreement pursuant to the terms and conditions herein.
Borrowers and Bank hereby amend and supplement the Agreement as follows:
1. Definitions . All initially capitalized terms used in this Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Agreement unless specifically defined herein.
2. Amendments .
(a) The following definitions as set forth in Exhibit A to the Agreement are hereby amended in their entirety to read as follows:
Non-Borrowing Base Amount means an amount equal to $1,000,000.
Revolving Line means a Credit Extension of up to $10,000,000 (inclusive of any amounts outstanding under the Letter of Credit Sublimit).
Revolving Maturity Date means April 26, 2011.
(b) Clause (c) to the definition of Permitted Indebtedness as set forth in Exhibit A to the Agreement are hereby amended in their entirety to read as follows:
(c) Indebtedness not to exceed $2,500,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year (other than Indebtedness owed to ATEL, in which case such Indebtedness shall not exceed $320,130.86) secured by a lien described in clause (c) of the defined term Permitted Liens, provided such Indebtedness does not exceed the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the equipment financed with such Indebtedness;
(c) Clause (c) to the definition of Permitted Liens as set forth in Exhibit A to the Agreement are hereby amended in their entirety to read as follows:
(c) Liens not to exceed $2,500,000 in the aggregate (other than Liens in favor of ATEL, in which case such Liens shall not exceed $320,130.86) (i) upon or in any Equipment (other than Equipment financed by an Equipment Advance) acquired or held by Borrowers or any of its Subsidiaries to secure the purchase price of such Equipment or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition or lease of such Equipment, or (ii) existing on such Equipment at the time of its acquisition, provided that the Lien is confined solely to the property so acquired and improvements thereon, and the proceeds of such
Equipment;
(d) The definition of Deferred Revenue is hereby added to Exhibit A to the Agreement in proper alphabetical order to read as follows:
Deferred Revenue means, as determined in accordance with GAAP, all amounts due from a customer, but not yet recognized as revenue as set forth in each Borrowers balance sheet.
(e) Section 2.3(a) of the Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:
(a) Interest Rates.
(i) Advances . Except as set forth in Section 2.3(b), the Advances shall bear interest, on the outstanding daily balance thereof, at a variable rate equal to the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate set forth in the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Addendum to this Agreement.
(ii) Equipment Advances . Except as set forth in Section 2.3(b), the Equipment Advances shall bear interest, on the outstanding daily balance thereof, at a variable rate equal to the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate set forth in the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Addendum to this Agreement.
(f) Section 6.2(d) of the Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:
(d) Bank shall have a right from time to time hereafter to audit Borrowers Accounts and appraise Collateral at Borrowers expense, provided that such audits or appraisals will be conducted no more often than once every 12 months and the reimbursable expense shall be limited to $3,000 per audit or appraisal; provided , however , if Borrowers fail to maintain a ratio of Cash to all Indebtedness to Bank of at least 1.50 to 1.00, then the frequency of such audits shall be once every 6 months; provided further , however , that if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the frequency of such audits shall not be limited and shall be at Borrowers expense.
(g) Section 6.2(e) of the Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:
(e) On the later to occur of (i) February 15th of each year or (ii) the day immediately following the date of the first board meeting of each calendar year, Administrative Borrower shall deliver to Bank board approved income statement and balance sheet projections for each Borrowers following fiscal year. Any board approved changes to such projections shall be delivered to Bank within 30 days of such board approval.
(h) Section 6.7 of the Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:
6.7 Financial Covenants . Except for the liquidity ratio set forth in Section 6.7(c), which Borrowers shall maintain upon the occurrence and continuation of the Liquidity Event, Borrowers shall at all times maintain, on a consolidated and consolidating basis, the following financial ratios and covenants:
(a) Minimum EBITDA . Borrowers EBITDA, to be measured on a trailing twelve (12) month basis as of the last day of the applicable period set forth in the table below, shall not be less than the following:
(b) Minimum Cash . A balance of Cash at Bank and Cash at Banks Affiliates covered by a control agreement of not less $3,000,000 in a non-interest bearing account; provided, however, at any time an Initial Public Offering is made Borrowers shall maintain an additional balance of Cash at Bank and Cash at Banks Affiliates covered by a control agreement of not less $7,000,000.
(c) Liquidity Ratio . Upon the occurrence and continuation of the Liquidity Event, a ratio of Cash plus 75% of Eligible Accounts to all Indebtedness to Bank of at least 1.50 to 1.00.
(d) Deferred Revenue . An aggregate balance of Deferred Revenue of at least $13,000,000.
(i) Borrowers address set forth in Section 10 of the Agreement is hereby amended, in pertinent part, to read as follows: 11501 Domain Drive, Suite 200; Austin, TX 78758.
(j) The Schedule of Exceptions attached to the Agreement is hereby supplemented by adding the following Inbound Licenses for Convio in numerical order under such heading:
17) AppExchange Partner Master Agreement between Salesforce and Convio, Inc, effective March 5, 2008 as amended from time to time
18) Subscription Customer Agreement between Big Machines and Convio, effective December 1, 2008
19) Integrated Software Products Platinum Partner Agreement between Pervasive and Convio, effective November 14, 2008
3. References to Horizon . The parties hereby agree that all references to Horizon in the Loan Agreement (together with any and all other agreements, instruments, and documents executed in connection therewith) are hereby deleted in their entirety without replacement and the same are of no further force or effect.
4. Exhibits . The Exhibits to the Agreement are hereby updated and superseded by the Exhibits to this Amendment as follows: (i) Exhibit D to this Amendment (Borrowing Base Certificate) supersedes and replaces Exhibit D to the Agreement, and (ii) Exhibit E to this Amendment (Compliance Certificate) supersedes and replaces Exhibit E to the Agreement.
5. Representations and Warranties . Borrowers hereby affirm to Bank that all of Borrowers representations and warranties set forth in the Agreement are true, complete and accurate in all respects as of the date hereof (after giving effect to the amendments provided herein). Borrowers hereby represent and warrant to
Bank that all Indebtedness outstanding in connection with that certain Venture Loan and Security Agreement, dated December 27, 2005, between Horizon Technology Funding Company LLC, as lender, and Convio, Inc., as borrower, has been paid in full and the same, together with all commitments to extend credit thereunder, have been terminated.
6. No Defaults . Borrowers hereby affirm to Bank that, after giving effect to this Amendment, no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing as of the date hereof (after giving effect to the amendments provided herein).
7. Condition Precedent . The effectiveness of this Amendment is expressly conditioned upon receipt by Bank of the following, each in form and substance satisfactory to Bank:
(a) a copy of this Amendment duly executed by each of the parties hereto;
(b) a copy of that certain Daily Adjusting LIBOR Addendum duly executed by Borrowers;
(c) a copy of the board approved income statement and balance sheet projections for each Borrowers 2009 fiscal year;
(d) a copy of each Amended and Restated Warrant duly executed by Parent; and
(e) confirmation that the Liens in favor of Horizon Technology Funding Company LLC have been terminated in full, which may be confirmed with an of record UCC search with the Secretary of State for the applicable jurisdiction evidencing that such Liens have been terminated.
8. Costs and Expenses . Borrowers shall pay to Bank all of Banks out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including, without limitation, the fees and expenses of its counsel, search fees, filing and recording fees, documentation fees, appraisal fees, and other fees) arising in connection with the preparation, execution, and delivery of this Amendment and all related documents.
9. Limited Effect . In the event of a conflict between the terms and provisions of this Amendment and the terms and provisions of the Agreement, the terms and provisions of this Amendment shall govern. In all other respects, the Agreement, as amended and supplemented hereby, shall remain in full force and effect.
10. Choice of Law . This Amendment shall be governed by, construed and interpreted in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.
11. Counterparts; Effectiveness . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original. All such counterparts, taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Amendment. This Amendment shall become effective upon the execution of a counterpart of this Amendment by each of the parties hereto.
[ remainder of page intentionally left blank ]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their authorized representatives the day and year first above written.
|
CONVIO, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ James R. Offerdahl |
|
Name: |
James R. Offerdahl |
|
Title: |
CFO |
|
|
|
|
GETACTIVE SOFTWARE, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ James R. Offerdahl |
|
Name: |
James R. Offerdahl |
|
Title: |
CFO |
|
|
|
|
COMERICA BANK |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Donna Day |
|
Name: |
Donna Day |
|
Title: |
Vice President |
Amendment Number Four to Loan and Security Agreement
EXHIBIT D
BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE
Borrowers: |
CONVIO, INC., a Delaware corporation,and certain of its Subsidiaries signatory to the Loan Agreement |
|
Comerica Bank Technology & Life Sciences Division Loan Analysis Department 300 W. Sixth Street Suite 1300 Austin, TX 78701 Phone: (512) 427-7107 |
Total Commitment Amount: $11,645,140.57 |
|
Fax: (512) 427-7178 |
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE |
|
|
|
|
|
|||
1. |
Accounts Receivable Book Value as of |
|
|
|
$ |
|
||
2. |
Additions (please explain on reverse) |
|
|
|
$ |
|
||
3. |
TOTAL ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE |
|
|
|
$ |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE DEDUCTIONS (without duplication) |
|
|
|
|
|
|||
4. |
Amounts over 90 days due |
|
$ |
|
|
|
||
5. |
Balance of 25% over 90 day accounts |
|
$ |
|
|
|
||
6. |
Concentration Limits of 25% |
|
$ |
|
|
|
||
7. |
Foreign Accounts |
|
$ |
|
|
|
||
8. |
Governmental Accounts |
|
$ |
|
|
|
||
9. |
Contra Accounts |
|
$ |
|
|
|
||
10. |
Promotional or Demo Accounts |
|
$ |
|
|
|
||
11. |
Intercompany/Employee Accounts |
|
$ |
|
|
|
||
12. |
Other (please explain on reverse) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
||
13. |
TOTAL ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE DEDUCTIONS |
|
|
|
$ |
|
||
14. |
Eligible Accounts (#3 minus #13) |
|
|
|
$ |
|
||
15. |
LOAN VALUE OF ACCOUNTS (80% of #14) |
|
|
|
$ |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
BALANCES |
|
|
|
|
|
|||
16. |
Maximum Loan Amount |
|
|
|
$ |
10,000,000 |
|
|
17. |
Total Funds Available (Lesser of #16 or #15) |
|
|
|
$ |
|
||
18. |
Present balance owing on Line of Credit |
|
|
|
$ |
|
||
19. |
Outstanding under Sublimits (e.g., Letters of Credit) |
|
|
|
$ |
|
||
20. |
Non-Borrowing Base Amount |
|
$ |
1,000,000 |
|
|
|
|
21. |
RESERVE POSITION (#17 minus #18 and #19, plus 20) |
|
|
|
$ |
|
||
The undersigned represents and warrants that the foregoing is true, complete and correct, and that the information reflected in this Borrowing Base Certificate complies in all material respects with the representations and warranties set forth in the Loan and Security Agreement between the undersigned and Comerica Bank.
Very truly yours,
CONVIO, INC., |
|
|
BANK USE ONLY |
|
as Administrative Borrower |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recd by: |
|
|
Authorized Signer |
|
Date: |
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Reviewed by: |
|
Title: |
|
|
Date: |
|
EXHIBIT E
COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
Please send all Required Reporting to: |
Comerica Bank Technology & Life Sciences Division Loan Analysis Department 300 W. Sixth Street Suite 1300 Austin, TX 78701 Phone: (512) 427-7107 Fax: (512) 427-7178 |
|
FROM: |
CONVIO, INC., as Administrative Borrower |
|
The undersigned Responsible Officer of Convio, Inc., a Delaware corporation (Administrative Borrower), hereby certifies that in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement among Borrowers and Bank (the Agreement), (i) Borrowers are in complete compliance for the period ending with all required covenants, except as noted below and (ii) all representations and warranties of Borrowers stated in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof; provided, however, that those representations and warranties which expressly refer to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such date . Attached herewith are the required documents supporting the above certification. The undersigned Responsible Officer further certifies that these are prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and are consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes.
Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under Complies column.
REPORTING COVENANTS |
|
REQUIRED |
|
COMPLIES |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CPA Audited, Unqualified F/S |
|
Annually, within 180 days of FYE |
|
YES |
|
NO |
|
Intellectual Property Report |
|
Quarterly, within 30 days |
|
YES |
|
NO |
|
Company Prepared F/S |
|
Monthly, within 30 days |
|
YES |
|
NO |
|
Borrowing Base Certificate |
|
Monthly, within 30 days |
|
YES |
|
NO |
|
Compliance Certificate |
|
Monthly, within 30 days |
|
YES |
|
NO |
|
A/P Aging |
|
Monthly, within 30 days |
|
YES |
|
NO |
|
A/R Aging |
|
Monthly, within 30 days |
|
YES |
|
NO |
|
Compliance Certificate |
|
Monthly, within 30 days |
|
YES |
|
NO |
|
FINANCIAL COVENANTS |
|
REQUIRED |
|
ACTUAL |
|
COMPLIES |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TO BE TESTED QUARTERLY, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum EBITDA |
|
In accordance with the amounts set forth in Section 6.7(a) of the Agreement. |
|
$ |
|
YES |
|
NO |
|
Minimum Cash |
|
$3,000,000 at all times; An additional $7,000,000 upon an Initial Public Offering. |
|
$ |
|
YES |
|
NO |
|
Liquidity |
|
1.50:1.00 |
|
$ |
|
YES |
|
NO |
|
Deferred Revenue |
|
$13,000,000 |
|
$ |
|
YES |
|
NO |
|
Please Enter Below Comments Regarding Covenant Violations:
The undersigned Responsible Officer further acknowledges that at any time Borrowers are not in material compliance with all the terms set forth in the Agreement, including, without limitation, the financial covenants, at Banks discretion, no credit extensions will be made.
Very truly yours,
CONVIO, INC., |
|
|
BANK USE ONLY |
|
as Administrative Borrower |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recd by: |
|
|
Authorized Signer |
|
Date: |
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Reviewed by: |
|
Title: |
|
|
Date: |
|
|
|
|
Financial Compliance Status: |
YES / NO |
ATEL VENTURES, INC.
MASTER LEASE AGREEMENT NO. CONVX
Dated as of March 15, 2006 (the "Effective Date")
Between | ATEL VENTURES, INC., a California corporation, as Lessor ( "Lessor" ) |
600 California Street, 6th Floor
San Francisco CA 94108-2733 Attention: General Counsel |
||
And | CONVIO, INC. a Delaware corporation, as Lessee ( "Lessee" ) |
11921 NORTH MOPAC EXPRESSWAY
SUITE 200 AUSTIN, TEXAS 78759 Attention: Jim Offerdahl |
NO INTEREST IN THE RENT DUE OR THE RIGHTS OF THE LESSOR UNDER ANY LEASE OF EQUIPMENT CAN BE TRANSFERRED BY THE DELIVERY OF POSSESSION OF ANY COUNTERPART OF THIS MASTER LEASE. SUCH AN INTEREST CAN BE TRANSFERRED ONLY BY DELIVERY OF POSSESSION OF THE ORIGINAL SIGNED COUNTERPART OF AN EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE EXECUTED PURSUANT HERETO.
The parties of this Master Lease Agreement ("Lease Agreement") hereto agree as follows:
1. Lease:
Lessor agrees to lease to Lessee, and Lessee agrees to lease from Lessor, subject to satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 3 and any Equipment Schedule, the personal property including certain custom use equipment, miscellaneous computer hardware, office equipment, furniture, leasehold improvements, fixtures, (collectively with the Soft Equipment (defined below), the "Equipment") described in any Equipment Schedules executed pursuant hereto substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. Any reference herein to a "Lease" shall mean any Equipment Schedule, as it incorporates by reference all the terms and conditions of this Lease Agreement, the Acceptance Certificates, and any Exhibits, Riders, Supplements, amendments, or addendum thereto, if any. Prior to the execution of an Equipment Schedule incorporating one or more Acceptance Certificates, such Acceptance Certificates shall operate as a Lease and incorporate by reference all the terms and conditions of this Lease Agreement.
2. Definitions:
(a) "Acceptance Certificate" means the Certificate of Delivery and Acceptance and Request for Advance in the form of Exhibit B hereto.
(b) "Acceptance Date" means the date Lessee inspects all the Equipment and deems it satisfactory for lease hereunder as indicated on the Acceptance Certificate, or such other date as may be indicated in the applicable Equipment Schedule.
(c) "Advance" means the Equipment Cost under any Acceptance Certificate which is funded by the Lessor.
(d) "Advance Date" means the date of any Advances, which are made by Lessor to Lessee, or any Vendor pursuant to an Acceptance Certificate.
(e) "Basic Rent" means the amount indicated as the Basic Rent, due as monthly, quarterly, semiannual, or annual payments, in advance or in arrears, as set forth in the applicable Acceptance Certificate and/or Equipment Schedule.
(f) "Basic Term" means the initial term of any Lease, as indicated on the applicable Equipment Schedule.
(g) "Commencement Date" means the first day of the calendar month following the Acceptance Date, or such other date as may be indicated in the applicable Equipment Schedule.
(h) "Change in Control" means a change in the majority interest or control of ownership of the Lessee in any one transaction or series of related transactions, or a sale, assignment, or acquisition of all, or substantially all, of the property of Lessee by merger, consolidation or purchase.
(i) "Daily Rent" means the daily equivalent of the initial Basic Rent.
(j) "Equipment Cost" means the cost of the Equipment (including Soft Equipment) described in any Equipment Schedule.
(k) "Event of Default" means as defined in Section 9(a) hereof.
(l) "Event of Loss" means as defined in Section 8(a) hereof.
(m) "Final Payment" means the final payment due by Lessee hereunder, whether as Basic Rent, a bargain or nominal purchase option, put, balloon payment or other fixed payment, as provided in Section 14 hereof.
(n) "Guarantor" means a guarantor or surety of the obligations of the Lessee hereunder, if any.
(o) "Lease Term" means the Basic Term, Renewal Term, and any Supplemental Term.
(p) "Lessee Reports" means any financial statements, projections, budget, business plan, due diligence materials, prospectus, registration statements, or any other materials prepared by Lessee and distributed to its investors and creditors in the ordinary course of business or other reports as reasonably requested to be delivered to Lessor by Lessee.
(q) "Proposal Letter" means any letter issued by Lessor to Lessee describing the basic terms of a proposed lease financing. To the extent there is a conflict between the Proposal Letter and this Lease, the terms and conditions of this Lease shall govern.
(r) "Purchase Agreement" means the contract for sale entered into by the Lessee and a Vendor, and shall include any and all purchase orders, purchase agreements, invoices, and amendments to any of them.
(s) "Renewal Rent" means the amounts, if any, indicated on the applicable Equipment Schedule or any Rider thereto, or any amendment thereof, or otherwise in this Lease.
(t) "Renewal Term" means the renewal term, if any, indicated on the applicable Equipment Schedule or any Rider thereto, or any amendment thereof, or otherwise in this Lease, and any holdover period beyond the expiration of the Basic Term or the Renewal Term, if any.
(u) "Rent" means Basic Rent, Daily Rent, or Renewal Rent.
(v) "Soft Equipment" means, installation and delivery costs, intangible personal property, warranty, service or other contract rights, taxes paid or prepaid, any depreciation amounts.
(w) "Stipulated Loss Value" means the product of the corresponding percentage indicated on the Rider to the applicable Equipment Schedule, or on the Acceptance Certificate, for the Rent payment date immediately preceding the date that the event which caused the Event of Loss or Event of Default occurred times the Equipment Cost of the item of Equipment suffering the Event of Loss (or of all Equipment in the event of an Event of Default).
(x) "Supplemental Term" means the period from the earlier of the Advance Date or the Acceptance Date to the Commencement Date.
(y) "UCC" means the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted in California.
(z) "Vendor" means a manufacturer, distributor, or retailer of the Equipment.
3. Term of Lease and Conditions Precedent:
(a) Lease Term . The Lease Term, as to all Equipment designated on any Equipment Schedule or Acceptance Certificate, shall include the Supplemental Term commencing on the earlier of the Acceptance Date or the Advance Date for such Equipment, and shall continue for a Basic Term equal to the initial period ending that number of months from the Commencement Date as is specified in the applicable Equipment Schedule. The Lease Term may also include the Renewal Term, if any, granted in the applicable Equipment Schedule.
(b) Procurement, Delivery, and Acceptance . Prior to any Advance Date or Acceptance Date, Lessee shall have ordered the Equipment from a Vendor pursuant to one or more purchase orders or other contracts for sale ("Purchase Agreements"). Lessee shall be solely responsible for the selection and ordering of the Equipment. Lessee may instruct or direct Lessor, as its agent, to pay a Vendor for the Equipment on Lessee's behalf or, Lessee upon proof or evidence of purchase, may request reimbursement by Lessor for the Equipment previously purchased by Lessee. If, for any reason, the Lessee fails to irrevocably accept the Equipment for Lease by executing an Equipment Schedule identifying the Equipment for which Advances have been previously made by Lessor pursuant to any Acceptance Certificate, then Lessee shall, upon demand by Lessor, reimburse Lessor in full for those funds so advanced by paying to Lessor a Stipulated Loss Value equal to not less than 110% of the Equipment Cost plus any unpaid Daily Rent.
(c) Obligation to Pay for Equipment . Lessee may request Advances for Equipment in an aggregate amount not to exceed $2,000,000, (the "Lease Line"). Advances to be made by the Lessor hereunder are subject to Lessee satisfying the following conditions precedent: (i) Lessor and Lessee shall have entered into mutually acceptable lease documentation, including the Lease and other ancillary documents and instruments required by Lessor, including sufficiently detailed invoices from the Vendor identifying the Equipment and Equipment Cost, corporate resolutions and incumbency certificates (substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto), or other documents evidencing the Lessee's authority to execute and deliver the Lease, evidence of insurance pursuant to an accord certificate(substantially on the terms set forth in Exhibit D hereto), appropriate waivers from all potential Equipment lien-holders, and UCC-1 Financing Statements with respect to any Equipment financed hereunder; (ii) Lessee shall have either irrevocably accepted the Equipment for lease hereunder, or requested an Advance on Equipment to be placed under a Lease by executing an Acceptance Certificate; (iii) Lessee shall have full legal right, title and interest in and to the Equipment, free and clear all liens, claims, and encumbrances, whatsoever; (iv) all representations and warranties made under each Lease
shall be true and correct, and there shall not exist an Event of Default or any condition, event, or act which with notice or lapse of time would become an Event of Default which has not been remedied or waived, and Lessee shall have fully performed all material terms and conditions required of Lessee under the Lease; (v) there has not been any material adverse change in Lessee's financial condition or business operations since the date of Lessor's Proposal Letter; (vi) the aggregate Equipment Cost funded under any Equipment Schedule shall be not less than $250,000; (vii) Lessor shall have approved the purchase of the proposed Equipment in Lessor's sole discretion; (viii) no more than 30% of the Equipment Cost under all Equipment Schedules (on a cumulative basis) shall be allocated to Soft Equipment provided, however, if the percentage of Soft Equipment financed on any one Equipment Schedule exceeds 30% of the total Equipment Cost funded on that Equipment Schedule, Lessor reserves the right, at its option, to require that Lessee finance sufficient hard Equipment Cost on succeeding Equipment Schedules to bring the hard to Soft Equipment financed ratio back to 70% hard Equipment and 30% Soft Equipment on a cumulative basis; and (ix) the funding period ("Funding Period") for Advances shall not extend beyond March 31, 2007 and each Advance prior to such date shall be subject to Lessor's mandatory 90-day credit review process wherein the availability of funds is reviewed beginning 90 days after the date of the January 19, 2006 Proposal Letter and every 90 days thereafter and made available to Lessee at Lessor's sole discretion and subject to other terms and conditions as Lessor may require in its sole discretion.
(d) Prepayment of Equipment Schedules . Borrower has the right to prepay the Equipment Schedules in whole but not in part, and only under the following terms and conditions with the assumption that the original Equipment Cost is the starting principal balance and each Equipment Schedule is the equivalent of a promissory note:
4. Rent, Taxes and Late Payments:
(a) Rent . Daily Rent shall be due on all Advances made by Lessor pursuant to any Acceptance Certificate and shall accrue from the earlier of the Advance Date or the Acceptance Date of any item of Equipment at the Daily Rent set forth in the applicable Acceptance Certificate multiplied by the number of days from (and including) the earlier of the Advance Date or the Acceptance Date to (but not including) the Commencement Date and shall be due and payable on the first day of each month until the Commencement Date. The Basic Rent payable hereunder during the Basic Term is as set forth in the Equipment Schedule. Lessor and Lessee agree that the Basic Rent described in the Equipment Schedule has a corresponding yield relationship to the U.S. Treasury obligation and with the closest equivalent maturity as the applicable Lease Basic Term as reported in The Wall Street Journal on the date of, and quoted in, Lessor's Proposal Letter, and consequently, the Basic Rent, Lease Rate Factor, and Stipulated Loss Values (and Renewal Rent, if applicable) may be adjusted upward by the Lessor on the date of preparation of the Equipment Schedule, or alternatively, on the funding date by a Notification of Rent Adjustment amendment prepared thereafter, to reflect a change on such date in the reported yield of the U.S. Treasury obligation, with the equivalent term of the U.S. Treasury obligation quoted in the Proposal Letter (or the closest term to such original U.S. Treasury obligation in the event an identical term issue is not reported, and in the event that two or more comparison Treasury obligations are quoted with identical maturities, then with the "Asked" price which is closest to par) in order to preserve Lessor's anticipated corresponding yield relationship. Except as may otherwise be provided in any Equipment Schedule, Basic Rent shall begin to accrue on the Commencement Date and shall be due and payable by Lessee on the first day of each period (advance) or the last day (arrears) of each period, as set forth in the applicable Equipment Schedule. In addition to the Basic Rent and Daily Rent, Lessee shall pay Renewal Rent, if any, due as indicated in this Lease Agreement, or on any Equipment Schedule, or any Rider hereto or thereto. All Rent due by Lessee hereunder is an absolute and unconditional obligation of Lessee which may not be abated or offset for any reason whatsoever as provided in Section 10 hereof.
(b) Taxes . In addition to the Rent set forth herein or in any Equipment Schedule, Lessee shall pay to Lessor an amount equal to all taxes, fees, expenses or charges paid, payable or required to be collected by Lessor, however designated and whenever assessed, which are levied or based on the Rent, on the Lease, on the Equipment Cost, or on the Equipment or on its purchase for lease hereunder, or on its possession, storage, use, lease, operation, control, delivery or value, including as a result of a sale-leaseback, or from the Lease Term expiration, or earlier termination, or from the exercise of any early termination, purchase, or on the Final Payment, or renewal option granted in the Lease or otherwise, or from any conveyance of title to Lessee or Lessee's designee; including, without limitation, state and local sales, use, privilege of doing business or excise taxes, taxes based on gross revenue or receipts, any penalties or interest in connection therewith or taxes or amounts in lieu thereof paid or payable by Lessor in respect of the foregoing, but excluding solely taxes based on Lessor's net income. Personal property taxes assessed on the Equipment during the term hereof shall be the sole responsibility of, and shall be paid on demand by, Lessee. Lessee agrees to file, all required property tax returns and reports concerning the Equipment with all appropriate governmental agencies, and, at Lessor's written request, within not more than thirty (30) days after Lessor's written request, to send Lessor confirmation of such filing.
(c) Late Payments . Interest on any past due Rent and other payments due and payable shall accrue at the rate of 1 1 / 2 % per month from the Rent or other payment due date, or if such rate shall exceed the maximum rate allowed by law, then at such maximum rate, and shall be payable on demand. Charges for taxes, penalties and interest shall be promptly paid by Lessee.
5. Installation, Use and Quiet Possession of Equipment:
(a) Lessee, shall at all times maintain the Equipment in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications and in accordance with prudent industry standards and in accordance with this Lease, specifying maintenance and return conditions for the Equipment. Lessee shall use the Equipment solely for business purposes, in compliance with the covenants and conditions of all insurance policies required to be maintained by Lessee pursuant to the Lease. Lessee shall, at all times, during the Lease Term or any Renewal Term, assure that the Equipment is maintained in operation and service in its original intended use.
(b) Any equipment, supplies spare or replacement parts or other items not specified in the Equipment Schedule which are used on or in connection with the Equipment must meet the specifications of the manufacturer and shall be acquired by Lessee at its own expense. The Lessee shall at all times use the Equipment in compliance with all laws and regulations of all federal, state, local and foreign authorities having jurisdiction thereof.
(c) Lessee will at all times keep the Equipment in its sole possession and control. The Equipment shall not be moved from the location stated in the applicable Equipment Schedule without the prior written consent of Lessor (said consent not to be unreasonably withheld).
(d) After prior written notice to Lessor, Lessee may, at its own expense, make alterations in or add attachments to the Equipment, provided such alterations or attachments do not interfere with the normal and satisfactory operation or maintenance of the Equipment or with Lessee's ability to obtain and maintain the maintenance contract required by Section 5(g) hereof. The manufacturer or other organization selected by Lessee to maintain the Equipment ("Maintenance Organization") may incorporate engineering changes or make temporary alterations to the Equipment upon request of Lessee. All such alterations and attachments shall be subject to the security interest of Lessor, provided that upon an Event of Default, or at the option of Lessor, such alterations and attachments shall be removed by Lessee and the Equipment restored, at Lessee's expense, to its original condition as of the Acceptance Date thereof, reasonable wear and tear only excepted, and upon the removal and restoration, the alteration and/or attachment which was made by Lessee shall become the property of Lessee free and clear of the security interest of Lessor.
(e) So long as there shall not exist an Event of Default, or any condition, event, or act which with notice or lapse of time would become an Event of Default, Lessor or any Assignee shall not interfere with Lessee's use or possession of the Equipment during the Basic Term.
(f) Lessee shall, during the term of this Lease, at its expense, keep the Equipment in excellent operating order and condition, reasonable wear and tear excepted, and shall make all necessary adjustments, repairs and replacements, and Lessee shall not use or permit the Equipment to be used in any manner or for any purpose for which, in the opinion of the manufacturer, the Equipment is not designed or reasonably suitable. Lessee will at all times operate, use, and maintain the Equipment as represented by Lessee in its request for proposal and/or quotes or as otherwise represented herein or in any other instrument or document prepared by Lessee or its agents. In no event shall Lessee operate, use or maintain the Equipment less favorably than Lessee would or should operate, use or maintain its own equipment.
(g) With respect to the Equipment, Lessee shall, during the term of this Lease, at its own expense and discretion, according to prudent industry practice, either (A) enter into and maintain in force a contract with the manufacturer or the Maintenance Organization covering at least prime shift maintenance of certain items of Equipment for which Lessee deems such contract necessary which contract shall commence upon expiration of the manufacturer's warranty period, if any, relating to such item and Lessee shall furnish Lessor with a copy of such contract(s), or (B) at its sole expense, maintain and service and repair any damage to, each item of Equipment in a manner consistent with prudent industry practice and Lessee's own practice so that such item of Equipment is at all times (i) in the same condition as when delivered to Lessee, except for ordinary wear and tear, and (ii) in good operating order for the function intended by its manufacturer's warranties and recommendations.
(h) Upon the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default beyond any applicable cure period, if Lessor demands, pursuant to Section 9(b)(ii) hereof, Lessee shall, at its expense, deliver the Equipment and all of the service records and all software and software documentation subject thereto to Lessor at a location not to exceed 1,500 miles from Lessee's premises, in the same operating order, repair, condition and appearance as on the Acceptance Date, reasonable wear and tear only excepted, with all engineering and safety changes prescribed by the manufacturer or Lessee's Maintenance Organization incorporated therein. At the time of return, the Equipment must be able to perform the function that it was originally intended to perform without additional maintenance. If any computer software requires re-licensing when removed from Lessee's premises, Lessee shall bear all costs of such re-licensing. Lessee shall, prior to such termination, arrange and pay for any repairs and changes as are necessary for the Equipment to satisfy the return condition stated herein and for the manufacturer or Maintenance Organization to accept the Equipment under contract maintenance at its then standard rates, or alternatively, Lessor shall be entitled to repossess the Equipment and all of the service records and all software and software documentation subject thereto from Lessee's premises.
6. Leasehold Rights and Inspection:
(a) The Equipment shall remain personal property regardless of the manner in which it may be installed or attached. Lessee shall, at Lessor's request, affix to the Equipment, tags, decals or plates furnished by Lessor, indicating Lessor's security interest and Lessee shall not permit their removal or concealment.
(b) Lessee shall keep the Equipment free and clear of all liens and encumbrances except for (i) Lessor's security interest, (ii) the security interests of Bridge Bank, N.A. and Horizon Technology Funding Company, and (iii) liens or encumbrances arising through the actions or omissions of Lessor which are not otherwise the obligation of Lessee to clear or satisfy hereunder. LESSEE SHALL NOT SELL, CONVEY, TRANSFER, PART WITH POSSESSION OF, OR ASSIGN OR OTHERWISE ENCUMBER THIS LEASE OR ANY OF ITS RIGHTS HEREUNDER OR SUBLEASE THE EQUIPMENT, OR SUFFER A CHANGE IN MAJORITY INTEREST OR CONTROL OF ITS OWNERSHIP IN ANY ONE TRANSACTION OR SERIES OF RELATED TRANSACTIONS, WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF LESSOR (SAID CONSENT NOT TO BE UNREASONABLY WITHHELD). EXCEPT AS PERMITTED HEREIN, ANY SUCH PURPORTED TRANSACTION SHALL BE NULL AND VOID AND OF NO FORCE AND EFFECT. LESSEE SHALL NOT BECOME THE SUBJECT MATTER OF, OR ENTER INTO ANY MERGER OR ACQUISITION TRANSACTION WITH ANY OTHER ENTITY WHICH RESULTS IN SUCH OTHER ENTITY OBTAINING OWNERSHIP OR CONTROL OF OVER FIFTY PERCENT (50%) OF THE EQUITY OF THE LESSEE, WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF LESSOR (SAID CONSENT NOT TO BE UNREASONABLY WITHHELD). No permitted assignment or sublease shall relieve Lessee of any of its obligations hereunder.
(c) Lessor or its agents shall have free access to the Equipment upon two (2) business days advance notice and any and all records thereto at all reasonable times (during ordinary business hours) for the purpose of inspecting the Equipment and for any other purpose contemplated in this Lease. Such inspections shall be at Lessor's cost and expense, except that once annually during the Lease Term, or whenever an Event of Default has occurred or is continuing beyond any applicable cure period, the inspections shall be at Lessee's cost and expense.
(d) Lessee shall immediately notify Lessor of all material details concerning any significant damage to, or loss of, the Equipment arising out of any event or occurrence whatsoever, including but not limited to, the alleged or apparent improper manufacture, functioning or operation of the Equipment.
7. No Warranties By Lessor:
Lessee warrants that, at the Acceptance Date thereof, it shall have (a) thoroughly inspected the Equipment; (b) determined for itself that all items of Equipment are of a size, design, capacity and manufacture selected by it; and (c) satisfied itself that the Equipment is suitable for Lessee's purposes. LESSOR IS FINANCING THE EQUIPMENT FOR LESSEE "AS IS", "WHERE IS" AND NOT BEING THE MANUFACTURER OF THE EQUIPMENT, THE MANUFACTURER'S AGENT OR THE SELLER'S AGENT, MAKES NO WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION WHATSOEVER, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, AS TO THE EQUIPMENT'S MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, DESIGN, CONDITION, QUALITY, CAPACITY, MATERIAL OR WORKMANSHIP OR AS TO PATENT INFRINGEMENT OR THE LIKE , it being agreed that all such risks, as between Lessor and Lessee, are to be borne by Lessee. Lessee agrees to look solely to the manufacturer or to suppliers of the Equipment for any and all warranty claims and any and all warranties made by the manufacturer or the supplier of Lessor are, to the extent to which the same may be assignable, hereby assigned to Lessee for the term of the applicable Equipment Schedule. Lessee agrees that Lessor shall not be responsible for the delivery, installation, maintenance, operation or service of the Equipment or for delay or inadequacy of any or all of the foregoing. Lessor shall not be responsible for any direct or consequential loss or damage resulting from the installation, operation or use of the Equipment or otherwise. Lessee will defend, indemnify and hold Lessor harmless against any and all suits, judgments, claims, demands and
liabilities of any kind and nature (including without limitation claims relating to environmental discharge, cleanup or compliance, and claims arising out of or in connection with the design, manufacture, possession or operation of the Equipment, including environmental, product, or strict liability) and all costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses), fines, penalties (and other charges of applicable governmental authorities), licensing fees relating to any item of Equipment, damage to or loss of property (including without limitation consequential or special damages to third parties or damages to Lessee's property), or bodily injury to or death of any person (including, without limitation, any agent or employee of Lessee) to the extent they may be incurred or suffered by Lessor or Assignee in connection herewith except to the extent such suits, judgments, claims, demands, liabilities, costs, expenses, fines, penalties, fees or losses are caused by Lessor's gross negligence or willful misconduct. Such indemnities shall continue in full force and effect, notwithstanding the expiration or termination of this Lease
8. Risk of Loss on Lessee:
(a) Beginning on the Acceptance Date thereof and continuing until the Lease is terminated and all obligations of Lessee are performed, Lessee relieves Lessor of responsibility for all risks of physical damage to or loss or destruction of the Equipment, howsoever caused (including without limitation, accident, theft, misplacement, condemnation, seizure, forfeiture and abandonment) ("Event of Loss") with the exception of loss incurred due to Lessor's gross negligence and /or willful miscounduct. During the term of this Lease as to any Equipment Schedule, Lessee shall, at its own expense, keep in effect all risk and public liability insurance policies covering the Equipment designated in each Equipment Schedule. The public liability insurance policy shall be in such amount as is reasonably acceptable to Lessor. Any increase in the amount of such insurance coverage reasonably requested by Lessor shall be put into effect on the next succeeding renewal date of such insurance. The all risk insurance policy shall be for an amount not less than the higher of replacement cost of the Equipment or the Stipulated Loss Value. Lessor, its successors and assigns and/or such other party as may be designated by any thereof to Lessee, in writing, shall be named as additional insured and/or loss payees on such policies, which shall be written by an insurance company of recognized responsibility which is reasonably acceptable to Lessor. Evidence of such insurance coverage shall be furnished to Lessor no later than the Acceptance Date set forth in the Equipment Schedule(s) and, from time to time, thereafter as Lessor may request. Such policies shall provide that no less than thirty (30) days written notice shall be given Lessor and any other party named as loss payee prior to cancellation of such policies for any reason. If Lessee fails to provide evidence of such insurance or to deliver evidence of renewal of each such policy within thirty (30) days after Lessor's written request, Lessor shall, at its option, declare an Event of Default under the Lease pursuant to Section 9(a)(iv). Lessee hereby irrevocably appoints Lessor or any other party named as loss payee as Lessee's attorney-in-fact coupled with an interest, so long as a default or Event of Default hereunder exists and is continuing to negotiate and make claim for, receive payment of, and execute any and all documents that may be required to be provided to the insurance carrier in substantiation of any such claim for loss or damage under said insurance policies, and to endorse Lessee's name to any and all drafts or checks in payment of the loss proceeds.
(b) If any item of Equipment is damaged or suffers an Event of Loss, Lessee shall give to Lessor prompt notice thereof and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect without any abatement of Rent. Lessor shall determine, within twenty (20) days after the date of occurrence of such damage or Event of Loss, whether such item of Equipment can be repaired. In the event Lessor reasonably determines that such item of Equipment can be repaired, Lessee shall cause such item of Equipment to be promptly repaired. In the event Lessor reasonably determines that the item of Equipment cannot be repaired, Lessee shall at Lessee's election, either: (i) promptly replace such item of Equipment with equipment of like or better kind, make and model, utility and value free and clear of all liens and encumbrances except for Lessor's lien, and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as though such damage or destruction had not occurred; or (ii) pay to Lessor an amount equal to the Stipulated Loss Value for the item of Equipment for the Rent due date immediately preceding the Event of Loss and this Lease will terminate as to the item of Equipment suffering the Event of Loss and the Rent under the applicable Equipment Schedule shall be reduced thereafter pro rata by the reduction of the original Equipment Cost of the item of Equipment suffering the Event of Loss. All proceeds of insurance received by Lessor, the designated loss payee, or Lessee under the policy referred to in the preceding paragraph of this Section shall be applied toward the cost of any such repair or replacement so long as Lessee shall not be in default of its obligations hereunder.
9. Events of Default and Remedies:
(a) Events of Default . The occurrence of any one of the following shall constitute an Event of Default hereunder:
(i) Lessee fails to pay an installment of Rent or other payment within three (3) business days after such Rent payment is due.
(ii) Lessee attempts to remove, sell, transfer, encumber, sublet or part with possession of the Equipment or any items thereof, except as expressly permitted herein.
(iii) Any material representation or warranty made or given by Lessee in this Lease or in any other document furnished to Lessor in connection herewith, (provided that any breach of a representation or warranty that has a bearing on the Lessor's credit, economics, residual, title or collateral security considerations under this Lease shall be deemed to be material), shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or given or, by reason of failure to state a material fact or otherwise, shall prove to have been misleading in any material respect when such omission was made, or any of the statements or other documents or information submitted at any time heretofore or hereafter by Lessee to Lessor shall prove to have been untrue or, by reason of failure to state a material fact or otherwise, shall prove to have been misleading in any material respect when made or given or omitted;
(iv) Lessee shall fail to observe or perform any of the other obligations required to be observed or performed by Lessee hereunder and such failure shall continue uncured for thirty (30) days after written notice thereof to Lessee by Lessor or the then Assignee hereof.
(v) Lessee shall be in material breach of or in default beyond any applicable notice and/or cure period under any lease, loan, or other agreement or obligation at any time executed with Lessor or with any other lessor, lender, or other creditor in the amount of $250,000, whether or not Lessee's obligations thereunder have been or are being accelerated by such party.
(vi) Lessee ceases doing business as a going concern, makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due, files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, is adjudicated a bankrupt or an insolvent, files a petition seeking for itself any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar arrangement under any present or future statute, law or regulation or files an answer admitting the material allegations of the petition filed against it in any such proceeding, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver, or liquidator of it or of all or any substantial part of its assets or properties, or if it or its shareholders shall take any action looking to its dissolution or liquidation.
(vii) Within thirty (30) days after commencement of any proceedings against Lessee seeking reorganization, arrangement, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any present or future statute, law or regulation, such proceedings shall not have been dismissed, or if within thirty (30) days after the appointment without Lessee's consent or acquiescence of any trustee, receiver or liquidator of it or of all or any substantial part of its assets and properties, such appointment shall not be vacated.
(viii) Lessee becomes the subject matter of, or enters into any merger or acquisition transaction with any other entity which results in a Change in Control, without the prior written consent of Lessor, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.
(ix) Lessee receives written notice from Lessor that Lessee has failed to comply with its insurance obligations under Section 8(a) and Lessee fails to so comply within ten (10) business days after receipt of notice.
Any Event of Default shall be deemed material and a substantial impairment of Lessor's interests for the purpose of this Lease, the UCC, and any other applicable law.
(b) Remedies . Upon the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default beyond any applicable cure period, Lessor may at its option do any of the following: (i) by notice to Lessee terminate this Lease as to any or all Equipment Schedules; (ii) whether or not this Lease is terminated as to any or all Equipment Schedules, take possession of any or all of the Equipment listed on any or all Equipment Schedules, wherever situated, and for such purpose, enter upon any premises without liability for so doing or Lessor may cause Lessee and Lessee hereby agrees, to return said Equipment to Lessor as provided in this Lease; (iii) recover from Lessee, as liquidated damages for loss of a bargain and not as a penalty, an amount equal to the Stipulated Loss Value of all Equipment calculated as of the Rent payment date preceding the date that the event which resulted in the Event of Default occurred, which payment shall become immediately due and payable; and (iv) sell, dispose of, hold, use or lease any Equipment as Lessor in its sole discretion may determine. Lessor reserves the right, in its sole and absolute discretion, to control the timing and negotiate the terms of any re-leasing or re-sale of any or all of the Equipment at a public auction or in a private sale, at such time, on such terms and with such notice as Lessor shall in its sole and absolute discretion deem commercially reasonable.
(c) Mitigation . In the event that Lessee shall have paid to Lessor or its Assignee, (as hereinafter defined), the liquidated damages referred to in Section 9(b)(iii) above, and Lessee shall have previously returned the Equipment to Lessor in accordance with Section 9(b)(ii) above, then Lessor or its Assignee shall pay to Lessee, promptly after receipt thereof, all sale or rental proceeds received from any sale or re-letting of the Equipment during the balance of the Basic Term (after deduction of all unreimbursed damages, costs and expenses incurred by Lessor as a result of the Event of Default; or other sums due Lessor by Lessee under the Lease) said amount never to exceed the amount of the liquidated damages paid by Lessee. Lessor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to sell, re-lease or otherwise use or dispose of the Equipment in mitigation of damages to the extent required by law (however, Lessor shall not be obligated to give preference to the sale, lease or other disposition of the Equipment over the sale, lease or other disposition of similar equipment owned or leased by Lessor).
(d) Other Damages . Notwithstanding the exercise by Lessor or its Assignee of any of the remedies found in Section 9(b) above, Lessee shall, in any event remain fully liable for reasonable damages as provided by law and for all reasonable costs of collection and reasonable expenses incurred by Lessor or its Assignee on account of such Event of Default including but not limited to all expenses of selling or leasing the Equipment (including broker's and sales representative's fees and commissions), cleaning and repainting, storage costs, repossession costs, court costs and reasonable attorney's fees. Lessee hereby agrees that, in any event, it will be liable for any deficiency after any lease or other disposition of the Equipment. The rights afforded Lessor hereunder shall not be deemed to be exclusive, but may be exercised concurrently and shall be in addition to any other rights or remedies provided to creditors or lessors under the UCC or otherwise by law or equity.
10. Net Lease:
It is understood and agreed that this is a net lease, and that, as between Lessor and Lessee, Lessee shall be responsible for all costs and expenses of every nature whatsoever arising out of or in connection with or related to this Lease or the Equipment, or its possession, ownership, or use (including, but not limited to, taxes, insurance, maintenance, transportation in and out, rigging, drayage, packing, installation and disconnect charges). Lessee's obligations to Lessor or its Assignee, as hereinafter defined, hereunder (including its obligation to pay Rent when and as due without notice or demand, or any other sum due hereunder upon demand) are absolute and unconditional, and (i) may not be terminated, rescinded or revoked for any reason whatsoever, except pursuant to the express provisions hereof, and (ii) shall not be subject to any abatement, reduction, recoupment, defense, offset or counterclaim available to Lessee for any reason whatsoever including operation of law, defect in the Equipment, failure of Lessor or any Assignee to perform any of its obligations hereunder or for any other cause or reason whatsoever, whether similar or dissimilar to the foregoing. Except under any circumstance in which no Event of Default has occurred, and Lessor or its Assignee nevertheless interferes with Lessee's quiet enjoyment of the Equipment during the term of the Lease, Lessee hereby waives any and all defenses or claims Lessee may assert against Lessor or any Assignee, whether now or in the future, and which would prevent Lessee from performing its obligations hereunder, including, without limitation, defect in the Equipment, interference with the Lessee's use, operation or possession of the Equipment, failure of the Lessor or of any Assignee to perform any of its obligations hereunder, the liability or indebtedness of Lessor or any Assignee to Lessee or any other person, or the bankruptcy, insolvency or default of the Lessor or any Assignee. In the event this Lease is terminated prior to its expiration by Lessee, then Lessee shall be responsible and agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses and/or liabilities of Lessor as a result thereof, including taxes and any pre-payment penalties, fees or charges reasonably assessed by any Assignee against Lessor or Lessee. Lessee hereby agrees that in the event that Lessee fails to pay or perform any material obligation under this Lease, Lessor may, at its option, pay or perform said obligation and any payment made or expense incurred by Lessor in connection therewith shall become additional Rent which shall be due and payable by Lessee upon demand.
11. Assignment:
(a) Lessee agrees that Lessor may transfer or assign all or any part of Lessor's right, title and interest in, under or to the Equipment and this Lease and any or all sums due or to become due pursuant to any of the above, to any third party (the "Assignee") for any reason and the Assignee may so reassign and transfer. Lessee agrees that upon receipt of written notice from Lessor or Assignee of such assignment, Lessee shall perform all of its obligations hereunder for the benefit of Assignee and any successor assignee and, if so directed, shall pay all sums due or to become due hereunder directly to the Assignee or to any other party designated by the Assignee.
(b) Upon receipt of notice of any such assignment, Lessee agrees to execute and deliver to Lessor such documentation as Assignee or any successor assignee may reasonably require, including but not limited to a Notice and Acknowledgment of Assignment substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto but which may also include reaffirmation of Lessee's obligations to Assignee as are set forth in Section 10 hereof, which requires Lessee to make certain representations or reaffirmations as to some of the basic terms and covenants contained in this Lease. Unless otherwise indicated in the Notice and Acknowledgment of Assignment, Lessor shall not be relieved of any of its obligations hereunder, and the rights of Lessee hereunder shall not be impaired.
12. Ownership and Tax Treatment:
Lessee shall be deemed the owner of the Equipment for all purposes, including Federal and State income taxes, and all applicable sales, use, and property taxes, and for FASB accounting purposes. The Lease is a "finance" lease for Federal income tax purposes and Lessee shall be entitled to all Federal and State income tax benefits attributable to owners of tangible personal property. Lessor shall not take any deductions or credits for the Equipment inconsistent with this provision.
13. Representations and Warranties of Lessee:
The Lessee represents and warrants to the Lessor that the following are true and correct on the date the Lessee executes any Lease:
(i) The Lessee is duly formed and validly existing under the laws of the State of its organization, and has the full power and authority and legal right to carry on its business as is now conducted, and is duly qualified to do business in the jurisdictions where the Equipment is or will be operated.
(ii) The Lease has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Lessee, and, constitutes the valid, legal and binding agreement of the Lessee, enforceable against the Lessee in accordance with its terms.
(iii) The execution and delivery by the Lessee of the Lease and the Lessee's compliance with all of the provisions of the Lease are within the powers of the Lessee, and will not, to the best of Lessee's knowledge, conflict with or result in a breach of any presently existing material law or governmental rule, regulation order, writ, injunction or decree.
(iv) No authorization or approval from, consent of, or filing, registration or qualification with, any state, federal or local governmental or public body or authority, except as has been obtained or made, is necessary for the execution or delivery by the Lessee of the Lease, or the validity of the Lease or the operation and leasing of the Equipment by the Lessee.
(v) The Lessee, has not directly or indirectly offered, sold, encumbered or transferred any interest in the Equipment or solicited offers to buy, encumber or transfer any such interest from, anyone other than the Lessor. Each Vendor of the Equipment is not affiliated with the Lessee and, to the best of Lessee's knowledge, Lessor has received the benefit of any and all discounts or rebates thereto, and Lessee has not received directly any such rebates, discounts, kickbacks or reimbursements.
(vi) Lessor's interest in each item and Equipment will be free of all claims, liens and encumbrances arising by, through or under the Lessee other than pursuant to the terms of this Lease.
(vii) The Lessee is not in violation of any order of any court, arbitrator or governmental body material laws, ordinances or governmental rules or regulations (domestic or foreign) to which it is subject, or with respect to any material loan agreement, debt instrument or contract with a supplier or customer of Lessee and has not failed to obtain or apply for any licenses, permits, franchises or other governmental authorizations necessary to the ownership of its property (including the Equipment) or to the conduct of its business.
(viii) There are no suits or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Lessee, threatened in any court or before any regulatory commission, board or other governmental administrative agency against or affecting the Lessee which if determined adversely to Lessee would materially adversely affect Lessee's business as presently conducted or its ability to perform its obligations hereunder.
(ix) Neither the Lease, nor any written statement furnished to the Lessor by the Lessee hereby, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits a material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading.
(x) All applications, financial statements and Lessee Reports, and all information hereafter furnished by Lessee and Guarantor to Lessor will be, true and correct in all material respects as of the date submitted;
(xi) As of the date hereof, the date of any Equipment Schedule and of any Acceptance Date, there has been no material adverse change in any matter stated in such Lessee Reports, which have been submitted, by Lessee and/or any Guarantor to Lessor.
(xii) Neither Lessee nor any Guarantor has omitted to state any material fact which would make any of the foregoing false or misleading in light of the circumstances under which made.
(xiii) The Lessee's principal place of business, chief executive office, and state of incorporation (as such terms are used in the UCC) are indicated in the heading hereof.
(xiv) Since the date of the Proposal Letter issued by Lessor in connection with this transaction, and as of the date of Lessee's latest Lessee Reports, which have been previously submitted by Lessee to Lessor, there has not been any material adverse change in the contemplated business, operations, properties or financial condition of the Lessee.
(xv) The Lessee will use the Equipment in accordance with its original request for quote or proposal, or any other written or oral representations made concerning the usage of the Equipment. The Equipment will be used "predominately" in the United States as such term is used in the Internal Revenue Code.
(xvi) The Equipment shall at all times remain the property of Lessee. Lessee will at all times protect and defend at its own cost and expense, the security interest of Lessor against all claims, liens and legal processes of creditors of Lessee and other persons claiming by, through or under Lessee, and keep the Equipment free and clear from all such claims, liens and processes. The Equipment is and shall remain personal property, and not part of any real estate or Lessee shall have obtained from all applicable real property interest holders appropriate consents, waivers, and releases as reasonably requested by Lessor.
14. End-of-Lease Position:
Lessee's End-of-Lease position with respect to any Lease is as set forth on the applicable Equipment Schedule.
15. Miscellaneous:
(a) Stock Warrant . Lessee agrees that it will issue to Lessor upon execution of this Lease Agreement a warrant for the purchase of Lessee's stock (the "Warrant"), in the form of the Warrant Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit F .
(b) Choice of Law . No consent or approval provided for herein shall be binding upon Lessor unless signed on its behalf by an officer of Lessor. This Lease Agreement and each Lease shall be deemed to have been made in the State of California and shall be governed in all respects by the laws of such State. Lessor and Lessee hereby submit themselves to the jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in San Francisco, California or San Diego, California for any matter or controversy arising from any Lease. In the event any provision of this Lease is enforced in a court of law, or any other judicial or administrative setting, then the party succeeding in such matter or controversy shall also be awarded all of its attorney's fees and court costs and other expenses incurred in the pursuit or defense of such matter or controversy (including, without limitation, the defense of any counter-claims forwarded by the losing party).
(c) Entire Agreement . This Lease constitutes the entire agreement between Lessee and Lessor with respect to the Equipment, supersedes all prior oral or written agreements and understandings, and no covenant, condition or other term or provision hereof may be waived or modified orally.
(d) Notices . All notices hereunder shall be in writing, and any such notice shall become effective (i) the following day upon delivery thereof to an overnight mail or courier service, (ii) in the case of notice by first class United States mail, three days after being so deposited in the United States mail, or (iii) in the case of notice by facsimile transmission, immediately upon transmission, in each case addressed to the appropriate party at its respective address set forth above in the caption heading of this Lease, or at such other address as such party may from time to time designate by written notice to the other party to the address indicated in the heading of this Lease Agreement.
(e) Successors and Assigns . This Lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Lessor and Lessee and their respective successors and assigns (including any subsequent assignee of Assignee).
(f) Unenforceability . If any term or provision of this Lease or the application thereof to any person is, to any extent, invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such provision to the person other than those to which it is invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each provision of this Lease shall be valid and be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law, provided however, that to the extent that the provisions of any such applicable law can be waived, they are hereby waived by the Lessee.
(g) Waivers and Consents . No waiver, approval, or consent of any of the terms and conditions hereof shall be effective unless in writing and signed by the party against whom such waiver, approval, or consent is sought to be enforced. Any waiver, approval or consent granted by the Lessor are only effective if signed by an authorized officer of the Lessor. Any waiver of the terms hereof shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose given.
(h) Further Assurances, Financing Statements . Lessee agrees to execute any and all other documents, instruments and agreements, reasonably requested by the Lessor in furtherance of the intent of the parties herein. Lessor is hereby authorized by Lessee to cause this Lease or other instruments, including Uniform Commercial Code Financing Statements, to be filed or recorded for the purpose of showing Lessor's interest in the Equipment. Lessee shall pay Lessor a transaction fee in the amount of $4,000 for any costs or fees relating to any filings hereunder and other transactional costs including, but not limited to, actual out of pocket costs, fees, searches, documentation preparation, documentary stamps, and privilege taxes. Lessee agrees that it shall pay, in addition to the amounts referred to above, if necessary, any additional reasonable fees for outside legal counsel retained by Lessor after the date of this Agreement to modify Lease or prepare or modify Warrant documentation not to exceed $3,500.
(i) Conflict . In the event of any conflict between the terms and conditions of this Lease Agreement and the terms and conditions of any Equipment Schedule or Rider thereto, the terms and conditions of such Equipment Schedule or Rider shall prevail.
(j) Financial Statements . So long as there are amounts due Lessor under this Lease, Lessee hereby agrees to deliver to Lessor or Assignee and any successor assignee a copy of Lessee's: (i) annual audited financial statements within the earlier of (x) the date such audited financial statements are provided to existing investors, and (y) no more than one-hundred and eighty (180) days after the end of its fiscal year unless Lessor consents otherwise in writing; (ii) quarterly unaudited financial statement within sixty (60) days after the end of its fiscal quarter; and (iii) at the request of Lessor, monthly unaudited financial statements within thirty (30) days after the end of each month and other Lessee Reports. Lessee shall notify Lessor within three (3) days of Lessee becoming aware of an Event of Default hereunder or any condition, event, or act which with notice or lapse of time would become an Event of Default hereunder.
(k) Surviva l. Any obligation required to be performed by Lessee under this Lease, which by their nature, or expressly survive the termination of this Lease (including, without limitation, the obligations identified in Sections 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10), shall survive the expiration or other termination of this Lease for the period prescribed by applicable law.
(l) Use of Information. Lessee shall permit Lessor to list Lessee's name and logo and to describe the transaction contemplated herein in Lessor's marketing materials and to post such information on Lessor's website.
16. Lease Status; California Finance Lenders Law; Security Interest:
Lessor and Lessee agree that Article 9 of the UCC governs the terms of this Lease, and this Lease will be deemed a "lease intended as security". This lease intended as security is made pursuant to the California Finance Lenders Law, Division 9 (commencing with Section 22000 of the California Financial Code). Lessor is a California Finance Lender with California Finance Lender's License No. 605-2302. FOR INFORMATION, CONTACT THE DEPARTMENT OF CORPORATIONS, STATE OF CALIFORNIA. Lessee hereby grants to Lessor a security interest pursuant to Article 9 of the UCC as follows (the "Lessor's Lien"):
LESSOR AND LESSEE AGREE THIS LEASE IS TO BE CONSTRUED TO BE A LEASE INTENDED AS SECURITY, AND LESSEE HEREBY GRANTS TO LESSOR A SECURITY INTEREST IN THE EQUIPMENT AND ANY ATTACHMENTS, ADDITIONS, ACCESSIONS, SUBSTITUTIONS AND REPLACEMENTS THERETO AND LESSEE HEREBY AGREES TO PERMIT LESSOR TO FILE ANY AND ALL UCC FINANCING STATEMENTS REQUIRED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 15(h) HEREOF.
(Remainder of page intentionally left blank)
NO INTEREST IN THE RENT DUE OR THE RIGHTS OF THE LESSOR UNDER ANY LEASE OF EQUIPMENT CAN BE TRANSFERRED BY THE DELIVERY OF POSSESSION OF ANY COUNTERPART OF THIS LEASE AGREEMENT. SUCH AN INTEREST CAN BE TRANSFERRED ONLY BY DELIVERY OF POSSESSION OF THE ORIGINAL SIGNED COUNTERPART NO. 1 OF AN EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE EXECUTED PURSUANT HERETO.
LESSOR: | LESSEE: | |||||
ATEL VENTURES, INC. |
|
CONVIO, INC. |
||||
By: |
|
/s/ Partitosh K. Choksi |
|
By: |
|
/s/ James Offerdahl |
Title: |
|
Executive Vice President |
|
Title: |
|
Chief Financial Officer |
FIRST AMENDMENT TO
TO MASTER LEASE AGREEMENT NO. CONVX
THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO MASTER LEASE AGREEMENT NO. CONVX ("Amendment") is made and entered into as of this 28th day of September, 2006, by and between ATEL Ventures, Inc., a California Corporation, with its principal office at 600 California Street, 6th Floor, San Francisco, CA 94108 ("Lessor") and Convio, Inc. with its principal office at 11921 N. Mopac Expressway, Suite 200, Austin, TX 78759 ("Lessee").
WHEREAS, Lessor and Lessee have entered into a Master Lease Agreement No.CONVX dated as of March 15, 2006 (each Equipment Schedule as it incorporates the Master Lease Agreement being hereinafter referred to as a "Lease"); and,
WHEREAS, Lessor and Lessee now desire to amend the Lease as hereinafter set forth.
NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows: Section 3 (c)) (viii) to change 180 days to 270
Except as is herein specifically amended, all of the terms, covenants and provisions of each Lease remain in full force and effect.
All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the same meaning as in each Lease.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the day and year written above.
ATEL Ventures, INC.
("Lessor") |
CONVIO, INC.
("Lessee") |
|||||
By: |
|
/s/ Paritosh K. Choksi |
|
By: |
|
/s/ James R. Offerdahl |
Title: |
Executive Vice President
|
Title: |
Chief Financial Officer
|
LEASE
RREEF Domain, LP,
Landlord,
and
Convio, Inc.,
Tenant
USE AND RESTRICTIONS ON USE | ||||
TERM | ||||
RENT | ||||
RENT ADJUSTMENTS | ||||
SECURITY DEPOSIT | ||||
ALTERATIONS | ||||
REPAIR | ||||
LIENS | ||||
ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING | ||||
INDEMNIFICATION | ||||
INSURANCE | ||||
WAIVER OF SUBROGATION | ||||
SERVICES AND UTILITIES | ||||
HOLDING OVER | ||||
SUBORDINATION | ||||
RULES AND REGULATIONS | ||||
REENTRY BY LANDLORD | ||||
DEFAULT | ||||
REMEDIES | ||||
TENANTS BANKRUPTCY OR INSOLVENCY | ||||
QUIET ENJOYMENT | ||||
CASUALTY | ||||
EMINENT DOMAIN | ||||
SALE BY LANDLORD | ||||
ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES | ||||
SURRENDER OF PREMISES | ||||
NOTICES | ||||
TAXES PAYABLE BY TENANT | ||||
RELOCATION OF TENANT | ||||
PARKING | ||||
DEFINED TERMS AND HEADINGS | ||||
TENANT'S AUTHORITY | ||||
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND CREDIT REPORTS | ||||
COMMISSIONS | ||||
TIME AND APPLICABLE LAW | ||||
SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS | ||||
ENTIRE AGREEMENT | ||||
EXAMINATION NOT OPTION | ||||
RECORDATION |
iv
LIMITATION OF LANDLORD'S LIABILITY | ||||
EXHIBIT AFLOOR PLAN DEPICTING THE PREMISES | ||||
EXHIBIT A-1SITE PLAN | ||||
EXHIBIT A-2DEPICTION OF THE PROJECT AND LAND (as of the Effective Date) | ||||
EXHIBIT BINITIAL ALTERATIONS | ||||
EXHIBIT CCOMMENCEMENT DATE MEMORANDUM | ||||
EXHIBIT DRULES AND REGULATIONS | ||||
EXHIBIT ERULES AND REGULATIONS | ||||
EXHIBIT FADDITIONAL PROVISIONS | ||||
EXHIBIT F-lDETERMINATION OF MARKET RATE | ||||
EXHIBIT F-2LOCATION OF MONUMENT SIGN |
v
NET OFFICE LEASE
REFERENCE PAGES
BUILDING: | Building 5, which is located in the Project | |||||||
PROJECT: | The Domain, which includes the Building, other buildings and related parking facilities and common areas, and is located on the land depicted on Exhibit A-2 attached hereto (the " Land ") (Note: the inclusion of Exhibit A-2 shall not be construed as restricting or prohibiting Landlord's right to alter or modify the Project) | |||||||
LANDLORD: | RREEF Domain, LP, a Texas limited partnership | |||||||
LANDLORD'S ADDRESS: |
RREEF Domain, LP
c/o Endeavor Real Estate Management, Ltd. Attn: Ray Zender P. O. Box 81484 Austin, Texas 78708 Fax No. (512) 821-2432 |
|||||||
WIRE INSTRUCTIONS AND/OR ADDRESS FOR RENT PAYMENT: |
Wiring Instructions
:
The Northern Trust Company, Chicago, IL ABA #071 000 152 Account name: RREFF Domain LP by RREEF Management Company Account Number: 2735628 Address for Payments : RREEF Domain LP 75 Remittance Drive, Suite 6820 Chicago, IL 60675-6820 |
|||||||
LEASE REFERENCE DATE ("EFFECTIVE DATE"): | November 17, 2006 | |||||||
TENANT: | Convio, Inc. | |||||||
TENANT'S NOTICE ADDRESS: | ||||||||
(a) As of beginning of Term: |
11400 Burnet Road, Building 5, Suite 200
Austin, Texas 78758 Attn: Jim Offerdahl CFO & VP Administration |
|||||||
(b) Prior to beginning of Term (if different): |
Convio, Inc.
11921 N. Mopac Expressway, Suite 200 Austin, TX 78759 Attn: Jim Offerdahl CFO & VP Administration |
|||||||
PREMISES ADDRESS: |
11400 Burnet Road, Building 5, Suite Number 200
Austin, Texas 78758 |
|||||||
PREMISES RENTABLE AREA: | Approximately 66,731 sq. ft. (for outline of Premises see Exhibit A ) |
vi
USE: | Only general office use and uses incidentally or customarily related thereto | |||||||
SCHEDULED COMMENCEMENT DATE: | July 1, 2007 | |||||||
TERM OF LEASE: | Beginning on the Commencement Date and ending on the Expiration Date (as defined below). | |||||||
EXPIRATION DATE: | The last day of the seventy fifth (75 th ) month after the Commencement Date (as defined below); provided, however, if the Commencement Date is deemed to have occurred on a date other than the first day of a calendar month, the expiration date of the primary term shall be extended so as to give effect to the full term specified above in addition to the remainder of the calendar month during which the Commencement Date is deemed to have occurred | |||||||
BASIC RENT and MONTHLY INSTALLMENT OF BASIC RENT (Article 3): | ||||||||
Rent Abatement Period* | $-0-/square foot ($0.00 per month) | |||||||
Months 4**-6 | $10.50/square foot/yr. ($58,389.63 per month) | |||||||
Months 7-18 | $15.00/square food yr. ($83,413.75 per month) | |||||||
Months 19-30 | $15.50/square foot/ yr. ($86,194.21 per month) | |||||||
Months 31-42 | $16.00/square foot/ yr. ($88,974.67 per month) | |||||||
Months 43-54 | $16.50/square foot/ yr. ($91,755.13 per month) | |||||||
Months 55-66 | $17.00/square foot/ yr. ($94,535.58 per month) | |||||||
Months 67-75 | $17.50/square foot/ yr. ($97,316.04 per month) |
vii
AMORTIZATION RATE: | 9% |
The Reference Pages information is incorporated into and made a part of the Lease. In the event of any conflict between any Reference Pages information and the Lease, the Lease shall control. This Lease includes Exhibits A through F, all of which are made a part of this Lease.
LANDLORD: | TENANT: | |||||||
RREEF DOMAIN, LP, a Texas limited partnership |
|
CONVIO, INC. |
||||||
By: |
|
RREEF MANAGEMENT COMPANY a Delaware corporation, Authorized Agent |
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Joseph D. Akors |
|
By: |
|
/s/ Jim Offerdahl |
Name: Joseph Akors | Name: Jim Offerdahl | |||||||
Title: Vice President | Title: CFO & VP Administration | |||||||
Dated: November 17, 2006 |
|
Dated: November 17, 2006 |
viii
By this Lease Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord the Premises in the Building as set forth and described on the Reference Pages. The Premises are depicted on the floor plan attached hereto as Exhibit A , and the Building is depicted on the site plan attached hereto as Exhibit A-1 . The Reference Pages, including all terms defined thereon, are incorporated as part of this Lease.
1. USE AND RESTRICTIONS ON USE.
1.1 The Premises are to be used solely for the purposes set forth in the Reference Pages. Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises which will in any way obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Building or injure, annoy, or disturb them, or allow the Premises to be used for any improper, unlawful, or objectionable purpose, or commit any waste. Tenant shall not do, permit or suffer in, on, or about the Premises the sale of any alcoholic liquor without the written consent of Landlord first obtained. Tenant shall comply with all governmental laws, ordinances and regulations applicable to the use of the Premises and its occupancy and shall promptly comply with all governmental orders and directions for the correction, prevention and abatement of any violations in the Building or appurtenant land, caused or permitted by, or resulting from the specific use by, Tenant, or in or upon, or in connection with, the Premises, all at Tenant's sole expense. Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done on or about the Premises or bring or keep anything into the Premises which will in any way increase the rate of, invalidate or prevent the procuring of any insurance protecting against loss or damage to the Building or any of its contents by fire or other casualty or against liability for damage to property or injury to persons in or about the Building or any part thereof.
1.2 Tenant shall not, and shall not direct, suffer or permit any of its agents, contractors, employees, licensees or invitees (collectively, the "Tenant Entities") to at any time handle, use, manufacture, store or dispose of in or about the Premises or the Building any (collectively "Hazardous Materials") flammables, explosives, radioactive materials, hazardous wastes or materials, toxic wastes or materials, or other similar substances, petroleum products or derivatives or any substance subject to regulation by or under any federal, state and local laws and ordinances relating to the protection of the environment or the keeping, use or disposition of environmentally hazardous materials, substances, or wastes, presently in effect or hereafter adopted, all amendments to any of them, and all rules and regulations issued pursuant to any of such laws or ordinances (collectively "Environmental Laws"), nor shall Tenant suffer or permit any hazardous Materials to be used in any manner not fully in compliance with all Environmental Laws in the Premises or cause any Hazardous Materials to be used in any manner not fully in compliance with all Environmental Laws in the Building and appurtenant land or cause the environment to become contaminated with any Hazardous Materials. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may handle, store, use or dispose of products containing small quantities of Hazardous Materials (such as aerosol cans containing insecticides, toner for copiers, paints, paint remover and the like) to the extent customary and necessary for the use of the Premises for general office purposes; provided that Tenant shall always handle, store, use, and dispose of any such Hazardous Materials in a safe and lawful manner and never allow such Hazardous Materials to contaminate the Premises, Building and appurtenant land or the environment. Tenant shall protect, defend, indemmify and hold each and all of the Landlord Entities (as defined in Article 31) harmless from and against any and all loss, claims, liability or costs (including court costs and attorney's fees) incurred by reason of any actual or asserted failure of Tenant to fully comply with all applicable Environmental Laws, or the presence, handling, use or disposition in or from the Premises of any Hazardous Materials by Tenant or any Tenant Entity (even though permissible under all applicable Environmental Laws or the provisions of this Lease), or by reason of any actual or asserted failure of Tenant to keep, observe, or perform any provision of this Section 1.2.
1
1.3 Tenant and the Tenant Entities will be entitled to the non-exclusive use of the common areas of the Building as they exist from time to time during the Term, including the parking facilities, subject to Landlord's rules and regulations regarding such use which shall be reasonably consistently applied to all tenants of the Building and subject to the terms contained in Exhibit E attached hereto.
1.4 The rentable area of the Premises is hereby stipulated for all purposes hereof to be as set forth in the Reference Pages, whether the same should be more or less as a result of minor variations resulting from actual construction and completion of the Premises or the Building.
2. TERM .
2.1 The Term of this Lease shall begin on the date ("Commencement Date") which shall be the later of the Scheduled Commencement Date as shown on the Reference Pages and the first (1 st ) Monday following the date that Landlord shall tender possession of the Premises to Tenant, and shall terminate on the date as shown on the Reference Pages ("Termination Date"), unless sooner terminated by the provisions of this Lease. Landlord shall tender possession of the Premises with all the work, if any, to be performed by Landlord pursuant to Exhibit B to this Lease substantially completed. Tenant shall deliver a punch list of items not completed within thirty (30) days after Landlord tenders possession of the Premises and Landlord agrees to proceed with due diligence to perform its obligations regarding such items. Tenant shall, at Landlord's request, execute and deliver a memorandum agreement provided by Landlord in the form of Exhibit C attached hereto, setting forth the actual Commencement Date, Termination Date and, if necessary, a revised rent schedule. Should Tenant fail to do so within thirty (30) days after Landlord's request including a written notification outlining any reasons why such actual Commencement Date or Termination Date or the rent schedule shall be revised, the information set forth in such memorandum provided by Landlord shall be conclusively presumed to be agreed and correct.
2.2 Tenant agrees that in the event of the inability of Landlord to deliver possession of the Premises on the Scheduled Commencement Date for any reason, Landlord shall not be liable for any damage resulting from such inability, but Tenant shall not be liable for any rent until the time when Landlord can, after notice to Tenant, deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant. No such failure to give possession on the Scheduled Commencement Date shall affect the other obligations of Tenant under this Lease, except that if Landlord is unable to deliver possession of the Premises within ninety (90) days after the Scheduled Commencement Date (other than as a result of strikes, shortages of materials or similar matters beyond the reasonable control of Landlord and Tenant is notified by Landlord in writing as to such delay), Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease except to the extent that said delay is as a result of: (a) Tenant's failure to agree to plans and specifications and/or construction cost estimates or bids; (b) Tenant's request for materials, finishes or installations other than Landlord's standard except those, if any, that Landlord shall have expressly agreed to furnish without extension of time agreed by Landlord; (c) Tenant's change in any plans or specifications; or, (d) performance or completion by a party employed by Tenant (each of the foregoing, a "Tenant Delay"). If any delay is the result of a Tenant Delay, the Commencement Date and the payment of rent under this Lease shall be accelerated by the number of days of such Tenant Delay.
2.3 In the event Landlord permits Tenant, or any agent, employee or contractor of Tenant, to enter, use or occupy the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, such entry, use or occupancy shall be subject to all the provisions of this Lease other than the payment of rent, including, without limitation, Tenant's compliance with the insurance requirements of Article 11. Said early possession shall not advance the Termination Date.
2
3. RENT .
3.1 In consideration of this Lease, Tenant promises and agrees to pay Landlord the Adjusted Rental, which is the sum of the monthly Basic Rent and the monthly Estimated Component Charges and Taxes and the Estimated Monthly Utility Escrow Payment (as such terms are defined in Article 4 below) (subject to adjustment as hereinafter provided).
Adjusted Rental shall be payable without demand and without deduction or setoff, for each month of the entire Lease Term as follows:
If the Rent Commencement Date falls on first (1 st ) day of a calendar month, then:
(a) one (1) monthly installment of Adjusted Rental (the "First Rent Payment") shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord contemporaneously with the execution of this Lease (the First Rent Payment to be applied to the calendar month in which the Rent Commencement Date falls]; and (b) on the first (1 st ) day of the calendar month following the expiration of the calendar month in which the Rent Commencement Date falls and continuing thereafter on or before the first (1 st ) day of each succeeding calendar month during the Lease Terms hereof, a monthly installment of Adjusted Rental shall be due and payable without demand.
If the Rent Commencement Date falls on any day other than the first (1 st ) day of a calendar month, then :
(a) the First Rent Payment shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord contemporaneously with the execution of this Lease [the First Rent Payment to be applied to the first (1 st ) full calendar month following the expiration of the calendar month in which the Rent Commencement Date falls]; (b) on the Rent Commencement Date, a partial monthly installment (the "Second Rent Payment") of Adjusted Rental shall be due and payable without demand, such Second Rent Payment to be prorated according to the number of days, as of the Rent Commencement Date, remaining in the calendar month in which the Rent Commencement Date falls divided into the number of days in such calendar month; and (c) on the first (1 st ) day of the second (2 nd ) calendar month following the expiration of the calendar month in which the Rent Commencement Date falls and continuing thereafter on or before the first (1 st ) day of each succeeding calendar month during the Lease Terms hereof, a monthly installment of Adjusted Rental shall be due and payable without demand.
During the Rent Abatement Period, Component Charges shall be abated.
During the Rent Abatement Period, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Estimated Monthly Utility Escrow on or before the first (1 st ) day of the applicable calendar month.
If an Event of Default occurs, Landlord may require by written notice to Tenant that all subsequent rent payments be made by an automatic payment from Tenant's bank account to Landlord's account, without cost to Landlord. Tenant must implement such automatic payment system within ten (10) business days after Landlord's notice. Unless specified in this Lease to the contrary, all amounts and sums payable by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to this Lease shall be deemed additional rent.
3.2 Tenant recognizes that late payment of any rent or other sum due under this Lease will result in administrative expense to Landlord, the extent of which additional expense is extremely difficult and economically impractical to ascertain. Tenant therefore agrees that if rent or any other sum is not paid when due and payable pursuant to this Lease, a late charge shall be imposed in an amount equal to the greater of: (a) Fifty Dollars ($50.00), or (b) five percent (5%) of the unpaid rent or other payment. The amount of the late charge to be paid by Tenant shall be reassessed and added to Tenant's obligation for each successive month until paid. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall provide written notice to Tenant two (2) times [and only two (2) times] during the Lease Term and, so long as Tenant pays amounts owed within five (5) business days following Tenant's receipt of such notice from
3
Landlord, no late charge shall be due. The provisions of this Section 3.1 in no way relieve Tenant of the obligation to pay rent or other payments on or before the date on which they are due, nor do the terms of this Section 3.1 in any way affect Landlord's remedies pursuant to Article 19 of this Lease in the event said rent or other payment is unpaid after date due.
4. RENT ADJUSTMENTS .
4.1 For the purpose of this Article 4, the following terms are defined as follows:
4.1.1 Lease Year : Each fiscal year (as determined by Landlord from time to time) falling partly or wholly within the Term.
4.1.2 Component Charges : All costs of operation, maintenance, repair, replacement and management of the Building and/or Project (including the amount of any credits which Landlord may grant to particular tenants of the Building and/or Project in lieu of providing any standard services or paying any standard costs described in this Section 4.1.2 for similar tenants), as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, including the following costs by way of illustration, but not limitation: water and sewer charges for the common areas; insurance charges of or relating to all commercially reasonable insurance policies and endorsements deemed by Landlord to be reasonably necessary or desirable and relating in any manner to the protection, preservation, or operation of the Building, the Project or any part thereof; utility costs for the common areas, including, but not limited to, the cost of heat, light, power, steam, gas; waste disposal; the cost of janitorial services provided by Landlord for the common areas and the Premises; the cost of security and alarm services (including any central station signaling system); costs of cleaning, repairing, replacing and maintaining the common areas, including parking and landscaping, window cleaning costs; labor costs; costs and expenses of managing the Building including management and/or administrative fees not to exceed the market value for comparable services in comparable Projects; air conditioning maintenance costs; elevator maintenance fees and supplies; material costs; equipment costs including the cost of maintenance, repair and service agreements and rental and leasing costs; purchase costs of equipment to the extent used in the Project; current rental and leasing costs of items to the extent used in the Project which would be capital items if purchased; tool costs for tools to the extent used in the Project; licenses, permits and inspection fees; wages and salaries for personnel not above Project Manager; employee benefits and payroll taxes; reasonable accounting and legal fees; any sales, use or service taxes incurred in connection therewith. In addition, Landlord shall be entitled to recover, as additional rent (which, along with any other capital expenditures constituting Component Charges, Landlord may either include in Component Charges or cause to be billed to Tenant along with Component Charges and Taxes but as a separate item), Tenant's Proportionate Share of: (i) an allocable portion of the cost of capital improvement items which are reasonably calculated to reduce operating expenses; (ii) the cost of fire sprinklers and suppression systems and other life safety systems (excluding the cost of installing any such systems required to comply with any governmental laws, regulations or ordinances which were applicable to the Building prior to the Lease Reference Date); and (iii) other capital expenses which are required under any governmental laws, regulations or ordinances which were not applicable to the Building at the time it was constructed; but the costs described in this sentence shall be amortized over the reasonable life of such expenditures in accordance with such reasonable life and amortization schedules as shall be determined by Landlord in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, with interest on the unamortized amount at one percent (1%) in excess of the Wall Street Journal prime lending rate announced from time to time. Component Charges shall not include depreciation or amortization of the Building or equipment in the Building except as provided herein, loan principal payments, costs of alterations of tenants' premises, leasing commissions, legal
4
costs associated with tenant disputes, interest expenses on long-term borrowings or advertising costs.
Increases in Controllable Component Charges (defined below) shall not exceed seven percent (7%) per annum on a cumulative compounding basis. Controllable Component Charges means all costs which are Component Costs other than those related to utilities, real estate taxes and/or insurance.
4.1.3 Taxes : Real estate taxes and any other taxes, charges and assessments which are levied with respect to the Building, the land appurtenant to the Building and/or the Project, or with respect to any improvements, fixtures and equipment or other property of Landlord, real or personal, located in the Building and/or the Project and used (but only to the extent used) in connection with the operation of the Building, said land and/or the Project, any payments to any ground lessor in reimbursement of tax payments made by such lessor; and all reasonable and customary fees, expenses and costs reasonably incurred by Landlord in investigating, protesting, contesting or in any way seeking to reduce or avoid increase in any assessments, levies or the tax rate pertaining to any Taxes to be paid by Landlord in any Lease Year. Taxes shall not include any corporate franchise, or estate, inheritance or net income tax, or tax imposed upon any transfer by Landlord of its interest in this Lease or the Building or the Project or any taxes to be paid by Tenant pursuant to Article 27.
4.2 Tenant shall pay as additional rent for each Lease Year Tenant's Proportionate Share of Component Charges and Taxes incurred for such Lease Year.
4.3 The annual determination of Component Charges shall be made by Landlord prior to the beginning of each Lease Year, and shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant, subject to the provisions of this Section 4.3. During the Term, Tenant may review, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, the books and records supporting such determination in an office of Landlord, or Landlord's agent, during normal business hours, upon giving Landlord five (5) days advance written notice within one-hundred fifty (150) days after receipt of such determination, but in no event more often than once in any one (1) year period, subject to execution of a confidentiality agreement reasonably acceptable to Landlord, and provided that if Tenant utilizes an independent accountant to perform such review it shall be one of national standing which is reasonably acceptable to Landlord, is not compensated on a contingency basis and is also subject to such confidentiality agreement. If Tenant fails to object to Landlord's determination of Component Charges within one-hundred fifty (150) days after receipt, or if any such objection fails to state with specificity the reason for the objection, Tenant shall be deemed to have approved such determination and shall have no further right to object to or contest such determination. In the event that during all or any portion of any Lease Year or Base Year, the Building is not fully rented and occupied Landlord shall make an appropriate adjustment in occupancy-related Component Charges for such year for the purpose of avoiding distortion of the amount of such Component Charges to be attributed to Tenant by reason of variation in total occupancy of the Building, by employing consistent and sound accounting and management principles to determine Component Charges that would have been paid or incurred by Landlord had the Building been at least one-hundred percent (100%) rented and occupied, and the amount so determined shall be deemed to have been Component Charges for such Lease Year. Except for any management/administrative fee, Landlord shall not collect from the Tenant/tenants of the Building for any Lease Year more than the actual costs incurred by Landlord for such Lease Year.
4.4 Prior to the actual determination thereof for a Lease Year, Landlord may from time to time (but no more than twice during any given Lease Year) estimate Tenant's liability for Component Charges and/or Taxes under Section 4.1.3, Article 5 and Article 27 for the Lease Year or portion thereof. Landlord will give Tenant written notification of the amount of such estimate and Tenant agrees that it will pay, by increase of its Monthly Installments of Adjusted Rental due in such Lease Year, additional rent in the amount of such estimate. Any such increased rate of Monthly Installments
5
of Adjusted Rental pursuant to this Section 4.4 shall remain in effect until further written notification to Tenant pursuant hereto.
4.5 When the above mentioned actual determination of Tenant's liability for Component Charges and/or Taxes is made for any Lease Year and when Tenant is so notified in writing, then:
4.5.1 If the total additional rent Tenant actually paid pursuant to Section 4.3 on account of Component Charges and/or Taxes for the Lease Year is less than Tenant's liability for Component Charges and/or Taxes, then Tenant shall pay such deficiency to Landlord as additional rent in one lump sum within thirty (30) days of receipt of Landlord's bill therefor; and
4.5.2 lf the total additional rent Tenant actually paid pursuant to Section 4.3 on account of Component Charges and/or Taxes for the Lease Year is more than Tenant's liability for Component Charges and/or Taxes, then Landlord shall credit the difference against the then next due payments to be made by Tenant under this Article 4, or, if the Lease has terminated, refund the difference in cash within thirty (30) days after the expiration of the Term.
4.6 If the Commencement Date is other than January I or if the Termination Date is other than December 31, Tenant's liability for Component Charges and Taxes for the Lease Year in which said Date occurs shall be prorated based upon a three hundred sixty-five (365) day year.
4.7 Estimated Monthly Utility Escrow Payment : Landlord shall make a good faith estimate of the cost of Tenant's annual consumption of electricity, water and wastewater in the Premises for each calendar year (or portion thereof) during the term of the Lease which is separately submetered (except for water and wastewater). On or before December 15 of each year during the term of the Lease, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a statement of such estimate, such statement to include notice of an amount equal to one-twelfth ( 1 / 12 ) of such estimate (the "Estimated Monthly Utility Escrow Payment"). The Estimated Monthly Utility Escrow Payment shall be paid by Tenant pursuant to Article 3 of this Lease and shall be subject to adjustment pursuant to Paragraph 4.7.1 below.
4.7.1 After the end of each applicable calendar year, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant an annual statement comparing the Estimated Monthly Utility Escrow Payments paid by Tenant during the previous calendar year with Landlord's actual costs therefor during such period. If the actual costs therefor exceed the estimated payments therefor, Tenant shall pay Landlord as additional Rent, the excess amount due Landlord within thirty (30) days after receipt of such annual statement therefor. If the estimated payments made by Tenant therefor exceed the actual costs therefor, Tenant shall receive a credit of such excess amount against the next monthly payment of Adjusted Rent due and owing hereunder, or if the Term of the Lease shall have expired, Landlord shall pay to Tenant the excess amount in cash within thirty (30) days after the expiration of the Term.
4.7.2 Notwithstanding Paragraph 4.7.1 above, after the close of each quarter, Landlord may, but shall be under no obligation to, send Tenant a statement, which identifies the costs for electricity and water actually consumed by Tenant during the prior three (3) months and which compares the applicable Estimated Monthly Utility Escrow Payments made by Tenant for electricity with the actual consumption by Tenant of electricity. If the actual consumption exceeds the estimated payments therefor, Tenant shall pay Landlord as additional Rent, the excess amount due Landlord within thirty (30) days after receipt of such quarterly statement. If the estimated payments for utilities made by Tenant exceed the actual consumption thereof, Tenant shall receive, at Landlord's election, either a payment for such excess amount or a credit of such excess amount against the next monthly payment of Adjusted Rent due and owing hereunder or if the Term of the Lease shall have expired, Landlord shall pay to Tenant the excess amount in cash within thirty (30) days after the expiration of the Term. All utilities shall be separately metered or sub-metered and billed to Tenant without mark-up (except for a reasonable management/administrative fee).
6
5. SECURITY DEPOSIT/LETTER OF CREDIT . Tenant shall deposit the Security Deposit with Landlord upon the execution of this Lease. Said sum shall be held by Landlord as security for the faithful performance by Tenant of all the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be kept and performed by Tenant and not as an advance rental deposit or as a measure of Landlord's damage in case of Tenant's default. If Tenant defaults with respect to any provision of this Lease, Landlord may use any part of the Security Deposit for the payment of any rent or any other sum in default, or for the payment of any amount which Landlord may spend or become obligated to spend by reason of Tenant's default, or to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage which Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant's default. If any portion is so used, Tenant shall within five (5) business days after written demand therefor, deposit with Landlord an amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount and Tenant's failure to do so shall be a material breach of this Lease. Except to such extent, if any, as shall be required by law, Landlord shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general funds, and Tenant shall not be entitled to interest on such deposit. If Tenant shall fully and faithfully perform every provision of this Lease to be performed by it, the Security Deposit or any balance thereof shall be returned to Tenant at such time after termination of this Lease when Landlord shall have determined that all of Tenant's obligations under this Lease have been fulfilled but in no event later than thirty (30) days following the termination of the Lease.
In lieu of the cash Security Deposit, Tenant may cause to be issued and delivered to Landlord, within three (3) business days after the Effective Date of this Lease, an irrevocable stand-by letter(s) of credit in the amount of $1,900,000.00 (whether one or more, the " Letter of Credit "), which shall be held and/or applied by Landlord in accordance with this Section; however, the Letter of Credit is not an advance rental deposit or a measure of Landlord's damages for an event of default (as described in the Lease). The Letter of Credit shall name Landlord as beneficiary and be issued by a bank acceptable to Landlord and shall otherwise be in such form and contain such terms as are acceptable to Landlord, and shall expire no earlier than the thirtieth (30 th ) day following the Expiration Date. If the Letter of Credit is to be a series of Letters of Credit, for a one year term each, then each such Letter of Credit will contain a provision whereby Landlord may draw on the Letter of Credit if it is not replaced or renewed as required at least thirty (30) days prior to its expiration date. Upon an Event of Default by Tenant with respect to any provision of this Lease requiring the payment of money by Tenant to Landlord (a "Monetary Event of Default"), Landlord may, in addition to all other rights and remedies afforded Landlord hereunder or by law, cash the Letter of Credit (or any portion thereof) and use and hold the same as a cash security deposit, which shall include the right to use any portion thereof to satisfy Tenant's unperformed obligations hereunder, without prejudice to any of Landlord's other remedies. Upon any Event of Default by Tenant which is not a Monetary Event of Default, if Landlord elects to spend money in connection with curing such Event of Default as provided in this Lease, then Landlord may, in addition to all other rights and remedies afforded Landlord hereunder or by law, draw on the Letter of Credit, but only in an amount reasonably necessary (or anticipated by Landlord to be reasonably necessary) to cover the costs incurred by Landlord in connection with curing such Event of Default. If so used, Tenant shall pay Landlord an amount that will restore the Letter of Credit to its original amount upon request. The Letter of Credit (as the same may have been reduced in accordance with the terms hereof) will be returned to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the end of the Lease Term, provided that Tenant has fully and timely performed its obligations hereunder throughout the Lease Term. If Landlord sells its interest in the Building, the Letter of Credit shall be transferred to such purchaser, and Tenant hereby agrees to cooperate in effectuating any such transfer.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as no Event of Default then (as of the scheduled date of reduction) exists, (a) the amount of the Letter of Credit shall be reduced by fifteen percent (15%) of the original amount of the Letter of Credit on the date which is the last day of Month 28 of the Lease Term; (b) the amount of the Letter of Credit shall be reduced by fifteen percent (15%) of the original amount of the Letter of Credit on the date which is the last day of Month 40 of the Lease Term; (c) the amount of the Letter of Credit shall be reduced by fifteen percent (15%) of the original
7
amount of the Letter of Credit on the date which is the last day of Month 52 of the Lease Term; and (d) the amount of the Letter of Credit shall be reduced by fifteen percent (15%) of the original amount of the Letter of Credit on the date which is the last day of Month 64 of the Lease Term (the "Last LoC Reduction Date").
Further notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as no Event of Default then exists, if Tenant's stock becomes listed on a public stock exchange and Tenant has provided evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord that Tenant has raised a minimum of $40,000,000.00 through the sale of Tenant's stock, then the amount of the Letter of Credit shall be reduced to an amount equal to the sum of (i) the then amount of unamortized Allowance (as defined in Exhibit B attached hereto) [amortized over the period commencing on the Rent Commencement Date and ending on the expiration date of the initial Lease Term using a straight-line method and an annual interest rate equal to nine percent (9%)] plus (ii) an amount equal to four (4) monthly installments of Adjusted Rental (as measured on the Last LoC Reduction Date); provided, however, that the reduction in the amount of the Letter of Credit as provided in this paragraph shall in no event occur prior to Month 28 of the Lease Term.
6. ALTERATIONS .
6.1 Except for those, if any, specifically provided for in Exhibit B to this Lease, Tenant shall not make or suffer to be made any alterations, additions, or improvements, including, but not limited to, the attachment of any fixtures or equipment in, on, or to the Premises or any part thereof or the making of any improvements as required by Article 7, without the prior written consent of Landlord. When applying for such consent, Tenant shall, if requested by Landlord, furnish complete plans and specifications for such alterations, additions and improvements. Landlord's consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned with respect to alterations which (i) are not structural in nature, (ii) are not visible from the exterior of the Building, (iii) do not affect or require modification of the Building's electrical, mechanical, plumbing, HVAC or other systems, and (iv) in aggregate do not cost more than $50,000.00.
6.2 In the event Landlord consents to the making of any such alteration, addition or improvement by Tenant, the same shall be made by using either Landlord's contractor or a contractor reasonably approved by Landlord, in either event at Tenant's sole cost and expense. If Tenant shall employ any contractor other than Landlord's contractor and such other contractor or any subcontractor of such other contractor shall employ any non-union labor or supplier, Tenant shall be responsible for and hold Landlord harmless from any and all delays, damages and extra costs suffered by Landlord as a result of any dispute with any labor unions concerning the wage, hours, terms or conditions of the employment of any such labor. In any event Landlord may charge Tenant a construction management fee not to exceed five percent (5%) of the cost of such work to cover its overhead as it relates to such proposed work, plus reasonable third-party costs actually incurred by Landlord in connection with the proposed work and the design thereof, with all such amounts being due five (5) days after Landlord's demand; provided, however, that such construction management fee and third-party costs shall not apply in the event any such alteration, addition or improvement by Tenant is strictly cosmetic (i.e. painting and/or carpet).
6.3 All alterations, additions or improvements proposed by Tenant shall be constructed in accordance with all government laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, using Building standard materials where applicable, and Tenant shall, prior to construction, provide the additional insurance required under Article 11 in such case, and also all such assurances to Landlord as Landlord shall reasonably require to assure payment of the costs thereof, including but not limited to, notices of non-responsibility, waivers of lien, surety company performance bonds and funded construction escrows and to protect Landlord and the Building and appurtenant land against any loss from any mechanic's, materialmen's or other liens. Tenant shall pay in addition to any sums due pursuant to Article 4, any increase in real estate taxes attributable to any such alteration, addition or improvement for so long, during the Term, as such increase is ascertainable to be a direct result of Tenant's alterations, additions, or improvements; at Landlord's election said sums shall be paid in the same way as sums due under Article 4.
8
7.1 Landlord shall have no obligation to alter, remodel, improve, repair, decorate or paint the Premises, except as specified in Exhibit B if attached to this Lease and except that Landlord shall repair and maintain the structural portions of the roof, foundation and walls of the Building. By taking possession of the Premises, Tenant accepts them as being in good order, condition and repair and in the condition in which Landlord is obligated to deliver them, except as set forth in the punch list to be delivered pursuant to Section 2.1. It is hereby understood and agreed that no representations respecting the condition of the Premises or the Building have been made by Landlord to Tenant, except as specifically set forth in this Lease.
7.2 Except for the items to be repaired, replaced or maintained by Landlord pursuant to Section 7.1 above, Tenant shall, at all times during the Term, keep the Premises in good condition and repair excepting damage by fire, or other casualty, and in compliance with all applicable governmental laws, ordinances and regulations, promptly complying with all governmental orders and directives for the correction, prevention and abatement of any violations or nuisances in or upon, or connected with, the Premises, all at Tenant's sole expense.
7.3 Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to make any repairs or to perform any maintenance unless such failure shall persist for an unreasonable time after written notice to Landlord of the need of such repairs or maintenance is given to Landlord by Tenant.
7.4 Except as provided in this Lease, there shall be no abatement of rent and no liability of Landlord by reason of any injury to or interference with Tenant's business arising from the making of any repairs, alterations or improvements in or to any portion of the Building or the Premises or to fixtures, appurtenances and equipment in the Building. Except to the extent, if any, prohibited by law, and except to the extent provided in this Lease, Tenant waives the right to make repairs at Landlord's expense under any law, statute or ordinance now or hereafter in effect.
8. LIENS . Tenant shall keep the Premises, the Building and appurtenant land and Tenant's leasehold interest in the Premises free from any liens arising out of any services, work or materials performed, furnished, or contracted for by Tenant, or obligations incurred by Tenant. In the event that Tenant fails, within ten (10) days following the imposition of any such lien, to either cause the same to be released of record or provide Landlord with insurance against the same issued by a major title insurance company or such other protection against the same as Landlord shall accept (such failure to constitute an Event of Default), Landlord shall have the right to cause the same to be released by such means as it shall deem proper, including payment of the claim giving rise to such lien. All such sums paid by Landlord and all expenses incurred by it in connection therewith shall be payable to it by Tenant within ten (10) days of Landlord's written demand.
9. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING .
9.1 Tenant shall not have the right to assign or pledge this Lease or to sublet the whole or any part of the Premises whether voluntarily or by operation of law, or permit the use or occupancy of the Premises by anyone other than Tenant, and shall not make, suffer or permit such assignment, subleasing or occupancy without the prior written consent of Landlord, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned and said restrictions shall be binding upon any and all assignees of the Lease and subtenants of the Premises. In the event Tenant desires to sublet, or permit such occupancy of, the Premises, or any portion thereof, or assign this Lease, Tenant shall give written notice thereof to Landlord at least thirty (30) days but no more than three hundred sixty (360) days prior to the proposed commencement date of such subletting or assignment, which notice shall set forth the name of the proposed subtenant or assignee, the relevant terms of any sublease or assignment and copies of financial reports and other relevant financial information of the proposed subtenant or
9
assignee. Subject to Landlord's right to recapture as set forth in Section 9.3 below, Landlord shall give Tenant written notice of Landlord's approval or disapproval within fifteen (15) days following Landlord's receipt of Tenant's written notice as required above.
9.2 Notwithstanding any assignment or subletting, permitted or otherwise, Tenant shall at all times remain directly, primarily and fully responsible and liable for the payment of the rent specified in this Lease and for compliance with all of its other obligations under the terms, provisions and covenants of this Lease. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, if the Premises or any part of them are then assigned or sublet, Landlord, in addition to any other remedies provided in this Lease or provided by law, may, at its option, collect directly from such assignee or subtenant all rents due and becoming due to Tenant under such assignment or sublease and apply such rent against any sums due to Landlord from Tenant under this Lease, and no such collection shall be construed to constitute a novation or release of Tenant from the further performance of Tenant's obligations under this Lease.
9.3 In addition to Landlord's right to approve of any subtenant or assignee, Landlord shall have the option, in its sole discretion, in the event of any proposed subletting or assignment, to terminate this Lease, or in the case of a proposed subletting of less than the entire Premises, to recapture the portion of the Premises to be sublet, as of the date the subletting or assignment is to be effective; provide, however, that Landlord's right to recapture the portion of the Premises to be sublet shall only be applicable to subleases which have a term which is longer than seventy five percent (75%) of the then (on the effective date of such sublease) remaining term of the Lease (excluding the Renewal Term, unless the renewal option has been exercised). The option shall be exercised, if at all, by Landlord giving Tenant written notice given by Landlord to Tenant within fifteen (15) days following Landlord's receipt of Tenant's written notice as required above. However, if Tenant notifies Landlord, within five (5) days after receipt of Landlord's termination notice, that Tenant is rescinding its proposed assignment or sublease, the termination notice shall be void and the Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If this Lease shall be terminated with respect to the entire Premises pursuant to this Section, the Term of this Lease shall end on the date stated in Tenant's notice as the effective date of the sublease or assignment as if that date had been originally fixed in this Lease for the expiration of the Term. If Landlord recaptures under this Section only a portion of the Premises, the rent to be paid from time to time during the unexpired Term shall abate proportionately based on the proportion by which the approximate square footage of the remaining portion of the Premises shall be less than that of the Premises as of the date immediately prior to such recapture. Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against all loss, damage, cost and expense (including reasonable attorneys' fees) suffered by Landlord as a result of any outstanding commission obligation which may be due and owing as a result of any proposed assignment or subletting, whether or not the Premises are recaptured pursuant to this Section 9.3 and rented by Landlord to the proposed tenant or any other tenant.
9.4 In the event that Tenant sells, sublets, assigns or transfers this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as additional rent an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of any Increased Rent (as defined below), less the Costs Component (as defined below), when and as such Increased Rent is received by Tenant. As used in this Section, "Increased Rent" shall mean the excess of (i) all rent and other consideration which Tenant is entitled to receive by reason of any sale, sublease, assignment or other transfer of this Lease, over (ii) the rent otherwise payable by Tenant under this Lease at such time. For purposes of the foregoing, any consideration received by Tenant in form other than cash shall be valued at its fair market value as determined by Landlord in good faith. The "Costs Component" is that amount which, if paid monthly, would fully amortize on a straight-line basis, over the entire period for which Tenant is to receive Increased Rent, the reasonable costs incurred by Tenant for costs incurred including but not limited to leasing commissions, tenant improvements, legal costs, any free rent or Tenant Improvements provided and other concessions in connection with such sublease, assignment or other transfer.
10
9.5 Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, it shall be considered reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any assignment of this Lease or sublease of any portion of the Premises if at the time of either Tenant's notice of the proposed assignment or sublease or the proposed commencement date thereof, there shall exist any Event of Default of Tenant or matter which will become a default of Tenant with passage of time unless cured (but only if Tenant has received written notice of such matter), or if the proposed assignee or sublessee is an entity: (a) with which Landlord is already in negotiation [as used herein, "in negotiation" shall mean that Landlord has submitted a bona fide proposal to such proposed assignee or sublessee within the one hundred twenty (120) day period prior to Landlord's receipt of Tenant's notice of the proposed assignment or sublease]; (b) is already an occupant of the Building unless Landlord is unable to provide the amount of space required by such occupant; (c) is a governmental agency; (d) is incompatible with the character of occupancy of the Building in Landlord's commercially reasonable judgment; (e) with which the payment for the sublease or assignment is determined in whole or in part based upon its net income or profits; or (f) would subject the Premises to a use which would: (i) involve increased personnel or wear upon the Building; (ii) violate any exclusive right granted to another tenant of the Building; (iii) require any addition to or modification of the Premises or the Building in order to comply with building code or other governmental requirements; or, (iv) involve a violation of Section 1.2. Tenant expressly agrees that for the purposes of any statutory or other requirement of reasonableness on the part of Landlord, Landlord's refusal to consent to any assignment or sublease for any of the reasons described in this Section 9.5, shall be conclusively deemed to be reasonable.
9.6 Upon any request to assign or sublet, Tenant will pay to Landlord the Assignment/Subletting Fee (as defined below), regardless of whether Landlord shall consent to, refuse consent, or determine that Landlord's consent is not required for, such assignment, pledge or sublease. Any purported sale, assignment, mortgage, transfer of this Lease or subletting which does not comply with the provisions of this Article 9 shall be void. The Assignment/Subletting Fee shall be equal to Landlord's reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, including, without limitation, Landlord's legal fees and administrative expenses, incurred by Landlord in connection with such assignment or sublease (such administrative expenses not to exceed Five Hundred and No/100 Dollars ($500.00) per request).
9.7 If Tenant is a corporation, limited liability company, partnership or trust, any transfer or transfers of or change or changes within any twelve (12) month period in the number of the outstanding voting shares of the corporation or limited liability company, the general partnership interests in the partnership or the identity of the persons or entities controlling the activities of such partnership or trust resulting in the persons or entities owning or controlling a majority of such shares, partnership interests or activities of such partnership or trust at the beginning of such period no longer having such ownership or control shall be regarded as equivalent to an assignment of this Lease to the persons or entities acquiring such ownership or control and shall be subject to all the provisions of this Article 9 to the same extent and for all intents and purposes as though such an assignment.
9.8 Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease, Tenant may enter into any of the following transfers (a "Permitted Transfer") without Landlord's prior written consent, but with notice to Landlord prior to the effective date of any such Permitted Transfer:
(1) Tenant may sublease all or part of the Premises or assign its interest in this Lease to any corporation or other entity which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the Tenant;
(2) Tenant may assign its interest in this Lease to a corporation or other entity which results from a merger, consolidation or other reorganization in which Tenant is not the surviving corporation, provided that the surviving entity's net worth is equal to or greater than the net worth of Tenant at the Commencement Date or the time of such assignment;
11
(3) Tenant may assign this Lease to a corporation or other entity which purchases or otherwise acquires all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant at the Premises, provided that the surviving entity's net worth is more than the greater of the net worth of Tenant at the Commencement Date or the time of such assignment;
(4) Tenant may reincorporate in another jurisdiction or reconstitute and convert to a different form, such as converting from a corporation to a limited liability company; and
(5) Tenant may sell its shares for the initial issuance or transfer of shares in Tenant in connection with its public offering on a national stock exchange or a regularly traded over-the-counter market or the London Stock Exchange, so long as such shares either (i) are quoted on NASDAQ or (ii) may be traded publicly subsequent thereto.
10. INDEMNIFICATION . None of the Landlord Entities shall be liable and Tenant hereby waives all claims against them for any damage to any property or any injury to any person in or about the Premises or the Building by or from any cause whatsoever (including without limiting the foregoing, rain or water leakage of any character from the roof, windows, walls, basement, pipes, plumbing works or appliances, the Building not being in good condition or repair, gas, fire, oil, electricity or theft), except to the extent caused by or arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents, employees or contractors. Tenant shall protect, indemnify and hold the Landlord Entities harmless from and against any and all loss, claims, liability or costs (including court costs and attorney's fees) incurred by reason of (a) any damage to any property (including but not limited to property of any Landlord Entity) or any injury (including but not limited to death) to any person occurring in, on or about the Premises or the Building to the extent that such injury or damage shall be caused by or arise from any actual or alleged act, neglect, fault, or omission by or of Tenant or any Tenant Entity to meet any standards imposed by any duty with respect to the injury or damage; (b) the conduct or management of any work or thing whatsoever done by the Tenant in or about the Premises or from transactions of the Tenant concerning the Premises; (c) Tenant's failure to comply with any and all governmental laws, ordinances and regulations applicable to the condition or use of the Premises or its occupancy; or (d) any breach or default on the part of Tenant in the performance of any covenant or agreement on the part of the Tenant to be performed pursuant to this Lease. The provisions of this Article shall survive the termination of this Lease with respect to any claims or liability accruing prior to such termination. Landlord represents that the Building and Project will be maintained in a first class manner.
11. INSURANCE .
11.1 Tenant shall keep in force throughout the Term: (a) a Commercial General Liability insurance policy or policies to protect the Landlord Entities against any liability to the public or to any invitee of Tenant or a Landlord Entity incidental to the use of or resulting from any accident occurring in or upon the Premises with a limit of not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence and not less than $2,000,000 in the annual aggregate, or such larger amount as Landlord may reasonably require from time to time, covering bodily injury and property damage liability and $1,000,000 products/completed operations aggregate; (b) Business Auto Liability covering owned, non-owned and hired vehicles with a limit of not less than $1,000,000 per accident; (c) insurance protecting against liability under Worker's Compensation Laws to the extent required by statute with Employers Liability with limits of $500,000 each accident, $500,000 disease policy limit, $500,000 diseaseeach employee; (d) All Risk or Special Form coverage protecting Tenant against loss of or damage to Tenant's alterations, additions, improvements, carpeting, floor coverings, panelings, decorations, fixtures, inventory and other business personal property situated in or about the Premises to the full replacement value of the property so insured; and, (e) Business Interruption Insurance with limit of liability representing loss of at least approximately six (6) months of income.
12
11.2 The policies described in Section 11.1 shall (a) be provided at Tenant's expense; (b) name the Landlord Entities as additional insureds (General Liability) and loss payee (Property-Special Form); (c) be issued by an insurance company with a minimum Best's rating of "A-:VIl" during the Term; and (d) provide that said insurance shall not be canceled unless thirty (30) days prior written notice (ten days for non-payment of premium) shall have been given to Landlord; a certificate of Liability insurance on ACORD Form 25 and a certificate of Property insurance on ACORD Form 27 shall be delivered to Landlord by Tenant upon the Commencement Date and at least thirty (30) days prior to each renewal of said insurance.
11.3 Whenever Tenant shall undertake any alterations, additions or improvements in, to or about the Premises ("Work") the aforesaid insurance protection must extend to and include injuries to persons and damage to property arising in connection with such Work, without limitation including liability under any applicable structural work act, and such other insurance as Landlord shall require; and the policies of or certificates evidencing such insurance must be delivered to Landlord prior to the commencement of any such Work.
11.4 Throughout the Term of this Lease, Landlord shall maintain (a) a policy or policies of insurance covering "all risks" perils to the extent of one hundred percent (100%) of the insurable value of the [Building], and (b) a Commercial General Liability insurance policy or policies covering the [Building] and any areas adjacent thereto with a limit of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) per occurrence and not less that Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) in the annual aggregate.
11.5 Subject to the waivers of subrogation required in Article 12 below, it is the intent of both parties to this Lease that all insurance, primary and umbrella, purchased by Tenant in compliance with this Lease, will be primary to any other insurance owned, secured, or in place by Landlord, which insurance shall not be called upon by Tenant's insurer to contribute in any way. Tenant shall secure endorsements to this effect from all insurers of such policies.
12. WAIVER OF SUBROGATION . So long as their respective insurers so permit, Tenant and Landlord hereby mutually waive their respective rights of recovery against each other for any loss insured by fire, extended coverage, All Risks or other insurance now or hereafter existing for the benefit of the respective party but only to the extent of the net insurance proceeds payable under such policies. Each party shall obtain any special endorsements required by their insurer to evidence compliance with the aforementioned waiver.
13. SERVICES AND UTILITIES .
To the extent not already included in Estimated Monthly Utility Escrow Payments, Tenant shall pay for all water, gas, heat, light, power, telephone, sewer and other utilities and services used on or from the Premises, together with any taxes, penalties, and surcharges or the like pertaining thereto and any maintenance charges for utilities. Tenant shall furnish all electric light bulbs, tubes and ballasts, battery packs for emergency lighting and fire extinguishers. If any such services are not separately metered or submetered to Tenant and to the extent not already included in Estimated Monthly Utility Escrow Payments, Tenant shall pay its proportionate share of all charges such as jointly metered with other premises as determined by Landlord, in its reasonable discretion. Any such charges paid by Landlord and assessed against Tenant shall be immediately payable to Landlord on demand and shall be additional rent hereunder to the extent not already included in Estimated Monthly Utility Escrow Payments. Tenant will not, without the written consent of Landlord, contract with a utility provider to service the Premises with any utility, including, but not limited to, telecommunications, electricity, water, sewer or gas, which is not previously providing such service to other tenants in the Building. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall be responsible for contracting directly with the provider of steam, chilled water, and compressed air to the Premises. Tenant, as part of Tenant's Work (as defined
13
in Exhibit B attached hereto), shall install metering device(s) to determine (a) the amount of electricity (including HVAC electricity) consumed at the Premises, and (b) the amount of water consumed at the Premises, all such metering device(s) to be per Landlord's reasonable specifications. Except for activities within its reasonable control, Landlord shall in no event be liable for any interruption or failure of utility services on or to the Premises. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, in the event of any interruption of services which (i) render all or any portion of the Premises unatainable and (ii) are within Landlord's reasonable control to cure, Tenant shall have, as its sole and exclusive remedy, the right to (1) an abatement of rent for the affected portion of the Premises if such services are interrupted for more than three (3) consecutive business days after Landlord's receipt of written notice from Tenant of such interruption of material services and (2) terminate the Lease if such services are interrupted to 50% or more of the Premises for more than thirty (30) days after Landlord's receipt of written notice from Tenant of such interruption of material services, so long as such notice of termination is received by Landlord prior to restoration of such service.
Further and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Landlord shall have the right to have two (2) planned, seventy-two (72) hour continuous shutdowns of one or more of said services during each calendar year of the Lease Term at times to be mutually agreed upon in good faith by both parties at least forty-five (45) days prior to each shutdown date. If, however, the parties do not agree on a planned shutdown within thirty (30) days after notice to Tenant of Landlord's planned shutdown date, the shutdown may be scheduled, by Landlord in its sole discretion during the Memorial Day and Labor Day weekends by notice from Landlord to Tenant not later than thirty (30) days prior to the scheduled shutdown. If additional shutdowns should, in Landlord's sole judgment, be required for maintenance, alterations, replacements or improvements, Landlord and Tenant shall negotiate in good faith to mutually agree upon the times and duration of any additional shutdown.
14. HOLDING OVER . Tenant shall pay Landlord for each day Tenant retains possession of the Premises or part of them after termination of this Lease by lapse of time or otherwise at the rate ("Holdover Rate") which shall be One Hundred Fifty Percent (150%) of the amount of the Adjusted Rental for the last period prior to the date of such termination, prorated on a daily basis, and also pay all damages sustained by Landlord by reason of such retention; provided, however, that Landlord shall not be entitled to receive from Tenant any consequential or special costs or damages incurred by Landlord as a result of Tenant's holding over, unless Landlord has given "Tenant ten (10) days prior written notice that such holding over may cause Landlord to incur consequential or special costs or damages and Tenant has failed to surrender possession of the Premises as required by this Lease within such 10-day period. If Landlord gives notice to Tenant of Landlord's election to such effect, such holding over shall constitute renewal of this Lease for a period from month to month at the Holdover Rate, but if the Landlord does not so elect, no such renewal shall result notwithstanding acceptance by Landlord of any sums due hereunder after such termination; and instead, a tenancy at sufferance at the Holdover Rate shall be deemed to have been created. In any event, no provision of this Article 14 shall be deemed to waive Landlord's right of reentry or any other right under this Lease or at law.
15. SUBORDINATION . Without the necessity of any additional document being executed by Tenant for the purpose of effecting a subordination, this Lease shall be subject and subordinate at all times to ground or underlying leases and to the lien of any mortgages or deeds of trust now or hereafter placed on, against or affecting the Building, Landlord's interest or estate in the Building, or any ground or underlying lease; provided, however, that if the lessor, mortgagee, trustee, or holder of any such mortgage or deed of trust elects to have Tenant's interest in this Lease be superior to any such instrument, then, by notice to Tenant, this Lease shall be deemed superior, whether this Lease was executed before or after said instrument. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant covenants and agrees to execute and deliver within ten (10) business days of Landlord's request such further instruments evidencing such subordination or superiority of this Lease as may be required by Landlord.
14
Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that no mortgage, deed of trust, ground lease, master lease or underlying lease encumbers the Building as of the date hereof. Tenant and Landlord agree that in the event Landlord shall grant any deeds of trust, mortgages or other instruments of security to any party after the date hereof, Tenant and the holder of such deed of trust, mortgage or other instrument of security shall promptly [but in any event within fifteen (15) days after Landlord's request] execute a Subordination, Attornment, Notice and Non-Disturbance Agreement (an "SNDA") in a form reasonably satisfactory to the holder of such deed of trust, mortgage or other instrument of security and Tenant.
16. RULES AND REGULATIONS . Tenant shall faithfully observe and comply with all the rules and regulations as set forth in Exhibit D to this Lease and all reasonable and non-discriminatory modifications of and additions to them from time to time put into effect by Landlord so long as modifications or additions to the Rules & Regulations are reasonably consistently applied to all Project tenants. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the non-performance by any other tenant or occupant of the Building of any such rules and regulations.
17. REENTRY BY LANDLORD .
17.1 Landlord reserves and shall at all times have the right to re-enter the Premises to inspect the same, to supply janitor service and any other service to be provided by Landlord to Tenant under this Lease, to show said Premises to prospective purchasers, mortgagees or tenants (and with respect to prospective tenants, after Tenant's renewal notification date with reasonable prior verbal notice or, prior to such date, following 24 hour advance notice to Tenant), and to alter, improve or repair the Premises and any portion of the Building, without abatement of rent, and may for that purpose erect, use and maintain scaffolding, pipes, conduits and other necessary structures and open any wall, ceiling or floor in and through the Building and Premises where reasonably required by the character of the work to be performed, provided entrance to the Premises shall not be blocked thereby, and further provided that the business of Tenant shall not be interfered with unreasonably. Landlord shall have the right at any time [following not less than ten (10) days written notice to Tenant if such change would affect Tenant's access to the Premises] to change the arrangement and/or locations of entrances, or passageways, doors and doorways, and corridors, windows, elevators, stairs, toilets or other public parts of the Building and, with at least ninety (90) days prior written notice to Tenant, to change the name, number or designation by which the Building is commonly known. In the event that Landlord damages any portion of any wall or wall covering, ceiling, or floor or floor covering within the Premises, Landlord shall repair or replace the damaged portion to match the original as nearly as commercially reasonable but shall not be required to repair or replace more than the portion actually damaged. Except as otherwise provided herein, Tenant hereby waives any claim for damages for any injury or inconvenience to or interference with Tenant's business, any loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Premises, and any other loss occasioned by any action of Landlord authorized by this Article 17. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, in the event that the Landlord's work in the Premises or to the Building unreasonably interferes with Tenant's ability to conduct its business in the Premises (or any portion thereof), and such interference continues for five (5) or more days after written notice is received by Landlord specifying the cause of such interference, Tenant shall have the right to equitably abate rent as of the sixth (6th) day, without notice to Landlord, but only during periods in which Tenant is not conducting its business in the Premises (or any portion thereof).
17.2 For each of the aforesaid purposes, Landlord shall at all times have and retain a key with which to unlock all of the doors in the Premises, excluding Tenant's vaults and safes or special security areas (designated in advance), and Landlord shall have the right to use any and all means which Landlord may deem proper to open said doors in an emergency to obtain entry to any portion of the Premises. As to any portion to which access cannot be had by means of a key or keys in Landlord's possession, following reasonable prior verbal notice to Tenant, Landlord is authorized to gain access by such means as Landlord shall elect and the cost of repairing any damage occurring in doing so shall be borne by Tenant and paid to Landlord within thirty (30) days of Landlord's demand.
15
18.1 Except as otherwise provided in Article 20, the following events shall be deemed to be "Events of Default" (as herein called) under this Lease:
18.1.1 Tenant shall fail to pay when due any sum of money becoming due to be paid to Landlord under this Lease, whether such sum be any installment of the rent reserved by this Lease, any other amount treated as additional rent under this Lease, or any other payment or reimbursement to Landlord required by this Lease, whether or not treated as additional rent under this Lease, and such failure shall continue for a period of five (5) days after written notice that such payment was not made when due, but if any such notice shall be given twice, for the twelve (12) month period commencing with the date of such notice, the failure to pay within five (5) days after due any additional sum of money becoming due to be paid to Landlord under this Lease during such period shall be an Event of Default, without notice.
18.1.2 Tenant shall fail to comply with any term, provision or covenant of this Lease which is not provided for in another Section of this Article and shall not cure such failure within thirty (30) days (forthwith, if the failure involves a hazardous condition) after written notice of such failure to Tenant provided, however, that such failure shall not be an Event of Default if such failure could not reasonably be cured during such thirty (30) day period, Tenant has commenced the cure within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter is diligently pursuing such cure to completion, but the total aggregate cure period shall not exceed ninety (90) days.
18.1.3 Tenant shall fail to vacate the Premises immediately upon termination of this Lease, by lapse of time or otherwise, or upon termination of Tenant's right to possession only.
18.1.4 Tenant shall become insolvent, admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, file a petition in bankruptcy or a petition to take advantage of any insolvency statute, make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, make a transfer in fraud of creditors, apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver of itself or of the whole or any substantial part of its property, or file a petition or answer seeking reorganization or arrangement under the federal bankruptcy laws, as now in effect or hereafter amended, or any other applicable law or statute of the United States or any state thereof.
18.1.5 A court of competent jurisdiction shall enter an order, judgment or decree adjudicating Tenant bankrupt, or appointing a receiver of Tenant, or of the whole or any substantial part of its property, without the consent of Tenant, or approving a petition filed against Tenant seeking reorganization or arrangement of Tenant under the bankruptcy laws of the United States, as now in effect or hereafter amended, or any state thereof, and such order, judgment or decree shall not be vacated or set aside or stayed within sixty (60) days from the date of entry thereof.
18A. LANDLORD DEFAULT AND TENANT REMEDY . Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Landlord shall be in default under this Lease if Landlord fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder and said failure continues for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Tenant to Landlord; provided, however, that if the nature of Landlord's obligations is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for its performance, then Landlord shall not be deemed to be in default if it shall commence such performance within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecute the same to completion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall commence the cure of a failure of the HVAC system or a roof leak within five (5) business days following receipt of Tenant's notice by Landlord of same; provided that Landlord shall not be required to commence the cure of a roof leak until the roof is adequately dry for such cure to commence. Upon the occurrence of any such uncured default by Landlord, Tenant may exercise any of its rights provided in law or at equity; provided however, (a) Tenant shall have no right to offset or abate rent in the event of any default by Landlord under this Lease, (b) Tenant shall have no right to terminate this Lease, and
16
(c) Tenant's rights and remedies hereunder shall be limited to the extent Tenant has expressly waived in this Lease any of such rights or remedies and/or this Lease otherwise expressly limits Tenant's rights or remedies, including, without limitation, the limitation on Landlord's liability contained in Article 40.
19. REMEDIES .
19.1 Except as otherwise provided in Article 20, upon the occurrence of any of the Events of Default described or referred to in Article 18, Landlord shall have the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies without any notice or demand whatsoever, concurrently or consecutively and not alternatively:
19.1.1 Landlord may, at its election, terminate this Lease or terminate Tenant's right to possession only, without terminating the Lease.
19.1.2 Upon any termination of this Lease, whether by lapse of time or otherwise, or upon any termination of Tenant's right to possession without termination of the Lease, Tenant shall surrender possession and vacate the Premises immediately, and deliver possession thereof to Landlord, and Tenant hereby grants to Landlord full and free license to enter into and upon the Premises in such event and to repossess Landlord of the Premises as of Landlord's former estate and to expel or remove Tenant and any others who may be occupying or be within the Premises and to remove Tenant's signs and other evidence of tenancy and all other property of Tenant therefrom without being deemed in any manner guilty of trespass, eviction or forcible entry or detainer, and without incurring any liability for any damage resulting therefrom, Tenant waiving any right to claim damages for such re-entry and expulsion, and without relinquishing Landlord's right to rent or any other right given to Landlord under this Lease or by operation of law.
19.1.3 Upon any termination of this Lease, whether by lapse of time or otherwise, Landlord shall be entitled to recover as damages, all rent, including any amounts treated as additional rent under this Lease, and other sums due and payable by Tenant on the date of termination, plus as liquidated damages and not as a penalty, an amount equal to the sum of: (a) an amount equal to the then present value of the rent reserved in this Lease for the residue of the stated Term of this Lease including any amounts treated as additional rent under this Lease and all other sums provided in this Lease to be paid by Tenant, less the expenses which would have been incurred by Landlord on behalf of Tenant that are a function of Tenant's occupancy (i.e. janitorial service, utilities, etc.)], minus the fair rental value of the Premises for such residue, less the expenses which would be incurred by Landlord on behalf of a tenant that are a function of such tenant's occupancy (i.e. janitorial service, utilities, etc.); (b) the reasonable value of the time and expense necessary to obtain a replacement tenant or tenants, and the reasonable estimated expenses described in Section 19.1.4 relating to recovery of the Premises, preparation for reletting and for reletting itself all estimated expenses pro-rated only over Tenant's remaining term; and (c) the cost of performing any other covenants which would have otherwise been performed by Tenant.
19.1.4 Upon any termination of Tenant's right to possession only without termination of the Lease:
19.1.4.1 Neither such termination of Tenant's right to possession nor Landlord's taking and holding possession thereof as provided in Section 19.1.2 shall terminate the Lease or release Tenant, in whole or in part, from any obligation, including Tenant's obligation to pay the rent, including any amounts treated as additional rent, under this Lease for the full Term, and if Landlord so elects Tenant shall continue to pay to Landlord the entire amount of the rent as and when it becomes due, including any amounts treated as additional rent under this Lease, for the remainder of the Term plus any other sums provided in this Lease to be paid by Tenant for the remainder of the Term.
17
19.1.4.2 Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to relet the Premises or portions thereof. Landlord and Tenant agree that nevertheless Landlord shall at most be required to use only the same efforts Landlord then uses to lease premises in the Building generally and that in any case that Landlord shall not be required to give any preference or priority to the showing or leasing of the Premises or portions thereof over any other space that Landlord may be leasing or have available and may place a suitable prospective tenant in any such other space regardless of when such other space becomes available and that Landlord shall have the right to relet the Premises for a greater or lesser term than that remaining under this Lease, the right to relet only a portion of the Premises, or a portion of the Premises or the entire Premises as a part of a larger area, and the right to change the character or use of the Premises. In connection with or in preparation for any reletting, Landlord may, but shall not be required to, make repairs, alterations and additions in or to the Premises and redecorate the same to the extent Landlord deems necessary or desirable, and Tenant shall pay the cost thereof, together with Landlord's reasonable expenses of reletting, including, without limitation, any commission incurred by Landlord, within five (5) days of Landlord's demand (said reasonable costs shall be pro-rated over Tenant's remaining term in the event of a longer term reletting). Landlord shall not be required to observe any instruction given by Tenant about any reletting or accept any tenant offered by Tenant unless such offered tenant has a credit-worthiness reasonably acceptable to Landlord and leases the entire Premises upon terms and conditions including a rate of rent (after giving effect to all expenditures by Landlord for tenant improvements, broker's commissions and other leasing costs) all no less favorable to Landlord than as called for in this Lease, nor shall Landlord be required to make or permit any assignment or sublease for more than the current term or which Landlord would not be required to permit under the provisions of Article 9.
19.1.4.3 Until such time as Landlord shall elect to terminate the Lease and shall thereupon be entitled to recover the amounts specified in such case in Section 19.1.3, Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon demand the full amount of all rent, including any amounts treated as additional rent under this Lease and other sums reserved in this Lease for the remaining Term, together with the customary and reasonable costs of repairs, alterations, additions, redecorating and Landlord's expenses of reletting and the collection of the rent accruing therefrom (including reasonable attorney's fees and broker's commissions) pro-rated over the remaining term of this Lease in the event of a longer term reletting, as the same shall then be due or become due from time to time, less only such consideration as Landlord may have received from any reletting of the Premises; and Tenant agrees that Landlord may file suits from time to time to recover any sums falling due under this Article 19 as they become due. Any proceeds of reletting by Landlord in excess of the amount then owed by Tenant to Landlord from time to time shall be credited against Tenant's future obligations under this Lease but shall not otherwise be refunded to Tenant or inure to Tenant's benefit.
19.2 Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Landlord may (but shall not be obligated to) cure such default at Tenant's sole expense. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Landlord may, at Landlord's option, enter into and upon the Premises if Landlord determines in its sole discretion that Tenant is not acting within a commercially reasonable time to maintain, repair or replace anything for which Tenant is responsible under this Lease or to otherwise effect compliance with its obligations under this Lease and correct the same, without being deemed in any manner guilty of trespass, eviction or forcible entry and detainer and without incurring any liability for any damage or interruption of Tenant's business resulting therefrom and Tenant agrees to reimburse Landlord within ten (10) days of Landlord's demand as additional rent, for any expenses which Landlord may incur in thus effecting compliance with Tenant's obligations under this Lease, plus interest from the date of expenditure by Landlord at the Wall Street Journal prime rate.
18
19.3 Tenant understands and agrees that in entering into this Lease, Landlord is relying upon receipt of all the Annual and Monthly Installments of Rent to become due with respect to all the Premises originally leased hereunder over the full Initial Term of this Lease for amortization, including interest at the Amortization Rate. For purposes hereof, the "Concession Amount" shall be defined as the aggregate of all amounts forgone or expended by Landlord as free rent under the lease, under Exhibit B hereof for construction allowances (excluding therefrom any amounts expended by Landlord for Landlord's Work, as defined in Exhibit B ), and for brokers' commissions payable by reason of this Lease. Accordingly, Tenant agrees that if this Lease or Tenant's right to possession of the Premises leased hereunder shall be terminated as of any date ("Default Termination Date") prior to the expiration of the full Initial Term hereof by reason of a default of Tenant, there shall be due and owing to Landlord as of the day prior to the Default Termination Date, as rent in addition to all other amounts owed by Tenant as of such Date, the amount ("Unamortized Amount") of the Concession Amount determined as set forth below; provided, however, that in the event that such amounts are recovered by Landlord pursuant to any other provision of this Article 19 (i.e. Landlord collects the full amount of the remaining Adjusted Rent due over the remainder of the Lease Term), Landlord agrees that it shall not attempt to recover such amounts pursuant to this Paragraph 19.3. For the purposes hereof, the Unamortized Amount shall be determined in the same manner as the remaining principal balance of a mortgage with interest at the Amortization Rate payable in level payments over the same length of time as from the effectuation of the Concession concerned to the end of the full Initial Term of this Lease would be determined. The foregoing provisions shall also apply to and upon any reduction of space in the Premises, as though such reduction were a termination for Tenant's default, except that (i) the Unamortized Amount shall be reduced by any amounts paid by Tenant to Landlord to effectuate such reduction and (ii) the manner of application shall be that the Unamortized Amount shall first be determined as though for a full termination as of the effective date of the elimination of the portion, but then the amount so determined shall be multiplied by the fraction of which the numerator is the rentable square footage of the eliminated portion and the denominator is the rentable square footage of the Premises originally leased hereunder; and the amount thus obtained shall be the Unamortized Amount.
19.4 If, on account of any breach or default by Tenant in Tenant's obligations under the terms and conditions of this Lease, it shall become necessary or appropriate for Landlord to employ or consult with an attorney or collection agency concerning or to enforce or defend any of Landlord's rights or remedies arising under this Lease or to collect any sums due from Tenant, Tenant agrees to pay all costs and fees so incurred by Landlord, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees and costs. TENANT EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO: (A) TRIAL BY JURY; AND (B) SERVICE OF ANY NOTICE REQUIRED BY ANY PRESENT OR FUTURE LAW OR ORDINANCE APPLICABLE TO LANDLORDS OR TENANTS BUT NOT REQUIRED BY THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE .
19.5 Pursuit of any of the foregoing remedies shall not preclude pursuit of any of the other remedies provided in this Lease or any other remedies provided by law (all such remedies being cumulative), nor shall pursuit of any remedy provided in this Lease constitute a forfeiture or waiver of any rent due to Landlord under this Lease or of any damages accruing to Landlord by reason of the violation of any of the terms, provisions and covenants contained in this Lease.
19.6 No act or thing done by Landlord or its agents during the Term shall be deemed a termination of this Lease or an acceptance of the surrender of the Premises, and no agreement to terminate this Lease or accept a surrender of said Premises shall be valid, unless in writing signed by Landlord. No waiver by Landlord or Tenant of any violation or breach of any of the terms, provisions and covenants contained in this Lease shall be deemed or construed to constitute a waiver of any other violation or breach of any of the terms, provisions and covenants contained in this Lease. Landlord's acceptance of the payment of rental or other payments after the occurrence of an Event of Default shall not be construed as a waiver of such Default, unless Landlord so notifies Tenant in writing.
19
Forbearance by Landlord in enforcing one or more of the remedies provided in this Lease upon an Event of Default shall not be deemed or construed to constitute a waiver of such Default or of Landlord's right to enforce any such remedies with respect to such Default or any subsequent Default. Forbearance by Tenant in enforcing one or more of the remedies provided in this Lease upon a Landlord Event of Default (as defined below) shall not be deemed or construed to constitute a waiver of such Landlord Event of Default or of Tenant's right to enforce any such remedies with respect to such Landlord Event of Default or any subsequent Landlord Event of Default.
19.7 Any and all property which may be removed from the Premises by Landlord pursuant to the authority of this Lease or of law, to which Tenant is or may be entitled, may be handled, removed and/or stored, as the case may be, by or at the direction of Landlord but at the risk, cost and expense of Tenant, and Landlord shall in no event be responsible for the value, preservation or safekeeping thereof. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon demand, any and all expenses incurred in such removal and all storage charges against such property so long as the same shall be in Landlord's possession or under Landlord's control. Any such property of Tenant not retaken by Tenant from storage within thirty (30) days after removal from the Premises shall, at Landlord's option, be deemed conveyed by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease as by a bill of sale without further payment or credit by Landlord to Tenant.
19.8 Landlord and Tenant intend that the Landlord's remedies under this Article 19 expressly supersede any conflicting provisions contained in Section 93.002 of the Texas Property Code, or any successor statute.
20. TENANT'S BANKRUPTCY OR INSOLVENCY .
20.1 If at any time and for so long as Tenant shall be subjected to the provisions of the United States Bankruptcy Code or other law of the United States or any state thereof for the protection of debtors as in effect at such time (each a "Debtor's Law"):
20.1.1 Tenant, Tenant as debtor-in-possession, and any trustee or receiver of Tenant's assets (each a "Tenant's Representative") shall have no greater right to assume or assign this Lease or any interest in this Lease, or to sublease any of the Premises than accorded to Tenant in Article 9, except to the extent Landlord shall be required to permit such assumption, assignment or sublease by the provisions of such Debtor's Law. Without limitation of the generality of the foregoing, any right of any Tenant's Representative to assume or assign this Lease or to sublease any of the Premises shall be subject to the conditions that:
20.1.1.1 Such Debtor's Law shall provide to Tenant's Representative a right of assumption of this Lease which Tenant's Representative shall have timely exercised and Tenant's Representative shall have fully cured any default of Tenant under this Lease.
20.1.1.2 Tenant's Representative or the proposed assignee, as the case shall be, shall have deposited with Landlord as security for the timely payment of rent an amount equal to the larger of: (a) three (3) months' rent and other monetary charges accruing under this Lease; and (b) any sum specified in Article 5; and shall have provided Landlord with adequate other assurance of the future performance of the obligations of the Tenant under this Lease. Without limitation, such assurances shall include, at least, in the case of assumption of this Lease, demonstration to the satisfaction of the Landlord that Tenant's Representative has and will continue to have sufficient unencumbered assets after the payment of all secured obligations and administrative expenses to assure Landlord that Tenant's Representative will have sufficient funds to fulfill the obligations of Tenant under this Lease; and, in the case of assignment, submission of current financial statements of the proposed assignee, audited by an independent certified public accountant reasonably acceptable to Landlord and showing a net
20
worth and working capital in amounts determined by Landlord to be sufficient to assure the future performance by such assignee of all of the Tenant's obligations under this Lease.
20.1.1.3 The assumption or any contemplated assignment of this Lease or subleasing any part of the Premises, as shall be the case, will not breach any provision in any other lease, mortgage, financing agreement or other agreement by which Landlord is bound.
20.1.1.4 Landlord shall have, or would have had absent the Debtor's Law, no right under Article 9 to refuse consent to the proposed assignment or sublease by reason of the identity or nature of the proposed assignee or sublessee or the proposed use of the Premises concerned.
21. QUIET ENJOYMENT . Landlord represents and warrants that it has full right and authority to enter into this Lease and that Tenant, while paying the rental and performing its other covenants and agreements contained in this Lease, shall peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises for the Term without hindrance or molestation from Landlord subject to the terms and provisions of this Lease. Except for its gross negligence or willful misconduct, Landlord shall not be liable for any interference or disturbance by other tenants or third persons, nor shall Tenant be released from any of the obligations of this Lease because of such interference or disturbance.
22. CASUALTY
22.1 In the event the Premises or the Building are damaged by fire or other cause and in Landlord's reasonable estimation such damage can be materially restored within one hundred eighty (180) days from the date of the damage, Landlord shall forthwith repair the same and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect, except that Tenant shall be entitled to a proportionate abatement in rent from the date of such damage. Such abatement of rent shall be made pro rata in accordance with the extent to which the damage and the making of such repairs shall interfere with the use and occupancy by Tenant of the Premises from time to time. Within forty-five (45) days from the date of such damage, Landlord shall notify Tenant, in writing, of Landlord's reasonable estimation of the length of time within which material restoration can be made, and Landlord's determination shall be binding on Tenant. For purposes of this Lease, the Building or Premises shall be deemed "materially restored" if they are substantially in such condition as existed prior to the damage (excluding alterations, additions and improvements made by Tenant following Tenant's initial move-in) and as would not prevent or materially interfere with Tenant's use of the Premises for the purpose for which it was being used immediately before such damage. In no event shall Landlord be responsible for restoring or replacing Tenant's personal property, equipment and or trade fixtures following damage to same.
22.2 If such repairs cannot, in Landlord's reasonable estimation, be made within one hundred eighty (180) days for all or a portion of the Premises, Landlord and Tenant shall each have the option of giving the other, at any time within ninety (90) days after such damage or, if later, forty-five (45) days after the receipt of Landlord's written estimate of the time required to repair the Premises, notice terminating this Lease as of the date of such damage. In the event of the giving of such notice, this Lease shall expire and all interest of the Tenant in the Premises shall terminate as of the date of such damage as if such date had been originally fixed in this Lease for the expiration of the Term. In the event that neither Landlord nor Tenant exercises its option to terminate this Lease, then Landlord shall repair or restore such damage, this Lease continuing in full force and effect, and the rent hereunder shall be proportionately abated as provided in Section 22.1.
22.3 Landlord shall not be required to repair or replace any damage or loss by or from fire or other cause to any panelings, decorations, partitions, additions, railings, ceilings, floor coverings, office fixtures or any other property or improvements installed on the Premises by, or belonging to, Tenant. Any insurance which may be carried by Landlord or Tenant against loss or damage to the Building or Premises shall be for the sole benefit of the party carrying such insurance and under its sole control.
21
22.4 In the event that Landlord should fail to complete such repairs and material restoration within thirty (30) days after the date estimated by Landlord therefor as extended by this Section 22.4, Tenant may at its option and as its sole remedy terminate this Lease by delivering written notice to Landlord, within fifteen (15) days after the expiration of said period of time, whereupon the Lease shall end on the date of such notice or such later date fixed in such notice as if the date of such notice was the date originally fixed in this Lease for the expiration of the Term; provided, however, that if construction is delayed because of changes, deletions or additions in construction requested by Tenant, strikes, lockouts, casualties, Acts of God, war, material or labor shortages, government regulation or control or other causes beyond the reasonable control of Landlord, the period for restoration, repair or rebuilding shall be extended for the amount of time Landlord is so delayed.
22.5 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article: (a) Landlord shall not have any obligation whatsoever to repair, reconstruct, or restore the Premises when the damages resulting from any casualty covered by the provisions of this Article 22 occur during the last twelve (12) months of the Term or any extension thereof, but if Landlord determines not to repair such damages Landlord shall notify Tenant and if such damages shall render any material portion of the Premises untainable Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by notice to Landlord within fifteen (15) days after receipt of Landlord's notice; and (b) in the event the holder of any indebtedness secured by a mortgage or deed of trust covering the Premises or Building requires that any insurance proceeds be applied to such indebtedness, then Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease by delivering written notice of termination to Tenant within fifteen (15) days after such requirement is made by any such holder, whereupon this Lease shall end on the date of such damage as if the date of such damage were the date originally fixed in this Lease for the expiration of the Term.
22.6 In the event of any damage or destruction to the Building or Premises by any peril covered by the provisions of this Article 22, it shall be Tenant's responsibility to properly secure the Premises and upon notice from Landlord to remove forthwith, at its sole cost and expense, such portion of all of the property belonging to Tenant or its licensees from such portion or all of the Building or Premises as Landlord shall request.
23. EMINENT DOMAIN . If all or any substantial part of the Premises or the Building shall be taken or appropriated by any public or quasi-public authority under the power of eminent domain, or conveyance in lieu of such appropriation, either party to this Lease shall have the right, at its option, of giving the other, at any time within thirty (30) days after such taking, notice terminating this Lease, except that Tenant may only terminate this Lease by reason of taking or appropriation, if such taking or appropriation shall be so substantial as to materially interfere with Tenant's use and occupancy of the Premises. If neither party to this Lease shall so elect to terminate this Lease, the rental thereafter to be paid shall be adjusted on a fair and equitable basis under the circumstances. Landlord shall be entitled to any and all income, rent, award, or any interest whatsoever in or upon any such sum, which may be paid or made in connection with any such public or quasi-public use or purpose, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord any interest it may have in or claim to all or any part of such sums, other than any separate award which may be made with respect to Tenant's trade fixtures and moving expenses; Tenant shall make no claim for the value of any unexpired Term.
24. SALE BY LANDLORD . In event of a sale or conveyance by Landlord of the Building, the same shall operate to release Landlord from any future liability upon any of the covenants or conditions, expressed or implied, contained in this Lease in favor of Tenant, and in such event Tenant agrees to look solely to the responsibility of the successor in interest of Landlord in and to this Lease. Except as set forth in this Article 24, this Lease shall not be affected by any such sale and Tenant agrees to attorn to the purchaser or assignee. If any security has been given by Tenant to secure the faithful performance of any of the covenants of this Lease, Landlord shall transfer or deliver said security, as such, to Landlord's successor in interest and thereupon Landlord shall be discharged from any further liability with regard to said security.
22
25. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES . Within ten (10) business days following any written request which Landlord may make from time to time, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord or mortgagee or prospective mortgagee a sworn statement certifying: (a) the date of commencement of this Lease; (b) the fact that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if there have been modifications to this Lease, that this Lease is in full force and effect, as modified, and stating the date and nature of such modifications); (c) the date to which the rent and other sums payable under this Lease have been paid; (d) the fact that there are no current defaults under this Lease by either Landlord or Tenant except as specified in Tenant's statement; and (e) such other matters as may be reasonably requested by Landlord. Landlord and Tenant intend that any statement delivered pursuant to this Article 25 may be relied upon by any mortgagee, beneficiary or purchaser, and Tenant shall be liable for all loss, cost or expense resulting from the failure of any sale or funding of any loan caused by any material misstatement contained in such estoppel certificate. If Tenant fails to execute and deliver such certificate within such ten (10) business day period, Landlord may deliver a second (2 nd ) notice to Tenant and Tenant irrevocably agrees that if Tenant fails to execute and deliver such certificate within a five (5) day period following such second (2 nd ) notice, then Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord a late fee of $500.00 per day for each date past the expiration of such five (5) day period on which Tenant executes and delivers such certificate to Landlord. If Tenant fails to execute and deliver such certificate within a ten (10) business day period following such second (2 nd ) notice, then such failure shall, at Landlord's option, be an Event of Default under this Lease without the requirement of additional notice and Tenant shall be liable for all loss, cost or expense resulting from such failure to execute and deliver such certificate within such ten (10) business day period.
26. SURRENDER OF PREMISES .
26.1 Tenant shall arrange to meet Landlord for two (2) joint inspections of the Premises, the first to occur at least thirty (30) days (but no more than sixty (60) days) before the last day of the Term, and the second to occur not later than five (5) business days after Tenant has vacated the Premises. In the event of Tenant's failure to arrange such joint inspections and/or participate in either such inspection, Landlord's inspection at or after Tenant's vacating the Premises shall be conclusively deemed correct for purposes of determining Tenant's responsibility for repairs and restoration. Landlord shall provide Tenant with at least five (5) written days notice of the opportunity to meet in these occasions.
26.2 All alterations, additions, and improvements in, on, or to the Premises made or installed by or for Tenant, including the Tenant's Work and any carpeting (collectively, "Alterations"), shall be and remain the property of Tenant during the Term. Upon the expiration or sooner termination of the Term, all Alterations shall become a part of the realty and shalt belong to Landlord without compensation, and title shall pass to Landlord under this Lease as by a bill of sale. At the end of the Term or any renewal of the Term or other sooner termination of this Lease, Tenant will peaceably deliver up to Landlord possession of the Premises, together with all Alterations by whomsoever made, in the same conditions received or first installed, broom clean and free of all debris, excepting only ordinary wear and tear and damage by fire or other casualty. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at the time Tenant requested Landlord's consent to an Alteration, Landlord reasonably requested in writing that said Alteration would be required to be removed by Tenant at the expiration of the Term, Tenant shall, at Tenant's sole cost, remove such Alterations, so designated by Landlord's notice, and repair any damage caused by such removal. Tenant must, at Tenant's sole cost, remove upon termination of this Lease, any and all of Tenant's furniture, furnishings, movable partitions of less than full height from floor to ceiling and other trade fixtures and personal property (collectively, "Personalty"). Personalty not so removed shall be deemed abandoned by the Tenant and title to the same shall thereupon pass to Landlord under this Lease as by a bill of sale, but Tenant shall remain responsible for the cost of removal and disposal of such Personalty, as well as any damage caused by such removal. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant must, at Tenant's sole cost, remove upon termination of this
23
Lease, any and all cabling and/or wiring installed by or at the request of Tenant in the Premises and/or Project, whether inside walls, under any raised floor or above any ceiling. Landlord hereby acknowledges and agrees that Tenant shall not be obligated to remove the Tenant's Work and that at the expiration of the Term.
26.3 All obligations of Tenant under this Lease not fully performed as of the expiration or earlier termination of the Term shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount, as estimated by Landlord, necessary to repair and restore the Premises as provided in this Lease and/or to discharge Tenant's obligation for unpaid amounts due or to become due to Landlord. All such amounts shall be used and held by Landlord for payment of such obligations of Tenant, with Tenant being liable for any additional costs upon demand by Landlord, or with any excess to be returned to Tenant after all such obligations have been determined and satisfied. Any otherwise unused Security Deposit shall be credited against the amount payable by Tenant under this Lease.
27. NOTICES . Any notice or document required or permitted to be delivered under this Lease shall be addressed to the intended recipient, by fully prepaid registered or certified United States Mail return receipt requested, by reputable independent contract delivery service furnishing a written record of attempted or actual delivery, or by facsimile transmission (subject to the terms below) and shall be deemed to be delivered when tendered for delivery to the addressee at its address set forth on the Reference Pages with, in the case of Landlord, copies to: Endeavor Real Estate Management, Ltd., 221 West 6th StreetSuite 1300, Austin, Texas 78701, Attention: Chad Marsh, Fax No. (512) 682-5505; RREEF Domain LP c/o RREEF, 101 California Street, 26th Floor, San Francisco, CA 94111, Attention: Doug Sturiale, Fax No. (415) 391-9015; and RREEF Management Company, 1406 Halsey Way, Suite 110, Carrollton, TX 75007, Attention: Joe Akers, Fax No. (972) 323-8401; and in the case of Tenant, a copy to: Michael A. Kennedy/Russell D. Young Commercial Texas, LLC 515 Congress Ave, Suite 1500 Austin, TX 78701; (512) 474-2411 phone; (512) 236-1357 fax Attn: , Fax No. ( ) - , or at such other address as it has then last specified by written notice delivered in accordance with this Article 27, or if to Tenant at either its aforesaid address or its last known registered office or home of a general partner or individual owner, whether or not actually accepted or received by the addressee. Any such notice or document may also be personally delivered if a receipt is signed by and received from, the individual, if any, named in Tenant's Notice Address. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Paragraph 27 to the contrary, if a facsimile transmission is sent to one of the numbers listed above, such transmission shall be deemed effective on the date it is sent only if the sender receives a confirmation that such transmission was successfully received during normal business hours in the time zone of the party receiving such facsimile. If such confirmation shows that such transmission was received after such normal business hours, the effective date of such facsimile shall be the following business day.
28. TAXES PAYABLE BY TENANT . In addition to rent and other charges to be paid by Tenant under this Lease, Tenant shall reimburse to Landlord, upon demand, any and all taxes payable by Landlord (other than net income taxes) whether or not now customary or within the contemplation of the parties to this Lease: (a) upon, allocable to, or measured by or on the gross or net rent payable under this Lease, including without limitation any gross income tax or excise tax levied by the State, any political subdivision thereof, or the Federal Government with respect to the receipt of such rent; (b) upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy of the Premises or any portion thereof, including any sales, use or service tax imposed as a result thereof; (c) upon or measured by the Tenant's gross receipts or payroll or the value of Tenant's equipment, furniture, fixtures and other personal property of Tenant or leasehold improvements, alterations or additions located in the Premises; or (d) upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring any interest of Tenant in this Lease or the Premises. In addition to the foregoing, Tenant agrees to pay, before delinquency, any and all taxes
24
levied or assessed against Tenant and which become payable during the term hereof upon Tenant's equipment, furniture, fixtures and other personal property of Tenant located in the Premises.
29. RELOCATION OF TENANT . Intentionally Deleted.
30. PARKING.
30.1 See Exhibit E attached hereto.
31. DEFINED TERMS AND HEADINGS . The Article headings shown in this Lease are for convenience of reference and shall in no way define, increase, limit or describe the scope or intent of any provision of this Lease. Any indenmification or insurance of Landlord shall apply to and inure to the benefit of all the following "Landlord Entities", being Landlord, Landlord's investment manager, and the trustees, boards of directors, officers, general partners, beneficiaries, stockholders, employees and agents of each of them. Any option granted to Landlord shall also include or be exercisable by Landlord's trustee, beneficiary, agents and employees, as the case may be. In any case where this Lease is signed by more than one person, the obligations under this Lease shall be joint and several. The terms "Tenant" and "Landlord" or any pronoun used in place thereof shall indicate and include the masculine or feminine, the singular or plural number, individuals, firms or corporations, and their and each of their respective successors, executors, administrators and permitted assigns, according to the context hereof. The term "rentable area" shall mean the rentable area of the Premises or the Building as calculated by the Landlord using ANSI/BOMA Z65.1 1996 standards on the basis of the plans and specifications of the Building including a proportionate share of any common areas. Subject to Section 1.4, Tenant hereby accepts and agrees to be bound by the figures for the rentable square footage of the Premises and Tenant's Proportionate Share shown on the Reference Pages; however, Landlord may adjust either or both figures if there is manifest error, addition or subtraction to the Building or any business park or complex of which the Building is a part, remeasurement or other circumstance reasonably justifying adjustment. The term "Building" refers to the structure in which the Premises are located and the common areas (parking lots, sidewalks, landscaping, etc.) appurtenant thereto. If the Building is part of a larger complex of structures, the term "Building" may include the entire complex, where appropriate (such as shared Component Charges or Taxes) and subject to Landlord's reasonable discretion.
32. TENANT'S AUTHORITY . If Tenant signs as a corporation, partnership, trust or other legal entity each of the persons executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant represents and warrants that Tenant has been and is qualified to do business in the state in which the Building is located, that the entity has full right and authority to enter into this Lease, and that all persons signing on behalf of the entity were authorized to do so by appropriate actions. Tenant agrees to deliver to Landlord, simultaneously with the delivery of this Lease, a corporate resolution, proof of due authorization by partners, opinion of counsel or other appropriate documentation reasonably acceptable to Landlord evidencing the due authorization of Tenant to enter into this Lease.
Tenant hereby represents and warrants that neither Tenant, nor any persons or entities holding any legal or beneficial interest whatsoever in Tenant, are (i) the target of any sanctions program that is established by Executive Order of the President or published by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, U.S. Department of the Treasury ("OFAC"); (ii) designated by the President or OFAC pursuant to the Trading with the Enemy Act, 50 U.S.C. App. § 5, the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, 50 U.S.C. §§ 1701-06, the Patriot Act, Public Law 107-56, Executive Order 13224 (September 23, 2001) or any Executive Order of the President issued pursuant to such statutes; or (iii) named on the following list that is published by OFAC: "List of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons." if the foregoing representation is untrue at any time during the Term, an Event of Default will be deemed to have occurred, without the necessity of notice to Tenant."
25
33. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND CREDIT REPORTS . At Landlord's request, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy, certified by an officer of Tenant as being a true and correct copy, of Tenant's most recent audited financial statement, or, if unaudited, certified by Tenant's chief financial officer as being true, complete and correct in all material respects. Tenant hereby authorizes Landlord to obtain one or more credit reports on Tenant at any time, and shall execute such further authorizations as Landlord may reasonably require in order to obtain a credit report, but not more frequently than annually; provided, however, that in the event of a financing, re-financing or sale of the Project or any portion thereof, Landlord may require such further authorizations whether or not any such authorizations were required during the previous twelve (12) months.
34. COMMISSIONS . Each of the parties represents and warrants to the other that it has not dealt with any broker or finder in connection with this Lease, except as described on the Reference Pages.
35. TIME AND APPLICABLE LAW . Time is of the essence of this Lease and all of its provisions. This Lease shall in all respects be governed by the laws of the state in which the Building is located.
36. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS . Subject to the provisions of Article 9, the terms, covenants and conditions contained in this Lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors, executors, administrators and assigns of the parties to this Lease.
37. ENTIRE AGREEMENT . This Lease, together with its exhibits, contains all agreements of the parties to this Lease and supersedes any previous negotiations. There have been no representations made by the Landlord or any of its representatives or understandings made between the parties other than those set forth in this Lease and its exhibits. This Lease may not be modified except by a written instrument duly executed by the parties to this Lease.
38. EXAMINATION NOT OPTION . Submission of this Lease shall not be deemed to be a reservation of the Premises. Landlord shall not be bound by this Lease until it has received a copy of this Lease duly executed by Tenant and has delivered to Tenant a copy of this Lease duly executed by Landlord, and until such delivery Landlord reserves the right to exhibit and lease the Premises to other prospective tenants. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord may withhold delivery of possession of the Premises from Tenant until such time as Tenant has paid to Landlord any security deposit required by Article 5, the first month's rent as set forth in Article 3 and any sum owed pursuant to this Lease.
39. RECORDATION . Tenant shall not record or register this Lease or a short form memorandum hereof without the prior written consent of Landlord, and then shall pay all charges and taxes incident such recording or registration.
40. LIMITATION OF LANDLORD'S LIABILITY . Redress for any claim against Landlord under this Lease shall be limited to and enforceable only against and to the extent of Landlord's interest in the Building. The obligations of Landlord under this Lease are not intended to be and shall not be personally binding on, nor shall any resort be had to the private properties of, any of its or its investment manager's trustees, directors, officers, partners, beneficiaries, members, stockholders, employees, or agents, and in no case shall Landlord be liable to Tenant hereunder for any lost profits, damage to business, or any form of special, indirect or consequential damages.
41. LANDLORD REPRESENTATIONS . The Project currently has dual feed power in excess of 30 watts per square foot. The Premises has a maximum floor load of 100 pounds per square foot; The Project currently provides access to a SONET ring.
[REMAINDER OF THE PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]
26
27
EXHIBIT AFLOOR PLAN DEPICTING THE PREMISES
attached to and made a part of Lease bearing the
Lease Reference Date of November , 2006 between
RREEF DOMAIN, LP, as Landlord and
CONVIO, INC., as Tenant
Exhibit A is intended only to show the general layout of the Premises as of the beginning of the Term of this Lease. It does not in any way supersede any of Landlord's rights set forth in Article 17 with respect to arrangements and/or locations of public parts of the Building and changes in such arrangements and/or locations. It is not to be scaled; any measurements or distances shown should be taken as approximate.
A-1
A-2
attached to and made a part of Lease bearing the
Lease Reference Date of November 17, 2006 between
RREEF DOMAIN, LP, as Landlord and
CONVIO, INC., as Tenant
Exhibit A-I is intended only to show the general location of the Premises as of the beginning of the Term of this Lease. It does not in any way supersede any of Landlord's rights set forth in Article 17 with respect to arrangements and/or locations of public parts of the Building and changes in such arrangements and/or locations. It is not to be scaled; any measurements or distances shown should be taken as approximate.
A-1-1
A-1-2
EXHIBIT A-2DEPICTION OF THE PROJECT AND LAND (as of the Effective Date)
attached to and made a part of Lease bearing the
Lease Reference Date of November 17, 2006 between
RREEF DOMAIN, LP, as Landlord and
CONVIO, INC., as Tenant
A-2-1
A-2-2
EXHIBIT BINITIAL ALTERATIONS
attached to and made a part of Lease bearing the
Lease Reference Date of November 17, 2006 between
RREEF DOMAIN, LP, as Landlord and
CONVIO,
INC., as Tenant
CONDITION OF THE PREMISES, ALLOWANCE AND TENANT IMPROVEMENTS
CONDITION OF THE PREMISES.
Tenant acknowledges and agrees that it has inspected the Premises and Tenant agrees to accept the Premises in its present condition, "AS IS" and "WITH ALL FAULTS." Landlord shall have no obligation to make any alterations, additions or improvements of any nature to the Premises. TENANT ACKNOWLEDGES THAT LANDLORD HAS NOT MADE NOR WILL MAKE ANY WARRANTIES TO TENANT WITH RESPECT TO THE QUALITY OF CONSTRUCTION OF ANY LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS OR TENANT FINISH WTTHTN THE PREMISES OR AS TO THE CONDITION OF THE PREMISES, WHETHER EXPRESS, STATUTORY, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, AND THAT LANDLORD EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY THAT THE PREMISES ARE OR WILL BE SUITABLE FOR TENANT'S INTENDED COMMERCIAL PURPOSES.
Landlord shall provide Tenant with an allowance (the "Allowance") of $9.00 per square foot of Net Rentable Area ($600,579.00) for construction of the improvements contemplated by the Plans (as defined below). Subject to a credit for the Allowance, Tenant shall bear the entire cost [including labor, material, equipment, all architectural and engineering fees incurred in connection with the preparation of the Plans and a construction supervision fee payable to Landlord equal to one point seven five percent (1.75%) of the amount of the Allowance. The total construction costs (consisting of labor, material and equipment)] of any improvements to be installed in the Premises in accordance with the Plans is referred to herein as the "Construction Costs."
(2) Tenant's Plans shall be subject to Landlord's approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned; provided that (a) they comply with all applicable governmental laws, codes, rules, and regulations, (b) the improvements depicted thereon conform to the specifications, rules and regulations to be promulgated by Landlord for the construction of tenant improvements, and (c) the work will not affect the Building's HVAC, electrical, mechanical, or plumbing systems in an adverse manner. Landlord shall have five (5) business days following Tenant's delivery of the Plans to approve or disapprove such Plans. Failure by Landlord to timely approve or disapprove such Plans shall be deemed as Landlord's approval of such Plans. Approval (or deemed approval) by Landlord of the Plans
B-1
shall not be a representation or warranty of Landlord that the Plans are adequate for any use, purpose, or condition, or that the Plans comply with any applicable law or code.
(3) Any disapproval of Plans by Landlord shall be in writing and shall specify the reasons for disapproval. Any Plans resubmitted by Tenant shall address all of Landlord's specified reasons for disapproval. Landlord shall have five (5) business days following receipt of any such resubmitted Plans to approve or disapprove such Plans. Failure by Landlord to timely approve or disapprove such resubmitted Plans shall be deemed as Landlord's approval of such Plans.
(4) Landlord and Tenant shall repeat the foregoing procedure until approval of the Plans by Landlord. The construction of all improvements in accordance with the approved Plans is referred to herein as the "Tenant's Work."
b. All design, construction and installation shall conform to the requirements of applicable building, plumbing and electrical codes and the requirements of any governmental authority having jurisdiction with respect to such work.
c. If Tenant requests materials or installations in addition to or other than as shown on the approved Plans (a "Change"), Landlord's review and prior written approval shall be required and shall not be unreasonably delayed, withheld or conditioned. Each Change request shall be set forth in a written notice delivered to Landlord, specifying in detail the requested Change.
d. Tenant's approved contractor shall perform, or cause to be performed, the construction of all improvements in accordance with the approved Plans. Tenant shall pay for all of the Construction Costs, subject to payment by Landlord to Tenant of the Allowance. Landlord shall pay to Tenant the Allowance pursuant to the following procedure:
(i) Prior to commencement of Tenant's Work, Tenant shall provide to Landlord a copy of the construction contract between Tenant and Tenant's approved contractor, such contract to include the total cost of Tenant's Work.
(ii) As Tenant's Work progresses, Tenant shall, no more than one (l) time each month, provide Landlord with each draw request from the approved contractor. Within ten (10) days after Landlord's receipt of the foregoing draw request from Tenant, Landlord shall pay to Tenant the amount of such draw request, but only until the entire Allowance has been paid by Landlord to Tenant. In no event shall Landlord be required to pay to Tenant more than the amount of the Allowance. After the Allowance has been paid by Landlord to Tenant, Tenant shall be solely responsible for all payments to Tenant's contractor.
(iii) Within ten (10) days following Substantial Completion (as defined below) of Tenant's Work, Tenant shall provide to Landlord lien releases from all parties providing labor and/or materials to the Premises and no mechanic's, materialman's, laborer's or other similar liens in connection with Tenant's Work shall exist of record on any portion of the Project.
e. The term "Substantial Completion" shall mean that a certificate of occupancy (or temporary occupancy) has been issued and the Tenant's Work has been completed substantially in accordance with the Plans, subject to completion of minor punch list items.
B-2
EXHIBIT CCOMMENCEMENT DATE MEMORANDUM
attached to and made a part of Lease bearing the
Lease Reference Date of November 17, 2006 between
RREEF DOMAIN, LP, as Landlord and
CONVIO, INC., as Tenant
COMMENCEMENT DATE MEMORANDUM
THIS MEMORANDUM, made as of , 20 , by and between ("Landlord") and ("Tenant").
Recitals:
NOW, THEREFORE, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:
[insert rent schedule]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date and year first above written.
LANDLORD: | TENANT: |
RREEF DOMAIN, LP, a Texas limited partnership
By: DO NOT SIGN | By: DO NOT SIGN | |||||
Name: |
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
Dated: |
|
|
|
Dated: |
|
|
EXHIBIT DRULES AND REGULATIONS
attached to and made a part of Lease bearing the
Lease Reference Date of November 17, 2006 between
RREEF DOMAIN, LP, as Landlord and
CONVIO,
INC., as Tenant
1. No sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice (collectively referred to as "Signs") shall be installed or displayed on any part of the outside of the Building without the prior written consent of the Landlord which consent shall be in Landlord's sole discretion. All approved Signs shall be printed, painted, affixed or inscribed at Tenant's expense by a person or vendor approved by Landlord and shall be removed by Tenant at Tenant's expense upon vacating the Premises. Landlord shall have the right to remove any Sign installed or displayed in violation of this rule at Tenant's expense and without notice.
2. If Landlord objects in writing to any curtains, blinds, shades or screens attached to or hung in or used in connection with any window or door of the Premises or Building, Tenant shall immediately discontinue such use. No awning shall be permitted on any part of the Premises. Tenant shall not place anything or allow anything to be placed against or near any glass partitions or doors or windows which may appear unsightly, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord, from outside the Premises.
3. Tenant shall not alter any lock or other access device or install a new or additional lock or access device or bolt on any door of its Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant, upon the termination of its tenancy, shall deliver to Landlord the keys or other means of access to all doors.
4. If Tenant requires telephone, data, burglar alarm or similar service, the cost of purchasing, installing and maintaining such service shall be borne solely by Tenant. No boring or cutting for wires will be allowed without the prior written consent of Landlord. Landlord shall direct electricians as to where and how telephone, data, and electrical wires are to be introduced or installed. The location of burglar alarms, telephones, call boxes or other office equipment affixed to the Premises shall be subject to the prior written approval of Landlord.
5. Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor of its Premises, including mezzanine area, if any, which exceeds the load per square foot that such floor was designed to carry and that is allowed by law. Heavy objects shall stand on such platforms as determined by Landlord to be necessary to properly distribute the weight. Landlord will not be responsible for loss of or damage to any such equipment or other property from any cause, and all damage done to the Building by maintaining or moving such equipment or other property shall be repaired at the expense of Tenant.
6. Tenant shall not install any radio or television antenna, satellite dish, loudspeaker or other device on the roof or exterior walls of the Building without Landlord's prior written consent which consent shall be in Landlord's sole discretion.
7. Tenant shall not mark, drive nails, screw or drill into the partitions, woodwork, plaster or drywall (except for pictures and general office uses) or in any way deface the Premises or any part thereof. Tenant shall not affix any floor covering to the floor of the Premises or paint or seal any floors in any manner except as approved by Landlord. Tenant shall repair any damage resulting from noncompliance with this rule.
8. No cooking shall be done or permitted on the Premises, except that Underwriters' Laboratory approved microwave ovens, a toaster oven and equipment for brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages shall be permitted, provided that such equipment and use is in accordance with all applicable federal, state and city laws, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations.
D-1
9. Tenant shall not use any hand trucks except those equipped with the rubber tires and side guards, and may use such other material-handling equipment as Landlord may approve. Tenant shall not bring any other vehicles of any kind into the Building. Forklifts which operate on asphalt areas shall only use tires that do not damage the asphalt.
10. Tenant shall not use the name of the Building or any photograph or other likeness of the Building in connection with or in promoting or advertising Tenant's business except that Tenant may include the Building name in Tenant's address or any subletting/assignment listing materials. Landlord shall have the right, exercisable with not less than ninety (90) days notice and without liability to any tenant, to change the name and address of the Building.
11. All trash and refuse shall be contained in suitable receptacles at locations approved by Landlord. Tenant shall not place in the trash receptacles any personal trash or material that cannot be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of removing such trash without violation of any law or ordinance governing such disposal.
12. Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any governing authority.
13. Tenant assumes all responsibility for securing and protecting its Premises and its contents including keeping doors locked and other means of entry to the Premises closed.
14. Tenant shall not use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord without Landlord's prior written consent.
15. No person shall go on the roof without Landlord's permission.
16. Tenant shall not permit any animals, other than seeing-eye dogs, to be brought or kept in or about the Premises or any common area of the property.
17. Tenant shall not permit any motor vehicles to be washed or mechanical work or maintenance of motor vehicles to be performed on any portion of the Premises or parking lot.
18. These Rules and Regulations are in addition to, and shall not be construed to in any way modify or amend, in whole or in part, the terms, covenants, agreements and conditions of any lease of any premises in the Building. Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of any tenant or tenants in a non-discriminatory manner.
19. Landlord reserves the right to make such other and reasonable rules and regulations as in its judgment may from time to time be needed for safety and security, for care and cleanliness of the Building and for the preservation of good order in and about the Building. Tenant agrees to abide by all such rules and regulations herein stated and any additional rules and regulations which are adopted. Tenant shall be responsible for the observance of all of the foregoing rules by Tenant's employees, agents, clients, customers, invitees and guests.
20. Any toilet rooms, toilets, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown into them. The expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by the Tenant who, or whose employees or invitees, shall have caused it.
21. Tenant shall not permit smoking or carrying of lighted cigarettes or cigars in areas reasonably designated by Landlord or any applicable governmental agencies as non-smoking areas.
22. Any directory of the Building or project of which the Building is a part ("Project Area"), if provided, will be exclusively for the display of the name and location of tenants only and Landlord reserves the right to charge for the use thereof and to exclude any other names.
D-2
23. Canvassing, soliciting, distribution of handbills or any other written material in the Building or Project Area is prohibited and each tenant shall cooperate to prevent the same. No tenant shall solicit business from other tenants or permit the sale of any goods or merchandise in the Building or Project Area without the written consent of Landlord.
24. Any equipment belonging to Tenant which causes noise or vibration that may be transmitted to the structure of the Building or to any space therein to such a degree as to be objectionable to Landlord or to any tenants in the Building shall be placed and maintained by Tenant, at Tenant's expense, on vibration eliminators or other devices sufficient to eliminate the noise or vibration.
25. Driveways, sidewalks, halls, passages, exits, entrances and stairways ("Access Areas") shall not be obstructed by tenants or used by tenants for any purpose other than for ingress to and egress from their respective premises. Access areas are not for the use of the general public and Landlord shall in all cases retain the right to control and prevent access thereto by all persons whose presence, in the judgment of Landlord, shall be prejudicial to the safety, character, reputation and interests of the Building or its tenants.
26. Landlord reserves the right to reasonably designate the use of parking areas and spaces. Tenant shall not park in visitor, reserved, or unauthorized parking areas. Tenant and Tenant's guests shall park between designated parking lines only and shall not park motor vehicles in those areas designated by Landlord for loading and unloading. Vehicles in violation of the above shall be subject to being towed at the vehicle owner's expense. Vehicles parked for in excess of seventy two (72) hours without prior written consent of the Landlord shall be deemed abandoned and shall be subject to being towed at vehicle owner's expense. Tenant will from time to time, upon the request of Landlord, supply Landlord with a list of license plate numbers of vehicles owned or operated by its employees or agents.
27. No trucks, tractors or similar vehicles can be parked anywhere other than in Tenant's own truck dock area. Tractor-trailers which must be unhooked or parked with dolly wheels beyond the concrete loading areas must use steel plates or wood blocks under the dolly wheels to prevent damage to the asphalt paving surfaces. No parking or storing of such trailers will be permitted in the parking areas or on streets adjacent thereto.
28. During periods of loading and unloading, Tenant shall not unreasonably interfere with traffic flow and loading and unloading areas of other tenants. All products, materials or goods must be stored within the Tenant's Premises and not in any exterior areas, including, but not limited to, exterior dock platforms, against the exterior of the Building, parking areas and driveway areas. Tenant agrees to keep the exterior of the Premises clean and free of nails, wood, pallets, packing materials, barrels and any other debris produced from their operation.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]
D-3
EXHIBIT EPARKING
attached to and made a part of Lease bearing the
Lease Reference Date of November 17, 2006 between
RREEF DOMAIN, LP, as Landlord and
CONVIO, INC., as
Tenant
Provided Tenant is not in default hereunder beyond any applicable notice and cure period, Tenant shall be permitted to use, the Project parking areas as follows: (a) unreserved parking spaces [equal to three (3) parking spaces per each 1,000 square feet of rentable area of the Premises] in the surface parking area associated with the Building (the "Building 5 Parking Area") and (b) unreserved parking spaces [equal to one (1) parking space per each I,000 square feet of rentable area of the Premises] in the covered parking area associated with the Domain Lifestyle Center (located immediately to the west of the Building) (the "DLC Parking Area"), all such parking subject to such terms, conditions and regulations as are applicable to patrons of said parking area(s) for spaces similarly situated within said parking area(s). The inability of Tenant to utilize said parking spaces shall under no circumstances be deemed a default by Landlord as to permit Tenant to terminate this Lease, in whole or in part, or to have any claim or cause of action against Landlord as a result thereof, the same being hereby expressly waived by Tenant. In the event the parking spaces become unavailable to Tenant during any portion of the term of this Lease for any reason, then Landlord shall use its commercially reasonable best efforts to make available to Tenant sufficient parking spaces (but not to exceed the number of spaces not then available to Tenant) to meet Tenant's needs and situated within 1,500 feet from the Building, until the parking spaces are available to Tenant. The foregoing shall not be deemed to provide Tenant with an exclusive right to any parking spaces or any guaranty of the availability of any particular parking spaces. The foregoing shall not be deemed to provide Tenant with any specific number of parking spaces beyond the spaces indicated above.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord reserves the right, by giving Tenant a minimum of ten (10) days prior written notice, to reduce Tenant's parking in the Building 5 Parking Area by up to 2.5 parking spaces per each 1,000 square feet of rentable area of the Premises and replacing such reduced parking spaces in the Building 5 Parking Area with an equal number of parking spaces in the DLC Parking Area. In addition to the foregoing notice, Landlord shall give Tenant at least thirty (30) days prior written notice of the date upon which Landlord estimates such parking space replacement shall occur.
E-1
EXHIBIT FADDITIONAL PROVISIONS
attached to and made a part of Lease bearing the
Lease Reference Date of November 17, 2006 between
RREEF DOMAIN, LP, as Landlord and
CONVIO,
INC., as Tenant
1. RENEWAL OPTION . Tenant shall have the right and option to renew this Lease for one (1) additional five (5) year term (the "Renewal Term") by delivering a binding written notice thereof to Landlord at least two hundred seventy (270) days but not more than three hundred sixty (360) days prior to the expiration date of the Lease Term, provided that at the time of such notice and at the end of the Lease Term, Tenant (i) is not in default hereunder beyond any applicable notice and cure period and (ii) has not assigned this lease nor sublet any portion of the Premises pursuant to a sublease that would be effective at the expiration of this Lease. Upon the delivery of said notice and subject to the conditions set forth in the preceding sentence, this Lease shall be extended upon the same terms, covenants, and conditions as provided in this Lease, except that (a) the rental payable during the Renewal Term shall be at the Market Rate (as defined below) for such space upon commencement of the Renewal Term and (b) Landlord shall have no obligation to perform leasehold improvements to the Premises or provide any allowance therefor. "Market Rate" shall mean the then prevailing market rate for a comparable term commencing on the first day of the Renewal Term for tenants of comparable size and creditworthiness for comparable space in the Project and other comparable office buildings in the Northwest Austin market. The determination of the Market Rate is further described in Exhibit F-l attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference. Applicable market rate escalations shall apply to Basic Rent during the Renewal Term. Tenant shall have no additional extension or renewal option.
2. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL . Subject to Subsection B below, Landlord hereby grants to Tenant for the initial term of the Lease a continuing right of first refusal to lease any space situated on the second (2 nd ) floor of the Building not constituting the Premises (the "ROFR Space"), to be exercised in accordance with Subsection A below.
A. If at any time during the initial lease Term Landlord receives a bona fide letter of interest from any third party (or delivers a bona fide letter of interest to any third party) for the lease of any ROFR Space and said terms are acceptable to Landlord and such letter of interest has been signed by such third party or its agent, Landlord shall so notify Tenant ("Landlord's ROFR Notice") identifying the ROFR Space (and, if applicable, any other space identified in Landlord's ROFR Notice) (the "Subject ROFR Space") and the terms and conditions under which such third party has agreed to lease the Subject ROFR Space, except as otherwise set forth in Subsection C below. Tenant shall notify Landlord within three (3) business days of receipt of Landlord's ROFR Notice whether it desires to lease the Subject ROFR Space on the same terms and conditions identified in Landlord's ROFR Notice. If Tenant does not notify Landlord within said 3 business day period that it will lease the Subject ROFR Space, Tenant shall be deemed to have refused the Subject ROFR Space. After any refusal, Tenant shall have no further right of first refusal for such Subject ROFR Space and Landlord shall be free to lease such space to the bona-fide third party or its affiliate upon substantially the same material terms as in Landlord's ROFR Notice. If such ROFR space is not leased to said bona-fide third party or its affiliate, Tenant's Right of First Refusal shall be reinstated. If Tenant exercises its right of first refusal with respect to the Subject ROFR Space, Landlord and Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after Tenant's exercise of its right of first refusal, enter into a lease agreement substantially identical to this Lease, but containing the terms and conditions specified in Landlord's ROFR Notice, except as otherwise set forth in Subsection C below.
F-1
B. Tenant's right of first refusal is subject to the conditions that: (i) on the date that Tenant delivers its notice exercising its right of first refusal, Tenant is not in default under this Lease beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure periods, and (ii) Tenant shall not have sublet over 50% of the Premises for the remainder of the Term.
C. If Tenant exercises its right of first refusal with respect to the Subject ROFR Space Landlord may require Tenant to increase its security deposit in the same manner and proportion as its current deposit as a requirement of the addition of the Subject ROFR Space.
3. MONUMENT SIGNAGE . Tenant shall be permitted to install directional signage, at Tenant's cost, on the multi-tenant monument sign on the Project located as shown on Exhibit F-2 attached hereto, such signage to be subject to Landlord's reasonable approval with respect to the location, design and size thereof.
4. BUILDING SIGNAGE . So long as (i) this Lease is still in full force and effect and (ii) the named Tenant as set forth this Lease shall actually occupy the entire Premises (the "Sign Conditions"), Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right, subject to applicable legal requirements and the terms of this Lease, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, to install and maintain a single building-mounted sign (hereinafter, "Tenant's Sign") on the exterior of the Building. The size, location, construction and design of Tenant's Sign shall be subject to Landlord's reasonable approval and Tenant's Sign shall be subject to compliance with any and all governmental laws, ordinances and regulations. The weight and dimensions of Tenant's Sign and Tenant's proposed method of attaching Tenant's Sign to the Building shall be subject to Landlord's approval, which approvals shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Any changes Tenant proposes to the Tenant's Sign shall be subject to Landlord's approval, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Without limiting the foregoing, Landlord may refuse to approve any sign that is not consistent with the architecture and general appearance of the Building and Project, will cause undue damage to the Building, or which is otherwise inconsistent with office building signage in similar buildings. Tenant shalt obtain, at its expense, all permits and approvals required for the installation of Tenant's Sign prior to the installation thereof (but shall not be permitted to seek any zoning or similar relief for Tenant's Sign without Landlord's consent, which may be withheld in Landlord's sole discretion), and shall keep all such permits and approvals in full force and effect throughout the term. Tenant acknowledges that Tenant's Sign shall be at Tenant's risk and Tenant shall perform all maintenance and repairs to Tenant's Sign required to keep it in good condition. The installation, repair, maintenance and removal of Tenant's Sign shall be subject to the applicable provisions of the Lease and Landlord's other reasonable requirements. Prior to the expiration or earlier termination of the term of this Lease, and upon any event pursuant to which the Sign Conditions cease to prevail, Tenant shall remove Tenant's Sign (and all associated hardware) from the Building and shall fill all holes and repair all damage caused by such removal. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, Tenant's right to install and maintain Tenant's Sign shall not be assignable to any subtenant of Tenant. Landlord agrees that Landlord shall not permit another party to place sign larger than Tenant's Sign on the Building unless such party leases space in the Building and such space is larger than the Premises.
5. EARLY OCCUPANCY . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease (including, without limitation, Section 2.3 of the Lease), if Tenant occupies the Premises (or any portion thereof) for the conduct of Tenant's business (A) prior to June 1, 2007, then Tenant promises and agrees to pay Landlord, for such period, Basic Rent in the amount of (i) $27,804.58 per month and (ii) the monthly Estimated Component Charges and Taxes and (iii) the Estimated Monthly Utility Escrow Payment and/or (B) between June 1, 2007 and the Commencement Date, then Tenant promises and agrees to pay Landlord, for such period, (i) the monthly Estimated Component Charges and Taxes and (ii) the Estimated Monthly Utility Escrow Payment.
F-2
6. ACCESS TO PREMISES . Subject to Building and Project security requirements, Tenant shall have access to the Premises 24 hours a day, 7 days a week.
7. JANITORIAL SERVICE . Tenant shall have the right, following sixty (60) days prior written notice to Landlord, to contract separately for the janitorial service using a janitorial contractor approved by Landlord and, at such time, Landlord shall cease to provide janitorial service to the Premises and the Component Charges shall be reduced accordingly by Landlord.
F-3
EXHIBIT F-I- DETERMINATION OF MARKET RATE
attached to and made a part of Lease bearing the
Lease Reference Date of November 17, 2006 between
RREEF DOMAIN, LP, as Landlord and
CONVIO,
INC., as Tenant
Pursuant to the terms of Item 1of Exhibit F to the Lease. Market Rate shall be determined as follows:
(i) If Tenant provides Landlord with its notice of exercise of its option pursuant to Item 1 of Exhibit F to the Lease, then, Landlord shall calculate and inform Tenant of the Market Rate within thirty (30) days of receiving such notice. If Tenant rejects the Market Rate as calculated by Landlord, Tenant shall inform Landlord of its rejection within ten (10) days after Tenant's receipt of Landlord's calculation, and Landlord and Tenant shall commence negotiations to agree upon the Market Rate. If Tenant fails to timely reject Landlord's calculation of the Market Rate it will be deemed to have accepted such calculation. If Landlord and Tenant are unable to reach agreement within twenty-one (21) days after Landlord's receipt of Tenant's notice of rejection, then the Market Rate shall be determined in accordance with (ii) below.
(ii) If Landlord and Tenant are unable to reach agreement on the Market Rate within said twenty-one (21) day period, then within seven (7) days following the expiration of said twenty-one (21) day period, Landlord and Tenant shall each simultaneously submit to the other in a sealed envelope its good faith estimate of the Market Rate. If the higher of such estimates is not more than one hundred five percent (105%) of the lower, then the Market Rate shall be the average of the two. Otherwise, the dispute shall be resolved by arbitration in accordance with (iii) and (iv) below.
(iii) Within seven (7) days after the exchange of estimates, the parties shall select as an arbitrator an independent commercial real estate broker with at least ten (10) years of experience in leasing office space in the metropolitan area in which the Property is located (a "Qualified Broker"). if the parties cannot agree on a Qualified Broker, then within a second period of seven (7) days, each shall select a Qualified Broker and within ten (10) days thereafter the two appointed Qualified Brokers shall select a third Qualified Broker and the third Qualified Broker shall be the sole arbitrator. If one party shall fail to select a Qualified Broker within the second seven (7) day period, then the Qualified Broker chosen by the other party shall be the sole arbitrator.
(iv) Within twenty-one (21) days after submission of the matter to the arbitrator, the arbitrator shall determine the Market Rate by choosing whichever of the estimates submitted by Landlord and Tenant the arbitrator judges to be more accurate. The arbitrator shall notify Landlord and Tenant of its decision, which shall be final and binding. If the arbitrator believes that expert advice would materially assist him, the arbitrator may retain one or more qualified persons to provide expert advice. The fees of the arbitrator and the expenses of the arbitration proceeding, including the fees of any expert witnesses retained by the arbitrator, shall be paid by the party whose estimate is not selected. Each party shall pay the fees of its respective counsel and the fees of any witness called by that party.
F-1-1
EXHIBIT F-2LOCATION OF MONUMENT SIGN
attached to and made a part of Lease bearing the
Lease Reference Date of November 17, 2006 between
RREEF DOMAIN, LP, as Landlord and
CONVIO, INC., as Tenant
F-2-1
F-2-2
THIS First Amendment to Lease (this "Amendment") is entered into as of April 23, 2007, by and between RREEF Domain, LP , a Texas limited partnership ("Landlord"), and CONVIO, INC. , a Delaware corporation ("Tenant").
A. Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Net Office Lease, dated November 1, 2006 (the "Lease"), relating to Tenant's lease of 66,731 square feet of Net Rentable Area, known as Suite 200 within the building commonly known as Building 5, The Domain, as more fully described in the Lease.
B. Tenant desires to take possession of the Premises prior to the Commencement Date.
C. Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease as hereinafter provided for the purpose of, among other things, establishing Tenant's early occupancy of the Premises, the Commencement Date, the Expiration Date and other matters under the Lease.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual agreements herein set forth, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:
BASIC RENT and MONTHLY INSTALLMENT OF BASIC RENT (Article 3):
4/23/07-4/30/07 | $7,414.55 (8 days @ $926.82/day) | |
5/1/07-5/31/07 | $27,804.58 | |
6/1/07-6/30/07 | $0.00 | |
7/1/07-9/28/07 | $0.00 Rent Abatement Period | |
9/29/07-9/30/07 | $3,892.64 due 7/1/07 | |
10/1/07-12/31/07 | $58,389.63/per month | |
1/1/08-12/31/08 | $83,413.75/per month | |
1/1/09-12/31/09 | $86,194.21/per month | |
1/1/10-12/31/10 | $88,974.67/per month | |
1/1/11-12/31/11 | $91,755.13/per month | |
1/1/12-12/31/12 | $94,535.58/per month | |
1/1/13-9/30/13 | $97,316.04/per month |
In addition, Tenant shall pay, per the terms of the Lease, the following monthly estimated Component and Utility Charges for the Tenant's early occupancy and the remaining periods in 2007:
|
Component and
Utility Charges |
Basic Rent | Total Monthly Payment |
|
|||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
4/23/07-4/30/07 | $ | 12,975.47 | $ | 7,414.55 | $ | 20,390.02 | |||||
5/1/07-5/31/07 | $ | 48,658.02 | $ | 27,804.58 | $ | 76,462.60 | |||||
6/1/07-6/30/07 | $ | 48,658.02 | $ | 0.00 | $ | 48,658.02 | |||||
7/1/07-9/28/07 | $ | 11,064.00 | $ | 0.00 | $ | 11,064.00 | |||||
9/29/07-9/30/07 | $ | 3,243.87 | $ | 3,892.64 | $ | 7,136.51 | (Due 7/1/07) | ||||
10/1/07-12/31/07 | $ | 48,658.02 | $ | 58,389.63 | $ | 107,047.65 |
[ SIGNATURE PAGE(S) FOLLOW]
[Signature Page for that First Amendment to Lease]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed as of the date and year first above written.
LANDLORD: | TENANT: | |||||
RREEF DOMAIN, L.P., a Texas limited partnership |
|
CONVIO, INC. |
||||
By: |
|
RREEF MANAGEMENT COMPANY, a Delaware Corporation, Authorized Agent |
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Joseph D. Akers |
|
By: |
|
/s/ JR Offerdahl |
Name: |
Joseph D. Akers
|
Name: |
JR Offerdahl
|
|||
Title: |
Vice President, District Manager
|
Title: |
CFO
|
|||
Dated: | May 25, 2007 | Dated: | June 19, 2007 |
Exhibit 10.8.2
SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE
THIS Second Amendment to Lease (this Amendment) is entered into as of January 22, 2008, by and between RREEF Domain, LP , a Texas limited partnership (Landlord), and CONVIO, INC ., a Delaware corporation (Tenant).
Recitals
A. Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Net Office Lease, dated November 1, 2006 (the Lease), relating to Tenants lease of 66,731 square feet of Net Rentable Area, known as Suite 200 within the building commonly known as Building 5, The Domain, as more fully described in the Lease.
B. Landlord and Tenant amended the Lease by that First Amendment to Lease (the 1 st Amendment) dated April, 2007.
C. Tenant desires to lease and demise from Landlord, and Landlord desires to lease and demise to Tenant, certain additional space in Building 5 in accordance with the terms and provisions hereinafter provided.
Amendment
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual agreements herein set forth, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:
1 . Expansion Space; Expansion Space Commencement Date . Landlord hereby leases and demises to Tenant the area (the Expansion Space) containing approximately 22,566 square feet of rentable area on the second (2 nd ) floor in Building 5, the Expansion Space being more particularly depicted in Exhibit A attached hereto, for a term commencing on January 1, 2009 (the Expansion Space Commencement Date) and continuing until the Expiration Date of the Lease. On and after the Expansion Space Commencement Date, the Expansion Space shall, for all purposes, be deemed to be included within the term Premises as used in the Lease and shall be subject in all respects to the terms, provisions and conditions set forth therein; provided, however, that the Expansion Space hereby demised to Tenant is accepted by Tenant in an as is condition (subject to Paragraph 6 below and Exhibit B attached hereto). The rentable area of the Expansion Space is hereby stipulated for all purposes hereof to be as set forth in this Paragraph 1, whether the same should be more or less as a result of minor variations resulting from actual construction and completion of the Expansion Space . Landlord grants to Tenant, effective from October 1, 2008 to the Expansion Space Commencement Date, a license to enter the Expansion Space for the sole purpose of constructing the Expansion Space Tenant Improvements (as described in Exhibit B attached hereto), or the temporary use for other purposes permitted under the Lease (but excluding the conduct of Tenants normal day to day business operations during such license period), such entry subject to all of the terms of the Lease except for Tenants obligation to pay Basic Rent and Component and Utility Charges.
2. Proportionate Share . Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that, as of the Expansion Space Commencement Date, the Premises shall include 89,297 square feet of rentable area and, accordingly, (a) Tenants Proportionate Share of the Building shall be increased from the current 37.5% to 50.2% and (b) Tenants Proportionate Share of the Project shall be increased from the current 7.3% to 9.8%.
3. Base Rent . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that, as of the date of execution of this Amendment, the Base Rent applicable to the Premises shall be as follows (and the schedule of the Basic Rent and the Monthly Installment of Basic Rent set forth in the 1 st Amendment is deleted in its entirety, and the following is substituted therefor):
BASIC RENT and MONTHLY INSTALLMENT OF BASIC RENT (Article 3): |
4/23/07 4/30/07 |
|
$7,414.55 (8 days @ $926.82 / day) |
5/1/07 5/31/07 |
|
$27,804.58 |
6/1/07 6/30/07 |
|
$0.00 |
7/1/07 9/28/07 |
|
$0.00 Rent Abatement Period |
9/29/07 9/30/07 |
|
$3,892.64 due 7/1/07 |
10/1/07 12/31/07 |
|
$58,389.63 / per month |
1/1/08 12/31/08 |
|
$83,413.75 / per month |
1/1/09 2/28/09 |
|
$123,105.43 / per month |
3/1/09 12/31/09 |
|
$124,045.68 / per month |
1/1/10 2/28/10 |
|
$126,826.14 / per month |
3/1/10 12/31/10 |
|
$127,766.39 / per month |
1/1/11 2/28/11 |
|
$130,546.85 / per month |
3/1/11 12/31/11 |
|
$131,487.10 / per month |
1/1/12 2/29/12 |
|
$134,267.55 / per month |
3/1/12 12/31/12 |
|
$135,207.80 / per month |
1/1/13 2/28/13 |
|
$137,988.26 / per month |
3/1/13 9/30/13 |
|
$138,928.51 / per month |
4. Security Deposit . Upon Tenants execution of this Amendment, Tenant shall deposit the amount of $54,964.02 (the Cash Security Deposit) with Landlord. Said sum shall be held by Landlord as security for the faithful performance by Tenant of all the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease to be kept and performed by Tenant and not as an advance rental deposit or as a measure of Landlords damage in case of Tenants default. If Tenant defaults with respect to any provision of the Lease, Landlord may use any part of the Cash Security Deposit for the payment of any rent or any other sum in default, or for the payment of any amount which Landlord may spend or become obligated to spend by reason of Tenants default, or to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage which Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenants default. If any portion is so used, Tenant shall within five (5) business days after written demand therefor, deposit with Landlord an amount sufficient to restore the Cash Security Deposit to its original amount and Tenants failure to do so shall be a material breach of the Lease. Except to such extent, if any, as shall be required by law, Landlord shall not be required to keep the Cash Security Deposit separate from its general funds, and Tenant shall not be entitled to interest on such deposit. If Tenant shall fully and faithfully perform every provision of the Lease to be performed by it, the Cash Security Deposit or any balance thereof shall be returned to Tenant at such time after termination of the Lease when Landlord shall have
determined that all of Tenants obligations under this Lease have been fulfilled but in no event later than thirty (30) days following the termination of the Lease.
5. Letter of Credit . Tenant shall cause the amount of the Letter of Credit to be increased by $384,273.43, so that the amount of the Letter of Credit following such increase shall be $2,284,273.40. The amount of the Letter of Credit shall be increased by amending the existing Letter of Credit or by replacing the existing Letter of Credit with a new Letter of Credit in the increased amount (any such new Letter of Credit to contain substantially the same terms as the existing Letter of Credit and to be issued by the same issuer as the existing Letter of Credit). The proposed amendment to the existing Letter of Credit or the proposed new Letter of Credit shall be delivered to Landlord within five (5) business days following the date of full execution of this Amendment.
6. Tenant Improvements . Tenant accepts the Expansion Space in its existing condition and Landlord shall not be required to perform any demolition work or tenant finish-work therein or, subject to Exhibit B attached hereto, to provide any allowances therefor.
7. Parking . Effective as of the date of full execution of this Amendment, Exhibit E to the Lease shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with Exhibit E and Exhibit E-1 attached hereto.
8. Right Of First Refusal . From and after the date of full execution of this Amendment, Tenant and Landlord agree that Tenants Right of First Refusal (as provided in item 2 of Exhibit F to the Lease) is deleted in its entirety.
9. Brokerage . Landlord and Tenant each warrant to the other that it has not dealt with any broker or agent in connection with the negotiation or execution of this Amendment other than Endeavor Real Estate Group and Commercial Texas, LLC, whose commissions shall be paid by Landlord pursuant to a separate written agreements. Tenant and Landlord shall each indemnify the other against all costs, expenses, attorneys fees, and other liability for commissions or other compensation claimed by any other broker or agent claiming the same by, through, or under the indemnifying party.
10. Miscellaneous .
a. All terms and conditions of the Lease not expressly modified by this Amendment shall remain in full force and effect, and, in the event of any consistencies between this Amendment and the terms of the Lease, the terms set forth in this Amendment shall govern and control. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Lease shall remain in full force and effect as of the date thereof.
b. This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts which shall be construed together as one document.
c. Captions used herein are for convenience only and are not to be utilized to ascribe any meaning to the contents thereof. Unless defined differently herein or the context clearly
requires otherwise, all terms used in this Amendment shall have the meanings ascribed to them under the Lease.
d. This Amendment (i) shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of each of the parties and their respective successors, assigns, receivers and trustees; (ii) may be modified or amended only by a written agreement executed by each of the parties; and (iii) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas.
[SIGNATURE PAGE(S) FOLLOW]
[Signature Page for that Second Amendment to Lease]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed as of the date and year first above written.
LANDLORD: |
|
|
|
|
|
RREEF DOMAIN, L.P., a Texas limited partnership |
|
|
|
|
|
By: RREEF MANAGEMENT COMPANY, a |
|
|
Delaware corporation, Authorized Agent |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Joseph D. Akers |
|
Name: |
Joseph D. Akers |
|
Title: |
Vice President |
|
Dated: |
January 22, 2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TENANT: |
|
|
|
|
|
CONVIO, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ JR Offerdahl |
|
Name: |
JR Offerdahl |
|
Title: |
CFO |
|
Dated: |
January 18, 2008 |
|
Attachments :
Exhibit A Depiction of the Expansion Space
Exhibit B Expansion Space Alterations
Exhibit E Parking
Exhibit E-1 Depiction of Parking Areas
EXHIBIT A THE EXPANSION SPACE
CONDITION OF THE EXPANSION SPACE , EXPANSION SPACE ALLOWANCE AND EXPANSION SPACE TENANT IMPROVEMENTS
CONDITION OF THE EXPANSION SPACE
Tenant acknowledges and agrees that it has inspected the Expansion Space and Tenant agrees to accept the Expansion Space in its present condition, AS IS and WITH ALL FAULTS. Landlord shall have no obligation to make any alterations, additions or improvements of any nature to the Expansion Space . TENANT ACKNOWLEDGES THAT LANDLORD HAS NOT MADE NOR WILL MAKE ANY WARRANTIES TO TENANT WITH RESPECT TO THE QUALITY OF CONSTRUCTION OF ANY LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS OR TENANT FINISH WITHIN THE EXPANSION SPACE OR AS TO THE CONDITION OF THE EXPANSION SPACE, WHETHER EXPRESS, STATUTORY, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, AND THAT LANDLORD EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY THAT THE EXPANSION SPACE IS OR WILL BE SUITABLE FOR TENANTS INTENDED COMMERCIAL PURPOSES.
EXPANSION SPACE ALLOWANCE
Landlord shall provide Tenant with an allowance (the Expansion Space Allowance) of $9.00 per square foot of rentable area in the Expansion Space ($203,094.00) for construction of the improvements contemplated by the Expansion Space Plans (as defined below). Subject to a credit for the Expansion Space Allowance, Tenant shall bear the entire cost [including labor, material, equipment, all architectural and engineering fees incurred in connection with the preparation of the Expansion Space Plans and a construction supervision fee payable to Landlord equal to one point seven five percent (1.75%) of the amount of the Expansion Space Construction Costs (as defined below). The total construction costs (consisting of labor, material and equipment)] of any improvements to be installed in the Expansion Space in accordance with the Expansion Space Plans is referred to herein as the Expansion Space Construction Costs.
EXPANSION SPACE TENANT IMPROVEMENTS
a. (1) Tenant shall provide to Landlord final working drawings (the Expansion Space Plans) of all improvements that Tenant desires to be installed in the Expansion Space and information regarding the contractor Tenant proposes to use in constructing such improvements. Tenants proposed contractor shall be subject to Landlords approval. The Expansion Space Plans shall include specifications in a format deemed suitable for the construction by the Tenants contractor and Tenants architect. Plans shall also include sufficient information, either in the specifications, or drawings, or both, to clearly indicate materials to be used in the construction of all of the improvements.
(2) The Expansion Space Plans shall be subject to Landlords approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned; provided that (a) they
comply with all applicable governmental laws, codes, rules, and regulations, (b) the improvements depicted thereon conform to the specifications, rules and regulations to be promulgated by Landlord for the construction of tenant improvements, and (c) the work will not affect the Buildings HVAC, electrical, mechanical, or plumbing systems in an adverse manner. Landlord shall have five (5) business days following Tenants delivery of the Expansion Space Plans to approve or disapprove the Expansion Space Plans. Failure by Landlord to timely approve or disapprove the Expansion Space Plans shall be deemed as Landlords approval of the Expansion Space Plans. Approval (or deemed approval) by Landlord of the Expansion Space Plans shall not be a representation or warranty of Landlord that the Expansion Space Plans are adequate for any use, purpose, or condition, or that the Expansion Space Plans comply with any applicable law or code.
(3) Any disapproval of the Expansion Space Plans by Landlord shall be in writing and shall specify the reasons for disapproval. Any Expansion Space Plans resubmitted by Tenant shall address all of Landlords specified reasons for disapproval. Landlord shall have five (5) business days following receipt of any such resubmitted Expansion Space Plans to approve or disapprove such Expansion Space Plans. Failure by Landlord to timely approve or disapprove such resubmitted Expansion Space Plans shall be deemed as Landlords approval of such Expansion Space Plans.
(4) Landlord and Tenant shall repeat the foregoing procedure until approval of the Expansion Space Plans by Landlord. The construction of all improvements in accordance with the approved Expansion Space Plans is referred to herein as the Expansion Space Tenants Work.
b. All design, construction and installation shall conform to the requirements of applicable building, plumbing and electrical codes and the requirements of any governmental authority having jurisdiction with respect to such work.
c. If Tenant requests materials or installations in addition to or other than as shown on the approved Expansion Space Plans (an Expansion Space Change), Landlords review and prior written approval shall be required and shall not be unreasonably delayed, withheld or conditioned. Each Expansion Space Change request shall be set forth in a written notice delivered to Landlord, specifying in detail the requested Expansion Space Change.
d. At any time after August 1, 2008, Tenants approved contractor shall perform, or cause to be performed, the construction of all improvements in accordance with the approved Expansion Space Plans. Tenant shall pay for all of the Expansion Space Construction Costs, subject to payment by Landlord to Tenant of the Expansion Space Allowance. Landlord shall pay to Tenant the Expansion Space Allowance pursuant to the following procedure:
(i) Prior to commencement of the Expansion Space Tenants Work, Tenant shall provide to Landlord a copy of the construction contract between Tenant and Tenants approved contractor, such contract to include the total cost of the Expansion Space Tenants Work.
(ii) As the Expansion Space Tenants Work progresses, Tenant shall, no more than one (1) time each month, provide Landlord with each draw request from the approved
contractor. Within ten (10) days after Landlords receipt of the foregoing draw request from Tenant, Landlord shall pay to Tenant the amount of such draw request, but only until the entire Expansion Space Allowance has been paid by Landlord to Tenant. In no event shall Landlord be required to pay to Tenant more than the amount of the Expansion Space Allowance. After the Expansion Space Allowance has been paid by Landlord to Tenant, Tenant shall be solely responsible for all payments to Tenants contractor.
(iii) Within ten (10) days following Substantial Completion (as defined below) of the Expansion Space Tenants Work, Tenant shall provide to Landlord lien releases from all parties providing labor and/or materials to the Expansion Space and no mechanics, materialmans, laborers or other similar liens in connection with the Expansion Space Tenants Work shall exist of record on any portion of the Project.
e. The term Substantial Completion shall mean that a certificate of occupancy (or temporary occupancy) has been issued and the Expansion Space Tenants Work has been completed substantially in accordance with the Expansion Space Plans, subject to completion of minor punch list items.
Provided Tenant is not in default hereunder beyond any applicable notice and cure period, Tenant shall be permitted to use, the Project parking areas as follows: (a) unreserved parking spaces [equal to three (3) parking spaces per each 1,000 square feet of rentable area of the Premises] in the surface parking area associated with the Building (the Building 5 Parking Area) and (b) unreserved parking spaces [equal to one (1) parking space per each 1,000 square feet of rentable area of the Premises] in the Simon Parking Garage (as depicted on Exhibit E-1 attached hereto), all such parking subject to such terms, conditions and regulations as are applicable to patrons of said parking area(s) for spaces similarly situated within said parking area(s). The inability of Tenant to utilize said parking spaces shall under no circumstances be deemed a default by Landlord as to permit Tenant to terminate this Lease, in whole or in part, or to have any claim or cause of action against Landlord as a result thereof, the same being hereby expressly waived by Tenant. In the event the parking spaces become unavailable to Tenant during any portion of the term of this Lease for any reason, then Landlord shall use its commercially reasonable best efforts to make available to Tenant sufficient parking spaces (but not to exceed the number of spaces not then available to Tenant) to meet Tenants needs and situated within 1,500 feet from the Building, until the parking spaces are available to Tenant. The foregoing shall not be deemed to provide Tenant with an exclusive right to any parking spaces or any guaranty of the availability of any particular parking spaces. The foregoing shall not be deemed to provide Tenant with any specific number of parking spaces beyond the spaces indicated above.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord reserves the right, by giving Tenant a minimum of ten (10) days prior written notice, to reduce Tenants parking in the Building 5 Parking Area and replace such reduced parking spaces in the Building 5 Parking Area with an equal number of parking spaces in the Simon Parking Garage and/or any one or more of the parking garages in the approximate locations depicted as the Alternate Parking Garages on Exhibit E-1 attached hereto (when and if the Alternate Parking Garage(s) is/are constructed). In addition to the foregoing notice, Landlord shall give Tenant at least thirty (30) days prior written notice of the date upon which Landlord estimates such parking space replacement shall occur.
EXHIBIT E-1 DEPICTION OF PARKING GARAGES
Exhibit 10.8.3
THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE
THIS Third Amendment to Lease (this Amendment) is entered into as of August , 2008, by and between RREEF Domain, LP , a Texas limited partnership (Landlord), and CONVIO, INC ., a Delaware corporation (Tenant).
Recitals
A. Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Net Office Lease, dated November 1, 2006 (the Lease), relating to Tenants lease of 66,731 square feet of Net Rentable Area, known as Suite 200 within the building commonly known as Building 5, The Domain, as more fully described in the Lease.
B. Landlord and Tenant amended the Lease by that First Amendment to Lease (the 1 st Amendment) dated April, 2007 and that Second Amendment to Lease (the 2 nd Amendment) dated January, 2008.
C. Tenant desires to early occupy certain space in Building 5 and Landlord has agreed to such early occupancy in accordance with the terms and provisions hereinafter provided.
Amendment
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual agreements herein set forth, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:
1 . Early Occupancy of a Portion of the Expansion Space . Landlord grants to Tenant, effective from August 18, 2008 to the Expansion Space Commencement Date, a license to enter the portion of the Expansion Space depicted on Exhibit A attached hereto as the Early Occupancy Space for the purposes permitted under the Lease (including the conduct of Tenants normal, day to day business operations during such license period), such entry subject to all of the terms of the Lease except for Tenants obligation to pay Basic Rent and Component and Utility Charges. The Early Occupancy Space contains approximately 2,000 square feet of rentable area.
2. Condition to Landlords Execution/Delivery of this Amendment . Landlords agreement to execute and deliver this Amendment is made and given subject to Tenant agreeing to reimburse Landlord for legal fees incurred by Landlord in preparing this Amendment (such reimbursement amount not to exceed $500.00), such reimbursement to be paid by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) days following Tenants receipt of Landlords invoice for such legal fees.
3. Miscellaneous .
a. All terms and conditions of the Lease not expressly modified by this Amendment shall remain in full force and effect, and, in the event of any consistencies between this Amendment and the terms of the Lease, the terms set forth in this Amendment shall govern and
control. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Lease shall remain in full force and effect as of the date thereof.
b. This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts which shall be construed together as one document.
c. Captions used herein are for convenience only and are not to be utilized to ascribe any meaning to the contents thereof. Unless defined differently herein or the context clearly requires otherwise, all terms used in this Amendment shall have the meanings ascribed to them under the Lease.
d. This Amendment (i) shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of each of the parties and their respective successors, assigns, receivers and trustees; (ii) may be modified or amended only by a written agreement executed by each of the parties; and (iii) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas.
[SIGNATURE PAGE(S) FOLLOW]
[Signature Page for that Third Amendment to Lease]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed as of the date and year first above written.
LANDLORD:
RREEF DOMAIN, L.P., a Texas limited partnership
By: |
RREEF MANAGEMENT COMPANY, a |
|
|
|
Delaware corporation, Authorized Agent |
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dated: |
August , 2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TENANT: |
|
||
|
|
|
|
CONVIO, INC. |
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Jennifer Harris |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
Jennifer Harris |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
VP, Corp. Controller |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dated: |
August , 2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attachments : |
|
||
|
|
|
|
Exhibit A - The Early Occupancy Space |
|
||
EXHIBIT A
THE EARLY OCCUPANCY SPACE
The Early Occupancy Space
Exhibit 10.9
LEASE
1255 23 RD STREET, L.P.,
a District of Columbia limited partnership
Landlord
and
CONVIO, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
Tenant
Suite 650
1255 23 rd Street, NW
Washington, DC
April 3, 2009
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
Page |
|
|
|
ARTICLE 1. |
BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS |
1 |
ARTICLE 2. |
PREMISES, TERM, RENT |
6 |
ARTICLE 3. |
USE AND OCCUPANCY; PARKING |
8 |
ARTICLE 4. |
CONDITION OF THE PREMISES |
9 |
ARTICLE 5. |
ALTERATIONS |
9 |
ARTICLE 6. |
REPAIRS |
13 |
ARTICLE 7. |
TAXES AND OPERATING EXPENSES |
14 |
ARTICLE 8. |
REQUIREMENTS OF LAW |
20 |
ARTICLE 9. |
SUBORDINATION |
22 |
ARTICLE 10. |
SERVICES |
24 |
ARTICLE 11. |
INSURANCE; PROPERTY LOSS OR DAMAGE |
28 |
ARTICLE 12. |
EMINENT DOMAIN |
32 |
ARTICLE 13. |
ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING |
33 |
ARTICLE 14. |
ACCESS TO PREMISES |
40 |
ARTICLE 15. |
DEFAULT |
41 |
ARTICLE 16. |
LANDLORDS RIGHT TO CURE; FEES AND EXPENSES |
45 |
ARTICLE 17. |
NO REPRESENTATIONS BY LANDLORD; LANDLORDS APPROVAL |
46 |
ARTICLE 18. |
END OF TERM |
46 |
ARTICLE 19. |
QUIET ENJOYMENT |
47 |
ARTICLE 20. |
NO SURRENDER; NO WAIVER |
47 |
ARTICLE 21. |
WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY |
48 |
ARTICLE 22. |
NOTICES |
48 |
ARTICLE 23. |
RULES AND REGULATIONS |
48 |
ARTICLE 24. |
BROKER |
49 |
ARTICLE 25. |
INDEMNITY |
49 |
ARTICLE 26. |
MISCELLANEOUS |
50 |
ARTICLE 27. |
LETTER OF CREDIT |
54 |
ARTICLE 28. |
OPTION TO EXPAND |
58 |
ARTICLE 29. |
OPTION TO TERMINATE |
59 |
EXHIBITS
Exhibit A |
Floor Plan, Original Premises, Additional Premises and Option Space |
Exhibit A-1 |
Land |
Exhibit B |
Definitions |
Exhibit C |
Work Agreement |
Exhibit D |
Cleaning Specifications |
Exhibit E |
Rules and Regulations |
Exhibit F |
Form Letter of Credit |
INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS
Term |
|
Location |
|
|
|
Additional Rent |
|
Article 1 |
Advance Rent |
|
Section 2.4 |
Adverse Event |
|
Section 26.21 |
Alterations |
|
Section 5.1 |
Area of the Building |
|
Article 1 |
Area of the Premises |
|
Article 1 |
Assessed Valuation |
|
Section 7.1 |
Base Building Systems |
|
Exhibit B |
Base Building Work |
|
Exhibit C |
Base Operating Expenses |
|
Section 7.1 |
Base Rate |
|
Exhibit B |
Base Taxes |
|
Section 7.1 |
Base Year |
|
Article 1 |
Building |
|
Article 1 |
Business Days |
|
Exhibit B |
Business Hours |
|
Exhibit B |
Calendar Year |
|
Section 7.1 |
Code |
|
Exhibit B |
Commencement Date |
|
Article 1 |
Common Areas |
|
Exhibit B |
Comparable Buildings |
|
Exhibit B |
Comparison Year |
|
Section 7.1 |
Condominium Documents |
|
Section 9.5 |
Deficiency |
|
Exhibit B |
Effective Date |
|
Introductory Paragraph |
Equipment |
|
Section 5.7 |
Excluded Expenses |
|
Exhibit B |
Expense Estimate |
|
Section 7.3 |
Expiration Date |
|
Article 1 |
Fixed Rent |
|
Article 1 |
Floor Ready Condition |
|
Exhibit C |
Governmental Authority |
|
Exhibit B |
Guarantor |
|
Article 1 |
Hazardous Materials |
|
Exhibit B |
Holidays |
|
Exhibit B |
HVAC System |
|
Exhibit B |
ING |
|
Section 9.3 |
Interest Rate |
|
Article 1 |
Land |
|
Article 1 |
Landlord |
|
Introductory Paragraph |
Landlord Party(ies) |
|
Exhibit B |
Landlords Address for Notices |
|
Article 1 |
Landlords Address for Payment |
|
Article 1 |
Landlords Agent |
|
Article 1 |
Landlords Contribution |
|
Article 1 |
Lease |
|
Introductory Paragraph |
Lease Year |
|
Exhibit B |
Lessor |
|
Exhibit B |
Letter of Credit |
|
Article 1 |
Losses |
|
Exhibit B |
Major Alterations |
|
Section 5.1 |
Minor Alterations |
|
Section 5.1 |
Market Sub-Rent |
|
Section 13.3 |
Mortgage(s) |
|
Exhibit B |
Mortgagee(s) |
|
Exhibit B |
Operating Expenses |
|
Section 7.1 |
Operator |
|
Section 3.2 |
Parking Allocation |
|
Article 1 |
Parking Facility |
|
Article 1 |
Permitted Alterations |
|
Section 5.1 |
Plans |
|
Section 5.1 |
Permitted Uses |
|
Article 1 |
Premises |
|
Article 1 |
Prohibited Use |
|
Exhibit B |
Real Property |
|
Article 1 |
Reasonable Efforts |
|
Exhibit C |
Rent |
|
Article 1 |
Rent Commencement Date |
|
Article 1 |
Requirements |
|
Exhibit B |
Restoration Payment |
|
Section 11.3 |
Restoration Security |
|
Section 11.3 |
Restorative Work |
|
Section 6.3 |
Retail Component |
|
Article 1 |
Rules and Regulations |
|
Exhibit B |
Specialty Alterations |
|
Exhibit B |
Statement |
|
Section 7.1 |
Substantial Completion |
|
Exhibit B |
Superior Lease(s) |
|
Exhibit B |
Tax Estimate |
|
Section 7.2 |
Taxes |
|
Section 7.1 |
Tenant |
|
Introductory Paragraph |
Tenant Fixtures |
|
Section 6.2 |
Tenant Party(ies) |
|
Exhibit B |
Tenants Address for Notices |
|
Article 1 |
Tenants Broker |
|
Article 1 |
Tenants Operating Payment |
|
Section 7.3 |
Tenants Property |
|
Exhibit B |
Tenants Proportionate Share |
|
Article 1 |
Tenants Tax Payment |
|
Section 7.2 |
Term |
|
Article 1 |
Unavoidable Delays |
|
Exhibit B |
LEASE
THIS LEASE (this Lease ) is made as of April 3, 2009 (the Effective Date ), between 1255 23 RD STREET, L.P., a District of Columbia limited partnership ( Landlord ), and CONVIO, INC., a Delaware corporation ( Tenant ).
Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS
ORIGINAL PREMISES |
The portion of the sixth (6 th ) floor of the Building, as more particularly shown on Exhibit A Floor Plan comprising approximately 11,880 square feet |
|
|
ADDITIONAL PREMISES |
The portion of the sixth (6 th ) floor of the Building, as more particularly shown on Exhibit A Floor Plan comprising approximately 2,609 square feet, for which Tenant shall begin to pay Rent commencing on the first day of the fourth (4 th ) Lease Year |
|
|
PREMISES |
Initially the Original Premises, and beginning on the first (1 st ) day of the fourth (4 th ) Lease Year (or if earlier, the date elected by Tenant pursuant to Section 2.2(d)), the Original Premises plus the Additional Premises. If the Option (as defined below) is exercised and the Option Space is delivered pursuant to Article 28, then the Option Space shall also be considered part of the Premises. |
|
|
BUILDING |
The building, fixtures, equipment and other improvements and appurtenances now located or hereafter erected, located or placed upon the Land and commonly known as 1255 23 rd Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. |
|
|
PARKING FACILITY |
The parking structure, fixtures and other improvements and appurtenances now located or hereafter erected, located or placed upon the Land |
|
|
LAND |
The real property described on Exhibit A-1-Land to this Lease |
|
|
REAL PROPERTY |
The Land, the Building, the Common Areas and the Parking Facility |
|
|
COMMENCEMENT |
|
DATE |
August 1, 2009 |
Lease Year |
|
Fixed Rent per annum per square foot of Area of the Premises |
|
|
1 |
|
$ |
47.50 |
|
2 |
|
$ |
48.69 |
|
3 |
|
$ |
49.91 |
|
4 |
|
$ |
51.16 |
|
5 |
|
$ |
52.44 |
|
6 |
|
$ |
54.94 |
|
7 |
|
$ |
56.31 |
|
8 |
|
$ |
57.72 |
|
9 |
|
$ |
59.16 |
|
10 through Expiration Date |
|
$ |
60.64 |
|
|
multiplied by (ii) $65.00, plus (y) Tenants cost to erect the necessary demising wall, not to exceed Nine Thousand Dollars ($9,000.00), plus (if not heretofore paid by Landlord) (z) the product of (i) the Area of the Original Premises plus the Area of the Additional Premises multiplied by (ii) $0.12 (which shall be an allowance payable to Tenants architect for purposes of performing a test fit) (which amount shall be payable to Tenants architect for the cost associated with a test fit. |
|
|
GUARANTOR |
N/A |
All capitalized terms used in this Lease without definition are defined in Exhibit B-Definitions or in the other exhibits, riders, schedules or other attachments to this Lease.
ARTICLE 2
PREMISES, TERM, RENT
Section 2.1 Lease of Premises. Subject to the terms of this Lease, Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord the Premises for the Term. In addition, Landlord grants to Tenant the right to use, on a non-exclusive basis and in common with other tenants, the Common Areas.
Section 2.2 Commencement Date.
(a) From and after the Effective Date, the terms and provisions of this Lease shall be fully binding on Landlord and Tenant, including prior to the occurrence of the Comme ncement Date.
(d) Except for purposes of building out the Additional Premises, Tenant agrees not to occupy the Additional Premises as shown on Exhibit A until the first day of the fourth (4 th ) Lease Year. In the event Tenant elects to occupy such area prior to such date, Tenant shall notify Landlord thereof and pay to Landlord the sum of Ten Dollars ($10.00) as an early access fee (the Early Access Fee ). Notwithstanding Tenants exercise of its right to occupy the Additional Premises before the fourth (4 th ) Lease Year commences, in no event shall Tenant be required to pay Rent for the Additional Premises until the fourth (4 th ) Lease Year commences.
Section 2.3 Payment of Rent. Tenant shall pay to Landlord at Landlords Address for Payment, or at such other place as Landlord shall designate in writing from time to time, without notice or demand, and except as may be expressly set forth in this Lease, without any set-off, counterclaim, abatement or deduction whatsoever, in lawful money of the United States (i) Fixed Rent in equal monthly installments, in advance, on the first (1 st ) day of each month during the Term, beginning on the Rent Commencement Date, and (ii) Additional Rent, at the times and in the manner set forth in this Lease.
Section 2.4 First Months Rent. Tenant shall pay one months Fixed Rent upon the execution of this Lease ( Advance Rent ). If the Rent Commencement Date is on the first (1 st ) day of a month, the Advance Rent shall be credited towards the first (1 st ) months Fixed Rent payment. If the Rent Commencement Date is not the first (1 st ) day of a month, then on the Rent Commencement Date Tenant shall pay Fixed Rent for the period from the Rent Commencement Date through the last day of such month, and the Advance Rent shall be credited towards Fixed Rent for the next succeeding calendar month.
Section 2.5 Area of Premises and Building. Landlord and Tenant agree that the Area of the Original Premises, Area of the Additional Premises, and the Area of the Building set forth in Article 1 shall be conclusive and binding on both parties regardless of any measurement of the Premises and/or of the Building after the Effective Date. The foregoing notwithstanding, Landlord shall have the right to remeasure the Area of the Original Premises, Area of the Additional Premises, and the Area of the Building if, after the date hereof (a) there is a change in the measurement criteria or methodology under the BOMA Method of Measurement Standards ANSI Z65.1-1996; or (b) there is a change in the use of the Building or any portion(s) thereof, such as the conversion of retail space to office space or office space to Common Area space. If there is a change in the Area of the Original Premises, Area of the Additional Premises, and/or the Area of the Building as aforesaid, such change shall be effective as of the date Landlord provides Tenant with notice of such change and such change shall apply only to Tenants Proportionate Share, and shall not apply to or result in a change in, inter alia , the Fixed Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease or any concession or allowance to which Tenant might be entitled under this Lease that is based upon the Area of the Premises.
Section 2.6 Access. To the extent Landlord provides Tenant access to any portion of the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, Tenant shall be bound by and comply with, all of the terms of this Lease other than the obligation to pay Fixed Rent, Tenants Tax Payment and Tenants Operating Payment.
ARTICLE 3
USE AND OCCUPANCY; PARKING
Section 3.1 Permitted Uses. Tenant shall not use or occupy the Premises for any purpose other than for the Permitted Uses. Tenant shall not use or occupy or permit the use or occupancy of any part of the Premises in a manner constituting a Prohibited Use. Tenant, at its expense, shall procure and at all times maintain and comply with the terms and conditions of all licenses and permits required for the lawful conduct of the Permitted Uses in the Premises.
Section 3.2 Parking Facility.
(a) Except as set forth in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord shall arrange for and cause the Parking Allocation to be available to Tenant throughout the Term, the Operator to be working directly with and directly billing Tenants employees for parking contract requests, assignments, any parking-related charges, etc.
(b) Within sixty (60) days after the Rent Commencement Date Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing of Tenants desire to obtain all or a specified number of the Parking Allocation and Tenant shall enter into parking contracts with the Parking Facility tenant or operator (as applicable, the Operator ). To the extent that Tenant fails to execute monthly parking contracts for any portion of the Parking Allocation within the aforementioned period or if Tenant subsequently fails to continuously maintain any such parking contracts, Tenant may obtain all or any portion of the unallocated contracts on no less than ninety (90) days advance notice to Landlord.
(c) Landlord shall provide, or shall cause the Operator to provide, 24-hour access to the Parking Facility for each of Tenants parking contracts.
(d) Unless directed in writing by Landlord to the contrary, Tenant shall be directly responsible to the Operator for the payment of any and all fees or charges due in connection with the parking contracts. The current monthly charge per contract is $235.00.
(e) Tenant acknowledges that Landlord or the Operator may temporarily relocate, or specifically designate the location of, Tenants parking spaces from time to time as a result of an emergency or casualty at the Building. Tenant agrees that it and its employees shall observe reasonable safety precautions in the use of the Parking Facility and shall at all times abide by all reasonable rules and regulations promulgated by Landlord or Operator governing the use of the Parking Facility. Landlord does not assume any responsibility for any damage or loss to any automobiles parked in the Parking Facility or to any personal property located therein, or for any injury sustained by any person in or about the Parking Facility. Except in connection with a permitted assignment of this Lease or a permitted sublease of the Premises or a portion thereof
or the use of parking by Tenants customers, clients, visitors and other business invitees, neither Tenant nor any Tenant employee nor any other party claiming by, through or under Tenant shall assign, sublet, license or otherwise transfer or allow the use of any of Tenants parking rights under this Lease.
(f) Unless otherwise required by Landlord or the Operator, Tenants parking rights shall be for non-reserved parking spaces. Landlord reserves the right to require that all or a portion of Tenants Parking Allocation be for tandem, stacked, valet and such other parking arrangements as Landlord or the Operator shall from time to time deem reasonably necessary for the Parking Facility.
ARTICLE 4
CONDITION OF THE PREMISES
Section 4.1 Condition. Tenant has inspected the Premises and agrees (i) to accept possession of the Premises in as is condition as of the Commencement Date; and (ii) that Landlord has no obligation to perform any work, supply any materials, incur any expense (other than to provide Landlords Contribution upon the terms set forth in this Lease) or make any alterations or improvements to prepare the Premises for Tenants occupancy. Tenants occupancy of any part of the Premises for the conduct of its ordinary business shall be conclusive evidence, as against Tenant, that Tenant has accepted possession of such part of the Premises in its then-current condition and that, at the time such possession was taken, the Premises and the Building were in good and satisfactory condition as required by this Lease and the Work Agreement.
ARTICLE 5
ALTERATIONS
Section 5.1 Tenants Alterations
(a) Tenant shall be permitted to make Decorative Alterations without Landlords consent. Tenant shall be permitted to make Permitted Alterations with Landlords prior consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Tenant shall not make any Major Alterations without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be withheld in Landlords sole discretion. This Subsection 5.1(a) shall not apply to the initial Tenant Improvements to be made at the Premises pursuant to Exhibit C Work Agreement.
Alterations means any alterations or additions in or about the Premises (including the initial Tenant Improvements and any future Improvements).
Decorative Alterations means minor decorative or cosmetic Permitted Alterations that do not require the issuance of any permit, such as painting or the installation of wall coverings or floor coverings.
Permitted Alterations means Alterations that do not consist solely of Decorative Alterations and that (i) are non-structural, (ii) do not materially and adversely affect any Base Building Systems, (iii) affect only the Premises and are not visible from outside of the Premises, and (iv) do not affect the certificate of occupancy issued for the Building or the Premises.
Major Alterations means Alterations that are neither Decorative Alterations nor Permitted Alterations.
(b) Prior to making any Alterations (other than Decorative Alterations), Tenant, at Tenants expense, shall (i) submit to Landlord for its approval, detailed plans and specifications ( Plans ) of each proposed Alteration, and with respect to any Alteration affecting any Base Building System, evidence that the Alteration has been designed by, or reviewed and approved by, Landlords designated engineer for the affected Base Building System, (ii) obtain all permits, approvals and certificates required by any Governmental Authorities, (iii) furnish to Landlord duplicate original policies or certificates of workers compensation (covering all persons to be employed by Tenant, and Tenants contractors and subcontractors in connection with such Alteration) and commercial general liability (including property damage coverage) insurance and Builders Risk coverage (as described in Article 11) all in such form, with such companies, for such periods and in such amounts as Landlord may reasonably require, naming Landlord, Landlords Agent, any Lessor and any Mortgagee as additional insureds, and (iv) furnish to Landlord reasonably satisfactory evidence of Tenants ability to complete and to fully pay for such Alterations. Landlord shall have twelve (12) Business Days after receipt of the Plans within which to approve or disapprove of the Plans. If Landlord disapproves any Plans, Landlord will provide reasonably detailed grounds for such disapproval, except that Landlord shall not be required to state any grounds for disapproving any Major Alterations other than identifying the basis for Landlords determination that such Alteration is a Major Alteration. Tenant shall give Landlord not less than five (5) Business Days notice prior to performing any Decorative Alteration, which notice shall contain a description of such Decorative Alteration. This Subsection 5.1(b) shall not apply to the initial Tenant Improvements to be made at the Premises pursuant to Exhibit C-Work Agreement.
(c) Tenant, at Tenants expense, shall, as and when required, promptly obtain certificates of partial and final approval of such Alterations required by any Governmental Authority and shall furnish Landlord with copies thereof, together with as-built drawings for such Alterations (other than Decorative Alterations) prepared on an AutoCAD Computer Assisted Drafting and Design System (or such other system or medium as Landlord may reasonably require), using naming conventions issued by the American Institute of Architects in June, 1990 (or such other naming conventions as Landlord may reasonably accept) and magnetic computer media of such record drawings and specifications translated in DFX format or another format acceptable to Landlord. This Subsection 5.1(c) shall not apply to the initial Tenant Improvements to be made at the Premises pursuant to Exhibit C-Work Agreement.
(d) The parties hereby acknowledge and agree that Landlords Contribution is intended to permit Tenant to finish-out the Original Premises and the Additional Premises, even
though Tenant might not possess the Additional Premises until the beginning of the fourth (4 th ) Lease Year.
Section 5.2 Manner and Quality of Alterations. All Alterations shall be performed (a) in a good and workmanlike manner and free from material defects, (b) except in connection with Decorative Alterations (for which no Plans will be required), substantially in accordance with the Plans, and by contractors reasonably approved by Landlord, and (c) in compliance with all Requirements, the terms of this Lease and all construction procedures and regulations then reasonably prescribed by Landlord. All materials and equipment shall be of first quality and at least equal to the applicable standards for the Building then reasonably established by Landlord, and no such materials or equipment (other than Tenants Property) shall be subject to any lien or other encumbrance.
Section 5.3 Removal of Tenants Property. On or before the Expiration Date, Tenant, at Tenants expense, shall remove Tenants Property from the Premises. Unless otherwise directed by Landlord, on or before the Expiration Date, Tenant, at Tenants expense, shall remove all Specialty Alterations (as defined in Exhibit B-Definitions). Tenant, at Tenants expense, shall repair and restore in a good and workmanlike manner any damage to the Premises and/or the Building caused by Tenants removal of Tenants Property and any Alterations or (if required by Landlord) by the closing of any slab penetrations. If Tenant fails to so remove any of Tenants Property and/or any Alterations that Tenant is required to remove, the same shall be deemed abandoned and Landlord may remove and dispose of same, and repair and restore any damage caused thereby, at Tenants expense, and without accountability to Tenant. All Alterations that Landlord does not require Tenant to remove as aforesaid shall become Landlords property upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Landlord shall advise Tenant of any restoration requirements for any Alterations at the time Landlord approves Tenants plans for such Alterations.
Section 5.4 Mechanics Liens. Within twenty (20) days after Tenants receipt of notice thereof, Tenant, at Tenants expense, shall discharge (by payment, filing the bond required by law or otherwise in accordance with law) any lien or charge recorded or filed against the Real Property in connection with any work done or claimed to have been done by or on behalf of, or materials furnished or claimed to have been furnished to, Tenant.
Section 5.5 Labor Relations . Tenant shall not employ, or permit the employment of, any contractor, subcontractor, supplier, mechanic or laborer or permit any materials to be delivered to or used at the Premises if, in Landlords reasonable judgment, such employment, delivery or use will interfere or cause any conflict with (a) other contractors, subcontractors, suppliers, mechanics or laborers engaged by Landlord, Tenant or others in the construction, maintenance or operation of the Building or construction of tenant improvements or (b) Landlords operation of the Building or the conduct of business therein ( e.g. , protesters picketing or otherwise demonstrating on the sidewalk outside of the Building). If such interference or conflict occurs and continues for more than five (5) Business Days after notice from Landlord, upon Landlords further request, Tenant shall cause all contractors, subcontractors, suppliers, mechanics or laborers mechanics or laborers causing such interference or conflict to leave the Building immediately or arrange for other relief reasonably acceptable to Landlord.
Section 5.6 Tenants Costs . Tenant shall pay Landlord within ten (10) Business Days following its receipt of written notice for the following, which notice shall be accompanied by Landlords reasonable documentation of the same: (a) all actual reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred by Landlord in connection with the review of any Alterations plans, (b) the time actually and reasonably spent by Landlords personnel to operate elevators or otherwise to facilitate Tenants Alterations, which time shall be charged at the hourly rate that Landlord normally charges for such personnels services, and (c) the time actually and reasonably spent by Landlords construction manager protecting Landlords interest (taking into account the nature of the Alterations) in connection with Tenants Alterations, which time shall be charged at the hourly rate that Landlord normally charges for Landlords construction managers services. If Tenant makes Alterations exceeding $25,000 other than (a) the initial Tenant Improvements to be made at the Premises pursuant to Exhibit C Work Agreement and (b) Tenant Improvements to the Option Space, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon demand, an administrative fee in an amount equal to three percent (3%) of the total cost of such Alterations. At Landlords request, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord reasonable supporting documentation evidencing the hard and soft costs incurred by Tenant in designing and constructing any Alterations.
Section 5.7 Tenants Equipment. Tenant shall provide notice to Landlord prior to moving any heavy machinery, heavy equipment, freight, bulky matter or fixtures (collectively, Equipment ) into or out of the Building and shall pay to Landlord any reasonable costs actually incurred by Landlord in connection therewith. If such Equipment requires special handling, Tenant agrees (a) to employ only persons holding all necessary licenses to perform such work, (b) all work performed in connection therewith shall comply with all applicable Requirements and (c) such work shall be done only during hours reasonably designated by Landlord.
Section 5.8 Legal Compliance. The approval of Alteration Plans, or consent by Landlord to the making of any Alterations, does not constitute Landlords representation that such Alteration Plans or Alterations comply with any Requirements. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant or any other party in connection with Landlords approval of any Alteration Plans, or Landlords consent to Tenants performing any Alterations. If any Alterations made by or on behalf of Tenant, require Landlord to make any alterations or improvements to any part of the Building in order to comply with any Requirements, Tenant shall pay all actual reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses actually incurred by Landlord, without markup, in connection with such alterations or improvements.
Section 5.9 Floor Load. Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor of the Premises that exceeds 80 pounds per square foot live-load or 20 pounds per square foot dead-load. Landlord reserves the right to reasonably designate the position of all Equipment which Tenant wishes to place within the Premises, and to place reasonable limitations on the weight thereof.
ARTICLE 6
REPAIRS
Section 6.1 Landlords Repair and Maintenance. Landlord shall operate, maintain and, except as provided in Section 6.2 hereof, make all necessary repairs (both structural and nonstructural) to (i) the Base Building Systems, (ii) the Common Areas, in conformance with standards applicable to Comparable Buildings, and (iii) the structural components of the Building including, but not limited to, the exterior, including exterior doors and windows, and, load bearing elements, foundations, roof and roof membrane.
Section 6.2 Tenants Repair and Maintenance. Tenant shall promptly, at Tenants expense and in compliance with Article 5, make all nonstructural repairs to the Premises and the fixtures, equipment and appurtenances therein (including all electrical and plumbing systems in and exclusively serving the Premises from the point of connection to the Base Building Systems and all Specialty Alterations; but excluding repairs, maintenance and replacement of the Building Shell Work exterior windows, atrium windows, exterior and Common Areas, Common Area Tenant signs, the base Building heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems located in the Premises, the base Building life safety systems located in the Premises and non-Specialty Alteration lightbulbs, lamps and ballasts located in the Premises, which shall be repaired, maintained and replaced as necessary by Landlord and, to the extent applicable, the cost of such repairs, maintenance and replacements will be included in Operating Expenses) (collectively, Tenant Fixtures ) , as and when needed to preserve the Premises in good working order and condition, except for reasonable wear and tear, damage by casualty or condemnation and damage for which Tenant is not responsible. Subject to Section 11.2, all damage to the Building or to any portion thereof or to any Tenant Fixtures requiring structural or nonstructural repair caused by or resulting from any act, omission, neglect or improper conduct of a Tenant Party or the moving of Tenants Property or Equipment into, within or out of the Premises by a Tenant Party, shall be repaired at Tenants expense by Tenant or by Landlord in accordance with the allocation of repair responsibilities set forth above. All Tenant repairs shall be of good quality utilizing new construction materials and in compliance with Article 5.
Section 6.3 Restorative Work. Landlord reserves the right to make all changes, alterations, additions, improvements, repairs or replacements to the Building and Base Building Systems, including changing the arrangement or location of entrances or passageways, doors and doorways, corridors, elevators, stairs, toilets or other Common Areas (collectively, Restorative Work ), as Landlord reasonably deems necessary or desirable, and to take all materials into the Premises required for the performance of such Restorative Work, provided that (a) the level of any Building service shall not decrease in any material respect from the level required of Landlord in this Lease as a result thereof (other than reasonably required temporary changes in the level of such services during the performance of any such Restorative Work) and (b) Tenant is not deprived of reasonable access to the Premises or the Parking Facility. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenants use and occupancy of the Premises during the performance of such Restorative Work. There shall be no Rent abatement or allowance to Tenant for a diminution of rental value, no actual or constructive eviction of Tenant, in whole or in part, no relief from any of Tenants other obligations under this Lease, and
no liability on the part of Landlord by reason of inconvenience, annoyance or injury to business arising from Landlord, Tenant or others performing, or failing to perform, any Restorative Work. Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, if any Restorative Work (a) continues for more than five (5) consecutive Business Days or ten (10) Business Days in any thirty (30)-day period and (b) renders any portion of the Premises untenantable (and Tenant in fact ceases use of such portion), then following those periods, and until said portion of the Premises is tenantable, Rent shall abate in proportion to the amount of the Premises so rendered untenantable.
ARTICLE 7
TAXES AND OPERATING EXPENSES
Section 7.1 Definitions.
(a) Assessed Valuation shall mean the amount for which the Real Property is assessed by any applicable Governmental Authority for the purpose of imposition of Taxes.
(b) Base Operating Expenses shall mean the Operating Expenses for the Base Year.
(c) Base Taxes shall mean the Taxes payable on account of the Base Year.
(d) Calendar Year shall mean each calendar year, all or any portion of which falls during the Term.
(e) Comparison Year shall mean any Calendar Year commencing subsequent to the Base Year.
(f) Operating Expenses shall mean the aggregate of all costs and expenses paid or incurred by or on behalf of Landlord in connection with the ownership, operation, repair and maintenance of the Real Property, including, but not limited to, the following:
(i) any capital improvement made after the Base Year if such capital improvement either (A) is reasonably intended to result in a reduction in Operating Expenses ( e.g. , a labor-saving improvement) provided the amount included in Operating Expenses in the any Comparison Year shall not exceed an amount equal to the savings reasonably determined or anticipated by Landlord to result from the installation and operation of such improvement, and/or (B) is made during any Comparison Year to comply with Requirements, exclusive of any costs incurred to remedy any Requirements violation existing on the Commencement Date. Such capital improvements shall be amortized (with interest at the Base Rate) on a straight-line basis over such period as Landlord shall reasonably determine, and the amount included in Operating Expenses in any Comparison Year shall be equal to the annual amortized amount;
(ii) costs of maintaining and operating (including the reasonable rental value thereof, but not for more than 2,000 square feet of rentable area) the management and engineering offices, if any, for the Building;
(iii) costs incurred by Landlord in establishing, equipping, maintaining, repairing and operating (including the reasonable rental value thereof) any Building amenities or services (exclusive of any fitness or health center) intended by Landlord for the general benefit of tenants of the Building such as any concierge service (whether located at the Building or made available to Building tenants from an off-site location);
(iv) costs incurred by Landlord in maintaining, repairing and operating (including the reasonable rental value thereof) any Building fitness or health center (provided such center does not exceed 3,500 square feet of rentable area), but not the cost of equipping such fitness center or purchasing replacement equipment therefor, except in the case of replacing broken or worn out equipment the cost of which shall be amortized over the useful life of such equipment, without interest (and except further that if any equipment is leased, the lease payments therefor may be included in Operating Expenses);
(v) costs of maintaining the sidewalks, landscaping and other improvements adjacent to the Real Property including, without limitation, costs of cleaning, removing snow and spreading salt; feeding trees; removing trash from tree boxes; and adding mulch to tree boxes;
(vi) costs incurred for Building Parking Facility utilities, elevators, insurance, cleaning, restriping, HVAC and security;
(vii) Common Area utility costs and Base Building System utility costs;
(viii) costs of all insurance (including any terrorism insurance) maintained by Landlord in connection with the Real Property and/or Landlords equipment, fixtures and personal property used in connection therewith; and
Except as might be expressly set forth in this Lease to the contrary, Operating Expenses shall be calculated in accordance with customary practices employed by other comparable owners of Comparable Buildings. Landlord shall not seek to capture (or actually capture) more than 100% of Operating Expenses. Operating Expenses shall not include any Excluded Expenses.
If during all or part of the Base Year or any Comparison Year, Landlord does not furnish any particular item of work or service (which would otherwise constitute an Operating Expense) to any leasable portion of the Building and the costs of such item constitutes an Operating Expense and the cost varies with the Buildings occupancy level or if any tenant of the Building does not normally use a specific Building area or improvement ( e.g. , a first (1 st ) floor retail tenant with an exterior premises entrance door does not normally use the Buildings passenger elevators), then, for purposes of computing Operating Expenses for such period, the amount included in Operating Expenses for such period shall be increased by an amount equal to the costs that Landlord reasonably determines would have been incurred during such period if Landlord had furnished such item of work or service to such portion of the Building or if all
tenants of the Building had normally used such Building area or improvement; provided, however, if the result of such computation would be to have Landlord expenditures for such items included in Tenants Operating Payment exceed the actual cost of such items, then the foregoing amount shall be reduced by such excess. In determining the amount of Operating Expenses for the Base Year or any Comparison Year, if less than ninety-five percent (95%) of the Building rentable area is occupied by tenants at any time during the Base Year or any such Comparison Year, then Operating Expenses which vary with occupancy shall be determined for the Base Year or such Comparison Year to be an amount equal to the like expenses which would normally be expected to be incurred had such occupancy been ninety-five percent (95%) throughout the Base Year or such Comparison Year; provided, however, if the result of such computation would be to have Landlords expenditure recoveries for such items exceed the actual cost of such items, then the foregoing amount shall be reduced by such excess.
(g) Statement shall mean a statement setting forth in reasonable detail a comparison of (i) the Base Taxes and the Taxes for an applicable Comparison Year, together with the amount of Tenants Tax Payment for such Comparison Year, or (ii) the Base Operating Expenses and the Operating Expenses payable for any Comparison Year, together with the amount of Tenants Operating Payment for such Comparison Year.
(h) Taxes shall mean (i) all real estate taxes, assessments, sewer and water rents, Business Improvement District assessments and charges and all other governmental levies, impositions or charges, whether general, special, ordinary, extraordinary, foreseen or unforeseen, which may be assessed, levied or imposed upon all or any part of the Real Property or in connection with the use thereof (including any transit, personal property, sales, rental, use, gross receipts, or occupancy taxes, vault rental and other taxes and assessments), and (ii) all expenses (including reasonable attorneys fees and disbursements and experts and other witnesses fees) incurred in contesting any of the foregoing or the Assessed Valuation of the Real Property (but such expenses will not be included in Base Taxes if incurred during the Base Year). Taxes shall not include (x) interest or penalties incurred by Landlord as a result of Landlords late payment of Taxes, (y) franchise, transfer, gift, inheritance, estate or net income taxes imposed upon Landlord, or (z) deed transfer, transfer of economic interests or recordation taxes. For purposes hereof, Taxes for any Calendar Year shall be deemed to be the Taxes which are assessed, levied or imposed for such Calendar Year regardless of when due or paid. If any Taxes are assessed on a fiscal year (rather than a Calendar Year), Landlord shall have the right to equitably allocate such Taxes on a Calendar Year basis. If Landlord elects to pay any assessment in annual installments, then (i) such assessment shall be deemed to have been so divided and to be payable in the maximum number of installments permitted by law, and (ii) there shall be deemed included in Taxes for each Comparison Year the installments of such assessment becoming payable during such Comparison Year, together with interest payable during such Comparison Year on such installments and on all installments thereafter becoming due as provided by law, all as if such assessment had been so divided. If at any time the methods of taxation prevailing on the Effective Date shall be altered so that in lieu of or as an addition to the whole or any part of Taxes, there shall be assessed, levied or imposed (1) a tax, assessment, levy, imposition or charge based on the income or rents received from the Real Property whether or not wholly or partially as a capital levy or otherwise, (2) a tax, assessment, levy, imposition or charge measured by or based in whole or in part upon all or any part of the Real Property and imposed upon Landlord,
(3) a license fee measured by the rents, or (4) any other tax, assessment, levy, imposition, charge or license fee however described or imposed, including business improvement district impositions and business, professional and occupational license fees, then all such taxes, assessments, levies, impositions, charges or license fees or the part thereof so measured or based shall be deemed to be Taxes.
Section 7.2 Tenants Tax Payment.
(a) If the Taxes payable for any Comparison Year exceed the Base Taxes, Tenant shall pay to Landlord Tenants Proportionate Share of such excess ( Tenants Tax Payment ). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have no obligation to pay Tenants Tax Payment until the first (1 st ) anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date. For each Comparison Year, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a written statement setting forth Landlords reasonable estimate of Tenants Tax Payment for such Comparison Year (the Tax Estimate ). Tenant shall pay to Landlord on the first (1 st ) day of each month during such Comparison Year an amount equal to 1/12 of the Tax Estimate for such Comparison Year. If Landlord furnishes a Tax Estimate for a Comparison Year subsequent to the commencement thereof, then (i) until the first (1 st ) day of the month following the month in which the Tax Estimate is furnished to Tenant, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on the first (1 st ) day of each month an amount equal to the monthly sum payable by Tenant to Landlord under this Section during the last month of the preceding Comparison Year (if any), (ii) promptly after the Tax Estimate is furnished to Tenant or together therewith, Landlord shall give notice to Tenant stating whether the installments of Tenants Tax Estimate previously made for such Comparison Year were greater or less than the installments of Tenants Tax Estimate to be made for such Comparison Year in accordance with the Tax Estimate, and (x) if there shall be a deficiency, Tenant shall pay the amount thereof within ten (10) Business Days after demand therefor, or (y) if there shall have been an overpayment, Landlord shall credit the amount thereof against subsequent payments of Rent due hereunder, and (iii) on the first (1 st ) day of the month following the month in which the Tax Estimate is furnished to Tenant, and on the first (1 st ) day of each month thereafter throughout the remainder of such Comparison Year, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to 1/12 of the Tax Estimate.
(b) As soon as reasonably practicable after Landlord has determined the Taxes for a Comparison Year, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a Statement for such Comparison Year. If the Statement shows that the sums paid by Tenant under Section 7.2(a) exceeded the actual amount of Tenants Tax Payment for such Comparison Year, Landlord shall credit the amount of such excess against subsequent payments of Rent due hereunder or, if the Term has expired, Landlord shall promptly pay such amount to Tenant (net of any sums then owed by Tenant to Landlord). If the Statement for such Comparison Year shows that the sums so paid by Tenant were less than Tenants Tax Payment for such Comparison Year, Tenant shall pay the amount of such deficiency within twenty (20) Business Days after delivery of the Statement to Tenant.
(c) Only Landlord may institute proceedings to reduce the Assessed Valuation of the Real Property and the filings of any such proceeding by Tenant without Landlords consent shall constitute an Event of Default. If the Taxes payable for the Base Year are reduced, the Base Taxes shall be correspondingly revised, the Additional Rent previously paid or payable on
account of Tenants Tax Payment hereunder for all Comparison Years shall be recomputed on the basis of such reduction, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord within ten (10) Business Days after being billed therefor, any deficiency between the amount of such Additional Rent previously computed and paid by Tenant to Landlord, and the amount due as a result of such recomputations. If Landlord receives a refund of Taxes for any Comparison Year, Landlord shall credit against subsequent payments of Rent due hereunder, an amount equal to Tenants Proportionate Share of the refund, net of any expenses incurred by Landlord in achieving such refund, which amount shall not exceed Tenants Tax Payment paid for such Comparison Year or, if the Term has expired, Landlord shall promptly pay such amount to Tenant (net of any sums then owed by Tenant to Landlord). Landlord shall not be obligated to file any application or institute any proceeding seeking a reduction in Taxes or the Assessed Valuation. The benefit of any exemption or abatement relating to all or any part of the Real Property shall accrue solely to the benefit of Landlord and Taxes shall be computed without taking into account any such exemption or abatement.
(d) Tenant shall be responsible for any applicable occupancy or rent tax now in effect or hereafter enacted and, if such tax is payable by Landlord, Tenant shall promptly pay such amounts to Landlord, upon Landlords demand.
(e) Tenant shall be obligated to make Tenants Tax Payment regardless of whether Tenant may be exempt from the payment of any Taxes as the result of any reduction, abatement or exemption from Taxes granted or agreed to by any Governmental Authority, or by reason of Tenants diplomatic or other tax-exempt status.
Section 7.3 Tenants Operating Payment.
(a) If the Operating Expenses payable for any Comparison Year exceed the Base Operating Expenses, Tenant shall pay to Landlord Tenants Proportionate Share of such excess ( Tenants Operating Payment ). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have no obligation to pay Tenants Operating Payment until the first (1 st ) anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date. For each Comparison Year, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a written statement setting forth Landlords reasonable estimate of Tenants Operating Payment for such Comparison Year (the Expense Estimate ). Tenant shall pay to Landlord on the first (1 st ) day of each month during such Comparison Year an amount equal to 1/12 of the Expense Estimate. If Landlord furnishes an Expense Estimate for a Comparison Year subsequent to the commencement thereof, then (i) until the first (1 st ) day of the month following the month in which the Expense Estimate is furnished to Tenant, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on the first (1 st ) day of each month an amount equal to the monthly sum payable by Tenant to Landlord under this Section during the last month of the preceding Comparison Year (if any), (ii) promptly after the Expense Estimate is furnished to Tenant or together therewith, Landlord shall give notice to Tenant stating whether the installments of Tenants Operating Payment previously made for such Comparison Year were greater or less than the installments of Tenants Operating Payment to be made for such Comparison Year in accordance with the Expense Estimate, and (x) if there shall be a deficiency, Tenant shall pay the amount thereof within ten (10) Business Days after demand therefor, or (y) if there shall have been an overpayment, Landlord shall credit the amount thereof against subsequent payments of Rent due hereunder, and (iii) on the first (1 st ) day of the month
following the month in which the Expense Estimate is furnished to Tenant, and on the first (1 st ) day of each month thereafter throughout the remainder of such Comparison Year, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to 1/12 of Tenants Operating Payment shown on the Expense Estimate.
(b) On or before May 1 st of each Comparison Year, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a Statement for the immediately preceding Comparison Year. If the Statement shows that the sums paid by Tenant under Section 7.3(a) exceeded the actual amount of Tenants Operating Payment for such Comparison Year, Landlord shall credit the amount of such excess against subsequent payments of Rent due hereunder or, if the Term has expired, Landlord shall promptly pay such amount to Tenant (net of any sums then owed by Tenant to Landlord). If the Statement shows that the sums so paid by Tenant were less than Tenants Operating Payment for such Comparison Year, Tenant shall pay the amount of such deficiency within ten (10) Business Days after Tenants receipt of the Statement.
Section 7.4 Non-Waiver; Disputes.
(a) Landlords failure to render any Statement on a timely basis with respect to any Comparison Year shall not prejudice Landlords right to thereafter render a Statement with respect to such Comparison Year or any subsequent Comparison Year, nor shall the rendering of a Statement prejudice Landlords right to thereafter render a corrected Statement for that Comparison Year.
Section 7.5 Proration. If the Rent Commencement Date is not January 1 st , the Additional Rent for the applicable Calendar Year shall be apportioned on the basis of the number of days in the year from the Rent Commencement Date to the following December 31. If the Expiration Date occurs on a date other than December 31 st , any Additional Rent under this Article for the Calendar Year in which such Expiration Date occurs shall be apportioned on the basis of the number of days in the period from January 1 st to the Expiration Date. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, any Additional Rent under this Article shall be adjusted or paid within thirty (30) days after submission of the Statement for the last Calendar Year.
Section 7.6 No Reduction in Rent. If Operating Expenses or Taxes for any Comparison Year are less than the Base Operating Expenses or the Base Taxes (as applicable), such occurrence shall not entitle Tenant to a refund or any other payment nor shall it result in a reduction in the Rent payable under this Lease.
ARTICLE 8
REQUIREMENTS OF LAW
Section 8.1 Compliance with Requirements.
(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 6.2 regarding repairs, Tenant, at Tenants expense, shall comply with all Requirements applicable to the Premises; provided, however, that Tenant shall not be obligated to comply with any Requirements requiring any structural alterations to the Building unless the application of such Requirements arises from (i) the specific manner and nature of Tenants use or occupancy of the Premises, as distinct from general office use, (ii) Alterations made by Tenant, or (iii) a breach by Tenant of any provisions of this Lease. Any such repairs or alterations shall be made at Tenants expense by Tenant (1) in compliance with Article 5 if such repairs or alterations are nonstructural and do not affect any Base Building System, or (2) by Landlord if such repairs or alterations are structural or affect any Base Building System. If Tenant obtains knowledge of any failure to comply with any Requirements applicable to the Premises, Tenant shall give Landlord prompt notice thereof.
(b) Tenant shall not cause or permit (i) any Hazardous Materials to be brought onto the Real Property by any Tenant Party, (ii) the storage or use of Hazardous Materials by a Tenant Party in any manner other than in full compliance with any Requirements, or (iii) the escape, disposal or release of any Hazardous Materials within or in the vicinity of the Building by any Tenant Party. Nothing herein shall be deemed to prevent Tenants use of any Hazardous Materials customarily used in the ordinary course of office work or in the construction of
leasehold improvements; provided that, in any such case, such use is in accordance with all Requirements. Tenant shall be responsible, at Tenants expense, for all matters directly or indirectly based on, or arising or resulting from the presence of Hazardous Materials at the Real Property which is caused or permitted by a Tenant Party. Tenant shall provide to Landlord copies of all communications received by Tenant with respect to any Requirements relating to Hazardous Materials, and/or any claims made in connection therewith. Landlord or its agents may perform environmental inspections of the Premises at any time upon reasonable prior notice (or without notice if Landlord believes an emergency exists).
(c) Landlord shall comply with (or cause to be complied with) all Requirements applicable to the Real Property which are not the obligation of Tenant as expressly set forth herein and which are not the obligation of any other tenant of the Building (except to the extent such non-compliance by such other tenants materially and adversely affects Tenant or its rights under this Lease).
(d) Tenant shall not cause or permit any action or condition that would (i) invalidate or conflict with Landlords insurance policies, (ii) violate applicable rules, regulations and guidelines of the Fire Department or be inconsistent with the recommendations of any of the issuers of such policies or any other authority having jurisdiction over the Building, (iii) cause an increase in the premiums of fire insurance for the Building over that payable with respect to Comparable Buildings, or (iv) result in Landlords insurance companies refusing to insure the Building or any property therein in amounts and against risks as reasonably determined by Landlord. If fire insurance premiums increase as a result of Tenants failure to comply with the provisions of this Section, Tenant shall promptly cure such failure and shall reimburse Landlord for the increased fire insurance premiums paid by Landlord as a result of such failure by Tenant.
Section 8.2 Fire and Life Safety. Any modifications to the Building fire alarm and life safety systems required by Tenant or completed as part of any Alterations shall be at Tenants expense, subject to the application of Landlords Contribution pursuant to the terms of the Exhibit C-Work Agreement. If the Fire Insurance Rating Organization or any Governmental Authority or any of Landlords insurers requires or recommends any modifications and/or alterations be made or any additional equipment be supplied in connection with the sprinkler system or fire alarm and life-safety system serving the Building by reason of Tenants use of the Premises or any portion thereof for purposes other than for the Permitted Use, any Alterations performed by Tenant or the location of the partitions, Tenants Property, or other contents of the Premises, Landlord (to the extent outside of the Premises) or Tenant (to the extent within the Premises) shall make such modifications and/or Alterations, and supply such additional equipment, in either case at Tenants expense.
ARTICLE 9
SUBORDINATION
Section 9.1 Subordination and Attornment.
(a) This Lease is subject and subordinate to all Mortgages and Superior Leases, and, at the request of any Mortgagee or Lessor, Tenant shall attorn to such Mortgagee or Lessor, its successors in interest or any purchaser in a foreclosure sale.
(b) If a Lessor or Mortgagee or any other person or entity shall succeed to the rights of Landlord under this Lease, whether through possession or foreclosure action or the delivery of a new lease or deed, then at the request of the successor landlord and upon such successor landlords written agreement to accept Tenants attornment, to not disturb Tenant in its possession under the Lease, and to recognize Tenants interest under this Lease, Tenant shall be deemed to have attorned to and recognized such successor landlord as Landlord under this Lease. The provisions of this Section are self-operative and require no further instruments to give effect hereto; provided, however, that Tenant shall promptly execute and deliver any instrument that such successor landlord may reasonably request (i) evidencing such attornment, (ii) setting forth the terms and conditions of Tenants tenancy, and (iii) containing such other terms and conditions as may be required by such Mortgagee or Lessor, provided such terms and conditions do not increase the Rent, materially increase Tenants obligations or materially and adversely affect Tenants rights under this Lease. Upon such attornment this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as a direct lease between such successor landlord and Tenant upon all of the terms, conditions and covenants set forth in this Lease except that such successor landlord shall not be:
(i) liable for any act or omission of Landlord (except to the extent such act or omission continues beyond the date when such successor landlord succeeds to Landlords interest and Tenant gives notice of such act or omission);
(ii) subject to any defense, claim, counterclaim, set-off or offset which Tenant may have against Landlord;
(iii) bound by any prepayment of more than one months Rent to any prior landlord;
(iv) bound by any obligation to make any payment to Tenant which was required to be made prior to the time such successor landlord succeeded to Landlords interest;
(v) bound by any obligation to perform any work or to make improvements to the Premises except for (x) repairs and maintenance required to be made by Landlord under this Lease, and (y) repairs to the Premises as a result of damage by fire or other casualty or a partial condemnation pursuant to the provisions of this Lease, but only to the extent that such repairs can reasonably be made from the net proceeds of any insurance or condemnation awards, respectively, actually made available to such successor landlord;
(vi) Reserved;
(vii) liable for the repayment of any security deposit or surrender of any letter of credit, unless and until such security deposit actually is paid or such letter of credit is actually delivered to such successor landlord; or
(viii) liable for the payment of any unfunded tenant improvement allowance, refurbishment allowance or similar obligation.
(c) Tenant shall from time to time within ten (10) days of request from Landlord execute and deliver any documents or instruments that may be reasonably required by any Mortgagee or Lessor to confirm any subordination.
(d) Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to obtain a Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement for Tenant from its current Mortgagee and any future Mortgage on such Mortgagees standard form.
Section 9.2 Mortgage or Superior Lease Defaults. Any Mortgagee may elect that this Lease shall have priority over the Mortgage and, upon notification to Tenant by such Mortgagee, this Lease shall be deemed to have priority over such Mortgage, regardless of the date of this Lease. In connection with any financing of the Real Property, Tenant shall consent to any reasonable modifications of this Lease requested by any lending institution, provided such modifications do not increase the Rent, increase the obligations, or otherwise affect the rights, of Tenant under this Lease.
Section 9.3 Tenants Termination Right. As long as any Superior Lease or Mortgage exists, Tenant shall not seek to terminate this Lease by reason of any act or omission of Landlord until (a) Tenant shall have given notice of such act or omission to all Lessors and/or Mortgagees provided that Landlord has designated such Lessors and/or Mortgagees in writing by notice from Landlord to Tenant, and (b) a reasonable period of time, but not less than thirty (30) days, shall have elapsed following the giving of notice of such default and the expiration of any applicable notice or grace periods (unless such act or omission is not capable of being remedied within a reasonable period of time), during which period such Lessors and/or Mortgagees shall have the right, but not the obligation, to remedy such act or omission and thereafter diligently proceed to so remedy such act or omission. If any Lessor or Mortgagee elects to remedy such act or omission of Landlord, Tenant shall not seek to terminate this Lease so long as such Lessor or Mortgagee is proceeding with reasonable diligence to effect such remedy. Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that Landlord has designated ING Real Estate Finance (USA) LLC ( ING ) as a Mortgagee and that Tenant shall deliver all notices required to be delivered to a Mortgagee under this Lease to ING at INGs Address for Notices set forth in Article 1.
Section 9.4 Provisions. The provisions of this Article shall (a) inure to the benefit of Landlord, any future owner of the Building or the Real Property, Lessor or Mortgagee and any sublessor thereof and (b) apply notwithstanding that, as a matter of law, this Lease may terminate upon the termination of any such Superior Lease or Mortgage.
Section 9.5 Future Condominium Declaration. This Lease and Tenants rights hereunder are and will be subject and subordinate to any condominium declaration, by-laws and other instruments (collectively, the Condominium Documents ) which may be recorded in order to subject the Building to a condominium form of ownership pursuant to the laws of the State, provided that the Condominium Documents do not by their terms increase the Rent, materially increase Tenants non-Rent obligations or materially and adversely affect Tenants rights under this Lease. At Landlords request, and subject to the foregoing proviso, Tenant will execute and deliver to Landlord an amendment of this Lease confirming such subordination and modifying this Lease to conform to such condominium regime.
ARTICLE 10
SERVICES
Section 10.1 Electricity. Subject to any Requirements or any applicable public utility rules or regulations governing energy consumption, Landlord shall make or cause to be made, customary arrangements with utility companies and/or other suppliers of electricity to furnish electric current to the Premises for Tenants use in accordance with the standards to which the Base Building Systems have been designed. If Landlord reasonably determines by the use of an electrical consumption survey or by other reasonable means that Tenant is actually using electric current (including overhead fluorescent fixtures) in excess of 1.0 kilowatt hours per square foot of usable area in the Premises per month, as determined on an annualized basis, or 3.5 watts per useable square foot in the Premises of demand load ( Excess Electrical Usage ), then Landlord shall have the right to charge Tenant an amount equal to Landlords reasonable estimate of Tenants Excess Electrical Usage, and shall have the further right to install a separate electric current meter, submeter or check meter in the Premises (a Meter ) to measure the amount of electric current consumed in the Premises. The cost of such Meter, special conduits, wiring and panels needed in connection therewith and the installation, maintenance and repair thereof shall be paid by Tenant. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, from time to time, but no more frequently than monthly, for its Excess Electrical Usage at the Premises, plus Landlords charge equal to ten percent (10%) of Tenants Excess Electrical Usage for Landlords costs of maintaining, repairing and reading such Meter. The rate to be paid by Tenant for Metered electricity shall include any taxes or other charges in connection therewith.
Section 10.2 Excess Electricity. Tenant shall at all times comply with the rules and regulations of the utility company supplying electricity to the Building. Tenant shall not use any electrical equipment which, in Landlords reasonable judgment, would exceed the capacity of the electrical equipment serving the Premises or which interferes with the electrical service to other tenants of the Building. If Landlord reasonably determines that Tenants electrical requirements necessitate installation of any additional risers, feeders or other electrical distribution equipment (collectively, Electrical Equipment ), or if Tenant provides Landlord with evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord of Tenants need for excess electricity and requests that additional Electrical Equipment be installed, Landlord shall, at Tenants expense, install such additional Electrical Equipment, provided that Landlord reasonably determines that (a) such installation is practicable and necessary, (b) such additional Electrical Equipment is permissible under applicable Requirements, and (c) the installation of such Electrical Equipment will not cause
permanent damage to the Building or the Premises, cause or create a hazardous condition, entail excessive or unreasonable alterations, interfere with or limit electrical usage by other tenants or occupants of the Building or exceed the limits of the switchgear or other facilities serving the Building, or require power in excess of that available from the utility company serving the Building.
Section 10.3 Elevators. Landlord shall provide passenger elevator service for the Premises 24 hours per day, 7 days per week; provided, however, Landlord may limit passenger elevator service during non-Business Hours. Landlord shall provide at least one freight elevator service for the Premises upon Tenants prior request, on a non-exclusive first come, first serve basis with other Building tenants, on all Business Days during such reasonable hours and for such reasonable charge as Landlord establishes from time to time.
Section 10.4 Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning. Landlord shall furnish to the Premises during Business Hours heating, ventilation and air-conditioning ( HVAC ) in accordance with the standards to which the Base Building Systems have been designed. Landlord shall have access to all air-cooling, fan, ventilating and machine rooms and electrical closets and all other mechanical installations of Landlord (collectively, Mechanical Installations ), and Tenant shall not construct partitions or other obstructions which may interfere with Landlords access thereto or the moving of Landlords equipment to and from the Mechanical Installations. No Tenant Party shall at any time enter the Mechanical Installations or tamper with, adjust, or otherwise affect such Mechanical Installations. Landlord shall not be responsible if the HVAC System fails to provide cooled or heated air, as the case may be, to the Premises in accordance with the standards to which the Base Building Systems have been designed by reason of (i) any equipment installed by, for or on behalf of Tenant, which has an electrical load in excess of the average electrical load and human occupancy factors for the HVAC System as designed, or (ii) any rearrangement of partitioning or other Alterations made or performed by, for or on behalf of Tenant. Tenant shall install, if missing, blinds or shades on all windows, which blinds and shades shall be subject to Landlords reasonable approval, and shall keep operable windows in the Premises closed, and lower the blinds when necessary because of the suns position, whenever the HVAC System is in operation or as and when required by any Requirement. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord and shall abide by the rules and regulations which Landlord may reasonably prescribe for the proper functioning and protection of the HVAC System.
Section 10.5 Supplemental Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning. If the Premises or any portion thereof is at any time served by any supplemental heating, ventilation and air conditioning unit(s) that taps into the base Building HVAC System condenser water loop (whether one or more, but exclusive of any units that are part of the base Building HVAC System, the Supplemental HVAC Units ), Tenant shall pay Landlord within thirty (30) days after Landlord gives Tenant an invoice therefor, (i) a one-time fee of $1,000 per ton for each Supplemental HVAC Unit for tapping into the base Building HVAC System condenser water loop; and (ii) on a monthly basis, a charge of $10.00 per ton for each Supplemental HVAC Unit.
Section 10.6 Overtime HVAC . The Fixed Rent does not include any charge to Tenant for the furnishing of HVAC to the Premises during non-Business Hours ( Overtime Periods ).
If Tenant desires HVAC services during Overtime Periods, Tenant shall be able to request such overtime as needed by contacting the Building Manager and requesting Overtime HVAC for a specified time period. If Landlord furnishes HVAC service during Overtime Periods, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost thereof at Landlords then established rate for such service in the Building. The current rate is $125 per hour.
Section 10.7 Cleaning. Landlord shall cause the Premises (excluding any portions thereof used for the storage, preparation, service or consumption of food or beverages; as an exhibition area or classroom; for storage; as a shipping room, mail room or for similar purposes; for private bathrooms, showers or exercise facilities; as a trading floor; primarily for operation of computer, data processing, reproduction, duplicating or similar equipment; and portions of the Premises that include any improvements or property that require non-standard office cleaning supplies, materials, procedures, labor or service, such as paintings and other works of art) to be cleaned, substantially in accordance with the standards set forth in Exhibit D-Cleaning Specifications. Landlord reserves the right to modify such standards from time-to-time provided that Landlords cleaning standards shall be reasonably consistent with those provided in Comparable Buildings. Any areas of the Premises which Landlord is not required to clean hereunder or which require additional cleaning shall be cleaned, at Tenants expense, by Landlords cleaning contractor for such additional charge as Landlords cleaning contractor might require from time to time. Landlords cleaning contractor and its employees shall have access to the Premises at all times except between 8:00 a.m. and 5:30 p.m. on weekdays which are not Holidays.
Section 10.8 Water. Landlord shall provide water in the core lavatories, drinking fountains and janitors closets on each floor of the Building. If Tenant requires water in excess of that used by a normal office building tenant of similar size using its premises for normal office use, Tenant shall pay for the cost of bringing water to the Premises and Landlord may install a meter to measure the water. Tenant shall pay the cost of such installation, and for all maintenance, repairs and replacements thereto, and for the reasonable charges of Landlord for the water consumed.
Section 10.9 Refuse Removal. Landlord shall provide refuse removal services at the Building for ordinary office refuse and rubbish. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, Landlords reasonable charge for such removal to the extent that the refuse generated by Tenant exceeds the refuse customarily generated by general office tenants. Tenant shall not dispose of any refuse in the Common Areas, and if Tenant does so, Tenant shall be liable for Landlords reasonable charge for such removal. Tenant shall, at Tenants expense, comply with all present and future Requirements regarding the collection, sorting, separation, and recycling of trash. Each separately sorted category of trash shall be placed in separate receptacles as directed by Landlord.
Section 10.10 Directory and Suite Entry Signage. Landlord shall list Tenant on at least one of the Building directories located in the first (1 st ) floor lobbies of the Building. The Building directory listing Tenants name will be shared with other Building tenants and space on the directory shall be equitably apportioned amongst the tenants. Landlord shall, at Landlords expense, install Building standard suite entry signage at the principal suite entry location at the
Premises. At Tenants request, at any time during the Term, Landlord will design and install a Building-standard, wall-mounted suite entry sign on the wall directly outside the main suite entrance in the elevator lobby of the floor on which the Premises are located (the Additional Sign ). The basic design of the Additional Sign shall be based on the Building-standard signage, however it may incorporate a color reproduction of Tenants logo, including font and name. The exact location of the sign shall be as shown on Exhibit A. The dimensions of the Additional Sign shall not exceed two (2) feet in width and ten (10) inches in height, and will be wall-mounted. The Additional Sign shall be installed by Landlord at Tenants sole cost and expense.
Section 10.11 Tenant Access to Premises. Tenant shall have access to the Premises 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. Outside of Business Hours, Building and floor access will be monitored by an electronic card or key security and access system or any such successor system installed and maintained by Landlord. Tenant shall be responsible for access control to the Premises at Tenants expense.
Section 10.12 Telecommunications. If Tenant requests that Landlord grant access to the Building to a telecommunications service provider designated by Tenant for purposes of providing telecommunications services to Tenant, Landlord shall use its reasonable good faith efforts to respond to such request within thirty (30) days. Tenant acknowledges that nothing set forth in this Section shall impose any affirmative obligation on Landlord to grant such request and that Landlord, in its sole discretion, shall have the right to determine which telecommunications service providers shall have access to Building facilities.
Section 10.13 Service Interruptions. Landlord reserves the right to suspend any service when necessary, by reason of Unavoidable Delays, accidents or emergencies, or for Restorative Work which, in Landlords reasonable judgment, are necessary or appropriate until such Unavoidable Delay, accident or emergency shall cease or such Restorative Work is completed and Landlord shall not be liable for any interruption, curtailment or failure to supply services. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenants use and occupancy of the Premises as a result of any such interruption, curtailment or failure or defect in any such service, or change in the supply, character and/or quantity of, electrical service, and to restore any such services, remedy such situation and minimize any interference with Tenants business. The exercise of any such right or the occurrence of any such failure by Landlord shall not constitute an actual or constructive eviction, in whole or in part, entitle Tenant to any compensation, abatement or diminution of Rent, relieve Tenant from any of its obligations under this Lease, or impose any liability upon Landlord or any Indemnified Party by reason of inconvenience to Tenant, or interruption of Tenants business, or otherwise. Landlord shall not be liable in any way to Tenant for any failure, defect or interruption of, or change in the supply, character and/or quantity of electrical service furnished to the Premises for any reason except if attributable to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord. In the event of a casualty or a Taking, the applicable provisions of this Lease shall prevail over the rent abatement provisions of this Section. The foregoing notwithstanding, if any failure or stoppage of Landlords services under this Lease (i) renders the Premises or any portion thereof untenantable for the normal conduct of Tenants business in all or a portion of the Premises and Tenant has ceased using the Premises or the affected portion thereof; (ii) was not caused by Tenant, its employees, invitees or agents; and (iii) extends for a period longer than three (3) consecutive Business Days (or, in the event of
Unavoidable Delay, ten (10) Business Days), then provided no Event of Default exists, Tenants obligation to pay Fixed Rent, Tenants Tax Payment and Tenants Operating Payment for the affected portion of the Premises shall be abated beginning on the third (3 rd ) Business Day (or, in the event of Unavoidable Delay, the tenth (10 th ) Business Day) following the date the aforementioned conditions are met and shall continue with respect to the Premises or the affected portion thereof (as applicable) until the conditions described in clause (i) no longer exist.
Section 10.14 Service Additions and Omissions. Except with respect to the services that Landlord otherwise expressly agrees to provide under this Lease, Landlord shall have the right to add, modify and/or curtail any Building services as Landlord determines appropriate from time to time in Landlords sole discretion.
ARTICLE 11
INSURANCE; PROPERTY LOSS OR DAMAGE
Section 11.1 Tenants Insurance.
(a) Tenant, at Tenants expense, shall obtain and keep in full force and effect during the Term:
(i) a policy of commercial general liability insurance on an occurrence basis (utilizing then current ISO forms or equivalent) against claims for contractual liability, personal injury, bodily injury, death and/or property damage occurring in or about the Building, under which Tenant is named as the insured and Landlord, Landlords Agent and any Lessors and any Mortgagees whose names have been furnished to Tenant are named as additional insureds (the Insured Parties ). Such insurance shall provide primary coverage without contribution from any other insurance carried by or for the benefit of the Insured Parties. The minimum limits of liability provided in any combination by a commercial general liability policy and excess liability or umbrella policy applying exclusively to the Premises shall be a combined single limit with respect to each occurrence and in the aggregate in an amount of not less than $5,000,000; provided, however, that Landlord shall retain the right to require Tenant to increase such coverage from time to time to that amount of insurance which in Landlords reasonable judgment is then being customarily required by landlords for similar office space in Comparable Buildings. The deductible or self insured retention for such policy shall not exceed $10,000;
(ii) insurance against loss or damage by fire, and such other risks and hazards as are insurable under then available standard forms of Special Form Causes of Loss or All Risk property insurance policies, insuring Tenants Property and all Alterations and improvements to the Premises (including the initial Tenant Improvements) to the extent such Alterations and improvements exceed the cost of the improvements typically performed in connection with the initial occupancy of tenants in the Building ( Building Standard Installations ), for the full insurable value thereof or replacement cost thereof, having a deductible amount, if any, not in excess of $25,000;
(iii) prior to and during the performance of any Alterations (other than Minor Alterations), until completion thereof, Builders Risk insurance on an all risk basis and
on a completed value form including a Permission to Complete and Occupy endorsement, for full replacement value covering the interest of Landlord and Tenant (and their respective contractors and subcontractors) in all work incorporated in the Building and all materials and equipment in or about the Premises, Workers Compensation and Employers Liability Insurance (covering all persons to be employed by Tenant, and Tenants contractors and subcontractors in connection with such Alterations) and commercial general liability (including property damage coverage) insurance, all in such form, for such periods, in such amounts and with such companies as Landlord may reasonably require, naming Landlord, Landlords Agent and any Mortgagee (of which Tenant has been given notice) as additional insureds to all policies except the Workers Compensation and Employers Liability Insurance policy;
(iv) Workers Compensation Insurance, as required by law and Employers Liability Insurance in the amount of not less than $500,000;
(v) Business Interruption/Rental Insurance; and
(vi) such other insurance in such amounts as the Insured Parties may reasonably require from time to time, and which are customarily required by landlords for similar office space in Comparable Buildings.
(b) All insurance required to be carried by Tenant (i) shall contain a provision that (x) no act or omission of Tenant shall affect or limit the obligation of the insurance company to pay the amount of any loss sustained, and (y) shall be noncancellable and/or no material change in coverage shall be made thereto unless the Insured Parties receive thirty (30) days prior notice of the same, by certified mail, return receipt requested, and (ii) shall be effected under valid and enforceable policies issued by reputable insurers permitted to do business in the State and rated in Bests Key Rating Guide, or any successor thereto as having a Bests Rating of A- or better and a Financial Size Category of at least X or better or, if such ratings are not then in effect, the equivalent thereof or such other financial rating as Landlord may at any time reasonably consider appropriate.
(c) On or prior to the Commencement Date, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord appropriate policies of insurance, including evidence of waivers of subrogation required to be carried pursuant to this Article and that the Insured Parties are named as additional insureds (the Policies ). Evidence of each renewal or replacement of the Policies shall be delivered by Tenant to Landlord at least ten (10) days prior to the expiration of the Policies. In lieu of the Policies, Tenant may deliver to Landlord a certification from Tenants insurance company (on the form currently designated Acord 27 (Evidence of Property Insurance) and Acord 25-S (Certificate of Liability Insurance), or the equivalent, provided that attached thereto is an endorsement to Tenants commercial general liability policy naming the Insured Parties as additional insureds) which shall be binding on Tenants insurance company, and which shall expressly provide that such certification (i) conveys to the Insured Parties all the rights and privileges afforded under the Policies as primary insurance, and (ii) contains an unconditional obligation of the insurance company to advise all Insured Parties in writing by certified mail, return receipt requested, at least thirty (30) days in advance of any termination or change to the Policies that would affect the interest of any of the Insured Parties.
Section 11.2 Waiver of Subrogation. Landlord and Tenant shall each procure an appropriate clause in or endorsement to any property insurance covering the Real Property and personal property, fixtures and equipment located therein, wherein the insurer waives subrogation or consents to a waiver of right of recovery, and Landlord and Tenant agree not to make any claim against, or seek to recover from, the other for any loss or damage to its property or the property of others resulting from fire or other hazards to the extent covered (or would have been covered if the party had obtained and maintained the insurance it was required to carry under this Lease) by the property insurance that was required to be carried by that party under the terms of this Lease. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord shall not carry insurance on, and shall not be responsible for, (i) damage to any Above Building Standard Installations, (ii) Tenants Property, and (iii) any loss suffered by Tenant due to interruption of Tenants business.
Section 11.3 Restoration.
(a) If the Premises are damaged by fire or other casualty, or if the Building is damaged such that Tenant is deprived of reasonable access to the Premises, the damage shall be repaired by Landlord, to substantially the condition of the Premises prior to the damage, subject to the provisions of any Mortgage or Superior Lease and only to the extent that such repairs can reasonably be made from the net proceeds of any insurance actually received by Landlord, but Landlord shall have no obligation to repair or restore (i) Tenants Property or (ii) except as provided in Section 11.3(b), any Alterations or improvements to the Premises, to the extent (but only to the extent) such Alterations or improvements exceed Building Standard Installations ( Above Building Standard Installations ). So long as Tenant is not in default beyond applicable grace or notice provisions in the payment or performance of its obligations under this Section, and provided Tenant timely delivers to Landlord either Tenants Restoration Payment (as hereinafter defined) or the Restoration Security (as hereinafter defined) or Tenant expressly waives any obligation of Landlord to repair or restore any of Tenants Above Building Standard Installations, then until the restoration of the Premises is Substantially Completed or would have been Substantially Completed but for Tenant Delay, Fixed Rent, Tenants Tax Payment and Tenants Operating Payment shall be reduced in the proportion by which the area of the part of the Premises which is not usable (or accessible ) and is not used by Tenant bears to the total area of the Premises.
(b) As a condition precedent to Landlords obligations to repair or restore any Above Building Standard Installations, Tenant shall (i) pay to Landlord upon demand a sum ( Tenants Restoration Payment ) equal to the amount, if any, by which (A) the cost, as reasonably estimated by a reputable independent contractor designated by Landlord, of repairing and restoring all Alterations and Tenant Improvements in the Premises to their condition prior to the damage, exceeds (B) the cost of restoring the Premises with Building Standard Installations, or (ii) furnish to Landlord security (the Restoration Security ) in form and amount reasonably acceptable to Landlord to secure Tenants obligation to pay all costs in excess of restoring the Premises with Building Standard Installations. If Tenant fails to deliver to Landlord either (1) Tenants Restoration Payment or the Restoration Security, as applicable, or (2) a waiver by Tenant, in form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, of all of Landlords obligations to repair or restore any of the Above Building Standard Installations, in either case within ten (10) Business
Days after Landlords demand therefor, Landlord shall have no obligation to restore any Above Building Standard Installations and Tenants abatement of Fixed Rent, Tenants Tax Payment and Tenants Operating Payment shall cease when the restoration of the Premises (other than any Above Building Standard Installations) is Substantially Complete.
Section 11.4 Landlords Termination Right. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 11.3, if the Premises are totally damaged or are rendered wholly untenantable, or if the Building shall be so damaged that, in the reasonable opinion of Landlords architect and engineers the substantial alteration, demolition, or reconstruction of the Building required to return it to a tenantable state (whether or not the Premises are so damaged or rendered untenantable) will take more than 12 months, then Landlord may, not later than sixty (60) days following the date of the damage, terminate this Lease by written notice to Tenant, provided that if the Premises are not materially damaged, Landlord may not terminate this Lease unless Landlord similarly terminates (as a result of such damage) the leases of other tenants in the Building aggregating at least fifty percent (50%) of the portion of the Building occupied for office purposes immediately prior to such damage. If this Lease is so terminated, (a) the Term shall expire upon the thirtieth (30 th ) day after such notice is given, (b) Tenant shall vacate the Premises and surrender the same to Landlord, (c) Tenants liability for Rent shall cease as of the date of the damage, and (d) any prepaid Rent for any period after the date of the damage shall be promptly refunded by Landlord to Tenant.
Section 11.5 Tenants Termination Right. If the Premises are totally damaged and are thereby rendered wholly untenantable, or if the Building shall be so damaged that Tenant is deprived of reasonable access to the Premises, and if Landlord elects to restore the Premises, Landlord shall, within sixty (60) days following the date of the damage, cause a contractor or architect selected by Landlord to give notice (the Restoration Notice ) to Tenant of the date by which such contractor or architect estimates the restoration of the Premises (excluding any Above Building Standard Installations) shall be Substantially Completed. If such date, as set forth in the Restoration Notice, is more than twelve (12) months from the date of such damage, then Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by giving notice (the Termination Notice ) to Landlord not later than thirty (30) days following delivery of the Restoration Notice to Tenant. If Tenant delivers a Termination Notice, this Lease shall be deemed to have terminated as of the date of the giving of the Termination Notice, in the manner set forth in the second sentence of Section 11.4.
Section 11.6 Final 18 Months. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article, if any damage during the final eighteen (18) months of the Term renders the Premises wholly untenantable, either Landlord or Tenant may terminate this Lease by notice to the other party within thirty (30) days after the occurrence of such damage and this Lease shall expire on the thirtieth (30 th ) day after the date of such notice. For purposes of this Section, the Premises shall be deemed wholly untenantable if Tenant shall be precluded from using more than fifty percent (50%) of the Premises for the conduct of its business and Tenants inability to so use the Premises is reasonably expected to continue for more than ninety (90) days.
Section 11.7 Landlords Liability. Any Building employee to whom any property shall be entrusted by or on behalf of Tenant shall be deemed to be acting as Tenants agent with
respect to such property and neither Landlord nor its agents shall be liable for any damage to such property, or for the loss of or damage to any property of Tenant by theft or otherwise. None of the Insured Parties shall be liable for any injury or damage to persons or property or interruption of Tenants business resulting from fire or other casualty, any damage caused by other tenants or persons in the Building or Parking Facility or by construction of any private, public or quasi-public work, or any latent defect in the Premises or in the Building or Parking Facility (except that Landlord shall be required to repair the same to the extent provided in Article 6). No penalty shall accrue for delays which may arise by reason of adjustment of fire insurance on the part of Landlord or Tenant, or for any Unavoidable Delays arising from any repair or restoration of any portion of the Building, provided that Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenants use and occupancy of the Premises during the performance of any such repair or restoration.
ARTICLE 12
EMINENT DOMAIN
Section 12.1 Taking.
(a) Total Taking. If all or substantially all of the Real Property, the Building or the Premises shall be acquired or condemned for any public or quasi-public purpose (a Taking ), this Lease shall terminate and the Term shall end as of the date of the vesting of title and Rent shall be prorated and adjusted as of such date.
(b) Partial Taking. Upon a Taking of only a part of the Real Property, the Building or the Premises then, except as hereinafter provided in this Article, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, provided that from and after the date of the vesting of title, Fixed Rent and Tenants Proportionate Share shall be modified to reflect the reduction of the Premises and/or the Building as a result of such Taking.
(c) Landlords Termination Right. Whether or not the Premises are affected, Landlord may, by notice to Tenant, within sixty (60) days following the date upon which Landlord receives notice of the Taking of all or a portion of the Real Property, the Building or the Premises, terminate this Lease, provided that Landlord elects to terminate (as a result of such taking) leases (including this Lease) affecting at least fifty percent (50%) of the portion of the Building occupied for office purposes immediately prior to such taking.
(d) Tenants Termination Right. If the part of the Real Property so Taken contains more than twenty percent (20%) of the total area of the Premises occupied by Tenant immediately prior to such Taking, or if, by reason of such Taking, Tenant no longer has reasonable means of access to the Premises or equivalent parking rights, Tenant may terminate this Lease by notice to Landlord given within thirty (30) days following the date upon which Tenant is given notice of such Taking. If Tenant so notifies Landlord, this Lease shall end and expire upon the thirtieth (30 th ) day following the giving of such notice. If a part of the Premises shall be so Taken and this Lease is not terminated in accordance with this Section, Landlord, without being required to spend more than it collects as an award, shall, subject to the provisions of any Mortgage or Superior Lease, restore that part of the Premises not so Taken to a self-
contained rental unit substantially equivalent (with respect to character, quality, appearance and services) to that which existed immediately prior to such Taking, excluding Tenants Property and Above Building Standard Installations.
(e) Apportionment of Rent. Upon any termination of this Lease pursuant to the provisions of this Article, Rent shall be apportioned as of, and shall be paid or refunded up to and including, the date of such termination.
(f) Notice to Tenant of Taking . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, Landlord agrees to deliver to Tenant written notice of any Taking within ten (10) Business Days following Landlords receipt of notice of the same.
Section 12.2 Awards. Upon any Taking, Landlord shall receive the entire award for any such Taking, and Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord or the condemning authority for the value of any unexpired portion of the Term or Tenants Alterations; and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord all of its right in and to such award. Nothing contained in this Article shall be deemed to prevent Tenant from making a separate claim in any condemnation proceedings for the then value of any Tenants Property or Above Building Standard Installations included in such Taking and for any moving expenses, provided any such award is in addition to, and does not result in a reduction of, the award made to Landlord.
Section 12.3 Temporary Taking. If all or any part of the Premises is Taken temporarily during the Term for any public or quasi-public use or purpose, Tenant shall give prompt notice to Landlord and the Term shall not be reduced or affected in any way and Tenant shall continue to pay all Rent payable by Tenant without reduction or abatement and to perform all of its other obligations under this Lease, except to the extent prevented from doing so by the condemning authority, and Tenant shall be entitled to receive any award or payment from the condemning authority for such use.
ARTICLE 13
ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING
Section 13.1 Consent Requirements.
(a) Except as expressly set forth herein, Tenant shall not assign, mortgage, pledge, encumber, or otherwise transfer this Lease, whether by operation of law or otherwise, and shall not sublet, or permit, or suffer the Premises or any part thereof to be used or occupied by others (whether for desk space, mailing privileges or otherwise), without Landlords prior consent in each instance, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed as provided in Section 13.3.
Any assignment, sublease, mortgage, pledge, encumbrance or transfer in contravention of the provisions of this Article shall be void and shall constitute an Event of Default.
(b) If, without Landlords consent (when required), this Lease is assigned, or any part of the Premises is sublet or occupied by anyone other than Tenant or this Lease is
encumbered (by operation of law or otherwise), Landlord may collect rent from the assignee, subtenant or occupant, and apply the net amount collected to the Rent herein reserved. No such collection shall be deemed a waiver of the provisions of this Article, an acceptance of the assignee, subtenant or occupant as tenant, or a release of Tenant from the performance of Tenants covenants hereunder, and in all cases Tenant shall remain fully liable for its obligations under this Lease.
(c) Landlords consent to any assignment or subletting shall not relieve Tenant from the obligation to obtain Landlords consent to any further assignment or subletting. In no event shall any permitted subtenant assign or encumber its sublease or further sublet any portion of its sublet space, or otherwise suffer or permit any portion of the sublet space to be used or occupied by others, except as provided in this Lease.
Section 13.2 Tenants Notice. If Tenant desires to assign this Lease or sublet all or any portion of the Premises and Landlords consent thereto is required under this Lease, Tenant shall give notice thereof to Landlord, which shall be accompanied by (a) with respect to an assignment of this Lease, the date Tenant desires the assignment to be effective, and (b) with respect to a sublet of all or a part of the Premises, a description of the portion of the Premises to be sublet and the commencement date of such sublease. Such notice shall be deemed an irrevocable thirty (30) day offer from Tenant to Landlord of the right, at Landlords option, (1) if the proposed transaction is an assignment of this Lease, to terminate this Lease with respect to the entire Premises as of the date indicated in the notice from Tenant to Landlord in (a) above (except as hereafter otherwise provided), or (2) if the proposed transaction is a sublease of thirty percent (30%) or more of the rentable square footage of the Premises (inclusive of any then subleased space at the Premises and any proposed sublease space) to a non-Related Entity or the term of such sublease (including any extension options provided for under the sublease) exceeds ninety percent (90%) of the remainder of the Term of this Lease (without regard to any then unexercised extension options under this Lease, but considering all extension options granted under the proposed sublease), to terminate this Lease with respect to the space that Tenant proposes to sublease (the Partial Space ). Such option may be exercised by notice from Landlord to Tenant within thirty (30) days after delivery of Tenants notice. Subject to Section 13.6, if Landlord exercises its option to terminate all or a portion of this Lease, (A) this Lease shall end and expire with respect to all or a portion of the Premises, as the case may be, on the date that such assignment or sublease was to commence, provided that such date is in no event earlier than ninety (90) days after the date Landlord receives the above notice unless Landlord agrees to such earlier date, (B) Rent shall be apportioned, paid or refunded as of such date, (C) Tenant, upon Landlords request, shall enter into an amendment of this Lease ratifying and confirming such total or partial termination, and setting forth any appropriate modifications to the terms and provisions hereof, and (D) Landlord shall be free to lease the Premises (or any part thereof) to Tenants prospective assignee or subtenant. Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, Section 13.6 shall take precedence over any arguably conflicting provision in this Section.
Section 13.3 Conditions to Assignment/Subletting.
(a) If Landlord does not exercise its termination option under Section 13.2 or
if Landlord otherwise does not have a termination option, then provided that no Event of Default then exists, Landlords consent to the proposed assignment or subletting shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Such consent shall be granted or denied within thirty (30) days after delivery to Landlord of (i) a true and complete statement reasonably detailing the identity of the proposed assignee or subtenant ( Transferee ), the nature of its business and its proposed use of the Premises, (ii) current financial information with respect to the Transferee, including its most recent financial statements, and (iii) any other information Landlord may reasonably request, provided that:
(i) in Landlords reasonable judgment, the Transferee is engaged in a business or activity, and the Premises will be used in a manner, which (1) is in keeping with the then standards of the Building, (2) is for the Permitted Uses, and (3) does not violate any restrictions set forth in this Lease, any Mortgage or Superior Lease or any negative covenant as to use of the Premises required by any other lease in the Building;
(ii) the Transferee is reputable with sufficient financial means to perform all of its obligations under this Lease or the sublease, as the case may be;
(iii) reserved;
(iv) the Transferee is not a person or entity (or affiliate of a person or entity) with whom Landlord is then or has been within the prior 6 months negotiating in connection with the rental of space in the Building;
(v) reserved
(vi) with respect to any transaction occurring prior to the last day of the fifth (5 th ) Lease Year, the aggregate consideration to be paid by the Transferee under the terms of the proposed sublease shall not be less than sixty percent (60%) of the fixed rent at which Landlord is then offering to lease other space in the Building (the Market Sub-rent ) determined as though the Premises were vacant and taking into account (1) the length of the term of the proposed sublease, (2) any rent concessions granted to Transferee, and (3) the cost of any Alterations being performed for the Transferee;
(vii) Tenant is not released from liability under the Lease;
(viii) with respect to any assignment or subletting for which Landlords consent is required under this Lease, Tenant shall, upon demand, reimburse Landlord for all actual reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with such proposed assignment or sublease, including any investigations as to the acceptability of the Transferee and all legal costs reasonably incurred in connection with the granting of any requested consent; and
(ix) the Transferee shall not be entitled, directly or indirectly, to diplomatic or sovereign immunity, regardless of whether the Transferee agrees to waive such diplomatic or sovereign immunity, and shall be subject to the service of process in, and the jurisdiction of the courts of, the State.
(b) With respect to each and every subletting and/or assignment approved by Landlord under the provisions of this Lease:
(i) the form of the proposed assignment or sublease shall be reasonably satisfactory to Landlord;
(ii) no sublease shall be for a term ending later than the Expiration Date;
(iii) no Transferee shall take possession of any part of the Premises, until an executed counterpart of such sublease or assignment has been delivered to Landlord and approved by Landlord as provided in Section 13.3;
(iv) if an Event of Default occurs prior to the effective date of such assignment or subletting, then Landlords consent thereto, if previously granted, shall be immediately deemed revoked without further notice to Tenant, and if such assignment or subletting would have been permitted without Landlords consent pursuant to Section 13.7, such permission shall be void and without force and effect, and in either such case, any such assignment or subletting shall constitute a further Event of Default hereunder; and
(v) each sublease shall be subject and subordinate to this Lease and to the matters to which this Lease is or shall be subordinate; and Tenant and each Transferee shall be deemed to have agreed that upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default hereunder, Tenant has hereby assigned to Landlord, and Landlord may, at its option, accept such assignment of, all right, title and interest of Tenant as sublandlord under such sublease, together with all modifications, extensions and renewals thereof then in effect and such Transferee shall, at Landlords option, attorn to Landlord pursuant to the then executory provisions of such sublease, except that Landlord shall not be (A) liable for any previous act or omission of Tenant under such sublease, (B) subject to any counterclaim, offset or defense not expressly provided in such sublease, which theretofore accrued to such Transferee against Tenant, (C) bound by any previous modification of such sublease not consented to by Landlord or by any prepayment of more than one months rent, (D) bound to return such Transferees security deposit, if any, except to the extent Landlord shall receive actual possession of such deposit and such Transferee shall be entitled to the return of all or any portion of such deposit under the terms of its sublease, or (E) obligated to make any payment to or on behalf of such Transferee, or to perform any work in the subleased space or the Building, or in any way to prepare the sublet space for occupancy, beyond Landlords obligations under this Lease. The provisions of this Section shall be self-operative, and no further instrument shall be required to give effect to this provision, provided that the Transferee shall execute and deliver to Landlord any instruments Landlord may reasonably request to evidence and confirm such subordination and attornment.
Section 13.4 Binding on Tenant; Indemnification of Landlord. Notwithstanding any assignment or subletting or any acceptance of rent by Landlord from any Transferee, Tenant shall remain fully liable for the payment of all Rent due and for the performance of all the covenants, terms and conditions contained in this Lease on Tenants part to be observed and performed, and any default under any term, covenant or condition of this Lease by any Transferee or anyone
claiming under or through any Transferee shall be deemed to be a default under this Lease by Tenant. Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless Landlord from and against any and all Losses resulting from any claims that may be made against Landlord by the Transferee or anyone claiming under or through any Transferee or by any brokers or other persons claiming a commission or similar compensation in connection with the proposed assignment or sublease, irrespective of whether Landlord shall give or decline to give its consent to any proposed assignment or sublease, or if Landlord shall exercise any of its options under this Article.
Section 13.5 Tenants Failure to Complete. If Landlord consents to a proposed assignment or sublease and Tenant fails to execute and deliver to Landlord such assignment or sublease within one hundred twenty (120) days after the giving of such consent or the amount of space subject to such sublease varies by more than ten percent (10%) from that specified in the notice given by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to Section 13.2, then Tenant shall again comply with all of the provisions and conditions of Sections 13.2, 13.3 and 13.4 before assigning this Lease or subletting all or part of the Premises.
Section 13.6 Profits. If Tenant enters into any assignment or sublease permitted hereunder or consented to by Landlord, Tenant shall, within sixty (60) days of Landlords consent to such assignment or sublease, deliver to Landlord a list of Tenants reasonable third-party expenses incurred in connection with such transaction including, without limitation, brokerage fees and legal fees paid in connection with such transaction, marketing costs, cash inducements, construction costs, construction and moving allowances, rent abatement and any lease assumption costs (collectively, Transaction Costs ), together with a list of all of Tenants Property to be transferred to such Transferee. The Transaction Costs shall be amortized, on a straight-line basis, over the term of any sublease or assignment. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord evidence of the payment of such Transaction Costs promptly after the same are paid. In consideration of such assignment or subletting, Tenant shall pay to Landlord:
(a) In the case of an assignment, on the effective date of the assignment, fifty percent (50%) of all sums and other consideration paid to Tenant by the Transferee for or by reason of such assignment (including sums paid for the sale or rental of Tenants Property, less, the then fair market or rental value thereof, as reasonably determined by Landlord) after first deducting the Transaction Costs; or
(b) In the case of a sublease, fifty percent (50%) of any consideration paid under the sublease to Tenant by the Transferee which exceeds on a per square foot basis the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent accruing during the term of the sublease in respect of the subleased space (together with any sums paid for the sale or rental of Tenants Property, less, the then fair market or rental value thereof, as reasonably determined by Landlord) after first deducting the monthly amortized amount of Transaction Costs. The sums payable under this clause shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord monthly as and when paid by the subtenant to Tenant. The foregoing notwithstanding, this Section shall not apply with respect to any transfer to a Related Entity in accordance with the terms and provisions of Section 13.7.
Section 13.7 Transfers.
(a) If Tenant is a legal entity, the transfer (by one or more transfers), directly or indirectly, by operation of law or otherwise, of a majority of the stock or other beneficial ownership interest in Tenant or of all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant (collectively, Ownership Interests ) shall be deemed a voluntary assignment of this Lease; provided, however, that the provisions of this Article shall not apply to the transfer of Ownership Interests in Tenant if and so long as Tenant is or becomes publicly traded on a nationally recognized stock exchange. For purposes of this Article the term transfers shall be deemed to include (x) the issuance of new Ownership Interests which results in a majority of the Ownership Interests in Tenant being held by a person or entity which does not hold a majority of the Ownership Interests in Tenant on the Effective Date and (y) except as provided below, the sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant in one or more transactions and the merger or consolidation of Tenant into or with another business entity. The provisions of Section 13.1 shall not apply to transactions with a business entity into or with which Tenant is merged or consolidated or to which all or substantially all of Tenants assets are transferred so long as (i) such transfer was made for a legitimate independent business purpose and not for the purpose of transferring this Lease, (ii) the successor to Tenant has a net worth computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles at least equal to the net worth of Tenant immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or transfer, and (iii) proof reasonably satisfactory to Landlord of such net worth is delivered to Landlord at least ten (10) days following the effective date of any such transaction. Tenant may also, upon prior notice to Landlord, permit any business entity which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the original Tenant (a Related Entity ) to sublet or take assignment of all or part of the Premises for any Permitted Uses, provided the Related Entity is in Landlords reasonable judgment of a character and engaged in a business which is in keeping with the standards for the Building and for so long as such entity remains a Related Entity. Such sublease or assignment shall not be deemed to vest in any such Related Entity any right or interest in this Lease nor shall it relieve, release, impair or discharge any of Tenants obligations hereunder. For the purposes hereof, control shall be deemed to mean ownership of not less than fifty percent (50%) of all of the Ownership Interests of such corporation or other business entity.
(b) The limitations set forth in this Section shall apply to Transferee(s) and guarantor(s) of this Lease, if any, and any transfer by any such entity in violation of this Section shall be a transfer in violation of Section 13.1.
(c) Any modification, amendment or extension of a sublease and/or any other agreement by which a landlord (or any affiliate thereof) of a building other than the Building agrees to assume the obligations of Tenant under this Lease shall be deemed a sublease for the purposes of Section 13.1 hereof.
Section 13.8 Assumption of Obligations. No assignment or transfer shall be effective unless and until the Transferee executes, acknowledges and delivers to Landlord an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord whereby the assignee (a) assumes Tenants obligations under this Lease arising from and after the effective date of the assignment and (b) agrees that, notwithstanding such assignment or transfer, the provisions of Section 13.1 hereof shall be binding upon it in respect of all future assignments and transfers.
Section 13.9 Tenants Liability. The joint and several liability of Tenant and any successors-in-interest of Tenant and the due performance of Tenants obligations under this Lease shall not be discharged, released or impaired by any agreement or stipulation made by Landlord, or any grantee or assignee of Landlord, extending the time, or modifying any of the terms and provisions of this Lease, or by any waiver or failure of Landlord, or any grantee or assignee of Landlord, to enforce any of the terms and provisions of this Lease.
Section 13.10 Listings in Building Directory. The listing of any name other than that of Tenant on the doors of the Premises, the Building directory or elsewhere shall not vest any right or interest in this Lease or in the Premises, nor be deemed to constitute Landlords consent to any assignment or transfer of this Lease or to any sublease of the Premises or to the use or occupancy thereof by others. Any such listing shall constitute a privilege revocable in Landlords discretion by notice to Tenant.
Section 13.11 Lease Disaffirmance or Rejection. Unless Tenant is expressly released from this Lease in the course of an assignment pursuant to an instrument in writing duly executed by Landlord if at any time after an assignment by Tenant named herein, this Lease is not affirmed or is rejected in any bankruptcy proceeding or any similar proceeding, or upon a termination of this Lease due to any such proceeding, Tenant named herein, upon request of Landlord given after such disaffirmance, rejection or termination (and actual notice thereof to Landlord in the event of a disaffirmance or rejection or in the event of termination other than by act of Landlord), shall (a) pay to Landlord all Rent and other charges due and owing by the assignee to Landlord under this Lease to and including the date of such disaffirmance, rejection or termination, and (b) as tenant, enter into a new lease of the Premises with Landlord for a term commencing on the effective date of such disaffirmance, rejection or termination and ending on the Expiration Date, at the same Rent and upon the then executory terms, covenants and conditions contained in this Lease, except that (i) the rights of Tenant named herein under the new lease shall be subject to the possessory rights of the assignee under this Lease and the possessory rights of any persons or entities claiming through or under such assignee or by virtue of any statute or of any order of any court (if any), (ii) such new lease shall require all defaults existing under this Lease to be cured by Tenant named herein with due diligence, and (iii) such new lease shall require Tenant named herein to pay all Rent which, had this Lease not been so disaffirmed, rejected or terminated, would have become due under the provisions of this Lease after the date of such disaffirmance, rejection or termination with respect to any period prior thereto. Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, in no case shall any liability arising under the foregoing provisions of this Section exceed the aggregate amount of Rent reserved under this Lease less all amounts received by Landlord pursuant to an obligation arising under this Lease, from whatever source. If Tenant named herein defaults in its obligations to enter into such new lease for a period of twenty (20) Business Days after Landlords request, then, in addition to all other rights and remedies by reason of default, either at law or in equity, Landlord shall have the same rights and remedies against Tenant named herein as if it had entered into such new lease and such new lease had thereafter been terminated as of the commencement date thereof by reason of Tenants default thereunder.
ARTICLE 14
ACCESS TO PREMISES
Section 14.1 Landlords Access.
(a) Landlord, Landlords agents and utility service providers servicing the Building may erect, use and maintain concealed ducts, pipes and conduits in and through the Premises provided such use does not cause the usable area of the Premises to be reduced beyond a de minimis amount. Landlord shall promptly repair any damage to the Premises caused by any work performed pursuant to this Article.
(b) Landlord and any other party designated by Landlord shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time in the case of an emergency. Landlord, any Lessor or Mortgagee and any other party designated by Landlord and their respective agents shall have the right to enter the Premises at all reasonable times, upon reasonable notice (which notice may be oral) to examine the Premises, to perform Restorative Work to the Premises or the Building, to show the Premises to prospective purchasers, Mortgagees or Lessors and tenants, and their respective agents and representatives or others.
(c) All parts (except surfaces facing the interior of the Premises) of all walls, windows and doors bounding the Premises, all balconies, terraces and roofs adjacent to the Premises, all space in or adjacent to the Premises used for shafts, stacks, stairways, mail chutes, conduits and other mechanical facilities, Base Building Systems, Building facilities and Common Areas are not part of the Premises, and Landlord shall have the use thereof and access thereto through the Premises for the purposes of Building operation, maintenance, alteration and repair.
Section 14.2 Building Name. Landlord has the right at any time to change the name, street address or designation by which the Building is commonly known; provided, however, that if Landlord changes the name during the Term (other than as a result of a Requirement), then Landlord will reimburse Tenant for reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred in re-printing all stationery, letterhead, business cards, and other printed materials that Tenant has on hand (not to exceed $2,000 in the aggregate).
Section 14.3 Light and Air. If at any time any windows of the Premises are temporarily darkened or covered over by reason of any Restorative Work, any of such windows are permanently darkened or covered over due to any Requirement or there is otherwise a diminution of light, air or view by another structure which may hereafter be erected (whether or not by Landlord), Landlord shall not be liable for any damages and Tenant shall not be entitled to any compensation or abatement of any Rent, nor shall the same release Tenant from its obligations hereunder or constitute an actual or constructive eviction.
ARTICLE 15
DEFAULT
Section 15.1 Tenants Defaults. Each of the following events shall be an Event of Default hereunder:
(a) Tenant fails to pay when due any installment of Rent and such default shall continue for five (5) Business Days after notice of such default is given to Tenant except that if Landlord shall have given two such notices of default in the payment of any Rent in any 12-month period, Tenant shall not be entitled to any further notice of its delinquency in the payment of any Rent or an extended period in which to make payment until such time as 12 consecutive months shall have elapsed without Tenant having failed to make any such payment when due, and the occurrence of any default in the payment of any Rent within such 12-month period after the giving of 2 such notices shall constitute an Event of Default; or
(b) Tenant fails to observe or perform any other term, covenant or condition of this Lease and such failure continues for more than thirty (30) days after notice by Landlord to Tenant of such default, or if such default is of a nature that it cannot be completely remedied within thirty (30) days, failure by Tenant to commence to remedy such failure within said thirty (30) days, and thereafter diligently take all steps necessary to remedy such default, provided in all events the same is completed within ninety (90) days; or
(c) if Landlord applies or retains any part of the security held by Landlord hereunder in accordance with the terms of this Lease, and Tenant fails to deposit with Landlord the amount so applied or retained by Landlord, or to provide Landlord with a replacement Letter of Credit (as hereinafter defined), if applicable, within five (5) Business Days after notice by Landlord to Tenant stating the amount applied or retained; or
(d) Tenant files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or insolvency, or is adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or files any petition or answer seeking any reorganization, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any present or future federal bankruptcy act or any other present or future applicable federal, state or other statute or law, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors or seeks or consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of any trustee, receiver, liquidator or other similar official for Tenant or for all or any part of Tenants property; or
(e) a court of competent jurisdiction shall enter an order, judgment or decree adjudicating Tenant bankrupt, or appointing a trustee, receiver or liquidator of Tenant, or of the whole or any substantial part of its property, without the consent of Tenant, or approving a petition filed against Tenant seeking reorganization or arrangement of Tenant under the bankruptcy laws of the United States, as now in effect or hereafter amended, or any state thereof, and such order, judgment or decree shall not be vacated or set aside or stayed within sixty (60) days from the date of entry thereof; or
(f) Guarantor generally does not, or is unable to, or admits in writing its inability to, pay its debts as they become due or is subject to the filing of a petition, case or proceeding in bankruptcy; or
(g) the occurrence of a default under any guaranty of all or any portion of Tenants liabilities under this Lease, which default continues beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and/or cure period(s) (if any) set forth in such guaranty.
Section 15.2 Landlords Remedies.
(b) If this Lease and the Term, or Tenants right to possession of the Premises, terminate as provided in Section 15.2(a):
(i) Tenant shall quit and surrender the Premises to Landlord, and Landlord and its agents may immediately, or at any time after such termination, re-enter the Premises or any part thereof, without notice, either by summary proceedings, or by any other applicable action or proceeding, or by force (to the extent permitted by law) or otherwise in accordance with applicable legal proceedings (without being liable to indictment, prosecution or damages therefor), and may repossess the Premises and dispossess Tenant and any other persons from the Premises and remove any and all of their property and effects from the Premises.
(ii) Landlord, at Landlords option, may relet all or any part of the Premises from time to time, either in the name of Landlord or otherwise, to such tenant or tenants, for any term ending before, on or after the Expiration Date, at such rental and upon such other conditions (which may include concessions and free rent periods) as Landlord, in its sole discretion, may determine. Landlord shall have no obligation to accept any tenant offered by Tenant and shall not be liable for failure to relet or, in the event of any such reletting, for failure to collect any rent due upon any such reletting; and no such failure shall relieve Tenant of, or otherwise affect, any liability under this Lease. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to mitigate its damages but shall not be required to divert prospective tenants from any other portions of the Building. Landlord, at Landlords option, may make such alterations, decorations and other
physical changes in and to the Premises as Landlord, in its sole discretion, considers advisable or necessary in connection with such reletting or proposed reletting, without relieving Tenant of any liability under this Lease or otherwise affecting any such liability.
(c) Tenant, on its own behalf and on behalf of all persons claiming through or under Tenant, including all creditors, hereby waives all rights which Tenant and all such persons might otherwise have under any Requirement (i) to the service of any notice of intention to re-enter or to institute legal proceedings, (ii) to redeem, or to re-enter or repossess the Premises, (iii) to restore the operation of this Lease, after (A) Tenant shall have been dispossessed by judgment or by warrant of any court or judge, (B) any re-entry by Landlord, or (C) any expiration or early termination of the term of this Lease, whether such dispossess, re-entry, expiration or termination shall be by operation of law or pursuant to the provisions of this Lease, and (iv) to any notice to quit the Premises. The words redeem, redemption, re-enter, re-entry and re-entered as used in this Lease shall not be deemed to be restricted to their technical legal meanings.
(d) Upon the breach or threatened breach by Tenant, or any persons claiming through or under Tenant, of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease, Landlord shall have the right to enjoin such breach and to invoke any other remedy allowed by law or in equity as if re-entry, summary proceedings and other special remedies were not provided in this Lease for such breach. The rights to invoke the remedies set forth above are cumulative and shall not preclude Landlord from invoking any other remedy allowed at law or in equity.
Section 15.3 Landlords Damages.
(a) If this Lease and the Term, or Tenants right to possession of the Premises, terminate as provided in Section 15.2, then:
(i) Tenant shall pay to Landlord all items of Rent payable under this Lease by Tenant to Landlord prior to the date of termination;
(ii) Landlord may retain all monies, if any, paid by Tenant to Landlord, whether as prepaid Rent, a security deposit or otherwise, which monies, to the extent not otherwise applied to amounts due and owing to Landlord, shall be credited by Landlord against any damages payable by Tenant to Landlord;
(iii) Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in monthly installments, on the days specified in this Lease for payment of installments of Fixed Rent, any Deficiency; it being understood that Landlord shall be entitled to recover the Deficiency from Tenant each month as the same shall arise, and no suit to collect the amount of the Deficiency for any month, shall prejudice Landlords right to collect the Deficiency for any subsequent month by a similar proceeding; and
(iv) whether or not Landlord shall have collected any monthly Deficiency, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, on demand, in lieu of any further Deficiency and as liquidated and agreed final damages, a sum equal to the amount by which the Rent for the period which otherwise would have constituted the unexpired portion of the Term (assuming the Additional Rent during such period to be the same as was payable for the year immediately
preceding such termination or re-entry, increased in each succeeding year by 4% (on a compounded basis)) exceeds the then fair and reasonable rental value of the Premises, for the same period (with both amounts being discounted to present value at a rate of interest equal to 2% below the then Base Rate) less the aggregate amount of Deficiencies theretofore collected by Landlord pursuant to the provisions of Section 15.3(a)(iii) for the same period. If, before presentation of proof of such liquidated damages to any court, commission or tribunal, the Premises, or any part thereof, shall have been relet by Landlord for the period which otherwise would have constituted the unexpired portion of the Term, or any part thereof, the amount of rent reserved upon such reletting shall be deemed prima facie , to be the fair and reasonable rental value for the part or the whole of the Premises so relet during the term of the reletting.
(b) If the Premises, or any part thereof, shall be relet together with other space in the Building, the rents collected or reserved under any such reletting and the expenses of any such reletting shall be equitably apportioned for the purposes of this Section. Tenant shall not be entitled to any rents collected or payable under any reletting, whether or not such rents exceeds the Fixed Rent reserved in this Lease. Nothing contained in this Article shall be deemed to limit or preclude the recovery by Landlord from Tenant of the maximum amount allowed to be obtained as damages by any Requirement, or of any sums or damages to which Landlord may be entitled in addition to the damages set forth in this Section; provided, however, that Landlord shall only be entitled to one (1) full recovery for the breach of this Lease.
Section 15.4 Interest. If any payment of Rent is not paid when due (including any applicable grace period, if any), interest shall accrue on such payment, from the date such payment became due until paid at the Interest Rate. Tenant acknowledges that late payment by Tenant of Rent will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of such costs being extremely difficult and impracticable to fix. Such costs include, without limitation, processing and accounting charges, and late charges that may be imposed on Landlord by the terms of any note secured by a Mortgage covering the Premises. Therefore, in addition to interest, if any amount is not paid when due, a late charge equal to five percent (5%) of such amount shall be assessed; provided, however, that on 1 occasion during any Calendar Year of the Term, Landlord shall give Tenant notice of such late payment and Tenant shall have a period of five (5) days thereafter in which to make such payment before any late charge is assessed. Such interest and late charges are separate and cumulative and are in addition to and shall not diminish or represent a substitute for any of Landlords rights or remedies under any other provision of this Lease.
Section 15.5 Other Rights of Landlord. If Tenant fails to pay any Additional Rent when due, Landlord, in addition to any other right or remedy, shall have the same rights and remedies as in the case of a default by Tenant in the payment of Fixed Rent. If Tenant is in arrears in the payment of Rent, Tenant waives Tenants right, if any, to designate the items against which any payments made by Tenant are to be credited, and Landlord may apply any payments made by Tenant to any items Landlord sees fit, regardless of any request by Tenant. Landlord reserves the right, without liability to Tenant and without constituting any claim of constructive eviction, to suspend furnishing or rendering to Tenant any property, material, labor, utility or other service, whenever Landlord is obligated to furnish or render the same at the expense of Tenant, if (but only for so long as) Tenant is in arrears in paying Landlord for such
items for more than five (5) Business Days after notice from Landlord to Tenant demanding the payment of such arrears. If Tenant fails to pay any Rent when due or Tenant otherwise fails to fully and timely perform its obligations under this Lease and Landlord engages an attorney in connection with such failure, Tenant shall pay upon demand the reasonable attorneys fees incurred by Landlord regardless of whether Landlord initiates legal action in connection with such failure.
ARTICLE 16
LANDLORDS RIGHT TO CURE; FEES AND EXPENSES
If Tenant defaults in the performance of its obligations under this Lease, Landlord, without waiving such default, may perform such obligations at Tenants expense: (a) immediately, and without notice, in the case of emergency or if the default (i) materially interferes with the use by any other tenant of the Building, (ii) materially interferes with the efficient operation of the Building, (iii) results in a violation of any Requirement, or (iv) results or will result in a cancellation of any insurance policy maintained by Landlord, and (b) in any other case if such default continues after ten (10) Business Days from the date Landlord gives notice of the defaulted obligation. All actual reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with any such performance by it and all actual reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses, including reasonable counsel fees and disbursements, incurred by Landlord in any action or proceeding (including any unlawful detainer proceeding) brought by Landlord or in which Landlord is a party to enforce any obligation of Tenant under this Lease and/or right of Landlord in or to the Premises, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within 10 Business Days after receipt of Landlords invoice for such amount (accompanied by copies of invoice(s) evidencing such costs), with interest thereon at the Interest Rate from the date that notice is delivered. Except as expressly provided to the contrary in this Lease, all costs and expenses which, pursuant to this Lease are incurred by Landlord and payable to Landlord by Tenant, and all charges, amounts and sums payable to Landlord by Tenant for any property, material, labor, utility or other services which, pursuant to this Lease, attributable directly to Tenants use or occupancy of the Premises or presence at the Building, or at the request and for the account of Tenant, are provided, furnished or rendered by Landlord, shall become due and payable by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) Business Days after receipt of Landlords invoice for such amount (accompanied by copies of invoice(s) evidencing such costs).
ARTICLE 17
NO REPRESENTATIONS BY LANDLORD; LANDLORDS APPROVAL
Section 17.1 No Representations. Except as expressly set forth in this Lease, Landlord and Landlords agents have made no warranties, representations, statements or promises with respect to the Building, the Real Property or the Premises and no rights, easements or licenses are acquired by Tenant by implication or otherwise. Tenant is entering into this Lease after full investigation and is not relying upon any statement or representation made by Landlord not embodied in this Lease.
Section 17.2 No Money Damages. Except to the extent that Landlord is acting with gross negligence or is conducting itself with bad faith, wherever in this Lease Landlords consent or approval is required, if Landlord refuses to grant such consent or approval, whether or not Landlord expressly agreed that such consent or approval would not be unreasonably withheld, Tenant shall not make, and Tenant hereby waives, any claim for money damages (including any claim by way of set-off, counterclaim or defense) based upon Tenants claim or assertion that Landlord unreasonably withheld or delayed its consent or approval. Except as set forth above (in which case Tenant reserves its rights to seek compensatory damages), Tenants sole remedy shall be an action or proceeding to enforce such provision, by specific performance, injunction or declaratory judgment. In no event shall Landlord be liable for, and Tenant, on behalf of itself and all other Tenant Parties, hereby waives any claim for, any indirect, consequential or punitive damages, including loss of profits or business opportunity, arising under or in connection with this Lease.
Section 17.3 Reasonable Efforts. For purposes of this Lease, reasonable efforts by Landlord shall not include an obligation to employ contractors or labor at overtime or other premium pay rates or to incur any other overtime costs or additional expenses whatsoever.
ARTICLE 18
END OF TERM
Section 18.1 Expiration. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall quit and surrender the Premises to Landlord vacant, broom clean and in good order and condition, ordinary wear and tear and damage for which Tenant is not responsible under the terms of this Lease excepted, and Tenant shall have satisfied Tenants removal obligations under Article 5.
Section 18.2 Holdover Rent. Landlord and Tenant recognize that Landlords damages resulting from Tenants failure to timely surrender possession of the Premises may be substantial, may exceed the amount of the Rent payable hereunder, and will be impossible to accurately measure. Accordingly, if possession of the Premises is not surrendered to Landlord on the Expiration Date or sooner termination of this Lease, in addition to any other rights or remedies Landlord may have hereunder or at law, Tenant shall (a) pay to Landlord for each month (or any portion thereof) during which Tenant holds over in the Premises after the Expiration Date or sooner termination of this Lease, a sum equal to the greater of (i) the Holdover Multiplier times
the Rent payable under this Lease for the last full calendar month of the Term, and (ii) the Holdover Multiplier times the rate Landlord is then asking for comparable space in the Building (or if no comparable space is then available, the Holdover Multiplier times the fair market rental value of the Premises as reasonably determined by Landlord), (b) be liable to Landlord for (1) any payment or rent concession which Landlord may be required to make to any tenant obtained by Landlord for all or any part of the Premises (a New Tenant ) in order to induce such New Tenant not to terminate its lease by reason of the holding-over by Tenant, and (2) the loss of the benefit of the bargain if any New Tenant shall terminate its lease by reason of the holding-over by Tenant, and (c) indemnify Landlord against all claims for damages by any New Tenant. No holding-over by Tenant, nor the payment to Landlord of the amounts specified above, shall operate to extend the Term hereof or to establish a month to month or any other tenancy. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to permit Tenant to retain possession of the Premises after the Expiration Date or sooner termination of this Lease, and no acceptance by Landlord of payments from Tenant after the Expiration Date or sooner termination of this Lease shall be deemed to be other than on account of the amount to be paid by Tenant in accordance with the provisions of this Section. The Holdover Multiplier shall mean one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) as to any holdover not exceeding two (2) months and two hundred percent (200%) as to any holdover exceeding two (2) months.
ARTICLE 19
QUIET ENJOYMENT
Provided this Lease is in full force and effect and no Event of Default then exists, Tenant may peaceably and quietly enjoy the Premises without hindrance by Landlord or any person lawfully claiming through or under Landlord, subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease and to all Superior Leases and Mortgages.
ARTICLE 20
NO SURRENDER; NO WAIVER
Section 20.1 No Surrender or Release. No act or thing done by Landlord or Landlords agents or employees during the Term shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of the Premises, and no provision of this Lease shall be deemed to have been waived by Landlord or Tenant, unless such waiver is in writing and is signed by Landlord or Tenant as applicable, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in this Lease.
Section 20.2 No Waiver. The failure of either party to seek redress for violation of, or to insist upon the strict performance of, any covenant or condition of this Lease, or any of the Rules and Regulations, shall not be construed as a waiver or relinquishment for the future performance of such obligations of this Lease or the Rules and Regulations, or of the right to exercise such election but the same shall continue and remain in full force and effect with respect to any subsequent breach, act or omission. The receipt by Landlord of any Rent payable pursuant to this Lease or any other sums with knowledge of the breach of any covenant of this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach. No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the monthly Rent herein stipulated shall be deemed to be other than a payment on
account of the earliest stipulated Rent, or as Landlord may elect to apply such payment, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment as Rent be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlords right to recover the balance of such Rent or pursue any other remedy provided in this Lease.
ARTICLE 21
WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY
Section 21.1 Jury Trial Waiver. Landlord and Tenant hereby waive trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by either party against the other in connection with any matters in any way arising out of or connected with this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant, Tenants use or occupancy of the Premises, any guaranty of all or any portion of Tenants liabilities under this Lease or the enforcement of any remedy under any statute, emergency or otherwise.
ARTICLE 22
NOTICES
Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, all consents, notices, demands, requests, approvals or other communications given under this Lease shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficiently given or rendered only if delivered by hand (provided a signed receipt is obtained) or if sent by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested) or by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service making receipted deliveries, addressed to Landlord and Tenant as set forth in Article 1, and to any Mortgagee or Lessor who shall require copies of notices and whose address is provided to Tenant, or to such other address(es) as Landlord, Tenant or any Mortgagee or Lessor may designate as its new address(es) for such purpose by notice given to the other in accordance with the provisions of this Article. Any such consent, notice, demand, request, approval or other communication shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipted delivery, refusal to accept delivery or when delivery is first (1 st ) attempted but cannot be made due to a change of address for which no notice is given or three (3) Business Days after it shall have been mailed as provided in this Article, whichever is earlier.
ARTICLE 23
RULES AND REGULATIONS
All Tenant Parties shall observe and comply with, and Tenant shall cause all Tenant Parties shall observe and comply with the Rules and Regulations, as reasonably supplemented or amended from time to time. Landlord reserves the right, from time to time, to adopt additional reasonable Rules and Regulations and to reasonably amend the Rules and Regulations then in effect; provided, however, that no change to the Rules and Regulations shall result in a material out-of-pocket cost to Tenant unless such change is usual and customary for Comparable Buildings. Nothing contained in this Lease shall impose upon Landlord any obligation to enforce the Rules and Regulations or terms, covenants or conditions in any other lease against any other
Building tenant, and Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for violation of the same by any other tenant, its employees, agents, visitors or licensees, provided that Landlord shall enforce the Rules or Regulations against Tenant in a non-discriminatory fashion. To the extent that any Rules or Regulations conflict with the express terms of this Lease, the terms of this Lease shall control.
ARTICLE 24
BROKER
Landlord has retained Landlords Agent as leasing agent in connection with this Lease and Landlord will be solely responsible for any fee that may be payable to Landlords Agent. Landlord agrees to pay a commission to Tenants Broker pursuant to a separate agreement. Each of Landlord and Tenant represents and warrants to the other that neither it nor its agents have dealt with any broker in connection with this Lease other than Landlords Agent and Tenants Broker and that no other broker, finder or like entity procured or negotiated this Lease or is entitled to any fee or commission in connection herewith. Each of Landlord and Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold the other party harmless from and against any and all Losses which the indemnified party may incur by reason of any claim of or liability to any broker, finder or like agent (other than Landlords Agent and Tenants Broker) arising out of any dealings claimed to have occurred between the indemnifying party and the claimant in connection with this Lease, and/or the above representation being false.
ARTICLE 25
INDEMNITY
Section 25.1 Tenants Indemnity. Tenant shall not do or permit to be done any act or thing upon the Premises and Tenant will not do any act or thing in the Building which may subject Landlord to any liability or responsibility for injury, damages to persons or property or to any liability by reason of any violation of any Requirement, and shall exercise such control over the Premises as to fully protect Landlord against any such liability. Subject to the provisions of Section 11.2, except to the extent of any such injury or damage resulting from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlords agents or employees, Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless each of the Landlord Parties from and against any and all Losses, resulting from any claims (i) against the Landlord Parties arising from any act, omission or negligence of all Tenant Parties, (ii) against the Landlord Parties arising from any accident, injury or damage to any person or to the property of any person and occurring in or about the Premises, and (iii) against the Landlord Parties resulting from any breach, violation or nonperformance of any covenant, condition or agreement of this Lease on the part of Tenant to be fulfilled, kept, observed or performed.
Section 25.2 Landlords Indemnity. Subject to the provisions of Section 11.2, Landlord shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Tenant and each of the Tenant Parties from and against all Losses incurred by Tenant arising from any accident, injury or damage to any person or the property of any person in or about the Common Areas (specifically excluding the Premises) to the extent attributable to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord Parties.
Section 25.3 Defense and Settlement. If any claim, action or proceeding set forth in Section 25.1 is made or brought against any Landlord Party, then upon demand by a Landlord Party, Tenant, at Tenants expense, shall resist or defend such claim, action or proceeding in the Landlord Partys name (if necessary), by attorneys approved by the Landlord Party, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld (attorneys for Tenants insurer shall be deemed approved for purposes of this Section). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Landlord Party may retain its own attorneys to participate or assist in defending any claim, action or proceeding involving potential liability in excess of the amount available under Tenants liability insurance carried under Section 11.1 for such claim and Tenant shall pay the actual reasonable out-of-pocket fees and disbursements of such attorneys. If Tenant fails to diligently defend or if there is a legal conflict or other conflict of interest, then Landlord may retain separate counsel at Tenants expense. Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, Tenant may direct the Landlord Party to settle any claim, suit or other proceeding provided that (a) such settlement shall involve no obligation on the part of the Landlord Party other than the payment of money, (b) any payments to be made pursuant to such settlement shall be paid in full exclusively by Tenant at the time such settlement is reached, (c) such settlement shall not require the Landlord Party to admit any liability, and (d) the Landlord Party shall have received an unconditional release from the other parties to such claim, suit or other proceeding.
ARTICLE 26
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 26.1 Delivery. This Lease shall not be binding upon Landlord or Tenant unless and until Landlord and Tenant shall have executed and delivered this Lease to the other.
Section 26.2 Transfer of Real Property. Landlords obligations under this Lease arising from and after the date of Transfer shall not be binding upon the Landlord named herein after the sale, conveyance, assignment or transfer (collectively, a Transfer ) by such Landlord (or upon any subsequent landlord after the Transfer by such subsequent landlord) of its interest in the Building or the Real Property, as the case may be, and in the event of any such Transfer, Landlord (and any such subsequent Landlord) shall be entirely freed and relieved of all covenants and obligations of Landlord hereunder arising from and after the date of Transfer and the transferee of Landlords interest (or that of such subsequent Landlord) in the Building or the Real Property, as the case may be, shall be deemed to have assumed all obligations under this Lease arising from and after the date of Transfer.
Section 26.3 Limitation on Liability. The liability of Landlord for Landlords obligations under this Lease shall be limited to Landlords interest in the Real Property and Tenant shall not look to any other property or assets of Landlord or any Landlord Party in seeking either to enforce Landlords obligations under this Lease or to satisfy a judgment for Landlords failure to perform such obligations; and none of the Landlord Parties shall be personally liable for the performance of Landlords obligations under this Lease.
Section 26.4 Rent. All amounts payable by Tenant to or on behalf of Landlord under this Lease, whether or not expressly denominated Fixed Rent, Tenants Tax Payment, Tenants
Operating Payment, Additional Rent or Rent, shall constitute rent for the purposes of Section 502(b)(6) of the United States Bankruptcy Code.
Section 26.5 Entire Document. This Lease includes all riders, exhibits, schedules and other attachments hereto and all supplemental agreements provided for herein (each of which is incorporated herein by this reference) and constitutes the entire agreement between the parties and all prior negotiations and agreements are merged into this Lease. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and provisions of this Lease and the terms and provisions of the riders, exhibits, schedules and other attachments hereto and all supplemental agreements provided for herein, the terms and provisions of this Lease shall control.
Section 26.6 Governing Law. This Lease shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State (but not including the choice of law rules thereof).
Section 26.7 Unenforceability. If any provision of this Lease, or its application to any person or circumstance, shall ever be held to be invalid or unenforceable, then in each such event the remainder of this Lease or the application of such provision to any other person or any other circumstance (other than those as to which it shall be invalid or unenforceable) shall not be thereby affected, and each provision hereof shall remain valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.
Section 26.8 Lease Disputes.
(a) Landlord and Tenant agree that all disputes arising, directly or indirectly, out of or relating to this Lease, and all actions to enforce this Lease, shall be dealt with and adjudicated in the courts of the State or the United States District Court for the State and for that purpose hereby expressly and irrevocably submits itself to the jurisdiction of such courts. Landlord and Tenant agree that so far as is permitted under applicable law, this consent to personal jurisdiction shall be self-operative and no further instrument or action, other than service of process in one of the manners specified in this Lease, or as otherwise permitted by law, shall be necessary in order to confer jurisdiction upon it in any such court.
(b) To the extent that Tenant has or hereafter may acquire any immunity from jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process (whether through service or notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution, execution or otherwise) with respect to itself or its property, Tenant irrevocably waives such immunity in respect of its obligations under this Lease.
Section 26.9 Landlords Agent. Unless Landlord delivers written notice to Tenant to the contrary, Landlords Agent is authorized to act as Landlords agent in connection with the performance of this Lease, and Tenant shall be entitled to rely upon correspondence received from Landlords Agent. Tenant acknowledges that Landlords Agent is acting solely as agent for Landlord in connection with the foregoing; and neither Landlords Agent nor any of its direct or indirect partners, members, managers, officers, shareholders, directors, employees, principals, agents or representatives shall have any liability to Tenant in connection with the performance of this Lease, and Tenant waives any and all claims against any and all of such parties arising out of, or in any way connected with, this Lease, the Building or the Real Property.
Section 26.10 Estoppel. Within ten (10) Business Days following request from Landlord, any Mortgagee or any Lessor, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a statement executed and acknowledged by Tenant, in form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, any Mortgagee or any Lessor, (a) stating the Commencement Date, the Rent Commencement Date and the Expiration Date, and that this Lease is then in full force and effect and has not been modified (or if modified, setting forth all modifications), (b) setting forth the date to which the Fixed Rent and any Additional Rent have been paid, together with the amount of monthly Fixed Rent and Additional Rent then payable, (c) stating whether or not, to the best of Tenants knowledge, Landlord is in default under this Lease, and, if Landlord is in default, setting forth the specific nature of all such defaults, (d) stating the amount of the security, if any, under this Lease, (e) stating whether there are any subleases or assignments affecting the Premises, (f) stating the address of Tenant to which all notices and communications under the Lease shall be sent, and (g) responding to any other matters reasonably requested by Landlord, such Mortgagee or such Lessor. Tenant acknowledges that any statement delivered pursuant to this Section may be relied upon by any purchaser or owner of the Real Property or the Building or all or any portion of Landlords interest in the Real Property or the Building or any Superior Lease, or by any Mortgagee, or assignee thereof or by any Lessor, or assignee thereof.
Section 26.11 Certain Interpretational Rules. For purposes of this Lease, whenever the words include, includes, or including are used, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words without limitation and, whenever the circumstances or the context requires, the singular shall be construed as the plural, the masculine shall be construed as the feminine and/or the neuter and vice versa. This Lease shall be interpreted and enforced without the aid of any canon, custom or rule of law requiring or suggesting construction against the party drafting or causing the drafting of the provision in question.
The captions in this Lease are inserted only as a matter of convenience and for reference and in no way define, limit or describe the scope of this Lease or the intent of any provision hereof.
Section 26.12 Parties Bound. The terms, covenants, conditions and agreements contained in this Lease shall bind and inure to the benefit of Landlord and Tenant and, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, to their respective successors, and assigns.
Section 26.13 Memorandum of Lease. This Lease shall not be recorded; however, at Landlords request, Landlord and Tenant shall promptly execute, acknowledge and deliver a memorandum with respect to this Lease sufficient for recording and Landlord may record the memorandum. Within ten (10) days after the end of the Term, Tenant shall enter into such documentation as is reasonably required by Landlord to remove the memorandum of record.
Section 26.14 Counterparts. This Lease may be executed in 2 or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one instrument.
Section 26.15 Survival. Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Lease, all obligations and liabilities of Landlord or Tenant to the other which accrued before the expiration
or other termination of this Lease, and all such obligations and liabilities which by their nature or under the circumstances can only be, or by the provisions of this Lease may be, performed after such expiration or other termination, shall survive the expiration or other termination of this Lease. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the rights and obligations of the parties with respect to any indemnity under this Lease, and with respect to any Rent and any other amounts payable under this Lease, shall survive the expiration or other termination of this Lease for any period expressly provided for in the Lease or the applicable statute of limitation if no time period is specified herein.
Section 26.16 Inability to Perform. This Lease and the obligation of Tenant to pay Rent and to perform all of the other covenants and agreements of Tenant hereunder shall not be affected, impaired or excused by any Unavoidable Delays. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to promptly notify Tenant of any Unavoidable Delay which prevents Landlord from fulfilling any of its obligations under this Lease.
Section 26.17 Reserved.
Section 26.18 Reserved.
Section 26.19 Financial Statements. Tenant agrees to deliver to Landlord within 120 days after the end of the Tenants fiscal year, a balance sheet for Tenant as of the end of such fiscal year and an income and loss statement for Tenant for such fiscal year.
Section 26.20 Changes to Real Property. Landlord shall have the following rights (a) to rearrange, change, expand or contract the Common Areas; (b) to use Common Areas while engaged in making improvements, repairs or alterations to the Real Property; and (c) to do and perform such other acts and make such other changes to the interior of the Building (including, without limitation, the lobbies, entrances, passageways, doors, doorways, atriums, corridors, elevators, stairs, common area restrooms, loading docks and parking garage) and the exterior of the Building (including, without limitation, the façade, roof, sidewalks, exterior windows and arcade), all as Landlord may from time to time in its sole judgment deem to be appropriate. Landlord may exercise any or all of the foregoing rights without being deemed to be guilty of an eviction, actual or constructive, or a disturbance of Tenants business or use or occupancy of the Premises. Tenant shall have no claim for damages, indemnification or eviction (whether actual or constructive) against Landlord nor shall Tenant be entitled to any diminution or abatement of Rent arising from Landlords exercise of any or all of the foregoing rights. Tenant acknowledges that it has no rights to any development rights, air rights or comparable rights appurtenant to the Real Property and Tenant consents, without further consideration, to any utilization of such rights by Landlord.
Section 26.21 Tax Status of Beneficial Owner. Tenant recognizes and acknowledges that Landlord and/or certain beneficial owners of Landlord may from time to time qualify as real estate investment trusts pursuant to Sections 856 et seq. of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended (the Code ) and that avoiding (a) the loss of such status, (b) the receipt of any income derived under any provision of this Lease that does not constitute rents from real property (in the case of real estate investment trusts), and (c) the imposition of income, penalty or similar
taxes (each an Adverse Event ) is of material concern to Landlord and such beneficial owners. In the event that this Lease or any document contemplated hereby could, in the opinion of counsel to Landlord, result in or cause an Adverse Event, Tenant agrees to cooperate with Landlord in negotiating an amendment or modification thereof and shall at the request of Landlord execute and deliver such documents reasonably required to effect such amendment or modification. Any amendment or modification pursuant to this Article shall be structured so that the economic results to Landlord and Tenant shall be substantially similar to those set forth in this Lease without regard to such amendment or modification. Without limiting any of Landlords other rights under this Section, Landlord may waive the receipt of any amount payable to Landlord hereunder and such waiver shall constitute an amendment or modification of this Lease with respect to such payment. Tenant expressly covenants and agrees not to enter into any sublease or assignment which provides for rental or other payment for such use, occupancy, or utilization based in whole or in part on the net income or profits derived by any person from the property leased, used, occupied, or utilized (other than an amount based on a fixed percentage or percentages of receipts or sales), and that any such purported sublease or assignment shall be absolutely void and ineffective as a conveyance of any right or interest in the possession, use, occupancy, or utilization of any part of the Premises.
Section 26.22 Time of the Essence. Time is of the essence under this Lease.
Section 26.23 OFAC. Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that Tenant is not and shall not become a person or entity with whom Landlord is restricted from doing business under any regulations of the Office of Foreign Asset Control ( OFAC ) of the Department of the Treasury (including, but not limited to, those named on OFACs Specially Designated and Blocked Persons list) or under any statute, executive order (including, but not limited to, the September 24, 2001, Executive Order Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism), or other governmental action and is not and shall not engage in any dealings or transaction or be otherwise associated with such persons or entities.
ARTICLE 27
LETTER OF CREDIT
Section 27.1 Form of Letter of Credit; Letter of Credit Amount. Concurrently with Tenants execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, as protection for the full and faithful performance by Tenant of all of its obligations under this Lease and for all losses and damages Landlord may suffer as a result of any breach or default by Tenant under this Lease, an irrevocable and unconditional negotiable standby letter of credit (the Letter of Credit ), in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F-Form of Letter of Credit and containing the terms required herein, payable in the State, running in favor of Landlord and issued by a solvent, national banking association with a long term rating of BBB or higher, in the amount set forth in Article 1 of this Lease (subject in all cases, however, to the terms of Section 27.6) (the Letter of Credit Amount ). The Letter o f Credit shall (i) be callable at sight, irrevocable and unconditional (but Landlord agrees not to make any call unless there is an Event of Default by Tenant), (ii) be maintained in effect, whether through renewal or extension, for the period from the
Commencement Date and continuing until the date (the LC Expiration Date ) that is sixty (60) days after the expiration of the Term (as the same may be extended), and Tenant shall deliver a new Letter of Credit or certificate of renewal or extension to Landlord at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the Letter of Credit then held by Landlord, without any action whatsoever on the part of Landlord, (iii) be fully assignable by Landlord, its successors and assigns, (iv) permit partial draws and multiple presentations and drawings, and (v) be otherwise subject to the Uniform Customs and Practices for Documentary Credits (1993 Revision) International Chamber of Commerce Publication #500. If the Term of this Lease is extended, not later than thirty (30) days prior to the commencement of the extension Term, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a new Letter of Credit or certificate of renewal or extension evidencing the LC Expiration Date sixty (60) days after the expiration of the extended Term. The form and terms of the Letter of Credit and the bank issuing the same (the Bank ) shall be acceptable to Landlord, in Landlords sole discretion. Landlord, or its then managing agent, shall have the right to draw down an amount up to the face amount of the Letter of Credit if any of the following shall have occurred or be applicable: (1) such amount is due to Landlord under the terms and conditions of this Lease, or (2) Tenant has filed a voluntary petition under the U. S. Bankruptcy Code or any state bankruptcy code (collectively, Bankruptcy Code ), or (3) an involuntary petition has been filed against Tenant under the Bankruptcy Code, or (4) the Bank has notified Landlord that the Letter of Credit will not be renewed or extended through the LC Expiration Date. The Letter of Credit will be honored by the Bank regardless of whether Tenant disputes Landlords right to draw upon the Letter of Credit.
Section 27.2 Transfer of Letter of Credit by Landlord. The Letter of Credit shall also provide that Landlord, its successors and assigns, may, at any time and without notice to Tenant and without first obtaining Tenants consent thereto, transfer (one or more times) all or any portion of its interest in and to the Letter of Credit to another party, person or entity, regardless of whether on not such transfer is separate from or as a part of the assignment by Landlord of its rights and interests in and to this Lease. In the event of a transfer of Landlords interest in the Building, Landlord shall transfer the Letter of Credit to the transferee and thereupon Landlord without any further agreement between the parties, be released by Tenant from all liability therefor, and it is agreed that the provisions hereof shall apply to every transfer or assignment of the whole or any portion of said Letter of Credit to a new landlord. In connection with any such transfer of the Letter of Credit by Landlord, Tenant shall, at Tenants expense, execute and submit to the Bank such applications, documents and instruments as may be necessary to effectuate such transfer, and Tenant shall be responsible for paying the Banks transfer and processing fees in connection therewith.
Section 27.3 Maintenance of Letter of Credit by Tenant. If, as a result of any drawing by Landlord on the Letter of Credit, the amount of the Letter of Credit shall be less than the Letter of Credit Amount, Tenant shall, within ten (10) Business Days thereafter, provide Landlord with additional letter(s) of credit in an amount equal to the deficiency, and any such additional letter(s) of credit shall comply with all of the provisions of this Article, and if Tenant fails to comply with the foregoing, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 15.1 of this Lease, the same shall constitute an Event of Default by Tenant. Tenant further covenants and warrants that it will neither assign nor encumber the Letter of Credit or any part
thereof and that neither Landlord nor its successors or assigns will be bound by any such assignment, encumbrance, attempted assignment or attempted encumbrance. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if the Letter of Credit expires earlier than the LC Expiration Date, Landlord will accept a renewal thereof (such renewal letter of credit to be in effect and delivered to Landlord, as applicable, not later than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the Letter of Credit), which shall be irrevocable and automatically renewable as above provided through the LC Expiration Date upon the same terms as the expiring Letter of Credit or such other terms as may be acceptable to Landlord in its reasonable discretion. However, if the Letter of Credit is not timely renewed, or if Tenant fails to maintain the Letter of Credit in the amount and in accordance with the terms set forth in this Article, Landlord shall have the right to present the Letter of Credit to the Bank in accordance with the terms of this Article, and the proceeds of the Letter of Credit may be applied by Landlord against any Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease that is not paid when due and/or to pay for all actual reasonable losses and damages incurred by Landlord as a result of any uncured Event of Default Tenant under this Lease. Any unused proceeds shall constitute a cash security deposit held by Landlord and need not be segregated from Landlords other assets. Landlord agrees to pay to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the LC Expiration Date the amount of any proceeds of the Letter of Credit received by Landlord and not applied against any Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease that was not paid when due or used to pay for any losses and/or damages suffered by Landlord (or reasonably estimated by Landlord that it will suffer) as a result of an Event of Default by Tenant under this Lease; provided, however, that if prior to the LC Expiration Date a voluntary petition is filed by Tenant, or an involuntary petition is filed against Tenant by any of Tenants creditors, under the Bankruptcy Code, then Landlord shall not be obligated to make such payment in the amount of the unused Letter of Credit proceeds until either all preference issues relating to payments under this Lease have been resolved in such bankruptcy or reorganization case or such bankruptcy or reorganization case has been dismissed.
Section 27.4 Landlords Right to Draw Upon Letter of Credit. Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that Landlord is entering into this Lease in material reliance upon the ability of Landlord to draw upon the Letter of Credit upon the occurrence of any Event of Default on the part of Tenant under this Lease. If Tenant shall breach any provision of this Lease or otherwise be in default hereunder and such breach or default becomes an Event of Default, Landlord may (acting reasonably and in good faith), but without obligation to do so, and without notice to Tenant, draw upon the Letter of Credit, in part or in whole, to cure any Event of Default of Tenant (which Event of Default is curable by the payment of money) and/or to compensate Landlord for any and all actual, reasonable, out-of-pocket damages of any kind or nature sustained or which Landlord reasonably and demonstrably estimates that it will sustain resulting from Tenants breach or default. The use, application or retention of the Letter of Credit, or any portion thereof, by Landlord shall not prevent Landlord from exercising any other right or remedy provided by this Lease or by any applicable law, it being intended that Landlord shall not first be required to proceed against the Letter of Credit, and shall not operate as a limitation on any recovery to which Landlord may otherwise be entitled. Tenant agrees not to interfere in any way with payment to Landlord of the proceeds of the Letter of Credit, either prior to or following a draw by Landlord of any portion of the Letter of Credit, regardless of whether any dispute exists between Tenant and Landlord as to Landlords right to draw upon the Letter of Credit. No
condition or term of this Lease shall be deemed to render the Letter of Credit conditional to justify the issuer of the Letter of Credit in failing to honor a drawing upon such Letter of Credit in a timely manner. Tenant agrees and acknowledges that (a) the Letter of Credit constitutes a separate and independent contract between Landlord and the Bank, (b) Tenant is not a third party beneficiary of such contract, (c) Tenant has no property interest whatsoever in the Letter of Credit or the proceeds thereof, and (d) in the event Tenant becomes a debtor under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code, neither Tenant, any trustee, nor Tenants bankruptcy estate shall have any right to restrict or limit Landlords claim and/or rights to the Letter of Credit and/or the proceeds thereof by application of Section 502(b)(6) of the U. S. Bankruptcy Code or otherwise.
Section 27.5 Letter of Credit Not a Security Deposit. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that in no event or circumstance shall the Letter of Credit or any renewal thereof or any proceeds thereof be deemed to be or treated as a security deposit under the laws of the State. The parties hereto (A) recite that the Letter of Credit is not intended to serve as a security deposit and any and all other laws, rules and regulations applicable to security deposits in the commercial context ( Security Deposit Laws ) shall have no applicability or relevancy thereto and (B) waive any and all rights, duties and obligations either party may now or, in the future, will have relating to or arising from the Security Deposit Laws.
Section 27.6 Reduction . If no Event of Default then exists and Tenant complies with the provisions of this Section, (i) on the second (2 nd ) anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date, the amount of the Letter of Credit or cash security shall be reduced to $300,000, (ii) provided the amount of the Letter of Credit or cash security shall have previously been reduced pursuant to the preceding clause (ii), on the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date the amount of the Letter of Credit or cash security shall be reduced to $225,000, (iii) provided the amount of the Letter of Credit or cash security shall have previously been reduced pursuant to the preceding clauses (i) and (ii), on the fourth (4 th ) anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date the amount of the Letter of Credit or cash security shall be reduced to $150,000 and (iv) provided the amount of the Letter of Credit or cash security shall have previously been reduced pursuant to the preceding clauses (i) through (iii), on the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date the amount of the Letter of Credit or cash security shall be reduced to $75,000. The security shall be reduced as follows: (A) if the security is in the form of cash, Landlord shall, within 10 Business Days following notice by Tenant to Landlord that Tenant is entitled to reduce the security pursuant to this Section, deliver to Tenant the amount by which the cash security is reduced, or (B) if the security is in the form of a Letter of Credit, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a consent to an amendment to the Letter of Credit (which amendment must be reasonably acceptable to Landlord in all respects), reducing the amount of the Letter of Credit by the amount of the permitted reduction, and Landlord shall execute such consent and such other documents as are reasonably necessary to reduce the amount of the Letter of Credit in accordance with the terms hereof. If Tenant delivers to Landlord a consent to an amendment to the Letter of Credit in accordance with the terms hereof, Landlord shall, within 10 Business Days after delivery of such consent, either (1) provide its reasonable objections to such amendment or (2) execute such consent in accordance with the terms hereof.
ARTICLE 28
OPTION TO EXPAND
Section 28.1 Exercise of Option. Tenant shall, provided (i) no Event of Default exists on the date Tenant notifies Landlord of its intent to exercise this right, and (ii) Tenant has not effected an assignment of the Lease or sublet more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the Premises pursuant to a transaction requiring Landlords consent, have the option to add to the Premises an additional area containing approximately 2,115 square feet of rentable area on the sixth (6 th ) floor of the Building, as indicated on the floor plan attached as Exhibit A (being identified as the Option Space ). Landlord shall determine the anticipated delivery date thereof, which shall be no earlier than January 1, 2013 and no later than March 1, 2015 (the Anticipated Option Space Delivery Date ), and notify Tenant no later than eighteen (18) months prior to the date so determined. Tenant may exercise this option to expand by giving written notice to Landlord no earlier than fifteen (15) months, nor later than twelve (12) months, preceding the Anticipated Option Space Delivery Date. If Tenant gives notice of its intent to exercise said option to expand the Premises to include the Option Space, Landlord shall deliver the Option Space to Tenant on the Anticipated Option Space Delivery Date. Tenant may not lease less than all of the Option Space. Tenants right to exercise the option on the Option Space (the Option ) shall be personal to Tenant, provided, however, that the Option shall transfer with the other Lease rights if as and when Tenant enters into any sublease (x) to a Related Entity or (y) that does not otherwise require Landlords consent.
Section 28.2 Conditions. Tenants exercise of said option shall be subject to the following conditions: (i) Tenant shall accept the Option Space as part of the Premises, in its then as is condition; (ii) the term of the Lease with regard to the Option Space shall commence on the date on which Landlord delivers possession of the Option Space to Tenant (the Option Space Commencement Date ), and said term shall be coterminous with the term of the Lease and any extension thereof; (iii) Tenants obligation to pay Fixed Rent for the Option Space shall commence sixty (60) days following the Option Space Commencement Date or if earlier, the date on which Tenant occupies the Option Space for the actual conduct of business (the Option Space Rent Commencement Date ); (iv) the Fixed Rent for the Option Space shall be an amount equal to the then escalated Fixed Rent for the Premises (on a per square foot basis) which shall escalate thereafter on the same schedule as the rest of the Premises; (v) Landlords contribution with respect thereto shall be $42,300, computed as the product of $20.00 and the Area of the Option Space and (vi) Tenants Proportionate Share shall be revised and increased to 4.95% to reflect the addition of the Option Space to the Premises, such revised percentage to become effective as of the Option Space Rent Commencement Date, with appropriate pro rata adjustments being made in the calculation of Tenants Proportionate Share for the calendar year in which such revised percentage becomes effective (and the Base Year shall be calendar year 2009); and (vi) all other terms and conditions of the Lease shall be generally applicable to the Option Space, except as the same are specifically modified by the mutual agreement of the parties at that time.
Section 28.3 Late Delivery. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event Landlord is unable to deliver possession of the Option Space to Tenant on the Anticipated Option Space Delivery Date, for any reason or condition beyond Landlords reasonable control, then Landlord, its agents and employees, shall not be liable or responsible for any claims, damages, or liabilities in connection therewith or by reason thereof, nor shall the obligation of Tenant to accept said Option Space be excused, except that the Option Space Commencement Date shall not occur until the date Landlord delivers possession of the Option Space to Tenant. In such event, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to make the Option Space available to Tenant at the earliest possible time, and Landlord shall deliver notice to Tenant of the anticipated delivery date of the Option Space within five (5) Business Days after Landlord knows that the Anticipated Option Space Delivery Date has changed. If Landlord is unable to deliver the Option Space to Tenant for any reason (other than one proximately caused by Tenant) by the date which is six (6) months following the Anticipated Option Space Delivery Date, then Tenant may by notice to Landlord given prior to the actual Option Space Commencement Date, rescind its exercise of the Option, and on delivery of that notice, Tenant shall have no further obligation with respect to the Option Space.
ARTICLE 29
Section 29.1 Option To Terminate. Subject to Section 29.2 following, Tenant shall have, and is hereby given, the option to terminate this Lease effective as of the last day of the third (3 rd ) Lease Year, the fifth (5 th ) Lease Year or the seventh (7 th ) Lease Year (as chosen by Tenant) (the Termination Date ), provided there exists no Event of Default on the date Tenant notifies Landlord of its intent to exercise this option and Tenant has not assigned the Lease in a transaction requiring Landlords consent. Tenant may exercise this option to terminate only by serving upon Landlord written notice of such election (the Termination Notice ), with a copy of such Termination Notice to all Lessors and/or Mortgagees, provided that Landlord has designated such Lessors and Mortgagees in writing by notice from Landlord to Tenant, no later than twelve (12) months preceding the Termination Date, nor earlier than fifteen (15) months preceding the Termination Date (the Required Termination Election Date ). Tenant shall, as a condition to such election, pay to Landlord a termination fee in the amount of (1) the Unamortized Transaction Costs Amount (as hereinafter defined), plus (2) the product of four (4) multiplied by the Fixed Rent monthly installment, Tax Estimate monthly installment and Expense Estimate monthly installment which would be due and owing for the calendar month immediately following the Termination Date if the Lease had not been terminated (collectively, the Termination Fee ). Upon written request made no earlier than six (6) months prior to the Required Termination Election Date, Landlord shall advise Tenant of the dollar amount of component (1) of the Termination Fee. The Termination Fee shall be due and owing along with the Termination Notice, and shall be a condition to the effectiveness thereof. The portion of component (2) attributable to Tax Estimate and Expense Estimate shall be based upon an estimate provided by Landlord upon Tenants request and shall be subject to a true up as soon as reasonably possible following the Termination Date. The Unamortized Transaction Costs Amount shall mean Landlords unamortized upfront (including those incurred with respect to the Option Space) transaction costs (amortized at 10% over the Term), which costs include
leasing commissions, improvement allowances, free rent (or similar concessions, which for purposes hereof, shall be deemed to include the rent for the Additional Premises which would have been paid had the rent for the Additional Premises commenced on the Rent Commencement Date as opposed to the first day of the fourth (4 th ) Lease Year) and actual, reasonable, out-of-pocket attorneys fees . In the event Tenant elects to terminate the Lease pursuant to this Section 29.1, Tenant shall, in addition, remain fully obligated for all Rent and other charges, including Tenants prorated share of increases in Operating Expenses and Taxes incurred under the Lease through the Termination Date, including amounts billed subsequent to the Termination Date and properly allocable to the period prior to the Termination Date. In the event Tenant properly exercises this option, Landlord shall prepare and the parties shall execute a Termination of Lease Agreement within fifteen (15) days following the date on which Tenant exercises its option to terminate.
Section 29.2 Sale of Company Requirement. Tenants rights pursuant to Section 29.1 above are contingent upon the completion prior to tender of the Termination Notice of a transaction pursuant to which Tenant is merged with another corporation or other entity or all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant are sold to another corporation or another entity when the purchaser is unrelated to Tenant. Tenant shall certify the existence of such a transaction in the Termination Notice and provide reasonable substantiation thereof.
[SIGNATURES FOLLOW]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease as of the day and year first above written.
LANDLORD:
1255 23rd STREET, L.P., |
|
||
a District of Columbia limited partnership |
|
||
|
|
||
By: |
1255 23rd Street GP, L.L.C., |
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company, |
|
|
|
its General Partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
By: |
/s/ Michael B. Benner |
|
|
Name: |
Michael B. Benner, Vice President |
|
|
Title: |
Authorized Person |
|
|
|
||
|
|
||
TENANT: |
|
||
|
|
||
CONVIO, INC., |
|
||
a Delaware corporation |
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
By: |
/s/ James R. Offerdahl |
|
|
Name: |
JR Offerdahl |
|
|
Title: |
CFO |
|
Exhibit A
Floor Plan
The floor plan which follows is intended solely to identify the general location of the Original Premises, Additional Premises and the Option Space, and should not be used for any other purpose. All areas, dimensions and locations are approximate, and any physical conditions indicated may not exist as shown.
Exhibit A-1
Land
All of that certain lot or parcel of land situated, lying and being in the District of Columbia more particularly described as:
Lot numbered Eighty-six (86) in Square numbered Fifty (50) in a subdivision made by Tasea Investment Company and Square 50 Associates as per plat recorded in Liber 172 at folio 141 in the Office of the Surveyor for the District of Columbia.
Exhibit B
Definitions
Base Building Systems: The structural components of the Building and the mechanical, electrical, plumbing, sanitary, sprinkler, heating, ventilation and air conditioning, security, life-safety and other service systems or facilities of the Building up to the point of connection for localized distribution to the Premises (it being agreed that supplemental HVAC systems of tenants, and the mechanical, electrical, plumbing, sanitary, sprinkler, heating, ventilation and air conditioning, security, life-safety and other service systems or facilities of the Building from the point of connection to the base Building risers, feeders, panelboards, etc. for localized distribution to the Premises are not Base Building Systems) and the mechanical, electrical, plumbing, heating, ventilation and air conditioning, elevators and other service systems or facilities servicing the Common Areas.
Base Rate: The annual rate of interest publicly announced from time to time by Citibank, N.A., or its successor, in New York, New York as its base rate or prime rate (or such other term as may be used by Citibank, N.A., from time to time, for the rate presently referred to as its base rate).
Business Days: All days, excluding Saturdays, Sundays, Holidays and other days normally observed as holidays by landlords of other Comparable Buildings.
Business Hours: 8:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m. on weekdays and 9:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. on Saturdays, excluding Holidays.
Code : The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, as amended.
Common Areas: The lobby, Building Parking Facility, the rooftop terrace, the fitness or health center, plaza and sidewalk areas and other similar areas of general access at the Building or designated for the benefit of Building tenants and the areas on multi-tenant floors in the Building devoted to corridors, elevator lobbies, restrooms (other than those that are wholly contained within a tenants premises), and other similar facilities serving the Premises.
Comparable Buildings: First-class office buildings of comparable age, size and location in the west end and central business district of the District of Columbia.
Deficiency: The difference between (a) the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent for the period which otherwise would have constituted the unexpired portion of the Term (assuming the Additional Rent for each year thereof to be the same as was payable for the year immediately preceding such termination or re-entry), and (b) the net amount, if any, of rents collected under any reletting effected pursuant to the provisions of the Lease for any part of such period (after first deducting from such rents all reasonable expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with the termination of this Lease, Landlords re-entry upon the Premises and such reletting, including repossession costs, brokerage commissions, attorneys fees and disbursements, and alteration costs).
Excluded Expenses: (a) Taxes; (b) franchise or income taxes imposed upon Landlord; (c) mortgage amortization and interest; (d) leasing commissions; (e) the cost of tenant installations and decorations incurred in connection with preparing space for any Building tenant, including work letters and concessions; (f) rental payments made under any ground lease, except to the extent such rental payments represent Taxes or the provision of goods and/or services that, if provided by Landlord, would be includable in Operating Expenses; (g) management fees to the extent in excess of 3% of the gross rentals and other revenues collected for the Real Property; (h) wages, salaries and benefits paid to or taxes paid for any persons not directly involved with the management of the Building or the oversight thereof; (i) legal and accounting fees relating to (A) disputes with tenants, prospective tenants or other occupants of the Building, (B) disputes with purchasers, prospective purchasers, mortgagees or prospective mortgagees of the Building or the Real Property or any part of either, or (C) negotiations of leases, contracts of sale or mortgages; (j) costs of any utilities, amenities, service or increased level of service provided to a tenant of the Building that are not provided or available to Tenant (including any overtime premiums to perform such work or services) ; (k) costs that are reimbursed out of insurance, warranty or condemnation proceeds, or which are reimbursable by Tenant or other tenants other than pursuant to an expense escalation clause; (l) costs in the nature of penalties or fines; (m) costs for services, supplies or repairs paid to any related entity in excess of costs that would be payable in an arms length or unrelated situation for comparable services, supplies or repairs; (n) allowances, concessions or other costs and expenses of improving or decorating any demised or demisable space in the Building; (o) appraisal, advertising and promotional expenses in connection with leasing of the Building; (p) the costs of installing, operating and maintaining a specialty improvement, including a cafeteria, lodging or private dining facility, or an athletic, luncheon or recreational club unless Tenant is permitted to make use of such facility without additional cost or on a subsidized basis consistent with other users; (q) any costs or expenses (including fines, interest, penalties and legal fees) arising out of Landlords failure to timely pay Operating Expenses or Taxes; (r) costs incurred in connection with the removal, encapsulation or other treatment of asbestos or any other Hazardous Materials (classified as such on the Effective Date) existing in the Premises as of the date hereof; (s) the cost of capital improvements other than those expressly included in Operating Expenses pursuant to Section 7.1; (t) depreciation and amortization of capital improvements, except to the extent included in Section 7.1; (u) costs incurred by Landlord for the original development and construction of the Building; (v) any costs actually reimbursed under any service contracts or under the warranty of any general contractor, subcontractor or supplier and realized by Landlord; and (w) fees paid by Landlord to the Operator.
Governmental Authority: The United States of America, the State or any political subdivision, agency, department, commission, board, bureau or instrumentality of any of the foregoing, now existing or hereafter created, having jurisdiction over the Real Property.
Hazardous Materials: Any substances, materials or wastes currently or in the future deemed or defined in any Requirement as hazardous substances, toxic substances, contaminants, pollutants or words of similar import.
Holidays: New Years Day, Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Columbus Day, Veterans Day, Thanksgiving day and Christmas day and any other national holiday promulgated by a Presidential Executive Order or Congressional Act.
HVAC System: The Base Building System designed to provide heating, ventilation and air conditioning.
Landlord Party(ies): Landlord, Landlords Agent, each Mortgagee and Lessor, and each of their respective direct and indirect partners, officers, shareholders, directors, members, managers, trustees, beneficiaries, employees, principals, contractors, servants, agents, and representatives.
Lease Year: The first (1 st ) Lease Year shall begin on the Rent Commencement Date and shall end on the last day of the calendar month preceding the month in which the first (1 st ) anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date occurs. Each succeeding Lease Year shall commence on the day following the end of the preceding Lease Year and shall extend for twelve (12) consecutive months; provided, however, that the last Lease Year shall expire on the Expiration Date.
Lessor: A lessor under a Superior Lease.
Losses: Any and all losses, liabilities, damages, claims, judgments, fines, suits, demands, costs, interest and expenses of any kind or nature (including reasonable attorneys fees and disbursements) incurred in connection with any claim, proceeding or judgment and the defense thereof, and including all costs of repairing any damage to the Premises or the Building or the appurtenances of any of the foregoing to which a particular indemnity and hold harmless agreement applies.
Mortgage(s): Any mortgage, trust indenture or other financing document which may now or hereafter affect the Premises, the Real Property, the Building or any Superior Lease and the leasehold interest created thereby, and all renewals, extensions, supplements, amendments, modifications, consolidations and replacements thereof or thereto, substitutions therefor, and advances made thereunder.
Mortgagee(s): Any mortgagee, trustee or other holder of a Mortgage.
Prohibited Use: Any use or occupancy of the Premises that in Landlords reasonable judgment would: (a) cause damage to the Building or any equipment, facilities or other systems therein; (b) impair the appearance of the Building; (c) interfere with the efficient and economical maintenance, operation and repair of the Premises or the Building or the equipment, facilities or systems thereof; (d) adversely affect any service provided to, and/or the use and occupancy by, any Building tenant or occupants; (e) violate the certificate of occupancy issued for the Premises or the Building; (f) materially and adversely affect the first-class image of the Building, or (g) result in protests or civil disorder or commotion at, or other disruptions of the normal business activities in, the Building. Prohibited Use also includes the use of any part of the Premises for: (i) a restaurant or bar; (ii) the preparation, consumption, storage, manufacture
or sale of food or beverages (except in connection with vending machines (provided that each machine, where necessary, shall have a waterproof pan thereunder and be connected to a drain) and/or warming kitchens installed for the use of Tenants employees only), liquor, tobacco or illicit drugs; (iii) the business of photocopying, multilith or offset printing (except photocopying in connection with Tenants own business); (iv) a school or classroom; (v) lodging or sleeping; (vi) the operation of retail facilities (meaning a business whose primary patronage arises from the generalized solicitation of the general public to visit Tenants offices in person without a prior appointment) of a savings and loan association or retail facilities of any financial, lending, securities brokerage or investment activity; (vii) a payroll office serving persons whose primary place of work is not the Premises; (viii) a barber, beauty or manicure shop; (ix) an employment agency or similar enterprise; (x) offices of any Governmental Authority, any foreign government, the United Nations, or any agency or department of the foregoing; (xi) the manufacture, retail sale, storage of merchandise or auction of merchandise, goods or property of any kind to the general public which could reasonably be expected to create a volume of pedestrian traffic substantially in excess of that normally encountered in the Premises; (xii) the rendering of medical, dental or other therapeutic or diagnostic services; (xiii) any illegal purposes or any activity constituting a nuisance; or (xiv) a use that might be reasonably anticipated to attract a volume, frequency or type of visitor or employee to the Building which is not consistent with the standards of a high quality office building or that will impose an excessive demand on or use of the facilities or services of the Building..
Requirements: All present and future laws, rules, orders, ordinances, regulations, statutes, requirements, codes and executive orders, extraordinary and ordinary of (i) all Governmental Authorities, including the Americans With Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. §12101 (et seq.), and any law of like import, and all rules, regulations and government orders with respect thereto, and any of the foregoing relating to Hazardous Materials, environmental matters, public health and safety matters and landmarks protection, (ii) any applicable fire rating bureau or other body exercising similar functions, affecting the Real Property or the maintenance, use or occupation thereof, or any street, avenue or sidewalk comprising a part of or in front thereof or any vault in or under the same, (iii) all requirements of all insurance bodies affecting the Premises, and (iv) utility service providers.
Rules and Regulations: The rules and regulations annexed to and made a part of this Lease as Exhibit E-Rules and Regulations, as they may be reasonably modified from time to time by Landlord.
Specialty Alterations: Alterations which are not standard office installations, such as commercial kitchens (other than a pantry installed for the use of Tenants employees only and of the type normally found in the space of office tenants in Comparable Buildings), executive bathrooms, raised computer floors, computer room installations, supplemental HVAC equipment and components, safe deposit boxes, vaults, libraries or file rooms requiring reinforcement of floors, internal staircases, slab penetrations, conveyors, dumbwaiters, non-Building standard life safety systems, security systems or lighting and other Alterations of a similar character. All Specialty Alterations are Above Building Standard Installations.
State: The District of Columbia
Substantial Completion: As to any construction performed by any party, Substantial Completion or Substantially Completed means that such work has been completed, as reasonably determined by Landlords architect, in accordance with (a) the provisions of this Lease applicable thereto, (b) the plans and specifications for such work, and (c) all applicable Requirements, in all cases, subject only to minor details of construction, decoration and mechanical adjustments, if any, the noncompletion of which does not materially interfere with Tenants use of the Premises or which in accordance with good construction practices should be completed after the completion of other work in the Premises or Building.
Superior Lease(s): Any ground or underlying lease of the Real Property or any part thereof heretofore or hereafter made by Landlord and all renewals, extensions, supplements, amendments, modifications, consolidations, and replacements thereof.
Tenant Delay(s): To the extent that Landlord has an obligation to design, construct, repair, rebuild, restore, install, order, obtain or complete any Landlord Improvements, Tenant Improvements or any other items or improvements at the Building, a delay in Landlords completion thereof caused by:
a . Tenants request for value engineering or any changes to any drawings, plans or specifications for the Premises (notwithstanding Landlords approval of such changes) after Landlord and Tenant have approved such drawings, plans or specifications;
b . Tenants request for improvements, items, materials, finishes or installations that are not consistent with the standards to which the Base Building Systems have been designed;
c . Tenants request for improvements, items, materials, finishes or installations that are not available as needed to meet Landlords (or Landlords contractors) schedule for Substantial Completion, provided that Landlord (or Landlords contractors) shall notify Tenant of any potential long lead items to the extent known to Landlord (or Landlords contractors) at the time such material, finish or installation is requested or as soon as reasonably possible thereafter and give Tenant two (2) Business Days to change such request;
d . Tenants request for or design of Tenant Improvements that include items or improvements not typically found in the office space at Comparable Buildings;
e . the ordering, delivery or installation of any of Tenants Equipment (as defined in Exhibit C-Work Agreement);
f . if Tenants architect or designer prepares any drawings, plans or specifications for the Premises, any such drawings, plans or specifications being (i) incomplete, inaccurate or otherwise deficient, or (ii) deviating from the approved space plan, applicable code requirements and/or any Requirements;
g . Tenants or Tenants architects, agents, representatives or contractors interference with the work of Landlord or Landlords contractor;
h . Tenants failure to fully and timely comply with the deadlines and other terms set forth in the Lease and/or Exhibit C-Work Agreement; or
i . any other act or omission by Tenant or any employee, architect, agent, representative or contractor of Tenant constituting a Tenant Delay under the terms of this Lease or any exhibit, rider, annex, schedule, work letter or other document or agreement entered in connection with this Lease, attached to this Lease or incorporated in this Lease by reference.
Tenant Party(ies): Tenant and any subtenants or occupants of the Premises and their respective agents, contractors, subcontractors, employees, invitees or licensees.
Tenants Property: Tenants movable fixtures and movable partitions, telephone and other equipment, computer systems, trade fixtures, furniture, furnishings, and other items of personal property which are removable without material damage to the Premises or the Building.
Unavoidable Delays: Landlords inability to fulfill or delay in fulfilling any of its obligations under this Lease expressly or impliedly to be performed by Landlord or Landlords inability to make or delay in making any repairs, additions, alterations, improvements or decorations or Landlords inability to supply or delay in supplying any equipment or fixtures, if Landlords inability or delay is due to or arises by reason of strikes, labor troubles or by accident, or by any cause whatsoever beyond Landlords reasonable control, including governmental preemption in connection with a national emergency, permitting and inspection delays beyond the normal applicable waiting period, Requirements or shortages, or unavailability of labor, fuel, steam, water, electricity or materials, or delays caused by Tenant or other tenants, mechanical breakdown, acts of God, enemy action, civil commotion, fire or other casualty.
Exhibit C
Work Agreement
This Work Agreement is a part of the Lease to which it is attached. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Work Agreement and the terms of the Lease, the terms of this Work Agreement shall control.
Article 1 - Definitions
1. Definitions .
1.1 Reserved.
1.2 Business Day has the meaning given such term in the Lease.
1.3 Change Order means any change in any of Tenants Plans after Landlord has approved any such plan and/or any change in the work or materials to be included in the Tenant Improvements.
1.4 Commencement Date has the meaning given such term in the Lease.
1.5 Comparable Building has the meaning given such term in the Lease.
1.6 Contractor means the general contractor selected by Tenant in accordance with the terms of this Work Agreement to construct and install the Tenant Improvements.
1.7 Construction Costs means all costs in the permitting, demolition, construction and installation of the Tenant Improvements and acquiring the materials for the Tenant Improvements.
1.8 Effective Date has the meaning given such term in the Lease.
1.9 Engineers means the mechanical, electrical, plumbing and structural and engineers and other licensed third-parties selected by Tenant to assist in the preparation of Tenants Plans.
1.10 Essential Subs means those subcontractors to be specifically designated by Landlord acting reasonably for purposes of working on the Building mechanical, energy management, structural, exterior windows (including window removal and reinstallation for hoisting purposes), roof (excluding HVAC), sprinkler and fire and life safety systems.
1.11 Final Space Plan means a detailed space plan for the Tenant Improvements prepared by Tenants Architect, which space plan shall be substantially in conformance with the Preliminary Plan approved by Landlord and any updates or changes thereto approved by
Landlord and shall contain the information and otherwise comply with the requirements set forth on Annex 2 attached hereto.
1.12 Improvement Costs means, collectively, (i) the Planning Costs; (ii) the Construction Costs; and (iii) Landlords Fee.
1.13 Landlords Contribution has the meaning given such term in the Lease.
1.14 Landlords Fee means a fee payable to Landlord equal to 3% of the Construction Costs if Tenant elects to retain Landlords affiliate Tishman Speyer Properties ( TSP ) as its project manager, and 1% of the Construction Costs if Tenant does not so elect..
1.15 Landlords Representative means Rustom Cowasjee, whose address is Tishman Speyer Properties, 1875 Eye Street, NW, Suite 300, Washington, DC 20006 and whose telephone number is (202) 420-2123 and whose telecopier number is (202) 628-5866.
1.16 Permits means all necessary permits in connection with the Tenant Improvements.
1.17 Planning Costs means all architectural, space planning, engineering and other costs related to the design of the Tenant Improvements including, without limitation, the fees of Tenants Architect, the Engineers and the professionals preparing and/or reviewing Tenants Plans (or any of them).
1.18 Plans and Specifications means all architectural plans, construction drawings and specifications necessary and sufficient (i) for the construction of the Tenant Improvements in accordance with the Final Space Plan and (ii) to enable the Contractor to obtain all necessary Permits for the construction of the Tenant Improvements, and which shall contain the information and otherwise comply with the requirements set forth on Annex 3 attached hereto.
1.19 Preliminary Plan means a preliminary space plan prepared by Tenants Architect showing the general layout of the Premises upon completion of the Tenant Improvements, which space plan shall contain the information and otherwise comply with the requirements set forth on Annex 1 attached hereto.
1.20 Punch List Work means minor details of construction, decoration and mechanical adjustment, if any, the noncompletion of which do not materially interfere with the use of the relevant portion of the Building.
1.21 Requirements has the meaning given such term in the Lease.
1.22 Substantial Completion has the meaning given such term in the Lease.
1.23 Tenants Architect means the architect engaged by Tenant to design the Tenant Improvements and prepare Tenants Plans.
1.24 Tenants Contractors means Contractor and all subcontractors and subsubcontractors (including the Essential Subs) who will work on the Tenant Improvements.
1.25 Tenants Equipment means any telephone, telephone switching, telephone and data cabling, furniture, computers, servers, Tenants trade fixtures and other personal property to be installed by or on behalf of Tenant in the Premises.
1.26 Tenant Improvements means the improvements set forth in Tenants Plans as approved by Landlord in accordance with the terms of this Work Agreement.
1.27 Tenants Plans means the Preliminary Plan, the Final Space Plan and the Plans and Specifications.
1.28 Tenants Representative means Melanie Fitzpatrick, whose address is 11501 Domain Drive, Suite 200, Austin, Texas 78758, whose telephone number is (512) 845-8162, and whose telecopier number is (512) 652-2691.
1.29 Unavoidable Delay has the meaning given such term in the Lease.
Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Work Agreement shall have the meanings given such terms in the Lease.
Article 2 Plans
2.1 Tenants Architect and Engineers . Tenant has or will retain Tenants Architect to design the Tenant Improvements and prepare Tenants Plans. Tenants Architect and the Engineers shall be subject to Landlords reasonable approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.
2.2 Preliminary Plan . Within twenty (20) Business Days after the Effective Date, Tenant shall deliver the Preliminary Plan to Landlord for Landlords approval. Within seven (7) Business Days after Tenant delivers the Preliminary Plan to Landlord, Landlord shall advise Tenant of Landlords approval or disapproval of the Preliminary Plan (which disapproval shall specify Landlords objections in sufficient detail so that Tenant can make the necessary revisions to satisfy such objections). Within three (3) Business Days after Landlord notifies Tenant of Landlords objections, Tenant shall revise the proposed Preliminary Plan to address Landlords objections and deliver the revised Preliminary Plan to Landlord for Landlords approval. Within three (3) Business Days after Tenant delivers the revised Preliminary Plan to Landlord, Landlord shall advise Tenant of Landlords approval or disapproval of the revised Preliminary Plan (which disapproval shall specify Landlords objections in sufficient detail so that Tenant can make the necessary revisions to satisfy such objections). Tenant and Landlord shall continue to follow the revision, delivery and notice of objections procedure and schedule set forth above until Landlord approves the Preliminary Plan. Landlord will not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its approval of the Preliminary Plan at any point during this approval process.
2.3 Final Space Plan . Within twenty (20) Business Days after Landlord approves the Preliminary Plan, Tenant shall deliver the Final Space Plan to Landlord for Landlords approval. Within seven (7) Business Days after Tenant delivers the Final Space Plan to Landlord, Landlord shall advise Tenant of Landlords approval or disapproval of the Final Space Plan (which disapproval shall specify Landlords objections in sufficient detail so that Tenant can make the necessary revisions to satisfy such objections). Within ten (10) Business Days after Landlord notifies Tenant of Landlords objections, Tenant shall revise the proposed Final Space Plan to meet Landlords objections and deliver the revised Final Space Plan to Landlord for Landlords approval. Within seven (7) Business Days after Tenant delivers the revised Final Space Plan to Landlord, Landlord shall advise Tenant of Landlords approval or disapproval of the revised Final Space Plan (which disapproval shall specify Landlords objections in sufficient detail so that Tenant can make the necessary revisions to satisfy such objections). Tenant and Landlord shall continue to follow the revision, delivery and notice of objections procedure and schedule set forth above until Landlord approves the Final Space Plan. Landlord will not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its approval of the Final Space Plan at any point during this approval process.
2.4 Plans and Specifications . Within twenty (20) Business Days after Landlord approves the Final Space Plan, Tenant shall deliver the Plans and Specifications to Landlord for Landlords approval. Within twelve (12) Business Days after Tenant delivers the Plans and Specifications to Landlord, Landlord shall advise Tenant of Landlords approval or disapproval of the Plans and Specifications (which disapproval shall specify Landlords objections in sufficient detail so that Tenant can make the necessary revisions to satisfy such objections). Within ten (10) Business Days after Landlord notifies Tenant of Landlords objections, Tenant shall revise the proposed Plans and Specifications to meet Landlords objections and deliver the revised Plans and Specifications to Landlord for Landlords approval. Within twelve (12) Business Days after Tenant delivers the revised Plans and Specifications to Landlord, Landlord shall advise Tenant of Landlords approval or disapproval of the revised Plans and Specifications (which disapproval shall specify Landlords objections in sufficient detail so that Tenant can make the necessary revisions to satisfy such objections). Tenant and Landlord shall continue to follow the revision, delivery and notice of objections procedure and schedule set forth above until Landlord approves the Plans and Specifications. Landlord will not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its approval of the Plans and Specifications at any point during this approval process.
2.5 Changes to Plans .
(a) In the event of any Change Order or in the event that Landlord determines (reasonably and in good faith) that any of Tenants Plans have not been prepared in accordance with the requirements of this Work Agreement, Tenant shall be solely responsible for all costs and expenses (over and above Landlords Contribution) and for all delays in occupancy by Tenant (which shall not delay the Commencement Date or the Rent Commencement Date) resulting therefrom including, without limitation, costs or expenses relating to (i) any additional architectural or engineering services and related design expenses; (ii) any architectural or engineering costs incurred by Landlord in connection with its review of such requested change;
(iii) any changes to materials in process of fabrication; (iv) cancellation or modification of supply or fabricating contracts; (v) removal or alteration of work or plans completed or in process; or (vi) delay claims made by Contractor.
(b) No changes shall be made to any of Tenants Plans and no Change Orders shall be implemented without the prior written approval of Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. All Change Orders shall be in writing and shall be on such AIA form as is required by Landlord and/or Contractor. Tenant shall evidence in writing its approval of any Change Order prior to requesting Landlords approval of same.
2.6 General Plan Provisions .
(a) Tenant shall cause (i) Tenants Plans to comply with all applicable Requirements; (ii) Tenants Plans to be prepared by Tenants Architect and the Engineers in accordance with the terms of this Work Agreement and in conformity with the Base Building Plans and the base Building systems (including, without limitation, the base Building HVAC, mechanical, electrical, plumbing and life safety systems); (iii) the Plans and Specifications to be sufficient to enable Contractor (with respect to the Plans and Specifications) to obtain all necessary Permits; and (iv) the Plans and Specifications to be prepared using the AutoCAD Computer Assisted Drafting and Design System, using naming conventions issued by the American Institute of Architects in June, 1990 and magnetic computer media of such drawings and specifications translated in convertible DFX format. Tenant shall cause Tenants Plans not to include any Tenant Improvements that will or that reasonably might be anticipated to (1) interfere with the normal operation of the Building, Building operations, or the Base Building Systems; (2) materially increase maintenance or utility charges for operating the Building in excess of the standard requirements for Comparable Buildings, or (3) affect the exterior or structure of the Building.
(b) Any provision of this Work Agreement or the Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, Landlords approval of the Plans and Specifications shall not constitute an assurance by Landlord that the Plans and Specifications satisfy any applicable Requirements or are sufficient to enable the Contractor to obtain a building permit for the undertaking of the Tenant Improvements. If Landlord notifies Tenant at any time that the Plans and Specifications must be revised due to their failure to comply with the terms of this Work Agreement, such revisions shall be made at Tenants expense and any delay arising in connection therewith shall constitute a Tenant delay and shall not postpone or delay the Rent Commencement Date or otherwise give rise to any claim or cause of action against Landlord.
(c) Prior to making or installing any of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall perform a field verification to independently determine the existing conditions, specifications and dimensions of the Premises and any variances from the Base Building Plans.
(d) Tenant has appointed Tenants Representative for purposes of granting any consents or approvals by Tenant under this Work Agreement and for authorizing and executing any and all Change Orders or other documents in connection with this Work Agreement and Landlord shall have the right to rely on Tenants Representatives consent, approval, authorization or execution as aforesaid.
(e) Landlord has appointed Landlords Representative for purposes of granting any consents or approvals by Landlord under this Work Agreement and for authorizing and executing any and all Change Orders or other documents in connection with this Work Agreement and Tenant shall have the right to rely on Landlords Representatives consent, approval, authorization or execution as aforesaid.
(f) Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred by Landlord in reviewing any proposed Tenant Plans and Change Orders within thirty (30) days after Tenants receipt of an invoice therefor.
Article 3 Construction
3.1 Reserved .
3.2 Tenant Improvements . Tenant shall, at Tenants expense, Substantially Complete the Tenant Improvements in a good and workmanlike manner and in accordance with the terms of this Work Agreement not later than on August 1, 2009. Except to the extent that the Plans and Specifications provide otherwise, Tenant will cause the Tenant Improvements to be constructed of new materials commensurate with the level of improvements for a typical first-class tenant in Comparable Buildings and to satisfy, at a minimum, the criteria set forth on Annex 4-Minimum Build-Out Standards.
3.3 General Contractor . Within five (5) days after Landlords approval of the Plans and Specifications, Tenant shall enter into a contract for construction of the Tenant Improvements with a general contractor. The general contractor shall be subject to Landlords approval, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and upon such selection and approval such general contractor shall be the Contractor under this Work Agreement. Tenants construction contract with the Contractor shall be subject to Landlords prior approval, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. The Contractor shall be responsible for all required construction, management and supervision of the Tenant Improvement work.
3.4 Subcontractors . Landlord shall have the right to approve Tenants subcontractors, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.
3.5 Certain Essential Work . Subject to Tenants reimbursement of such expenses as provided in Article 4, below, all Tenant Improvement connections or tie-ins to the base Building energy management, sprinkler and fire and life safety systems shall be performed at Tenants expense by the applicable Essential Sub. All Tenant Improvement work relating to the Building
exterior walls and windows (including window removal and reinstallation for hoisting purposes), and the roof (excluding HVAC), shall be performed at Tenants expense by the applicable Essential Sub.
3.6 Permits . Subject to Tenants reimbursement of such expenses as provided in Article 4, below, prior to commencement of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall, at Tenants expense, obtain the Permits.
3.7 Pre-Construction Deliveries . Not fewer than ten (10) days prior to commencement of construction of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall deliver the following information and items to Landlord:
(a) the names and addresses of Tenants Contractors;
(b) the schedule for commencement of construction, the estimated date of Substantial Completion, the fixturing work and the date on which Tenant will commence occupancy of the Premises for the conduct of Tenants business;
(c) Tenants itemized statement of the estimated Improvement Costs;
(d) certificates of insurance evidencing all insurance coverage required under the Lease and this Work Agreement; and
(e) a copy of the Permits.
3.8 Tenants Equipment . Tenant, at Tenants expense, shall be responsible for ordering and for the delivery and installation of Tenants Equipment.
3.9 Post Construction Activities . Prior to Tenants use or occupancy of the Premises or any portion thereof and Landlords disbursement of any portion of the Retainage, Tenant shall, at Tenants expense, deliver to Landlord a copy of the certificate of occupancy and all other certifications and approvals with respect to the Tenant Improvements that may be required from any governmental authority and/or any board or fire underwriters or similar body for the use and/or occupancy of the Premises; and certificates of insurance evidencing all insurance coverage required under the Lease and this Work Agreement.
3.10 General Construction Provisions .
(a) Any damage caused by Tenants Contractors to any portion of the Building or to any property of Landlord or other tenants shall be repaired forthwith after written notice from Landlord to its condition prior to such damage by Tenant at Tenants expense.
(b) While carrying out construction activities, Tenant and Tenants Contractors shall access the Premises via the Building freight elevator, work in harmony and not interfere with the performance of other work in the Building.
(c) If at any time such entry shall cause, such disharmony or interference, Landlord may terminate such permission upon 24 hours notice to Tenant, and thereupon, Tenant or its employees, agents, contractors, and suppliers causing such disharmony or interference shall immediately withdraw from the Premises and the Building until Landlord reasonably determines such disturbance no longer exists.
(d) Tenant shall comply with and cause Tenants Contractors to comply with the rules and regulations attached hereto as Annex 5-Construction Rules and Regulations and such other reasonable rules and regulations as Landlord from time to time establishes concerning construction work in the Building.
Article 4 Improvement Costs and Landlords Contribution
4.1 Improvement Costs . Tenant shall be responsible for the full and timely payment of all Improvement Costs, subject to Landlords disbursement of Landlords Contribution as provided in this Work Agreement. Landlord shall make disbursements from Landlords Contribution as invoices are rendered to Landlord, provided that Landlord has received partial or final (as applicable) lien waivers and such other documentation as Landlord may reasonably require from the party requesting such payment. Landlord shall have the right to deduct Landlords Fee from Landlords Contribution as and when Landlord makes disbursements from Landlords Contribution. Tenant agrees that Landlords Contribution must be applied relatively proportionately towards the payment of Improvements Costs for the entire Premises.
4.2 Landlords Contribution . Landlord shall disburse an amount not to exceed Landlords Contribution toward the Improvement Costs.
4.3 Disbursement of Landlords Contribution .
(a) Landlord shall make progress payments to Tenant from Landlords Contribution for the work performed during the previous month, less a retainage of ten percent (10%) of each progress payment ( Retainage ), such that if all conditions set forth in this Exhibit to Landlords obligation to make a progress payment have been satisfied and (i) the invoice for which Tenant seeks a progress payment states that the Retainage has been deducted from the total amount owed, the progress payment will be for entire amount that is then payable under such invoice, and (ii) the invoice for which Tenant seeks a progress payment does not state that the Retainage has been deducted from the total amount owed, the progress payment will be for ninety percent (90%) of the invoiced amount. Prior to disbursement of the first progress payment, Landlord shall have received a copy of Tenants construction contract with the Contractor and Tenants budget (showing all Improvement Costs) for the Tenant Improvements. Each progress payment shall be limited to that fraction of the total amount of such payment, the numerator of which is the amount of Landlords Contribution and the denominator of which is the total contract price (or, if there is no specified or fixed contract price for the Tenant Improvements, then Landlords reasonable estimate thereof) for the performance of all of the Tenant Improvements shown Tenants Plans as approved by Landlord.
(b) Prior to disbursement of the first progress payment, Landlord shall have approved Tenants construction contract with the Contractor and Tenants budget (showing all Improvement Costs) for the Tenant Improvements, such approvals not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.
(c) If Landlord receives Tenants request (together with the supporting documentation required hereunder) for a disbursement from Landlords Contribution on or before the twentieth (20 th ) day of a month, Landlord will make such disbursement not later than on the last day of the first calendar month following the calendar month during which Landlord received such request. If Landlord receives Tenants request (together with the supporting documentation required hereunder) for a disbursement from Landlords Contribution after the twentieth (20 th ) day of a month, Landlord will make such disbursement not later than on the last day of the second calendar month following the calendar month during which Landlord received such request. Each of Tenants requisitions for a disbursement from Landlords Contribution shall be signed by Tenants Representative, shall set forth the names of each contractor and subcontractor to whom payment is due or for which Tenant seeks reimbursements for payments made by Tenant and the amount thereof, and shall be accompanied by: with respect to the first requisition, copies of conditional waivers and releases of lien upon progress payment in such form as Landlord reasonably requires from all of Tenants Contractors and material suppliers covering all work and materials for which the progress payment is being made, and after the first requisition, copies of conditional waivers and releases of lien upon progress payment in such form as Landlord reasonably requires from all of Tenants Contractors and material suppliers covering all work and materials for which the progress payment is being made, together with:
(i) copies of unconditional waivers and releases of lien upon progress payment in such form as Landlord reasonably requires from all of Tenants Contractors and material suppliers covering all work and materials which were the subject of previous progress payments by Landlord and Tenant;
(ii) Tenants Architects written certification that the work for which the requisition is being made has been Substantially Completed in accordance with the Plans and Specifications; and
(iii) such other documents and information as Landlord may reasonably request.
(d) Landlord shall disburse the Retainage upon submission by Tenant to Landlord of Tenants requisition therefor accompanied by all documentation required above, together with:
(i) Tenants Architects written certification of final completion of the Tenant Improvements in accordance with the Plans and Specifications. In addition, Landlord shall be provided with the opportunity to inspect the Premises so that Landlord can be reasonably satisfied of the final completion of the Tenant Improvements in accordance with the Plans and
Specifications;
(ii) a copy of the certificate of occupancy and all other certifications and approvals with respect to the Tenant Improvements that may be required from any Governmental Authority and/or any board or fire underwriters or similar body for the use and/or occupancy of the Premises;
(iii) final waivers and releases of lien in such form as Landlord reasonably requires from all of Tenants Contractors and material suppliers;
(iv) certificates of insurance evidencing all insurance coverage required under the Lease and this Work Agreement;
(v) a copy of each guaranty, warranty and O&M manual applicable to the Tenant Improvements. At Landlords request, Tenant shall enforce, at Tenants expense, all guarantees and warranties made with respect to the Tenant Improvements; and
(vi) final as built plans (five (5) sets) and certified air balance reports for the Premises. The as-built plans shall be prepared on the AutoCAD Computer Assisted Drafting and Design System, using naming conventions issued by the American Institute of Architects in June, 1990 and magnetic computer media of such drawings and specifications translated in convertible DFX format.
4.4 Special Application of Landlords Contribution . If any portion of Landlords Contribution remains after final payment of all Improvement Costs, such remaining portion shall be retained by and belong to Landlord; provided, however, to the extent that the remaining portion does not exceed $6.50 per square foot of Area of the Premises, such remaining portion shall first be applied towards usual and customary expenses associated with Tenants relocation to the Premises as well as telecom and cabling costs. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Work Agreement, Tenant shall have the right to spend up to an additional $6.50 per square foot of Area of the Premises of Landlords Contribution to pay for furniture for the Premises.
4.5 Additional Rent . All amounts payable by Tenant pursuant to this Work Agreement shall be deemed to be Additional Rent for purposes of the Lease.
4.6 Conditions to Advance . Any provision of the Lease or this Work Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, Landlord shall have no obligation to make any payment or disbursement from Landlords Contribution (i) if the Lease is not in full force and effect or there exists any Event of Default for monetary or material non-monetary obligations; (ii) for any deposit or off-site prefabrication, whether for Work, Tenants Equipment or otherwise; (iii) for any Work that is not in place (or, if permitted by the Mortgagee, is not ultimately intended to be in place, such as deposits for materials) at the Premises; or (iv) for any Tenants Equipment not located at the Premises.
4.7 Failure to Pay Contractors . Any provision of the Lease or this Work Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, assuming Landlord funds disbursement requests in accordance with the terms of this Work Agreement, if Tenant does not pay any of Tenants Contractors or material suppliers, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to promptly pay to such contractor or supplier all sums so due from Tenant, and Tenant agrees the same shall be deemed Additional Rent and shall be paid by Tenant within ten (10) days after Landlord delivers to Tenant an invoice therefor.
4.8 Excess Costs . If Landlord reasonably determines at any time that the Improvement Costs exceed or will likely exceed the remaining Landlords Contribution (the Excess Cost ), Landlord shall deliver written notice of that determination to Tenant (which notice shall include reasonable supporting documentation of that determination) and Tenant shall pay such Excess Cost to Landlord within thirty (30) days after Tenants receipt of a written request therefor. Once Landlord has received the Excess Cost payment and the full amount of the Excess Cost held by Landlord has been used to pay Improvement Costs, Landlord shall apply the remaining Landlords Contribution towards payment of the Improvement Costs.
Annex 1
Requirements for Preliminary Space Plan
Floor plans showing partition arrangement including the following information:
a. space plan showing the general layout of offices, open plan areas and special tenant areas;
b. typical individual work station layouts;
c. identify the extent of each department on each floor;
d. show door locations and door swings in partitions;
e. identify general location and size of interconnecting stairs;
f. indicate preliminary furniture layout for typical offices and work stations, conference rooms, employee lounge, reception area, training room and print room;
g. indicate locations for coffee rooms and shower rooms; and
h. preliminary locations for built-in millwork.
Annex 2
Requirements for Final Space Plan
Floor plans, together with related information for mechanical, electrical and plumbing design work, showing partition arrangement (3 sets), including without limitation the following information:
a . identify the location of conference rooms and density of occupancy;
b . indicate the density of occupancy for all rooms, except individual use rooms such as offices;
c . identify the location of any food service areas or vending equipment rooms;
d . identify areas, if any, requiring 24 hour air conditioning;
e . indicate those partitions that are to extend from floor to underside of structural slab above or require special acoustical treatment;
f . identify the location of rooms for telephone equipment other than Building core telephone closet, identify type of equipment for these rooms;
g . identify the locations and types of plumbing required for toilets (other than core facilities), sinks, drinking fountains, etc.;
h . indicate light switches in offices, conference rooms and all other rooms in the Premises;
i . indicate the layouts for specially installed equipment, including computer and duplicating equipment, the size and capacity of mechanical and electrical services required and heat rejection of the equipment;
j . indicate the location of: (A) electrical receptacles one hundred twenty (120) volts, including receptacles for wall clocks, and telephone outlets and their respective locations (wall or floor), (B) electrical receptacles for use in the operation of Tenants business equipment which requires 208 volts or separate electrical circuits, (C) electronic calculating and CRT systems, etc., and (D) special audio-visual requirements;
k . indicate proposed layout and location of any of special equipment (e.g., fire suppression equipment for computer room);
l . indicate the swing of each door;
m . indicate any special file systems to be installed which would require special construction; and
n . lighting layouts for each floor.
Annex 3
Requirements for Plans and Specifications
Final architectural detail and working drawings, finish schedules and related plans (3 reproducible sets) including without limitation the following information and/or meeting the following conditions:
a. specifications of all materials, colors and suppliers/manufacturers of wallcoverings, floor coverings, ceiling systems, window coverings and other finishes; all millwork shall be fully detailed to the appropriate level for pricing and construction; all specialty items shall be identified as particular products; and paintings and decorative treatment required to complete all construction;
b. complete, finished, detailed mechanical, electrical, plumbing and structural plans and specifications for the Tenant Improvements, including but not limited to the fire and life safety systems and all work necessary to connect any special or non-standard facilities to the Buildings base mechanical systems; and
c. all final floor plans must be drawn to a scale of one-eighth (l/8) inch to one (l) foot except for larger scaled detailed drawings. Any architect or designer acting for or on behalf of Tenant shall be deemed to be Tenants agent in all respects with respect to the design and construction of the Premises.
Annex 4
Reserved
Annex 5
Construction Rules and Regulations
1. Tenant and/or the general contractor will supply Landlord with a copy of all permits prior to the start of any work.
2. Tenant and/or the general contractor will post the building permit on a wall of the construction site while work is being performed.
3. The Tenant shall provide, in writing, prior to commencement of the work, the names and emergency numbers of all subcontractors, the general contractor superintendent, general contractors project manager and the Project Manager.
4. No construction is to be started until the drawings required under the Work Letter have been submitted and approved in writing by Landlord.
5. Landlord is to be contacted by Tenant when work is completed for inspection. All damage to building will be determined at that time unless determined earlier.
6. Any work that is to be performed in other than Tenants Premises must be reviewed and scheduled in advance with the Landlord.
7. Landlord will be notified of all work schedules of all workmen on the job and will be notified, in writing, in advance, of names of those who may be working in the building after normal business hours.
8. Construction personnel must carry proper identification at all times.
9. All workers are required to wear a shirt, shoes, and full length trousers.
10. Landlord must approve all roof top equipment and placement. All penetrations must be cut and flashed by the roof warranty holder of the existing roof system.
11. Landlord shall designate contractor-parking areas (if any).
12. Contractor must notify Landlord two days prior to an independent air balancing service by a certified air balance company. Landlords building engineer will accompany the contractor during their work. Landlord must receive a copy of the final approved balance report.
13. Before Landlord makes final payment, five sets of as-built and all O&M manuals as well as a CADD disc must be submitted to Landlord.
14. The general contractor and Tenant shall be responsible for all loss of their materials and tools and shall hold Landlord harmless for such loss and from any damages or claims
resulting from the work.
15. The general contractor shall maintain insurance coverage throughout the job of a type(s), in amounts and issued by an insurance company, reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. Prior to the commencement of work, a Certificate of Insurance must be submitted with the limits of coverage per the limits noted in the Lease with such parties being named as additional insureds as Landlord requires from time to time.
16. All key access, fire alarm work, or interruption of security hours must be arranged with the Landlord.
17. Proper supervision shall be maintained at the job site at all times and Tenants workmen, mechanics and contractors must not unreasonably interfere with the Buildings operations or Landlord. Tenants workmen, mechanics and contractors shall use good faith efforts to work in harmony with and shall not unreasonably interfere with any labor employed by the property manager or any other Tenant, or their workmen, mechanics and contractors.
18. Landlord is to be notified in advance of all ties into Base Building Systems, welding, or any work affecting the base building or other tenant spaces, and, unless agreed to otherwise, all tie-ins to base building fire alarm systems will be performed by Landlord, (or its designated contractor) and cost borne by Tenant, subject to reimbursement pursuant to Article 4 of the Work Agreement.
19. The following work, of which Landlord is to be notified in advance, must be done on overtime and not during normal business hours once any portion of the building is occupied (by tenants other than the property management office):
· Demolition which per building managers reasonable judgment may cause disruption to other tenants.
· Oil base painting (on multi-tenant floors)
· Gluing of carpeting (on multi-tenant floors)
· Shooting of studs for mechanical fastenings
· Testing of life safety system, sprinkler tie-ins.
· Work performed in occupied spaces.
· Welding, brazing, soldering and burning with proper fire protection and ventilation.
· Other activities that, in building managers reasonable judgment, will disturb other tenants.
20. All building shutdowns for testing electrical, plumbing, HVAC equipment, fire and life-safety must be coordinated with Landlord in advance. Landlords and Factory Mutual procedures for hot work, fire alarm and sprinkler shutdowns must be followed. Landlords on-site engineer will detail the requirements summarized below:
· Smoke detectors must be bagged or cleaned daily and placed back in service at the end of each day.
· Call outs for fire alarm and sprinkler systems must be made with and only with Landlords personnel and with the attached forms. All systems must be put back into service at the end of each work day and working correctly.
· Hot work, i.e., torch burning/cutting and welding must be permitted through Landlords personnel and contractor must use Landlords form.
· When welding, contractor shall provide a fused disconnect switch for connection to building power supply and a Fire Watch.
· Forms are to be provided at kickoff meeting.
21. Fire extinguishers supplied by the general contractor must be on the job-site at all times during demolition and construction
22. No building materials are to enter the building by way of main lobby, and no materials are to be stored in any lobbies or fire stairs at any time.
23. Contractors or personnel will use loading dock area for all deliveries and will not use loading dock for vehicle parking.
24. Passenger elevators shall not be used for moving building materials and shall not be used for construction personnel except in the event of an emergency. The designated freight elevator and one or more protected passenger elevators are the only elevators to be used for moving materials and construction personnel. These elevators may be used only when they are completely protected as reasonably determined by Landlords building engineer.
25. Protection of hallway carpets, wall coverings, and elevators from damage with masonite board, carpet, cardboard, or pads is required. They may be removed from time to time as reasonably requested by the Landlord.
26. Public spaces, corridors, elevators, bathrooms, lobby, etc. must be cleaned after use. Construction debris or materials found in public areas will be removed at Tenants cost.
27. Contractors will remove their trash and debris daily or as often as necessary to maintain cleanliness in the building. Building trash containers are not to be used for construction debris. Landlord reserves the right to bill Tenant for any cost incurred to clean up debris left by the general contractor or any subcontractor (other than Contractor). Further, the
building staff is instructed to hold the drivers license of any employee of the contractor while using the freight elevator to ensure that all debris is removed from the elevator.
28. All construction materials or debris must be stored within the project confines or in an approved lock-up.
29. Contractors will be responsible for daily removal of waste foods, milk and soft drink containers, etc. to trash room and will not use any building trash receptacles but trash receptacles supplied by them.
30. Construction personnel are not to eat in the lobby or in front of building nor are they to congregate in the lobby or in front of building.
31. There will be no smoking, eating, or open food containers in the elevators, carpeted areas or public lobbies.
32. There will be no alcohol or controlled substances allowed or tolerated.
33. There will be no yelling or boisterous activities.
34. Radios shall not be played on job site, except that radios shall be permitted until the first tenant occupies any portion of the Building. In any event, radio volume shall be kept to a reasonable level as reasonably determined by Landlord.
35. Landlord shall grant access to the base building electrical, telephone and mechanical rooms.
36. No utilities (electricity, water, gas, plumbing) or services to the tenants are to be cut off or interrupted without first having requested, in writing, and secured, in writing, the permission of Landlord (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).
37. No electrical services are to be put on the emergency circuit, without specific written approval from Landlord (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).
38. When utility meters are installed, the general contractor must provide the property manager with a copy of the operating instructions for that particular meter.
39. All public areas such as elevator lobbies, corridors, toilets and service halls shall be protected with masonite and other such materials to the satisfaction of the building manager/representative or representative.
40. Trash and debris resulting from the work shall be confined to either the interior of the space under construction or an on-site dumpster. If it is a dumpster, then such debris shall be kept within the confines of the dumpster. The general contractor shall coordinate
the location of the dumpster with the landlord and plywood shall be used to protect the surface from damage.
41. Contractor is responsible to keep the construction area safe and in a workmanlike manner. Machinery noise shall not interfere with the peaceful enjoyment of any tenant or their invitees to the building. No smoking in the building will be allowed at any time.
42. Clear access is to be provided at all times to stairwells, mechanical/electrical equipment and rooms, elevators, fire hoses, valves, fire dampers and maintenance sensitive equipment.
43. Adequate lighting is to be provided in construction areas to achieve a safe working environment.
44. A Tenant valve tag chart shall be submitted to the Landlord.
45. All piping and wiring systems shall be adequately supported from building structure.
46. The cleaning of condenser water pipes shall be done in the presence of the Landlords representative with the chemical used per the buildings chemical treatment companys recommendation.
47. All mechanical and electrical equipment shall have permanent identification labels affixed.
48. Kitchen exhaust access doors must be clearly identified and accessible for periodic inspection as required by law.
49. All telecommunication cabling in common areas, mechanical equipment rooms, etc. shall be installed in an enclosed raceway and shall be identified.
50. All air handlers, CAV boxes and VAV boxes need pre-filters (construction filters) installed over filter bank and may require periodic changes during the construction period until each floor is complete at which time a change out of filters is required. All units will be required to be cleaned thoroughly if the system is contaminated and this procedure is not maintained.
51. All mechanical, telephone, electrical and pump room floors must be painted at the end of the job. Damaged, stained or new walls and pipe, etc. must be painted to match existing pipes and new pipes must match Landlords standard colors.
52. After all tenant construction is complete, the elevator systems need to be cleaned by the elevator service provider at tenant contractors expense. This includes rails, pits, tops of cabs, machine rooms.
Exhibit D
Cleaning Specifications
GENERAL CLEANING
NIGHTLY
General Offices:
1. All hard surfaced flooring to be swept using approved dustdown preparation.
2. Carpet sweep all carpets, moving only light furniture (desks, file cabinets, etc. not to be moved).
3. Hand dust and wipe clean all furniture, fixtures and window sills.
4. Empty all waste receptacles and remove wastepaper.
5. Wash clean all Building water fountains and coolers.
6. Sweep all private stairways.
Lavatories:
1. Sweep and wash all floors, using proper disinfectants.
2. Wash and polish all mirrors, shelves, bright work and enameled surfaces.
3. Wash and disinfect all basins, bowls and urinals.
4. Wash and disinfect all toilet seats.
5. Hand dust and clean all partitions, tile walls, dispensers and receptacles in lavatories and restrooms.
6. Empty paper receptacles, fill receptacles and remove wastepaper.
7. Fill toilet tissue holders.
8. Empty and clean sanitary disposal receptacles.
WEEKLY
1. Vacuum all carpeting and rugs.
2. Dust all door louvers and other ventilating louvers within a persons normal reach.
3. Wipe clean all brass and other bright work.
QUARTERLY
High dust premises complete including the following:
1. Dust all pictures, frames, charts, graphs and similar wall hangings not reached in nightly cleaning.
2. Dust all vertical surfaces, such as walls, partitions, doors, door frames and other surfaces not reached in nightly cleaning.
3. Dust all venetian blinds.
4. Wash all windows.
Exhibit E
Rules and Regulations
1. Nothing shall be attached to the outside walls of the Building. Other than Building standard blinds, no curtains, blinds, shades, screens or other obstructions shall be attached to or hung in or used in connection with any exterior window or entry door of the Premises, without the prior reasonable consent of Landlord (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).
2. No sign, advertisement, notice or other lettering visible from the exterior of the Premises shall be exhibited, inscribed, painted or affixed to any part of the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). All lettering on suite entry doors shall be inscribed, painted or affixed in a size, color and style reasonably acceptable to Landlord.
3. The grills, louvers, skylights, windows and doors that reflect or admit light and/or air into the Premises or Common Areas shall not be covered or obstructed by Tenant except as set forth in item 1 above, nor shall any articles be placed on the window sills, radiators or convectors.
4. Landlord shall have the right to prohibit any advertising by any Tenant which, in Landlords reasonable opinion, tends to impair the reputation of the Building, and upon written notice from Landlord, Tenant shall refrain from or discontinue such advertising.
5. The Common Areas shall not be obstructed or encumbered by any Tenant or used for any purposes other than ingress of egress to and from the Premises and for delivery of merchandise and equipment in a prompt and efficient manner, using elevators and passageways designated for such delivery by Landlord.
6. All locks and deadbolts of any kind shall be operable by the Buildings Master Key. No locks shall be placed upon any of the doors or windows by Tenant, nor shall any changes be made in locks or the mechanism thereof which shall make such locks inoperable by the Buildings Master Key. Tenant shall, upon the termination of its Lease, deliver to Landlord all keys of stores, offices and lavatories, either furnished to or otherwise procured by Tenant and in the event of the loss of any keys furnished by Landlord, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost thereof.
7. Tenant shall keep the entrance door to the Premises closed at all times.
8. All movement in or out of any freight, furniture, boxes, crates or any other large object or matter of any description must take place during such times and in such elevators as Landlord may reasonably prescribe. Landlord reserves the right to inspect all articles to be brought into the Building and to exclude from the Building all articles which violate any of these Rules and Regulations or the Lease. Landlord may require that any person leaving the public areas of the Building with any article to submit a pass, signed by an authorized person, listing each article being removed, but the establishment and enforcement of such requirement shall not impose any responsibility on Landlord for the protection of any Tenant against the removal of property from the Premises.
9. All hand trucks shall be equipped with rubber tires, side guards and such other safeguards as Landlord may reasonably require.
10. Except as might be expressly permitted under the Lease, no Tenant Party shall be permitted to have access to the Buildings roof, mechanical, electrical or telephone rooms without permission from Landlord, which permission will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. The foregoing notwithstanding, Tenant Parties will be given access to and a non-exclusive right to use the Buildings roof deck, which access and use shall be subject to such rules and regulations as Landlord shall from time to time reasonably promulgate with respect thereto (including, without limitation, rules and regulations pertaining to roof deck safety, reservations and post-use clean-up).
11. Tenant shall not permit or suffer the Premises to be occupied or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Building by reason of unreasonable noise, odors, vibrations or unreasonable interference in any way with other tenants or those having business therein.
12. Except as set forth in the Lease, Tenant shall not employ any person or persons other than the janitor of Landlord for the purpose of cleaning the Premises, unless otherwise agreed to by Landlord, which agreement shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Tenant shall not cause any unnecessary labor by reason of such Tenants carelessness or indifference in the preservation of good order and cleanliness.
13. Tenant shall store all its trash and recyclables within its Premises. No material shall be disposed of which may result in a violation of any Requirement. All refuse disposal shall be made only though entry ways and elevators provided for such purposes and at such times as Landlord shall designate. Tenant shall use the Buildings refuse and recycling contractor(s).
14. Tenant shall not deface any part of the Building. No boring, cutting or stringing of wires shall be permitted, except with prior consent of Landlord (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), and as Landlord may direct and except for typical office building purposes (e.g., picture hanging).
15. The water and wash closets, electrical closets, mechanical rooms, fire stairs and other plumbing fixtures shall not be used for any purposes other than those for which they were constructed and no sweepings, rubbish, rags, acids or other substances shall be deposited therein. All damages resulting from any misuse of the fixtures shall be borne by Tenant where a Tenant Party caused the same.
16. Tenant, before closing and leaving the Premises at any time, shall see that all lights, water faucets, etc. are turned off. All entrance doors in the Premises shall be kept locked by Tenant when the Premises are not in use.
17. No animals of any kind (except for seeing eye dogs) shall be brought into or kept by any Tenant in or about the Premises or the Building. No in-line roller skates, bicycles or vehicles shall be brought into or kept by any Tenant in or about the Premises or the Building, except that bicycles can be kept at the bicycle rack (if any) provided by Landlord at the Building and automobiles may be kept in the parking garage.
18. Canvassing or soliciting in the Building is prohibited.
19. Employees of Landlord or Landlords Agent shall not perform any work or do anything outside of their regular duties, unless under special instructions from the office of Landlord or in response to any emergency condition.
20. Tenant is responsible for the delivery and pick up of all mail from the United States Post Office. Landlord reserves the right to prohibit overnight courier, commercial and other package delivery services from entering the Building, other than to pick-up packages from or to deliver packages to such central messenger facility designated by Landlord for the Building.
21. Landlord reserves the right to exclude from the Building all persons who do not present a valid Building pass. Tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom a pass shall be issued at the request of Tenant and shall be liable to Landlord for all acts of such persons.
22. Except as set forth in the Lease, Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant or to any other person for the non-observance or violation of these Rules and Regulations by any other tenant or other person; provided, however, Landlord shall reasonably endeavor to apply these Rules and Regulations in an even, non-discriminatory manner to all tenants and other users of the Building. Tenant shall be deemed to have read these Rules and Regulations and to have agreed to abide by them as a condition to its occupancy of the Premises.
23. No person shall smoke, chew or otherwise ingest, or use tobacco products at the Building, the Common Areas (including any sidewalks adjacent to the Building) or the Premises, except in an area (if any) designated by Landlord.
Exhibit F
Form of Letter of Credit
COMERICA BANK HAS PREPARED THIS SPECIMEN UPON THE REQUEST AND BASED ON THE INFORMATION PROVIDED. NO REPRESENTATION AS TO THE ACCURACY OR WILLINGNESS FOR COMMITMENT IS MADE BY COMERICA BANK TO ISSUE THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IN THIS OR ANY OTHER FORM.
APPROVED BY |
|
DATE |
|
|
|
CONVIO, INC. |
|
WHEN SIGNED, THIS EXHIBIT A WILL BECOME AN INTEGRAL PART OF THE CORRESPONDING STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT APPLICATION AND AGREEMENT.
RE: |
IRREVOCABLE LETTER OF CREDIT NO. |
|
|
BENEFICIARY |
APPLICANT |
1255 23 RD STREET, L.P. |
CONVIO, INC. |
C/O TISHMAN SPEYER PROPERTIES, L.P. |
11501 DOMAIN DRIVE |
45 ROCKEFELLER PLAZA, 7TH FLOOR |
SUITE 200 |
NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10111 |
AUSTIN, TX 78758 |
ATTN: GENERAL COUNSEL |
|
GENTLEMEN:
WE HEREBY OPEN OUR UNCONDITIONAL IRREVOCABLE LETTER OF CREDIT NO. IN YOUR FAVOR AVAILABLE BY YOUR DRAFT(S) AT SIGHT FOR AN AMOUNT NOT TO EXCEED IN THE AGGREGATE $ EFFECTIVE IMMEDIATELY.
THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS ISSUED, PRESENTABLE AND PAYABLE AT OUR OFFICE OF COMERICA BANK, INTERNATIONAL TRADE SERVICES, 6260 E. MOCKINGBIRD LANE, 2 ND FLOOR, MC-6588, DALLAS, TX 75214, AND EXPIRES WITH OUR CLOSE OF BUSINESS ON .
IT IS A CONDITION OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT THAT IT SHALL BE DEEMED AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDED WITHOUT AMENDMENT FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM THE PRESENT OR ANY FUTURE EXPIRATION DATE, UNLESS AT LEAST THIRTY (030) DAYS PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE WE SEND YOU NOTICE BY A NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED COURIER THAT WE ELECT NOT TO EXTEND THIS CREDIT FOR ANY SUCH ADDITIONAL PERIOD. SAID NOTICE WILL BE SENT TO THE ADDRESS INDICATED ABOVE, UNLESS A CHANGE OF ADDRESS IS OTHERWISE NOTIFIED BY YOU TO US IN WRITING BY RECEIPTED MAIL OR NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED COURIER. ANY NOTICE TO US WILL BE DEEMED EFFECTIVE ONLY UPON ACTUAL RECEIPT BY US AT OUR DESIGNATED OFFICE
IF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS NOT EXTENDED FOR AN ADDITIONAL PERIOD AS PROVIDED ABOVE, YOU MAY DRAW HEREUNDER. SUCH DRAWING IS TO BE MADE BY MEANS OF A DRAFT ON US AT SIGHT WHICH MUST BE PRESENTED TO US BEFORE THE THEN EXPIRATION DATE OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT.
THIS LETTER OF CREDIT CANNOT BE MODIFIED OR REVOKED WITHOUT YOUR CONSENT. THIS
LETTER OF CREDIT IS PAYABLE IN MULTIPLE DRAFTS.
THIS LETTER OF CREDIT MAY BE TRANSFERRED SUCCESSIVELY IN ITS ENTIRETY ONLY UP TO THE THEN AVAILABLE AMOUNT IN FAVOR OF A NOMINATED TRANSFEREE (TRANSFEREE), ASSUMING SUCH TRANSFER TO SUCH TRANSFEREE IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE U.S. LAWS AND REGULATIONS. AT THE TIME OF TRANSFER, THE ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT AND ORIGINAL AMENDMENT(S) IF ANY, MUST BE SURRENDERED TO US TOGETHER WITH OUR TRANSFER FORM (AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST) AND PAYMENT OF OUR CUSTOMARY TRANSFER FEES BY APPLICANT.
WE ENGAGE WITH YOU THAT ANY PRESENTATION DRAWN IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THIS CREDIT WILL BE DULY HONORED WHEN PRESENTED AT THIS OFFICE ON OR BEFORE THE CLOSE OF BUSINESS ON THE EXPIRY DATE, AS SET FORTH ABOVE FOR THE AMOUNT AVAILABLE TO BE DRAWN ON THIS LETTER OF CREDIT UPON PRESENTATION OF YOUR SIGHT DRAFT IN THE FORM OF S CHEDULE A ATTACHED HERETO DRAWN ON US.
EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY STATED HEREIN, THIS UNDERTAKING IS NOT SUBJECT TO ANY AGREEMENTS, REQUIREMENTS OR QUALIFICATION. OUR OBLIGATION UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS OUR INDIVIDUAL OBLIGATION AND IS IN NO WAY CONTINGENT UPON REIMBURSEMENT WITH RESPECT THERETO OR UPON OUR ABILITY TO PERFECT ANY LIEN, SECURITY INTEREST OR ANY OTHER REIMBURSEMENT.
EXCEPT SO FAR AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY STATED, THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS SUBJECT TO THE INTERNATIONAL STANDBY PRACTICES - ISP98, ICC PUBLICATION NO. 590.
COMERICA BANK
END OF SPECIMEN
SIGHT DRAFT
DATE: |
|
|
FOR VALUE RECEIVED
PAY AT SIGHT BY WIRE TRANSFER IN IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FUNDS TO THE SUM OF U.S. $ DRAWN UNDER IRREVOCABLE LETTER OF CREDIT NO. , DATED , 200 , ISSUED BY .
TO: [ISSUER OF LETTER OF CREDIT]
(BENEFICIARYS NAME) |
|
||
|
|
||
SIGNED BY: |
|
|
|
|
|
||
NAME & TITLE: |
|
|
|
Exhibit 10.10
INDEMNITY AGREEMENT
This Indemnity Agreement, dated as of , 2010, is made by and between Convio, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company ), and the undersigned (the Indemnitee ).
RECITALS
A. The Company and Indemnitee recognize the continued difficulty in obtaining liability insurance for the Companys directors, officers, employees and other agents, the cost of such insurance and the general reductions in the coverage of such insurance;
B. The Company and Indemnitee recognize the substantial increase in corporate litigation in general, and against publicly-held companies in particular, subjecting directors, officers, employees and other agents to expensive litigation risks at the same time as the availability and coverage of liability insurance has been severely limited;
C. The Company desires to attract and retain the services of talented and experienced individuals, such as Indemnitee, to serve as directors, officers, employees and agents of the Company and its subsidiaries and wishes to indemnify its directors, officers, employees and other agents to the maximum extent permitted by law;
D. Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, under which the Company is organized ( Section 145 ), empowers the Company to indemnify its directors, officers, employees and agents by agreement and to indemnify persons who serve, at the request of the Company, as the directors, officers, employees or agents of other corporations or enterprises, and expressly provides that the indemnification provided by Section 145 is not exclusive; and
E. In order to induce Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company and/or one or more subsidiaries of the Company free from undue concern for claims for damages arising out of or related to such services to the Company and/or one or more subsidiaries of the Company, the Company has determined and agreed to enter into this Agreement with Indemnitee.
AGREEMENT
NOW, THEREFORE, the Indemnitee and the Company hereby agree as follows:
1. Definitions . As used in this Agreement:
(a) Agent means any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or other agent of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company; or is or was serving at the request of, for the convenience of, or to represent the interests of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise; or was a director, officer, employee or agent of a foreign or domestic corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company, or was a director, officer, employee or agent of another enterprise at the request of, for the convenience of, or to represent the interests of such predecessor corporation.
(b) Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.
(c) A Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any person, as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act), other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, is or becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 20% or more of the total voting power represented by the Companys then outstanding voting securities, (ii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board, together with any new directors whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Companys stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board, (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation or a sale of all or substantially all of the Companys assets with or to another entity, other than a merger, consolidation or asset sale that would result in the holders of the Companys outstanding voting securities immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) at least a majority of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving or successor entity outstanding immediately thereafter, (iv) the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company, or (v) the Company files a report or proxy statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act disclosing that a change in control of the Company has or may have occurred or will or may occur in the future pursuant to any then existing contract or transaction.
(d) Expenses shall include all out-of-pocket costs of any type or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, all attorneys fees and related disbursements), actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with either the investigation, defense or appeal of a Proceeding or establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification under this Agreement, or Section 145 or otherwise; provided, however, that Expenses shall not include any judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties, or amounts paid in settlement of a Proceeding.
(e) Independent Counsel means a law firm, or a partner (or, if applicable, member) of such a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither currently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or the Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party or (ii) any other party to or witness in the proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term Independent Counsel shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or the Indemnitee in an action to determine the Indemnitees rights under this Agreement.
(f) Proceeding means any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative.
(g) Subsidiary means any corporation of which more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities is owned directly or indirectly by the Company, by the Company and one or more other subsidiaries, or by one or more other subsidiaries.
2. Agreement to Serve . The Indemnitee agrees to serve and/or continue to serve as an Agent of the Company, at its will (or under separate agreement, if such agreement exists), in the capacity the Indemnitee currently serves as an Agent of the Company, so long as the Indemnitee is duly appointed or elected and qualified in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Bylaws of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company or until such time as the Indemnitee tenders his or her resignation in
writing; provided, however, that nothing contained in this Agreement is intended to create any right to continued employment by the Indemnitee.
3. Liability Insurance .
(a) Maintenance of D&O Insurance . The Company hereby covenants and agrees that, so long as the Indemnitee shall continue to serve as an Agent of the Company and thereafter so long as the Indemnitee shall be subject to any possible Proceeding by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee was an Agent of the Company, the Company, subject to Section 3(c), shall promptly obtain and maintain in full force and effect directors and officers liability insurance ( D&O Insurance ) in reasonable amounts from established and reputable insurers, as more fully described below.
(b) Rights and Benefits . In all policies of D&O Insurance, the Indemnitee shall qualify as an insured in such a manner as to provide the Indemnitee the same rights and benefits as are accorded to the most favorably insured of the Companys independent directors (as defined by the insurer) if the Indemnitee is such an independent director; of the Companys non-independent directors if the Indemnitee is not an independent director; of the Companys officers if the Indemnitee is an officer of the Company; or of the Companys key employees, if the Indemnitee is not a director or officer but is a key employee.
(c) Limitation on Required Maintenance of D&O Insurance . Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no obligation to obtain or maintain D&O Insurance if the Company determines in good faith that: such insurance is not reasonably available; the premium costs for such insurance are disproportionate to the amount of coverage provided; the coverage provided by such insurance is limited by exclusions so as to provide an insufficient benefit; the Indemnitee is covered by similar insurance maintained by a subsidiary of the Company; the Company is to be acquired and a tail policy of reasonable terms and duration is purchased for pre-closing acts or omissions by the Indemnitee; or the Company is to be acquired and D&O Insurance will be maintained by the acquirer that covers pre-closing acts and omissions by the Indemnitee.
4. Mandatory Indemnification . Subject to the terms of this Agreement:
(a) Third Party Actions . If the Indemnitee is a person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was an Agent of the Company, or by reason of anything done or not done by the Indemnitee in any such capacity, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee against all Expenses and liabilities of any type whatsoever (including, but not limited to, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and penalties, and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of such Proceeding, provided the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.
(b) Derivative Actions . If the Indemnitee is a person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was an Agent of the Company, or by reason of anything done or not done by the Indemnitee in any such capacity, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of such Proceeding, provided the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; except that no indemnification under this Section 4(b) shall be made in respect to any claim, issue or matter as to
which the Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged to be liable to the Company by a court of competent jurisdiction unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which such Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, the Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such amounts which the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.
(c) Actions where Indemnitee is Deceased . If the Indemnitee is a person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was an Agent of the Company, or by reason of anything done or not done by the Indemnitee in any such capacity, and if, prior to, during the pendency of or after completion of such Proceeding the Indemnitee is deceased, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitees heirs, executors and administrators against all Expenses and liabilities of any type whatsoever to the extent the Indemnitee would have been entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement were the Indemnitee still alive.
(d) Certain Terminations . The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue, or matter therein by judgment, order, settlement, or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself create a presumption that the Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal action or Proceeding, that the Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that the Indemnitees conduct was unlawful.
(e) Limitations . Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated to indemnify the Indemnitee for Expenses or liabilities of any type whatsoever for which payment is actually made to or on behalf of the Indemnitee under an insurance policy, or under a valid and enforceable indemnity clause, by-law or agreement.
5. Indemnification for Expenses in a Proceeding in Which the Indemnitee is Wholly or Partly Successful .
(a) Successful Defense . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, to the extent the Indemnitee has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in defense of any Proceeding (including, without limitation, an action by or in the right of the Company) in which the Indemnitee was a party by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was an Agent of the Company at any time, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of the Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense or appeal of such Proceeding.
(b) Partially Successful Defense . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that the Indemnitee is a party to or a participant in any Proceeding (including, without limitation, an action by or in the right of the Company) in which the Indemnitee was a party by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was an Agent of the Company at any time and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of the Indemnitee in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter.
(c) Dismissal . For purposes of this section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.
6. Mandatory Advancement of Expenses . Subject to the terms of this Agreement and following notice pursuant to Section 7(a) below, the Company shall advance all Expenses reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of any Proceeding to which the Indemnitee is a party or is threatened to be made a party by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was an Agent of the Company (unless there has been a final determination that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification for such Expenses) upon receipt of (i) an undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay the amount advanced in the event that it shall ultimately be determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification by the Company and (ii) satisfactory documentation supporting such Expenses. Such advances are intended to be an obligation of the Company to the Indemnitee hereunder and shall in no event be deemed to be a personal loan. The advances to be made hereunder shall be paid by the Company to the Indemnitee within twenty (20) days following delivery of a written request therefor by the Indemnitee to the Company.
7. Notice and Other Indemnification Procedures .
(a) Notice by Indemnitee . Promptly after receipt by the Indemnitee of notice of the commencement of or the threat of commencement of any Proceeding, the Indemnitee shall, if the Indemnitee believes that indemnification with respect thereto may be sought from the Company under this Agreement, notify the Company in writing of the commencement or threat of commencement thereof.
(b) Insurance . If the Company receives notice pursuant to Section 7(a) hereof of the commencement of a Proceeding that may be covered under D&O Insurance then in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.
8. Defense . In the event the Company shall be obligated to pay the Expenses of any Proceeding against the Indemnitee, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding, with counsel selected by the Company and approved by the Indemnitee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), upon the delivery to the Indemnitee of written notice of its election so to do. After delivery of such notice, and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to the Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees of counsel subsequently incurred by the Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding, provided that (i) the Indemnitee shall have the right to employ his or her own counsel in any such Proceeding at the Indemnitees expense; and (ii) the Indemnitee shall have the right to employ his or her own counsel in any such Proceeding at the Companys expense if (A) the Company has authorized the employment of counsel by the Indemnitee at the expense of the Company, (B) the Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and the Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense, (C) after a Change in Control not approved by a majority of the members of the Board who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control, the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been approved by Independent Counsel, or (D) the Company shall not, in fact, have employed counsel to assume the defense of such Proceeding.
(a) Right to Indemnification . In the event that Section 5(a) is inapplicable, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee pursuant to this Agreement unless, and except to the extent that, it shall have been determined by one of the methods listed in Section 8(b) that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct required to entitle the Indemnitee to such indemnification.
(b) Determination of Right to Indemnification . A determination of the Indemnitees right to indemnification hereunder shall be made at the election of the Board by (i) a majority vote of
directors who are not parties to the Proceeding for which indemnification is being sought, even though less than a quorum, or by a committee consisting of directors who are not parties to the Proceeding for which indemnification is being sought, who, even though less than a quorum, have been designated by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, or (ii) if there are no such disinterested directors or if the disinterested directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to the Indemnitee , or (iii) by the stockholders of the Company, or (iv) by a panel of three arbitrators, one of whom is selected by the Company, one of whom is selected by the Indemnitee and the last of whom is selected by the first two arbitrators so selected; provided, however , that, following any Change in Control not approved by a majority of the members of the Board who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control, such determination shall be made by an Independent Counsel as specified in clause (ii) above or by a panel of arbitrators as specified in clause (iv) above.
(c) Submission for Decision . As soon as practicable, and in no event later than thirty (30) days after the Indemnitees written request for indemnification, the Board shall select the method for determining the Indemnitees right to indemnification. The Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person or persons or entity making such determination with respect to the Indemnitees right to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to the Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any Independent Counsel, member of the Board or stockholder of the Company shall act reasonably and in good faith in making a determination regarding the Indemnitees entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement.
(d) Application to Court . If (i) the claim for indemnification or advancement of Expenses is denied, in whole or in part, (ii) no disposition of such claim is made by the Company within ninety (90) days after the request therefor, (iii) the advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement or (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement, the Indemnitee shall have the right to apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery, the court in which the Proceeding is or was pending or any other court of competent jurisdiction, for the purpose of enforcing the Indemnitees right to indemnification (including the advancement of Expenses) pursuant to this Agreement.
(e) Expenses Related to the Enforcement or Interpretation of this Agreement . The Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee against all reasonable Expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with any hearing or proceeding under this Section 8 involving the Indemnitee and against all reasonable Expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with any other proceeding between the Company and the Indemnitee involving the interpretation or enforcement of the rights of the Indemnitee under this Agreement, unless a court of competent jurisdiction finds that each of the claims and/or defenses of the Indemnitee in any such proceeding was frivolous or made in bad faith.
9. Exceptions . Any other provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not be obligated:
(a) Claims Initiated by Indemnitee . To indemnify or advance Expenses to the Indemnitee with respect to Proceedings or claims initiated or brought voluntarily by the Indemnitee and not by way of defense, with a reasonable allocation where appropriate, unless (i) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (ii) the Proceeding was authorized by the Board, (iii) such indemnification is provided by the Company, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under the General Corporation Law of Delaware or (iv) the Proceeding is brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification under this Agreement or any other statute or law or otherwise as required under Section 145 in advance of a final determination;
(b) Lack of Good Faith . To indemnify the Indemnitee for any Expenses incurred by the Indemnitee with respect to any Proceeding instituted by the Indemnitee to enforce or interpret this Agreement, if a court of competent jurisdiction determines that each of the material assertions made by the Indemnitee in such Proceeding was not made in good faith or was frivolous;
(c) Unauthorized Settlements . To indemnify the Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of a Proceeding unless the Company consents to such settlement, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld;
(d) Claims Under Section 16(b) . To indemnify the Indemnitee for Expenses and the payment of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by the Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law; or
(e) Payments Contrary to Law . To indemnify or advance Expenses to the Indemnitee for which payment is prohibited by applicable law.
10. Non-Exclusivity . The provisions for indemnification and advancement of Expenses set forth in this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights which the Indemnitee may have under any provision of law, the Companys Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, the vote of the Companys stockholders or disinterested directors, other agreements, or otherwise, both as to action in the Indemnitees official capacity and as to action in another capacity while occupying the Indemnitees position as an Agent of the Company, and the Indemnitees rights hereunder shall continue after the Indemnitee has ceased acting as an Agent of the Company and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of the Indemnitee.
11. Permitted Defenses . It shall be a defense to any action for which a claim for indemnification is made under this Agreement (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for Expenses pursuant to Section 6 hereof, provided that the required undertaking has been tendered to the Company) that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification because of the limitations set forth in Sections 4 and 9 hereof. Neither the failure of the Company (including its Board of Directors) or an Independent Counsel to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such enforcement action that indemnification of the Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances, nor an actual determination by the Company (including its Board of Directors) or an Independent Counsel that such indemnification is improper, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement or otherwise.
12. Subrogation . In the event the Company is obligated to make a payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery under an insurance policy or any other indemnity agreement covering the Indemnitee, who shall execute all documents required and take all action that may be necessary to secure such rights and to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights (provided that the Company pays the Indemnitees costs and expenses of doing so), including without limitation by assigning all such rights to the extent of such indemnification or advancement of Expenses.
13. Primacy of Indemnification . The Company hereby acknowledges that the Indemnitee may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses or liability insurance provided by a third-party investor and certain of its affiliates (collectively, the Fund Indemnitors). The Company hereby agrees that (i) it is the indemnitor of first resort, i.e. , its obligations to the Indemnitee under this Agreement and any indemnity provisions set forth in its Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws or elsewhere
(collectively, Indemnity Arrangements) are primary, and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by the Indemnitee is secondary and excess, (ii) it shall advance the full amount of expenses incurred by the Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement by or on behalf of the Indemnitee, to the extent legally permitted and as required by any Indemnity Arrangement, without regard to any rights the Indemnitee may have against the Fund Indemnitors, and (iii) it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind arising out of or relating to any Indemnity Arrangement. The Company further agrees that no advancement or indemnification payment by any Fund Indemnitor on behalf of the Indemnitee shall affect the foregoing, and the Fund Indemnitors shall be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee against the Company. The Company and the Indemnitee agree that the Fund Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 13.
14. Survival of Rights .
(a) All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period Indemnitee is an Agent of the Company and shall continue thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any possible claim or threatened, pending or completed Proceeding by reason of the fact that Indemnitee was serving in the capacity referred to herein.
(b) The Company shall require any successor to the Company (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.
15. Interpretation of Agreement . It is understood that the parties hereto intend this Agreement to be interpreted and enforced so as to provide indemnification to the Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, including those circumstances in which indemnification would otherwise be discretionary.
16. Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever, (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of the Agreement (including, without limitation, all portions of any paragraphs of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, and (ii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, all portions of any paragraph of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable and to give effect to Section 15 hereof.
17. Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless it is in a writing signed by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.
18. Notice . All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) upon delivery if delivered by hand to the party to whom such notice or other communication shall have been directed, (b) if mailed by certified
or registered mail with postage prepaid, return receipt requested, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed, (c) one business day after the business day of deposit with a nationally recognized overnight delivery service, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt, or (d) on the same day as delivered by confirmed facsimile transmission if delivered during business hours or on the next successive business day if delivered by confirmed facsimile transmission after business hours. Addresses for notice to either party shall be as shown on the signature page of this Agreement, or to such other address as may have been furnished by either party in the manner set forth above.
19. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed exclusively by and construed according to the laws of the State of Delaware as applied to contracts between Delaware residents entered into and to be performed entirely within Delaware. This Agreement is intended to be an agreement of the type contemplated by Section 145(f) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.
20. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforcement is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.
The parties hereto have entered into this Indemnity Agreement effective as of the date first above written.
Indemnitee: |
|
The Company: |
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
CONVIO, INC. |
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
By: |
|
|
By: |
|
||||
|
|
|
||||||
Name: |
|
|
Name: |
|
||||
|
|
|
||||||
Address: |
|
|
Title: |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
June 21, 2003
Mr. Gene
Austin
VIA EMAIL
Dear Gene:
I am pleased to confirm an offer of employment for you to join Convio (or the "Company") as Chief Executive Officer with a start date of July 1, 2003 ("Start Date"). Upon commencement of your employment, you will also become a member of the Board of Directors. The following information will outline your compensation, benefits and responsibilities as the new leader of the team.
Position & Responsibilities: As Chief Executive Officer you will report to the Board of Directors. In such capacity, you will perform all services and duties necessary to manage and conduct the business of the Company that are associated with the position of Chief Executive Officer. This is a full-time position and you will use your best efforts, skill, and abilities to promote the Company's interests.
While you remain Chief Executive Officer of the Company, the Board will continue to, subject to their fiduciary duties, nominate you for a position on the Board of Directors of the Company.
Compensation: Your initial base salary will be $18,000.00 per month ($216,000 on an annualized basis), less applicable withholding and paid in conformance with the Company's normal payroll process. In addition to your base salary, you will be eligible to receive an annual incentive bonus of $75,000, less applicable withholding. This incentive will be paid annually at the end of each fiscal year. The criteria against which the bonus opportunity will be measured, shall be determined by the Board after you have been employed for a reasonable period of time, not to exceed three months.
Severance: Your employment will be at will, which means that either you or we may terminate your employment at any time with or without Cause (as defined below). However, in the event the Board of Directors terminates your employment with the Company without Cause, and not as a result of your death or disability the Company will continue to pay you your then-current base salary and will reimburse your for your COBRA premiums (until the date on which you become eligible for insurance benefits from another employer) for an additional six months following your termination, provided that you sign a general release of known and unknown claims in form satisfactory to the Company and resign from all your positions with the Company.
In the event that you die, are permanently disabled, voluntarily leave, or are terminated with Cause, no severance pay will be due to you. "Cause" shall mean (a) fraud or illegal acts; (b) material violation of any agreements between you and the Company, including your confidential information and inventions agreement with the Company; or (c) a material failure to perform your job function to a reasonable standard after notice of such failure has been given to you by the Board of Directors and you have had a 15 business-day period to cure such failure.
Change of Control: If your employment terminates as a result of a Termination After Change in Control (as defined below), and provided you sign a general release of known and unknown claims in form satisfactory to the Company and resign all positions with the Company, the Company will pay you your then-current base salary and will reimburse your for your COBRA premiums (until the date on which you become eligible for insurance benefits from another employer) for an additional six months following your termination. In addition, a number of shares equal to fifty percent (50%) of the number of option shares which were not otherwise vested shares at the rime of such termination shall immediately become vested shares as of the time of such termination.
A "Termination After Change in Control" shall mean either of the following events occurring within twelve (12) months after a Change in Control:
Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, Termination After Change in Control shall not include any termination of your employment which (1) is for Cause; (2) is a result of your death or disability; or (3) is a result of your voluntary termination of employment other than for Good Reason.
"Good Reason" means, without your express written consent, (i) a material adverse change in the duties assigned to you after the Change of Control relative to your duties immediately prior to the Change in Control, (ii) a reduction by the Company or its successor in your annual salary (other than in connection with a general decrease in base salaries for most similarly situated employees of the Company or the successor corporation) or (iii) the relocation of your principal place of employment to a location more than 35 miles from your principal place of employment immediately prior to the Change in Control.
"Change in Control" shall mean an Ownership Change Event (as defined below) or a series of related Ownership Change Events (collectively, a "Transaction") wherein the stockholders of the Company immediately before the Transaction do not retain immediately after the Transaction, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company's voting stock immediately before the Transaction, direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the Company or, in the case of an asset sale, the corporation or other business entity to which the assets of the Company were transferred, as the case may be.
An "Ownership Change Event" shall be deemed to have occurred if any of the following occurs with respect to the Company: (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the stockholders of the Company of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of the Company; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is a party; (iii) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or (iv) liquidation or dissolution of the Company.
Benefits: As a full-time, salaried employee of the Company, you will be eligible for the Company's standard package of benefits. Details pertaining to your benefits will be presented to you on your Start Date.
Stock Options: Subject to the approval of the Board of Directors of the Company, you will be granted an option to purchase 756,374 shares of Common Stock of the Company. This amount is equal to 6% of all outstanding shares on a fully-diluted basis as of the date of this letter. The options shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Company Option Plan and the option agreement covering the option grant. The options will have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the Company's Common Stock at the date of grant, which is the date of the Board approval of the options.
The following provision sets forth the vesting schedule associated with the options to be granted to you: (Please refer to the Company's option plan documents for additional details associated with this provision):
Vesting Schedule: The Option Shares shall initially be unvested. Optionee shall acquire a vested interest in (i) twenty-five percent (25%) of the Option Shares upon Optionee's completion of one (1) year of Service measured from the Vesting Commencement Date and (ii) the balance of the Option Shares in a series of thirty-six (36) successive equal monthly installments upon Optionee's completion of each additional month of Service over the thirty-six (36) month period measured from the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date. In no event shall any additional Option Shares vest after Optionee's cessation of Service.
2
As a condition of your employment, you will be required to sign the Company's standard form of employee confidentiality and assignment of inventions agreement, and to provide the Company with documents establishing your identity and right to work in the United States. Those documents must be provided to the Company within three days after your employment start date. In the event of any dispute or claim relating to or arising out of your employment relationship with the Company, this agreement, or the termination of your employment with the Company for any reason (including, but not limited to, any claims of breach of contract, wrongful termination for age, sex, race, national origin, disability or other discrimination or harassment), you and the Company agree that all such disputes shall be fully, finally and exclusively resolved by binding arbitration conducted by the American Arbitration Association in Travis County, Texas. You and the Company hereby waive your respective rights to have any such disputes or claims tried to a judge or jury; provided, however, that this arbitration provision shall not apply to any disputes or claims relating to or arising out of the actual or alleged misuse or misappropriation of the Company's property, including, but not limited to, its trade secrets or proprietary information.
This agreement shall be governed by the laws of the state of Texas, without giving effect to conflicts of law principles.
This agreement and the confidentiality and stock option agreements referred to above constitute the entire agreement between you and the Company regarding the terms and conditions of your employment, and they supersede all prior negotiations, representations or agreements between you and the Company. The provisions of this agreement regarding "at will" employment and arbitration may only be modified by written agreement between you and the Company.
To confirm your understanding and acceptance of the terms of our offer, please sign below and fax a copy of this letter to me at 512-476-3952.
Gene, we look forward to a fruitful and mutually beneficial relationship with you. We hope that you will grow and prosper with us, and that you are as excited about joining as we are at having the opportunity to work with you.
Sincerely,
/s/
Ross Cockrell
Ross Cockrell
Board Member, Convio, Inc.
Accepted
by:
Gene Austin
/s/ Gene Austin
Name: |
||||
Date: |
|
6/24/03 |
|
|
3
February 1, 2005
Mr. Jim
Offerdahl
VIA EMAIL
Dear Jim:
I am pleased to confirm an offer of employment for you to join Convio (or the "Company") as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer with a start date of February 14, 2005 ("Start Date"). The following information will outline your compensation, benefits and responsibilities as the new leader of the team. If these terms are acceptable to you, please sign and return this letter by February 2, 2005.
Position & Responsibilities: As Chief Financial Officer you will report to Gene Austin. In such capacity, you will perform all services and duties necessary to manage and conduct the business of the Company that are associated with the position of Chief Financial Officer. This is a full-time position and you will use your best efforts, skill, and abilities to promote the Company's interests.
Compensation: Your initial base salary will be $16,666.67 per month ($200,000.04 on an annualized basis), less applicable withholding and paid in conformance with the Company's normal payroll process. In addition to your base salary, you will be eligible to receive an annual performance based incentive bonus of 20%, less applicable withholding.
Severance: Your employment will be at will, which means that either you or the Company may terminate your employment at any time with or without cause (as defined below). However, in the event your employment with the Company is terminated without Cause, and not as a result of your death or disability the Company will continue to pay you your then-current base salary and will reimburse you for your COBRA premiums (unless you earlier become eligible for insurance benefits from another employer) for an additional six months following your termination, provided that you sign a general release of known and unknown claims in form satisfactory to the Company and resign from all your positions with the Company.
In the event that you die, are permanently disabled, voluntarily leave, or are terminated with Cause, no severance pay will be due to you. "Cause" shall mean (a) fraud, felony or other criminal acts that are materially detrimental to the Company; (b) material violation of any agreements between you and the Company, including your Confidentiality, Assignment and Non-compete Agreement with the Company; or (c) a persistent material failure to perform your job function to a reasonable standard after notice of such failure has been given to you by the Company and you have had a 15 business-day period to cure such failure.
Change of Control: If your employment terminates as a result of a Termination After Change in Control (as defined below), and provided you sign a general release of known and unknown claims in form satisfactory to the Company and resign all positions with the Company, the Company will pay you your then-current base salary and will reimburse your for your COBRA premiums (unless you earlier become eligible for insurance benefits from another employer) for an additional six months following your termination. In addition, if your employment terminates as a result of a Termination After Change in Control and none of your option shares are subject to acceleration of vesting pursuant to Article Two, Section III.A of the Convio 1999 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, then all of your 540,000 Options (defined below) which were not otherwise vested shares at the time of such termination shall immediately become vested shares as of the time of such termination. In the event that you have been with Convio for less than one year at the time of a Change in Control, then your options will be subject to the accelerated vesting provisions of Article Two, Section III.A.(ii) of the Convio 1999 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, and not Article Two, Section III.A.(i) notwithstanding that you've been with Convio for less than one year, but subject to the qualifications in the last paragraph of Article Two, Section III.A.
A "Termination After Change in Control" shall mean either of the following events occurring after a Change in Control:
(a) termination of your employment for any reason other than for Cause; or
(b) your resignation for Good Reason from all capacities in which you are then rendering service within 90 days of the event constituting Good Reason.
Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, Termination After Change in Control shall not include any termination of your employment which (1) is for Cause; (2) is a result of your death or disability; or (3) is a result of your voluntary termination of employment other than for Good Reason.
"Good Reason" means, without your express written consent, (i) a material adverse change in the duties assigned to you after the Change of Control relative to your duties immediately prior to the Change in Control, (ii) a reduction by the Company or its successor in your annual salary or (iii) the relocation of your principal place of employment to a location more than 35 miles from your principal place of employment immediately prior to the Change in Control.
"Change in Control" shall mean an Ownership Change Event (as defined below) or a series of related Ownership Change Events (collectively, a "Transaction") wherein the stockholders of the Company immediately before the Transaction do not retain immediately after the Transaction, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company's voting stock immediately before the Transaction, direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the Company or, in the case of an asset sale, the corporation or other business entity to which the assets of the Company were transferred, as the case may be.
An "Ownership Change Event" shall be deemed to have occurred if any of the following occurs with respect to the Company: (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the stockholders of the Company of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of the Company; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is a party; (iii) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or (iv) a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.
Benefits: As a full-time, salaried employee of the Company, you will be eligible for the Company's standard package of benefits. Details pertaining to your benefits will be presented to you on your Start Date.
Stock Options: Subject to the approval of the Board of Directors of the Company, you will be granted an option to purchase 540,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company (the "540,000 Options"). This amount is equal to 2% of all outstanding shares on a fully-diluted basis as of the date of this letter. The options shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Company Option Plan and the option agreement covering the option grant. The options will have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the Company's Common Stock at the date of grant, which is the date of the Board approval of the options.
The following provision sets forth the vesting schedule associated with the options to be granted to you: (Please refer to the Company's option plan documents for additional details associated with this provision):
Vesting Schedule: The Option Shares shall initially be unvested. Optionee shall acquire a vested interest in (i) twenty-five percent (25%) of the Option Shares upon Optionee's completion of one (1) year of Service measured from the Vesting Commencement Date and (ii) the balance of the Option Shares in a series of thirty-six (36) successive equal monthly installments upon Optionee's completion of each additional month of Service over the thirty-six (36) month period measured from the first anniversary of the Vesting
2
Commencement Date. In no event shall any additional Option Shares vest after Optionee's cessation of Service, except as described under "Change in Control" above.
As a condition of your employment, you will be required to sign the Company's standard form of employee Confidentiality, Assignment and Non-compete Agreement, and to provide the Company with documents establishing your identity and right to work in the United States. Those documents must be provided to the Company within three days after your employment start date.
In the event of any dispute or claim relating to or arising out of your employment relationship with the Company, this agreement, or the termination of your employment with the Company for any reason (including, but not limited to, any claims of breach of contract, wrongful termination for age, sex, race, national origin, disability or other discrimination or harassment), you and the Company agree that all such disputes shall be fully, finally and exclusively resolved by binding arbitration conducted by the American Arbitration Association in Travis County, Texas. You and the Company hereby waive your respective rights to have any such disputes or claims tried to a judge or jury; provided, however, that this arbitration provision shall not apply to any disputes or claims relating to or arising out of the actual or alleged misuse or misappropriation of the Company's property, including, but not limited to, its trade secrets or proprietary information.
This agreement shall be governed by the laws of the state of Texas, without giving effect to conflicts of law principles.
This agreement and the confidentiality and stock option agreements referred to above constitute the entire agreement between you and the Company regarding the terms and conditions of your employment, and they supersede all prior negotiations, representations or agreements between you and the Company. The provisions of this agreement regarding "at will" employment and arbitration may only be modified by written agreement between you and the Company.
To confirm your understanding and acceptance of the terms of our offer, please sign below and fax a copy of this letter to me at 512-652-2691.
Jim, we look forward to a fruitful and mutually beneficial relationship with you. We hope that you will grow and prosper with us, and that you are as excited about joining as we are at having the opportunity to work with you.
Sincerely,
/s/
Gene Austin
Gene Austin
Chief Executive Officer, Convio, Inc.
Accepted
by:
Jim Offerdahl
/s/ Jim Offerdahl
Name |
||||
Date: |
|
2/2/05 |
|
|
3
Exhibit 10.13
November 7, 2008
Sara Spivey
105 Seminary Dr.
Menlo Park, CA 94025
Dear Sara:
We are pleased to offer you the position of Chief Marketing Officer with Convio, Inc reporting to Gene Austin . As a CMO, you will receive a base salary of $19,166.67 per month , payable in accordance with the Companys regular payroll practices. Your base salary will be subject to statutory deductions and withholdings. In addition to your base salary, you are eligible to earn a bonus of 20% of your annual salary (with 100% attainment). The bonus will be calculated and paid out semi-annually based on achievement of goals in accordance with the bonus plan, which is determined year to year.
Subject to approval by the Companys Board of Directors, you will be granted an option to purchase 265,000 shares of the Companys common stock. These shares will be subject to the provisions of the companys stock option agreement plan. The shares will vest over four years according to the following vesting schedule: The options will vest 25% after the end of your first year of employment, and thereafter at 1/36th per month for the next three years, and are subject to the Convio Standard Stock Option Plan. The option strike price will be determined by the Board of Directors at the meeting at which your options are approved.
We would also like to offer you a sign-on bonus of $15,000 in the form of a wage advance to be paid in one lump sum on the first pay period after your employment at Convio begins (the Sign-On Bonus). The Sign-On Bonus is taxable, and all regular payroll taxes will be withheld. Furthermore, to offset the costs of moving you and your family to Austin, Convio will provide a relocation expense advance to you in the amount of $50,000 (subject to all applicable taxes) for relocation expenses (Relocation Advance). This lump sum payment will be paid on the payroll cycle following your familys relocation.
In the unlikely event that you voluntarily leave Convio within 12 months of your date of hire, you will be responsible for reimbursing the company for the entire Sign-On Bonus and entire Relocation Advance.
As an employee of the Company you will be eligible to enroll in the Companys benefit programs as they are established from time to time. If you should have any specific questions regarding our current benefit programs, please feel free to call Jen Verzal or Angie McDermott in Human Resources.
In the event Convio is acquired within the two years of the commencement of your employment and your employment is terminated in connection with such acquisition or within 12 months thereafter, (i) your option vesting would accelerate to such number of shares that would have been vested as of the second anniversary of your employment and (ii) you would be entitled to receive a severance amount equal to four months of your then base salary, payable in accordance with normal payroll cycles and subject to applicable taxes and withholdings.
The Company is an at-will employer, which means that your employment with the Company is for no specific period of time and may be terminated by the Company or you at any time, with or without prior notice and with or without cause. This is the full and complete agreement between you and the Company with respect to this term of employment, and it supercedes any prior representations or agreement, whether written or oral, concerning your term of employment with the Company. The at-will nature of your employment may only be altered by written agreement signed by the Chief Executive Officer.
In the event you are terminated without Cause within two years of the commencement of your employment, the Company will pay you a lump sum payment equal to four months of your then-current base salary provided you sign a general release of known and unknown claims, in a form satisfactory to the Company. Cause is defined as (i) any act of fraud or illegal conduct; (ii) any violation of the Confidentiality, Assignment and Non-Compete Agreement to be signed by you as a condition of employment (discussed below); and (iii) any failure or refusal to perform your job duties to the Companys reasonable satisfaction.
Your employment pursuant to this offer is contingent upon a start date of December 1, 2008 or another mutually agreed upon date, the completion of a successful background check and your execution of the Companys Confidentiality, Assignment and Non-Compete Agreement, which is attached hereto and upon its execution, is incorporated in this offer by this reference. Please review the attached Confidentiality, Assignment and Non-Compete Agreement as you will be required to execute it upon your first day of employment. You will also be required to provide the Company with legally acceptable proof of your identity and authorization to work in the United States within three (3) days of your start date, and your failure to do so will render this offer of employment void and unenforceable.
This letter, and the attachments hereto, sets forth the entire agreement between you and the Company regarding the terms of your employment with the Company and supersedes any prior representations, agreements, and understandings between you and any employee or representative of the Company whether written or oral. Any modification to this agreement, other than the provisions regarding at-will employment which may only be altered by written agreement signed by the Companys Chief Executive Officer, shall be in writing, signed by you and a duly authorized officer of the Company. This agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the state of Texas.
If this offer is acceptable to you, please sign one of the originals of this letter and return it to the Company. The second original is for your files. This offer is subject to satisfactory reference checks and on receiving your signed acceptance not later than the close of business on November 14th.
If you have any questions regarding this offer letter, please call Angie McDermott at 512-652-7863. We look forward to having you join us at Convio, Inc.
|
|
Sincerely, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Angie McDermott |
|
|
|
Convio, Inc |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Angie McDermott |
|
|
Angie McDermott |
|
|
|
Vice President, Human Resources |
I have read and understand the terms of this offer letter and attached Confidentiality, Assignment and Non-Compete Agreement. As indicated by my signature below, I accept this employment offer as outlined above and agree to be bound by the attached Confidentiality, Assignment and Non-Compete Agreement upon its execution. No further commitments were made to me as a condition of employment.
/s/ Sara Spivey |
|
Signature Sara Spivey |
|
|
|
|
|
11/13/08 |
|
Date |
|
|
|
|
|
12/1/08 |
|
Confirmed Start Date |
|
Exhibit 10.14
March 3, 2009
Marc Cannon
2905 Maravillas Loop
Austin, Texas 78735
Dear Marc:
We are pleased to offer you the position of Vice President of Services with Convio, Inc. reporting to Gene Austin . As VP of Services, you will receive a base salary of $20,000 per month , payable in accordance with the Companys regular payroll practices. Your base salary will be subject to statutory deductions and withholdings. In addition to your base salary, you are eligible to earn a bonus of 20% of your annual salary (with 100% attainment). The bonus will be calculated and paid out semi-annually based on achievement of goals in accordance with the bonus plan, which is determined year to year.
Subject to approval by the Companys Board of Directors, you will be granted an option to purchase 260,000 shares of the Companys common stock. These shares will be subject to the provisions of the companys stock option agreement plan. The shares will vest over four years according to the following vesting schedule: The options will vest 25% after the end of your first year of employment, and thereafter at l/36th per month for the next three years, and are subject to the Convio Standard Stock Option Plan. The option strike price will be determined by the Board of Directors at the meeting at which your options are approved.
We would also like to offer you a sign-on bonus of $25,000 to be paid in one lump sum on the first pay period after your employment at Convio begins. The sign-on bonus is taxable, and all regular payroll taxes will be withheld.
As an employee of the Company you will be eligible to enroll in the Companys benefit programs as they are established from time to time. If you should have any specific questions regarding our current benefit programs, please feel free to call Jen Verzal or Angie McDermott in Human Resources.
In the event Convio is acquired within the two years of the commencement of your employment and your employment is terminated in connection with such acquisition or within 12 months thereafter, your option vesting would accelerate to such number of shares that would have been vested as of the second anniversary of your employment.
The Company is an at-will employer, which means that your employment with the Company is for no specific period of time and may be terminated by the Company or you at any time, with or without prior notice and with or without cause. This is the full and complete agreement between you and the Company with respect to this term of employment, and it supercedes any prior representations or agreement, whether written or oral, concerning your term of employment with the Company. The at-will nature of your employment may only be altered by written agreement signed by the Chief Executive Officer.
Your employment pursuant to this offer is contingent upon a start date of March 30, 2009 or another mutually agreed upon date, the completion of a successful background check and your
execution of the Companys Confidentiality, Assignment and Non-Compete Agreement, which is attached hereto and upon its execution, is incorporated in this offer by this reference. Please review the attached Confidentiality, Assignment and Non-Compete Agreement as you will be required to execute it upon your first day of employment. You will also be required to provide the Company with legally acceptable proof of your identity and authorization to work in the United States within three (3) days of your start date, and your failure to do so will render this offer of employment void and unenforceable.
This letter, and the attachments hereto, sets forth the entire agreement between you and the Company regarding the terms of your employment with the Company and supersedes any prior representations, agreements, and understandings between you and any employee or representative of the Company whether written or oral. Any modification to this agreement, other than the provisions regarding at-will employment which may only be altered by written agreement signed by the Companys Chief Executive Officer, shall be in writing, signed by you and a duly authorized officer of the Company. This agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the state of Texas.
If this offer is acceptable to you, please sign one of the originals of this letter and return it to the Company. The second original is for your files. This offer is subject to satisfactory reference checks and on receiving your signed acceptance not later than the close of business on March 5, 2009.
If you have any questions regarding this offer letter, please call Angie McDermott at 512-652-7863. We look forward to having you join us at Convio, Inc.
|
|
Sincerely, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Angie McDermott |
|
|
|
Convio, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Angie McDermott |
|
|
Angie McDermott |
|
|
|
Vice President, Human Resources |
I have read and understand the terms of this offer letter and attached Confidentiality, Assignment and Non-Compete Agreement. As indicated by my signature below, I accept this employment offer as outlined above and agree to be bound by the attached Confidentiality, Assignment and Non-Compete Agreement upon its execution. No further commitments were made to me as a condition of employment.
/s/ Marc Cannon |
|
Signature Marc Cannon |
|
|
|
|
|
3/5/09 |
|
Date |
|
|
|
|
|
3/30/09 |
|
Confirmed Start Date |
|
Exhibit 10.15
August 25, 2003
Mr. Randy Potts
VIA EMAIL
Dear Randy:
I am pleased to confirm an offer of employment for you to join Convio (or the Company) as our Vice President of Sales with a start date of September 16, 2003 (Start Date). The following information will outline your compensation, benefits and responsibilities as the new leader of the team.
Position & Responsibilities : As Vice President of Sales you will report to the Chief Executive Officer of Convio. In such capacity, you will perform all services and duties necessary to manage and conduct the business of the Company that are associated with the position of Vice President of Sales. This is a full-time position and you will use your best efforts, skill, and abilities to promote the Companys interests.
Compensation : Your initial base salary will be $11,666.67 per month ($140,000 on an annualized basis), less applicable withholding and paid in conformance with the Companys normal payroll process. In addition to your base salary, you will be eligible to receive a quarterly performance bonus of $27,500 less applicable withholding. If earned, this incentive will be paid quarterly at the end of each fiscal quarter. The criteria against which the bonus opportunity will be measured. shall be determined by the CEO, subject to approval by the Board of Directors, after you have been employed for a reasonable period of time, not to exceed three months.
Benefits : As a full-time, salaried employee of the Company, you will be eligible for the Companys standard package of benefits. Details pertaining to your benefits will be presented to you on your Start Date.
Stock Options : Subject to the approval of the Board of Directors of the Company, you will be granted an option to purchase 189,094 shares of Common Stock of the Company. This amount is equal to 1.5% of all outstanding shares on a fully-diluted basis as of the date of this letter. In addition, if you achieve certain performance targets, you will be granted another option on July 1, 2004, to purchase another 31,516 shares of Common Stock of the Company. The options shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Company Option Plan and the option agreement covering the option grant. The options will have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the Companys Common Stock at the date of grant, which is the date of the Board approval of the options.
The following provision sets forth the vesting schedule associated with the options to be granted to you: (Please refer to the Companys option plan documents for additional details associated with this provision):
Vesting Schedule : The Option Shares shall initially be unvested. Optionee shall acquire a vested interest in (i) twenty-five percent (25%) of the Option Shares upon Optionees completion of one (1) year of Service measured from the Vesting Commencement Date
and (ii) the balance of the Option Shares in a series of thirty-six (36) successive equal monthly installments upon Optionees completion of each additional month of Service over the thirty-six (36) month period measured from the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date. In no event shall any additional Option Shares vest after Optionees cessation of Service.
As a condition of your employment, you will be required to sign the Companys standard form of employee confidentiality and assignment of inventions agreement, and to provide the Company with documents establishing your identity and right to work in the United States. Those documents must be provided to the Company within three days after your employment start date. In the event of any dispute or claim relating to or arising out of your employment relationship with the Company, this agreement, or the termination of your employment with the Company for any reason (including, but not limited to, any claims of breach of contract, wrongful termination for age, sex, race, national origin, disability or other discrimination or harassment), you and the Company agree that all such disputes shall be fully, finally and exclusively resolved by binding arbitration conducted by the American Arbitration Association in Travis County, Texas. You and the Company hereby waive your respective rights to have any such disputes or claims tried to a judge or jury; provided, however, that this arbitration provision shall not apply to any disputes or claims relating to or arising out of the actual or alleged misuse or misappropriation of the Companys property, including, but not limited to, its trade secrets or proprietary information.
This agreement shall be governed by the laws of the state of Texas, without giving effect to conflicts of law principles.
This agreement and the confidentiality and stock option agreements referred to above constitute the entire agreement between you and the Company regarding the terms and conditions of your employment, and they supersede all prior negotiations, representations or agreements between you and the Company. The provisions of this agreement regarding at will employment and arbitration may only be modified by written agreement between you and the Company.
To confirm your understanding and acceptance of the terms of our offer, please sign below and fax a copy of this letter to me at 512-652-2691.
Randy, we look forward to a fruitful and mutually beneficial relationship with you. We hope that you will grow and prosper with us, and that you are as excited about joining as we are at having the opportunity to work with you.
Sincerely, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gene Austin |
|
|
CEO, Convio, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accepted by: |
|
|
Randy Potts |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Randy Potts |
|
|
Name |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date: |
8/26/03 |
|
EXHIBIT 10.16
CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST
*** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO THE CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED AS [****] . A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.
MASTER AGREEMENT
U.S. AVAILABILITY SERVICES
BETWEEN
SUNGARD AVAILABILITY SERVICES LP
AND
CONVIO, INC.
a Delaware corporation
DATED
6/1/08
(the Master Agreement)
By the signatures of their duly authorized representatives below. SunGard and Customer, intending to be legally bound, agree io all of the provisions of this Master Agreement.
SUNGARD AVAILABILITY SERVICES LP |
|
CUSTOMER: |
Convio, Inc. |
By: |
/s/ David M. Reysa |
|
By: |
/s/ Hayden Stewart |
||
|
|
|
|
|
||
Print Name: |
DAVID M. REYSA |
|
Print Name: |
HAYDEN STEWART |
||
|
|
|
|
|
||
Print Title: |
CONTRACT OFFICER |
|
Print Title: |
VP, IT |
||
|
|
|
|
|
||
Date Signed: |
6/6/08 |
|
Date Signed: |
6/2/08 |
||
This Master Agreement is comprised of the general terms and conditions set forth below and the terms and conditions set forth in the Services Exhibit(s) attached hereto (the services described in such exhibit(s) are referred to collectively as the Services). Each Schedule entered into hereunder represents a separate contract between SunGard and Customer or one of its Affiliates (as defined below) that incorporates and is governed by all of the terms of this Master Agreement. If there is a conflict between a Schedule and this Master Agreement, the Schedule shall govern. Each Schedule will designate which type of Services it covers by reference to one of the Services Exhibits, Each Schedule may be signed by Customer or one of its Affiliates, and such signer shall be deemed to be Customer for purposes of that Schedule, provided that the Customer who signed this Master Agreement shall be jointly and severally liable with such Affiliate for the performance of all obligations under such Schedule. Affiliate means any entity which directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with Customer for as long as such relationship remains in effect.
THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT ARE CONFIDENTIAL
*** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO THE CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED AS [****] . A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.
GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
1. CONTRACT TERM . This Master Agreement shall continue in effect as long as there is a Schedule in effect. The term of a Schedule, and Customers rights to use the Services selected on that Schedule, shall begin on the Commencement Date stated in that Schedule and continue in effect for the Agreed Term stated in that Schedule. Thereafter, that Schedule shall automatically renew for successive renewal terms of equal duration to the Agreed Term, unless either party gives written notice of termination to the other at least six (6) months before the end of the then current term. Customer acknowledges that SunGard requires this advance notice due to the substantial long-term equipment and facilities commitments SunGard makes in reliance upon its customer contracts. Each Schedule is a non-cancelable contract that may be terminated only in accordance with its express terms.
2. FEES AND EXPENSES . All Monthly or Annual Fees (as defined in a Schedule) shall be invoiced by SunGard in advance at the billing address defined in the Schedule. All other fees, and any out-of-pocket expenses reasonably incurred by SunGard on behalf of Customer shall be invoiced by SunGard as and when incurred. Customers payments shall be due within thirty (30) days after receipt of invoice. For any amount net paid when due. Customer will pay interest at the lesser of [****] percent [****] per annum or the maximum amount permitted by law. Unless Customer provides a valid tax exemption certificate. Customer shall be responsible for any sales, use, excise or comparable taxes assessed or imposed upon the Services provided or the amounts charged under a Schedule. Beginning one year after the Commencement Date of a Schedule. SunGard may increase all fees chargeable under that Schedule by up to [****] percent [****] per contract year, by giving Customer at least ninety (90) days prior written notice.
3. CONFIDENTIALITY .
(a) All information disclosed by one party to the other in 4 connection with this Master Agreement shall be treated as confidential (Confidential Information). With respect to Confidential Information disclosed by one party (disclosing party) to the other party (receiving party), (i) the receiving party shall hold such Confidential Information in strict confidence using the same standard of care as it uses to protect its own confidential information but not less than a reasonable standard of care, (ii) the receiving party shall not use or disclose such Confidential Information for any purpose except as necessary to fulfill its obligations under a Schedule or this Master Agreement, or except as required by law provided that the disclosing party is given a reasonable opportunity to obtain, at its expense, a protective order (the receiving party shall reasonably cooperate with the disclosing party in connection therewith), (iii) the receiving party shall limit access to such Confidential Information to such of its employees, agents and contractors who need such access to fulfill the receiving partys obligations under a Schedule, and (iv) the receiving party shall require its employees, agents and contractors who have access to such Confidential Information to abide by the confidentiality provisions of this Master Agreement.
(b) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, such Confidential Information includes (i) with respect to Customer, Customers data and software (including Customer NPI as defined below) and the details of Customers computer operations and recovery procedures, which include trade secrets of Customer, (ii) with respect to SunGard, SunGards physical security systems, access control systems, specialized recovery equipment and techniques, pricing information. Users Guides, and E-Testing Program, which include trade secrets of SunGard, and (iii) with respect to both parties, the terms of this Master Agreement and all Schedules and any detailed information regarding the performance of this Master Agreement or any Schedule.
(c) Confidential Information shall not include information that (i) is or becomes publicly available through no wrongful act of the receiving party, (ii) was known by the receiving party without any obligation of confidentiality at the time of disclosure by the disclosing party, (iii) was obtained by the receiving party from a third party without restriction on disclosure, or (iv) was developed independently by the receiving party.
(d) To effect the purposes of a Schedule, Customer may from time to time provide SunGard with certain nonpublic personal information as defined by the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (Public Law 106-102, 113 Stat. 1138) and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (Customer NPI). To protect the privacy of Customer NPI pursuant to the requirements of such act, SunGard shall, in addition to complying with the confidentiality requirements set forth above, (i) implement appropriate administrative, technical and physical safeguards designed to ensure the security and confidentiality of Customer NPI, protect against any anticipated threats or hazards to the security or integrity of Customer NPI and protect against unauthorized access to or use of Customer NPI that could result in substantial harm or inconvenience to a customer of Customer; and (ii) permit Customer to monitor SunGards compliance with the foregoing during Customers use of the Services, provided that such monitoring shall not interfere with another customers use of SunGards services or with SunGards operations.
4. TERMINATION .
(a) If either party breaches any of its obligations under a Schedule in any material respect and the breach is not substantially cured within the cure period specified below, then the other party may terminate that Schedule, without penalty, by giving written notice to the breaching party at any time before the breach is substantially cured. If this Master Agreement includes a Recovery Services Exhibit, then (i) with respect to a breach of SunGards obligations to provide the Recovery Services to Customer during a Disaster (as such terms are defined in the Recovery Services Exhibit), the cure period shall be five (5) days, and (ii) with respect to Customers obligations under the access and use provisions set forth in Sections A.2, A.3 and C of the Recovery Services Exhibit, there shall be no cure period (and SunGard shall have the right to terminate the applicable Schedule immediately). With respect to Customers obligations to comply with SunGards Network Policies (as defined in the applicable Services Exhibit) the cure period shall be five (5) days. With respect to all other obligations, unless otherwise specified, the cure period shall be 30 days after receipt of written notice describing the breach, provided that, if a longer period is reasonably required to cure the breach and the cure is promptly begun. such cure period shall be extended for as long as the cure is being diligently prosecuted to completion.
(b) If 3 Schedule is terminated due to an uncured material breach by Customer, or if Customer properly exercises a right to cancel a Schedule before the end of the Agreed Term, then Customer shall (i) pay to SunGard the unamortized balance attributable to any equipment and software purchased by SunGard on behalf of Customer (as designated in the applicable Schedule) and (ii) reimburse SunGard for any cancellation charges for third party services purchased by SunGard on behalf of Customer (as designated in the applicable Schedule).
5. LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION .
(a) Each party (liable party) shall be liable to the other party for any direct damages caused by any breach of contract, negligence or willful misconduct of the liable party (or any of its employees or agents).
(b) The liable party shall indemnify and hold harmless the other party (and its Affiliates and their respective employees and agents) against any claims, actions, damages, losses or liabilities to the extent arising from any breach of contract, negligence or willful misconduct of the liable party (or any of its employees or agents).
(c) In addition, SunGard shall indemnify and hold harmless Customer against any claims, actions, damages, losses or liabilities to the extent arising from infringement of any U.S. patent, copyright or other proprietary right resulting from Customers use of intellectual property developed or owned by SunGard and used to provide the Services. SunGards liability with respect to this infringement indemnification is limited to making the Services non-infringing or arranging for Customers continued use of the Services, provided that, if both of the foregoing options are commercially impracticable for SunGard, then upon written notice to Customer, SunGard may cancel the affected portion of the Services and refund to Customer any
*** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO THE CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED AS [****] . A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.
prepaid fees for such Services. With respect to intellectual property of third parties that is used by SunGard to provide the Services. SunGard will, to the extent possible, provide to Customer the full benefit of all applicable warranties and indemnities granted to SunGard by such third parties.
(d) In addition, Customer shall indemnify and hold harmless SunGard against any claims, actions, damages, losses or liabilities to the extent arising from (i) infringement of any U.S. patent, copyright or other proprietary right attributable to Customers data, content, software or other materials, (ii) Customers use of any Services in violation of any law, rule or regulation, (iii) Customers violation of any of SunGards Network Policies (as defined in the applicable Services Exhibit), or (iv) Customers use. control or possession of any Mobile Resources at non-SunGard facilities.
(e) An indemnifying party shall have no obligation for indemnification unless the other party promptly gives written notice to the indemnifying party after any applicable matter arises and allows the indemnifying party to have sole control of the defense or settlement of any underlying claim: provided that the indemnifying party may not settle a claim without the other partys prior written consent. Notice will be considered prompt as long as there is no material prejudice to the indemnifying party.
6. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
(a) Under no circumstances shall either party be liable for lost revenues, lost profits, loss of business, or consequential, indirect, exemplary, special or punitive damages of any nature, whether such liability is asserted on the basis of contract, tort (including negligence or strict liability) or otherwise, and whether or not the possibility of such damages is foreseeable; provided that this exclusion shall not apply to (i) the partys respective confidentiality obligations under Section 3, (ii) SunGards indemnification obligations under Section 5(b) with respect to willful misconduct and under Section 5(c), (iii) Customers indemnification obligations under Section 5(b) with respect to willful misconduct and under Section 5(d), and (iv) Customers payment obligations.
(b) Except for SunGards indemnification obligations under Section 5(b) with respect to willful misconduct and under Section 5(c), SunGards total liability under a Schedule, whether in contract, tort (including negligence or strict liability), or otherwise, shall not exceed (i) [****].
(c) Except for any direct damages caused by SunGards negligence or willful misconduct, SunGard shall have no liability for any damage to, or loss or theft of, any of (i) Customers tangible property located at a SunGard facility or in a SunGard vehicle, or (ii) Customers data, content, software or other materials located, used or restored at a SunGard facility or in a SunGard vehicle, or transmitted using SunGards Network Services. If Customers data is damaged, lost or stolen as a result of SunGards negligence, then SunGard shall be liable to Customer only for Customers documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred to recreate such data. Under no circumstances will SunGard be considered the official custodian or record keeper of Customers data for regulatory or other purposes.
WITH RESPECT TO EACH SCHEDULE, EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY STATED IN THIS MASTER AGREEMENT OR SUCH SCHEDULE, SUNGARD MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, ORAL OR WRITTEN, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING, COURSE OF PERFORMANCE OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, CONFORMITY TO ANY REPRESENTATION OR DESCRIPTION, NON-INTERFERENCE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT.
7. FORCE MAJEURE . Neither party shall be liable for, nor shall either party be considered in breach of this Master Agreement or any Schedule due to, any failure to perform its obligations as a result of a cause beyond its control, including any natural calamity, act of God or a public enemy, act of any military, civil or regulatory authority, change in any law or regulation, disruption or outage of communications, power or other utility, failure to perform by any supplier or other third party, or other cause which could not have been prevented with reasonable care. If any force majeure event affects SunGards ability to deliver Services, then SunGard shall use all reasonable efforts to implement its applicable redundant resources or other back-up solutions.
8. NOTICE . All notices, consents and other communications under this Master Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been received on the earlier of (a) the date of actual receipt at the designated street address, (b) the first business day after being sent to the designated street address by a reputable overnight delivery service, or (c) the third business day after being mailed to the designated street address by first class mail. Any notice may be given by e-mail to the designated e-mail address or by fax to the designated fax number, provided that a signed written confirmation is received at the designated street address within seventy-two (72) hours thereafter. Disaster declaration notice (as described in the Recovery Services Exhibit) may be given orally, provided that a signed written confirmation is received at the applicable recovery facility within twenty-four (24) hours thereafter. Communications sent to any street address, e-mail address or fax number other than those designated in this Master Agreement or the applicable Schedule shall not be valid Customers street address, e-mail address and fax number for notice are stated in the applicable Schedule. SunGards street address for notice is 680 East Swedesford Road. Wayne, Pennsylvania 19087, Attention: Contract Administration. SunGards e-mail address for notice is contract.admin@sungard.com. SunGards fax number for notice is 1-610-225-1125.
9. PUBLICITY . Neither party will, without the other partys prior written consent, (a) use the name, trademark, logo or other identifying marks of the other party in any sales, marketing or publicity activities or materials, or (b) issue any press release, interviews or other public statement regarding this Master Agreement or any Schedule; provided that either party may publicly refer to the other by name as a vendor or customer and may disclose the existence and general nature of this Master Agreement (but not any of the specific terms of this Master Agreement or any Schedule or any detailed information regarding the performance of this Master Agreement or any Schedule).
10. ENTIRE UNDERSTANDING . This Master Agreement states the entire understanding between the parties with respect to its subject matter, and supersedes all prior proposals, negotiations and other written or oral communications between the parties with respect to its subject matter. Each Schedule states the entire understanding between the parties with respect to its subject matter, and supersedes all prior proposals, negotiations and other written or oral communications between the parties with respect to its subject matter. No modification of this Master Agreement or any Schedule, and no waiver of any breach of this Master Agreement or any Schedule, shall be effective unless in writing and signed by an authorized representative of the party against whom enforcement is sought. No waiver of any breach of this Master Agreement or any Schedule, and no course of dealing between the parties, shall be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach thereof. Any purchase order submitted by Customer to SunGard shall be used only for invoice processing purposes and shall have no legal effect.
11. PARTIES IN INTEREST . Neither party may assign this Master Agreement or any Schedule, or any rights or obligations thereunder, without the prior written consent of the other party, which will not be unreasonably withheld; provided that either party may assign any Schedule to an Affiliate by giving prior written notice to the other party. This Master Agreement and each Schedule shall bind, benefit and be enforceable by and against both parties and their respective successors and permissible assigns. No third party shall be considered a beneficiary of, or entitled to any rights under, this Master Agreement or any Schedule.
12. CONSTRUCTION . THIS AGREEMENT AND EACH SCHEDULE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY SUBSTANTIVE PENNSYLVANIA LAW. This choice of governing law shall not be considered determinative of the jurisdiction or venue of any action between the parties. In any action relating to this Master Agreement or any Schedule, (a) each of the parties irrevocably waives the right to trial by jury, (b) each of the parties irrevocably consents to service of process by first class certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, to the designated street address at which the party is to receive notice in accordance with Section 8 of this
Master Agreement, and (c) the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys fees (including, if applicable, charges for in-house counsel), court costs and other legal expenses from the other party. A determination that any term of this Master Agreement or any Schedule is invalid or unenforceable shall not affect the other terms thereof. Section headings are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Master Agreement or any Schedule. The relationship between the parties created by this Master Agreement or any Schedule is that of independent contractors, and not partners, joint venturers or agents. Sections 3, 5, 6 and 12 shall survive any termination of this Master Agreement or any Schedule.
13. ENFORCEMENT . Each party acknowledges that the provisions of this Master Agreement regarding confidentiality and access to and use of the other partys resources are reasonable and necessary to protect the other partys legitimate business interests. Each party acknowledges that any breach of such provisions shall result in irreparable injury to the other for which money damages could not adequately compensate. If there is a breach of such provisions, then the injured party shall be entitled, in addition to all other rights and remedies which it may have at law or in equity, to have a decree of specific performance or an injunction issued by any competent court, requiring the breach to be cured or enjoining all persons involved from continuing the breach. The existence of any claim or cause of action that a party (or any other person involved in the breach) may have against the other party shall not constitute a defense or bar to the enforcement of such provisions.
RECOVERY
SERVICES EXHIBIT
TO THE MASTER AGREEMENT FOR U.S. AVAILABILITY SERVICES
DATED 6/1/08
A. RECOVERY SERVICES . Each Schedule to this Master Agreement specifies a Customer location (Location), the recovery services to be provided by SunGard to Customer for that Location (Recovery Services), the fees to be paid by Customer to SunGard for those services, and any other applicable terms.
1. DISASTER . A Disaster is any unplanned event or condition that renders Customer unable to use a Location or the equipment situated there for its intended computer processing and related purposes. By signing or amending a Schedule, Customer warrants that the Location specified in that Schedule is not at that time experiencing a Disaster. Customer may declare a Disaster by having one of its designated representatives give notice to SunGard stating that a Disaster occurred, identifying the affected Location, and specifying which Recovery Services Customer believes will be required. SunGard will then follow Customers reasonable declaration procedures as provided to SunGard in the Disaster Declaration Authority form.
2. SELECTED SERVICES . Whenever Customer declares a Disaster, the Recovery Services to be provided by SunGard to Customer shall be the following services which were selected by Customer in the applicable Schedule:
(a) Center-Based Recovery Services. Immediate and exclusive use of the services described below (Center-Based Recovery Services), which Customer may use during the period of time stated below, provided at a SunGard facility:
(i) Hotsite . An installed, fully operational computer system and networking capability (Hotsite), equal to or better than (in all material respects including equipment quality and processing capacity) the Hotsite Configuration described in the Schedule, which Customer may use for six (6) weeks.
(ii) Coldsite . Environmentally prepared computer space (Coldsite), properly equipped to facilitate the installation of a computer system comparable to the Hotsite Configuration, which Customer may use for six (6) months.
(iii) Office Space . An adequate and reasonable amount of office space in the same facility where the Hotsite or Coldsite is located, properly equipped to facilitate the installation of terminals, which Customer may use to operate that Hotsite or Coldsite.
(iv) Work Group Space . An adequate and reasonable amount of office space, properly equipped to accommodate the Work Group Configuration described in the Schedule, which Customer may use for six (6) weeks.
(v) MegaVoice. sm SunGards voice communications backup service for the number of communications ports stated in the Schedule, which Customer may use for six (6) weeks.
(b) Mobile Recovery Services . Immediate and exclusive use of the services described below (Mobile Recovery Services), which Customer may use for the duration of a Disaster:
(i) Replacement Recovery System . A fully operational, relocatable computer system and networking capability (Replacement Recovery System), equal to or better than (in all material respects including equipment quality and processing capacity) the Mobile Configuration described in the Schedule, to be provided to Customer by one of the following methods at Customers option:
a. Primary Recovery Facility . Access to the Replacement Recovery System at a SunGard facility where it is then installed.
b. Alternate Recovery Facility . Delivery of the Replacement
Recovery System to a SunGard facility where it may be accommodated, within forty-eight (48) hours after SunGard receives the Disaster declaration notice.
c. Mobile Data Center . Delivery of a properly equipped vehicle housing the Replacement Recovery System to a destination in the continental United States requested by Customer, within forty-eight (48) hours after SunGard receives the Disaster declaration notice.
d. Customer Facility . Delivery of the Replacement Recovery System to a properly equipped facility located in the continental United States requested by Customer, within forty-eight (48) hours after SunGard receives the Disaster declaration notice.
(ii) Computer Space . Environmentally prepared computer space (Computer Space), properly equipped to facilitate the installation of a computer system comparable to the Mobile Configuration, to be provided to Customer by one of the following methods at Customers option;
a. SunGard Facility . Access to the Computer Space at a SunGard facility where the Replacement Recovery System may be accommodated.
b. Mobile Coldsite . Delivery of a properly equipped vehicle housing the Computer Space to a destination in the continental United States requested by Customer, within forty-eight (48) hours after SunGard receives the Disaster declaration notice.
(iii) Supplemental Office Space . An adequate and reasonable amount of office space in the same SunGard facility where the Replacement Recovery System or Computer Space is located, properly equipped to facilitate the installation of terminals, which Customer may use to operate that Replacement Recovery System or Computer Space.
(iv) Mobile Work Group Space . SunGard will commence the delivery of a vehicle properly equipped to accommodate the Mobile Work Group Configuration described in the Schedule, to a destination in the continental United States requested by Customer, within twenty-four (24) hours after SunGard receives the Disaster declaration notice.
(v) Quick Ship Equipment . Delivery of equipment equal to or better than (in all material respects including equipment quality and processing capacity) the Quick Ship Equipment described in the Schedule, to a properly equipped facility in the continental United States requested by Customer, within forty-eight (48) hours after SunGard receives the Disaster declaration notice.
(c) Network Services . Use, within two (2) hours after SunGard receives the Disaster declaration notice, of the network services described below (Network Services), which Customer may use for six (6) weeks:
(i) Center to Center . On-demand connectivity among SunGard facilities using the SunGard Global Network (SGN) in accordance with the Network Configuration described in the Schedule.
(ii) Dedicated Circuit . Dedicated connectivity between the Customer location described in the Schedule and the SunGard facility or SGN POP (point of presence) described in the Schedule, using a dedicated circuit that is either (a) procured and installed by SunGard or (b) procured and installed by Customer with installation management assistance from SunGard, as indicated in the Schedule.
(iii) Net ReDirect Services . On-demand connectivity between the SGN POP
where the Customers local circuit terminates and the SunGard facility described in the Schedule, which services are designated as Net ReDirect Metropolitan Services when the SGN POP and SunGard facility are located in the same metropolitan area.
(iv) IP ReDirect Services . On-demand, point-to-point or point-to-multipoint, Internet Protocol (IP) connectivity between the IP-enabled SGN POP where Customer is accessing the SGN and the IP-enabled SunGard facility described in the Schedule, with such connectivity delivered using a single Ethernet interface directly attached to a router at the Customer location that is procured by either SunGard or Customer, as indicated in the Schedule.
(v) DRO Port . On-demand use of a frame relay or ATM DRO port on the SGN as described in the Schedule, to provide connectivity between Customers frame relay or ATM DRO network and the SGN. Customer shall be responsible for all costs and all necessary notices to and communications with telecommunications vendor relating to Customers re-direction of Customers frame relay or ATM DRO network [PVC(s)?] to the SunGard frame relay or ATM DRO port.
(vi) Web ReDirect Services . On-demand access to the Internet from the SunGard facility described in the Schedule, using any of the multiple Internet service providers under contract with SunGard (which may require Customer to set up domains to use the Web ReDirect Services).
3. EXTENDED USE . During a Disaster, Customer may continue to use the Center-Based Recovery Services or the Network Services beyond the periods stated in Section A2(a) and A2(c), respectively, provided that this extended use shall be subject to immediate termination if and when any other customer declares a disaster and requires use of the Recovery Resources then being utilized by Customer.
4. COMPREHENSIVE DISASTER RECOVERY SUPPORT . Whenever Customer uses Recovery Services during a Disaster, SunGards Support Staff (consisting of operations, communications, security, transportation, systems software and customer support personnel, as appropriate) shall provide comprehensive support to Customer on a 24-hour-a-day, 7-day-a-week basis, as needed. During a Disaster, SunGards Support Staff also shall assist Customer in contacting vendors and in obtaining replacement equipment.
5. TESTS . Promptly after execution of this Master Agreement, SunGard shall either notify Customer of available times to schedule a training workshop at a SunGard facility or provide instructions to Customer to conduct a computer based training workshop. Customer may use certain Recovery Services to test its disaster recovery capability (Test) for the number of Test Periods stated in the applicable Schedule. Each Test Period entitles Customer to eight (8) hours of consecutive test time per contract year at a designated SunGard facility, on a non-cumulative basis. During each Test, SunGards Support Staff shall provide reasonable supplies and support to Customer as needed, subject to availability. In order for SunGard to provide support to Customer for a scheduled Test, all Test plans must be provided to SunGard at least three (3) weeks prior to the Test date. Upon receipt of Customers Test plan, SunGard will then assign a SunGard technical coordinator to review Customers Test plan and coordinate Test support activities. Customer shall schedule Tests at least four (4) months in advance. Test time is available on a 24-hour-a-day, 7-day-a-week basis. Any Test Period(s) cancelled by Customer less than 45 days before the scheduled date will be applied against Customers annual allotment of Test Periods, unless SunGard is able to utilize the cancelled time to provide test time to another customer. All Tests shall be subject to immediate cancellation or termination by SunGard, and shall be rescheduled as soon as possible, if and when any other customer declares a disaster and requests use of the Recovery Services being tested.
6. E-TESTING PROGRAM . Customer may, at its option, elect to participate in SunGards E-Testing Program. The E-Testing Program is a web-based service designed by SunGard to facilitate efficiency of pretest communications, by allowing Customer to complete and submit Test plans online for any scheduled Test. Customer shall use the E-Testing Program only for its own internal purposes in testing certain Recovery Services with SunGard. Periodically, in its sole discretion, SunGard may change or discontinue the E-Testing Program. SunGard shall not be liable for any damages incurred by Customer as a result of Customers access to, use of, or retrieval of Customers Test plans, including damages caused by any viruses. SunGard represents that it shall not knowingly code or introduce any virus or other disabling code into the systems used to provide the E-Testing Program or Customers Test plan. SunGard shall use commercially reasonable efforts to assist Customer, at no charge, in mitigating the effects of any virus that is coded or introduced into the system.
7. TEST SERVICES . SunGards testing services are designed to provide reliable and repeatable Test services for operating system, application and data restorations (Test Services) while Customer is using the Recovery Services for a Test. Whenever Customer schedules a Test of the Recovery Services, the Test Services provided by SunGard to Customer shall be the Test Services selected by Customer for the configurations identified in the applicable Schedule or Addendum.
8. SOFTWARE . All systems and utility software which SunGard has installed on the equipment used to provide the Recovery Services may be used by Customer during a Disaster or a Test.
9. TECHNOLOGY EXCHANGE . Upon Customers request, SunGard will provide a list of computer and communications equipment that is then currently available to enhance the Recovery Services. Customer may exchange certain components of its configuration for hardware representing newer technology, by giving written notice to SunGard and signing an appropriate Addendum to the applicable Schedule. Upon the effective date of this exchange, the Monthly or Annual Fees due under that Schedule may increase by an amount reasonably determined by SunGard, based upon the difference between (a) SunGards then prevailing Monthly or Annual Fees for the new hardware selected, and (b) the portion of the prior Monthly or Annual Fees covering the components that were replaced.
10. ACCOUNT EXECUTIVE . SunGard shall assign an Account Executive to Customer to assist in monitoring the continued viability of Customers disaster recovery capability and to facilitate ongoing communications between Customer and SunGard.
11. HOTLINE . SunGard shall maintain a toll-free customer support telephone service, on a 24-hour-a-day, 7-day-a-week basis, which Customer may use as needed.
12. USER GUIDE . Customer shall receive on-line access to SunGards current User Guide for the Recovery Services and all applicable updates and revisions, as and when issued. Access is available at http://www.mysungard.com.
13. ACTIVATION MANUAL . Customer may select in the Schedule to receive an Activation Manual. If Customer does so, then SunGard will prepare and deliver to Customer, within 120 days after the Schedule is signed by SunGard, an Activation Manual that will serve as a guideline for Customers use of the Mobile Data Centers and will contain placement recommendations, vendor contact information, and electrical and communication requirements. SunGards obligation to prepare and provide the Activation Manual is subject to Customers reasonable cooperation and the availability of key Customer personnel to assist with the preparation of the Activation Manual.
B. MAINTENANCE AND USE OF RECOVERY RESOURCES . The terms of this Section B are intended to ensure that the facilities, equipment, network and other resources used by SunGard to provide the Recovery Services (Recovery Resources) are properly maintained and used, and to protect the respective interests of the parties in using the Recovery Resources.
1. MAINTENANCE . SunGard shall maintain vendor-specified proper operating environments at its facilities and in its vehicles used to provide the Recovery Services. SunGard shall adhere to vendor-recommended procedures and policies for proper maintenance of the Recovery Resources, including necessary remedial maintenance and regularly scheduled preventive maintenance. SunGard warrants to Customer that the Recovery Resources shall be maintained in a state of readiness at all times, consistent with SunGards obligations under this Master Agreement.
2. SIGNIFICANT CHANGES . SunGard may change the Recovery Resources and shall give written notice to Customer at least 60 days before making any significant change that might substantially and adversely impact Customer. Customer shall then have an adequate and reasonable number of free additional Test Periods to Test the affected Recovery Services. If, in Customers reasonable judgment, any such change substantially and adversely impacts Customer to the extent that Customer cannot use the affected Recovery Services, then Customer may terminate the affected Recovery Services by giving written notice to SunGard within ten (10) days after Customer first uses the affected Recovery Services for either a Disaster or Test.
3. AUDITS . At any time except when the Recovery Resources are being used during a disaster or a confidential test. Customer may, at its expense, audit the Recovery Resources to verify SunGards compliance with this Master Agreement. SunGard also shall permit any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over Customer to inspect the Recovery Resources. SunGard shall, at its expense, have the Recovery Resources annually reviewed by an independent third-party auditor, whose reports shall be furnished to Customer upon request.
4. STANDARD PROCEDURES . SunGard shall maintain reasonable and uniform policies regarding security, safety, operations and other procedures for accessing and using the Recovery Resources during disasters and tests. In the case of network resources, these policies (Network Policies) incorporate the policies, rules and regulations of SunGards underlying network and internet service providers. All of these policies are included in SunGards on-line User Guide and in other written documents provided by SunGard to its Customers from time to time. Both SunGard and Customer shall comply with these policies in all material respects and shall use all Recovery Resources in accordance with manufacturer specifications. Before the conclusion of any Test or Disaster, Customer shall remove, erase or destroy all Customer Confidential Information it maintained in any form, recorded on any medium, or stored in any storage system as part of its use of the Recovery Services.
5. SPECIAL PROCEDURES . If Customer gives written notice to SunGard describing any special data protection or other security procedures used by Customer, then SunGard shall use commercially reasonable efforts to help implement those procedures whenever Customer is using the Recovery Resources. Customer shall be responsible for any additional expenses reasonably incurred by SunGard in implementing Customers special procedures.
6. MOBILE RESOURCES . Title to all of the Recovery Resources used to provide Mobile Recovery Services (Mobile Resources), wherever located, shall remain in SunGard or its supplier, except for any Quick Ship Equipment as to which Customer properly exercises its purchase option, if any, described in the applicable Schedule. With respect to any Mobile Resources for which the destination is not a SunGard facility, (a) Customer shall obtain or provide, at Customers expense, all permits, landlord consents and other authorizations, and all communications, power and other utility lines and equipment, needed to possess, locate or use the Mobile Resources at that destination, (b) Customer shall be responsible for the security of the Mobile Resources at that destination, (c) with respect to any SunGard vehicle. Customer shall provide a suitable location for SunGard to park the vehicle (which location SunGard may disapprove in its reasonable discretion), (d) Customer shall not relocate the Mobile Resources without SunGards prior written consent which will not be unreasonably
withheld, (e) when Customers use or right to use the Mobile Resources during a Disaster or Test ends, Customer shall comply with SunGards return delivery or shipment instructions, and (f) if the Mobile Resources do not include a SunGard vehicle, then Customer shall provide a proper operating environment for the Mobile Resources.
7. NETWORK RESOURCES . SunGard shall privately manage the SGN as a protocol-independent, multi-layer network. After Customer has been switched onto the SGN, the applicable Network Services will be available on a 24-hour-a-day, 7-day-a-week basis excluding downtime attributable to routine and preventative maintenance. Dedicated circuits connecting Customer locations to SunGard facilities or SGN POPs are provided by third parties and do not constitute Recovery Resources. The Network Services are provided subject to the availability of the necessary services by SunGards underlying network and Internet service providers. SunGard may, without penalty, and by providing Customer with thirty (30) days prior written notice, terminate any Schedule or withhold provision of the Network Services if: (a) SunGards underlying network and Internet service providers withdraw or substantially alter any underlying tariff(s) resulting in a material, adverse effect on SunGards operational or financial ability to provide the Network Services; or (b) any public utility commission or other regulatory authority asserts jurisdiction over the Network Services, such that SunGard would be required to submit to common carrier public utility or other regulation to which SunGard is not now subject.
8. FEES AND EXPENSES . Customer shall be responsible for (a) any applicable Disaster Fees as indicated on a Schedule, (b) all communications and similar third party charges resulting from Customers use of the Recovery Resources, (c) all power, fuel and other utility charges resulting from Customers use of the Recovery Resources, except the initial six weeks of Hotsite use and except for Tests, (d) all costs associated with the transportation, delivery, operation and ongoing support of Mobile Resources used by Customer, and (e) all costs associated with the installation and de-installation of Mobile Resources used by Customer at non-SunGard locations.
C. MULTIPLE DISASTER . Customers rights of immediate and exclusive use of the Recovery Services, as provided in Section A2, shall be subject to the possibility that one or more other customers (other affected customers) could declare a disaster at the same time as (or before or after) Customer and require use of the same Recovery Resources at the same time as Customer (Multiple Disaster). The following provisions are intended to avoid or minimize contention for Recovery Resources during Multiple Disasters.
1. PRIORITY RESOURCES AND SHARED RESOURCES . All Recovery Resources shall be available on a priority use basis (Priority Resources) except for those designated by SunGard as available on a shared use basis (Shared Resources). SunGards designations of Shared Resources shall be made in its reasonable discretion and shall be subject to change without notice.
2. ACCESS AND USE PROCEDURES . Access to and use of Recovery Resources during disasters shall depend upon whether the Recovery Resources are Priority Resources or Shared Resources and, with respect to Priority Resources, the order in which disasters are declared. SunGard shall maintain records of its receipt of disaster declarations, which shall be the exclusive basis for determining the order in which disasters are declared.
(a) Customer shall have priority rights of access to and use of applicable Priority Resources that are not then being used by other affected customers who previously declared disasters. Use of such Priority Resources is exclusive for as long as Customer is entitled to use them under Section A2.
(b) Customer and all other affected customers shall have equal rights of access to and use of applicable Shared Resources, irrespective of the order in
which disasters occur or are declared. Use of Shared Resources may be exclusive at times, but remains subject to the possible need for shared or allocated use with other affected customers. In an effort to avoid the need for shared or allocated use of any Shared Resources, SunGard shall, to the fullest extent possible under the circumstances, take full advantage of, and provide access to, all of its other available Shared Resources.
(c) If applicable Priority Resources and applicable Shared Resources are both available. Customer may choose which type to use.
(d) Customer shall cooperate with SunGard and all other affected customers as reasonably required under the circumstances, including to coordinate the efficient use of Recovery Resources, to avoid or minimize the need for shared or allocated use of Shared Resources, and to implement any necessary plans for shared or allocated use of Shared Resources.
(e) If a Multiple Disaster is widespread or extreme, then, notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, SunGard may implement emergency procedures that are necessary, in SunGards reasonable judgment, to allocate Recovery Resources in order to address applicable national interests and comparable concerns.
3. MULTIPLE DISASTER PROTECTION . To lower the probability of a Multiple Disaster, SunGard shall comply with the following terms:
(a) No other customer shall be granted any greater rights of access to or use of the Recovery Resources than are granted to Customer under this Master Agreement.
(b) No agreement to provide use of any Recovery Resources shall be entered into at a time when the customer location to be serviced is then currently experiencing a disaster.
For Center-Based Recovery Services, SunGard also shall comply with the following:
(c) To discourage unnecessary disaster declarations, Disaster Declaration Fees, as provided in the Schedules, shall be charged whenever a customer declares a disaster.
(d) To discourage unnecessary use of the Recovery Resources, Daily Usage Fees, as provided in the Schedules, shall be charged for use of the Recovery Resources other than for tests.
4. CRISIS MANAGEMENT . Whenever SunGard learns of an approaching storm or other situation that might cause a Multiple Disaster, SunGard shall monitor the situation and use commercially reasonable efforts to coordinate contingency plans with all potentially affected customers.
EXHIBIT 10.16.1
CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST
*** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO THE CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED AS [****] . A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.
Addendum to
the Master Agreement for U.S. Availability Services
Between
SunGard Availability Services LP and Convio, Inc.
Dated June 1, 2008
The Master Agreement for U.S. Availability Services, having the above date, between SunGard Availability Services LP (SunGard), and the Customer named below. (Master Agreement) is amended effective June 1, 2008 , as follows:
THE MASTER AGREEMENT IS HEREBY AMENDED AS FOLLOWS:
1. Section 1. Contract Term of the Master Agreement is amended in the third sentence by deleting six (6) months and substituting ninety (90) days.
2. Section 2. Fees and Expenses of the Master Agreement is amended in the third sentence by deleting [****] percent [****] and substituting [****] percent [****].
3. Section 4. Termination subsection (b) of the Master Agreement is amended by adding the following at the end of the subsection:
In the event Customer terminates a Schedule due to an uncured material breach by SunGard, Customer shall receive a refund of any fees prepaid for the period after the date of termination. In such event, Customer shall not be responsible for the payment of additional Monthly Fees for a Schedule for any period after the date of termination of that Schedule
4. Section 6 (d). A new Section 6 (d) is hereby added:
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Agreement, including without limitation Section 6 (c), SunGard shall be liable for all (i) contractual damages to which a customer of Customer is entitled (Customer Contract Damages) under its contract with Customer (Customer Contract) and (ii) statutory costs or damages as determined under applicable law, each as incurred by Customer due to loss or disclosure of personal identifiable information of Customers customers and/or their users, and caused by SunGards negligence or breach of contract, up to an amount not to exceed $[****]per incident. For purposes of determining a breach of contract under this clause, SunGards obligation to keep personal identifiable information confidential and to not disclose such information shall be unconditioned and absolute except as otherwise directed by Customer or as required by law. SunGard shall inform Customer of any loss or improper disclosure of any Customer data as soon as practicable after becoming aware of such loss or improper disclosure. Customer shall inform SunGard of any claim made by any party under a Customer Contract for which Customer may seek damages from SunGard and Customer shall take advantage of all rights and remedies available to it at law and under the Customer Contract to mitigate any such damages.
|
QUOTE ID: 44653 |
|
|
THE TERMS OF THIS ADDENDUM ARE CONFIDENTIAL |
Addendum to
the Master Agreement for U.S. Availability Services
Between
SunGard Availability Services LP and Convio, Inc.
Dated June 1, 2008
By the signatures of their duly authorized representatives below, SunGard and Customer, intending to be legally bound, agree to all of the provisions of this Amendment and ratify the terms of the Master Agreement and the specified Exhibit(s).
SUNGARD AVAILABILITY SERVICES LP |
|
CUSTOMER: CONVIO, INC. |
||
|
|
|
||
BY: |
/s/ David M. Reysa |
|
BY: |
/s/ Hayden Stewart |
PRINT NAME: |
DAVID M. REYSA |
|
PRINT NAME: |
HAYDEN STEWART |
PRINT TITLE: |
CONTRACT OFFICER |
|
PRINT TITLE: |
VP, IT |
DATE SIGNED: |
6/6/08 |
|
DATE SIGNED: |
6/2/08 |
|
QUOTE ID: 44653 |
|
|
THE TERMS OF THIS ADDENDUM ARE CONFIDENTIAL |
EXHIBIT 10.16.2
CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST
*** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO THE CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED AS [****] . A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.
Schedule Number 29582 v. 1.0
For Recovery Services Governed by
Master Agreement for U. S. Availability Services
Between
SunGard Availability Services LP and CONVIO, INC.
Dated June 1, 2008
Schedule Reference Name: Recovery Services (AZ)
This is a new Schedule having an Agreed Term of 36 months with a Commencement Date of June 1, 2008.
SUMMARY OF SERVICES FEES
Selected Services |
|
Base Test
|
|
||
Center Based Recovery Services |
|
|
|
||
Work Group Space |
|
6 |
|
||
MeqaVoice |
|
NONE |
|
||
Mobile Recovery Services |
|
|
|
||
Mobile Configurations |
|
6 |
|
||
Delivery Methods |
Primary
Recovery Facility
|
|
|
|
|
Network Services |
|
|
|
||
Monthly Fee |
|
$ |
[**** |
] |
|
By the signatures of their duly authorized representatives below, SunGard and Customer, intending to be legally bound, agree to all of the provisions of this Schedule and ratify the terms of the Master Agreement.
SUNGARD AVAILABILITY SERVICES LP |
|
CONVIO, INC.: |
||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||
By: |
/s/ David M. Reysa |
|
By: |
/s/ Hayden Stewart |
||||||
|
|
|
||||||||
Print Name: |
David M. Reysa |
|
Print Name: |
HAYDEN STEWART |
||||||
|
|
|
||||||||
Print Title: |
Contract Officer |
|
Print Title: |
VP, IT |
||||||
|
|
|
||||||||
Date Signed: |
6/6/08 |
|
Date Signed: |
6/2/08 |
||||||
*** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO THE CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED AS [****] . A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.
Schedule Number 29582 v. 1.0
For Recovery Services Governed by
Master Agreement for U. S. Availability Services
Between
SunGard Availability Services LP and CONVIO, INC.
Dated June 1, 2008
BILLING SCHEDULE |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Invoice From: |
|
Monthly Fee: |
|
|
06/01/2008 |
|
$ |
[**** |
] |
CUSTOMER INFORMATION
CUSTOMER LOCATION ADDRESS: |
11400 BURNET ROAD BUILDING SUITE 200 AUSTIN, TX 78758 US HAYDEN STEWART |
NOTIFICATION ADDRESS: |
11400 BURNET ROAD BUILDING SUITE 200 AUSTIN, TX 78758 US HAYDEN STEWART |
BILL TO ADDRESS: |
11400 BURNET ROAD BUILDING SUITE 200 AUSTIN, TX 78758 US ACCOUNTS PAYABLE, ap@convio.com |
*** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO THE CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED AS [****] . A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.
Schedule Number 29582 v. 1.0
For Recovery Services Governed by
Master Agreement for U.S. Availability Services
Between
SunGard Availability Services LP and CONVIO, INC.
|
|
Mobile 1 |
|
Disaster Fees |
|
|||||
|
Customer Configuration Ref: |
|
Declaration Fee |
|
Daily Usage (5) |
|
||||
|
|
HP RX6600 4 |
|
$ |
[**** |
] |
$ |
[**** |
] |
|
1 |
|
HP Integrity rx6600 Service Level [HP-UX |
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
O/S Onlvl |
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
1 |
1.4 GHz ltanium-2 (IA-64) CPU |
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
16 |
GB Memory |
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
438 |
GB internal Disk (4) |
|
* 145 TO BE ACQUIRED |
|
||||
2 |
|
Ethernet 10/100/1000 Mbps Port |
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Mobile 2 |
|
Disaster Fees |
|
|||||
Qty |
|
Customer Configuration Ref: |
|
Declaration Fee |
|
Daily Usage (5) |
|
|||
|
|
HP RX6600 2 |
|
$ |
[**** |
] |
$ |
[**** |
] |
|
1 |
|
HP Integrity rx6600 Service Level [HP-UX |
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
O/S Onlvl |
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
1 |
1.4 GHz ltanium-2 (IA-64) CPU |
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
16 |
GB Memory |
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
292 |
GB internal Disk |
|
|
|
||||
*** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO THE CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED AS [****] . A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.
Schedule Number 29582 v. 1.0
For Recovery Services Governed by
Master Agreement for U.S. Availability Services
Between
SunGard Availability Services LP and CONVIO, INC.
Dated June 1, 2008
Qty |
|
Mobile 3 (Continued) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
192 |
10/100/1000 Ethernet Port (2),(3) |
|
|
|
1 |
|
NCC Access |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mobile 4 |
|
Disaster Fees |
|
|||||
Qty |
|
Customer Configuration Ref: |
|
Declaration Fee |
|
Daily Usage (6) |
|
|||
|
|
HP RX6600 3 |
|
$ |
[**** |
] |
$ |
[**** |
] |
|
1 |
|
HP Integrity rx6600 Service Level [HP-UX |
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
O/S Onlvl |
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
1 |
1.4 GHz ltanium-2 (IA-641 CPU |
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
16 |
GB Memory |
|
|
|
|
|
||
*** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO THE CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED AS [****] . A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.
Schedule Number 29582 v. 1.0
For Recovery Services Governed by
Master Agreement for U.S. Availability Services
Between
SunGard Availability Services LP and CONVIO, INC.
Dated June 1, 2008
Qty |
|
Mobile
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
146 |
GB Internal Disk |
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
CD-ROM Drive |
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
Ethernet 10/100 Mbps Port |
|
|
|
1 |
|
Intel-Based Server,
1.44MB Diskette Drive.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
Xeon 3.4 GHz Dual-Core CPU w/EMT64 |
|
|
|
|
|
8,192 |
MB Memory |
|
|
|
|
|
146 |
GB Internal Disk |
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
CD-ROM Drive |
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
Ethernet 10/100 Mbps Port |
|
|
|
|
|
Mobile 9 |
|
Disaster Fees |
|
|||||
Qty |
|
Customer Configuration Ref: |
|
Declaration Fee |
|
Daily Usaqe(6) |
|
|||
|
|
Non-testable |
|
$ |
[**** |
] |
$ |
[**** |
] |
|
29 |
|
Intel-Based Server, 1.44MB Diskette Drive, |
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Keyboard. Monitor, Mouse |
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
2 |
Xeon 2.8 GHz CPU |
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
8.192 |
MB Memory |
|
|
|
||||
|
|
146 |
GB Internal Disk |
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
1 |
CD-ROM Drive |
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
1 |
Ethernet 10/100 Mbps Port |
|
|
|
|
|
||
15 |
|
Intel-Based Server, 1.44MB Diskette Drive, |
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Keyboard, Monitor. Mouse |
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
2 |
Xeon 3.0 GHz CPU |
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
8.192 |
MB Memory |
|
|
|
||||
|
|
146 |
GB Internal Disk |
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
1 |
CD-ROM Drive |
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
1 |
Ethernet 10/100 Mbps Port |
|
|
|
|
|
||
36 |
|
Intel-Based Server, 1.44MB Diskette Drive, |
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Keyboard. Monitor. Mouse |
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
2 |
Xeon 3.0 GHz CPU |
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
8.192 |
MB Memory |
|
|
|
||||
|
|
146 |
GB Internal Disk |
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
1 |
CD-ROM Drive |
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
1 |
Ethernet 10/100 Mbps Port |
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
Network (7) |
|
Disaster Fees |
|
||||
Qty |
|
|
|
Declaration Fee |
|
Dailv Usaqe |
|
||
|
|
|
|
$ |
[**** |
] |
$ |
[**** |
] |
|
|
Web ReDirect Services |
|
|
|
|
|
||
*** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO THE CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED AS [****] . A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.
Schedule Number 29582 v. 1.0
For Recovery Services Governed by
Master Agreement for U.S. Availability Services
Between
SunGard Availability Services LP and CONVIO, INC.
Qty |
|
Network
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
45 |
Mbps |
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
Destination(s): Scottsdale AZ |
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
Work Group 1 |
|
Disaster Fees |
|
|||||
Qty |
|
Customer Configuration Ref: |
|
Declaration Fee |
|
Daily Usage |
|
|||
|
|
Workarouo |
|
$ |
[**** |
] |
$ |
[**** |
] |
|
2 |
|
Access to Copier |
|
|
|
|
|
|||
50 |
|
Furnished WorkGroup
Position (Desk, Chair,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
1 |
|
MetroCenter Facility Access |
|
|
|
|
|
|||
1 |
|
Drive Imaqinq Services (5) |
|
|
|
|
|
|||
1 |
|
Digital Telephone Set
Expansion Module
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
50 |
|
Digital Telephone Set |
|
|
|
|
|
|||
50 |
|
Desktop PC w/1.44MB
Diskette Drive,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
1 |
Pentium 2.8 GHz CPU |
|
|
|
||||
|
|
1,024 |
MB Memory |
|
|
|
||||
|
|
13 |
GB Internal Disk |
|
|
|
||||
|
|
1 |
CD-ROM Drive |
|
|
|
||||
|
|
1 |
Ethernet 10/100/1000 Mbps Adapter |
|
|
|
||||
|
|
MegaVoice |
|
Disaster Fees |
|
||||
Qty |
|
|
|
Declaration Fee |
|
Daily Usaqe |
|
||
|
|
To be used in conjunction with Work Group 1. |
|
$ |
[**** |
] |
$ |
[**** |
] |
1 |
|
Access to Digital PBX Features and Functionality |
|
|
|
|
|
||
1 |
|
Auto Attendant - Menu Service |
|
|
|
|
|
||
2 |
|
Digital Telephone Set used as Answering Position |
|
|
|
|
|
||
4 |
|
Redirect
Service utilizing Dedicated
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Schedule Number 29582 v. 1.0
For Recovery Services Governed by
Master Agreement for U.S. Availability Services
Between
SunGard Availability Services LP and CONVIO, INC.
Dated June 1, 2008
FOOTNOTES
(1) To be provided to Customer at the Primary or Alternate Recovery Facility only.
(2) Not shippable and governed by the terms and conditions applicable to Center-Based Resources.
(3) Not shippable and subject to the terms and conditions of Shared Resources.
(4) Customer acknowledges that SunGard will acquire and install this equipment within 90 days of the Commencement Date or execution date of this Schedule, whichever is later. If Customer should declare a Disaster prior to the installation of this equipment, SunGard will use commercially reasonable efforts to expedite the procurement and installation of this equipment.
(5) Drive Imaging Services (to be provided in accordance with the terms and conditions of the attached Service Description at Austin TX ).
(6) Daily Usage Fees during a Disaster will begin on day 31.
(7) If a Declaration Fee of equal or greater value is charged in association with a Center-Based or Mobile Configuration defined on this Schedule, then the Declaration Fee for the applicable Network Services will be deemed included in such fee.
Exhibit 21.1
Convio, Inc.
List of Subsidiaries
GetActive Software, Inc.Delaware
Exhibit 23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption Experts and to the use of our report dated January 22, 2010, in the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of Convio, Inc. for the registration of shares of its common stock.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Austin, Texas
January 22, 2010